PL, COD,
Smee
sear
is
ees
naa
—
Be
--
~
a8
\e
<)
7 am
fl
,
= ae
ee
*
—
as *- oa
.
oe i fyi >>
ee ed
,
ff?
be Maw
4 aw
Scr
#.
+
Dole 4 SL ae
ea lb
\\5 ——1L0
[t1 — Igb
i= Si
333. — Wo
Fa oat ob
Loa bE
TL] —b09.
=) ee
1—bL ( 18bq).
=
Ig—22_ C\8}0).
13— 25 (180).
18 — 50 (\8)h}.
r+) eas
$8 —bb C1841).
Ly — 73. C892).
TRANSACTIONS
OF
THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY
OF LONDON.
VOLUME VII.
LONDON:
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY :
SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER-SQUARE;
AND BY MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, PATERNOSTER-ROW,
'—1872.
CONTENTS.
1. On the Anatomy of the Lemuroidea. By James Muniz, M.D., F.G.S., Prosector to
the Zoological Society, and St. Guorce Mivarr, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Lecturer on
Comparative Anatomy at St. Mary's Hospital . . . . . . . . . pagel
II. On Drnornis (Part XIII.): containing a Description of the Sternum in Dinornis
elephantopus and D. rheides, with Notes on that Bone in D. crassus and D. casua-
Tins.) aby erotessor OwMNeebehas:. EZS., 6s... . \...-. «,. . . LS
II. On Divornis (Part XIV.): containing Contributions to the Craniology of the Genus,
with a Description of the Fossil Cranium of Dasornis londinensis, Ow., from the
London Clay of Sheppey. By Professor Owen, F.R.S., F.Z.8.,&e. . . . 128
IV. Description of the Skeleton of the Chinese White Dolphin (Delphinus sinensis,
Osbeck). By Wiut1am Henry Frower, F.R.S., F.R.CS., F.Z.S., Conservator of
the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England . . . . . . 151
V. Notes on the Habits of some Hymenopterous Insects from the North-west Provinces
of India. By Cuartes Horne, Esq., B.C.S., .ZS. With an Appendix, con-
taining Descriptions of some new Species of Apide and Vespide collected by
Mr. Horne: by Frepverick Suita, of the British Museum. Illustrated by Plates
from Drawings by the Author of the Notes . . . .... =... . 161
VI. On a collection of Birds from North-Eastern Abyssinia and the Bogos Country.
By Orro Finscu, Ph.D., C.M.Z.S. With notes by the collector, W111aM Jesse,
CM.ZS., Zoologist to the Abyssinian Expedition . . . . . . . « . 197
VII. On certain Species of Deer now or lately living in the Society's Menagerie. By
P. L. Scuater, 10.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to the Society . . . . . 833
VUI. On Divornis (Part XV.): containing a Description of the Skull, Femur, Tibia,
Fibula, and Metatarsus of Aptornis defossor, Owen, from near Oamaru, Middle
Island, New Zealand, with additional Observations on Aptornis otidiformis, on
Notornis mantellii, and on Dinornis curtus. By Professor Owny, F.R.S.,
HS aCe |g kn ws ee et SO
iv CONTENTS.
IX. On Dinornts (Part XVI.): containing notices of the Internal Organs of some
species, with a description of the Brain and some Nerves and Muscles of the Head
of the Apteryx australis. By Professor Owen, F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c. . page 381
X. Contributions to the knowledge of Pectinator, a genus of Rodent Mammalia from
North-eastern Africa. By Professor W. Puturs, FMZS.. . 2... . 897
XI. Researches upon the Anatomy of the Pinnipedia—Part I. On the Walrus (Tri-
chechus rosmarus, Zinn.). By James Muniz, WD. F.LS., F.GS., &e., late
Prosecior to the S0wgy 22 ay) eee ees ear ee ee) ee
NII. On the Dermal and Visceral Structures of the Kagu, Sun-bittern, and Boatbill.
By James Mort, MD., F.LS., F.GS., &c., Prosector to the Zoological
SOCREI. ade ec ce! Ga ir pag we aorta mre ic ge
XII. On some Points in the Anatomy of the Steamer Duck (Micropterus cinereus).
By Rozert O. Cunninenam, WD., F.L.S., CIMZS., Pr ee ee Natural His-
tory, Queen’s College, Belfast. . . . . . . i. . aoe
XIV. On the Female Generative Organs, Viscera, and Fleshy Parts of Hyzna brunnea,
Thunberg. By James Morin, M.D., F.LS., F.GS., &e., Lecturer on Compara-
tive Anatomy, Middlesex Hospital, late Prosector to the Zoological Society of
ON ON. Oh) wen. ak ay A ae Se awh (Eke, 2 na ae eee
XV. On the Dodo (Part II.).—wNotes on the Articulated Skeleton of the Dodo
(Didus ineptus, Linn.) in the British Museum. = Professor Ownn, F.R.S.,
HDS GO et ae eR Wane eke ey Sin Oke
XVI. Researches upon the Anatomy of the Pinnipedia.—Part II. Descriptive Anatomy
of the Sea-lion (Otaria jubata). By James Moris, I.D., F.L.S., F.GS., &e.,
Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy, Middlesex Hospital, late Prosector to the
Zoological: Society. a. ne ~ 5, eet Oy ee eee aE Traduit par MM. Riester et Alph. Sanson, 1830.
3 Bijdrage tot de Kennis van den Potto. Van Bosman, Amsterdam, 1851.
' * Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen, Amsterdam, 1859.
° Bijdragen tot de Dierkunde, uitgegeven door het Koninklijk Zoologisch Genootshap Natura Artis Magistra.
Erste Deel. Amsterdam, 1848-54.
® Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p, 240,
VOL. VII.—PART I. B
4
2 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
Burmeister's very complete monograph on Zursius'; Kingma’s? Graduation Thesis on
Otolicnus (Galago) peli; Professors Owen? and Peters’s* excellent memoirs on Chei-
romys, and Professor Huxley’s able paper on Arctocebus se
Notwithstanding, a careful comparison and view of the general internal anatomy of
the whole of the Lemuroidea is still a desideratum. But this, unfortunately, is as yet
impossible, if only for the reason that information regarding the internal organs of the
Indrisine®, Hapalemur, Lepilemur and others has been heretofore inaccessible to
anatomists.
Besides the rare Jndrisinw, even the more common genera Lemur and Galago have
received less attention from comparative anatomists than might have been anticipated,
considering the peculiar structure of the latter and the fact that the former is the
typical genus of the whole suborder.
Under these circumstances, and because specimens of both these genera have come
into our possession, we think it advisable to attempt as general a review as the material
at our disposal will permit.
For this purpose we have taken the two last mentioned as our basis, and availed our-
selves of the several memoirs above referred to for comparison.
We have recently dissected eight species of those two genera, namely, Lemur catta,
L. varius, L. niger, L. xanthomystax, L. nigrifrons, Galago crassicaudatus, G. garnetti,
and G. allenii’.
From this number we propose to select and describe the Ring-tailed Lemur, L. catta,
in our text, as a type and standard of comparison for the entire suborder of Lemuroidea.
We choose this genus not only because we have been able to give the details of five
specimens of it, but also on account of its being, as before said, the type of the sub-
order, because specimens of Lemur are pretty readily procurable, and, finally, on
account of their large size enabling anatomical detail to be worked out with greater
ease and more certainty.
When we commenced this paper we intended to take L. catta as our type, both for
description and figures; but finding that the muscles of that animal have been delineated
by Cuvier and Laurillard in their magnificent ‘ Planches de Myologie,’ we have judged
1 Beitrige zur niheren Kenntniss der Gattung Tarsius. Berlin, 1846.
> Eenige Vergelijkend-Ontleedkundige Aanteekeningen over den Otolicnus peli. Eene Academische Proeve
door P. Hoekema Kingma. Leyden, 1855.
5 Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. y. p. 33.
‘“ «Ueber die Siiugethiergattung Chiromys,” Abhandlungen der Kénigl. Akad. der Wissenschaften zu
Berlin, 1865, 5 Proe, Zool. Soe, 1864, p. 314.
° Since this paper was read, M. Alfred Grandidier has brought to Paris from Madagascar a new species of
the Indrisine preserved in spirits of wine. M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards is, we are glad to say, about to
describe fully the anatomy of this animal; and thus a most important gap in our knowledge of the Lemuroidea
will be filled up.
7 For the opportunity of examining this specimen we are indebted to the kindness of Mr. W. H. Flower, F.R.S.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 3
it better to figure Galago crassicaudatus. We have not, however, thought it necessary
to rewrite the whole of the descriptions, and have therefore retained L. catta as our type
in the text.
The skeleton, dentition, and brain of the animals composing this group having already
been extensively investigated and compared the one with the other, we think it super-
fluous to retread the same ground. In the present memoir, therefore, omitting the
consideration of those structures, we rather confine ourselves to a comparison of some
external points, the muscles, the viscera, the generative organs, the blood-vessels, and
the nerves of the several genera of the suborder. The present communication treats
only of the external points ahd the myology.
Except where distinctly stated, it is to be understood that we have not been able to
ascertain any divergence from the structure of L. catta in the other species or genera of
Lemuroidea here referred to.
As regards the genera Perodicticus and Tarsius, however, we are unable to say as to
some points whether there is an agreement or not, owing to the silence of the authors
already mentioned respecting certain myological details.
The loss the Society sustained in the death of their fine specimen of Aye-Aye (Chei-
romys madagascariensis) has been to us a gain, inasmuch as it has supplied us with the
means of comparing Professor Owen’s myological description with nature, and of adding
details which he did not deem it necessary to state, but which are useful for our
comparisons.
I, On soME EXTERNAL CHARACTERS.
The object of the present memoir, as has been stated, is chiefly a comparison of the
internal anatomy of the group; but, considering the correlation between external form
and internal structure, we cannot altogether pass over the former in silence. ‘This
appears to us necessary, as the whole of the Lemuroidea, in spite of their seemingly
great diversity of type, have strong external family resemblances accompanying those
common characteristics of internal anatomy which separate them so sharply from the
higher Primates.
The external characters differentiating the various groups of the suborder have already
been sufficiently described by previous writers. We propose, then, simply by a few
remarks to direct attention to:—Ist, the general form of the body; 2nd, the head and
ears; 5rd, the conditions presented by the extremities.
1. General form of the Body and Limbs.
Great as is the difference which seems at first sight to exist between such an animal
as the Ring-tailed Lemur (Lemur catta), our type, on the one hand, and the Slow Loris
(Nycticebus tardigradus) on the other, yet the whole of the Lemuroidea, from Jndris to
Cheiromys, agree together in the following points.
B2
4 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
The trunk is relatively long, laterally compressed, and the abdomen slender'; and no
deviation is presented in this respect even by that abnormal form Cheiromys’. That
resemblance to the Rodentia which many have thought could be traced in the Aye-Aye
is entirely fallacious, as has been recently demonstrated by Professors Owen® and
Peters *.
In the very great majority of cases this elongated body is terminated by an elongated
tail, as in Lemur catta and its congeners; but, as is well known, this appendage is
obsolete in Loris and Nycticebus, and is very short in Arctocebus and also short in Pero-
dicticus and Lepilemur. In some Lemurs (e. g. L. niger and I. varius) the tail assumes
more of a bushy character; this is carried to an extreme in Cheiromys and some Galagos
(e.g. G. crassicaudatus; see the representation of this animal from a photograph, PI. I.
fig. 1).
In all cases the pelvic limb is longer than the pectoral one, and this whether their
respective extremities (pes and manus) are or are not included’.
As is well known, certain genera (e.g. Galago and Tarsius) present an elongation of
the tarsal part of the leg which is altogether peculiar, and no approximation to which
is possessed by any other order of the vertebrate subkingdom save the sufficiently
remote Batrachia’®.
1 In Dr. Peters’s figure of Galugo crassicaudatus (Reise nach Mossambique, Siiugethiere, i. tab. ii.) the
abdomen is represented so distended, and the apparent line of demarcation between it and the hind limb is so
imperfect, that we suspect it must have been taken from a badly stuffed specimen.
2 This-slenderness of the abdomen is well shown in Owen’s memoir referred to, Zool. Trans. vol. y. pls, 16 & 17.
3 Op. cit. * Chiromys, Berlin, 1866.
> See St. G. Mivart, Phil. Trans. 1867, p. 382.
6 What this elongated Lemurine tarsus denotes is one of those questions which might well provoke discussion.
The singular fact of such a structural resemblance existing between creatures supposed almost as remote in
habit as in zoological position and affinity, seems at first an inexplicable puzzle, whether on teleological or
developmental hypotheses. Such, indeed, it did appear to us until, so to speak, our eyes were opened to habits
in the Galagos which previously we were perfectly unacquainted with, and are not aware that any one hitherto
has published an account of the same. To Mr. Bartlett, Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens, is due the
honour of this discovery, and we are indebted to him for permission to incorporate in our Memoir the subjoined
letter. He also kindly allowed us ample opportunity of studying the movements of the live animal, enabling
us to depict (see Pl. I. fig. 2) the peculiar attitudes which he himself so ably describes, and which we can
unhesitatingly corroborate. On the 1st September, 1868, he writes :—
“* My pear Murre,—You well know that I have long been much interested in the Lemurid, and have pub-
lished several accounts of the habits of some of them in captivity. While you are at work on the group,
therefore, I am sure you will be as pleased as I myself was to know what a wonderful and active little fellow
Garnett’s Galayo is. The other night I took an opportunity of letting one of these interesting animals have
his liberty in my room, and I assure you I was well repaid by his performance. Judge my utter astonishment
to see him on the floor jumping about upright like a Kangaroo, only with much greater speed and intelligence,
The little one sprung from the ground on to the legs of tables, arms of chairs, and, indeed, on to any piece of
furniture in the room: in fact, he was more like a sprite than the best pantomimist I ever saw. What sur-
prised me most was his entire want of fear of dogs and cats. These he boldly met and jumped on at once, and
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 5
It might be expected that the elongation of the pelvic limb, as compared with the pec-
toral one, would proceed pari passu with this tarsal extension. Such, however, is not
the case; for though in Ga/ago it is at its maximum, yet in Jndris the proportion of the
pelvic limb to the pectoral one very much exceeds that which exists in Tarsius, as well
when the terminal segments of the limbs are included in the estimate as when they are
not so.
On the other hand, if the pectoral limb with the manus be compared with the trunk,
it is found to exceed the latter only in Loris, Tarsius, and Cheiromys; without the
manus it does so only in Tarsius.
A similar maximum of development of the pelvic limb as compared with the body is
presented by the same genus, and this even when the pes is excluded from the
estimate.
2. The Head and Ears.
With regard to the form of the head the Lemuroidea present great variations; and
this is the case even with forms very closely allied. Our type (L. catta), like all the
species of the genus, has the well-known elongated, almost fox-like, muzzle (woodcut,
fig. 1). In Jndris, on the contrary, while the larger species (Z. diadema and J. brevi-
caudatus) have a muzzle approaching in elongation that of Lemur, the smaller kinds
(I. laniger and J. verreauaii) have the snout quite short and the head rounded, approxi-
mating in this respect to Gralago (fig. 2) and Microcebus, which lead to the more square-
visaged or short-snouted Cheiromys and Nycticebus (see fig. 3).
It might be expected & priori that in a group the species of which differ notably in
size, a similar difference in the relative proportions of cranium and face would be found
to coexist. This at least is the case in the Cynopithecine' amongst the higher
Primates, where examples show such concomitant variations.
in the most playful manner hugged and tumbled about with them, rolling over and over, hanging on their tails,
licking them on the head and face. I must add, however, that now and again he gave them a sharp bite, and
then bounded off, full of fun at the noise they made in consequence of the sly nip he had inflicted. This active
trickery he never appeared to tire of; and I was myself so pleased on witnessing the droll antics of the creature
that the night passed and it was near daybreak before I put a stop to his frolics by catching and consigning
him to his cage, In bounding about on the level ground, his jumps, on the hind legs only, are very astonishing,
at least several feet at a spring, and with a rapidity that requires the utmost attention to follow, From the
back of a chair he sprung, with the greatest ease, on to the table, four feet distance. He was delighted with a
little wooden ball, which he rolled about and played with for a considerable time, carrying it on one hand while
he hopped and skipped abont in high glee,
«One more word, and that about food. It eats fruits, sweetmcats, bread, and any kind of animal substance,
killing everything it can pounce upon and overpower. ‘This strong and active little brute thus eats its prey at
onee, as I had proof in an unfortunate sparrow which it unmercifully devoured head first.”
1 This subfamily including the genera Cercopithecus, Macacus, Inuus, and Cynocephalus (Proc. Zool. Soc.
1865, p. 547).
6 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
Galago crassicaudatus, nat. size. Nycticebus tardigradus, nat. size.
=I
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA.
The ears are always fairly, often considerably, developed, and their relative size is a
more constant character in certain groups than is the prolongation or shortness of the
muzzle.
Their occasionally great mobility during life and flexibility after death, however,
renders this character of little value as regards stuffed specimens; for, as Dr. Gray has
remarked', they are apt to become so much distorted artificially in the drying.
The ears are smallest in the Nyeticebine (woodcuts, figs. 3 & 4) and in Lemur (wood-
cut, fig. 1), where they are less than half the external length of the head.
On the other hand they attain their maximum of relative, and indeed of absolute,
size in Galago, Tarsius, and Cheiromys. In the first-named genus of these three they
exceed three quarters of the extreme length of the head (woodcut, fig. 2).
In Galago, also, their mobility during life is extreme. Attention was first called
to this fact by Mr. A. D. Bartlett?, who has figured his G. monteiri with one of its
ears elevated, and the other depressed. We ourselves have repeatedly noticed and
experimented on the ears of G. maholi. In this tiny animal the rapidity and great
power of contraction of the pinna when the creature is alarmed or irritated, is
something remarkable. This puckering of the ear is shown in Galago garnettit,
Pi fig.04:
The hair about the ears or on them sometimes attains a noteworthy length®. Thus
the ears are tufted in LZ. varius, while in L. niger (woodcut, fig. 1) the ear is surrounded
by a circlet of very long hairs, which radiate round it in all directions, giving the animal
quite a remarkable appearance.
The ears of the Lemuroidea are sensibly different in shape from those of Man and
Monkeys.
As to the folds and prominences which compose the pinna of the external organ of
hearing in the several genera of the Lemuroids, they are as follows :—
In Lemur (see woodcut, fig. 1, of L. niger) there is no distinct lobule. The helix is
flattened out posteriorly, so that it forms the actual postero-external margin of the
pinna (woodcut, fig. 1, no. 1*); but at the anterior margin of the pinna (no. 1) it
forms a deep fold overhanging the fosse of the antihelix and concha (nos. 4 and 7).
The antihelix (no. 3) is a prominent though short fold; and there is a deepish pit
existing (at no. 2*) between it and the adjacent part of the helix. ‘This latter almost
disappears towards the middle of the pinna, then suddenly reappears as a short but very
prominent horizontal ridge, which dips beneath the recurved anterior bend of the helix
before mentioned. This short horizontal fold appears to answer to the lower of the
two prominences forming the anterior bifurcation of the human antihelix. Of the
' Proe, Zool. Soc. 1863, p. 144. 2 P.Z.S. 1863, p. 231, and pl. xxviii.
3 Dr. Gray, loc. cit., has made use of the presence or absence of a tuft on the ears and a ruff round the head
as marks to distinguish his subdivisions of the genus Lemur,—subdivisions which we are unable to adopt, being
convinced that all the species form but one natural genus.
8 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
upper part of that bifurcation there appears to be no trace. Both the tragus (woodcut,
fig. 1, no. 6) and antitragus (no. 5) are fairly developed ; of the two the antitragus is
rather more developed. ‘The fosse of the helix and antihelix (woodcut, fig. 1, nos. 2
and 4) are broad and flat; the fossa of the concha (no. 7) is broad and deep.
The appearance of the ear in Microcebus as figured by Peters’ is not unlike
Galago’s; that author only says the helix widens tolerably opposite to the antihelix,
so that the anterior part of the latter is hidden. The transversely wrinkled character
of the pinna in his delineation seems to indicate mobility and power of folding it as in
Galago.
In Galago (woodcut, fig. 2, Pl. IL. fig. 3, and PI. III. fig. 5) the conditions are essentially
similar; but the anterior fold of the helix is much smaller and less marked, while the
fossa between the helix and antihelix just above the antitragus assumes more the form
of a pit (no. 2*).
The greater size of the ear is mainly produced by the much greater extension of the
fossee of the helix and antihelix, together forming a uniform concave expansion (nos. 2
and 4) traversed by faintly marked transverse lines, which become transverse grooves
when the ear is contracted in the way before noticed.
In Nycticebus tardigradus (woodcuts 3 & 4) the general form of the ear, as before
said, resembles more that of Lemur than that of Galago. But the anterior fold of the
helix is less marked than in Lemur, and the fossa between the helix and antihelix, where
they diverge, is more enclosed and pit-like (fig. 4, no. 2*),
A remarkable character by which it differs from these genera is the presence and
large development of a horizontal fold (woodcut, fig. 4, no. 3*), which appears to answer
to the upper part of the anterior bifurcation of the human antihelix; though this is not
so largely developed as the horizontal fold (no. 3) corresponding to the lower branch of
the same bifurcation in Man. ‘This latter fold is present as in Lemur and Galago; and
thus between the two prominent, though short, horizontal folds first mentioned there
is enclosed a deep, but small, fossa of the antihelix (woodcut, fig. 4, no. 4), having quite
a pouch-like appearance.
The tragus and antitragus are so small as to be almost obsolete.
In Arctocebus a similar condition obtains as to the fossa and fold of the antihelix’.
Tarsius* approaches the form of ear possessed by Galago and Microcebus; the tragus
appears, however, to be relatively more marked ; but the pit (=2*) above the antitragus
is wider and shallower than in Galago.
Burmeister acutely observes that the peculiarities of structure in the ear of Tarsius
are not strictly confined to it, but partly exist in Bats and in Rodents.
‘ Reise nach Mossambique, 1852, Siiugethiere, pl. iii. p. 15.
> Huxley, P. Z. 8. 1864, pp. 317, 318, fig. 1, a,b. He speaks of these “pranches of the antihelix as “ the
two singular transverse ridges,” and quotes a previous description by Dr. John Alexander Smith, Roy. Phys.
Soe, Edin, April 25, 1860. * Burmeister, op. cit. p. 7, pl. i.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 9
Chetromys* differs little, if at all, from Galago in the configuration and development
of the external ear; except, it may be, in the relatively diminished size of the expanded
fossa of the antihelix, and in the shallower and broader condition of the pit (=2*) above
the antitragus. In the general appearance and position of the ear-folds the Aye-Aye
resembles Lemur; but size differentiates the one from the other.
3. The Extremities (Manus and Pes).
There is a striking diversity between the development of the various digits in Man
and Apes and their condition in Lemuroids, 7. e. the Anthropoidea and Lemuroidea.
While in the former group the four ulnar or peroneal digits are, without exception,
well developed, the inner, 7. ¢, radial or tibial digit, is subject to great variation, the
pollex being quite rudimentary in Colobus and Ateles, while the hallux is diminutive in
the Simia and Hapale.
In the second group, on the other hand, the innermost digit, whether of manus or pes,
is invariably well developed; but some abnormality continually crops out in the index
or third digit of one or other extremity,—for example, the claw-like nail so constant
in the index of the pes, and in the index and third digit also in Tarsius, the extreme
attenuation of the third digit of Cheiromys, the general shortness of the index of the
manus and its rudimentary condition in Arctocebus and Perodicticus.
With regard to the fleshy pads of the palms of the hands we find the conditions to
be as follows :—
In Lemur (woodcut, fig. 5) one very large pad, the largest of all (no. 1), occupies the
position of the ball of the thumb in Man, In front of this a very considerable pad
(no. 2) occupies the base of the root of the index. Another, much smaller, pad (no. 3)
is placed behind the roots of the third and fourth fingers. Another pad, not quite so
large (as that belonging to the index), (no, 4) is placed at the root of the fifth digit.
Indistinctly below the last-mentioned pad, running along the ulnar border of the palm,
are two others placed anteroposteriorly, one behind the other (nos. 5 and 5*). The
anterior of these two (no. 5) is the smallest of all the pads. The posterior one (no. 5*)
is of nearly the same size as that at the root of the index.
In Galago (woodcut, fig. 7), instead of one large pollicial pad there are two (nos, 1 and
1*) (separated by a deep furrow), placed one in front of the other. The anterior of these
(no. 1*) is the larger, and projects freely forwards between the pollex and index.
The indicial pad of Lemur is represented by a very large one in Galago (no. 2), the
anterior end of which projects between the second and third digits. The rest is as in
Lemur, except that but one single pad (no. 5) appears to represent those two which in
Lemur occupy the posterior part of the ulnar border of the palm. In Microcebus
myoxinus Dy. Peters’ says there are five palmar eminences, the three smaller at the
Owen, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. v. p. 43, and pls. iv.—xviii. Also Peters, ‘Cheiromys,’ Berlin, 1866, p. 82,
and pl. i. fig. 1. * Reise nach Mossambique, p. 15,
VOL. VII.—PART I. C
10 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
basis of the fingers, and two larger towards the root of the wrist. The last two we may
suppose to correspond to nos. 1 and 5, 5* of Lemur.
Fig. 5. Fig. 6.
Fig. 5. Palmar surface of hand of Lemur niger: nat. size. Fig. 6. Plantar aspect of foot of the same.
In Nycticebus tardigradus (fig. 9, p. 11) the conditions presented are the same as
those in Galago, except that two small pads placed side by side (nos. 3 and 3*) take the
place of that single pad which in Lemur and Galago is located between the roots of the
third and fourth digits.
In Tarsius there is a single large oval pollicial pad; and Burmeister ' further mentions
that between the roots of the middle and other digits there are two very high round ones;
and opposite the ball of the thumb, towards the outer border of the palm, there is a long
figure-of-eight-shaped palmar cushion,
Cheiromys* in some respects more nearly approaches Lemur than it does the other
genera, inasmuch as the pad at the base of the thumb is broad, flat (or very gently
rounded), and with no marked tendency to duplication. Of the three somewhat smaller
pads at the proximal ends of the index, annulus, and fifth digits, the middle one (that
which in Lemur is equidistant between the third and fourth digits) is here in Cheiromys
almost entirely opposite the annulus, the attenuated middle finger in a measure being .
excluded from its proper share of the palmar cushion.
Op. ct, pode * Owen, loc. cit. p. 44; and Peters, ‘ Cheiromys,’ p. 83, tab. i. fig. 2.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. af
The pads on the plantar surface of the foot (pes) are less numerous and less distinct
than those on the palmar surface of the hand (manus) in all three forms.
Fig. 7. Palmar surface of fore foot, and Fig. 8. Plantar surface of hind foot of Galago crassicaudatus.
Fig. 9. Palm, and Fig. 10. Sole of Nycticebus tardigradus: all nat. size. The lettering corresponds to that in
Figs. 5 & 6, and is referred to in the text.
In Lemur (fig. 6, p. 10) one large pad (no. 1), marked by so deep an antero-
posterior furrow as almost to be divided into two, is placed between the first and second
metatarsals. A considerable pad (no. 2) is placed beneath the root of the index, and
c2
12 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
two smaller subequal ones (nos. 3 and 4) respectively between the roots of the third and
fourth and the fourth and fifth pedal digits. Another, elongated but narrower, pad
(no. 5) occupies the peroneal border of the sole.
In Galago (woodcut, fig. 8) the pad beneath the hallux is not marked by so deep a
furrow (if by any) asin Lemur. The other pads are similar, except that a rather shorter
one occupies the place of that elongated pad which is placed beneath the peroneal
border of the sole in Lemur.
A marked difference, indeed, is presented between Lemur and Galago, in the large
extent of hairy surface at the hinder part of the sole corresponding with the elongated
naviculare and os calcis.
In Microcebus myoxinus Peters’ mentions that the naked anterior sole of the foot has
six pads, of which that between the first and second toes is found particularly large. He
does not state, however, whether there is a tendency to division in the hallucial eminence.
In Nycticebus tardigradus (woodcut, fig. 10) the pad beneath the hallux is marked by
a depression which seems to correspond to the antero-posterior groove of Lemur opened
out (nos. land 1*). The pad beneath the root of the index (no. 2) has another, smaller
pad placed immediately behind it, while the third and fourth digits have each their
own, very small pad placed at the root of each respectively (nos. 3and 3*). The pad at
the root of the fifth digit (no. 4) is very imperfectly divided from the one bounding the
peroneal side of the sole behind it (no. 5).
In Zarsius, according to Burmeister’s description’, there are three, unequal, elliptical,
transversely wrinkled pads, of which the largest corresponds to the ball of the great
toe; the middle one occupies the base of the second and third digits; and the smallest
but longest one, partly applied to the outer border of the foot, is placed opposite the
fourth and fifth digits.
In Chetromys the plantar surface of the foot and the pads thereon correspond almost
identically with those of Lemur. 'The peculiar delicate tracery or papillary structure
and the fine parallel lines upon the pads themselves, both of the hand and foot, have
been beautifully illustrated in Peters’s monograph (op. cit. tab. i. figs, 2 and 4).
II. Muscunar System.
1. Muscles of the Head and Neck.
a. Epicranial and Auricular Regions.
OccIPIT0-FRONTALIS.—This muscle is well marked in Lemur catta, and covers each side
of the skull, its fibres being far more strongly developed posteriorly. Its origin and
insertion are as in Man.
In L. varius the muscular fibres are very sparse, the entire sheet of aponeurotic and
fibrous material being exceedingly delicate.
? Loc, cit, p. 15. * Loe. cit. p. 10,
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 13
In Galago crassicaudatus (see Pl. II. fig. 3, and Pl. III. fig. 6, O,f'), although thin, it
is a well-developed sheet, and nearly throughout muscular. Its continuation into the
ear-muscles would seem to aid in producing the peculiar epicranial movements so cha-
racteristic of this species and its allies. In the specimen of G. garnettii dissected by us,
it was remarkably thin, but otherwise similar to the above, as we observed also in
G. allenii.
The ATTOLLENS AUREM is represented by a broad and thin muscular layer, united above
with the occipito-frontalis, and inserted into the upper part of the tragus.
In G. crassicaudatus, as in some degree also in G. garnettii and G. allenii, it is very
strongly marked, being in fact a continuation of the broad occipito-frontalis. It seems
to spread out as a thin and delicate sheet over the anterior part of the dorsum of the
external ear for at least half its length.
Van Campen' mentions that in Potto its fibres mingle with the occipito-frontalis.
Our description of this muscle in L. catta seems to agree with Burmeister’s account
of the same muscle in Tarsius’.
ATTRAHENS AUREM.—This is represented by some rather indistinctly separated fibres of
the lower border of the occipito-frontalis muscle, which are inserted into the anterior
part of the concha.
In Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. II. fig. 3, At. a) this (as well as the other auricular
muscles) is well developed ; and its fibres, imbedded in a thin sheet of fascia continuous
above with the attollens and occipito-frontalis, arise from the posterior margin of the
orbit, and are inserted as in Lemur. ‘The fibres are most marked and numerous towards
the helix. In some respects it may be said even to be stronger in G. garnettii.
In Perodicticus® it is short.
In Tarsius* it is less developed than in G. crassicaudatus, in this rather approaching
to the Lenwrs.
RETRAHENS AUREM.—This is a narrow band of muscle arising from the superior curved
line of the occiput as far forwards and inwards as its junction with the temporal ridge.
It is inserted into the posterior part of the concha.
In G. crassicaudatus (Pl. III. fig. 6, Re.a', Re.a’, Re.a*) the retrahens aurem is repre-
sented by at least three separate slips, much in the manner described by Burmeister in
Tarsius (see below). ‘The anterior slip is the largest.
In Perodicticus* it appears to be represented by two thin slips of muscle, but with
the same attachments as in Lemur catta.
In Tarsius, Burmeister* says, there are four muscular bundles which compose the
retrahens aurem. ‘The first and largest arises from the upper part of the ligamentum
nuche, the middle line of the occiput, and posterior part of the sagittal suture, becoming
narrower as it reaches the upper part of the ear. The three other smaller bundles lie
1 Loc. cit. p. 24. * Loc. cit. p. 81, tab. 3. fig. 1, 7. % Loc. cit. p. 24,
+ Loc, cit. p. 32, tab. 3. fig. 1 (1). 5 Loc, cit, p. 32, tab. 4, fig. 1, K. 1, 2, 3, 4.
14 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
under the first; they spring from the lambdoidal suture close to each other, from above
the middle of the insertion of the cleido-mastoid, and, running parallel, are inserted into
the back of the ear. The longest is above, the shortest beneath.
The muscles of the external ear in the genus Galago are peculiar in their complexity ;
and their action has, as before said, been noticed by Mr. A. D. Bartlett in the P. Z. S.
1863, p. 231. G. monteiri, he says, “has the power of turning its ears back and
folding them up when at rest,” which phenomenon is well displayed in the excellent
plate, no. xxviii., in the same volume.
The action (produced by muscles, the fibres of which are of the striped variety, and
mainly by the retrahens aurem) consists in a folding downwards of the summit of the
ear behind its posterior margin, producing a wrinkling of the ear, which is thrown into
numerous transverse folds, reminding us of a fan closed, or of the reefing of a ship’s
sail. This evidently is by the muscular contraction acting from behind, namely, the
powerful retrahens aurem and mingled fibres of the attollens. The former of these,
covering more or less the dorsum of the ear, seems to drag the point backwards and
downwards, and while so doing creases the membrane of the ear itself (Pl. I. fig. 4).
b. Facial and Mandibular Regions.
The ORBICULARIS PALPEBRARUM in Z, catta surrounds the orbit as usual.
In Lemur varius it is figured by Cuvier, ‘ Planches de Myologie,’ pl. 69. fig. i, d.
The circlet of muscular fibre representing this muscle in Galago crassicaudatus is
broad, agreeing thus with the large orbit and eyelids which this animal possesses
(PL. IL. fig. 5, O.p). In G. allenii, though a small animal, this muscle is very distinctly
marked; and the fibres, firmly attached to the skin, as usual, form a subcircular band
round the orbit.
In Loris gracilis it is, as might be expected, large, as represented by Cuvier’.
It is very thin in Zarsius’*.
TemporaLis.—This is strongly developed (as Meckel says*, “ surtout les makis Cont
plus fort que Thomme), and has the usual origin and insertion ; but its anterior portion is
continued along the outer margin of the coronoid process, and is inserted by a distinct
narrow tendon with a pit at the junction of the ascending ramus with the horizontal one.
Its insertion is not shown in Cuvier’s figure* of Lemur varius.
In L. xanthomystax and in L. nigrifrons we found this muscle equally large ; and the
part giving rise to the aforesaid tendon is easily resolvable into a separate superficial
layer of muscles. In this latter respect there is an approach to the condition found in
some of the Rodents’.
In the Galagos this muscle answers to the description above given of it in L, catta.
See that of Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. I. fig. 3, Pl. IIL. fig. 6, and Pl. IV. fig. 11, Ze).
1 Loe. cit. pl. 67. figs. 1 and 2, d. ? Loe. cit. p. 30, tab. 3. fig. 1, a. * Anat. Comp. vol. viii. p. 751.
* Loe. cit. pl. 69. fig. 1, d. * See Meckel, vol. viii. p. 577, and P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 389,
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 15
In Loris gracilis it is rather small’.
In Tarsus, according to Burmeister’, it is double. The outer or anterior portion springs
from the anterior half of the linea semicircularis of the frontal and temporal fossa. The
inner and hinder part springs from the entire length of the same linea semicircularis.
In Cheiromys, Owen’ says it derives many fibres from the strong temporal fascia.
MasseTeR*.—This muscle is rhomboidal in shape and arises from the whole length of
the zygoma. It is inserted into the concavity outside the ascending ramus of the man-
dible and into its angle, pretty well shown in Cuvier’s figure (pl. 69. fig. 1, 7) of Lemur
varius.
Substantially the same in the Galagos: that of G. crassicaudatus is shown in Pl. II.
fig. 3, and Pl. III. figs. 5 & 6, Ma. In Loris gracilis it is of moderate size’. In Tarsius®
it consists of two layers—an outer and anterior, and an inner or posterior one.
Owen’ says that in the Aye-Aye the masseter consists of two portions, an external
and an internal. ‘“ The external fibres pass downward almost parallel, to be inserted
into the lower border of the posterior half of the mandible; they are separated by a
thin glistening aponeurosis from the internal portion, the fibres of which pass a little
forward as well as downward. ‘These two portions blend together anteriorly, the inner
portion is inserted into the outer surface of the broad ascending ramus. There is no
trace of an accessory masseter such as exists in many Rodents.”
ORBICULARIS ORIS.—In Lemur catta this is a very elongated narrow muscle, agreeing
with the length of the jaws *.
It is with some difficulty the fibres can be separated from those of the cheek and
nasal muscles® in the Grand Galago (PI. II. fig. 3, and Pl. III. fig. 5, 0.0).
In Loris gracilis it is relatively larger than in Lemur, as shown by Cuvier in the
sixty-seventh plate of his ‘ Planches,’ fig. 1,/. In Tarsius' it is very weak.
Van der Hoeven speaks of its being much intermixed with the other lower facial
muscles in the Potto”.
Nasal MuscLES.—In the Lemuroids generally, the naso-labial region being more or
less elongated and produced, the nasal muscles proper, with those of the upper lip,
form a broad and very extensive sheet reaching from the orbits to the nostrils. This
sheet appears to represent the conjoined zygomatici, levator labit superioris aleque nasi,
&c. (Pl. II. fig. 3, Na.).
The BUCCINATOR in the genus Lemur is also somewhat elongated in shape ”.
} Cuvier, pl. 67. figs. 1 and 2, b. ? Loc. cit. p. 33, tab. iv. figs. A, Ar. > Loe. cit. p. 59.
* Meckel, J. c. p. 752, considers it relatively more developed in the Lemurs than in Man.
* Cuvier, 1. c. pl. 67. figs. 1 and 2, 7. ° Loc. cit. p. 32, tab. 3. fig. $, and tab. 4, fig. 9, $5.
7 Loc. cit. p. 59. 8 Cuvier, J. c. pl. 69. tig. 1, U.
* Meckel, op. cit. vol. viii. p. 751, alludes to this circumstance in speaking of the muscles of the lips in Qua-
drumana generally, and further notices the intimate relation of the cutaneous fibres with them.
Loe. cit. p. 31, tab. 3. fig. 1, ¢. N Loe. cit. p. 24. © Cuvier, 7. c. pl. 69. fig. 1, 7.
16 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
It is well marked though not readily distinguished from the posterior fibres of the
orbicularis oris in Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. I. fig. 3, and Pl. III. fig. 5, Bu).
In Perodicticus* it is very thin, otherwise much as in Man. The duct of Stenon
passes through it above.
In Zarsius® it springs from the under surface of the malar bone and masseter muscle,
from the surface of the superior maxillary bone joining the orbicularis oris; and its
fibres extend to the mandible and orbicularis oris.
The distorted condition of the incisors and jaws in the specimen of Aye-Aye dissected
by us interfered with the natural condition of the parts in the neighbourhood of the
mouth.
ExTERNAL PreryGom.—This arises from the upper surface of the maxilla and the outer
surface of the palatine bone beneath the orbit. It is inserted into the neck of the
mandible beneath the condyle.
Identical in the Galagos (PI. V. figs. 17 & 18, E.pt). In Tarsius* it is said to spring
in the orbit from the os ethmoideum near the optic foramen.
InTeRNAL PreryGorp.—This springs from the pterygoid fossa and the outer surface of
the external pterygoid process, and is inserted into the inner side of the angle of the
mandible.
That of Galago crassicaudatus is figured by us in Pl. V. figs. 17 & 18, L.pt.
In Tursius* this is larger than the external pterygoid ; it arises from the space between
the two ascending branches of the pterygoid, and contains a strong internal tendon.
c. Hyoidean and Inframandibular Regions.
STERNO-CLEIDO-MASTOID.—This muscle is largely developed, and arises by a strong
tendon from the manubrium, and by muscle from the inner third of the clavicle. As it
passes forwards and upwards, the clavicular portion becomes covered by the sternal part’.
The two portions are inserted into the skull behind the meatus auditorius externus.
Cuvier, in his ‘ Planches de Myologie,’ pl. 68. fig. 1, letters a and b, quite agrees with
the appearances we found, except that the sterno-mastoid (4) seems to consist of two
parts, 7... to be longitudinally divided. In the list of muscles in the text, however,
a and a! are described as indicating the trapezius (dorso-sus-acromien); and at pl. 69.
fig. 1, a large broad muscle, marked a and a', is represented as passing downwards and
backwards from the neck and occiput to the clavicle. We, however, have found no
such muscle apart from cutaneous fibres, though several specimens were examined by
us to ascertain the correctness of the delineation.
In Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. IIL. fig. 5, St.m, and Cl.m, and Pl. II. fig. 3, S#.m) and
in G. garnettii it is tolerably strong, and there is only a moderate division into two
parts. In G. allenii, on the other hand, it is rather feebly developed. In G. peli® the
‘ Van Campen, op. cit. p. 23. * Loe. cit. p. 32. % Loe. cit. p. 33.
* Loe. cit. p. 33, tab. 5. fig. 14. ° Meckel, Anat. Comp. vol. vi. p. 169. ® Kingma, l. ¢. p. 21.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 17
thoracic portions of this muscle are said to be quite divided and to be so broad at its
insertion as to meet above its fellow of the opposite side.
In Loris gracilis both portions of this muscle are largely developed’.
In Nycticebus tardigradus it is as in Lemur catta.
Burmeister describes this muscle as divided into two in Tursius*, viz. (a) the cleido-
mastoideus or larger portion, and (4) the sterno-mastoideus the smaller part. ‘The
former (a) arises from the upper border of the clavicle and is inserted upon the curved
line of the occiput. The latter (4), a rounder muscle, springs from the upper end of
the sternum, and is inserted into the skull behind the ear, but before the first part of
the muscle.
Owen says that in Cheiromys* it is as we have above stated it to be in L. catta, except
that the cleidal portion arises from the middle third of the clavicle.
SrerNno-Hyo1D.—This muscle arises deeply within the thorax from the upper or inner
surface of the sternum between the cartilages of the second and third ribs. It is
inserted into the os hyoides just within the insertion of the omo-hyoid. It is closely
united with its fellow of the opposite side.
Cuvier represents in Lemur varius the two sterno-hyoids as fused into one single
muscle (/.¢. pl. 68. fig. 1,2). In his pl. 69. fig. 1 the same muscle is erroneously
marked y.
In Galago crassicaudatus (P1. III. fig. 5, S.hy, S.hy*, and S.hy**) it is much as in
Lemur, as is also the case in Loris gracilis * and Potto °.
Each muscle is broad, but presents no difference in its attachment in Tarsius°.
In Chetromys Owen’ says merely “they gradually contract as they ascend,” and are
closely connected together in the middle line.
The STERNO-THYROID also has origin deeply within the thorax and in common with the
sterno-hyoid. It is inserted into the outer side of the posterior (lower) border of the
thyroid cartilage, partly figured by Cuvier in his ‘ Myologie,’ pl. 68. fig. 1, x', and also
in pl. 69. fig. 1, where it is wrongly marked y', which letter in the list of muscles is
said to designate the thyro-pharyngien !
In Galago crassicaudatus (P\. III. fig. 5, 8.th) as in the genus Lemur.
At the sternum these muscles are hardly resolvable into two bellies in Tarsius*.
Tuyro-HY01D.—This is as usual a continuation of the last, going from the outer side of
the thyroid cartilage to the posterior cornua of the os hyoides. It is indicated by
Cuvier in his ‘ Planches de Myologie,’ pl. 68. fig. 1, y. For this muscle in Galago cras-
sicaudatus see Pl. III. tig. 5, Th.h.
The Omo-Hyorp is a very long and slender muscle, broader, however, anteriorly
(above) than at its scapular end. It arises from the most prominent point of the
1 Cuvier, 7. c. pls. 6 & 7. figs. 1 & 2, a, b, b’. > Loe. cit. p. 37, tab. 5. fig. 13, a, b.
3 Loc. cit. p. 58, pl. 22. figs. 1, 9, 9'. * Loe. cit. pls. 6 & 7. fig. 2, x. 5 Loc. cit. p. 25.
® Loc, cit. p. 34, tab. 5. fig. 13, a. 7 Loe. cit. p. 58. ® Loc. cit. p. 34, pl. 5. fig. 12, ¢.
VOL. VII.—PART I. D
18 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
convex anterior (upper) border of the scapula’, and is inserted into the hyoid just
external to the insertion of the sterno-hyoid. There is no median tendon; and the
triangles of the neck are long, each with an acute angle.
In Lemur varius it has been figured by Cuvier, pls. 68 and 69, fig. 1, e.
In Galago ailenii the omo-hyoid is fairly represented towards its attachment to the
hyoid, but as it leaves the scapula it is very closely applied to the anterior (inferior)
margin of the levator anguli scapule. It isa broad and distinct strip of muscle in Galago
garnettii and in G. crassicaudatus (PI. III. figs. 5 & 6, and Pl. IV. figs. 13 & 14, O.h).
It is strong and without median tendon in Loris gracilis* and also in Nycticebus tar-
digradus*. ;
In Tarsius* it is double-bellied and round near the hyoid.
In Cheiromys it is as in Lemur, according to Owen ®.
The Dicasrric is formed of two thick fleshy bellies with a long and strong median
tendon. It arises in common with the stylo-hyoid, and has a broad insertion into the
middle third of the inner side of the inferior border of the horizontal ramus of the
mandible.
Meckel® also says that in Lemur mongos and L. albifrons the fibres of the anterior
belly are arrested about the middle of the horizontal branch of the lower jaw. Indi-
cated in L. varius by Cuvier, pl. 68. fig. 1, ¢.
The conditions found in Lemur obtain in Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. 1V. fig. 11, Di.)
and in G. allenii, where its anterior belly is rather the stronger one (PI. III. fig. 5, Dé
and Di*, the latter having a portion of the anterior belly removed to show the genio-
hyoid muscle).
In Nycticebus tardigradus’ it is double and with a strong median tendon.
Figured by Cuvier in his sixty-seventh plate, fig. 2, ¢ (Loris gracilis). In this species
S. van der Kolk found a rudimentary tendon’.
In Perodicticus® the posterior belly is short and thick, the anterior one thinner.
Attachments the same as in Z. catta. This is also the condition in Tarsius”.
The anterior bellies of the digastric are closely blended together in Cheiromys", and
the posterior belly of each muscle is composed of two fasciculi of fleshy fibres.
The Myto-nyor is flat and strong. Its origin is from the body of the hyoid bone,
and insertion into the horizontal ramus and mylo-hyoid ridge of the mandible.
In Lemur varius it is obscurely traced in pl. 68. fig. 1,7, of Cuvier’s ‘ Recueil.’
Shown on the left side in Galago crassicaudatus (P1.III. fig. 5, My.h).
In Loris gracilis* the mylo-hyoid is found between the anterior fascicles of the
digastric muscle.
As Meckel observes (op. cit. vol. viii. p. 770). * Indicated by Cuvier in this species, 1. c. pl. 67. fig. 2, ¢.
3 P.Z.8. 1865, p. 243. 4 Loc. cit. p. 48, tab. 4. fig. 1. no. 7. 5 Loe. cit. p. 58.
§ Anat. Comp. vol. vill. p. 752. 7 Pp. Z. 8. 1865, p. 241. 8 Loc. cit, p. 44.
® Lor. cit. p. 25. Loc, cit. p. 34, tab. 5. fig, 13, 7. 1 Loe, cit. p. 58.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 19
Van Campen' mentions its similar position in the Potto, and Burmeister® in Tarsius.
The Sryto-nyom is a small but very distinct muscle in Lemwr catta, arising in com-
mon with the posterior belly of the digastric, and being inserted as in Man.
In L. varius its insertion is shown by Cuvier, pl. 68. fig. 1, s.
It is of moderate size in L. canthomystaz, and is pierced by the tendon of the digastric
muscle. This is contrary to what Meckel says occurs in the Lemurs; his words are *
“dans les makis, ot le muscle en question passe en dehors du digastrique, au bord
postérieur du mylo-hyoidien et au bout antérieur de lV’abaisseur de I’hyoide, sans
simplanter a l’os hyoide.”
The stylo-hyoid in the Grand Galago arises rather within and along with the stylo-
glossus than in common with the digastric. See Pl. V. fig. 18, Sy.A, the digastric
having been removed.
Burmeister ‘ remarks that in Tarsius the digastric does not penetrate the stylo-hyoid
muscle.
Besides the stylo-hyoid muscle, Meckel speaks * of another extra muscle as existing in
the Lemurs but which is absent in Apes andin Man. This he terms the masto-styloidien,
in contradistinction to the true stylo-hyoid or elevator of the hyoid. This masto-
styloidien, according to him, stretches from the tympanum to the styloid process, and
differs from the stylo-hyoid and stylo-glossus, which come from the tympanic process.
The Sryxo-GLossvs arises beneath the external meatus in front of the origins of the
stylo-hyoid and digastric. It is inserted as usual into the outer side of the tongue.
In Galago crassicaudatus (P1. V. fig. 18, Sy.g) it is similar.
This muscle presents no noteworthy difference in Tarsius® from what is said above of
Lemur catta.
STYLO-PHARYNGEUS.—This muscle arises (behind the stylo-glossus and within the origin
of the stylo-hyoid and digastric) from the surface of the auditory bulla, and is connected
with the anterior cornua of the os hyoides. It is inserted as usual.
In Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. V. fig. 18, Sy.ph) and in Perodicticus this muscle is
essentially as in L. catta’.
d. Vertebral Region, anterior and lateral.
RECTUS CAPITIS ANTICUS MAJOR.—In Lemur catta this is a long and slender muscle
which arises from the transverse processes of the cervical vertebre from the second to
the sixth, and is inserted into the basioccipital.
In L. xanthomystax tendons only go to the sixth, fifth, and fourth cervical vertebre ;
but there is another layer beneath, which sends a slip to the third cervical.
In Galago crassicaudatus (V1. V. fig. 16, R.a.ma) it would appear as if this muscle
1 Loe. cit. p. 25. 2 Loe. cit. p. 34, tab. v. fig. 13, v.
3 Anat. Comp. vol. viii. p. 770; see also p. 753. 4 Loe. cit. p. 35, tab, v. fig. 12, ¢.
5 Loc. cit. vol. viii. p. 770. 6 Loc. cit. p. 3d, tab. v. fig. 12, 7, 7 Potto, l.c. p, 26.
D2
20 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
descended to the fourth dorsal vertebra, its fibres joining those of the first part of the
longus colli. In another specimen this thoracic continuation was less distinct, the
muscle, however, clearly went as far as the seventh cervical transverse process, there
indefinitely merging into the said portion of the longus colli.
We noted in Galago allenii this muscle to be strongly developed. It arises by two
tendons from the transverse processes of the seventh and sixth cervical vertebre, and is
inserted as in Lemur catta. A deeper portion, however, also exists, which comes from
the upper cervical vertebre (their transverse processes) to the atlas, and terminates with
an insertion similar to that of the superficial portion. This may be the anterior division
of the longus colli.
Special mention of this muscle is not made by S. van der Kolk and Vrolik, although
they remark’ that the long muscles of the neck give great power of flexion to this animal.
In our own recent examination of Loris gracilis we have found it to be like that of
Nycticebus tardigradus. The latter animal, according to our observations’, has the
rectus capitis anticus major of great magnitude, and with an origin as far back (low
down) as the body of the sixth dorsal vertebra. (See woodcut, fig. 11, R.c.a.maj.)
Fig. 11.
Deep muscles in front of the neck of the Slow Loris
(Nycticebus tardigradus).
R.c.a.maj. Rectus capitis anticus major.
R.c.a.min. Rectus capitis minor.
L.c. Longus colli.
The skull is cut in such a transverse manner as to
leave only the basioccipitals and tympanic bull
present.—From P. Z. 8, 1865, p. 242.
Van Campen® says it exists as usual in the Potto. Tarsius* has it arising from the
five upper cervical vertebre.
In Cheiromys this muscle is enormous, though not mentioned by Owen, who probably
mistook it for the longus colli, which it in some respects resembles. It arises from the
sides of the bodies of the first three dorsal vertebra and transverse processes of all the
cervical vertebra except the first. It is inserted into the basioccipital and also into the
inner side of the auditory bulla (Pl. VI. fig. 31, R.a.ma).
* Stenops, op. eit. p. 44. * P. Z.8. 1865, p. 241. * Loc, cit. p. 26. * Loc. cit. p. 39, tab. 5. fig. 14, n.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 21
The RecTUS CAPITIS ANTICUS MINOR arises from the under surface of the base of
the transverse process of the atlas, and is inserted into the basioccipital beneath the
last.
It is of small size in Z. varius and in L. canthomystax.
In Galago crassicaudatus (PI). V. fig. 16, R.a.mz) it is as in Lemur.
In Nycticebus' we have found it arising from the transverse processes of both axis
and atlas, and being inserted into the exoccipital just within the periotic (see wood-
cut, fig. 11, R.c.a.min).
In Zarsius? Burmeister states that its fibres extend to the transverse process of the
second cervical vertebra or even further back.
It is not mentioned by Owen in Cheiromys; but we have found it the same as in
L. catta (P1. VI. fig. 31, R.e.mi).
The Lonevus couit arises from the bodies of the first five dorsal vertebree and from
the transverse processes of the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth cervical vertebra. It is
inserted by tendons into the hypapophysis of the atlas and into the corresponding parts
of the bodies of the other cervical vertebre.
Neither this muscle nor either of the two preceding is represented in those of Cuvier’s
plates which illustrate the myology of Lemuroids.
In G. crassicaudatus the longus colli in situ reaches from the basioccipital bone to
the ventral surface of the first four dorsal vertebre. On dissection it is found to consist
of three portions as in Man. The first or inferior oblique portion of human anatomy
arises by tendons from the transverse process of the sixth and seventh cervicals, and is
inserted by several tendons into the sides of the bodies of the upper dorsal vertebre
(see Pl. V. fig. 16, Z.c!). The second or superior oblique (Z.c?) has a fleshy cranial
attachment underneath and posterior to the rectus anticus major; it sends three tendons
to the tips of the second, third, and fourth cervical transverse processes. The third
vertical portion (Z.c’) covers the ventral surfaces of the whole of the cervical and one
or more of the dorsal vertebre; short, indistinct tendons proceed outwards to the
transverse cervical processes.
In G. allenii it arises by tendons from the tips of the transverse processes of the sixth
to the third cervical vertebra, and from their bodies on the ventral surfaces. What we
have described as a deeper portion of the rectus anticus major may in fact be a part of
this muscle. ]
In Loris and Nycticebus it “arises from the fronts of the bodies of the four anterior
dorsal vertebrze, and is attached to the bodies and transverse processes of all the cervical
vertebre, three distinct tendons going to the bodies of the atlas, axis, and third cervical
vertebre”*. That of Nycticebus tardigradus is delineated in woodcut, fig. 11, L.c, a
hook dragging the muscle aside, the rectus capitis anticus major having been removed
on that side.
1 Pp. Z.S. 1865, p. 242. 2 Loe. cit. p. 39, t. 5. fig. 14, 0. 3 Mivart & Murie, J. ¢. p. 242.
22 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
of)
Van Campen divides this muscle in Perodicticus' into three parts. The lowermost
stretches from the bodies of the first four dorsal to the transverse processes of the three
lowest cervical vertebre. The uppermost part springs from the transverse processes of
the middle cervicals reaching to the ring of the atlas. The middle part has origin from
the bodies of the three lowest cervical, and attaches itself to the bodies of the second
and third cervical vertebra.
In Tarsius Burmeister? observed two distinct portions,—the upper longish one
springing from the transverse processes and bodies of the third, fourth, and fifth
cervicals, and inserted into the anterior tubercles of the atlas; the lower portion,
broader, comes from the bodies of the upper dorsal vertebra, and is inserted into the
bodies of the lowest cervical vertebre from which the upper springs, reaching as far as
the axis.
Owen says the longus colli in Cheiromys* is a powerful muscle, but does not give its
entire attachments; he has probably mistaken for it the remarkably extended rectus
capitis anticus major. It appears to consist of three portions. The first or lowest part
arises from the sides of the bodies of the first three dorsal vertebra (covered beneath
by the rectus capitis anticus major) by two slips, and is inserted into the transverse
process of the sixth cervical vertebra (Pl. VI. fig. 31, L.c'). ‘The second portion (super-
ficial) arises from the transverse processes of the cervical vertebra from the sixth to the
third inclusive, and is inserted into the body of the atlas and axis; it is tendinous at its
origin (Pl. VI. fig. 31, Z.c’). The third, or deepest, layer arises from the bodies of the
cervical vertebre from the seventh to the third inclusive; and its insertion is tendinous,
and into the lower surface of the body of the axis (PI. VI. fig. 31, Z.c*).
ScaLent.—These muscles‘ appear to consist of two distinct masses, both of which are
situated entirely behind the axillary vessels and nerves, and the posterior one of which
is perforated by the external respiratory nerve of Bell. It is the anterior of these two
masses’ which descends the further, and is inserted into the second and third ribs
(the fourth rib, according to Meckel), in contact with part of the origin of the serratus
magnus (PI. IV. fig. 12, Sea).
They exist in very nearly the same condition in Z. varius, only the long anterior
portion descends to the fourth rib.
In L. xanthomystaz the scaleni muscles are three or four in number. ‘The longest
slip springs from the fourth rib close to the cartilage; it proceeds forwards (upwards),
and about the posterior (lower) third of the neck is joined by another slip which comes
from the second and third ribs, in proximity and partial union with the serratus
magnus. These two portions of scaleni are inserted by two tendons into the transverse
processes of the second and fourth cervical vertebree. A third portion of the scaleni
' Loe. cit. p. 26. 2 Op. cit. p. 39, tab. 5. fig. 14, p, q. 3 Loe. cit. p. 58,
‘ Figured by Cuvier in his ‘ Recueil,’ pl. 69. fig. 2, 67 & 6%, and pl. 68. fig. 1, 6’ (Lemur varius).
5 The “scalenus posterior” of Meckel, Joc. cit. p. 159.
ANATOMY ON THE LEMUROIDEA. 23
comes from the anterior (upper) border of the first rib, and is inserted by two tendons
into the transverse processes of the sixth and fifth cervical vertebre. All these portions
are placed outside the brachial plexus.
Galago crassicaudatus (P1. IV. fig. 9, Sca.', and Pl. V. fig. 16, Sca.! & Sea.) agrees with
L. varius.
In G. allenii the scalenus medius arises as high as the transverse process of the
fourth cervical vertebra. The scalenus posticus does not seem to reach higher than the
sixth. The scalenus anticus is a small bundle of fibres which pass to the first rib in
front of the lowest nerve of the brachial plexus.
In Zarsius there are three fasciculi (muscles according to Burmeister’) arising from
the first three ribs, and going to the cervical vertebra from the sixth to the first.
In Cheiromys this muscle is just as above described in L, catta, except that the anterior
portion extends back to the fourth rib. Owen does not mention this muscle.
e. Vertebral Region (Posterior and Superior).
Spentus.—This muscle is very intimately connected with the transversalis cervicis,
and arises from the spines of the first three dorsal vertebra, the last cervical vertebra,
and ligamentum nuche. ‘The larger and anterior (superior) portion of the muscle (the
splenius capitis) is inserted into the occiput; the smaller and posterior (inferior) part
(the splenius colli) into the transverse processes of the first three cervical vertebra, as
Cuvier has shown (pl. 71. figs. 1 and 2, I and I’).
In ZL. varius the splenius colli is inserted into the transverse processes of the first four
cervical vertebra, in Z. zanthomystax only to the first three cervical vertebre ; but there
is also a little separate slip carried onwards to behind the ear.
No line of demarcation exists in Galago crassicaudatus by which splenius capitis and
splenius colli can be differentiated. The muscle representing the splenius capitis, or, it
may be, both divisions (Pl. II. fig. 6, Sp. ep), arises from the uppermost second dorsal
and spines of all the cervical vertebra, and is inserted into the outer three-fourths of
the superior curved line of the occiput.
In G. allenii the splenius capitis is as in Z. catta; but we found a small slip between
the splenius and longissimus, which may represent the splenius colli®*.
In Nycticebus tardigradus the splenius is exceedingly large; and our observation
confirms Meckel’s’, that there is no splenius colli.
In Zarsius‘ it arises from the spinous process of the first dorsal vertebra. It goes
mainly to the occiput; and a part (representing the splenius colli) is inserted into the
transverse process of the atlas.
In Cheiromys it arises from the first five dorsal vertebre.
Compiexus.—This is large, and has origin from the transverse processes of the first
1 Loe. cit. p. 37. tab. 4. fig. 9, ¢.c.c. 2 P,Z.S. 1865, p. 243.
3 Op. cit. p. 141. 4 Loc. cit. p. 37, tab. 4. fig. 9, d.
24 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
four or five dorsal vertebre, and all the cervical vertebre. It is inserted into the
occiput as usual, and internally to the splenius. Shown by Cuvier, pl. 71. figs. 2 & 3, L.
In Galago crassicaudatus (Pls. III. & IV. figs. 6, 9 & 10, Co) it only passes to the
second dorsal. .
In G. allenii it arises from the zygapophyses of the first eight dorsal vertebre, and
from the zygapophyses and transverse processes of the seventh, sixth, and fifth cervical
vertebra, the slips from each being somewhat separated. Insertion as in L. catta.
According to Meckel’ there is an accessory slip in Loris.
In Nycticebus tardigradus? it arises from the dorsal spines as low as the third.
In Zarsius* the complexus is described as united with a biventer cervicis. The former
of these is the broader, and springs from the transverse processes of the most anterior
dorsal and most posterior cervical vertebrae, and goes to the occiput.
There is no BIVENTER CERVICIS in Lemur catta, according to our dissection; but Cuvier
appears to have recognized a portion of the complexus as digastrique dw cou, as it is
represented in his 71st plate of his ‘ Recueil,’ figs. 2 & 3, K.
This muscular division is demonstrated in Galago crassicaudatus (P1. III. fig. 6, and
Pl. IV. figs. 9,10 & 11, Bi.c), its hindermost tendon reaching the sixth dorsal vertebra.
In Tarsius* this muscle is described (as already said) as united more or less with the
complexus. It is the smaller and longer of the two, arises from the transverse processes
of the six most anterior dorsal vertebrie, and is inserted into the occipital protuberance.
it has no median tendon.
TRACHELO-MASTOID.—This is represented by a flat muscular band, which arises from
the transverse processes of the first dorsal and last two cervical vertebre; the insertion
of this is into the outer region of the occiput.
Cuvier’s figure represents this as having an origin somewhat more forwards, pl. 71.
fig. 2, Li.
In Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. IV. figs. 9 & 10, Z.ms) its tendons attach themselves
from the sixth dorsal vertebra forwards to the skull; fibres communicate also with the
heads of the ribs. In G. allenii this arises from a few of the cervical vertebra, and is
inserted into the mastoidal region of the periotic.
It is said to be present in Tarsius, Burmeister remarking’ that what must be taken as
this muscle arises from the transverse processes of the second, third, and fourth cervical
vertebra, and goes to the transverse process of the atlas, and thence to the occiput.
RECTUS CAPITIS POSTICUS MAJOR.—This is thick, and extends from the spine of the axis
to the occiput. It is covered at its insertion by the obliquus superior, but at the same
time diverges from its fellow of the opposite side. Figured by Cuvier in JZ. catta,
pl. 71. fig. 3, M’. In the representation it would appear to be double, the indicating
letter being so placed as to cover each portion.
1 Op. cit. vol. vi. p. 146, 2 P.Z.8. 1865, p. 243. % Loc. cit. p. 37, tab. 4. fig. 4, e.
* Loc, cit. p. 37, tab. 4. fig. 4, e. 5 Loe. cit. p. 38, tab. 4. fig. 8, m.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 25
In Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. IV. fig. 11, R.p.ma.) an additional outer portion is
manifest ; this is noted in the same figure by an asterisk (*).
In Zarsius it is similar (Burmeister, tab. 4. fig. 4,7) in condition to that of Lemur;
also in Cheiromys.
RECTUS CAPITIS POSTICUS MINOR.—This extends from the anterior border of the atlas to
the occiput, and is situated more in the middle line than the preceding.
This is said to be represented in Z. catta, in Cuvier’s 71st plate, fig. 3,M*; but the
small portion of shading which that latter refers to is very indefinite, and not in the true
situation of this muscle.
Depicted in the thick-tailed Galago, Pl. IV. fig. 11, R.p.mi.
In Tarsius it is similar (Burmeister, tab. 4. fig. 8, #); also in Cheiromys.
The REcTUS LATERALIS is rather posterior in position, and resembles a deeper obliquus
superior. It springs from the anterior surface of the transverse processes of the atlas,
within its outer end, and is inserted into the cranium immediately beneath the outer
end of the insertion of the obliquus superior.
It is clearly represented in L. catta by Cuvier, pl. 71. fig. 3, M*.
In Zarsius it is not mentioned. That of Galago is represented in Pls. IV. and V.
figs. 11 & 16, £1.
OBLIQUUS SUPERIOR.—This arises from the end of the transverse processes of the atlas,
and passes inwards and forwards to the occiput, covering the insertion of the rectus
capitis anticus major. Well shown by Cuvier in Z. catta, pl. 71. fig. 3, N.
Figured by us in Galago crassicaudatus, Pl. IV. fig. 11, 0. s.
In Zarsius' it is similar ; also in Chetromys.
The OBLIQUUS INFERIOR is the largest of these small muscles of the head and neck. It
has origin from the spine of the axis, and is inserted into the transverse process of the
atlas. Also well shown in pl. 71. fig. 3, N’, of Cuvier.
Figured in Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. IV. fig. 11, 0.7). In Zarsius? it is similar.
2. Muscles of the Pectoral Limb.
a. Thoracic Region (anterior and lateral).
PrcroRAL MuscLES.—As described by Meckel*, these do not completely agree with
the conditions exhibited in Zemur catta.
In the latter the Prcroratis major is very much extended antero-posteriorly, and
consists of three more or less distinct portions. See Pl. IV. fig. 12, P.ma’, P.ma’, P.ma’.
The most anterior or clavicular portion (which is the smallest, P.ma') arises from the
sterno-clavicular articulation, and from the innermost fourth of the clavicle; it is inserted
into the ulnar side of the deltoid ridge. It is closely connected, except at its origin and
insertion, with the second portion of the pectoralis major on one side, and dips a little
beneath the deltoid on the other, especially towards its insertion.
1 Loe. cit. tab. 4, fig. 4,9. 2 Loc. cit. tab. 4. fig. 4, h. % Loc. cit. p. 276.
VOL. VII.—PART I. E
26 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
The second or sternal portion (which is the largest, P.ma’) arises from the whole length
of the sternum, and from the sternal ends of the cartilages of the sixth, seventh, and
eighth ribs. It has a broad tendinous insertion (about three quarters of an inch wide)
into the margin of the bicipital groove in close juxtaposition to the insertion of the
first portion.
The third or abdominal portion (P.ma*) is very much longer, in proportion to its
breadth, than are the preceding parts. It arises from the sheath of the rectus muscle,
its origin extending as far forwards as the posterior end of the origin of the second
portion, and as far backwards as the cartilage of the tenth rib. Thin and delicate, it
narrows as it proceeds forwards, and has an aponeurotic insertion beneath and in close
union with the insertion of the second portion.
In Z. varius the pectoralis major is very nearly the same as in Z. catta. It, however,
differs in having no portion arising from the clavicle, and in the one portion of the
muscle being as tendinous as the other. Cuvier has represented (pl. 68) the pectoral
muscles in this species; and they well agree with the conditions we have found to exist
in L. catta, there appearing in his plates to be a distinct clavicular portion, not, how-
ever, represented by a distinct letter, the part answering to our first and second portions
being marked j, and our third portion j'. Towards its insertion the last-named part is
represented as uniting with a slip of cutaneous muscle marked 0°.
In Galago crassicaudatus one portion only is clearly distinct (Pls. IL, I., and IV.
figs. 8, 5,13, & 14, P. ma); for, as in G. allenii, it does not seem to be separable in the
way described in our type. Only a few fibres arise from the clavicle; nor has it such
an extensive posterior (inferior) origin as in L. catia. Its insertion, however, agrees
with the Ringtailed Lemur.
In G, peli’ it is said to consist of two layers, one from the clavicle and sterno-costal
articulations, both inserted into the great tuberosity of the humerus.
In Loris gracilis the deep portion of the pectoralis major (our third part in Z. catta)
is relatively larger, and extends up beneath the superficial portion higher than in
Lemur, as shown by Cuvier, pl. 67. fig. 2, 7 & j'. It does not appear to have a clavicular
origin.
In Wycticebus also there is no clayicular portion.
In the memoir on the Potto (Perodicticus), Van Campen* regards the pectoralis major
as composed of two bundles. His figure of the same, though, leads one to believe that
it is quite a single muscle.
Burmeister* says that in Tarsius this muscle is composed of but two portions—one,
the smaller, coming from the clavicle and sternum, the other, larger portion from the
sternum and cartilages of the ribs to the ninth. The insertions of these two portions
are much as in the Lemurs.
1 Kingma, l. c. p. 21. * Loc. cit. p. 27, pl. 2. fig. 10, 1. * Loc. cit. p. 50, tab. 4. figs. 2,17, & 15.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 27
In Cheiromys Professor Owen! describes only two poftions; and such we found to be
the case: but in our specimen the clavicular portion arose by a tendon from the sternal
end of the clavicle.
The Prcrorauis MINOR, which is a strong, thick muscle, arises from the sternum
beneath the pectoralis major, its origin extending from the second to the sixth rib
inclusive. Its insertion is into the capsular ligament of the humerus.
In LZ. varius Cuvier has figured it, pl. 68. fig. 1, 7”.
It is of large size in Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. III. fig. 5, P. mi, and Pl. IV. figs. 13
& 14, P. mi), and agrees with that of Lemur catta.
We failed to detect any trace of a pectoralis minor in Galago allenit.
Schroeder van der Kolk and Vrolik? state that in the Loris this muscle is present,
its fibres intermingling with those of the pectoralis major. Its point of insertion is the
internal tubercle of the humerus, previously passing before the coracoid process. This
description agrees with Cuvier’s figure, where it is represented as very small*. It exists
distinctly in Nycticebus tardigradus.
In Perodicticus Van Campen‘ forcibly points out that this muscle is broad, and has not
the same insertion as in Man, the Chimpanzee, and the Orang (i.e. the coracoid pro-
cess), but goes to the greater tubercle of the humerus.
In Zarsius®, where also it is strongly developed, its origin is from the second to the
seventh rib, and its fibres, taking the same direction as the greater portion of the
pectoralis major, are inserted close to each other into the sharp outer edge of the
bicipital groove and ridge.
In Cheiromys it, according to Professor Owen®, “arises from the side of the manu-
brium, and from the sternal ends of the first to the fifth ribs.” “It is inserted by a
broad tendon, spreading over the head of the humerus, to be attached to the great
tuberosity.” In our specimen it arose from the cartilages of the fourth, fifth, sixth,
and seventh ribs.
Suscnavius.—This is thick and strong, and arises from the cartilage of the first rib.
It is inserted into the outer two-thirds of the clavicle, and especially into the concavity
on the hinder (under) surface of the bone towards its distal or outer end.
In L. varius Cuvier represents its insertion as extending outwards but little beyond
the middle of the clavicle, pl. 68. fig. 1, h.
In Galago crassicaudatus (P1. III. fig. 5, Sd) and in G. allenii it is relatively stronger,
and is only inserted into the middle third of the clavicle.
Van Campen’ says this muscle is small in the Potto.
In Tarsius® its insertion occupies the whole under surface of the clavicle.
1 Loe. cit. p. 60, pls. xxii. & xxiii. figs. 1, 17. 2 Toc. cit. p. 44. 3 Loc. cit. pl. 67. fig. 2, 7°.
4 Loc. cit. p. 27, pl. 2. fig. 10. 2. > Loe. cit. p. 51, tab. 4. figs. 2, 18. ® Loe. cit. p. 60.
7 Loe. cit. p. 28, pl. 2. fig. 10.3. ® Loc. cit. p. 51, tab. 4. figs. 2, 19.
E2
28 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
Professor Owen does not make mention of the subclavius in Cheiromys ; but in our
specimen it was well developed, and quite like that of L. catta.
b. Shoulder and Scapular Regions.
Detrom.—As Meckel' observes, this muscle consists of three distinct portions.
The /irst of these arises from the middle third of the clavicle, and, descending obliquely
somewhat outwards, closely joins the first part of the pectoralis major on the one side,
and the second part of the deltoid on the other. (Pl. IV. fig. 12, D'.)
The second and largest part of the deltoid arises from the acromion process only, and,
descending vertically, is inserted into the deltoid crest on the outer surface of the
humerus, extending considerably below the insertion of the first part of the pectoralis
major.
The third and slenderest part arises at the posterior surface of the spine of the
scapula, from a quarter of an inch distant from the vertebral margin to the posterior
end of the metacromion process. It passes very obliquely downwards and forwards, and,
joining the second portion of the muscle, is inserted into the outer margin of the deltoid
crest of the humerus, the fibres passing beneath those of the second portion of the
muscle.
In the other specimens of the genus Lemur we found this muscle existing in nearly
a similar condition. In ZL. varius Cuvier represents it in three distinct portions in
pl. 69. fig. 1, the clavicular portion being marked #, the two scapular portions £".
In Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. II. fig. 8, Pl. III. figs. 5, 6, 7, and Pl. IV. figs. 13, 14,
D', D2, and D’) the three divisions of the deltoid, with their scapular, clavicular, and
humeral attachments, are displayed.
We could not distinctly trace lines of separation in the deltoid of Galago allenii,
although we remarked that the portion of the muscle between the attachments of the
clavicle and coracoid process of the scapula seemed more fibrous than muscular. The
third portion in L. catta was relatively smaller in G. allenii.
In G. peli this muscle is said to consist of two parts united by tendinous joints’.
The deltoid is said by Meckel* to be simple in Loris. We found it single in Nycti-
cebus tardigradus. In Cuvier’s ‘ Recueil,’ pl. 67. figs. 1 & 2, # and &' (Loris), there is
but a faint indication of division between the parts answering to the two scapular
portions of Lemur, and no indication of any separation between the clavicular and
scapular portions.
In the anatomy of the Potto* (Perodicticus) no special mention is made of this
muscle, and the figure of the shoulder-muscles displays but a slight tendency to division
of the deltoid.
' Op. cit. vol. vi. p. 258. * Kingma, Joc. cit. p. 23.
+ Op. cit. vol. vi. p. 258. * Loe. cit. pl. 2. fig. 11.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 29
This muscle Burmeister’ described in Tarsius as composed of two parts; but that
portion which springs from the middle of the clavicle he considers the broad part.
In Chetromys Owen* remarks that the deltoid has the usual extensive origin and
insertion, but speaks of no division. The scapular portion is shown by us (PI. III.
fig. 8, D*); the two others also exist.
SuPRASPINATUS.—This arises not only from the supraspinous fossa, but also slightly
from the posterior (inferior) side of the spine of the scapula towards its acromial end.
The fibres converge to a very strong tendon, which is inserted into the radial or greater
tuberosity of the humerus.
It is but very imperfectly represented in L. varius by Cuvier, pl. 68. fig. 2, U.
Figured in Galago crassicaudatus (P1. III. figs. 5 & 6, and Pl. IV. figs. 13 & 14, S.sp).
In Tarsius* it occupies the supraspinous fossa only ; and in Cheiromys no fibres spring
from the infraspinous fossa, but they take origin as far as the very edge of the spine
beneath the acromion process.
Iyrraspinatus*.—This muscle arises from the infraspinous fossa, except the axillary
border and the spine towards its acromial end. ‘The fibres converge to a central tendon,
which is inserted into a deep pit in the middle of the radial side of the radial
tuberosity.
It reaches the ridge-like portion of the axillary border in L. nigrifrons.
Shown in Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. Il. fig. 3, Pl. II]. figs. 6 & 7, and Pl. IV.
figs. 13 & 14, Isp).
In Loris gracilis Cuvier represents it as large (pl. 67. fig. 1, m).
In Tarsius® it is as in L. catta.
In Cheiromys it arises from the whole infraspinous fossa (Pl. III. fig. 8, Z.sp).
The SusscaPuLaris ® arises from the subscapular fossa as usual, and is very broadly
inserted into the ulnar or lesser tuberosity of the humerus.
Figured in Galago crassicaudatus (P1. III. fig. 5, and Pl. IV. figs. 13 & 14, 8).
In Tarsius’ it is strong and partially divided into three by tendinous intersections.
The usual origin of the subscapularis in Cheiromys, Owen remarks *, is by three prin-
cipal fasciculi, and its tendon of insertion is closely attached to the portion of the capsular
ligament which it passes over. In our muscular individual this subdivision was indistinct.
TeRES MAJoR.—A very large and powerful muscle, which arises from the superior
(posterior) half of the axillary border of the scapula and from the flat surface at the
posterior end of that border. It broadens out greatly as it descends, and has a glistening
tendinous outer surface. Its insertion, which is almost an inch wide, is into the inner
margin of the bicipital groove separating the two portions of the coraco-brachialis.
1 Loc. cit. p. 49, tab. 3. fig. 1. no. 15. 2 Loe. cit. p. 60, pls. 22 & 23. figs. 1 & 2. no. 15,
3 Loc. cit. p. 48, tab. 3 & 4. figs. 1 & 9. 4 Cuvier, Joc. cit. pl. 69. fig. 1, m (L. varius).
5 Loc. cit. p. 48, tab. 4. fig. x. 11, ® Cuvier, loc. cit. pl. 68. fig. 2, n (LZ. varius).
7 Loc. cit. p. 49, tab. 3. figs. 2-13. 5 Loc. cit. p. 59.
30 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
Meckel observes that it is large in the Makis (Lemurs), and is inserted into the second
fifth of the humerus’.
It is represented by Cuvier in Lemur varius (pl. 68. fig. 2, and pl. 69. fig. 1, 0) and
in Loris gracilis (pl. 67. fig. 1, 0).
Shown in Galago crassicaudatus (PI. II. fig. 3, Pl. Ill. figs. 5, 6, 7, and Pl. IV.
figs. 13 & 14, T.ma.), but the surface is not so highly tendinous in this species as in
L. catta.
In Tarsius? it is as in L. catta, except, of course, proportionally smaller.
Turns mivor.—This is a very small and inconspicuous muscle ; and there is therefore
the less wonder that it should have escaped Meckel’s* and Cuvier’s* observation. It
arises from the lower (anterior) half of the axillary border of the scapula, its origin
extending rather further up (back) than, but not quite so far downwards (forwards) as,
that of the long head of the triceps. It is inserted into the lower part of the radial
tuberosity.
In Galago crassicaudatus this muscle (PI. III. fig. 6, and PL. IV. fig. 13, T. mi.) is of
moderate size, and is attached quite to the neck of the scapula, and slightly covered by
the infraspinatus. ,
We found in Galago allenii the teres minor to be comparatively larger than in Lemur
catta; its fibres also arose more superficially upon the dorsum of the infraspinatus,
being partly attached to the lower border of the spine of the scapula, chiefly about its
middle; but it had a similar insertion.
Nycticebus tardigradus, like Lemur catta, has it small.
Burmeister says that in Tarsius it is present, but weak.
In Cheiromys, Owen ° mentions that it is not much inferior in size to the teres major ;
but in our dissection we have found it very much smaller than the teres major, yet very
distinct and quite in the condition it presents in Lemur catta. As Professor Owen takes
no notice of the infraspinatus, and as the teres minor is pretty closely connected with the
latter muscle, he has probably mistaken the teres minor for it.
c. Humeral Region (posterior and anterior).
Tricrps.—This muscle is very large and complex in L. catia, not only consisting of
all the parts found in Man, but one of the heads described as single in him being here
differentiated into four more or less distinct parts.
1. The long head is very tendinous at its origin, which occupies about half an inch
at the lower (anterior) part of the axillary margin of the scapula.
2. The outer head arises from the postero-outer portion of the head of the humerus,
beside the insertion of the teres minor.
1 Op. cit. vol. vi. p. 262. * Loc. cit. p. 48, tab. 3. fig. 2. 12. % Loe. cit. p. 278.
4 It is not figured in the Lemuroids of his ‘ Planches de Myologie.’
5 Loc. cit. p. 48, tab, 3. fig. 1. no. 10. ® Loc. cit. p. 59, pl. 23. fig. 2. 10.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 31
The inner head is more or less divisible into two muscles, and is described as such by
Burmeister.
3. The first or upper part of the inner head arises from the postero-inner side of the
head of the humerus, as high as just beneath the insertion of the subscapularis, and
considerably above the insertions of both the teres major and the short part of the
coraco-brachialis.
4, The second or lower part of the inner head, which is spoken of by Burmeister as
a distinct muscle, the ‘“ Anconeus sextus,” is separated from the last-described part by a
more or less marked interval, where the muscular spiral nerve passes. It arises from the
inner side of the lower half of the shaft of the femur, the supinator ridge, and internal
condyle, and occupies part of the intercondyloid space at the back of the humerus.
All these portions unite together and are inserted into the olecranon process of the
ulna; but the second and third portions unite together very high up indeed. The long
head joins at about the middle of the arm; the anconeus sextus of Burmeister joins
the common mass at the olecranon, but is more or less connected with the rest of the
muscle for the lower half of its extent.
Cuvier, in his posthumous ‘Planches de Myologie,’ distinguishes the usual three
parts of the triceps and the dorso-epitrochlear, marked respectively in pl. 68. fig. 2, and
pl. 69, fig. 1, of Lemur varius, by t, t}, £2, and ¢*. The lower division of the internal
head of the triceps is distinguished as the “‘ancone interne,” and marked wu’. No external
anconeus is separately indicated.
We ourselves have found itin Lemur varius, L. niger, and L. nigrifrons as in L. eatta;
also in the Galagus. Slight individual variations exist as to how far the anconeus sextus
goes up—one being like what is mentioned in Nycticebus. The several portions of the
triceps are figured in G. crassicaudatus (Pl. I. fig. 3, Pl. IIT. figs. 5, 6, & 7, and Pl. IV.
Bela S14, 2°72", T°, 1%).
In G, peli* it is described as consisting of six parts, namely, the three ordinary heads,
together with an anconeus quartus (the ordinary anconeus of Man), the dorso-epitrochlear,
and a distinct lower separation of the internal head.
In Nycticebus we did not find an anconeus sextus distinctly differentiated; for the
musculo-spiral nerve pierces what is evidently the ordinary internal head.
In the Potto the anconeus sextus is not mentioned by Van Campen.
In Tarsius Burmeister? describes what answers to the lower part of the internal head
of Man, as quite distinct, under the name of anconeus sextus. His arrangement of the
great extensor of the forearm is as follows :—
A. Anconeus primus‘, or longus (the scapular head of Man).
B. Anconeus secundus‘ (the external head of Man).
C. Anconeus tertius* (the upper part of the internal head of Man).
bo
to
Q
1 Kingma, loc. cit. pp. 25 and 26. ? Loc. cit. p. 53. 3 Tab. 3. fig. 1. :
4 Tab. 3. fig. 1. 220. 5 Tab. 3. fig. 2. 22c.
32 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
D. Anconeus quartus (the anconeus proper of Man).
E. Anconeus quintus' (the dorso-epitrochlear).
F. Anconeus sextus? (the lower part of the internal head of Man).
In Cheiromys Professor Owen* found the lower portion of the inner head of this
muscle almost as distinct as it is asserted to be by Burmeister in Tarsius. In our dis-
section we can confirm this statement; but we found the origin of the upper part of the
internal head (which is not distinctly mentioned by Professor Owen) to extend up as
high as in Lemur and in the other forms already noticed. Thus the so-called triceps
may here, as also in Hyrax (and, no doubt, in many other forms), be more correctly
spoken of as the quadriceps extensor; and we remark that the aspect of the part called
“sextus” by Burmeister, lying as it does beneath the others in the intercondyloid space,
may perhaps be compared to the crureus of the thigh, so distinct in the Lemuroids.
Ancongus.—Evidently but the continuation of the triceps. It may be said to arise
from the posterior aspect of the external condyle, and to be inserted into the radial
border of the olecranon.
In Cuvier’s ‘ Recueil,’ pl. 69. fig. 1, no separate letter indicates the anconeus, but a
darker shade seems nevertheless to point to its existence in L. varius.
The three species L. varius, L. vanthomystax, and L. nigrifrons do not entirely agree
with the above description, inasmuch as the anconeus muscle crosses over much of the
intercondyloid space.
Figured in Galago crassicaudatus (P\. U1. fig. 3, and more distinctly in Pl. IV.
fig. 13, Anc).
It is present in G. peli*, and named anconeus quartus.
Van Campen says it is wanting in the Potto (Perodicticus’).
In Tarsius this is described as the anconeus quartus°.
Very large and distinct in Chetromys.
Dorso-EPITROCHLEAR.—This takes origin from the outer margin of the latissimus dorsi
near its insertion (7.e. just before it becomes tendinous); it broadens out into a thin
muscular sheet, and becomes continuous with the fascia of the forearm’ between its
two insertions, which are into the inner condyle of the humerus and the olecranon.
It arises over the tendinous part of the latissimus dorsi and goes to the shaft of the
ulna in LZ. varius, as Cuvier already has shown, pl. 69. fig. 1, ¢°.
See Galago crassicaudatus (P1. II. fig. 3, Pl. II. figs. 5, 6, & 7, and Pl. IV. figs. 13
& 14, D.ep).
In G. allenii this muscle does not so broaden out as in Lemur catta, but it is also
inserted into the inner side of the olecranon process.
Tn Yarsius Burmeister ® notices this offshoot from the latissimus dorsi under anconeus
quintus, as before mentioned by us in describing the triceps.
Tab. 3. fig. 2. 22d. 7 Tab.3. fig. 2.22. * Loe. cit.p.61. + Kingma, loc. cit.p.25. * Loc. cit. p. 34.
® Loe. cit. p. 54. 7 Mentioned by Meckel, loc. cit. p. 267. ® Loe. cit. p. 50, tab. 3. fig. 22, .
= bee
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 35
It has been twice referred to by Owen in Cheiromys, pp. 59 and 61.
Biceps '.—With two distinct heads; the short head arises from the coracoid process,
the long head from the superior margin of the glenoid cavity. The two heads unite a
little below the middle of the arm and_are inserted by a strong tendon into the posterior
part of the tubercle of the radius.
In ZL. niger we found a slight approximation to the structure (next to be described)
in Galago.
In all the Galagos we examined, the long head springing from the upper margin of
the glenoid cavity is as in Lemur; but the coracoid head remains almost distinct from
the former down to its insertion, receiving, however, a few fibres from the glenoidal
portion about the bend of the elbow.
The coracoid portion is very remarkable, as it remains broad, flat, and muscular down
to its insertion, which is into the superficial fascia covering the forearm. Its free margin
projects forwards inside the arm at the end of the elbow more than does the supinator
longus at the outside of the limb. This condition must powerfully assist the flexing
action of the muscle. (Figured in Galago crassicaudatus, Pl. II. fig. 3, Pl. III. figs. 5 & 7,
and Pl. IV. figs. 13 & 14, B’, B’.)
In G. peli it was found to have two heads by Kingma’.
In a recent dissection of Loris gracilis made by us, the biceps sent but a single head
to the scapula. Meckel* says the Loris has only along head. Cuvier represents two
heads, pl. 67. fig. 2,7, and 7’.
In Nycticebus tardigradus* we found but one head of origin, which agrees with W.
Vrolik’s earlier observation ®, although in the later conjoined memoir with S. van der
Kolk® they speak of two heads.
Perodicticus', Tarsius*, and Cheiromys® each possess double tendinous heads of origin
to the biceps muscle. In Cheiromys the expansion mentioned as existing at the insertion
of the muscle in Galago does not exist. We carefully looked for it.
CoRACO-BRACHIALIS.—Double"; the long part arises exclusively from the inner side
and deep surface of the strong tendon of the short head of the biceps, no muscular
fibres arising from the coracoid process itself. Narrowing rapidly downwards, it is
inserted into the inner border of the humerus as far down as the upper border of the
perforation in the inner condyle.
The short part, which is very small, arises from the end and deep surface of the
coracoid process, and is inserted on the posterior side of the inner margin of the
1 Cuvier, Joc. cit. pl. 68. fig. 2, pl. 69. fig. 1, r and r} (LZ. varius). ? Op. cit. p. 24,
3 Op. cit, vol, vi. p. 291. 4 P.Z.8. 1865, p. 244.
5 Todd’s Cyclop. of Anat. and Physiol. vol. iv. p. 218.
© Op. cit., Rech. d’Anat. comp., le Genre Stenops, p. 45. 7 Loe. cit. p. 34.
8 Loe. cit. p. 51, tab. 3. figs. 1 and 2. nos. 20a and 20d. 9 Loe. cit. p. 60, pls. 22 and 23. fig. 1. 20.
‘© Cuvier figures in Z. varius this muscle as double; but both parts have the same letter gq, pl. 68. fig. 2.
VOL. VII.—PART I. F
54 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
bicipital groove, between the insertion of the teres major and the high-reaching inner
portion of the triceps.
The long head reaches down to the supracondyloid arch. This therefore corresponds
to what, according to Mr. John Wood's! reading, is his ‘ coraco-brachialis longus.”
Meckel? says that this muscle is found divided in the Makis as in many other animals.
In L. varius we found the coraco-brachialis and biceps on the right side to be attached
to the coracoid process by a sesamoid bone.
In L. nigrifrons it is also double. The long portion arises tendinous from the
coracoid, and continues so, mingling the fibres of the second portion, to the middle of
the humerus, where it becomes fleshy, and is inserted upon the supracondyloid arch.
The short arch is also tendinous, but sooner becomes muscular.
In Galago crassicaudatus a long, strong, and a short weaker belly exist (Pl. II. fig. 3,
Pl, Il. fig. 5, and Pl. IV. fig. 14, C.o* & C.0?).
This muscle has likewise a second slip in G. alleni?, and the two parts have much the
same origin and insertion as in Lemur catta. Also in G. peli.
In Loris gracilis and in Nycticebus tardigradus* we ourselves have found the coraco-
brachialis to consist of two portions. §. van der Kolk and Vrolik®, however, say
nothing of the short head, although remarking that it proceeds as far as the internal
condyle of the humerus.
Van Campen avers it is double in Perodicticus*; as likewise does Burmeister in
Tarsius’ ; and Professor Owen records the same condition existent in Cheiromys*.
BRACHIALIS ANTICUS’.—This arises from the whole outer (radial) side of the humerus
to its summit, being overlapped by the external part of the triceps; it also arises from
the front of the humerus as far inwards as the insertion of the coraco-brachialis, but
nevertheless it does not at all embrace the insertion of the deltoid. It is inserted into
the coronoid process of the ulna.
In Lemur varius, L. xanthomystax, and L. nigrifrons this muscle is as in L. catta.
There is no junction of the fibres with those of the supinator longus, although the
muscles are indeed very close together.
The same in Galago crassicaudatus (PI. II. fig. 3, Pl. III. fig. 6, and Pl. IV. figs. 13
& 14, B.a.).
It is spoken of by Burmeister” in 7wrsius as brachialis internus.
No substantial difference from L. catta in Cheiromys"'.
‘ Journ. of Anat, and Physiol. (Cambridge) 1867, vol. i. p. 49. 2 Loe. cit. p. 281.
* Kingma, l. c. p. 24. 4 P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 244. ° Op. cit. p. 45. ° Loe. cit. p. 33.
7 Loe. cit. p. 49, tab. 3, fig. 2, nos. 14 and 146. 8 Loe. cit. p. 60, pl. xxiii. fig. 1, nos. 14 and 148.
* Figured in Cuvier’s ‘ Recueil,’ pl. 68. fig. 2, s, of Z. varius, and pl. 67. fig. 1, s, in Loris gracilis,
° Loe, cit. p. 52, tab. 3. figs, 1, 21. 1 Loe. cit. p. 60, pl. xxiii. fig. 1, no, 21.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 35
a. Brachial Region (Extensors).
Supinator Loncus.—Has origin from the external condyloid ridge of the humerus ;
and its flat tendon is inserted into the radial border of the radius, rather more than half
an inch above its lower end, and immediately below the lower end of the long insertion
of the pronator teres.
This muscle in Z. varius’ is inserted into the styloid process.
In L. xanthomystax it is similar, the lowest portion being weak and closely applied
to the radius. It seems also to pass to the pisiform bone and deep palmar fascia. We
could only follow its unusually thin tendon in ZL. nigrifrons as far as the styloid
process.
Figured in Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. II. fig. 3, and Pl. IV. figs. 13 & 14, S./), where,
as in G. allenii, it arises as high almost as the middle of the shaft of the humerus, and
occupies the third fourth of that bone. Its tendon is inserted into the styloid process.
In 7arsius? it is substantially the same as in L. catta.
SUPINATOR RADII BREVIS.—This muscle arises by tendinous fibres from the external
condyle and annular ligament, but not at all from the ulna. Winding round the shaft
of the radius, it is inserted into the anterior surface of that bone on a line leading
obliquely downwards and outwards, and conterminous with the upper parts of the inser-
tions of the pronator teres and flexor longus pollicis.
That of Galago crassicaudatus, which obtains in the other species of the genus, as also
in WVycticebus, is shown in Pl. IV. fig. 13, 8.7.0.
In Tarsius* it is substantially as in L. catta.
It is not mentioned by Owen in his description of Cheiromys; but we find it in that
genus to be quite similarly conditioned to that of L. catta.
The EXTENSOR CARPI RADIALIS LONGIOR arises below the supinator longus from the ridge
leading from the external condyle. It terminates in a flat tendon which is very closely
applied to that of the extensor carpi radialis brevior, and passes beneath that of the
extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis, and then beneath that of the extensor secundi inter-
nodii pollicis. It is inserted into the radial side of the base of the second metacarpal.
In L. varius this and the following muscle are figured by Cuvier, pl. 69. fig. 1,6 & 3';
and in Loris gracilis, pl. 67. fig. 1,8 & 8.
That of Galago crassicaudatus is shown in Pl. II. fig. 3, and Pl. IV. figs. 13 & 14,
Een.
EXTENSOR CARPI RADIALIS BREVIOR.—A little smaller than the extensor carpi radialis
longior. It arises from the external condyle; and its fibres terminate above the middle
of the forearm in a flat tendon, which passes down like that of the last-named muscle,
and is inserted into the outer border of the bone of the middle metacarpal.
Figured in Galago crassicaudatus (PI. II. fig. 3, and Pl. IV. fig. 13, E.c.r.0).
1 Tt is figured by Cuvier, pl. 69. fig. 1,v; and in Loris gracilis, pl. 67. fig. 1, v.
* Loe. cit. p. 55, tab. 5. fig. 3. 23, and tab. 3. fig. 1. 23. 3 Loe. cit. p. 56, tab. 3. fig. 4. 36.
F2
56 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
ExrEnsor COMMUNIS DIGITORUM.—This muscle arises from the common tendon attached
to the external condyle, and from the intermuscular septa and fascia covering the
middle of the forearm. The fibres are inserted in a penniform manner on each side of
a median tendon, which, near the wrist, divides into two. These again unite and form
a wide tendon on the back of the hand, which gives origin to four flat diverging
tendons which are not united by connecting slips, and which are inserted as usual.
In the right manus of Z. varius we found but three tendons—a fourth one, inserted
into the fourth digit, appearing to represent the extensor minimi digiti.
In Cuyier’s plate of this species the muscle is represented as sending four separate
tendons to the four ulnar digits, pl. 69. fig. 1, e.
In Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. II. fig. 8, and PI. IV. fig. 13, E.c.d) and G. allenii this
extensor and that of the minimi digiti are in close union, the former supplying tendons
to the four digits. In the left arm of G. crassicaudatus, moreover, the fourth tendon
sends a slip to the fourth digit, as well as to the fifth digit, and the third tendon sends
one to the third digit as well as to the fourth digit. These extra slips are marked
** 4 & 3 in Pl. I.
In Loris gracilis this and the extensor minimi digiti also appear fused into one muscle,
which splits into six tendons. Two of these go to the fifth digit, two go to the fourth
digit, and the other two go to the index and third digit respectively. ‘The arrangement
of the tendons in this species is quite undefined in Cuvier’s plate.
In Nycticebus tardigradus' the communis is also derived from the same belly as the
minimi digiti; but the former ultimately subdivides into five tendons, whereof the
fourth digit has two, one on its radial and one on its ulnar side.
In Perodicticus? this muscle has four tendons, two of which go to the fourth finger,
one to the third, and one to the fifth finger.
Both in Zarsius, according to Burmeister®, and in Cheiromys, according to Owen*,
the common extensor sends four tendons to the usual digits. The deeper-seated
extensor with subsidiary tendons, which Professor Owen mentions in the latter animal,
is evidently the same as that described by Burmeister in Tarsius, and which we take to
represent the extensor minimi digiti. But independently of this last-mentioned muscle,
we found in Cheiromys the indisputable extensor communis digitorum itself easily and
clearly divisible into two fleshy bellies, more than halfway up the arm, each separate
belly ending distally in a distinct tendon—that from the radial belly giving tendons to
the index, third, and fourth digits, that from the ulnar belly giving a tendon to every
digit except the pollex. The tendons, from where they diverge up to the digits, are
more or less connected by an aponeurotic fascia, the two small tendons going to the
attenuated middle digit (one of which comes from the ulnar belly, and the other from
the radial one) being very intimately connected.
1 Pp. Z. 8. 1865, p. 247. * Loe, cit. p. 36, tab. ii. fig. 11, m.
5% Loe. cit. p. 62, tab. 3. fig. 1, no. 27, and tab. 5. fig. 2, no. 27. 4 Loe. cit. pl. xxiii. fig. 2, no. 27,
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 37
In Zarsius Burmeister remarks that the four tendons of this muscle reunite into a
single tendinous sheet on the back of the manus, from which sheet the four extensor
tendons are given off.
EXTENSOR MINIMI DIGITI.—A very small muscle with a very long tendon arising from
the external condyle and the intermuscular septa. Its delicate tendon runs down
beneath the annular ligament, and divides into two, which go to the ulnar side of the
fourth and fifth digits respectively; that which goes to the fourth digit is joined by a
delicate branch from the extensor indicis.
Meckel says in the Lemurs it attaches itself sometimes to the fourth and fifth digits.
On the left side of Z. varius the extensor minimi digiti went to the fourth digit only,
without being joined by another tendon from the indicis. In Cuvier’s figure of this
species, two tendons go to the fourth and fifth digits as usual, pl. 69. fig. 1, e'.
In Galago crassicaudatus this muscle is so united with the extensor communis
digitorum as to be very little seen. Its tendon receives no slip from the extensor
indicis, but bifurcates, its branches going to the fourth and fifth digits as in Z. catta
(Pl. II. fig. 3, and Pl. IV. fig. 13, #.m.d).
In G. allenii it also arises in common with, but rather to the outer side of, the
extensor communis digitorum. Its tendons, two in number and very delicate, are
inserted as in L. catta, but without the extra indicial slip.
According to our observations, both in Loris gracilis and Nycticebus tardigradus’ it
also has a common origin with the extensor communis, but seemingly has only one
tendon, which goes to the fifth digit.
It appears to be inseparably united with the extensor communis digitorum in the
Potto’.
Burmeister® says, at its origin it is in close union with the extensor carpi radialis
brevior, its tendon comes off higher than the extensor communis, and, splitting, proceeds
to the fourth and fifth digits.
In Cheiromys it is described by Owen‘ as a slip of the extensor communis with
tendons to the fourth and fifth digits; but we found that in this species the muscle is
well developed, though in close union at its upper part with the belly of the extensor
communis digitorum. Its tendons are as in L. catta, except that there is no slip from
the index.
EXTENSOR CARPI ULNARIS.—This muscle is about the same size as the extensor com-
munis, but has a much stronger tendon. It arises from the external condyle, the
margin of the ulna, the septa, and aponeurosis, and is inserted into the base of the fifth
metacarpal.
The same in Z. varius and L. nigrifrons; but in L. canthomystax its tendon divides,
1 Pp. Z. 8. 1865, p. 247. * Loe. cit. p. 36, pl. ii. fig. 11, m.
* Tarsius, p. 62, under head of extensor com. digitorum, tab. 3. fig. 4. 35,
* P. 62, under head of extensor digitorum communis, pl. xxiii. fig. 2. 27a. *
38 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
part being inserted into the pisiform, and part into the fifth metacarpal. This arrange-
ment is what Mr. John Wood has found in the human subject’.
Figured in Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. II. fig. 3, and Pl. IV. fig. 13, E.c.w). In
G. allenii it is large; origin as in L. catta.
In Tarsius this muscle is represented in tab. 3. fig. 1. 28.
Extensor inpicis.—This is a very slender muscle, and much shorter than the extensor
secundi internodii pollicis. It arises from the radial surface of the ulna and the
interosseous ligaments. Its tendon receives fleshy fibres down almost to the wrist, and
then bifurcates, going to the index and third digits—that going to the third digit
sending off a delicate slip to that tendon of the extensor minimi digiti which goes to
the fourth digit.
The right and the left sides differed in the specimen of Z. varius dissected by us.
The left had only a single tendon, going to the index, while on the right side it divided
into two tendons, going to the third digit and index respectively.
Cuvier figures this muscle in the above species, but very indistinctly. It seems,
however, to go to the second and third digits, pl. 69. fig. 1, «”.
In Z. xanthomystax the belly giving origin to the tendon of the third digit is so
distinct that it may be regarded as a separate muscle. It is the largest and longest of
the two, occupying fully the middle third of the ulna. This all but separate slip is
evidently the homologue of the radial extensor of the third digit, noticed by Mr. John
Wood in his dissections of the human body with reference to its muscular variations’.
In G. crassicaudatus (Pl. II. fig. 8, Hz, and Pl. IV. fig. 13, Eui’*) and G. allenii
there is no extra slip of tendon to the fourth digit; but both of these species possess,
without doubt, a double extensor indicis, or, in addition to the indicial, an extensor
medii digiti (Wood). The muscular fibres of the indicial division pass up the higher of
the two, lying beneath the extensor secundi internodii pollicis.
According to Meckel* this muscle in Loris is double. The superior and smallest
portion attaches itself to the index and radial side of the median digit. The inferior is
inserted in the ulnar side of the middle (third) digit. But Meckel further observes
that in the Zemwrs, properly so called, the extensor indicis is single, and, indeed, much
as we have found it in Z. catta. In our dissection of Loris gracilis the extensor indicis
ended in a single tendon to the index finger.
Nycticebus* differed in the insertion on the right and left limbs in the specimen
examined by us. On the right, tendons were given to the index and fourth digits; on
the left, to the fifth and index.
The same condition exists in Perodicticus*; but in Zarsius® it springs also from the
‘ Proc. Roy. Soc. 1866, vol. xv. p. 237, and p. 232. fig. 5, a.
* Loc. cit. p. 238, and p. 233. fig. 6. 3 Loc. cit. p. 324. 4 P. Z.8. 1865, p. 247.
5 Loc. cit. p. 37, tab. ii. fig. 12, 0.0. ® Loe. cit. p. 63, tab. 5. fig. 6, no. 38.
a
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 39
radius, and divides into two tendons, going respectively to the index and median
fingers, the former being the stronger of the two.
Cheiromys' has, according to Owen, also two tendons with a similar insertion. In
our specimen, however, we find this muscle to be very remarkably complex. Its tendon
is readily divisible into three parts, side by side, the middle one is the largest, and
supplies the middle finger, but sends off a branch to the tendon of the fourth digit ;
the radial one divides and goes to the third and index digit (that to the index being
extremely delicate); the ulnar one of the three goes to the fourth digit only. The
divisibility of this muscle into three is not entirely confined to the tendinous part, but
is more or less traceable into the muscular belly itself.
The EXTENSOR PRIMI INTERNODII POLLICIS is entirely wanting, as is also the case in all
the Lemuroidea examined by us, as well as in Perodicticus, Tarsius, and Cheiromys.
EXTENSOR SECUNDI INTERNODII POLLICISx—This is a long, slender muscle with a long
tendon, and arises from the radial surface of the ulna (its origin extending as far
upwards as behind the greater sigmoid notch), and from the interosseus membrane.
The tendon does not receive muscular fibres lower down than the middle of the fore-
arm, and, proceeding over the tendons of the radial extensor, is inserted into the
proximal end of the second phalanx of the pollex.
Figured in Galago crassicaudatus (P1. II. fig. 3, and Pl. IV. fig. 13, £.s.i.p).
In Tarsius it is described under the name extensor pollicis longus’.
The same in Chetromys, described by Owen under the name of extensor longus pollicis‘.
EXTENSOR OSSIS METACARPI POLLICIS’.—This is a large and flat muscle arising from the
middle four sixths of the posterior surface of the radius and from the interosseous
ligament. Its very strong and flat tendon crosses those of the radial extensors, and,
passing through a groove in the outermost part of the back of the radius, is inserted
into the outer side of the base of the metacarpal of the pollex.
Substantially the same in Galago, Loris, Nycticebus®, Tarsius, and Cheiromys. Figured
in Galago crassicaudatus (PI. I. fig. 3, and Pl. IV. figs. 13 & 14, E.o.m.p).
e. Brachial Region ( flexors).
PRONATOR RADII TERES.—This muscle is largely developed, and has an exceedingly
tendinous surface, especially towards its insertion. It arises from the internal condyle
1 Loc. cit. p. 62.
? The tendon of this muscle is shown by Cuvier, pl. 69. fig. 1, Z, in Z. varius, and pl. 67. fig. 1, Z, in Loris
gracilis.
3 Loc. cit. p. 63, tab, 3. tig. 4. 37, 4 Loc. cit. p. 62, pl. xxiii. fig. 2, no. 37.
5 Magnificent as is the posthumous work, on Myology, of Baron Cuvier, it nevertheless leaves much to be
desired. Thus there is no view of the deep muscles of the forearm of the Lemuroids represented; so that this
muscle, like the preceding and some others, has only its distal portion shown cropping out from beneath the
superficial muscles. See pl, 69. fig. 1,1, Z. varius; pl. 67. fig. 1,4, Loris gracilis.
5 P, Z. §. 1865, p. 248,
40 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
and from the septum between itself and the flexor carpi radialis, but it takes no origin
from the ulna. It is inserted for more than an inch along the outer margin of the
radius and also into the anterior surface of the radius, between the insertion of the
supinator brevis and part of the radial origin of the flexor longus pollicis.
In ZL. varius it is continued by strong muscular fibres as far down as the bottom of
the shaft of the radius. Cuvier represents it as we have said, pl. 68. fig. 2, a.
In G. allenii it is large and very strong. It arises from the inner condyle and covers
the median nerve; insertion into the shaft of the radius, its middle third. The external
cutaneous nerve lies between it and the supinator longus. Alike in Galago crassicau-
datus (Pl. IV. fig. 14, P.r.t).
In Loris gracilis Cuvier represents it very short as compared with Lemur’. Figured
in Nycticebus, woodcut, fig. 12, Pt.
In TZarsius* it is substantially the same as in Lemur.
The FLEXOR CARPI RADIALIS® arises from the internal condyle by a strong tendon, and
from the intermuscular septa. Its fibres terminate at about two-thirds down the fore-
arm, in a tendon which is inserted in the ventral surface of the proximal end of the
second metacarpal.
In L. varius it is figured by Cuvier, pl. 68. fig. 2; also in Loris gracilis, pl. 67. fig. 2.
Figured in Galago crassicaudatus (P1. II. fig. 3, and Pl. IV. fig. 14, F.c.7r).
PALMARIS LONGUS.—This muscle is about the same size as the flexor carpi radialis. It
arises from the internal condyle and intermuscular septa, and a tendon begins to appear
at the surface above the middle of the forearm; but muscular fibres continue to be
inserted into it for two-thirds of its length; passing over the annular ligament, it
becomes continuous with the palmar fascia.
Cuvier represents it as cut short in JZ. varius, pl. 68. fig. 2,@. Figured in Galago
crassicaudatus (Pl. IL. fig. 8, and Pl. IV. fig. 14, Pa./). In Tarsius* it is as in L. catta.
FLEXOR CARPI ULNARIS.—This is rather large, and arises from the internal condyle, the
inner edge of the olecranon and the upper five-sixths of the inner or, rather, posterior
margin of the ulna. Its tendon, which becomes visible somewhat below the middle of
the forearm, receives fleshy fibres as low down as the wrist, and is inserted into the
pisiform bone and‘also into the ulnar side of the proximal end of the fifth metacarpal °.
Alike in all the genera®. Figured in Galago crassicaudatus (PI. II. fig. 8, and Pl. IV.
fig. 14, F.c.u).
FLEXOR SUBLIMIS DIGITORUM.—This is a small muscle, and only arises from the internal
1 Pl. 67. fig. 2, aw. 2 Loe. cit. p. 54, tab. 3. figs. 1 & 2. 32.
* Burmeister, in Tarsius, p. 58, tab. 3. figs. 1 & 2. 31; and tab. 5. fig. 4, 31.
* Op. cit. p. 58, tab. 3, figs. 1 & 2. 30.
° In L. varius, figured by Cuvier, pl. 68. fig. 2, and also in Loris gracilis, pl. 67. fig. 2.
* That of Tarsius is described and figured by Burmeister, op. cit. p. 58, tab. 3. figs. 1 & 2, 29, and tab. 5.
figs. 2,3 & 4. 29,
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 4]
condyle and the septum between it and that part of the flexor longus pollicis which
arises from the same condyle. There is no median tendon; but from the deep surface
of the muscle a small tendon is given off which joins the superficial surface of that of
the flexor profundus (see woodcut, fig. 13,**). The main tendon of the flexor sublimis
divides into four (of which that to the index is the largest), which are, as usual, the
perforated tendons of the four ulnar digits.
Fig. 12.
Long flexor muscles and tendons of the handin
the Slow Loris (Vycticebus tardigradus (Linn.)).
P.t, Pronator teres.
F.s. Flexor sublimis digitorum.
Fp. Flexor profundus digitorum.
F.1.p. Flexor longus pollicis.
The hook represented dragging back the flexor
sublimis passes over its median tendon.—From
P.Z.S. 1865, p. 245.
In Z. varius the small long tendon, on joining the profundus, exists as in catta; but
the four perforated tendons to the digits are nearly of equal size, represented so by
Cuvier, ‘ Myologie,’ pl. 68. fig. 2, x.
Delineated in Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. II. fig. 3, and Pl. IV. fig. 14, F.s.d). The
tendinous slip from this muscle to the flexor profundus digitorum in the latter Plate is
indicated by **.
In G. peli Kingma' describes the four perforated tendons as splitting beneath the
first phalanx of each digit, except that going to the fifth digit, which splits beneath the
metacarpal. ‘This he is disposed to consider a Jusus nature; but Van Campen shows
that the same thing exists in the Potto.
‘In the specimens of @. allenii we observed that the tendinous union with the profundus,
when pursued up the arm, was that which formed the superficial slip on the middle and
in front of the belly of the muscle.
1 Loc. cit. p. 27.
VOL. VII.—PART I. G
42 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
In Nycticebus* (woodcut, fig. 15) and Loris there is a median tendon. In Loris we
found no tendon going to the index (woodcut, fig. 14).
In Perodicticus it splits into three tendons; but Van Campen® says nothing of a
tendon of union with the flexor profundus digitorum. It sends no tendon to the index
digit.
shy, ae
Ely: Y, - Flp, i
\d\e th “a
/)\\\ is kal yee N\.
Sage ie Baie 'g
Lemur, Galago, and partly
Perodicticus.
Loris gracilis.
Fig. 17.
Fjid,
Res,
Ri;
Nycticebus.
\
: ry
Tarsius. Cheiromys.
Diagrams illustrating the distribution of the palmar tendons of the manus in several genera of Lemuroids.
The same lettering is applicable in the different ‘figures. 1. 11. m1. ry. y. indicate respectively the digits and
tendons of the deep flexors going thereto. F.1.p. Flexor longus pollicis, F.p.d. Flexor profundus digitorum.
F.s.d. Flexor sublimis digitorum. 1, 2, 3, 4,5. Numbers corresponding to the digits supplied by the flexor
sublimis. The double asterisk represents the short tendon of union between the sublimis and profundus met
with in each genus.
The arrangement of this muscle in Tarsius* is like that in Lemur, Galago, and Loris.
Owen * says the flexor sublimis digitorum in Cheiromys divides into two fasciculi in
' P. ZS. 1865, p. 245, figs. 2 and 3, F.s. * Loc. cit. p. 35.
> Op. cit. p. 59, tab. 3. fig. 3. no. 33. * Loc. ett. p. 63, pl. xxiii. fig. 3. no. 33.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 45
the middle of the forearm, these again subdividing into four tendons, besides the extra
short tendon of union with the flexor profundus, which is given off from the inner or
back part of the ulnar division.
In our dissection of this species we find the flexor sublimis to be a very large muscle
indeed, and its divisions somewhat different from those described by Owen. Its dif-
ference of size, indeed, as compared with the same muscle in Lemur and Galago, is
remarkable. It may be described as consisting of two portions. The first, a most
superficial portion (which is the wider of the two), arises from the internal condyle,
intermuscular fascia, and outer border of the tibia for its upper half. It sends a single
strong tendon to the fourth digit. The second and more rounded or compressed
portion arises also from the inner condyle, below the last, but has no origin from either
bone of the forearm. At the lower third of the forearm it is divisible into two bellies
and their tendons; the middle tendon (derived more from the radial half) joins the
deep flexor muscle; the radial tendon subdivides into two, going to the index and third
digits respectively. The ulnar tendon supplies the fifth digit only. (See woodcut,
fig. 17.)
FLEXOR PROFUNDUS DIGITORUM.—A considerably larger muscle than the flexor sub-
limis. It arises from the upper two-thirds of the anterior surface of the ulna, the
interosseous membrane, the coronoid process, and the adjacent part of the ulna external
to the insertion of the brachialis anticus. It is from this last part that the slip comes
which joins the flexor longus pollicis. The muscle ends in a strong tendon (smaller,
howeyer, than that of the flexor longus pollicis) which at the wrist receives on the
radial side of its superficial surface the delicate tendon (woodcut, fig. 13**) from the
flexor sublimis. Immediately after this it unites with the tendon of the flexor longus
pollicis, and with it forms the deep and perforating tendons of the digits, taking,
however, little, if any, share in the formation of that of the pollex.
In Galago crassicaudatus and in G. allenii this muscle may be described as having
three distinct heads of origin. The most internal and slightly the largest muscular
bundle (PI. IV. fig. 14, #p.d') arises from the posterior and internal surface of the
olecranon process from the internal condyle and intermuscular fascia. Muscular fibres
proceed as far as the upper end of the upper third of the forearm on the ulnar side; but
on the radial margin there is a strip of tendon as high as the lower end of the upper
third. A separate tendon goes as far as the wrist, where it joins the broad common
tendon of the three portions of the muscle.
The second head of origin (the smallest) (Pl. IV. fig. 14, /.p.d*) lies to the outer
side of the last, and arises by a short tendon from the front aspect of the inner condyle,
close to the perforation. The belly of this portion goes fully as far as the middle of the
forearm, and ends in a narrow, delicate tendon, which joins the broad common tendon
above the wrist upon its inner side.
The third portion of the flexor profundus (Pl. IV. fig. 14, F.p.d*), as large as the
G2
44 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
first head, arises by fleshy fibres from the upper and anterior third of the ulna, below
the lesser sigmoid notch, and from the interosseous membrane.
These three form a broad tendon along with the flexor longus pollicis just above the
wrist joint, which ultimately subdivides as in Lemur.
Although Van der Kolk and Vrolik do not mention this muscle in Loris separately
from the flexor longus pollicis or the peculiarity in the tendons, yet we ourselves find
in Loris gracilis that it has origin and tendinous insertions almost like Mycticebus
tardigradus, differing in that it forms exclusively the tendon of the fourth and fifth
digits and contributes bridge-like slips to the three radial ones (woodcut, fig. 14).
In Nycticebus tardigradus’ it may be regarded as having but one extensive head of
origin, which, after receiving its slip from the flexor sublimis, bifurcates, sending a
tendon to the pollex, another delicate one to the index, another to the fourth, and
exclusively forms the fifth (see diagram, fig. 15). Professor Huxley* did not find the
delicate tendon which joins the index tendon of the flexor longus pollicis either from
this or the flexor sublimis.
Van Campen® describes this along with the flexor longus pollicis as one muscle in
Perodicticus. He says that it consists of two separate parts, the tendons of which
unite together, arising from the condyle, &c., and ending in four tendons going respec-
tively to the pollex, the third, fourth, and fifth digit. The author remarks that the
index digit receives no tendon. This might almost have been anticipated from the all
but aborted condition of the index digit.
The flexor profundus and the flexor longus pollicis are described by Burmeister in
Tarsius* as one enormous muscle, they together having five heads of origin.
The first springs from the internal condyle beneath and attached to the flexor carpi
radialis; its under surface is tendinous.
The second head comes from the inner side of the radius, and joins the first.
The third head springs deeply under and close to the first, from the anterior surface
of the internal condyle.
The fourth head comes with oblique fibres from the upper border of the ulna, and
lower down joins the third head.
The fifth head, which is the largest, springs from the olecranon and upper end of the
ulna, joining the third and fourth heads and then receiving the slip from the flexor
sublimis. After this it joins the tendon of the first and the second heads. ‘Then the
thumb and the index finger have their deep flexor tendons mainly derived from the first
and second heads. Those of the fourth and the fifth fingers mainly come from the
tendon of the fifth head, that of the middle finger mainly from the third and fourth
heads.
' P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 245, fig. 2.
* Hunterian Lectures, 1864, Med. Times and Gazette, Aug. 6, vol. ii. no. 756, p. 145.
* Loe. cit. p. 36. * Loe. cit. pp. 60 and 61, tab. 3. figs. 1 and 3. no. 34 &e.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 45
From this it appears to us that the first and second heads represent the flexor longus
pollicis, the other three heads constituting the flexor profundus digitorum, which thus
exclusively supply the third, the fourth, and the fifth digits (woodcut, fig. 16).
In Cheiromys we find but a single head to this muscle, but a very large one, extending
from the internal condyle more than three-fourths down the forearm. Its tendon
receives the tendinous communication (woodcut, fig. 17,**) from the sublimis, and
immediately below this becomes adherent to the tendon of the flexor longus pollicis.
It supplies exclusively the tendons of the fourth and fifth digits, and in great part that
of the pollex, the portion from the sublimis merging in this pollicial portion. The
thumb thus derives power from the profundus and sublimis as well as from its own
powerful flexion. The tendinous fibres for the pollex derived from the profundus and
sublimis cross over (are superficial to) the strong tendon of the flexor longus pollicis.
FLEXOR LONGUS POLLICIS.—This is by far the largest muscle of the forearm, and is
closely connected (at and near the interosseous membrane) with the flexor profundus,
while about halfway down the forearm it receives a distinct slip from that muscle.
It consists of two portions, which unite a little above the middle of the forearm. One
part arises from the whole anterior surface of the radius (from the tubercle above to
near the pronator quadratus below) and from the interosseous membrane.
The other portion springs from the septum between it and the flexor sublimis and
from the internal condyle. The slip from the flexor profundus joins the deep surface
of the first and radial portion just below its junction with the second part. The muscle
gives origin to a very strong tendon, which at the wrist becomes intimately united with
that of the flexor profundus, and with it forms the deep flexor tendons, that for the
pollex being given off from the radial side of the conjoined tendon a little below the
junction.
Only a fraction of this muscle is represented by Cuvier in his delineations of the
myology of the Lemuroids, pl. 68. fig. 2, A.
Lemur varius and L. nigrifrons present no difference from L. catta; and the Galagos
are substantially the same. ‘That of Galago crassicaudatus is figured in Pl. IV. fig. 14,
Filp', and F.l.p*. In G. peli no distinct flexor longus pollicis is described by
KKingma.
In Loris gracilis there is a greater resemblance to the condition found in Nycticebus,
to be described presently; but it sends no tendon to the third and fourth digits. It
contributes to form the deep flexor tendon of the pollex and those of the index and
third digits, but supplies no digit exclusively, as in the latter genus.
Contrary to what obtains in Zemur and Galago, Nycticebus tardigradus has the flexor
longus pollicis remarkably distinct from the flexor profundus, which, moreover, it con-
siderably exceeds in size. It supplies exclusively the deep flexor tendon of the third
digit, and contributes to form that of the hallux and fourth digit and the main part of
that of the index.
46 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
This muscle ceases to be so distinct in Perodicticus', and more resembles its condition
as existing in Lemur and Galago. Its distribution is as before stated in describing the
flexor profundus.
In Tarsius the flexor longus pollicis seems to be represented by the first two bellies
of the deep flexor muscle described by Burmeister’. It supplies alone the pollex, and
almost exclusively the index.
As to Cheiromys, our specimen does not present precisely the same conditions as those
described by Professor Owen’. It is readily resolved into three distinct heads, the
middle one of which is very delicate, and has a long tendon extending high up, 7. e.
above the middle of the forearm.
This head takes origin, deeply, from the anterior surface of the humerus, just above
the trochlea, beneath the head next described.
This second head springs from the inner condyle and intermuscular fascia in close
union with the palmaris longus and flexor sublimis. It constitutes a large fleshy belly
to the middle of the forearm, where it joins the other heads.
The third and deepest head arises from the middle third of the shaft of the radius.
This broad portion continues fleshy almost to the wrist.
These three heads unite to form a broad, strong, flat tendon, which becomes adherent
at the wrist to that of the profundus. Immediately below this it divides into two
tendons, which supply the second and third digits ; and fibres from its superficial surface
join others from the flexor sublimis and profundus to form the flexor tendon of the
pollex. We failed to observe that convergence of fibres upon the third digit which is
mentioned by the learned Professor.
The PRONATOR QUADRATUS arises from the ridge on the ulnar side of the lowest fourth
of the ulna, and is inserted into the lowest fourth of the outer margin of the radius.
Alike in all the other genera‘. In Galago crassicaudatus it is figured (Pl. IV.
fig. 14, P. q).
f. The Hand, Palmar and Dorsal Surfaces.
PALMARIS BREVIS.—[This is distinct, though small, and arises from the fascia covering
the pisiform bone, and is inserted into the skin on the ulnar side of the palm.
It is also distinctly present in Z. varius, L. xanthomystaax, and L. nigrifrons.
If present, not satisfactorily made out by us either in the Galagos, Loris, or Nycticebus.
Our specimen having been skinned, we are unable to speak of this muscle in
Cheiromys ; and it is not described by Owen.
LumpricaLes.—These are four in number. The outermost springs from the radial
side of the deep flexor tendon of the index, and is inserted into the radial side of that
digit.
‘ Loe. cit. p. 3d. * Loe. cit. p. 61, tab. 3. figs. 1 & 3, no. 34.
5 Loe. cit. p. 63, pl. xxiii. fig. 4. * Tarsius, loc, cit. tab. 5. figs. 3, 4, & 5, no. 39.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 47
The next one springs from the radial side and superficial surface of the deep flexor
tendon of third digit, and is inserted into the radial side of the same digit.
The third springs from the radial side of the tendon of the next digit, and is inserted
into the same side of the same, or fourth digit.
The fourth arises from the ulnar side of the tendon going to the fourth digit, and is
inserted into the radial side of the fifth digit.
In LZ. varius and L. xanthomystax they are also strong and well developed. ‘The
third lumbrical muscle comes more from the surface and between the fourth and fifth
tendons, and not alone from the radial side of the fourth digital tendon.
As far as can be judged from the figure given by Cuvier’, the lumbricales of his
specimen, Z. varius, appear to agree with the conditions of our LZ. catta.
In Galago crassicaudatus the lumbrical muscles are four in number, and arise and
are inserted on the radial sides of the deep flexor tendons (PI. II. fig. 3, L', L?, L, L’,
and Pl. IV. fig. 14, L', L?, L’, L‘).
In G. allenii we did not find the first of the above-described four lumbricales in Z.
catta; but the three present corresponded to the three last of Z. catta.
In Nycticebus tardigradus there are four radially inserted lumbricales?.
In Perodicticus* there are but three lumbricales.
There are four lumbricales in Twrsius‘ which spring from the radial sides of the
flexor tendons.
In Cheiromys we only find three, the first springs from the ulnar side of the flexor
tendon of the index, and is inserted into radial side of the third digit. The second one
springs from the radial side of the tendon of the fourth digit, and is inserted into the
same side of that digit. The third one springs from the ulnar side of the tendon of the
fourth digit, and is inserted into the radial side of the fifth digit.
The ABpuctor POLLICIS is not very distinct, its inner side being so closely connected
with the outer part of the flexor brevis. It arises from the annular ligament external
to the tendon of the flexor carpii radialis, and from the sesamoid bone in front of the
trapezium. It is inserted into the base of the outer side of the first phalanx of the
pollex.
In LZ. varius’ and L. canthomystax the abductor pollicis arises from the ossicle outside
the trapezium.
Figured in Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. II. fig. 3, and Pl. IV. figs. 14 & 15, Ad. p).
It is well represented by Burmeister in Tarsius, tab. 5. fig. 4, no. 41.
ADDUCTOR POLLICIS®.—This is a large and powerful muscle arising from the whole
length of the third metacarpal bone and from the fascia on the palmar surface of the base
of the second metacarpal. It is inserted with the inner part of the flexor brevis pollicis.
* Pl. 68. fig. 2, 9. 2 P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 247, fig. 4. * Loe. cit. p. 36.
* Loc. cit. p. 65, tab. 3. fig. 3, no. 47. ° Figured by Cuvier, pl. 68. fig. 2, £.
® Recueil, pl. 68. fig. 2, p.
48 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
Insertion in Z. aanthomystax the proximal end of the first phalanx; there appears
also to be a small, but distinct, slip of this muscle arising proximally to the larger
superficial portion; this arrangement is somewhat similar to that of the muscles of
the foot.
Figured in Galago crassicaudatus (PI. II. fig. 3, and Pl. IV. figs. 13,14, & 15, Ad. p),
whereas in G. allenii it is not nearly so strong as in Z. catta. ‘The fibres which pass to
the second metatarsal are hardly distinguishable from the deep palmar fascia.
In Tarsius' the adductor of the pollex appears to consist of two parts.
In Cheiromys this muscle arises from the second metacarpal, and from the fascia on
the palmar surface of the proximal part of the third metacarpal. A distal fascicle of
this muscle is separated by a distinct interval, and represents a transversus manus.
The similarity of structure (as regards muscles) of the manus and pes is strikingly
shown in the Aye-Aye by the form of the adductor pollicis with its distinct slip homo-
typal with the transversus pedis.
FLEXOR BREVIS POLLICIS—The greater part of this muscle is external to the long
flexor tendon of the pollex. It arises from the trapezium and annular ligament, and is
inserted into the base of the first phalanx of the pollex.
Displayed in Galago crassicaudatus (PI). II. fig. 3, and Pl. IV. figs. 14 & 15, F. d. p).
Burmeister represents this muscle in Zarsius, loc. cit. tab. 5. fig. 4, no. 43.
OPPONENS POLLICIS.—This muscle is represented but by a comparatively few fibres,
which arise from the trapezium, and are inserted into the base of the metacarpal bone
of the pollex.
In LZ. wanthomystasx it is large and strong.
In Zarsius it is quite as in Z. catta, and is well represented by Burmeister, loc. cét.
tab. 5. fig. 5, no. 49.
In the specimen of Cheiromys dissected by us this muscle was destroyed on the
skinning of the body.
FLEXOR BREVIS MINIMI DIGITI.—This seems to be scarcely distinct from the abductor,
with which it is inserted. It arises from the unciform bone and annular ligament.
Both Z. varius and L. vanthomystax have it distinctly separate from the abductor,
and it is comparatively strong.
In Galago crassicaudatus the flexor brevis minimi digiti is tolerably clearly defined
(it is represented in Pl. Il. fig. 3, and Pl. IV. figs. 14 & 15, F.6.m.d). It is somewhat
indistinct in G. allenii, but with an origin and insertion as in L. catta.
Figured in Nycticebus tardigradus, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 247, fig. 4.
In Zarsius this is described by Burmeister as a division of the abductor digiti minimi,
p- 66, tab. 5. fig. 42, d.
We have found it tolerably distinct in Chetromys.
The ABDUCTOR MINIMI DIGITI is a considerable muscle, which takes origin from the
1 Loe. cit. p. 65, tab. 5. figs. 4 & 5, no. 45. ? Well defined in pl. 68. fig. 2, 0, of the ‘ Myologie.’
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 49
pisiform bone, and is inserted by a long flat tendon into the outer side of the base of
the first phalanx of the fifth digit.
Substantially the same in all the other genera of Lemuroids. It is shown in pl. 68.
fig. 2, v, of Cuvier’s ‘ Recueil,’ Lemur varius, and by us in Galago crassicaudatus,
Pl. Il. fig. 3, and PL IV. figs. 14 & 15, Ab.m.d, in Nycticebus tardigradus, P. Z. 8.
1865, p. 247, fig. 4, and in Tarsius, tab. 5. fig. 5. 42 a.
The OpronENs MINIMI digiti is very distinct. It arises from the unciform bone and
annular ligament, and is inserted into the whole length of the metacarpal bone of the
fifth digit.
In Galago crassicaudatus and in @. allenii this muscle is small, but distinct (Pl. IV.
fig. 15, Op.m.d). It is indicated in the enlarged view of the palmar surface of the
manus of NVycticebus, infra, woodcut, fig. 18.
It is not mentioned by Burmeister in Tarsius; and in Cheiromys we have found it as
in L. catta.
InTEROSSEI.—The interossei muscles of the hand resemble those existing in Man.
Each digit, except the pollex, has in fact a pair of interossei (which are, indeed, true
flexores breves); the outer one of the fifth digit, however, is described separately under
the name of ‘ Abductor minimi digiti.”
Those of Nycticebus tardigradus are delineated in the accompanying woodcut, fig. 18.
Enlarged and somewhat diagrammatic view of the
palmar surface of the hand in the Slow Loris,
to show the small muscles of the pollex and
fifth digit, also the interossei and insertions
of the lumbricales. The latter are cut short
and reflected.—From P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 247.
In the genus Galago the interossei of the manus, so far as appearance and attach-
ment are concerned, might with propriety be divided into dorsal and palmar; but as
their action is mainly abduction and flexion, it may suffice to describe them as short
palmar flexors. Considered thus, each metacarpal bone, excepting the thumb, is pro-
vided with a double interosseous muscle, the opponens minimi digiti being reckoned as
one of these. Besides these eight, there are two superficial interosseous slips on the
VOL. VII.—PART I. H
50 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
palm. These arise side by side from the ligaments and deep carpal fascia close to the
proximal ends of the two median metacarpals. The one is inserted into the ulnar side
of the second metacarpal; the other also by a short tendon into the fascia on the radial
side of the fifth metacarpal, its distal end. The distribution of the so-called dorsal
interosseal slips almost agrees with the condition described in Tarsius. Those of the
Grand Galago are drawn in Pl. II. fig. 3, and Pl. IV. fig. 13,1. 1.1.1; and in the
enlarged view, Pl. IV. fig. 15, the two interossei superficiales are marked Is. Is.
Burmeister! describes the interossei as consisting of internal and external ones.
According to him the internal interossei? are four in number, and spring deeply
between the metacarpals. The first attaches itself to the ulnar side of the index. The
second divides into parts, going respectively to the ulnar side of the third digit, and to
the radial side of the fourth digit. The third to the ulnar side of the fourth digit. The
fourth is inserted to the radial side of the fifth digit.
The external interossei, as he states*, spring from the dorsal side of the metacarpals ;
they also are four in number. The first (abductor indicis) is inserted into the radial
side of the first phalanx of the index. The second divides, and goes to the adjacent
sides of the second and third digits. The third goes to the adjacent sides of the third
and fourth digits. The fourth is inserted into the adjacent sides of the fourth and fifth
fingers.
In Cheiromys, in addition to the ordinary interossei, we find a small more super-
ficial layer which arises in the deep fascia of the carpus, and divides into two small
bellies. One of these is inserted into the ulnar side of the index digit, the other into
the radial side of the fifth digit. The ordinary interossei form a considerable body of
muscle on the dorsum of the fourth and fifth metacarpals.
3. Muscles of the Trunk.
a. Ventral Region (Thoracic and Abdominal Parictes).
SupracostaL Muscies.—On each side of the thorax, between the long insertion of the
scaleni and origin of the pectorals, but superficial to the intercostal muscles, there are
two small but very distinct muscles. These appear to be the variety so named by Mr.
John Wood in his paper on “ Additional Varieties in Human Myology,” read before the
Royal Society in June 1865 ‘—and also to two unnamed extrapectoral muscular bundles
described and figured by Van Campen in the Potto’ (Perodicticus) as early as 1859.
We ourselves have observed equivalent muscles (though unpublished) in several
Mammals, e. g. the Common Zebra, Brown Bear. Giraffe, &c.
But Cuvier, in those plates which form his posthumous ‘ Recueil de Myologie’ (the
' Loe. cit. p. 66. * Loe. cit. tab. 5. fig. 5, no. 46. 3 Loc. cit. tab. 5. fig. 3, nos. 44 & 48.
* P. 381, and reprint from the Proceedings of the Royal Society, 15 June, 1865, p. 3, fig. 1, d.
° Loe. cit. p. 27, pl. 2. fig. 10.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. Ji
preface of which bears the date 1849), has figured a single, but very large, supracostal
muscle in L. varius, pl. 69. fig. 2. 18; this he has called sternocostal.
The first supracostalis muscle in Lemur catta arises by tendinous fibres from the
cartilages of the fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh ribs, and is inserted into the first rib
just external to the origin of the subclavius, and crossing over the anterior end of
the rectus (Pl. IV. fig. 12, Sp.co'). The second supracostal muscle in the same animal
arises from the fourth and fifth ribs, just external to the outer ends of their cartilages,
and closely connected with the fourth and fifth digitations of the serratus magnus. It is
inserted, by a distinct though delicate tendon, into the first rib (PI. IV. fig. 12, Sp.co’).
This muscle was absent in our specimen of L. varius, and, if present, not distinct in
L. nigrifrons.
In L. aanthomystax, on the contrary, the first supracostal, as described in L. catta,
was present, and with nearly the same attachments. What might represent the second
supracostal we were rather doubtful about. A second small slip did exist on the right
side only; but this lay rather to the inner side, and therefore probably may have been
a portion of the sternal prolongation of the rectus muscle.
In Galago crassicaudatus and in @. allenii a few fibres only appear to pass forwards
and outwards over the anterior prolongation of the rectus from the third to the first rib.
This strip may be considered the first supracostal muscle (Pl. V. fig. 16, Sp.co).
We found a supracostal in Nycticebus tardigradus extending from the third to the
first rib.
In the Potto, Van Campen found two supracostals (as already mentioned), and has
well represented them.
Such muscular slips are not recorded by Burmeister in Zursius, nor by Owen in
Cheiromys; but in our specimen of the latter we find one remarkably large supracostal,
having a tendinous origin from the cartilage of the third rib close to the sternum, and
inserted into the first rib just external to the insertion of the subclavius, and just over the
external half of the insertion of the rectus. The scalenus is immediately external to it.
TRIANGULARIS STERNI.—In Lemur catta this is represented by a tolerably thick and
continuous muscular layer reaching from the ensiform cartilage to the second rib.
Inwardly it is attached to the sternum; and outwardly, by a series of serrate prolonga-
tions, it goes to the costal cartilages from the seventh to the second. It is noticed by
Burmeister in Tarsius.
In Cheiromys we found this muscle well developed, arising as usual and passing from
the sternum by digitations to the cartilages of the ribs, reaching from the third rib to
the eighth inclusive.
EXTERNAL OBLIQUE'.—This is a very elongated muscle which arises by digitations from
the ribs, from the fifth to the twelfth inclusive, the three uppermost digitations being
1 Very imperfectly represented by Cuvier in L. varius, pl. 68. fig. 1. 13, and in Loris gracilis, pl. 67. figs. 1
and 2. 13.
H 2
52 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
interposed between corresponding digitations of the serratus magnus. It also arises
from the lumbar fascia, beneath the latissimus dorsi and behind (below) that muscle, and
from the anterior spine of the ilium. It is inserted into the aponeurosis of the abdomen,
and is closely connected anteriorly (above), at its inner border, with the rectus.
The fascia forms a wide, rather elongated abdominal ring, the inner pillar of which
is much the stronger, and is inserted into the anterior margin of the pubis. The fibres
composing the external pillar are more delicate, and interlace with those covering the
cremaster, which muscle is much developed.
In Galago crassicaudatus (PI. II. fig. 8, Pl. III. figs. 5 & 6, and PI. IV. fig. 9, Ex. 0).
In Wycticebus tardigradus’ there is no variety in its attachments.
Perodicticus’ has it springing from eight of the lower ribs.
Tarsius* from the cartilages of all the ribs to the third uppermost.
INTERNAL OBLIQUE.—Fleshy laterally, but aponeurotic for a wide space towards the
middle line of the body. It arises from the outer half of the crural arch, from the
spine of the ilium, and the lumbar fascia beneath the external oblique. The fibres
ascend and are inserted into the aponeurosis of the abdomen and the cartilages of the
four hindmost ribs.
In Z. varius and in L. wanthomystax this is as in Z. catta, except that in the latter it
is inserted into three only of the costal cartilages.
In Galago crassicaudatus this muscle (PI. III. fig. 6, Jn.o) is only partially brought
into view between the erector spine and external oblique, a portion of the latter muscle
being removed. In G. allenii the internal oblique is pretty much intermixed with the
transversalis, but corresponds tolerably well in its attachments to the above description
of L. catta.
According to Van Campen, in Perodicticus* this muscle is thinner than the external
oblique, and its tendinous aponeurosis close to the fascia lata to form a distinct Poupart’s
ligament. It is attached to the three hindmost ribs.
It presents no peculiarities in Tarsius°.
In Chetromys we find it muscular up to the margin of the rectus, and not aponeurotic
as in Lemur catta.
The TRANSVERSALIS is much more muscular than is the internal oblique. It arises
from the spine of the ilium and from the fascia enclosing the erector spine, also from
the inner surfaces of the hindmost four or five costal cartilages.
This muscle continues fleshy much further towards the middle line of the abdomen
than does the internal oblique; and a very wide space intervenes between its hinder
(lower) border and the brim of the pelvis, as it takes no origin from the crural arch.
In L. varius and L. vanthomystax it is scarcely more fleshy than is the internal
oblique; that is to say, they are both so.
1 P, Z. 8. 1865, p. 248. * Loe. cit. p. 28.
* Op. cit. p. 45, tab. 3. fig. 1, no. 1. * Potto, p. 29. > Loc. cit. p. 45, tab. 4. fig. 2. no. iii.
Mi
oo
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA.
In G. allenii the transversalis is pretty much interwoven with the internal oblique,
but corresponds tolerably well in attachments with what has been said of Z. catta.
Perodicticus‘ has this muscle rather thin; fibres from it and the internal oblique go
to form a cremaster.
In Tarsius® it is very thin and difficult to separate.
In Cheiromys it is very closely adherent to the internal oblique, and is not more
muscular than the latter.
ReEctus ABDOMINIS.—In Lemur catta this muscle, arising as usual, is inserted with
strongly marked tendinous fibres into the first rib, the outer margin of the manubrium,
and the sternal end of the cartilages of the second rib. We could find no indication of
any of the nine tendinous intersections stated by Meckel®* to exist in Lemur mongos. It
is very broad at its origin.
In LZ. varius the muscular fibres stop at the second rib, and a tendon proceeds to the
first one. Only a delicate tendon goes to the second rib at its sternal end. ‘There is
also a tendinous intersection, oblique in direction, and situated about two inches in
front of the pubis. In this species Cuvier has only represented a small part of the
thoracic portion of this muscle, pl. 69. figs. 1 and 2. 15.
In L. xanthomystax it nearly corresponds to what is said above of L. catta, and is
strong and fleshy, excepting in the pectoral region, where it is thin. On the left side
of the specimen examined by us, its fibres appeared to be continuous with the external
oblique ; and thus the digitations of this muscle may by Meckel* have been considered
to belong to the rectus abdominis.
It is also continued by a long band of longitudinal fibres to the first rib in Galago
crassicaudatus (Pl. II. fig. 38, Pl. III. fig. 5, and Pl. V. fig. 16, R.ad).
In G. allenii it arises from the first rib, and receives slips from opposite the fourth,
fifth, and sixth ribs. It reaches the cartilages of the lower ribs; and its fibres unite
with the external oblique.
Nycticebus tardigradus* has the muscular band carried to the first rib.
In Perodicticus® and Tarsius’? there are no tendinous intersections, but each has a
similar insertion into the first rib.
In Cheiromys this muscle is not noticed by Owen any more than are the other
abdominal muscles. We found it to ascend to the first rib in a broad, flat, muscular
band, becoming tendinous at the second rib, the tendon being inserted into the middle
third of the first rib. It passed beneath the supracostal, aud at so great a distance
from the sternum that at first we thought it was the second supracostal (of L. catta),
which muscle may perhaps form part of it. ‘The tendon of the subclavius meets that of
the rectus on the inner side of the latter. This muscle has no tendinous intersections.
It is remarkably broad at its pubic origin.
* Loc. cit, p. 29. * Loc. cit. p. 46, tab. 4. fig. 9. no. iv. ® Loe. cit. p. 201. * Loe. cit. p. 201.
5 Pp. Z. 8. 1865, p. 248. § Loc. cit. p. 28. 7 Loe. cit. p. 40, tab. 4. figs. 2 & 9. no. ii.
54 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
Pyrammanis.—We could find no distinct trace of this muscle in either Lemur catta,
L. varius, L. nigrifrons, or Nycticebus tardigradus, nor in the Galagos.
Its presence in G. peli is denied by Kingma’.
Van Campen and Burmeister agree also as to its absence in the Potto* and Tarsius*.
It is also absent in Chetromys; but the breadth of origin of the rectus in this and
other forms of Lemuroids suggests that the pyramidalis may be present but included
in the former.
b. Dorsal Region (superficial layer).
Trapezius.—This in Lemur catta is a very thin muscular layer, its anterior (cervical)
portion being entirely aponeurotic. It arises from the ligamentum nuche as far for-
wards as about the middle of the neck, also from the spines of the first nine dorsal
vertebree. It is inserted into the whole length of the anterior margin of the spine of
the scapula to the extremity of the acromion, and by aponeurosis into nearly half the
length of its posterior margin. This muscle is crossed and covered at the anterior part
of its insertion by the levator claviculz.
In L. varius‘ and L. aanthomystax the anterior part of its origin was not aponeurotic,
but muscular. The latter has an origin from the eighteenth spinous process; and its
posterior fibres cover those of the latissimus dorsi at the spine.
In Galago it is almost the same as in Lemur catta. See G. crassicaudatus, P1. LI.
fig. 3, and PI. III. figs. 6 & 7, Tz and Tz*, where it is entirely muscular and reaches
backwards to the eleventh dorsal spine.
In Nycticebus it only reaches as far as the fifth dorsal vertebra.
It is small in Loris gracilis (see Cuvier, pl. 67. fig. 1, a2).
In Tarsius* its origin extends to about the twelfth dorsal vertebra.
In Cheiromys, according to our specimen, it was almost entirely muscular, and not
crossed by the levator clavicule, but, on the contrary, entirely hid the latter. It arises
from the whole length of the ligamentum nuche, the back of the skull, and the first
seven dorsal vertebra (PI. III. fig. 8, Tz and Tz*).
THE DEPRESSOR SCAPUL&.—A muscle of this kind has been described by Burmeister °
in Tarsius, and also by Kingma’ in Ofolicnus peli. The latter speaks of it as a delicate
muscular layer arising from the lumbar fascia, becoming thicker and narrower further
forwards, and attaching itself to the anterior inner angle of the scapula, covering part
of the latissimus dorsi.
In Lemur (L. niger) the rhomboideus is quite distinct from latissimus dorsi. There
is no depressor scapule.
In all the Galagos we found the rhomboideus well defined from the latissimus dorsi,
1 Loe. eit. p. 28. ? Op. cit. p. 28. * Loc, cit. p. 45.
* Indistinetly figured by Cuvier, pl. 69. fig. 2, a*. 5 Loc. cit. p. 46. tab. 3. fig. I. 1, and tab. 4. fig. I. 1.
5 Loe. cit. p. 46, tab. 3. figs. 1, 2. 7 Loe. cit. p. 22.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 55
and no trace of a depressor scapule, except on the right side of one specimen of G. cras-
sicaudatus, where a few muscular fibres arise from a delicate fascia immediately beneath
the latissimus and run on into the teres major, being more or less adherent to the
posterior vertebral angle of the scapula (Pl. III. fig. 7, D. sc).
In Nycticebus the rhomboid is well defined below, and there is no depressor scapulz.
In the Potto* such a muscle appears to be absent.
In Tarsius*, as before said, this is stated to exist, arising as a thin, long muscle from
the lumbar fascia in the region of the last rib and adjacent parts. It passes forwards,
overlapping the latissimus dorsi, and is strongly inserted into the posterior vertebral
angle of the scapula. It is said to be in relation with the trapezius, and to cover the
teres minor and infraspinatus.
In Cheiromys we found no distinct muscle; but, as we have said, a portion of the
conjoined rhomboideus and latissimus dorsi (more belonging to the former muscle,
however) is inserted into the posterior vertebral angle of the scapula and adjacent
portion of its axillary margin. See Pl. III. fig. 8. This appears to answer to Kingma’s
separate muscle.
RuomsBoivEvs *.—In Lemur catta it is less extensive in its origin than as described by
Meckel‘ in the Lemurs generally. It arises from the spinous processes of the last two
cervical and first four dorsal vertebrae, and is inserted into the vertebral border of the
scapula.
In Galago crassicaudatus (P1. III. figs. 6 & 7, Rh) it has attachment from the third
cervical to fourth dorsal vertebre.
In G. allenti we found one side to have but a single rhomboideus muscle, with a
similar origin and insertion to that of Lemur catta; but on the opposite side of our
specimen there appeared a very slight separation of the fibres, sufficient to indicate a
rhomboideus major and minor, the latter of which seemed the larger of the two.
There is but one rhomboid muscle in Nycticebus*, which has a higher origin than in
L. catta, namely, from between the fourth and fifth cervical neural spines down to the
fifth dorsal.
In Perodicticus® it is similar, the major and minor being united.
There are said to be two rhomboidei in Tarsius’; but one of them is evidently our
rhomboideus capitis.
Cheiromys has a largely developed single rhomboideus, which is entirely muscular,
It arises from the ligamentum nuche for the whole length of the neck and from the
first two dorsal vertebree. (Professor Owen has not described this muscle, nor yet the
following one.) Its posterior margin is fused with the latissimus dorsi, so that no limit
1 Loc. cit. p. 31. * Loe. cit.
3 See Cuvier, pl. 69. fig. 1, c!, c? (LZ. varius). * Anat. Comp. vol. vi. p. 244.
5 Pp, Z, 8. 1865, p. 242, ° Op. cit. p. 31. 7 Op. cit. p. 47, tab. 4. fig. 1. 6.
56 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
between them can be defined; and its hindmost part is inserted into the posterior verte-
bral margin and adjacent part of the axillary border of the scapula ' (PI. III. fig. 8, Rh).
Ruompomevs capitis.—An exceedingly long and thin strip. It arises from the
occiput, and is inserted, by a very delicate tendon, just beneath the anterior end of the
insertion of the single rhomboideus muscle. At its insertion it is closely attached to
the levator anguli scapule.
In L. varius Cuvier represents it as rather strong (/.c. pl. 69. fig. 2, ¢). Its insertion
is shown in ZL. catta, pl. 71. fig. 1, ¢.
If at all present in Galago allenii, it is most intimately united with the trapezius; and
in G. crassicaudatus the tendency to separation from the conjoined rhomboideus major
and minor is very faint, as is delineated in PI. IIL. fig. 6. Its presence is noted by
Kingma in G. peli”.
In Nycticebus this muscle presents nearly the same conditions as in Lemur catta. In
the Potto the existence of this muscle is not noticed by Van Campen.
In Tarsius* a rhomboideus capitis is evidently present, but is said only to extend to
the ligamentum nuche.
In Cheiromys this muscle is rather fleshy. — Its insertion into the anterior vertebral
angle of the scapula is also covered by that of the single rhomboideus.
LEVATOR CLAVICULZ.—In Lemur catta this is a long band of muscular fibres which
arises from the ventral surface of the transverse process of the atlas, and is inserted into
the spine of the scapula—not, however, into the true acromion process, but into the
triangular backwardly (downwardly) projecting metacromion-like process, which is so
strongly developed in Lemur. At its insertion it overlaps * and is entirely superficial to
the trapezius, the insertion of which last is continued on to the very extremity of the
acromion process. ‘This, combined with its very different origin, makes it difficult to
understand how Meckel ® could have thought that this muscle might “ dans les Makis”
be easily taken for the otherwise absent clavicular portion of the trapezius.
Figured in Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. II. fig. 8, Pl. ILL figs. 5, 6, & 7, and Pl. IV.
figs. 13 & 14. L.cl). The presence of this muscle is noted by Kingma® in G. peli.
We found it present also in Loris gracilis and in Nycticebus tardigradus’, but with
an insertion only into the outer end of the clavicle, as Cuvier seems to have found it®.
This muscle is absent, according to Van Campen, in the Potto®’. Burmeister, in
Tarsius”, describes this muscle under the name of the levator anticus scapule.
It is not distinctly mentioned by Owen as existing in Chetromys, but in our specimen
was very largely developed and inserted broadly into rather more than the middle third
! This part is probably the depressor scapule. ? Loe. cit. p. 23.
* Loc. cit. p. 47, tab. 4. fig. 2. The smaller and upper muscle marked with the figure 6.
* As shown by Cuvier in Z. varius, pl. 69. fig. 2, d. 5° Op. cit. vol. vi. p. 238.
5 Loc. cit. p. 22. 7 P.Z.8. 1865, p. 243. 8 Loe. cit. pl. 67. fig. 2, d.
9 Loe, cit. p. dl. © Loe. cit. p. 46, tab. 4. fig. 1. 3.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 57
of the spine of the scapula. Unlike that in Lemur the muscle inferiorly is entirely
overlapped and hidden by the trapezius (PI. III. fig. 8, Lc).
LEVATOR ANGULI SCAPULE.—This is so closely united at its posterior (lower) end with
the serratus magnus, that it may be regarded as the cervical portion of the latter
muscle’. It arises from the root of the transverse process of the atlas, and from the
transverse processes of all the other cervical vertebrz, and is inserted into the border
of the scapula from midway between the insertions of the omohyoid and rhomboideus
capitis to the insertion of the latter, into the delicate tendons of which some of its
fibres are inserted. It is not covered by the rhomboideus, its insertion being anterior
to the insertion of that muscle.
Meckel says, ‘dans les Loris et les Makis proprement dits il se rend seulement a
Vatlas” (loc. cit. p. 236); but then he attributes an extensive cervical origin to the
serratus magnus (J. ¢. p. 248).
What may either represent a large levator anguli scapule or a continuation into the
neck of the serratus magnus, is figured in Galago crassicaudatus (Pls. III. & IV. figs. 6
& 9, L.a.s=S.mg).
In the Potto? it arises from the transverse processes of the five most anterior cervical
vertebree.
In Tarsius* to the transverse processes of the six hindermost cervical vertebre.
c. Dorsal Region (deep layer).
SERRATUS MAGNUS.—Arising from the first eight ribs by as many digitations, that
from the first rib being the broadest, it is inserted into the whole vertebral margin of
the scapula posterior to the insertion of the levator anguli scapule. It is nearly
coequal in extent with the rhomboideus. This muscle is closely connected with the
long insertion of the scalenus at the third rib; and its three hindermost (lowest) serra-
tions interdigitate with those of the external oblique.
In L. varius it appears to have attachments to the whole of the cervical vertebre.
In L. xanthomystasx it is in union with the second slip of the scalenus.
In Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. II. fig. 3, Pl. III. figs. 5 & 6, Pl. IV. figs. 13 & 14, and
Pl. V. fig. 16, S.mg) the combined serratus magnus and levator anguli scapule arise
from all the transverse processes of the cervical vertebre and the first eight ribs.
Insertion the vertebral margin of the scapula. In G. allenii to the seventh rib.
In Nycticebus it arises from the first ten ribs.
In Perodicticus, according to Van Campen ‘, this muscle arises from eleven ribs.
In Tarsius* it springs by eight digitations from the second to the ninth rib.
We have found it in Cheiromys quite as in L. catta.
1 The two muscles spoken of are indicated by one letter by Cuvier in Z. catta and L. varius, pl. 69. fig. 2
and pl. 71. figs. 1, 2, 3, g. 2 Loc. cit. p. 31.
3 Loc. cit. p. 47, tab. 4. fig. 1. 5. 4 Loe. cit. p. 28. 5 Loe. cit. p. 48, tab. 3. fig. 1. 8.
VOL. VII.—PART I. I
58 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
Latissiavs Dorst!.—This arises from the spines of the dorsal vertebre from the sixth
backwards, and from the lumbar fascia; it is inserted as usual. We could detect no
trace? of any slips going to the pectoralis major as mentioned by Meckel’, and as is the
case in the Lemurs.
Figured in Galago crassicaudatus (PI. II. fig. 5, Pl. III. figs. 5, 6, & 7, and Pl. IV.
figs. 13 & 14, La.d).
In the Potto‘ it springs from the ten hindermost dorsal vertebre.
In Zursius® it is as in L. catta, but overlapped by the depressor scapule.
In Cheiromys® from the last five ribs and the common tendon of the erector spine.
As has been said, its outer margin is fused indistinguishably with the rhomboideus.
For the Dorso-EPITROCHLEAR muscle, see antea, p. 32.
SERRATUS POSTICUS ANTERIOR’.—This is a thin, small muscle which has origin by a
delicate aponeurosis from the last cervical and the first four dorsal vertebree, and is
inserted into the second, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth ribs.
In L. varius it is also inserted into the first rib. In ZL. canthomystax it has the
same number of insertions, namely six, but it is altogether more aponeurotic than
muscular.
In Galago crassicaudatus (P\. III. fig. 6, and Pl. IV. fig. 9, S.p.a) as in our type
L. catta.
In G. allenii it arises by aponeurosis from the third and fourth last cervical vertebrze
and the anterior dorsal vertebrae, and is inserted into the third, fourth, and fifth ribs.
This muscle is wanting in Perodicticus; or at least Van Campen says so’.
In Zarsius? it has six serrations, extending from the second to the seventh rib.
In Cheiromys this muscle is as in L. catta, excepting that it only reaches the fifth rib.
SERRATUS POSTICUS POSTERIOR.—Lhis is very indistinctly marked. It appears to arise
from the fascia lumborum, and to be inserted into the last four or five ribs, not counting
the very short thirteenth rib.
The muscle and its digitations are clearly defined in Galago crassicaudatus (PI. IL. fig. 3,
Pl. III. fig. 6, and Pl. IV. fig. 9, S.p.p), where its attachments are as in Lemur catta.
We only noticed two digitations in Nycticebus tardigradus.
According to Van Campen” this muscle in Potto “is there as ordinary.”
In Tarsius" it has six digitations; from the seventh to the thirteenth rib, and is
stronger than the serratus posticus anterior.
In Cheiromys it is, in our specimen, distinctly marked, and inserted by broad digita-
‘ See Cuvier, 7. c. pl. 68. fig. 1, and pl. 69. fig. 1,1. in Z. varius, and pl. 67. fig. I. in Loris gracilis.
> Cuvier in his figure of Z. varius, pl. 68. fig. 1, 5°, represents a slip as coming from the latissimus dorsi, joining
the third part of the pectoralis major near its insertion; it is, however, spoken of as cutaneous.
3 Loc. cit. p. 267. * Loe. cit. p. 30. 5 Loe. cit. p. 50, tab. 3. fig. 1. 16.
® Loe. cit. p. 59. 7 See Cuvier, pl. 71. fig. 1. 10. § Loc. cit. p. 31.
2 Loe. cit. p. 39, tab. 4, figs. 1 & A. © Loe. cit. p. 31. " Loe. cit. p. 39.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 59
tions into the last six ribs, interdigitating with the external oblique. Owen does not
refer to this muscle.
Sacro-LuMBALIS':—Rapidly narrowing after emergence from the general mass of the
erector spine, the sacro-lumbalis is inserted by tendons into the posterior (inferior)
borders of all the ribs, except the thirteenth, taking fresh origin (as the accessorius) by
tendons springing from the anterior (superior) margins of the nine or ten hindermost ribs.
In L. vanthomystax it has attachments by muscular fibres to all the twelve ribs
present ; the outer tendons are attached to the nine anterior ribs only.
Figured in Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. III. fig. 6, and Pl. IV. figs. 9 & 10, 8.7).
In G. allenii it is small and thin, and branches from the longissimus rather behind
(below) the last short rib. It is attached to all the ribs.
Its attachment to the ribs in Nycticebus tardigradus is from the fifteenth to the first.
In Tarsius® it appears to agree very nearly with J. catta, as it does substantially in
Cheiromys.
The CERVICALIS ASCENDENS is the continuation of the preceding muscle (sacro-lumbalis)
forwards. It is separately inserted by a single tendon into the transverse process of the
seventh cervical vertebra.
See dissection of Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. IV. fig. 9, C.as).
Burmeister * speaks of a continuation of the sacro-lumbalis to the transverse process
of the seventh cervical vertebra; but the muscle he compares with the cervicalis
descendens has nothing to do with it, but is the cervical part of the semispinalis.
Lonaissimus porsi *:—Having origin from the parts adjoining the conjoined lumbar
muscular mass, this is ultimately inserted into the anapophyses and transverse processes
of the lumbar and dorsal vertebrae by tendons.
In Nycticebus its origin is from the eleventh dorsal vertebra; the other Lemurs,
Galago, Tarsius, and Cheiromys, agree with L. catta. It is shown in Galago crassicau-
datus (Pl. III. fig. 6, and Pl. IV. figs. 9 & 10, Lo.d).
The TRANSVERSALIS CERVICIS continues the foregoing muscle to the transverse processes
of the seventh, sixth, fifth, and fourth cervical vertebre.
In ZL. varius and L. xanthomystax it extends up to the third cervical vertebra.
It is delineated in Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. IV. fig. 9, Tr.c).
In Nycticebus tardigradus it reaches from the seventh to the second cervical vertebra
inclusive. In Tursius* this muscle continues up to the atlas, being attached to the six
first cervical vertebre.
SPrINALIs DoRsI.—We could not satisfactorily define this as a distinct muscle in Lemur
catta, as it seemed inseparable from the fibres of the longissimus dorsi. ‘The other
genera examined by us did not exhibit any clear line of demarcation.
! Figured by Cuvier in Z. catta, pl. 71. fig. 2, C.
2 Loc. cit. p. 40, tab. 4. fig. 4, B. + Loc. cit. p. 40.
* Figured by Cuvier in Z. catta, pl. 71. fig. 2, B. 5 Loc. cit. p. 38, tab. 4. fig. 4, f.
12
60 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
SEMISPINALIS, as usual, extends forwards, upwards, and inwards from the meta-
pophyses to the spinous processes. Of its two parts the semispinalis dorsi is thick in
the lumbar region, and with strong and rather short tendons; but in the dorsal region
it is more slender and the tendon much longer, the latter extending over four or five
vertebre. The other part, the semispinalis colli’ is thick, and the tendons are short
and inconspicuous.
We have dragged out these muscles and slightly exaggerated their tendons in Galago
crassicaudatus (PI. IV. figs. 10 & 11, 4 Sp.c and 4 Sp.d).
In Zarsius the cervical portion of this muscle is compared by Burmeister’ to the
cervicalis descendens.
Muttirinus sprv2.—In Lemur this, as in Man, fills the grooves between the transverse
and spinous processes. It is very fleshy all along the spine; and though the tendons
are distinctly seen going from the former to the latter, yet the whole mass is very
continuous.
See Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. IV. figs. 10 & 11, M7.s), each muscular bundle being
divided from its fellow, so that the continuity of the whole mass is lost.
4. Muscles of the Tail.
Caudal Region (Dorsal and Ventral Surfaces).
LEVATOR CAUD EXTERNUS.—This is evidently more or less the continuation backwards
of the longissimus dorsi. It arises from the upper (posterior) surfaces of the lumbar
and sacral transverse processes, and from the proximal caudal vertebra. It consists of
numerous fleshy bellies, ending in very long and slender tendons, which pass inwards
and backwards to be inserted into the caudal metapophyses. ‘This muscle is con-
siderably larger than the levator caudie internus. In ZL. varius it arises by five tendons
from the metapophyses of the lumbar vertebree.
Displayed in position in the Grand Galago, PI. II. fig. 3, Z.c.e, and with the tendons
dragged out in Pl. VI. fig. 25, L.c.e.
LEVATOR CAUD# INTERNUS.—This division forms the continuation backwards of the
semispinalis and the muscles internal to that. It arises from the spinous processes of
the sacral vertebra, and is inserted by tendons into the caudal metapophyses, being
continued backwards as a series of fleshy bundles between the caudal zygapophyses
and the middle of the dorsum of the tail. Shown in Galago, Pl. II. fig. 3, Z.c.i, and
tendons separated, Pl. VI. fig. 25, Z.c.7.
‘The above two caudal muscles in the short-tailed genera, as might be expected, are
very imperfectly developed ; yet distinct rudiments of both exist. The former muscle in
Nycticebus has a very few fleshy fibres, with an outer border of tendon continued from
the loins on the backs of the sacral vertebra almost to the coccygeal ones, where very
fine tendons, like a fascia, seem to proceed to the end of the tail. The latter muscle
' Figured by Cuyier in Z. catta, pl. 71. fig. 3, E. * Loe. cit. p. 38, tab. 4. fig. 4,7.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 61
has a similar appearance to that described, and overlies it, the two filling the flattened
surface between the spines and tips of the transverse processes.
PUBO-COCCYGEUS AND IL10-coccyGEUS.—These muscles are represented by a broad, flat
sheet of muscle arising from the sacro-iliac synchondrosis and the fascia investing the
psoas parvus, also from the inside of the so-called “ horizontal” ramus of the pubis, as
far as the symphysis. ‘Their united insertion is into the chevron bone placed between
the third and the fourth caudal vertebre.
Partly shown in Pls. II. and VI. figs. 5 & 25, and severed, excepting origin and inser-
tion, in Pl. V. fig. 19, P. & i. ¢.
In the Slow Loris the united representative of the above is comparatively of large
size, though thin. It covers the obturator internus from near the pubis to the posterior
end of the brim of the pelvis, and is inserted on the under surface of the third caudal
element.
The Sacro-coccyGEus arises by considerable fleshy bellies from the ventral surface of
the bodies of all the sacral and the first five caudal vertebrae. It is continued back-
wards between the chevron bones and transverse processes of the caudal vertebree with
numerous long tendons, like the levator caude externus.
Indicated in position in Galago crassicaudatus (P1. II. fig. 3, S.c), and with tendons
apart (Pls. V. and VI. figs. 19 & 25, S.c).
Nycticebus has this well developed and muscular; it is partly united to the internal
sphincter ani and to the surface of the infra-coccygeus, and is inserted on the caudal
vertebree.
The Iscuio-coccycevus has origin from the spine of the ischium and the part imme-
diately anterior (superior) to it, above (behind) the acetabulum. Expanding in a fan-
like manner, it is inserted into the tail beneath the transverse processes of the first four
caudal vertebre.
It exhibits little or no difference in the Galagos, see Pl. VI. fig. 25, Js.c.
It is broad and strong in the Nycticebinz, and drags the abortive tail well down-
wards and forwards, so that this organ in the live animal almost seems absent.
The Inrra-coccyGEvs arises by muscular fibres from the last sacral and the first five
caudal vertebre. It connects together the chevron bones of contiguous vertebre for
about half the length of the tail.
In Galago it connects the caudal vertebree in the middle line below, but barely
attains the sacrum (PI. V. fig. 19, Zc).
The two small infra-coccygeal muscles in the Slow Loris lie close together, and appear
as a narrow muscular riband lying on the inferior sacral surface. Tendons cannot be
traced into the rudimentary tail.
INTERTRANSVERSARII CAUDA.—This muscle (or series of muscles) is, as Meckel remarks
of Ateles', of considerable size at the root of the tail. It arises from the dorsum of the
1 Loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 179.
62 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
thick transverse process of the first sacral vertebra, also from the fascia connected with
the upper (posterior) margin of the ilium.
It gives origin to tendons which are inserted upon the caudal transverse processes,
which it connects together, the tendons arising from the posterior transverse process of
one vertebra and going to the anterior transverse process of the vertebra next but one
behind that from the transverse process of which it springs.
These semiunited series of muscular bellies and tendons are seen in position in the
Thick-tailed Galago, Pls. V. & VL. figs. 19 & 25, It.cd, and a segment of the tail with
two muscles of the one side hooked out in Pl. VI. fig. 26, [¢.ed.
These can hardly be said to be present in the short-tailed genera. We could not
define them in N. tardigradus.
5. Muscles of the Pelvic Limb.
a. Pelvic Regions (Dorsal and Ventral aspect).
Guvrevs Maximus, or Ecto-gluteus of Owen'.—In Lemur this is a very large and
powerful muscle*, with an extensive origin and also an extensive insertion. Its origin
is partly aponeurotic and partly muscular. It arises by aponeurosis from the anterior
superior (posterior superior of Man) angle of the ilium, from the lumbar fascia (at its
posterior part), and from the spines of the sacral vertebre. It arises by muscular fibres
from the inferior anterior (anterior superior of Man) spines of the ilium and from the
transverse processes of the first three caudal vertebre. The part which arises by
muscle from the inferior anterior spine of the ilium is that which is described as the
tensor fascize latee by Burmeister in Za/sivs, and is connected only by aponeurosis with
the part which arises from the anterior superior angle of that bone—this aponeurosis
covering over the gluteus medius lying beneath. This muscle is inserted (gliding over
the outside of the peroneal trochanter) into the third trochanter, and into the posterior
surface of the femur side by side with the adductor magnus, and very closely connected
with it. No fibres are inserted into the aponeurosis of the thigh.
There is a certain distinctness between the part arising from the pelvis and that
coming from the tail; the long supracaudal muscles passing above the origin of the
caudal part, and beneath that of the sacral portion.
In L. wanthomystax and L. nigrifrons the insertion extended right down to the ex-
ternal condyle.
In Galago the aponeurotic interval is less perceptible, and there is a strong tendon
running along the inferior margin of the part inserted into the third trochanter. See
‘ In the Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. v. pp. 15, 65, Prof. Owen has proposed the terms “ ecto-,” ‘ meso-,” and
“ento-,” for the gluteal muscles respectively, as indicating their relative position ;.for in Mammals their pro-
portional volume is not the same as in Man.
* Figured by Cuvier in Z. varius, pl. 70. fig. 1,a@; and in Loris gracilis, pl. 67. fig. 1, a.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 63
dissections of Galago crassicaudatus (P1. II. fig. 3, Pl. V. fig. 21, and Pl. VI. fig. 25,
Gana’, G.ma*, Gna", and G.ma*’).
In Nycticebus the aponeurotic interval is slight; and there is no origin from the tail.
In the Potto, according to Van Campen’, it is partly inserted into the great trochanter.
In Tursius? this muscle is very similar to its homologue in L. catta; but its caudal
portion, as in Galago, is more distinct, and is described by Burmeister as the pyriformis.
The same in Cheiromys as in L. catta, except that it arises from the first two caudal
vertebrae, and has no aponeurotic interval.
Guurevs mepius’, or Mesogluteus of Owen.—This is very thick and fleshy, and arises
from the whole outer surface of the ilium and from the aponeurosis separating the
levator caude externus and the intertransversarii ‘caude from the ischiococcygeus and
pyriformis. It is inserted into the outer side of the peroneal trochanter, near its pos-
terior margin, anterior to and below the insertion of the pyriformis, with which muscle
the posterior portion of the gluteus medius is closely united.
In some specimens of Lemur examined by us the inferior portion (anterior of Man)
was more or less separable, so much so as to suggest the possibility of its being a scan-
sorius. Such a separate part appears to exist in Zarszus, and is described by Burmeister
(p. 69, and tab. 4. fig. 5. no. 6) as a part of the gluteus minimus.
The gluteus medius of Galago crassicaudatus is depicted in Pl. VI. fig. 25, G. md.
The Giurevs Minmus, or Ento-gluteus of Owen, is much smaller than the other
glutei‘, and arises from the posterior and lower part of the outer surface of the ilium.
It is inserted by a narrow tendon into a projecting tubercle in the middle of the sharp
anterior margin of the peroneal trochanter.
This muscle in LZ. nigrifrons arose from the whole inferior (anterior) border of the
ilium.
In Galago crassicaudatus and in G. allenii it is quite distinct from the gluteus medius,
but very small and short, arising only round the upper part of the acetabulum. It
rather corresponds with the gemelli in appearance than with the ordinary glutei (Pl. VI.
fig. 25, G. mi).
In Perodicticus Van Campen® says that the gluteus tertius is inserted into the
trochanteric fossa.
In Tarsius it appears to be as in L. catta; but Burmeister® describes as a part of it
what in our Lemuroids forms a part of the gluteus medius.
It is the same in Cheiromys’ as in Lemur catta.
The ScANsorius does not exist as a distinct muscle in any of the Lemuroidea.
Pyrirormis.—A large muscle * which, at its anterior border, is closely connected with
1 Loe. cit. p. 39. 2 Loc. cit. pp. 68, 69, tab. 3. fig. 1. 4, 4a, & 7.
3 Figured by Cuvier in Z. varius, pl. 70. fig. 2, a1, and by Owen, loc. cit. p. 66, pl. xxv. fig. 3, no. 51.
4 Indicated by Cuvier in Z. varius, pl. 70. fig. 2, a*. * Loe. cit. p. 39.
6 Loc. cit. p. 69, tab. 4. fig. 6. no. 6. 7 See Owen, l.c. p. 66. 8 Figured by Cuvier, pl. 70. fig. 2, f.
64 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
the gluteus medius. It arises from the inferior (anterior) surface of the sacrum,
reaching as high up as the middle of the auricular surface. Converging as usual, it is
inserted into almost the very summit of the posterior border of the peroneal trochanter,
beneath the insertion of the gluteus medius.
This muscle is connected with the gluteus medius by tendon as well as by muscular
fibre, both in L. varius and L. nigrifrons. In L. wanthomystaw it is also partly adherent
to the gluteus medius, but still more distinct than in those two species.
Galago agrees with Lemur, excepting that the muscle reaches no higher than the
lower part of the sacro-iliac synchondrosis (PI. V. fig. 19, and Pl. VI. fig. 25, Py).
In Tursius, as before said, Burmeister’ has described as pyriformis a part of the
gluteus maximus He says, indeed, that a double pyriformis exists in this genus.
His first pyriformis (tab. 4. fig. 5. no. 7) is part of our gluteus maximus; his second part
is described as a triangular muscle springing from the sacrum and going to the thigh;
this portion appears to be the pyriformis proper. We are inclined to doubt the accu-
racy of the delineation of this muscle.
It is described by Professor Owen in Cheiromys, p. 145.
GEMELLUS SUPERIOR.—This springs from the spine of the ischium, and is inserted into
the anterior (upper) part of the deep surface of the tendon of the obturator internus,
and, in common with it, into the trochanter fossa.
The gemelli are figured by Cuvier in L. varius, pl. 70. fig. 2, e and e’.
The other genera present similar characters. Illustrated in Galago crassicaudatus,
Pl. VI. fig. 25, G.s, and in Tarsius, 1. c. p. 70. tab. in fig. 6. no. 8, d,
GEMELLUS INFERIOR’.—This, which is larger than the preceding, arises from the upper
(posterior) surface of the tuberosity of the ischium and from the lower part of the so-
called “ascending” ramus of the ischium. It is inserted into the posterior (inferior)
surface of the tendon of the obturator internus and also into the adjacent part of the
tendon of the obturator externus, and also between them both into the trochanteric
fossa. The two gemelli muscles are closely connected together, especially at their
origin.
That of Galago crassicaudatus is shown in Pl. V. fig. 21, and Pl. VI. fig. 25, G7.
When describing the pectineus, Owen* mentions that “beneath it are strong and
thick gemelli converging from their origin on the anterior surface of the pubis and
ischium to the interspace between the small and large trochanter.”
OBTURATOR EXTERNUS*—A very thick layer with origin from the whole external
circumference of the obturator foramen and from the lower half of the obturator mem-
brane. It is inserted, by a very strong tendon, into the lowest portion of the fossa
behind the peroneal trochanter.
1 Loe. cit. p. 69, tab. 4. fig. 5. no. 7, a.
? Tarsius, loc. cit. pl. 70. tab. 4. fig. 6. no. 8, a, > Loc, cit: p. 66,
* Tarsius, loc. cit, p, 71, tab. 4. fig. 6. no. 10,
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 65
In Lemur xanthomystax it was observed by us to cover the whole of the obturator
membrane.
Represented in Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. V. fig. 21, Ob. e).
The OBTURATOR INTERNUS, which has much tendinous fibre on its surface, arises from
the whole internal circumference of the obturator foramen, except, perhaps, on its
upper posterior side. It is inserted immediately above the insertion of the obturator
externus.
We consider the tendon very strong in Galago allenii. The muscle in G. erassicau-
datus is shown in PI. V. fig. 19, and the tendon of insertion PI. VI. fig. 25, O0. 7.
QUADRATUS FEMORIS.—This is a very voluminous muscle. It arises from the tuberosity
of the ischium immediately in front of the origins of the biceps and semimembranosus
(i. e. these origins are superficial to it), but extending slightly further inwards towards
the middle line of the body and still further outwards. It is inserted into the back of
the femur for the whole interspace between the insertion of the gluteus maximus and
that of the adductor magnus. It lies in the same plane as the last mentioned muscle,
and is intimately connected, on its inner side, with the adductor brevis.
In L. varius it is shown by Cuvier, ‘ Myologie,’ pl. 70. fig. 2, d.
Displayed in the dissections of Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. V. fig. 21, and Pl. VI.
fig. 25, Q. f).
In Nycticebus it is not large, but is the reverse in Loris gracilis.
This muscle is not mentioned by Van Campen in Perodicticus; but perhaps he has
taken the adductor magnus for it.
In Zarsius it appears to be as in L. catta from the description; but only a small
portion is represented in Burmeister’s plate 70. figs. 4, 6, no. 12.
In1acus.—In Lemur catta' it arises from the internal surface of the ilium external
to the ilio-pectineal line, and is inserted by a tendon common to it and the psoas
magnus into the peroneal trochanter.
In the genus Lemur it can hardly be said to be double; but in Galago (i. €. in G. gar-
nettii and G. allenii) the disposition is not perfectly the same in each animal, although
it may be considered as arising in two portions. In G. garnettii the portion from the
ilium is small, and only arises from the anterior superior spinous process of Man. The
second portion, coming from the body of the last lumbar vertebra, joins the above-
mentioned; and they have undoubtedly a single insertion, namely, by a strong, flat
tendon into the border of the tibial trochanter, being very slightly connected with the
insertion of the psoas magnus, which is fleshy. G. crassicaudatus with this, Pl. V.
figs. 19 & 20, JI.
In G. allenii the first or innermost portion arises from the whole anterior border of
the ilium, excepting as much as is occupied by the second slip. It is inserted into the
tibial trochanter by muscular fibres. The obturator nerve passes between the upper
1 Cuvier has only shown a small portion of this muscle in Z. catta, pl. 70. figs. 2 & 3,7,
VOL. VII.— PART I. K
66 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
part of the muscle and the psoas magnus. The second division of the iliacus in
G. allenii has a similar but rather higher origin, to the anterior superior spinous
process. It lies outside the last and is the more laterally compressed of the two. Its
insertion into the trochanter is by a strong, broad tendon, the three tendons of the
psoas muscles and the iliacus being close together.
The subvertebral muscles, psoas, iliacus, &c., in Loris gracilis answer exactly the
condition described by Meckel (J. c. p. 374), viz.:—there is an inner tendinous psoas
parvus attaching itself interiorly (posteriorly) to the front of the lowest lumbar ver-
tebra, but no insertion into the ilium or pubes: secondly, there is a normal psoas and
iliacus; and the fourth muscle of Meckel (query, our external iliacus?) arises nearly as
high as the dorsal vertebra, and, quite separate below, ends in a strong, round tendon
inserted into the tibial trochanter.
In Nycticebus tardigradus' there appears to be but one large muscular mass repre-
senting the iliacus. It arises from the sides of the bodies of the lumbar vertebre below
the third, and from the front of the sacrum, but it has no origin from the ilium.
Van Campen has remarked nothing peculiar in this muscle in Perodicticus*, nor has
Burmeister in Tarsius*.
In Cheiromys it is as in L. catta; our specimen agrees with Owen’s description.
Psoas MAGNUS.—Arises from the bodies and transverse processes of the last three
lumbar vertebre, and joining the iliacus it is inserted along with it, by a common
tendon, into the tibial trochanter.
In L. varius, L. xanthomystax, and L. nigrifrons, however, it can only be separated
with difficulty from what seems in these animals a single iliacus.
In Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. V. figs. 19 & 20, Ps.m) and in G. allenii it is like
L. catta; but in G. garnettii we especially noted that it also arose very broadly from the
inner surface of the ilium.
In Nycticebus’, as already hinted at, it arises from the last two dorsal and six upper
lumbar vertebre.
In Zarsius* this muscle is said to be double, and arises as high as the last dorsal.
Psoas PARVUS.—This is a very large muscle, about as large as the psoas magnus. It
arises from the bodies of the last dorsal and first three lumbar vertebra, and ends in a
very strong and expanded tendon, which, as it were, binds down the psoas magnus, and
is inserted into the iliopectineal eminence.
In L. xanthomystaw it arises from the second, third, and fourth lumbar vertebra, and
is equally as strong as in L. catta, ending in a similar tendinous insertion.
In Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. V. figs. 19 & 20, Psp) the muscle is long but not
nearly so large as the psoas magnus. It has a fleshy origin from the fronts of
the bodies of the third, fourth, and fifth lumbar, but not from the dorsal vertebre.
1 P.Z.8. 1865, p. 248. 2 Loe. cit. p. 140. * Op. cit. p. 67, tab. 4. fig. 5. no. 3.
* Loc, cit. p. 67, tab. 4. fig. 2,2 & 2a,
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 67
It ends in a narrow but strong tendon inserted into the prominence at the brim of
the pelvis.
In G. allenii the same, but only from the three upper lumbar vertebre.
In our specimen of Loris gracilis it was either absent or only subvertebral.
In Nycticebus it is much as in L. catta, but arises only from the second and third
lumbar vertebree '.
In Tarsius it is like L. catta, but is represented as bifurcating, allowing (as Bur-
meister shows in his plate) the iliacus and psoas magnus to pass between”.
In Cheiromys it is quite like L. catta, and not at all ill defined.
QUADRATUS LUMBORUM.—This muscle is represented by a series of tendons with a
very small quantity of muscular fibre, and extends backwards from the eleventh dorsal
vertebra to the inner surface of the ilium.
In L. varius it reaches no further forwards (higher) than the anterior edge of the last
dorsal. In LZ. xanthomystax it springs from the third last or tenth dorsal vertebra.
In L. nigrifrons it is like L. catta.
Displayed in position on the one side and dragged out on the other in the partial
dissection of Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. V. fig. 19, Q./).
In this animal as in G. garnettii the quadratus lumborum is much as in L. catta, and
is in close relation with the iliacus. It is composed of a series of tendons and intervening
muscular fibre arising from the bodies and transverse processes of the last dorsal and
three anterior lumbar vertebra. Somewhat like the spinalis dorsi, this muscle sends
tendons backwards to the transverse processes of the two hindermost lumbar vertebre,
and one to the crest of the ilium.
Its attachments in Loris and Nycticebus are the two transverse processes of the
lumbar vertebre from about the fourth downwards to the ilium.
In Tarsius* it seems to be essentially similar; and in Cheiromys it is quite as in
L. catta.
b. Femoral Region.
The Pecrinevs* arises from the so-called horizontal ramus of the pubis, external to
the origin of the gracilis. It is inserted into the ridge leading from the tibial tro-
chanter to the linea aspera.
This muscle in Galago crassicaudatus is figured in Pl. V. figs. 19 & 20, Pe.
In Loris, as Meckel says, this muscle is very strong, and there are four adductors
besides,
In Tarsius it is as in L. catta. Burmeister considers it the antagonist of the
quadrator femoris’.
1 Mivart and Murie, loc. cit. p. 248. 2 Loe. cit. p. 67, tab. 4. fig. 2. 1. 5 Loe. cit. p. 68.
* The muscle named pectineus in Cuvier’s plate of Z. varius is evidently rather a psoas magnus. See pl. 70.
fig. 3, ; but in Loris gracilis it is correctly marked, pl. 67. fig. 2, k.
5 Loc. cit. p. 71, tab. 5. fig. 1. 13.
68 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
Rectvs FEMoRIs.—This muscle arises from the prominent posterior inferior (inferior
anterior) spinous process of the ilium by a very strong tendon, and also, as in Man’, by
a branch of the same tendon from the anterior (superior) margin of the acetabulum.
It is considerably overlapped by the vastus externus, and is inserted as usual into
the patella in common with the other parts of the (here very distinct) quadriceps
extensor.
See Cuvier, pl. 70. figs. 1, 2, & 3, p (L. varius), and pl. 67. figs. 1 & 2, p (Loris
gracilis.
It has most certainly a double tendon of origin in LZ. varius, L. vanthomystax, and in
L. nigrifrons.
Figured in Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. II. fig. 3, Pl. V. figs. 19 & 20, and Pl. VI.
fig. 25, R.f). It is double-headed. In Galago garnettii the united tendon extends for
two-fifths of the whole length of the muscle. In G. allenit the muscular portion is
as long as the lower two-thirds of the femur, which is likewise the case in the Grand
Galago.
There is a double tendon in Nycticebus, in Cheiromys*, and in Tarsius’.
Vastus intERNUS‘.—In Lemur catta this is a small muscle arising from the inner sur-
face of the femur, its origin extending beside the insertion of the psoas and iliacus.
Cuvier figures it in L. varius (see his ‘ Recueil,’ pl. 70. fig. 3,2) and in Loris gracilis
(1. c. pl. 67. fig. 2, n); that of Galago crassicaudatus is shown by ourselves (PI. II.
fig. 8, and Pl. V. figs. 19 & 20, V. ¢).
In Tarsius® this muscle is said to be divisible into two layers, the lower one of which
seems to be an internal division of our crureus.
Vastus EXTERNUS’.—A very long muscle indeed, and embracing the whole outer side
of the thigh, even overlapping the rectus. It arises from the outer and anterior margin
of the peroneal trochanter and from the outer side of the third trochanter, and it is
inserted as usual.
Cuvier figures it in his ‘ Recueil, pl. 70. fig. 1, m (Z. varius), and pl. 67. fig. 1, m
(Loris gracilis).
It is uncommonly large in Galago crassicaudatus, and, if at all, is very indistinctly
divided. Exhibited in Pl. II. fig. 3, Pl. V. fig. 19, and Pl. VI. fig. 25, V.e.
In Loris and Nycticebus it is very much smaller relatively than it is in the Lemwrs
and Galagos.
In Cheiromys it is of great size and single, as in Lemur and Galago.
In Tarsius this muscle is not only of very large size, but separable into two distinct
1 Henley mentions a single origin ! * Loe. cit. p. 66, pls. xxiv., xxv. figs. 1-3, no. 16.
3 Loe. cit. p. 72, tab. 4. fig. 5. 16, and tab. 3. fig. 1. 16.
+ Owen, Cheiromys, I. c. p. 66, pl. xxiv. and xxv. figs. 1 and 2, 18.
5 Loc. cit. pp. 72, 73, tab. 3. fig. 1. 18, and tab. 4. fig. 5. 18 a.
§ Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. v. p. 66, pl. xxv. figs. 1 & 3, no. 17.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 69
muscles, named by Burmeister, the one vastus externus (his no. 17), and the other
cruralis (his no. 19)'.
These two muscles are again separable, according to him, into a superior and inferior
layer, as is also the case with regard to the vastus internus, as Burmeister says that
the exterior muscles are divisible into two distinct layers, making in all seven exterior
muscles of the thigh. ‘The first layer consists, besides the rectus femoris, of the vastus
externus, the vastus internus, and the cruralis; the second layer of the so-called deep
vastus externus, deep vastus internus, and deep cruralis.
Of these seven muscles as many as two (namely, the cruralis and the superficial
vastus externus) correspond to our vastus externus of Z. catta. Burmeister’s deep
cruralis is our crureus; his deep vastus internus has no representative in the Lemuroids
examined by us, unless, as we think, it is a separable inner part of our crureus, and his
deep vastus externus a similar external portion of the same.
Crurevs.—This is a very distinct and separate muscle, extending along the whole
length of the femur. It is narrow and somewhat compressed at its upper part, and
arises from the whole of the front and middle of the outer side of the femur as high as
its neck, extending round that bone from the insertion of the gluteus maximus on one
side to that of the adductor magnus on the other. It has a broadly tendinous glistening
surface, and is inserted as usual.
In ZL. varius there can hardly be said to be a subcrureus present; but the crureus
muscle itself descends on either side of the condyles, while the main tendon passes on
to the patella. The muscle is figured in this species by Cuvier, /. ¢. pl. 70. fig. 2, 0.
In L. nigrifrons we found a distinct subcrureus muscle; this lies beneath the lower
tendinous part of the crureus, and it covers almost the lower half of the shaft of the
bone. It is most muscular on the outside.
In Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. V. figs. 19 & 20, and Pl. VI. fig. 25, Cr.), as in other
species of the genus examined, the crureus is much as in L. catta, the fibres reaching
very far round, but not quite to the linea aspera.
In Nycticebus tardigradus the crureus presents the same characters as in L. catta.
In Tarsius? this muscle is described as the cruralis inferior (no. 16@) (the deep
cruralis before spoken of). In this animal it is very large, and two smaller portions of
it are separable, and described by Burmeister respectively as vastus externus inferior
(no. 17 a) and vastus internus inferior (no. 18 a).
In Cheiromys the crureus is exactly the same as in L. catta; and what Professor Owen
describes as an outer division of the muscle is in our specimen inseparable (except
artificially) from the vastus externus. Professor Owen‘ says “The outer division of the
crureus (fig. 3, 19) is rather a distinct muscle, which might be termed the deep-seated
vastus externus; it arises from the fore and outer part of the femur to the condyloid
1 Loe. cit. p. 72, tab. 3. fig 1. 2 Loc. cit. p. 73, tab. 4. fig. 5.
3 Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. v. p. 66, pl. xxv. figs. 2 & 3.
70 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
expansion, and is inserted by a fascia into the outer part of the ligamentum patellee
and capsule of the knee-joint.”
The Sarrortus, a wide and thin muscle, arises from the inferior (anterior) margin of
the ilium at its posterior (lower) half, and is inserted in common with the gracilis into
the tibia.
Cuvier figures it in Z. varius (0. c. pl. 70. fig. 3,4) and in Loris gracilis (1. ¢. pl. 67.
fig. 2, ¢). That of Galago crassicaudatus is delineated in Pl. IL fig. 3, and Pl. V.
fig. 19, Sa.
Burmeister describes and figures it in Tarsius, p. 73, tab. 3. fig. 1. 15; and Owen in
Cheiromys, p. 64, pls. 24, 25, no. 15.
The GRaciLis is very broad, especially at its origin, which extends along the whole
length of the symphysis pubis, nearly half the anterior (superior) margin of the so-
called horizontal ramus of the pubis, and for about a quarter of an inch along its
so-called descending ramus. It passes downwards and outwards, and at rather more
than an inch from its insertion it becomes intimately connected with the semiten-
dinosus, and afterwards with the sartorius, the three being inserted by a common
tendon into the outer side of the anterior surface of the tibia, about half an inch below
the patella.
It is figured by Cuvier in Z. varius (1. ¢. pl. 70. fig. 3, u) and in Loris gracilis (1. ¢.
pl. 67. fig. 2,w). The gracilis in Zoris gracilis has two heads, as Meckel says; but the
apparent third head is really the semitendinosus, which muscle also joins the gracilis in
Nycticebus.
In Galago it is inserted along with the sartorius, which partially overlaps and hides it.
G. crassicaudatus (Pl. I. fig. 3, and Pl. V. figs. 19 & 20, Gr) shows its origin and
insertion, the muscle being relatively smaller than in our type.
There is little or no difference presented in Nycticebus'. We did not find the division
spoken of by Meckel?.
In Tarsius* it is very small indeed, the smallest of all the thigh muscles.
In Cheiromys* it is much as in Lemur catta.
Appuctor MAGNUS.—This is the longest, largest, and most externally inserted of the
adductors. It has a strongly tendinous origin from the margin of the so-called descend-
ing ramus of the pubis; the origin of the posterior part of the gracilis being superficial
to it. It is inserted into rather more than the middle third of the femur.
The distinction between this muscle and the adductor brevis is not defined in Cuvier’s
plate of Z. varius, but they are together marked /' and /’, pl. 70. fig. 3. The same is the
case in Loris gracilis, pl. 67. fig. 2, 7 and 0’.
In L. wanthomystax, the limb having been separated from the body, the origins of
the adductors were severed; therefore the origin of the following slip was not noticed.
' P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 249. * Anat. Comp. vol. vi. p. 397.
* Loc. cit. p. 74, tab. 3. fig. 1, no. 14, * Loe. cit. p. 65, pl. 64. no. 14,
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 71
The slip referred to, viz. a roundish belly, terminating in fascia in the middle of the
length of the femur, near the insertion of the conjoined adductors magnus and brevis.
With an origin similar to that of the Ringtailed Lemur, the adductor magnus in
Galago crassicaudatus has an insertion for two-thirds of the upper and postero-inner
shaft of the femur (PI. V. figs. 19, 20, & 21, Ad.m).
In Nycticebus tardigra.lus the adductor magnus arises from the tuberosity of the
ischium for a breadth of 0:4, and is inserted by a broad linear interval from the base
of the great trochanter to the lower two-thirds of the shaft. This muscle is not
perforated by the femoral artery.
According to Burmeister the adductor muscles in Tarsius' are two in number. The
inner springs from the descending ramus of the pubis, and also from the ascending
branch of the ischium, and is inserted into the inner side of the linea aspera for rather
more than half the shaft of the femur. The posterior adductor springs by tendon from
the tuberosity and the rest of the ascending branch of the ischium, and is inserted into
the posterior surface of the femur above the last (tab. 4. fig. 5. 12). The inner one of
Burmeister seems in the main to be our adductor magnus, which, however, is the
outermost adductor as regards its insertion.
In Cheiromys we find it is quite as in L. catta. What Professor? Owen describes as
the adductor magnus, is evidently our quadratus femoris, as we are inclined to think is
the case with the adductor magnus of Van Campen’.
Appuctor LonGus.—This the shortest, smallest, and most internally inserted of the
adductor muscles. It arises from the anterior upper extremity of the symphysis pubis
and from the so-called horizontal ramus of the pubis, beneath the gracilis. It becomes
entirely aponeurotic near its insertion, which is into the femur just within and in close
union with that of the adductor brevis.
This muscle appears in Cuvier’s plate of L. varius* to be confused with the pectineus,
what is described as the pectineus being really the psoas. In his figure of Loris gracilis,
however, they are represented distinctly®.
It is not quite so short in L. nigrifrons, and it is muscular, with an insertion almost
to the upper part of the adductor magnus.
A narrow strip-like plane of muscular fibres represents the adductor longus in the
Thick-tailed Galago (Pl. V. figs. 19 & 20, Ad./). Its origin is as in LL. catta, and inser-
tion like that of Z. nigrifrons. It is in close apposition with the pectineus.
We found a slight difference in the right and left legs of Nycticebus tardigradus. The
condition in the former was much as in L. catta. We noted that the upper margin of
its insertion was conterminous with the pectineus, but that the adductor longus descended
fully 0":3 below it. In the left limb there seemed to be a division between the two
1 Loe. cit. p. 71. * Loc. cit. p. 65, pl. xxv. fig. 3.
3 Perodicticus, 1. c. p. 41. 4 Pl. 70. fig. 3, 1.
© Pl. 67. fig. 2, where J points to the adductor longus, and & to the true pectineus.
12 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
planes of its fibres, so that two muscles could be reckoned—the smaller being the
anterior with a less insertion into the femur.
In comparing Burmeister’s description with our own, we cannot say whether this
muscle or adductor brevis is represented by his posterior adductor. ‘
In Cheiromys it is exactly as in L. catta. What Owen* describes as the adductor
longus, is apparently both our adductor longus and adductor brevis.
The ADDUCTOR BREVIS? is a shorter muscle than the adductor longus, but is much
thicker at its origin, where it is more or less separable into two parts, which become
completely blended together below. It arises from the pubis beneath the origin of the
gracilis; and its fibres, radiating as it descends, are inserted into the back of the femur
internally to the insertion of the adductor magnus. Its insertion extends about “4 of
an inch higher up the femur than that of the adductor magnus, but does not extend so
low down as that muscle by as much as 1-2 inch.
Figured in Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. V. figs. 19 & 21, Ad. 0).
In Nycticebus the adductor brevis is longer than the adductor longus, and is much
narrower ; it arises by a narrow tendon just in front of the tuberosity of the ischium,
beneath the gracilis. ‘The fibres below join those of the adductor magnus, and they
are inserted together.
Van Campen® speaks of a fourth adductor as existing in Perodicticus, arising from
the horizontal ramus of the pubis, beneath the pectineus, and going to the small tro-
chanter of the femur. As before said, we cannot determine the representative of this
muscle in Tarsius.
In Cheiromys we found the adductor brevis substantially as in L. catta, its tendency
to division quite as much pronounced.
TENSOR VAGINA FEMORIS‘:—We are inclined to agree with Meckel in considering this
muscle to be absent in Lemur, as the part so named by Burmeister in Zarsius seems
rather to be a mere portion of the gluteus maximus. In all our Galagos but one we
also failed to detect any trace of this muscle; in one specimen of G. crassicaudatus,
however, there appeared to be some muscular fibres arising from the crest of the ilium
and inserted into the fascia lata, which was of unusual strength. We have not, how-
ever, thought proper to introduce this into our plate as a distinct muscle, partly because
of its very exceptional occurrence, and partly because we do not feel sure that it is not
rather to be considered an exceptional development of the gluteus maximus.
In Nycticebus some fibres come from the lower belly to the groin, which may represent
the muscle in question.
In Tarsius* the muscle described as tensor fasciz late is, according to our view, only
part of the gluteus maximus.
1
Loc. cit. p. 65, pl. xxv. fig. 2, no, 12.
* As before said, in Cuvier’s figures this is not marked off from the adductor magnus. % Loe. cit. p. 42.
* This muscle is not represented in Cuvier's plates of the Lemuroids. 5 Loc. cit. p. 68, tab. 3. fig. 1, 4a.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 13
Professor Owen found in Cheiromys a condition similar to that which we noticed in
our Galago crassicaudatus; for he says' “ the tensor vagine femoris is represented by a
small fasciculus from the anterior superior spine of the ilium, which extends into the
fascia covering the fore and outer part of the thigh.” In our specimen, however, we
find no trace of such a structure.
The Bicurs remoris* arises by a long and very strong tendon from the outermost and
most posterior part of the tuberosity of the ischium. The tendon is continued in the
substance of the muscle, and on its inner surface, for more than half its length. ‘The
fibres spring from this tendon in a penniform manner, but very many more taking
origin from its outer than its inner side. Those fibres which spring from the posterior
part of the outer side of the tendon are inserted into the aponeurosis connecting this
muscle with the vastus externus. All the other fibres radiate and are lost in the fascia
investing the outer side of the leg.
In L. varius the tendon is only for nearly half the length of the muscle, and hardly
quite so far in L. nigrifrons.
The biceps in Galago is simpler than in Lemur. It has a long, strong tendon of
origin from the tuberosity of the ischium, and a very moderately thick belly, ending in
an equally very strong, but flattened, tendon, which is inserted into the outer tuberosity
of the tibia. See G. crassicaudatus, Pl. Il. fig. 3, Bf, and Pl. V. fig. 25, Bf.
Kingma® says it is single in G. peli.
Loris gracilis, while resembling our type, has this muscle, the semimembranosus, and
the semitendinosus remarkably connected at their origins.
In Nycticebus* it is as in Lemur catta, but it is inserted only outside the lower leg.
Burmeister figures it in Tarsius §.
Chetromys in the main agrees with L. catta; Owen’s® partly muscular origin is only
the origin in common of this muscle and the semitendinosus. His origin from the
femur is only its adhesion to the vastus externus.
SEMIMEMBRANOSUS’.—This muscle is round and fleshy at its middle, flat and tendinous
at its origin, and very narrow and entirely tendinous at its insertion. It arises from the
tuberosity of the ischium, beneath the biceps, but not extending so far backwards, also
from the so-called ascending ramus of the ischium at its posterior margin. It is inserted
by a strong, round tendon, which passes beneath the internal lateral ligament into the
head of the tibia.
In L. varius, figured by Cuvier, ‘Myology,’ pl. 70. figs. 2 & 3, s, and in Loris, pl. 67.
fig. 2, s.
' Loe. cit. p. 64, pls. xxiv. & xxv. figs. 1-3.
* Figured in Lemur varius by Cuvier, pl. 70. figs. 1, 2, & 3, ¢, and in Loris gracilis, pl. 67. figs. 1 & 2, q.
% Observationes de Otolicno peli, p. 30. 4 P. Z.8. 1865, p. 249.
5 P. 74, tab. 3. fig. 1. no. 20. ® Loe. cit. p. 65, pl. xxv. fig. 1. 20.
7 Nyeticebus tardigradus, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 249; Tarsius, p. 74, tab. 3. fig. 1. no.22; Cheiromys, p. 65,
pl. xxv. figs. 2 & 3. nos. 20 & 22.
VOL. VII.—PART 1. L
74 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
Delineated in Galago crassicaudatus (PI. II. fig. 3, Pl. V. fig. 19, and Pl. VI. fig. 25,
S.mb). Substantially it is the same in G. allenit as in L. catta, but it does not arise
from the ascending ramus of the ischium.
In Nycticebus, Tarsius, and Cheiromys it is nearly as in L. catta.
SemrrenprNosvs '.—Arising in common with the biceps from the outer margin of the
tuberosity of the ischium, and also in great part from the tendon of origin of the last-
mentioned muscle, it is inserted into the tibia in common with the gracilis. It has no
origin from the caudal vertebree.
In Cuvier’s representation of Lemur varius, pl. 70. fig. 2, 7, the distal part of this
muscle is represented as bifurcating, the larger portion joining the gracilis as usual,
but the smaller portion passes to the outside of the leg in conjunction with the biceps.
In Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. Il. fig. 3, Pl. V. fig. 19, and Pl. VI. fig. 25, S.t).
In Cheiromys, according to Professor Owen’, this muscle is double, having an
additional slip arising from the second caudal vertebra adjoining the caudal origin of
the gluteus. Our observation confirms this statement.
c. Tibio-fibular Region of Leg (extensors).
Tisrauis ANTICUS*:—This muscle is quite single, and only of a moderate size. It arises
from the upper two-thirds of the peroneal surface of the tibia, as far back as the
interosseous membrane. Its insertion is into the anterior end of the tibial margin of
the entocuneiform, and not at all into the metatarsal of the hallux. Part of the outer
border of this muscle is in contact with part of the inner margin of the peroneus
longus.
L. varius, L. xanthomystax, and L. nigrifrons (Pl. VI. fig. 27, 7.a’, T.a*) possess what
may be considered a double tibialis anticus muscle. The larger portion or division
(T.a') answers to the condition above described in L. catta. The smaller portion (7.a*)
has an origin along with the larger one, but superficial and perinead to it. Its small
but distinct belly gives origin, at its lower end, to a slender tendon which is inserted
into the plantar surface of the proximal end of the first metatarsal. This tendon runs
in the same groove as the other part of the tibialis anticus proper, and lies in front
of it.
In Galago crassicaudatus (PI. II. fig. 3, Pl. V. fig. 22, and Pl. VI. figs. 25 & 29, T.a),
G. garnettii, and G. allenii it is very large and broad. Its relations to the peroneus
longus, peroneus brevis, and extensor longus digitorum, as well as insertion, are the
same as in L. catta.
There is no division in Loris gracilis or in Nycticebus tardigradus*.
‘ Figured by Cuvier in Loris gracilis, pl. 67. fig. 2,7; by Burmeister in Tarsius, p. 74, tab. 3. fig. 1. no, 21.
> Loc. cit. p. 65, pl. xxv. fig. 1, a.
> Figured by Cuvier in Z. varius, pl. 70. figs. 1 & 3,6, and in Loris gracilis, pl. 67. fig. 1, é.
* P.Z.8. 1865, p. 249.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 75
In Tarsius' it is as in Lemur catta.
In Cheiromys Professor Owen? only speaks of a single tibialis anticus muscle and
tendon answering to that described in L. catta; but in both limbs of our specimen there
was a double tibialis anticus precisely similar in its conditions to that above described
in L. varius, xanthomystax, and nigrifrons.
EXTENSOR LONGUS DIGITORUM °.—This in the right leg of L. catta dissected by us was a
long, slender and flat muscle, with the edge forwards and overlapped towards its middle
by the junction of the tibialis anticus with the peroneus longus. It arose from the
head of the tibia, the interosseous membrane, and the inner side of the fibula, but not
from its head. It gave origin to four tendons, which went to the four peroneal digits,
those going to the second and third digits being joined by the corresponding tendons of
the extensor brevis, while that going to the fourth was joined by the peroneus quarti as
well as by the corresponding tendon of the extensor brevis, and that going to the fifth
digit by the peroneus quinti digiti.
In the left leg of the same animal we observed that a long, prominent tendon on the
front edge of the muscle was that of almost a distinct muscle by itself, which had a
very small muscular belly reaching as low down as the whole upper third of the leg.
Its delicate tendon, when raised from the belly of the true extensor longus digitorum,
could be traced singly as far as the ankle and in the front of the foot. It bifurcated,
going to the second and third digits. A slip united that going to the third digit with
the long extensor tendon of the fourth digit.
Is this a representative of the extensor indicis of the arm?
In L. aanthomystax the arrangement is like that of the left leg of L. catta; and in
L. varius also, except that there are only tendons to the third, fourth, and fifth digits.
The condition of the specimen of L. nigrifrons which we dissected was not the best
for accuracy as regards this muscle. The following was what we observed. In the
partially injured right foot the small tendinous slip noticed in L. varius and L. xantho-
mystaa was visible; this sent a slip to the second and third digits, as in the two last-
mentioned species. The extensor brevis also joined the tendons of the extensor
digitorum. ‘There was, moreover, a minute (broken) tendon going to the fourth digit,
as also a very long, thin tendon joining the fifth; where this last tendon came from
was not made out by us. In the left foot (Pl. VI. fig. 27, #./.d) the main tendon splits
into two, whereof one supplies the second and third digits, the other the fourth and fifth.
But the fourth also gives off a slip which unites it to the third and second.
In G. crassicaudatus (Pls. II. & VI. figs. 3 & 25, H.l.d) this muscle gives off three
tendons, the outermost one going almost exclusively to the fifth digit, the middle one
bifurcating, one branch going to the fourth digit, the other joining a branch of the inner-
1 Burmeister, loc. cit. p. 75, tab. 3. fig. 1. no. 24, and tab. 5. figs. 6 & 7. 24.
2 Op. cit. p. 67, pl. xxv. figs. 1 & 3. no. 24.
3 See Cuvier, pl. 70. fig. 1, 2, in Lemur varius.
76 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
most of the three tendons; this innermost tendon also bifurcates, one branch going to
the index, the other joining the branch of the median tendon before mentioned, and,
together with it, forming the extensor tendon of the third digit.
In G. garnettii it corresponds in the main with that in L. catta. ‘The inner and outer
slips of tendons are in it given off highest.
In G. allenii we satisfied ourselves that the junction of the extensor longus digitorum
with the peronei does not exist; in other respects the arrangement agrees with that of
L. catta.
In Nycticebus tardigradus' “it is a very slender muscle, the smallest of the leg-
extensors and flexors of the lower limb; yet it has a double origin, as also in Cheiromys.
The smaller head arises by a thin muscular bundle from the outer side of the tuberosity
of the tibia, with also a small pencil of fibres coming from the inner side of the head
of the fibula; the larger origin consists of a rhombidal, flat, muscular fasciculus attached
to the inner side of the middle third of the fibula. The muscle gives a tendon which
splits into four subdivisions, sending one to each of the four outer digits, that to the
index being smallest. Loris gracilis agrees with the above.
In the Potto? it divides into three tendons (bound together by a thin aponeurosis),
going to the third, fourth, and fifth digits respectively.
In Tarsius* it is double, and has both origins from the fibula; its tendons go one to
the outer toes, the other, larger, to the fourth and fifth digits.
In Cheiromys this muscle, according to Professor Owen‘, only arises from the tibia
and interosseous membrane, but in two portions, the two tendons of which, passing
through distinct sheaths, go to the four outer digits. In our specimen it has also a
slight origin from the tibia; but the muscular part cannot be said to be double, and it
passed below through a single sheath.
The EXTENSOR PROPRIUS HALLUCIS® is a slender muscle, similar to the extensor longus
digitorum. It arises, beneath the last mentioned muscle, from the head of the tibia,
also from the interosseous membrane and the middle third of the tibial border of the
fibula. It is inserted into the base of the second phalanx of the hallux.
Does the second head of the tibialis anticus in L. canthomystax represent the extensor
proprius hallucis? This is certainly not the case in L. nigrifrons, where there is a
double tibialis anticus besides an extensor proprius hallucis (Pl. VI. fig. 27, E.p.h).
In the other genera it is asin Lemur catta; that of Galago crassicaudatus is shown in
Pl. I. fig. 3, and Pl. VI. fig. 25, E.p.h.
Though called extensor, this is a remarkably powerful abductor, being the. muscle
which throws the hallux away from the index, as in the action of spanning in Man. It
antagonizes the peroneus longus exactly. These two muscles having nearly a similar
origin, the foot is in a manner slung in a sling, and they rotate the entire pes as far
* P. Z.8. 1865, p. 250. 2 Loe, cit. p. 43. * Loc. cit. p. 79, tab. 4. fig. 5, no. 35.
‘ Loe. cit. p. 68. 5 Tarsius, p. 79, tab. 4. fig. 5, 39, and tab. 5. figs. 6 & 9, no. 39.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 77
back as the ankle, facilitated by the peculiar tarsal joint. This peculiarity of the foot
or pes is well seen in the Galagos, in Perodicticus, and Nycticebus.
PERONEUS LoNGUS'.—This is rather a large muscle overlapping the extensor longus
digitorum, and meeting the tibialis anticus on the front of the leg towards its middle’.
It arises from the posterior part of the head of the tibia and from rather more than a
fourth of the outer side of the fibula. Its fibres are inserted in a penniform manner
into a long and strong tendon, which passes behind the external malleolus, and is
inserted into the proximal end of the metatarsal of the hallux on its plantar side.
In the three other Lemurs examined the origin of this muscle was as far as the halt
of the fibula, and its tendon was very small. That of L. nigrifrons is displayed in
PPVin fign 27, P22
. Figured in Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. II. fig. 3, and Pl. VI. fig. 25, P. 7).
In Cheiromys it is the same, except, as Owen correctly says, from the upper two-thirds
of the fibula (/. ¢. p. 67, pl. xxv. figs. 1-3, no. 25).
PERONEUS BREVIS’.—It arises from about the lower third and four-fifths of the anterior
surface of fibula, and is muscular down to the ankle. Its flat and broad tendon winds
round the outer malleolus, and is inserted into the peroneal side of the base of the fifth
metatarsal bone.
There is no difference (L. wanthomystax) in the origin; but the tendon is separated
into two below, which, as they come to the back of the foot, again unite as in the
Lemurs generally. A single tendon is shown in L. nigrifrons, Pl. VI. fig. 27, P. b.
A split tendon of insertion, pierced by the tendon of the peroneus quinti digiti, is
manifest in Galago crassicaudatus, Pl. VI. fig. 25, P.b and P.b*; and the muscle and
what appears as a single tendon in PI. II. fig. 3, P.b and P.b*. In G. garnettii it arises
from the middle third of the shaft of the fibula, but in G. allenii nearly the whole length
of that bone. ‘The insertion in both is as in L. catta.
The PERONEUS TERTIUS is entirely absent in Lemur catta, as also in all the Lemuroidea
examined by us. The record of dissection of Perodicticus, Tarsius, and Cheiromys agrees.
PERONEUS QUARTI DIGITI*-—This muscle is as small and has a tendon as delicate as the
peroneus quinti digiti. It arises from the outer surface of the fibula below and outside
the muscle last mentioned and beneath the peroneus longus. Its tendon passes down
side by side with that of the peroneus quinti to the external malleolus, where it passes
to the inside of the tendon of the peroneus brevis. About the middle of the fifth
metacarpal it joins the tendon of the outermost part of the extensor brevis, and with it
1 Figured by Cuvier, ‘ Recueil,’ pl. 70. fig. 1, e, for Lemur varius, and for Loris gracilis, pl. 67. fig. 1, e.
2 Nycticebus tardigradus, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 250, fig. 6, P.l. Tarsius, p. 77, tab. 3. fig. 1, no. 25, and tab. 5.
figs. 6, 7, 10, no. 25.
3 Cuvier in Lemur varius, pl. 70. fig. 1, e'; figured also in Tarsius, p. 77, tab. 3. fig. 1, no. 26, and tab. 5.
figs. 6, 7, & 10, no. 26.
4 Not distinguished by separate lettering in Cuvier’s ‘ Myologie,’ though a tendon is represented as going to
the fourth digit, and there is a sight division as if to form our peroneus quarti and quinti (pl. 70. fig. 1, e?).
78 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
is inserted into the extensor sheath of the fourth digit; thus the muscle, though it
arises externally to the peroneus quinti digiti, is inserted internally to it.
L. varius, L. xanthomystax, and L. nigrifrons (P1. VI. fig. 27, P.4.d) quite resemble
L. catta as regards this muscle.
Not present in Galago crassicaudatus, G. garnettit, or in G. allenit.
Neither this muscle nor that of the peroneus quinti digiti are mentioned either by
Van Campen in Perodicticus, or by Owen in Cheiromys. Nevertheless in our specimen
of the last-mentioned animal we found it distinctly present, and exactly conditioned as
in L. catta. It is, however, described by Burmeister’ under the name extensor longus
quarti digiti.
PERONEUS QUINT! DIGITI2,—This is a very small muscle indeed, with a long and very
delicate tendon. It arises from the anterior surface of the fibula below, underneath the
peroneus longus, but above the origin of the peroneus quarti digiti. The delicate
tendon passes down the outside of the tendon of the peroneus brevis, and is inserted into
the peroneal side of the extensor sheath of the fifth digit.
In L. varius and L. nigrifrons (Pl. VI. fig. 27, P.5.d, P.5.d*) exactly the same con-
ditions obtain.
Figured in Galago crassicaudatus (P1. I. fig. 3, and Pl. VI. fig. 25, P.5.d), where, as
in G. garnettii, it has a similar origin and insertion to that in L. catta, but its tendon
keeps to the inner side of that of the peroneus brevis until after having passed the ankle.
In G. allenti the extreme tenuity of the tendon is alone remarkable.
The peroneus quinti digiti exists in Nycticebus tardigradus* ; but we did not find it, or
the peroneus quarti digiti, in Loris gracilis.
Meckel* seems to have had both the peroneus quarti and quinti muscles in view
when alluding to a third peroneus with tendons to the fourth and fifth digits being
present in the Lemurs.
As has been said, Van Campen is silent as to its existence in the Potto.
In Tarsius it is described by Burmeister’ as the extensor longus digiti minimi.
In Cheiromys we found this muscle exactly similar to its condition in L. catta.
a. Tibio-fibular Region of Leg (flexors).
Gastrocyemius’.—This muscle is rather small, and arises by two heads of nearly
equal size, each with a sesamoid bone. The two fleshy bellies unite in the middle of
the leg with the strong tendo Achillis, which is inserted, as usual, into the tuberosity of
the os calcis.
* Loe. cit. p. 79, tab. 4. fig. 5, no. 38, and tab. 5. fig. 6, no. 38.
* See Cuvier, pl. 70. fig. 1, e? (Z. varius). > P. Z.8. 1865, p. 250.
* Vol. vi. p. 438. ° P. 79, tab. 4. fig. 5, no. 37, and tab. 5. fig. 6, no. 37.
* Cuvier’s * Myologie,’ pl. 70. figs. 1 & 8,a; in Tarsius, pl. 67. figs. 1 & 2,a; and in Cheiromys, loc. cit.
p. 66, pls. xxiv. & xxv. figs. 27, a, b.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 79
Figured in Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. II. fig. 3, Pl. V. fig. 22, and Pl. VI. fig. 25, @a).
In Nycticebus tardigradus and Loris gracilis it is exceedingly small. (See woodcut,
fig. 19.
Hind limb between knee and ankle in the
Slow Loris, from P. Z.8. 1865, p. 251.
P. Popliteus.
G. Gastrocnemius,
S. Soleus.
F.1.d, Flexor longus digitorum.
F.1.h. Flexor longus hallucis.
T.a. Tibialis anticus.
T.p. Tibialis posticus.
Sotevs'.—A long and narrow muscle, fleshy in the middle and tendinous at each
end, though more so above than below. It arises from the posterior side of the head of
the fibula, and not at all from the tibia, becomes adherent to the inner surface of the
tendo Achillis at about the middle of the leg, and is continued down with it to the
calcaneum, into which the two tendons have a common insertion.
Meckel? says it arises from the whole of the fibula in Loris gracilis; and we found it
to be attached to that bone for a considerable extent, viz. from its lower five-sixths.
In the Grand Galago (Pl. VI. fig. 25, So) it very nearly agrees with what obtains in
Nycticebus tardigradus*, where it is flat and rhomboidal, and without any tendon.
Arising from the posterior margin of the head of the fibula and inner border of the
flexor longus hallucis, it loses itself in the conjoined belly of the gastrocnemius.
Perodicticus‘ has this muscle similarly to Nycticebus, namely, fused with the gastro-
cnemius.
In Tarsius* it is a long, round, spindle-shaped muscle arising from the head of the
fibula, and joins the tendo Achillis below the muscular portion of the gastrocnemius.
Puantaris.—A very strong muscle arising from the peroneal condyie of the femur
in common with the head of the gastrocnemius of that side; it ends rather below the
middle of the leg, in a strong tendon, which passes to the tibial side of the tendo
* Anat. Comp. vol. vi. p. 421.
! Cuvier, pl. 70. fig. 3, €.
3 Loe. cit. p. 251, fig. 5. * Loe, cit. p. 44. ° Loe. cit. p. 76, tab. 4, fig. 7, no. 28.
80 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
Achillis, and ultimately behind it, passing beneath the os calcis (from which and from
the lowest part of the tendo Achillis it is separated by a bursa), and becomes continuous
with the plantar fascia.
Figured by us in Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. II. fig. 3, and Pl. VI. fig. 25, Pla).
Kingma says that he sought in vain for this muscle in G. peli’.
It was absent in the specimens of Nycticebus and Loris examined by us, and,
according to Van Campen’s dissection, is absent in the Potto?.
In Tarsius’ the plantaris arises from the external condyle side by side with the
gastrocnemius, and passes down, attaching itself to the calcaneum and plantar surfaces
of the foot.
The FLEXOR LONGUS DIGITORUM* is a very long, but rather small, muscle arising from
the upper two-thirds of the posterior surface of the tibia, below the popliteus, and from
the peroneal side of the head of that bone, its uppermost part ascending between the
tibia and the rotator fibule, and above and across the interosseous membrane to the
front of the leg, so as to be in contact with the summit of the posterior margin of the
tibialis anticus. It is inserted by a strong tendon which passes on the tibial side of the
tendon of the flexor longus hallucis. It then gives off a delicate tendon which joins a
corresponding and larger one from the flexor longus hallucis (to form the flexor tendon
of the hallux), and afterwards becomes intimately blended with the main part of the
tendon of the last-mentioned muscle, the two giving rise ta the four perforating tendons
of the four outer digits, but the flexor longus digitorum forming almost exclusively that
of the fifth digit, and but a small part of those going to the second, third, and fourth
digits.
Shown in the Grand Galago, Pl. II. fig. 3, in Pl. V. figs. 22, 23, & 24, and Pl. VI.
figs. 25, 28, & 29, F.l.d.
We find in Loris gracilis precisely the same condition as in Nycticebus (presently to
be described), with the exception that the tendons to the four outer digits are all given
off at the same height.
In Nycticebus tardigradus® the flexor longus digitorum has three origins and three
bellies—one origin from the inner condyle of the femur, another from the inner
border of the tibia joining the last, and the third origin is from the posterior surface of
the tibia below the popliteus.
This muscle is described in Perodicticus® as consisting of two separate parts uniting
into a common tendon in the plantar aspect of the foot, and representing both the
flexor longus digitorum and flexor longus hallucis. It springs from the tibia, fibula,
and interosseous membrane, but not from the femur. In this respect, both in its origin
1 Loe. cit. p. 31. ? Loe. cit. p. 44.
* Loc. cit. p. 76, tab. 4. fig. 7, no. 29, and tab. 5. figs. 8, 9, & 10, no. 29.
* Cuvier, pl. 70. fig. 3, . (Z. varius), and pl. 67. fig. 2, « (Loris gracilis).
> P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 252, figs. 5 & 6. ® Loc. cit. pp. 44, 45.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 81
and slight subdivision of its tendon, this conjoined muscle more closely resembles that
in Lemur than that in Nycticebus or Loris.
In Tarsius' it is said (no doubt by a misprint) to spring from the head and posterior
surface of the fibula. In passing down it becomes slightly connected with the tendon
of the flexor longus hallucis; it then splits into four separate tendons, supplying the
four outer digits, but it takes no share in that of the hallux.
Its tendon, again, in Professor Owen’s specimen of Cheiromys?, took no part in form-
ing that to the hallux, but its quadruple division for the outer digits united with three
slips coming from the flexor longus hallucis. In our specimen its condition perfectly
resembles that described as existing in L. catta.
FLEXOR LONGUS HALLUCIS’.—This is a considerably larger muscle than the flexor longus
digitorum. It arises from the whole posterior surface of the fibula to its summit, and
from the whole of the interosseous membrane, also from the peroneal side of the tibia
towards its distal end. Its strong tendon passes in an exceedingly deep groove between
the astragalus and the inwardly inflected tuberosity of the os calcis, and is external to
and quite separate from the tendon of the flexor longus digitorum. In the sole of the
foot it gives off a large tendon to the hallux, and then blends with the tendon of the
last-mentioned muscle, forming with it the perforating tendons of the four outer digits,
and forming the main part of those of the second, third, and fourth digits.
Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. II. fig. 3, Pl. V. figs. 23 & 24, and Pl. VI. fig. 28, F'/.h),
G. garnettit, and G. allenit have this muscle without any origin from the tibia; but its
insertion is as in L. catta.
We found Loris gracilis to agree with what we shall presently state regarding
Nycticebus. Its tendons, however, start in common, excepting that to the hallux. It
also concurs in forming the tendon of the fifth digit.
In Nycticebus tardigradus* it has two heads of origin—one from the fibula, the other,
smaller, from the tendon of the popliteus. Its insertion further agrees with L. catta;
only in this last the slip of tendon of the flexor longus digitorum going to the hallux
is not so strong in Wycticebus.
In Perodicticus it is not described as a separate muscle, but as part of the flexor
digitorum communis °.
In Tarsius® this muscle furnishes the flexor tendon of the hallux, and is only united
partially along the outer margin of its tendon with that of the flexor longus digitorum.
It is said (no doubt by a misprint) to arise from the tibia, instead of from the fibula.
In Cheiromys it is quite as in Lemur catta.
' Loc. cit. p. 78, tab. 3. fig. 1. no, 32, and tab. 4. fig. 5. 32, and tab. 5. figs. 8 & 9. 32.
2 Loc. cit. p. 67, pls. xxiv. & xxv. figs. 1 & 2, no. 32. Professor Owen has misprinted tibia for fibula and
fibula for tibia in the origin of this and the following muscles.
° Cuvier, in LZ. varius, pl. 70. fig. 3, c’. 4 P.Z.S8. 1865, p. 253, figs. 5 & 6.
5 Loe. cit. p. 44, pl. iii. fig. 15, c. ° Loe. cit. p. 77, tab. 5. figs. 8 & 9. no. 31.
VOL. VII.—PART I. M
82 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
Tipiauis posticus':—This is a very thin but a very long muscle, with a very long
tendon; and this is so enclosed by the flexor longus digitorum and flexor longus hallucis
as to be entirely hidden down almost to the internal malleolus. It arises from the tibial
surface of the fibula, almost to its summit, and from the interosseous membrane. Its
tendon is somewhat attached to the distal end of the naviculus, but is finally inserted
into the proximal end of the plantar surface of the ento-cuneiform.
In Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. V. figs. 23 & 24, T:p), G. garnettii, and G. allenii there
is a superficial median tendon upon the muscular fibre almost its entire length; but the
tendon of insertion commences only above the ankle to the inner side of the malleolus,
which it crosses, and is attached to the proximal end of the naviculare.
Popiitevs.—This muscle arises from a pit outside the peroneal condyle by a strong
tendon which runs beneath the external lateral ligament. ‘The muscular fibres spread
out as usual, and are inserted into the posterior surface of the tibia above the origin of
the flexor longus digitorum.
Found in the same condition in all the Lemurs and Galagos, also in Nycticebus’,
Loris, Perodicticus *, and Tarsius ‘—and in Cheiromys, although Owen does not mention
it. Figured in Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. V. figs. 23 & 24, and Pl. VI. fig. 28, Po).
Rorator FIBuL# (PI. V. figs. 22 & 23, and Pl. VI. figs. 28 & 29, R. fb).—This small
but very peculiar muscle is somewhat rhomboidal in shape, and extends from the
summit of the posterior surface of the tibia to the anterior surface of the fibula, its
insertion into the fibula being rather more vertically extended than is its origin from
the tibia. Its fibres pass downwards and outwards, and therefore in an opposite
direction to those of the interosseous membrane, the upper part of which membrane
appears to be absent. The posterior surface of the rotator fibulee is covered by the
popliteus, the flexor longus hallucis, and the tibialis posticus, while its anterior surface
is in contact with and covered by the peroneus longus, and by the very singularly
situated upper end of the flexor longus digitorum.
The muscle described by Professor Owen‘ as existing in Phalangista has its fibres
inclined in an opposite direction to those of our muscle; and Professor Huxley, in his
recent Hunterian Course of Lectures, has announced the same fact with regard to the
Wombat; and as we believe this Lemurine muscle is as yet altogether undescribed, we
propose to bestow on it the above appellation.
We have carefully verified the existence of this muscle in both legs of each of the
species of Lemur and Galago dissected by us, but could find no trace of it in Nycticebus
and Loris; and Burmeister and Owen are silent as to its existence in Tarsius and
Cheiromys. Nevertheless in our specimen of Cheiromys we find this muscle fully as
' Cuvier, pl. 70. fig. 3, 6" (in Lemur varius). 2 Loe. cit. p. 251, fig. 5, pv.
* Loe. cit. p. 43, pl. iii. fig. 15, a. * Loc. cit. p. 75, tab. 4. fig. 5, no. 23.
* Todd’s Cyelop. of Anat. and Physiol. vol. iii. p. 291, fig.113,i. In the text the fibres are spoken of as
passing “ outwards and downwards ;” but the accompanying figure contradicts this statement.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 83
well developed as in Lemur, and presenting the very same relations to all the sur-
rounding parts.
e. Region of the Foot (dorsal and plantar surfaces).
EXTENSOR BREVIS DIGITORUM '.—This muscle seems to be somewhat irregular, differing
in the feet of the same individual. It arises from the upper surface of the cuboid,
ectocuneiform, naviculare, and the anterior part of the os calcis, and may consist of two,
three, or four portions, and may send tendons to the hallux and second, third, and
fourth digits, as we found in the right foot of Lemur catta—or the second, third, and
fourth digits only, as we found in the left foot of Lemur catta and L. varius. There is
also a small deeper layer of muscular fibres attached to the cuboid and the fascia
investing the interossei and metatarsals.
In the left foot of Z. catta the extensor brevis digitorum consisted of two bellies,
only one (the tibial one), with its superficial layers, sending a tendon to the fibular side
of the proximal end of the first phalanx of the second digit; the second belly bifur-
cated in the middle of the foot, its two tendons going to the corresponding joints of the
third and fourth digits. No tendon went to the hallux. A third layer of muscle arose
by a tendon from the cuboid, and ended in a flat muscle attached by muscular fibres to
the surface of the interossei between the third and fourth digits, nearly to their distal
ends.
In the right foot of Z. varius we observed it to consist of two bellies and of three
tendons therefrom :—one tendon to the fibular side of the index, but not joing the
extensor longus digitorum; two more to the third and fourth digits, these also on the
fibular sides.
An extension of fibres to the styloid process of the fibula is found in L. ranthomystaz.
In the right foot of L. nigrifrons it is composed of two main slips, and sends tendons
to the second and fifth digits, which join the extensor communis digitorum, also a small
one to the hallux. In the left foot of the same animal (PI. VI. fig. 27, H.4.d) the
muscular fibres were pretty well fused into a single mass, but three separate tendons
were derived, supplying the second, third, and fourth digits respectively.
In Galago crassicaudatus (P1. II. fig. 3, and Pl. VI. fig. 25, #.0.d) and in G. allenii
the right foot had four muscular slips and tendons, as in the right foot of L. catta.
In Galago garnettii this muscle is essentially divided into two slips, the large and
innermost one arising from the anterior upper (dorsal) surface of the os calcis, and is
inserted by a rather long and strong tendon into the proximal end of the second
phalanx of the hallux. The second slip has a similar origin, but is inserted by a much
more delicate tendon into the second digit, in union with the tendon of the extensor
longus digitorum.
In Nycticebus tardigradus the extensor brevis digitorum consists of five muscular
i ? Cuvier, 1. c. pl. 70. fig. 1,5 (in Lemur varius), and pl. 67. fig. 1,3 (in Loris gracilis).
M 2
84 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
bellies and as many tendons. One, arising from the astragalus and calcaneum (their
outer surfaces), is inserted into the hallux, and may be regarded as the extensor brevis
hallucis. Another, the outermost and somewhat superficial layer, has a similar origin
to the last; its tendon is inserted into the peroneal side of the fourth digit. The other
three bellies cover more deeply the dorsum of the foot, and at their proximal end are
united together, but distally divide and send tendons to the second, fourth, and fifth
digits respectively, the third digit having no tendon derived from this muscle.
Perodicticus agrees with Galago garnettii in haying two slips and as many tendons.
That to the hallux Van Campen names the extensor brevis hallucis'.
In Tarsius Burmeister” describes the short extensor as consisting of three parts—the
extensor brevis hallucis (40), the extensor of the second digit (51), and the extensor
brevis digiti tertii (52). The last muscle is very elongated, arising, as it does, high up
on the outside of the extremely long os calcis.
In Cheiromys Professor Owen * found an extensor brevis of more or less separate parts,
and going to the hallux and second and third digits. In our specimen, strange to say,
no short extensor goes to the hallux in either foot, but in both feet there is a thin
muscular layer arising from the tarsus (and but indistinctly divided into slips) and going
by three tendons to the second, third, and fourth digits; that of the second digit gives
off a small slip (on its peroneal side) uniting with that of the third digit.
Fig. 20.
FLA’ Vp,
veld fi iw Diagrammatical sketch.—Flexor tendons of
a H ' | the foot in the Slow Loris, from P. Z, 8. 1865,
fy p. 253.
1A) Mal | fp Ad
j \y }} ; F.1.d. Flexor longus digitorum.
a / F.1.h. Flexor longus hallucis.
F.b.d. Flexor brevis digitorum.
L. Lumbricales.
P.b, Peroneus brevis.
P.1. Peroneus longus.
P.q.d. Peroneus quinti digiti.
T.a, Tibialis anticus.
E.1.h. Extensor longus hallucis.
FLEXOR BREVIS DIGITORUM.—This is represented by two more or less distinct muscles,
one arising from the plantar fascia, and furnishing the perforated tendon of the index
of the foot and half that of the third digit, the other springing from the plantar surface
* Loe. cit. pp. 44 & 45, pl. iii. fig. 14, 7. * Loe. cit. p. 83, tab. 4. fig. 5, and tab. 5. figs. 6 & 7.
* Loc. cit. p. 68.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 85
of the deep flexor tendon, and forming the other half of the perforated tendon of the
third digit and the whole of those of the fourth and fifth digits.
In Cuvier’s figure of Lemur varius, pl. 70. fig. 3, this muscle also seems to consist of
two portions similar to those above described by us; but the part springing from the
plantar fascia and supplying the perforated tendon of the index is not represented as
furnishing any tendon to the third digit, while its fleshy belly is not separated from
those of the abductors of the hallux and fifth digits respectively, the whole being
marked « and named “ court fléchisseur commun” (calcanéo-sous-onguien). The other
part, which springs from the deep flexor tendons, supplies the perforated ones of the
third, fourth, and fifth digits; it is distinguished by = and is the “lombricaux ( planti-
sous-phalangiens).”
‘The arrangement which we have found in the Thick-tailed and Garnett’s Galago is
a kind of modification between G. allenii and what Burmeister describes and figures in
Tarsius (see infra). The deepest fleshy division corresponds to Burmeister’s third
portion (see G. crassicaudatus, Pl. V. fig. 24, F.b.d), moreover in G. garnettii supply-
ing a perforated tendon to the second digit ; his F.b. h. superficialis is but a few very
delicate muscular fibres on the under surface of the hallucial plantar extension (PI. V.
fig. 24, Pf.s*, and Pl. II. fig. 5, Pfs); besides there are films of fleshy substance
attached to the deep side of the plantar fascia where it goes to the fourth and fifth
digits, Pl. V. fig. 24, P.f.s**, forming, indeed, almost separate muscles. Burmeister’s
F. b. d. secundi, therefore, may either be represented by a palmar fascial slip or derived
from the true flexor brevis. The tendency of the distribution on the whole seems to
point to a superficial, a middle, and a deep set of flexor muscles, besides the lumbrical
and interosseal sets.
In G. allenii fibres arose from the deep surface of the superficial plantar fascia (con-
tinuous with the plantaris); it was connected not only with the index but with the
hallux. Also from the plantar surface of the deep tendon the second part arises, which
furnishes a distinct perforated tendon to the third, fourth, and fifth digits.
According to Cuvier', in Loris gracilis there appear to be four fasciculi going to the
four peroneal digits.
In Wycticebus? the flexor brevis is a small muscle, of which fasciculi arise from the
deep flexor tendon and go to the fourth and fifth digits.
In Zarsius® this muscle is described as consisting of three portions: the first, his flexor
brevis hallucis superficialis (36 @), arises from the superficial plantar fascia and goes to
the hallux; the second, his flexor brevis digiti secundi, arises from the same fascia and
goes to the second phalanx of the index; the third portion, his flexores breves digiti
tertii, quarti, et quinti (36 2), springs from the plantar surface of the deep flexor tendon,
and forms the perforated tendons of the third, fourth, and fifth digits.
1 Pl, 67. fiz. 2, «. 2 PZ. 8. 1865, p. 253, fig. 6, F.b.d.
3 Loc. cit. pp. 80 & 81, tab. 5. figs. 8 & 9, nos. 36a & 36 b.
86 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
In Cheiromys this double muscle is just as in L. catta, except that the part springing
from the flexor tendon supplies the whole of the perforated tendon of the third digit.
LumpricaLes '.—These are four in number, and arise from the tibial side of the deep
flexor tendons of the four peroneal digits, and are inserted into the tibial side of the
same digits.
The so-called lumbricales figured in Cuvier’s ‘ Recueil’ are really part of the flexor
brevis digitorum, as we have before said.
The lumbricales are figured in Galago crassicaudatus (PI. I. fig. 3, and Pl. V. fig. 24,
GS TG EF);
In Nycticebus tardigradus these are only three in number, none going to the index.
FLEXOR BREVIS HALLUCIS.—Relatively it is a large muscle, which arises from the meso-
and ectocuneiform bones. Embracing the long flexor tendon of the hallux, it is
inserted as usual.
This is called in Cuvier’s ‘ Myologie’ ‘‘ court abducteur du pouce,” pl. 70. fig. 3, p.
In Galago crassicaudatus (P1. II. fig. 3, Pl. V. fig. 24, and Pl. VI. fig. 30, £.0.h) and
both in G@. garnettii and G. allenii it arises from the deep plantar fascia and plantar
surface of the interossei. Insertion, the outer side and plantar surface of the proximal
phalanx of the hallux.
Burmeister? describes this muscle in Tarsivs under the names flexor brevis hallucis
profundus, his flexor brevis hallucis superficialis being only a portion of our flexor brevis
digitorum. It arises by two heads, one from the ectocuneiform and the proximal end
of the first metatarsal, the other head from the meso- and ectocuneiform—and is inserted
as in L. catta.
Agpuctor HALLUCIS.—Also a strong muscle, arising from the plantar fascia and
inserted by a strong tendon into the proximal phalanx of the great toe.
This is confounded in Cuvier’s ‘ Recueil’ with the plantar part of the flexor brevis, as
before said when speaking of that muscle, pl. 70. fig. 3 (Lemur varius).
In the genus Galago the origin is the sesamoid bone at the proximal end of the
hallux and deep plantar fascia. Insertion, metatarso-phalangeal ligament and plantar
surface of the proximal phalanx of the hallux. Figured in Galago crassicaudatus
(Pl. Il. fig. 3, Pl. V. fig. 25, and Pl. VI. fig. 30, Ad.h).
In Tarsius* it goes from the naviculare to the hallux.
ADDUCTOR HALLUCIS AND TRANSVERSUS PEDIS*.—In Lemur catta we found but a single
broad slip representing these muscles. It arises from the third metatarsal bone, and is
inserted into the proximal phalanx of the pollex.
1 Tarsius, p. 78, tab. 5. fig. 9. no. 34.
> Loc, cit. p. 81, tab. 5. fig. 10. no. 44, and also fig. 9. no. 45, the dotted line leading to this last number
having been by mistake carried on beyond the muscle it ought to indicate (namely, the transversus pedis
inferior) to the flexor brevis hallucis.
* Loe. cit. p. 80, tab. 5. fig. 8. no. 41. * Cuvier, J. c. pl. 70. figs. 1 & 3, & vy’.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 87
In L. varius we found two slips arising from the second and third metatarsals and
from the fascia investing the interossei between those bones.
It is small in the Galagos as compared with the Lemurs. In G. garnettii the
adductor hallucis is separable into two slips, both arising from the plantar fascia,
covering the interossei at the distal end of the second metacarpal and proximal end
of the first phalanx of the second digit. Insertion, the one into the proximal end of
the first phalanx of the hallux, the other into its distal end. The adductor hallucis
partially covers the insertion of the first. j
There is but one triangular-shaped slip in G. crassicaudatus (Pl. I. fig. 3, Pl. V.
fig. 24, and Pl. VI. fig. 30) and in G. allenii, which is strong. Origin, the surface of the
interossei of the second digit and the sesamoid bone at the proximal end of the hallux.
Insertion, the distal end of the proximal phalanx of the hallux.
In Nycticebus tardigradus (see fig. 7, p. 254, P. Z. S. 1865).
Burmeister! describes the adductor hallucis as distinct from both, a superior and an
inferior transversis pedis; but their insertions and origin are essentially similar to the
more single muscular mass of the Lemuroids.
In Cheiromys, according to our dissection, there is but a single muscular mass, if (as
we have taken it) the muscular belly on the peroneal side of the long flexor tendon of
the hallux be part of the flexor brevis hallucis. This single triangular mass may be
more or less artificially divided into a smaller part arising from the proximal end of the
plantar surface of the third metatarsal, and into another larger portion arising from the
distal end of the same surface of the second and third metatarsals. They are inserted
into the proximal end of the proximal phalanx of the hallux.
FLEXOR BREVIS MINIMI DIGITI.—A muscle of moderate size, which arises from the base
of the metatarsal bone of the fifth digit, and is inserted into the base of the first
phalanx of that digit.
The muscle named in Cuvier’s ‘ Recueil’ “adductor minimi digiti,” pl. 70. fig. 3, &, is,
in all probability, really the flexor brevis.
Figured in Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. II. fig. 3, and Pl. VI. fig. 25, F.6.m.d) and in
Nycticebus tardigradus (woodcut, fig. 21).
It is the same in Cheiromys and Tarsius as in Lemur catta; but Burmeister calls it
“m. adductor minimi digiti,” p. 88, tab. 5. fig. 10. no. 48.
ABDUCTOR MINIMI DIGITI°.—This is very large and fleshy, and arises from the under
surface of the os calcis near its tuberosity, and from the tibial side of that tuberosity. It
is inserted by a strong tendon into the peroneal side of the base of the proximal phalanx
of the fifth digit.
1 Loc. cit. p. 81, tab. 5. figs. 8 & 10.
2 Confounded in the posthumous plates of Cuvier with that part of the flexor brevis which springs from
the plantar fascia, as before said in speaking of that muscle, pl. 70. fig. 3 (Lemur varius).
88 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
Of great length in Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. V. fig. 24, and Pl. VI. fig. 30, Ab.m.d),
also in Nycticebus (woodcut, fig. 21).
Fig. 21.
p) Enlarged view of the plantar surface of the
: foot of Nycticebus tardigradus, to show the
small muscles of the hallux and fifth
digits, the interossei, and the lumbricales
attached to the outwardly dragged flexor
tendons.—From P.Z.§. 1865, p. 254.
It is the same in Tarsius (p. 82, tab. 5. fig. 9, no. 47), where it is even larger than in
Galago, because of the still larger tarsal bones.
ABDUCTOR OSSIS METACARPI QUINTI!.—It arises from the peroneal side of the os calcis,
and is inserted into the base of the fifth metatarsal towards its peroneal side. It is
much smaller than the abductor minimi digiti.
The muscle represented in LZ. varius in Cuvier’s ‘ Receuil,’ pl. 70. fig. 1, 0, is probably
this muscle, although erroneously called the accessorius.
Very diminutive, and partly fused with the abductor minimi digiti in L. nigrifrons.
It is represented in Galago crassicaudatus (Pl. II. fig. 3, Pl. V. fig. 24, and Pl. VI.
fig. 50, Ab.o.m.q) and G. garnettii by a fair amount of muscular fibre, which occupies
the outer and plantar aspect of the os calcis. Its broadish tendon is inserted into the
proximal end of the fifth metatarsal. We traced it in G. allenii beyond the cuboid,
although it possibly may go to the fifth metatarsal.
The Accerssorius is entirely absent in Lemur catta, the Galagos, Nycticebus, Tarsius,
and Cheiromys, unless the deep fleshy belly of the flexor brevis digitorum be in part
regarded as such. What is called in Cuvier’s ‘Receuil’ the ‘“accessorius,” pl. 70.
fig. 1, 0, is, in all probability, really the extensor ossis metacarpi quinti.
InterossEI or Foor.—In Lemur catta there are two to each digit, except the hallux,
and counting the flexor brevis minimi digiti as one. Over and above these there is a
more superficial slip or belly arising from the tarsal fascia, and going to the peroneal
‘In Tarsius, Burmeister, 1. c. p. 82, tab. 5. fig. 9. no. 46, that anatomist’s abductor digiti minimi externus.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 89
side of the flexor of the index, and another having origin from between the bones of
the third and fourth metatarsal, and going to the tibial side of the fifth digit.
The Thick-tailed Galago agrees with our type in the distribution and number of the
interossei (see enlarged view, Pl. VI. fig. 30, I, I, If, Tf, double interossei, and Js! & Js?,
superficial interosseal slips); some of these also appear on the dorsum of the foot; but
we have preferred to regard them altogether as deep plantar flexors, although no
doubt some of them are abductors of the digits to each other.
There are three distinct double interossei in G. allenii, which arise from the tarsus,
and are inserted by tendons into sesamoid bones on either side of the distal end of the
metatarsals. Besides the above, there is a single and more superficial muscle arising
by tendon from the plantar surface of the internal side of the fourth metatarsal, and
inserted into the outer (peroneal) side of the proximal end of the proximal phalanx of
the same digit.
Nycticebus tardigradus and Cheiromys agree in having a superficial and deep layer of
interossei.
In Zarsius', besides the ordinary four double interossei, there are two superficial
fasciculi going to the second and fourth digits. Respecting the first of these it is called
“abductor digiti secundi” (49), the second is represented in table 5. fig. 10, just
internal to the insertion (48), but is not described in the text.
OPPONENS MINIMI DIGITI PEDIS.—In Lemur catta several fibres were observed distinctly
inserted into the whole length of the fifth metatarsal. This little muscle appeared to
arise between the fourth and fifth digits upon the plantar surface.
These are not mentioned by G. Burmeister in Zursius.
RESUME AND DEDUCTIONS.
In our introductory remarks we alluded to the intermediate position assigned to the
Lemuroids by most naturalists, namely, below the higher Primates (Man and Apes),
but above all other Mammals. We shall now consider how far this is justified by those
external characters and by the Myology of the forms which have been the subjects of
our study.
Some of the more exceptional structures presented by certain forms may be ex-
plicable by peculiarity of habit, or by special exigencies of existence ; but others seem
to be altogether destitute of any marked utility to their present possessors, and one or
two are so bizarre as to render it very difficult, if not impossible, to conceive their ever
having materially helped to preserve even the remote ancestors of existing species.
Besides considerable variation (and in spite of certain strongly marked family resem-
1 Loe. cit. p. 82.
VOL. VII.—PART I. N
90 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
blances) in the nature of the hairy covering, the form of the body, and length of the
limbs in genera of the group, the ear, as we have demonstrated, pertains to three types.
If Lemur be taken as a standard, then Cheiromys much surpasses it in the relative size
of the concha. Tarsius, Galago, and Microcebus diverge somewhat from Cheiromys, but
agree pretty well together; they vary chiefly in the amount of excavation of the posterior
helical pit. Mycticebus, Perodicticus, Loris, and Arctocebus are allied in the diminution
of the pinna, in the depth of the posterior helical pit, and in the possession of the
peculiar horizontal folds of the antihelix already adverted to.
The precise advantages gained or the developmental relation and value of the above
differences are not so very easily discerned. Reasons, no doubt, might be conjectured,
such as adaptation to nocturnal habits, or derivation from an ancient type. Thus the
large and wonderful moveable ears of the Galagos &c. probably assist them in their
nightly predatory excursions, either guiding them to their prey, or warning them of
hostile approach. On the other hand, the short-eared Mycticebine are not, as far as
we know, one whit less nocturnal in their habits than are the Galaginine and
Chiromyide, while their means of escape are much less effective.
Man and the Gorilla! are characterized by having a pendulous ear-lobule ; while in
the Chimpanzee and Orang it is sessile. In other quadrumana the lobule diminishes,
or is so very small as to be considered absent. As we descend from Man and the
Simiine, which possess a considerable incurved marginal helix, to the lower subfamilies
of Monkeys, we find less inflexion of the helix, the upper or anterior portion only
retaining a fold. In some Apes, e. g. Cynocephalus and Macacus, there is a faint
depression or rudimentary posterior helical pit, while in others, as Hylobates and Ateles,
no trace of this exists. Although the Primates have in many instances a transverse
bifurcation of the antihelix, yet none have this forming a pouch. ‘The flat pinna is oval
or roundish, the Cynopithecinw possessing a tendency to angularity.
The Lemuroids, while presenting a similitude to Man and Apes in the outer organ of
hearing, do not conform in every particular. So far as size and shape are concerned,
Cynocephalus might represent Lemur, and Nyctipithecus be equivalent to Nycticebus ; but
no Monkey whatsoever has the enlarged conch-like pinna matching that of Cheiromys
and Galago.
On the other hand, the ears of some lower animals approximate considerably to the
Lemurine peculiarities. Thus the Carnivora, the Cheiroptera’, the Rodentia, nay, even
the Marsupialia repeat characters manifested in them. For example, the Dog, Cat,
and other well-known Carnivores have the posterior helical pit of remarkable size; and
other genera among Bats have a most extensive pinna. The common Rat has the power
‘ Owen, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. v. p. 246.
* Burmeister’s ‘ Tarsius,’ p. 8, where he remarks, “So merkwiirdig diese Bildungen auch erscheinen, so
sind sie doch keineswegs ausschliessliche Eigenthimlichkeiten des Tarsiers, sondern finden sich in ihnlicher
Weise theils bei den Fledermdusen, theils bei Nagern. Die innere Klappe hat z. B. auch Cavia.”
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 91
of contracting the auricle similar and equal to Galago; nay, further, the Short-eared
Phalanger (Belideus breviceps) furls its large conch-like ear and has a posterior helical pit
and pouch-folds of the antihelix. We have, moreover, observed in Mauge’s Dasyure
(D. maugei) a curious modification of the upper ridge of the parallel bifurcation of
the antihelix. In this animal it assumes the form of an epiglottis overhanging the
hollow, and partially overlapping the opposite ridge.
This likeness to lower types manifested by the ear of Lemuroids is not carried out
quite to the same extent in the development of the fatty cushions or pads of the palms
and soles. In none of the Carnivora, not even in the arboreal Kinkajou and Binturong,
nor in any of the Bears, does the disposition of the pads accord with those of the former
group. This might naturally be expected from the want of opposable power in the
pollex and hallux, and the consequent reciprocal relation of the adjoining parts. The
palm and sole of Cercoleptes, for instance, has the same number of pads as Lemur and
Galago; but the thenar and hypothenar ones, as well as the pollicial and hallucial ones,
are differently sized and placed. Another very obvious difference is the absence of those
peculiar-looking tactile balls at the ends of the digits. Among the Rodentia and Chei-
roptera the modification of the manus and pes are such that the palmar and plantar
surfaces bear no close correspondence with those of the Lemuroidea. Strange to say,
however, a resemblance crops out among the further removed marsupials. In the genus
Belideus the distribution of the pads, enlarged digital tips, and fine parallel striations
are but slight modifications of the conditions found in the Galagos and Slow Loris.
Furthermore in Dasywrus maug@i the same surfaces, or rather the interspaces between
the cushions, present that remarkable papillary or pitted sculpture so well pronounced
in Lemur and Cheiromys.
Compared with Lemur and its allies, Man and the Apes possess less separation of the
palmar and plantar pads; but they have nearly all those figured by us in the genera of
Lemuroidea, though less raised. Generally there are longer thenar and hypothenar
cushions, and three, or sometimes four, broadish and equal-sized proximal phalangeal
ones. In the thumbless genera the pad is still present, though the digit is wanting.
In none of the Simian families nor in Man are the digital extremities furnished with
such comparatively large tactile cushions as are universal in the Lemuroids. In Cuvier’s
‘Recueil’ Laurillard has given some excellent sketches of the palm and sole of Simia
innuus and Ateles belzebuth, natural size, pls. 26 & 62.
The peculiar modification of the nail of the pedal index! is another of those strange
anomalous characters of the Lemuroids, the utility of which it is difficult to conjecture ;
but still more mysterious is the gradual atrophy of the index of the hand, reaching
almost to the last degree of degradation in Perodicticus and Arctocebus.
How this mutilation can have aided in the struggle for life, we must confess, baffles
? The pedal index of Hyrawx also has a peculiarly modified nail, as was noticed by Prof. Huxley in his
Hunterian Lectures.
N 2
92 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
our conjectures on the subject; for that a very appreciable gain to the individual can
have resulted from the slightly lessened degree of required nourishment thence resulting
(i.e. from that suppression) seems to us to be an almost absurd supposition.
Of quite a contrary nature and stage of development is that wonderfully lengthened,
attenuated, and probe-like middle digit of the Aye-Aye, in which Prof. Owen discerns a
final purpose in its adaptability to the extraction of Wood-boring Grubs, Dr. Sand-
with! having witnessed this action in a specimen kept by him for a short time in the
Mauritius. But on this point Mr. Bartlett’s’ observations on the living animal in the
Zoological Gardens lead him to a different conclusion. Whatever be the physiological
import of this extraordinary digital structure, it certainly recalls to mind and much
resembles the very elongated middle finger of some Bats.
Turning now to the ‘Myology,’ we find structures which are presented by none of the
higher Primates, while at the same time a remarkable uniformity runs through the
whole of the family Lemuride. It is only in Nycticebus and Loris that we have found a
marked divergence—though we expect that the African genera Arctocebus and Perodic-
ticus will be found on examination to differ similarly from the other Lemuroids, and to
resemble in the main their oriental allies the Slow and the Slender Loris.
Besides general similarity to a human type in the disposition of the groups of muscles,
we may observe that the following points equally obtain throughout the group :—
1. There is a tendency to duplicity in the sterno-mastoid ; that is, the cleidal portion
presents more or less of separation without actually being distinct from its fellow sternal
portion. 2. There isno median tendon in the omohyoid, excepting, it may be, in Tarsius,
where it is said by Burmeister to be double-bellied. 5. The longus colli is divisible into
three portions, which, however, is best seen in Cheiromys, the Potto, and the Galagos.
4. The deltoid is composed of three parts, less separable in the small than the larger
specimens. 9. A teres minor exists, but is diminutive in size. 6. The triceps is four-
headed. 7. Both a dorso-epitrochlear and anconeus are present; but the latter is said
to be wanting in the Potto. 8. The coraco-brachialis is double-bellied. 9. There is no
extensor primi internodii pollicis. 10. No pyramidalis is developed. 11. There is a
rhomboideus capitis muscle; but no usual division into rhomboideus major and minor,
a slight approach to this being only found in Tarsius and Allen’s Galago. 12. A levator
claviculz is alone (doubtfully?) said to be absent (?) in Potto, all the others certainly have
it. 13. The levator anguli scapuli is almost inseparable from the serratus magnus, and
has attachment to all the cervical vertebre. 14. All possess a thin serratus posticus
anterior, though it is assumed to be absent in the Potto. 15. The gluteus maximus is
double, or has two separate planes of fibres. 16. Ascansorius does not exist. 17. The
quadratus lumborum muscle arises by a series of tendons from the last dorsal and
1 See his letter to Prof. Owen, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. v. p. 37. 2 Pp. Z.8. 1862, p. 223.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 93
anterior lumbar vertebral. 18. A double tendon of origin is possessed by the rectus
femoris. 19. The tensor vagine femoris is absent, or only rudimentary fibres are
extant, in Cheiromys, Nycticebus, and Galago crassicaudatus. 20. The biceps femoris
is simple, or only slightly modified in attachment and muscularity. 21. There is no
peroneus tertius. 22. Those species examined possess an extra and superficial layer of
palmar and plantar interosseous slips. 23. All the genera have a short tendon which
unites the flexor sublimis and the flexor profundus digitorum muscles previously to their
usual digital divisions.
There is nothing of a very singular nature in the muscles distinguishing any one
genus from its fellows. As regards characters of a positive or negative kind that have
been observed by us or by others, they may indeed be inconstant; nevertheless we place
- the undermentioned on record.
I. Lemur.—l. The temporalis assumes a partly double layer, in this respect exhibit-
ing structure pointing towards Rodents and Carnivora. 2. In L. xanthomystax the
stylo-hyoid is pierced by the digastric muscle. (Meckel distinguishes a muscle in
Lemurs as the “ masto-styloidien.”)
Il. Galago.—No myological structure is peculiar to this genus, unless the absence of
a pectoralis minor is a normal condition in G. allenii.
II. Loris and Nycticebus.—These are alike, except that the former in one instance
examined by us had no psoas parvus.
IV. Tarsius—1. The psoas magnusis said to be double. 2. The vastus externus has
also two bellies. 3. There are, according to Burmeister, but two adductors of the thighs.
V. Perodicticus.—Van Campen has asserted that in the Potto the following muscles
are wanting:—1. The anconeus. 2. The levator clavicule. 3. The serratus posticus.
VI. Chetromys.—The curiously constructed Aye-Aye differs muscularly from its
kindred, in alone having 1, a double semitendinosus, and, 2, in the trapezius over-
lapping and hiding the insertion of the levator clavicule.
We shall now place together the several genera which exhibit alliances or similarities
with reference to the development of muscles or the distribution of tendons. At the
same time we do not attach equal weight to all these seeming affinities, as some may but
represent irregularities of tendinous distribution such as happen in Man; others, again,
are more suggestive and better to be relied on as balancing characters of family
relationship.
Group I. Lemur, Galago, Cheiromys, and Tarsius.
1. In the first three genera that anomalous muscle the rotator fibule is undoubtedly
found: it may possibly be also extant in Tarsius (?), though the accurate Burmeister has
not described such a structure.
2. A plantaris muscle exists in the genera under consideration.
94 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
3. The peroneus quinti digiti is well developed; it is likewise present in Nycticebus.
4. The biceps flexor cubiti consists of two bellies in the above group, and also in
Perodicticus.
5. The extensor indicis has a single belly in Lemur (with one exception), Cheiromys,
Tarsius, and besides in Vycticebus and Perodicticus, but not in Galago. Tendons go to the
second and third digits in Lemur, Galago, and Tarsius. In Cheiromys and Tarsius (and once
in Lemur) an extra tendon supplies the fourth digit, and in Perodicticus the fifth digit.
6. The extensor communis digitorum (manus) in Lemur, Galago, and Tarsius splits
into four tendons (an exceptional example of L. varius having on one side but three,
and a Galago possessing two subsidiary uniting transverse slips). Our specimen of
Cheiromys presented a double-bellied muscle, subdividing into seven tendons, the
second, third, and fourth digits receiving two tendons each.
7. In all the genera comprising Group I. the extensor minimi digiti of the hand has
fourth and fifth digital tendons. Over and above, L. catta has an extra indicial deri-
vative tendon,
8. The flexor sublimis digitorum has usually four perforated tendons.
9. At the wrist the flexor profundus digitorum and flexor longus pollicis have a single
broad and strong common tendon.
10. In the above group, and also in the genus Perodicticus, the flexor longus pollicis
is double-headed (once in Cheiromys it occurred three-headed); but in all no special
tendons go to any digit but the pollex.
Group II. Lemur, Cheiromys, and Tarsius.
1. The three genera which we have here brought together are equally distinguished
by the soleus muscle having, as in higher Primates, a long fleshy belly.
2. They each have a peroneus quarti digiti muscle.
3. Lemur and Cheiromys, but not Tarsus, have the flexor longus hallucis arising
from both the tibia and fibula.
4, The masseter is double in Cheiromys and Tarsius, but not in Lemur or the other
forms.
Group III. Lemur and Tarsius.
1. A subcrureus has been found by us only in Lemur nigrifrons, and by Burmeister
in Tarsius.
2. In this division, partly including the genus Galago, the insertion of the rectus
anticus major does not pass beyond the cervical region.
Group IV. Lemur and Cheiromys.
With the exception of LZ. catta, the species of the genus Lemur and the single one
of Cheiromys have each a double-bellied and tendinous tibialis anticus muscle. In all
other Lemuroids it is single.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 95
Group V. Lemur and Galago.
We have found the palmar lumbricales to be four in number in the genus Lemur
and in Galago crassicaudatus.
Group VI. Lemur and Perodicticus.
These widely different forms approach each other in having each two supracostal
muscular slips.
Group VII. Galago, Cheiromys, Nycticebus, and Perodicticus.
1. All the genera in this group, excepting G. crassicaudatus, have but three lumbrical
muscles in the hand.
2. Excluding Perodicticus, they have but a single supracostal slip.
Group VIII. Galago and Tarsius.
1. These agree in the occipito-frontalis and the retractor muscles of the ear being
unusually well developed. The retrahens aurem is indeed compound in them, where it
may be assumed a certain correlation of structure and growth exists in connexion with
the remarkable folding movements of their capacious concha.
2. They alone of all the Lemuroidea dissected show a depressor scapule muscle.
3. In them the flexor profundus digitorum has three muscular bellies, whereas in the
other genera they are more or less united.
4. In the two genera of this group the flexor longus hallucis has origin from the
fibula only.
Group IX. Galago and Loris.
1. The iliacus appears only to be double in them alone ; but the difficulty of separating
the fibres of this usually single muscle renders their singularity in this respect doubtful.
Galago certainly has a vertebral besides its iliac origin.
2. They, as well as Lemur xanthomystaz, have a clearly double extensor indicis.
Group X. Galago and Perodicticus.
The myological agreement between these two genera consists in the extensor longus
digitorum being single-bellied and divisible into three main tendons going to the cor-
responding digits.
Group XI. Loris and Nycticebus.
1. The biceps of the arm is a single muscle in these two Indian genera, but double,
as before noticed, in all kindred forms.
2. In Loris and Nycticebus, and in them only of all the Lemuroidea, the flexor
96 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
longus digitorum pedis has three heads of origin and three muscular bellies—the origin,
as in Pteropus, being partly from the femur.
3. They also agree, and differ from the other forms, in having the origin of the flexor
longus hallucis from the fibula and from the tendon of the popliteus.
4. Neither possesses the short but remarkable rotator of the fibula which we have
described in another part of our memoir.
5. The flexor longus pollicis is single in them only, and supplies two or three more
digits besides the thumb.
Group XII. Loris, Nycticebus, Perodicticus, &c.
1. No trace of a plantaris muscle is found in these genera, nor in Galago peli either,
according to Kingma.
2. The muscle named peroneus quinti digiti, again, is decidedly absent in Loris, and
probably is also wanting in Perodicticus, though its presence has been demonstrated by
ourselves in Nycticebus.
3. In Loris, Nycticebus, and also in Galago, no peroneus quarti digiti is developed.
4. The flexor sublimis digitorum has but three perforated tendons in Loris and
Perodicticus ; in Nycticebus there is in addition an undivided indicial tendon.
5. The three genera (Loris, Nycticebus, and partly Perodicticus) have not, like the
Lemurs and Galagos, such complete adhesion into a broad common tendon of the deep
flexor and long pollicial tendons of the hand; nor do the two first supply the index
tendon.
6. The extensor communis digitorum (manus) has in Perodicticus four, in Nycticebus
five, and in Loris six tendons. In the first two genera the fourth, and in Loris the
fifth digit receives a double tendon ; in the Potto the second digit has none.
7. In contradistinction to what occurs in Lemur, Tarsius, and Galago, the rectus
anticus major is continued into the thorax or on to the dorsal vertebra in Loris and
Nycticebus, as likewise is the case in the aberrant Cheiromys. Galago crassicaudatus
has it in an intermediate condition between these.
8. Only one tendon is derived from the extensor minimi digiti and goes to the fifth
digit in Loris, Nycticebus, and Perodicticus.
9. In Nycticebus, Perodicticus, and in Galago (but not to the same extent in Loris)
the soleus is a remarkably short and broad muscle and fused below with the gastro-
cnemius.
Some muscles are so irregular in their distribution that they cannot well be classed
with any of the above groups. Amongst these may be mentioned the extensor brevis
digitorum of the foot, which has as many as two, three, four, or five muscular slips and
tendons in different specimens, or even on the opposite feet of the same specimen.
The scalene muscles, again, may possess two, three, or four divisions; and in the Grand
Galago a pencil of fibres pierces the serratus magnus. The latter muscle is inconstant
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 97
in its rib attachments. In like manner the caudal tendons and muscular bellies do not
always present regularity of distribution, although, as a rule, they are pretty uniform.
We will now institute a few comparisons between the myology of the Lemuroidea
and that of higher and lower forms.
The absence of an extensor primi internodii pollicis and of a peroneus tertius muscle,
and the presence of levator clavicule, dorsi epitrochlear, and abductor ossis metacarpi
quinti muscles, show, as might of course be expected, that the Lemuroidea agree in
muscular developments rather with the Apes than with the more common arrangement
found in Man. The genera Lemur, Galago, Cheiromys, and possibly others possess the
short deep leg-muscle which we have termed rotator fibule. Tarsiws and some of the
Galagos have likewise a distinct depressor scapul. So far as we know, neither of
these muscles! has hitherto been described as occurring in the higher Primates or
lower Mammals; and hence we may for the present consider them essentially Lemurine
in character. In other respects myological distinction between the Lemuroidea and
Anthropoidea is mainly confined to difference of attachments or tendinous distribution :
and, furthermore, the muscular variations exhibited by the group are found in widely
different lower families, though often resembling conditions extant in arboreal Rodents.
Broadly speaking the muscles of the head approximate to a Rodent or Carnivorous
type; whereas those of the extremities depart little from the higher Primates, ex-
cepting the long flexors of the palm and sole. As representative of what we here
state, the complex condition of the ear-muscles and tendency to duplicity of the
temporalis and masseter may be regarded as marks of degradation. In the hand the
more or less complete separation and full development of the abductor, adductor, flexor
brevis, and opponens pollicis, the flexor brevis, abductor, and opponens minimi digiti,
and comparative absence of a flexor brevis manus, with diminutive size of palmaris
brevis, are Simian in appearance and attachment. In the foot the flexor brevis digi-
torum and hallucis, the abductor and adductor hallucis, the transversus pedis, the flexor
brevis, abductor and opponens minimi digiti, and the abductor ossis metacarpi quinti
likewise are more truly Ape-like than fashioned after the lower Mammalian forms.
In the Lemurine suborder, as a whole, we witness Simian muscular organization with
proclivities towards the structure of animals of lower grade.
Intermediate forms or gradations of myology are very numerous; among such are the
following :—
-The thoracic extension of the rectus capitis anticus major, which is met with in the
Platyrrhine Ape Ateles belzebuth, and the Rodent Castor fiber The scalene muscles,
in their length and in the frequency of an addition to their number, probably as much
1 Unless the small “ infraspinatus secundus” met with by Macalister (Nat. Hist. Soc. Dublin, April 5, 1866)
in several species of Monkeys be equivalent or homologous with the depressor scapule of Burmeister and
ourselves.
VOL. VII.—PART I. Oo
98 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
abide by the Primatial type as wander from it. A tendency to deviate towards a not
uncommon condition in Rodents and Carnivora is seen in the extra divisions of the
pectoralis major; but a double layer is also frequently met with in Apes.
The subclavius is tolerably human in character. The compound deltoid is a change
from the higher and simpler condition to the constantly divided state in which it is
found among Rodents, Carnivora, Ruminants, Marsupials, &c. A diminished teres
minor, as in Lemurines, is met with in some Rodents. In almost all the lower Mammals,
but only in some of the higher Primates, the rectus abdominis goes to the first rib,
as is characteristic of the Lemuroids. In Man, Apes, and Lemurs, the serratus anticus
and posticus are quite separate and but moderate-sized ; in some Rodents, and notably in
Hyrax, they are continuous. A supracostal is the rule in the lower Mammalia; it is
constantly met with in Lemuroids, but in the higher Apes it is not always present.
The trapezius, the rhomboideus capitis, the levator clavicule, and the levator anguli
scapulz, each and all, in development, relation, and attachment, are Ape-like, but not
more so than in their compeers of lower grade.
That the biceps humeri should be double in one portion of the group and single in
the other is not readily to be explained; as regards affinities, conditions similar to both
one and the other are found in higher and in lower groups. The lengthening of the
brachialis anticus, and its non-embracement of the deltoid, are points indicating altera-
tion in this muscle from the Simian, towards the purely rotating character which it
bears in digging and swimming Mammals.
The following muscles of the forearm are met with almost unaltered from Man and
Apes :—the supinator longus and brevis, the extensor carpi ulnaris, the extensor secundi
internodii pollicis, the pronator radii teres, the flexor carpi radialis, the palmaris longus,
and the flexor carpi ulnaris.
A divided or multiple extensor indicis, supplying tendons to the second and third, or
even the fourth digit, occurs in higher Quadrumanous genera; Lemuroids repeat the
character, which becomes less marked in lower Mammals, inasmuch as where the tendon
is divided they chiefly go to the index and third digit. We meet with a numerous sub-
division of the long extensors to the back of the hand in several Simian genera; and
even in Man the extensor communis and minimi digiti often exhibit extra development
of tendons, particularly the minimi digiti, which splits into branches going to the fourth
and fifth digits. In the Lemuroids these characters are more constantly manifested,
notably in the Aye-Aye, as we have shown. No part of the muscular system of Le-
muroids exemplifies the gradual change of the Quadrumanous type into lower forms so
markedly as do the long flexors of the palm and sole. In the manus the deep palmar
tendons show much variety; but in all a short slip unites the flexor sublimis with the
profundus: this has been demonstrated by Turner! and others to be not an unfrequent
* «On Variability in Human Structure, with Illustrations from the flexor Muscles of the Fingers and Toes ”
(Trans, Roy. Soe. Edinb. p. 180 et seq., fig. 2).
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 99
abnormality in Man. Only in scattered genera of the lower Mammals is the union
found; but where it does exist it is large, and powerfully aids the combined actions
of the superficial and deep flexors.
The multiple origin of the three muscles in question (flex. sublimis, profundus, and
longus pollicis) is curious and interesting homologically as regards family relationship,
and also as regards the serial homology between flexors of palm and sole. In the
higher Quadrumana the tendons of the flexor profundus and pollicis more com-
monly, but not always, pass in separate slips below the annular ligament, the former
muscle usually supplying the second, third, fourth, and fifth digits, the latter the
pollex. Variations take place wherein the pollicial tendon splits and partly goes to the
index, or where union takes place between the common deep flexor and longus pollicis,
the latter even appearing as but a slender tendon from the former. These so-called
variations culminate in the Lemuroids, and even reverse the primordial relationship of
the muscles and tendons, inasmuch as the flexor longus pollicis encroaches considerably
on the domain of the profundus, becomes far the larger muscle of the two, and in
Nycticebus sends on the main tendons to the first, second, third, and fourth digits. The
palmar tendinous type of the group diverges into two, one wherein the flexor profundus
and pollicis unite as a broad flat tendon, ending in five equal or subequal digital seg-
ments: the genera Lemur, Galago, Perodicticus, Tarsius, and Cheiromys fall under this ;
the second, as witnessed in the Slow and Slender Loris, has separate proximal palmar
tendons, the flexor longus pollicis becoming functionally the more important, and, as
already said, acting as the tendinous lever of three or four of the radial digits, whilst
the flexor profundus digitorum lessens its tendons to the fifth and fourth or only fifth
digit, branchlets merely uniting it with the enlarged flexor longus pollicis tendons.
These examples of differentiation are highly important as affording proof of the identity
of the muscular relations of the hand and foot; for the flexor longus hallucis supplants,
in great part, the flexor longus digitorum both in size of fleshy belly and tendinous
insertion. The increase of force resulting from the palmar union is shown prominently
in those lower Mammals where the manus serves the office of a scratching or digging
apparatus, notably so in Talpa. It may be a question whether this change of tendinous
type is not as much due to the uses and modes of life of the animals thus identically
distinguished as purely to family organization. As regards the interossei, these manifest
higher character in a slight exhibition of dorsal ones, but on the whole they more closely
exemplify lower forms in being true flexores breves of the palm and sole. The extra
superficial layers are of common occurrence, and indeed almost the rule, in inferior
families.
In the arrangement and relative size of the psoas parvus magnus and iliacus the
Lemuroids more resemble the Squirrel, Kangaroo, Seal, &c. than most Apes; this may
follow as a consequence from the great extent of the lumbar region and similarity of
some of these in habits, and is certainly no evidence of any affinity.
100 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
The gluteus maximus in the higher Quadrumana is usually simple, often large, but
inserted seldom further than the great trochanter; in the Lemuroids it partakes of a
passage form from the Apes towards Carnivora, Rodents, Cheiroptera, and other groups,
by having a caudal division and being inserted much lower upon the shaft of the femur.
A scansorius presents itself as a distinct fleshy muscle in most of the higher anthropoid
Apes, neither does it disappear in the lower Simians, though often fused with the gluteus
medius; it is next to absent in the Lemuroids, but again appears in Rodents and other
lower Mammals. There are few better climbers than the Lemurine family, where, as
we see, this muscle is diminutive or aborted, so that the name scansorius is not the
most happily chosen one as expressive of its true function. What has been said
regarding the development and presence of the scansorius applies in most respects to
the tensor vagine femoris. The double origin of the rectus femoris is a normal con-
dition in Man and persists in the Lemurs. The adductors of the thigh, though only
three in Man, are occasionally more numerous in Apes and inferior Mammalia, The
Lemurs stand midway as respects number, and they are feebler than in Monkeys, as
Meckel has already observed (J. ¢. p. 379).
The division of the tibialis-anticus tendon and muscle is a structure exhibited by
some of the highest Quadrumana; so that its persistence in some Lemuroids affords no
grounds of separation from the Primates, although a divided origin of the tibialis anticus
is found in some Rodents. ‘The muscle in the Rabbit and Hare which Professor Huxley
has termed the tibialis secundi (Hunterian Lectures, 1865), has no analogue in the Le-
muroids; they exhibit, on the contrary, a well-defined quadrumanous tibialis posticus.
Thus then, on the whole, the muscular structure of Lemuroids harmonizes with their
osteological characters in justifying their union in one order with the Apes and Man,
while aberrant and inferior characters point to a subordinal distinctness.
We cannot conclude this Memoir without offering our thanks to our artist Mr. Berjeau
for his earnest endeavours faithfully to render the natural appearances of the parts, while
not losing sight of the necessity of clearness of detail.
ANATOMY OF THE LEMUROIDEA. 101
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PLATE I.
Fig. 1. Female Galago crassicaudatus, Geoff. (the individual described as G. monteiri by
Bartlett, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 231, pl. xxviii.), from a photograph by Dr. Murie.
Taken two-thirds life-size. The figures of the dissections in the Plates
following, unless where otherwise denoted, are from the same specimen.
ig. 2. Applies collectively to four greatly reduced figures of Galago garnettii (Ogilby).
These are from sketches of the living animal by Mr. Wolf. They represent
the various attitudes assumed by this species when allowed to gambol about
freely after nightfall. The climbing position of figure 1 (G. crassicaudatus)
applies equally to all the species of Galago which we have had the oppor-
tunity of observing.
en
@
PLATE II.
Fig. 3. Dissection of Galago crassicaudatus, natural size, to show the superficial muscular
layer of the entire animal, the dermal fibres of the panniculus carnosus alone
being removed.
The muscles and other parts are specified by the following lettering :—
1. Head and Neck.
Of. Occipito-frontalis. L.cl. Levator clayicule.
At.a. Attrahens aurem. On the Ear the numbers indicate :—
Te. Temporal. No. 1. Helix, its posterior margin.
O.p. Orbicularis palpebrarum. » .L*. ,, its anterior margin.
Na. Naso-labial muscle. » 2. Fossa of the helix.
0.0. Orbicularis oris. » 2*. Pit above the antitragus.
Bu. Buccinator. » 3. Antihelix.
Ma, Masseter. 4, Fossa of the antihelix.
St.m. Sterno-mastoid. » 5. Antitragus.
Tz. Trapezius (cervical portion). 6. Tragus.
| ”
Pgl. Parotid gland, Std. Stenon’s duct. Smgl. Submaxillary gland.
2. Pectoral Limbs.
D‘, Deltoid, its first or clavicular portion. T', Triceps (long or scapular head).
D?, _,,___ itssecond oracromial portion. T ~ % * (outer head);
D®, _,, __ its third or spinal portion. Te »» (upper part of inner head).
102 MESSRS. MURIE AND MIVART ON THE
P.ma. Pectoralis major (its humeral inser-
tion).
B). Biceps (long head or glenoidal divi-
sion).
B?, Biceps (short or coracoid portion).
In the right arm its lower part has
been removed; but the dotted line
indicates its continuity and insertion.
D.ep. Dorso-epitrochlear.
Ane, Anconeus.
./. Supinator longus.
Ecard, E.crl*. Extensor carpi radialis
longior.
E.c.r.b. Extensor carpi radialis brevior.
£.c.d, Extensor communis digitorum.
F£.c.d. Extensor digitorum,
tendon aboye digital divisions.
communis
** 4 & 3, Extensor communis digitorum,
extra slips to fourth and_ third
digits.
E.c.u. Fextensor carpi ulnaris.
Ev. a indicis.
E.omp. 5, ossis metacarpi pollicis.
£.s.i.p. Extensor secundi internodii pol-
licis.
IIIf. Interossei seen partly on dorsal
and palmar surfaces of hand.
* + Lumbricales.
Te lawanae
LT’.
B.a. Brachialis anticus.
Cb’. Coraco-brachialis (long head).
Fer. Flexor carpi radialis.
Prt. Pronator radii teres.
Pa.l. Palmaris longus.
F.s.d, Flexor sublimis digitorum.
Fp. ,, — profundus digitorum.
Fl. ,, longus pollicis (thumb-
tendon).
Few. ,, carpi ulnaris.
Ab.p. Abductor pollicis.
F.b.p. Flexor brevis pollicis.
Ad.p. Adductor pollicis.
F.b.m.d. Flexor brevis minimi digiti.
Abm.d. Abductor minimi digiti.
3. Trunk and Tail.
P.c. Panniculus carnosus. OF Svs
Zid ! ak eee Main al eT od Sees
a’ =
.- fe a
b '
$3%) goats a Kea fiwm-atielcdts a"
Pty 7) hii ut oe. F Hh TAOS ay
sO 658, ki: easiest wre ori
, ;
eae
Sates A
4 D = a
7 pot a. / = Si Mia» i
1% ¥ ’ ny “h a :
; 7 a Ai
* “as
‘
y ”
. ~
> -
wat
t en ' fa. 4 7
ar in, cee xi ans ~
' ii ~-s. te 7
eh is rt 95 ESR ress
' 5 ‘ oi? ore Phe
5 : eit
&
7 pc Beall sue “iy
iy fay or krtint an hai quiets,
20 sta ® amy i ed a i Sats eee
.
oxpu,
viet Sais iy
os ; WS tat ah
At ga: 5 a x se
+
* ear bee Sirs itin c
“Ne 7: , “ut a
yes Sip fits er oy st ne "
; pth Str +"
* é > ie
paul Toe tad $0
peal fers ue eer. rs efies
tule faroitt
Xitae £b, 07128
ew PT site
ieee’ aout
ts ORE: Eyes
TO;) et!
= a i aye
gen oe
;
: SACP OIE MDB Ee = ae 2) cae
ho Senris ne the
_” *
Pay ke eo Penile stay,
x 2 '
9 ay i ; x ; ae TRE, oe
aig 2 v psa: GR ae le dah ‘eames :
Sorat wee ty spare ede tits
gh. ,* ae : Yrs
Laas} Pibst Bibi nike ed EF boss ©
t hee Ligaen:
oath ape
~
> tgs aw Lactist ©
eapey ke SH
be i
Lae ai te ans
y ,
MAN Hanhart imp
CBerjeau & D* Mure, del C. Beryeau ith
G. CRASSICAUDATUS
=
t
rs
.
: -
ov 7
-
.
ms i 2
~ i-@ =
+ -
2 =i
a j 2
0
: 4
a 4 .
i a nas
R? g i ~ .
y > i y Pig a ;
s : = i
yh ee eer ep,
Wy ao oe mas
de aaa
¥ at ja Be rs dae aaa
‘
Pome? ae Le : |
Pa = in
' |
9 r
f re
- eae
s
5
; 7 Lh
[eicklo.¥
II. On Drvornis (Part XIII.): containing a Description of the Sternum in Dinornis
elephantopus and D. rheides, with Notes on that Bone in D. crassus and D. casua-
rinus. By Professor Owsn, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Le.
Read June 25th, 1868.
[Puates VII. to IX.]
IN November 1867 I was favoured by a note from Henry Sumpter, Esq., requesting
me to inspect a collection of bones which he had received from a correspondent at
Christchurch, Canterbury Settlement, in the South (or Middle) Island of New Zealand,
and which were to be seen at Mr. Sumpter’s place of business at No. 1 Church Court,
St. Clement’s Lane, Lombard Street, whither I forthwith proceeded.
It appeared that the bones had been obtained from the extensive swamp or bog at
Glenmark, about forty miles from Christchurch ; they consisted of a considerable pro-
portion of the skeleton of the Dinornis elephantopus, of a less complete series of the
bones of D. rheides, including bones of the foot, corresponding with those figured in
pl. 8, Vol. IV.! There were also a few bones of D.crassus. In this collection I saw, for
the first time, specimens of sterna, entire, of the large wingless birds of New Zealand.
Sternum of Dinornis elephantopus, Ow. (Plate VII.)
The collection of bones of Dinornis elephantopus includes a sternum (Pl. VII.),
wanting only the margin of the anterior border with the costal processes: the costal
tracts (d, c, c, fig. 2, m,n, 0) are nearly entire; and a great part of the lateral processes
(fig. 1, hh) are preserved, showing that these diverged from the sternal body at a more
open angle than was given in the restoration of the bone from the fragments accom-
panying the skeleton figured in pl. 47, Vol. IV. of these ‘ Transactions,’ such restoration
being guided by the analogy of the more perfect sternums referable to the genus
Dinornis (pl. 43, Vol. III.) or Palapterya (pl. 4, Vol. IV.).
In the transverse extent and straightness of the anterior border (fig. 1,4), the small
and feebly marked coraeoid depressions limited to the outer angles of that border (dd),
and in the pair of wide and deep posterior vacuities (ff), this sternum exhibits the
general Dinornithic modifications of the type of the bone presented by the Apteryz,
and noted at p. 163, Vol. IV.
The body of the sternum in Dinornis elephantopus is unusually flattened ; the upper or
1 Described in Memoir, Part iv. (Feb. 1850), in Vol. IV. of these Transactions, pp. 8-20.
VOL. VII.—PART I. Jan. 1870. R
116 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
inner ' concavity (fig. 1) is limited to the fore part of the disk, and is due chiefly to the
upward or backward bending of the anterior border, slightly deepened by the ill-defined
pneumatic fosse (ib. pn pn) near the costal border (cc). As the sternum recedes
backward the inner concavity changes to a convexity, both lengthwise and transversely,
the broad mesial process (ib. g) rising into a low obtuse ridge (ib. 7) along the mid-
line of the inner surface.
The outer surface of the bone offers a corresponding convexity at the fore part, and
concavity both lengthwise and across in the rest of its extent; and this concavity is con-
tinued along part of the origins of the lateral processes. The thickness, or rather
thinness, of this flattened sternum varies from + to $ and 315 of an inch.
The costal border is traversed by two oblique parallel articular ridges (fig. 2, mn),
with shallow intervening and contiguous depressions (ib.000). The lateral process (h)
retains, anteriorly or externally, the thickness of the lower part of the costal tract,
diminishing in thickness towards the posterior border, which there has a breadth of
6 lines; the inner or posterior surface of the process is impressed by a shallow groove
lengthwise, and, after an extent of about 3 inches from the sternal body, the process
appears to be twisted upon itself from before backwards, the inner border of the outer
surface becoming the inner ridge-like border of the process itself, which is then com-
pressed from without inwards, instead of from before backwards as at its basal half.
This twist is more notable in the right process (4) than in the left one (h'), a greater
proportion of which is preserved. Dimensions of different parts of this sternum are
given in the Table of Admeasurements, p. 122.
Sternum of Dinornis rheides. (Plates VIII. & IX.)
The sternum of Dinornis rheides is of the long and slender type, with the minor
degree of divergence of the lateral processes. The body of the sternum is cleft for
more than half its extent by a pair of posterior notches (f/f) of a narrow angular form
with the apex rounded off, leaving a long and narrow mesial process (7), which, in the
specimen described, is notched at its rounded extremity, and has a small unossified
vacuity about an inch anterior thereto. ‘The entire part of the sternal body is mode-
rately convex in every direction externally (Pl. VIII.), and correspondingly concave
within (Pl. [X.). On the inner surface it is impressed by two special deeper hollows
(Pl. LX. 2) just behind the anterior border and near the base of the costal processes
(dd): these pneumatic depressions are perforated by several small foramina conveying
air from the air-cells which occupied them into the cancellous texture of the thicker
parts of the sternum. Neither the Ostrich nor Cassowary shows such pneumatic
* In the following descriptions I term the surface of the sternum which, in its natural position, is upward,
or toward the cavity of the body, internal or ‘‘inner”’ surface; the opposite one, which looks downward and is
toward the pectoral muscles, I call the external or “ outer’’ surface.
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 117
depressions and foramina, their sternum receiving air exclusively from the intercostal
fossee, whilst these in Dinornis are imperforate (Pl. VII. fig. 2, 0 0 0).
The anterior border of the sternum of D. rheides (Pl. IX. fig. 4) is straight, no part
projecting forward as “‘manubrium” or receding; it is slightly and equably curved trans-
versely toward the chest (as shown at a, fig. 4); it is strongly bent from without inward,
or from below upward, where it terminates by a narrow subobtuse margin, overhanging,
in the vertical position of the bone, the pneumatic depressions and the general concavity
of the inner surface. This margin is continued on into each costal process (figs. 3 & 4,
d d), which extends upward and outward in the same slight transverse curve for rather
more than an inch beyond the costal border, with an antero-posterior thickness, at the
middle, of 9 lines, and with an obtuse and apparently slightly expanded termination,
which, however, is not quite entire in the specimen.
The coracoid depressions (fig. 4,40) are feebly defined by a transverse concavity
occupying the fore part of the costal process, not extending mesially much beyond the
line of the outer or lower border of the costal tract (fig. 4,¢¢). This tract (Pl. VIII.
fig. 2) shows ridges for the articulation of two sternal ribs, the anterior one (i) being
bituberculate, as in the Ostrich; the posterior and shorter ridge (n) is simple: three
intercostal fossee (000) are defined by these ridges; the anterior and largest has a
somewhat irregular surface, the two following are smoothly concave.
The sternum, which is 1 inch across the first fossa, contracts to a thickness of 4 lines
at the end of the third fossa. The length of the costal tract is 2} inches. The outer
border of the lateral process (4) continues obtuse but decreasing in thickness to about
one-third from the lower end, where it becomes a ridge: the inner border is a sharper
ridge through the whole extent. The length of each lateral process is 6 inches, the
average breadth 6 lines, being very little more at its commencement.
The length of the sternum in a straight line along the middle is 9 inches: the lateral
processes (4h) extend about an inch beyond the middle one (g); this, halfway from
its commencement, measures 2 inches across.
The breadth of the sternum at the ends of the lateral notches (ff), or origins of the
lateral processes, is 5 inches 6 lines; the breadth of its fore part, including the costal
processes (d d), in a straight line is 7 inches.
The middle of the entire part of the sternum is reduced to the thinness of cartridge-
paper; it gains a little in thickness at the median process; but this thins off again to
the end.
The outer surface is marked by fine lines, indicative of aponeurotic insertions; the
inner surface is for the most part smooth and polished.
Longitudinally both median and lateral processes have a slight outward or downward
flexure, giving a gentle sigmoid contour to the bone in that direction, as in fig. 2,
Pl. VII.
The second sternum of Dinornis rheides in the collection examined at Mr. Sumpter’s
R2
118 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
shows the same general specific characters as the one above described, with individual
differences due to degrees of ossification of the posterior half of the sternum.
The lateral notch, measured along the border formed by the lateral process, is 5 inches
3 lines; the length of the mesial process along the median line is 3 inches 3 lines, the
breadth of that process across its middle part 2 inches 3 lines; it is thus shorter and
broader than in the first described specimen (Pls. VIII. & IX.). The lateral processes,
about 5} inches in length, are rather broader than in figs. 1 & 3, but diverge at a
corresponding angle. The more essential characters afforded by the costal tracts and
processes, the coracoid depressions, and pneumatic fosse, with the general outward
convexity and inward concavity of the entire part of the sternal body, exemplify the
specific identity of these bones.
Thus the specimens of sternum in Mr. Sumpter’s collection show two well-marked
modifications of the Dinornithic or Apterygian type of sternum, which type may be
characterized as ‘“‘ subquadrate, keelless, more or less flattened, with a pair of deep and
wide posterior notches, and with small and remote coracoid pits.” ‘The characteristic
which differentiates Apteryx is the anterior emargination: in Déinornis the different
degrees of divergence of the lateral processes, involving corresponding differences in the
breadth of the sternum, appear to be the best-marked modifications, though not the
only ones; but before referring to these I may note the concurrence of the broad
modification with the peculiar robustness of the legs and breadth of pelvis in Dinornis
elephantopus. The chief minor modification, after the difference of divergence and
breadth, is that shown by the costal tract in a fragmentary sternum obtained by
Mr. Percy Earl from the turbary at Waikawaite, and referred by me to “ one of the
larger, if not of the largest, species of Dinornis.”! The costal tract occupies a rela-
tively greater extent of the lateral border of the sternum between the coracoid and
lateral processes, and shows in that extent three articular transverse ridges (pl. 43.
fig. 3,7 r” rrr’). The anterior border (ib. fig. 2) exceeds in extent that in Dinornis
elephantopus, but is less thick ; the lateral processes are more slender, with a narrower
base and minor degree of divergence, so far as can be judged from the proportion of
the process preserved and figured in pl. 43. fig. 1, p.
The more perfect sternum of the smaller species of Dinornis described and figured in
Vol. IV. pp. 16-18, pl. 4. figs. 1-', is of the same type as that of Dinornis rheides.
Its somewhat smaller size, with the more acute termination of the posterior notches,
and greater prominence of the mid part of the outer surface of the sternum anteriorly,
as shown in fig. 4 of the plate above cited, induced me to regard it as having come
from a different species, which is very probably the Dinornis casuarinus, leg-bones of
which have also been obtained from deposits south of Otago, Middle Island, where the
sternum (pl. 4. figs. 1-4, Vol. IV.) was found.
At the beginning of the work of determination of the remains of wingless birds from
1 Trans. Zool. Soe, vol. iii. p. 316.
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 119
New Zealand I found two generic types of skull, and referred in 1848 one of these
(Vol. III. pl. 52. figs. 1-6) to Dénornis, the other (ib. pl. 54) to Palapterya. I subse-
quently discovered a type of leg and foot generically distinct from those which had been
referred respectively to Dinornis and Palapteryx; and for that type I proposed the
genus Aptornis, to which genus I was then led to refer the very remarkable skull
figured in pl. 52, tom. cit.’
Successive evidences of cranial characters of different species of Dinornis, from the
largest downwards, were far from showing the distinctions which, in the skull of
Aptornis, had originally led to a generic division of the larger extinct wingless birds of
New Zealand; and accordingly, retaining the name Dinornis for the D. giganteus and
allied species to which, as originally known by vertebree, pelvis, and limb-bones, that
generic name had been applied, I was driven, after ascertaining their true cranial
characters, to rest the distinction of Palapteryx on the presence of the small back toe,
determined in the large robust species of the Middle Island (Palapteryax robustus*), and
its seeming absence in the more slender Dinornis giganteus of the North Island. Sub-
sequently I was led to doubt the generic value which had been assigned to that
reduced, not to say abortive, digit, probably variable as to its existence; and I gave
up the application of the character, from the consideration that the ligamentous attach-
ment might fail to leave sufficient indication on the metatarsal bone in some cases. The
range of variation in the cranial characters of species unequivocally of either Dinornis
or Palapteryx did not appear to me to support a continuance of those generic sections ;
and of late years I have, therefore, practically dropped ‘‘ Palapteryx,” and described
additional facts and evidences of these extinct birds under the old generic term Dinornis.
No doubt, apart from the Apterygian character of the back toe (7, fig. 1, pl. 1, Vol. IV.),
if even it had been determined without question to be constantly present in certain
species and absent in others, the singularly massive proportions of the limb-bones in
such species as D. elephantopus and D. crassus might lead one, prone to generic sections,
to found a genus for such strong-limbed birds. But D. robustus and D. maximus, with
the series of Moas dwindling to a form smaller than any which I have yet described, but
equally worthy of being named, illustrate the transitional steps in the derivation of such
species, due to inherent tendencies operating independently of individual volitions, and
under circumstances affording no obvious or intelligible selective influences. Guided,
however, by the Linnean methods of making known these animated forms, and accepting
genera as they stand in natural families of modern ornithological systems, the two well-
marked modifications of sternum which I have now been enabled to describe might
justify the restitution of the term Palapteryx to such thick-limbed kinds as Pal. ele-
phantopus, Pal. crassus, and Pal. robustus.
1 «On Dryornis (part v.): containing a description of the Skull of D. giganteus &c.,” read Noy. 1850,
Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iv. pp. 59, 62.
* Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iv. p. 2, pl. 1 (Memoir, part iv. read Feb. 1850).
120 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PLATE VII.
Fig. 1. Sternum, inner or back view, of Palapterya elephantopus: nat. size.
2. Costal border and lateral process of the same: nat. size.
|
a3
i
PLATE VIII.
Fig. 1. Sternum, outer or front view, of Dinornis rheides: nat. size.
Fig. 2. Profile view, right side, of the same sternum.
PLATE IX.
. Sternum, inner or back view, nat. size, of Dinornis rheides.
Fig. 4. Anterior or upper border of Dinornis rheides: nat. size.
=
a9
wo
Supplementary remarks on the Sternum in Dinornis.
In a collection of bones transmitted by Dr. Haast to the Royal College of Surgeons,
and which have been recently submitted, by his request, to my examination, there was
a lot marked “no. 16, fragments of sternum of Dinornis crassus,” and associated with a
portion of the skeleton ascribed to the same species. ‘This lot contained portions of
sternums of three or more species of Dinornis, and probably included all the parts of
that rare bone which had been obtained in this collection from the swamp at
Glenmark.
One of the fragments (no. 1), including the left anterior angle wanting the costal
process, affords the means of comparing the anterior and costal borders with the
sternum of Dinornis rheides. ‘The costal border shows a proportion of extent from
without inward double that in D. rheides; it is of a more definite triangular form, with
the base forming the inner or upper border of the tract, and the apex obtuse; it is
traversed by two obligue continuous ridges for the attachment of the sternal ribs, the
second of nearly equal extent with the first, which is not divided as in D. rheides and
the Ostrich. ‘The anterior border is bent upward or inward like that in D. rheides, but
terminates in a much thicker margin than in D. rheides; the convex bend inclines
towards the costal border, is not so abruptly continued into it as in D. rheides: there is
no definite pneumatic depression; the pneumatic foramina extend over a greater pro-
portion of the fore part of the upper or inner concavity. The whole bone, so far as
preserved in this fragment, is thicker than the corresponding part of D. rhetdes, and
may well, therefore, have formed part of the sternum of the more robust species of
Dinornis to which it is ascribed by Dr. Haast.
A second corresponding fragment of a sternum (no, 2), in which the costal process is
preserved, has a costal border resembling in shape that in D. rheides; but both articular
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 121
surfaces are undivided, the lower one being more extensive and broader than in D. rheides,
not projecting as a ridge. The depression between the surfaces is much less extensive
and less deep than in D. rheides; the costal process is broader but thinner, directed
more outwardly than in D. rheides, from which it shows the more important difference
of a deeper and much better-defined coracoid depression, of which the anterior boun-
dary is partially produced as a ridge, and the posterior or upper one is plainly defined.
The articular surface, broadest externally, is concave from before backward, slightly
convex transversely, but with a small special depression at the narrower median end ;
there is also a pneumatic hole near the front ridge. The costal process has an obtuse,
convex termination. The pneumatic depression on the anterior inner surface of the
sternal body is more definite than ‘in D. crassus, but is wider and less deep than in
D. rheides. This portion of sternum shows characters specifically distinct from those
in the two species named.
A third fragment of sternum in the lot, no. 16, includes the costal process and border
of the right side of that bone. ‘The process is entire, of a different shape from that in
either D. rheides or D. crassus, the anterior margin being obliquely truncate toward
the narrower but obtuse apex. There is a well-marked distinction from no. 1 in the
absence of any defined coracoid depression; and sufficient of the body of the bone is
preserved to show the absence of a pneumatic depression, such as exists in D. rheides.
The external convexity leading to the anterior border is less abruptly defined than in
D. rheides. The two articular tracts on the costal border are narrow, oblique, and
continuous as in D. crassus; but the shape of the tract is like that in no. 1 and in
D. rheides.
A portion of the right side of a sternum, which appears to be part of the same bone
as no. 1, shows a continuation of the lateral process in the same direction relative to
the contour of the costal border as in D. rheides. A corresponding portion of another
sternum, no. 6 in lot 16, shows a divergence of the lateral process from the line of the
costal border like that in the sternum of D. robustus, D. elephantopus, and probably
also D. crassus, to which nos. 2 & 5 may have belonged. Assuming that nos. 1 & 3 are
parts of the same sternum, it is certainly of another species, which probably may be
D. casuarinus ; the portion no. 4 belongs to a different species, and the portion no. 6
to a different individual of, perhaps, D. crassus; but four distinct birds, at least, must
have contributed the fragments of sternum ascribed to the skeleton of D. crassus in
Dr. Haast’s list.
A more important contribution to the reconstruction of the extinct wingless birds of
New Zealand has been made by the eminent State Geologist of Canterbury Settlement,
by a series of photographs of skeletons obtained from the Glenmark Marsh, and pre-
served articulated in the Museum at Christchurch. From the front view of that of
the Palapteryx robustus I infer that the remark, that “the attempted restoration of the
sternum of a large species referred to Dinornis (Vol. III. p. 516, pl. 43. figs. 1, 2, 3) may,
122 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
however, belong to Palapteryx robustus” (Vol. IV. p. 16), is correct. The divergence
of the lateral processes, though less than in Palapteryx elephantopus and Pal. crassus,
is greater than in Dinornis giganteus and D. rheides. To this series of photographs I
propose to return in a subsequent Memoir, after completing the comparison of the
collection of Dinornithic remains transmitted by Dr. Haast. ,
Admeasurements of Sternum.
Dinornis
elephantopus. D. crassus? D. rvheéides.
in. lines. in. lines, in. _ lines.
Length, along mid line, from the anterior border to the
end of the:median/ process iris cies vies «ee a pienie 10 0! 9 0 9 0
Extreme breadth, across the lateral processes in a
straight line Snnrate emer cee tema erate ron tate ee 16 0 13 0 8 0
Breadth of body from fore part of the costal tracts .... 8 0 7 0 5 6
eength.of costal tract). tyaeysranis aoyn.e rors choyerer he, omisterus 2 3 1 7 2 4
Antero-posterior breadth of ditto .................. 1 5 1 2 0 10
Antero-posterior extent from anterior border to apex of
posterton nobel 12. crac cite ssars asics isyorsvstate ce tehone 5 6 4 6 4 5
Breadth between apices of posterior notches ........ 8 6 6 0 4 0
Tieng thot median’ process!) joke. +. se sree ane ral 5 OF 4 0 5 0
Breadth) of midspart of ditto secrete Jetssicuss- treacle 4 6 3 6 2 0
Length of lateral process, following the curve of an-
Vuelo OW wing a einei od obUu eat Golo oan aan 7 0 6 0 7 6
Breadth of base of lateral process..............-... 2 “) 2 0 0° £0
Breadth! of middle‘of ditto. 2.0. cs ies cee be see 1 2 1 0 0 6
‘ The end of the median process is not entire ; one, or even two inches may be wanting.
? This is on the left side; the extent is less on the right side, where the notch is deeper and is terminated
by a narrower curve.
* Subject to addition from the part wanting.
Te OA
CPLIA LO.
DP 0 At 7 Ay
PL
Ge CI / IL
Printed by Md N Hanhast
BEPHANTOPUS
gy yeh ae
Q Peav20d L200 27
M & N Hanhart unp
nature on stone by J Exxleben
DINORNIS RHEIDES
|
M & NHanhart imp
Tow nature on stone by J Exeleben
[ 123 ]
III. On Divornis (Part XIV.): containing Contributions to the Craniology of the Genus,
with a Description of the Fossil Cranium of Dasornis londinensis, Ow., from the
London Clay of Sheppey. By Protessor Owen, F.R.S., F.Z.S., &e.
Read January 28th, 1869.
[Puates X. to XVI.]
IN the Memoir on the skeleton of Dinornis elephantopus, the skull is briefly noticed’.
Subsequent acquisitions of specimens of that part, in some respects more complete,
enable me to better appreciate its specific characters and to bring them out by com-
parisons with those of the skull of Dinornis robustus, described in Memoir, Part [X.?
T also avail myself of these grounds to determine and elucidate the cranial characters
of some other species of Dinornis, as well as those of a seemingly dinornithoid gigantic
bird which, like Gastornis parisiensis, existed in our own part of Europe at a remote
tertiary period.
Skull of Dinornis elephantopus. (Plate X.)
The cranium of Dinornis elephantopus equals in length that of D. robustus*, but is
inferior in breadth and more convex both longitudinally and transversely, especially the
latter, at the interorbital region (fig. 1,11). The entire skull of D. elephantopus is
shorter than that of D. robustus, by reason of the relatively shorter premaxillary and
mandibular bones.
The occipital condyle (Pl. X. figs. 2, 4,1) is a hemispheroid with a small proportion
truncate above, from the middle of which surface a groove extends to the centre; its
breadth is 44 lines, its vertical diameter 4 lines.
The occipital foramen is in one skull subcircular, in others shield-shaped, as in the
second specimen of D. robustus (tom. cit. pl. 56. fig. 2). The lower transverse superoc-
cipital ridge (Pl. X. fig. 2,2), which overhangs the foramen, subsides upon the exoccipi-
tals sooner than in J. robustus. The basioccipital descends proportionally lower to its
bimammillate union (ib. figs. 2, 4, 1’) with the basisphenoid. There is one small precon-
dyloid foramen on each side the base of the peduncle of the condyle. The vagal (ib. v),
carotid (ib. ¢), and sympathetic canals have the same relative position as in D. robustus.
The superoccipital is much less broad and is more arched than in D. robustus; its
median vertical ridge (ib. fig. 2, 3) is less prominent in the present specimen, subsiding
* (Part VIII.) Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. iv. (1856) pp. 161, 163. * Trans. Zool. Soc. yol. v. p. 337.
* Measured from the superoccipital protuberance to the premaxillary depression on the nasals; comp. Pl. X.
fig. 3 with pl. 53. fig. 1, vol. v. Trans. Zool. Soe,
VOL. VII.—PaRT 1. Jan. 1870. 8
124 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
halfway down towards the foramen magnum. The paroccipital ridge takes the same
course, but is not bent backward as in D. robustus; its lower angle (ib. fig. 2,4) is
divided by a notch from the carotid fossa. The paroccipital process is more con-
tracted toward its lower end. The basisphenoid resembles in shape that in D. robustus,
but the pterapophyses! (ib. fig. 4, 5’) are relatively shorter ; the oblique eustachian
grooves (ib. e) are well marked. ‘There is a median venous foramen, in two skulls,
between the origins of the pterapophyses, in one skull accompanied by a groove
(ib. fig. 4,5).
The crenate transverse occipital ridge, answering to that marked d d, pl. 38. fig. 3,
vol. iii. (Trans. Zool. Soc.), instead of two, shows three curves on each side of the median
vertical ridge (Pl. X. fig. 2,3), answering to as many insertions of nuchal muscles. In
advance of this ridge, upon the upper surface of the cranium (Pl. X. fig. 3), is a second
transverse ridge (ib. 7), not parallel with the former, but with a greater bend convex
forward; it is formed in the same way, viz. by the rise of the outer surface in advance
of the depression for muscular insertion. his second ridge is from 4 to 7 or 8 lines
in advance of the first; it seems to correspond with the place of the lambdoidal suture
in the young bird, here and in other adult skulls quite obliterated.
The mastoid process (fig. 1, 8) is as long as in Dinornis robustus. The premastoid
(ib. 8’) is a ridge produced into a short point; the intervening concavity gives attach-
ment to the postcrotaphyte fascicule or muscle. A longitudinal ridge extends from
above the base of the mastoid, backward, overhanging somewhat the tympanic fossa,
and joining the outer margin of the paroccipital at a right angle; to a ridge within this
border, part of the ear-drum was attached, and the ridge, before it subsides, indicates
the ecto- and entotympanic surfaces of the paroccipital (ib. 4). ‘The tympanic cavity is
formed as described in D. robustus, as is also the articular cavity for the tympanic bone.
The characters of the “ foramen ovale” and “ prelacerate fissure,” with its divisions into
the optic foramen and those for the fourth nerve, the anterior division of the fifth, and
the sixth nerve, are as in D. robustus. The right and left optic foramina are 7 lines
apart; at the intervening space are the deep fosse impressing the upper part of the sides
of the beginning of the presphenoid (fig. 4,9) and confluent orbitosphenoids (ib. 10).
The temporal fosse are well defined, are similar in shape to and quite as large as
those in Dinornis robustus: the least interspace between their upper ridges is 2 inches ;
but this varies a little in different specimens. ‘The posterior division of the temporal
fossa (Pl. X. fig. 1, 8 8’) is smaller relatively to the anterior division (ib. 7) and to the
entire cranium than in D. robustus.
On the upper part of the cranium (PI. X. fig. 3) a rough surface extends forward from
the upper normal transverse occipital ridge for about half an inch at the mid line; it is
1 Trans. Zool, Soc. vol. iii. p. 351 (January 1848), and Osteol. Catal. Mus. Coll. of Surgeons, p. 303, no 1601:
my “ pterapophysis” is the “ éminence particuli¢re qui provient du sphénoide” of the Legons d’Anat. Comp.,
ed. 1835, tom. iv. prem. partie, p. 111.
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 125
defined by a slight elevation of the anterior, smoother upper intertemporal surface of
the cranium, simulating a second upper transverse ridge (7) as before described.
The postfrontal or postorbital processes (PJ. X. figs. 1-4, 12) are as broad as in
D. robustus, consequently are relatively broader in proportion to the orbits and skull in
D. elephantopus than in D. robustus: they are bent in their descent less obliquely back-
ward. Upon the under surface of the roof of the orbits there is a well-marked oval
depression, 3 lines in long diameter, posteriorly (ib. fig. 4,7), and a number of smaller
more irregular depressions and foramina anterior thereto.
The presphenoid (ib. fig. 4, 9) is compressed and is angular at the interorbital extent
of its under surface, instead of being convex as in Dinornis robustus. ‘The depression
above the base of the presphenoid and below the optic foramen is narrower than in
D. robustus. The posterior part of the “ girdle” is not transverse to the axis of the
skull but is inclined from the mid line outward and forward; and the presphenoid is
deeper as well as narrower below the “ girdle.”
The prefrontals (ib. figs. 1 & 4,14), anterior to the orbitosphenoids (ib. 10), and con-
tinuous therewith, diverge from their basal confluence with the presphenoid (ib. 9),
upward and outward; the part of their primitive blastema, interposed between the
olfactory capsules, retains its unossified state at the hinder part of those cavities, save
to the extent of one or two lines at the upper part, where a thin septal crest projects to
the same extent from the expanded layer of the prefrontal, coalesced with the anterior
wall of the cranium formed by the frontals and nasals. The posterior wall of the rhinal
cavity is perforated by numerous olfactory nerve-filaments so as to form a “ cribriform
plate”'. At the fore part of the orbit the outer plate of the prefrontal bends downward,
outward, and forward toward the lacrymal (Pl. X. figs. 1 & 5,73), with which it forms
the anterior wall of the orbit, chiefly convex thereto; the inferior border of this antor-
bital wall is continuous with the semicircular frame or “ girdle” of bone* supporting a
thin subreticulate ossified part of the olfactory capsule, forming a concavity looking or
opening forward, and leaving a passage to the interorbital part of the olfactory cavity
between its convex surface and the median part of the prefrontal. This median part,
answering to the “lamina perpendicularis ethmoidei” of anthropotomy, the partial ossi-
fication of which at the upper and back part of the olfactory chamber has already been
noticed, has undergone the ossifying process about half an inch in advance of the cribri-
form plate, for about an inch and a half along the base, which expands upon the fore
part of the presphenoid; contracting as it rises to form the thin bony septum, it
expands superiorly, especially at the hinder part, forming the platform supporting the
nasals (ib. fig. 5, 15), and decreases vertically as it extends forward. ‘The “ girdle” divides
the part of the olfactory cavity, partially partitioned by the bony septum, from the
hinder expansion, where that septum is wanting. The undivided olfactory cavity
1 «This ecribriform plate is a peculiarity in which Dinornis participates with Apteryw.”—Trans. Zool. Soc.
vol. v. p. 350. 2 « Cingulum olfactorium,” ib. p. 349, pl. 56. fig. 1, 7.
$2
126 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
extends backward beneath the fore part of the cranial cavity as far as the back part of
the orbits. ‘The outer layer of the prefrontal projects from beneath the angle between
the nasal and frontal, or lachrymal, very much in the ordinary position of the external
part of the prefrontal in Reptiles and Fishes.
The nasals (ib. figs. 1, 3, 5,15) are confluent posteriorly with the frontals (ib. 11),
below with the upper expanded plates of the prefrontals (ib. fig. 5, 14), externally with
the lachrymals (ib. 73), and internally or mesially with each other as far as the prefrontal
confluence, in advance of which their median suture persists. The maxillary process
(ib. fig. 5, 15”) appears to be shorter, and the premaxillary part (ib. 15) longer and more
pointed than in Dinornis robustus. The smooth shallow depression (ib. fig. 3, 15) on
which the premaxillary glides is narrower than in D. robustus; the raised, usually
rough, surface external thereto contracts in breadth to near the pointed fore end of the
bone, the upper part of which is smooth.
The cranium is longer in proportion to its breadth than in D. robustus. The occipital
region is relatively of less extent vertically and transversely, and its middle part more
completely overhangs the basioccipital condyle. ‘The transverse extent of the cranium
between the descending antorbital processes is markedly inferior in D. elephantopus, the
vertical extent at the mid line being somewhat greater than in D. robustus.
The tympanic (ib. fig. 1, 28) differs from that of Dinornis robustus (Vol. V. pl. 53.
fig. 2, 28) in the less-concaye upper border of the orbital process (4) and in the smaller
cavity (h) for the squamosal.
The posterior articular surface of the squamosal presents a convexity at the back part
of the inner surface of the bone, fitting into the depression of the tympanic, and a con-
cavity in advance adapted to the convexity on the tympanic process in front of the
depression. The low obtuse ascending malar process to meet the postfrontal is better
defined than in D. robustus.
Perhaps the best and most recognizable distinction between Dinornis robustus and
D. elephantopus is in the not only absolutely but relatively smaller size of the mandi-
bular parts of both upper and lower jaws in the latter species. The beak was shorter,
more slender, and less obtusely terminated. The premaxillary with the most entire
nasal process in my present series gives a total length of 3 inches 3 lines (ib. fig. 1, 22, 22’);
that process expands posteriorly to a breadth of 6 lines (ib. fig. 6); but in the largest
skull (belonging to the skeleton described in vol. iv.) the nasal articular surface indi-
cates a rather broader process. As it advances the nasal branch loses breadth as it
gains in depth, and is impressed at its narrowest part by a longitudinal groove. The
lateral margins, as the branch contracts, bend downward and inward and meet to form
the prenarial septum (ib. fig. 1,s), from the free margin of which to the tip of the beak
measures 1 inch 7 lines.
The rough punctate surface sheathed by the horny bill passes rather gradually behind
into the smooth septal plate. The maxillary branches (ib. figs. 1, 6, 22”) diverge back- -
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 127
ward at a more acute angle than in Dinornis robustus. The alveolar channel (ib. fig. 7)
is much narrower; the intervening palatal tract is slightly concave without the median
ridge. From the tip to the palatal fissure measures, in one specimen, 1 inch 5 lines;
from the tip to the end of the maxillary process is 2 inches 5 lines; the breadth of the
palate there is 1 inch 72 lines.
The symphysial or rostral end of the lower jaw (ib. figs. 8 & 9) agrees with its homo-
type above in its smaller size, more slender and pointed proportions, as compared with
that in D. robustus. The outer median tract defined by the parallel grooves (fig. 8) is
10 lines in length by 3 or 33 lines in breadth. The upper or inner smooth surface of
the symphysis (fig. 9) is deeper as well as narrower than in D. robustus.
Of the constituent elements of the mandible, the fore part of the splenial and the
hind branches of the dentary retain their distinctness; the rest are welded together
with the usual indications of the longitudinal fissure and foramina of the primitive
separation.
The articular expansion of the mandible presents a narrow outer articular tract rising
longitudinally into an open angle, and a broader inner and anterior surface, deeply
concave transversely, almost level from before backwards, forming the anterior half of
the digital cavity or depression, the posterior half of which is non-articular, and, in one
specimen, is perforated by a small pneumatic foramen. ‘The angle of the jaw is
obtusely rounded, and from it arise, diverging upon the back part of the ramus, two
obtuse ridges bounding a shallow transverse concavity; the outer ridge is most pro-
duced, especially at its termination.
The mandible, in proportion to the cranium, is relatively shorter, and of less vertical
thickness than in D. robustus.
Skull of Dinornis crassus. (Plate XI.)
In the extensive collection of dinornithic remains from Ruamoa, Middle Island, pur-
chased of Mr. Walter Mantell' in 1846 by the Trustees of the British Museum, were
many skulls which could only be approximatively referred to their respective species
according to characters of size and proportion; and it was not until my reconstruction
of the skeleton of D. elephantopus, described in vol. iv. of Trans. Zool. Soc. p, 159, that,
besides the skull fitting the atlantal cup of the vertebral column of that skeleton, and
apparently of the same individual, I could refer three other specimens’ of more or less
mutilated crania, giving materials for the foregoing description, to the same species.
Other skulls, next in inferiority of size, seemed probably from their number to belong
to the species, D. crassus, of which many individuals were indicated by limb-bones
obtained from the same locality and deposit. Finally, in the collection recently
transmitted from Christchurch, Canterbury Settlement, Zew Zealand, by Dr. Haast, are
1 See Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iv. p. 156.
? Nos. 32200, 32202, 32205 of the ‘ Register,’ Geological Department, British Museum.
128 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
two skulls of corresponding dimensions and characters, one of which is referred by that
accomplished geologist (and, I believe, rightly) to Dinornis crassus, of which species
series of limb-bones form part of the same collection, obtained from the swamp at
Glenmark, which has proved so prolific in evidences of these extinct gigantic birds.
With this confirmation I proceed to add to the subjoined figures of the skull of
Dinornis crassus (P\. XI.) notes of the principal differences which it presents in com-
parison with the skull of D. elephantopus.
The skull of Dinornis crassus, besides its proportional difference of size, chiefly shown
in minor length, is distinguished from that of Dinornis elephantopus by a less-convex
calvarium, relatively narrower and deeper temporal fosse, and above all by shorter and
terminally broader and more obtusely rounded upper and lower mandibles.
In breadth of superoccipital surface (Pl. XI. fig. 4, dd) Dinornis crassus almost equals
D. elephantopus (Pl. X. fig. 2); but it has a sharper, more deeply defined supple-
mentary upper transverse superoccipital ridge (ib. fig. 2,7), and this is nearer to the
normal (more or less wavy) upper transyerse ridge (that, viz., which is marked d d in
fig. 4, and in pl. 38. fig. 38, Vol. III, Dinornis struthiotdes).
The occipital condyle and foramen (PI. XI. fig. 4, m) differ from those of Dinornis ele-
phantopus both in size and shape; a larger proportion of the tubercle is truncate above.
The basioccipital descends more abruptly and relatively lower to the “ platform,” the
tuberosities forming the hinder angles of which are well produced but more ridged, less
mammilloid, than in Dinornis elephantopus or D. robustus. 'The sphenoidal platform
(ib. fig. 3,5) is less deeply impressed, less constricted laterally, by the eustachian
grooves; and its under surface is flatter, less irregular. The thick paroccipital border
of the tympanic fossa is subangular, with a superincumbent prominence connecting the
paroccipital (ib. fig. 1, 4) with the mastoid (ib. 8), rather more marked than in Déinornis
elephantopus. The mastoid and the premastoid ridge and fossa retain the type of
D. elephantopus; but the temporal fossa (ib. 7) has less than half the antero-posterior
breadth, with equal depth: a tract of from 2 to 3 lines intervenes between the super-
occipital and temporal depressions (ib. fig. 2). The hind part of the postfrontal (ib.
fig. 1,12) is more deeply excavated by the temporal fossa, and thereby has a sharp
margin from the origin of the process, that margin being thick and obtusely rounded
as in Dinornis elephantopus. ‘The antero-inferior boundary-ridge of the temporal fossa
is continued from the underside, not the hinder part, of the base of the postfrontal.
There is every sign of the vigorous action of the temporal muscles, although they were
relatively smaller, and absolutely much smaller, than in Dinornis elephantopus. The
orbit is not much less than in that larger species. In one skull of Dinornis crassus the
presphenoid is more carinate than in another.
The premaxillary (Pl. XI. figs. 1, 2, 3, 22),-with the best-preserved nasal process ( 22’ ),
gives a total length therealong, in a straight line, of 2 inches 7 lines, the length of the
process from the point of trifurcation (or the back part of the prenarial septum) being
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS, 129
linch 6 lines. The rostral part of the bone contracts behind, rather gradually, to form
that septum (ib. fig. 1, s), which is much narrower, or less produced backward, than in
Dinornis elephantopus. The mid tract of the rostral part (ib. fig. 2, 22), defined by the
pair of grooves, is broader and flatter than in Dinornis elephantopus. The sides slope
from the grooves less vertically to the alveolar margin; and the end of the beak is more
obtusely rounded: it is broader, flatter, and shorter than in Dinornis elephantopus. The
palatal surface of the premaxillary (ib. fig. 3,22) presents a gentle concavity, without
median ridge or groove ; and the bony roof of that part of the mouth is continued entire
further back in relation to the prenarial septum.
The palatal part of the maxillary (ib. 21’) is gently convex from side to side, and sends
back a short three-sided process for the articulation or attachment of the fore end of
the palatine (ib. 20).
Two of the skulls of Dinornis crassus, from the morass at Ruamoa, in the Walter-
Mantellian series, had fortunately been packed up with the fine dark mud dried and
hardened about them. On carefully picking this matrix away from the palatal surface
I exposed a pair of long, rather narrow, and slightly bent plates of bone (ib. fig. 3, 13),
with their concave side applied to the presphenoidal rostrum (ib. 9), which they under-
lapped by their anterior third part, where their median edges come into contact. On
being freed from the matrix, these lamine fell apart: and I do not think that any con-
fluence here of the pair of plates was ruptured in their exposure; but the delicacy and
extreme fragility of the plates may leave this an open question at present. I doubt
whether the entire length of either plate is shown, as, in the skull presenting them, the
upper mandible and the fore part of the presphenoidal rostrum has been broken off.
Of that on the right side a length of 1 inch 9 lines is preserved, of the left lamina
1 inch 6 lines. Both begin, behind, by an obtuse narrow end, and, converging, quickly
expand to a breadth of 4 lines, which is retained for the course of an inch, when the
lamella gradually narrows, and at their anterior divergence more quickly, to a point.
The inner concavity and the outer convexity, which are moderate, rule in the transverse
direction of the plate. Lengthwise the plate posteriorly is slightly concave, and then
more slightly convex, where the plates converge anteriorly. The lower margin is
straight, the upper and outer one convex in the degree of the expansion of the plate.
These lamellae (Pl. XI. fig. 3,13) are homologous with the pair, confluent anteriorly,
and underlapping the rostrum in the Emu (Dyomaius ater), determined (in my Second
Memoir on Dinornis, 1846) as the vomer, and figured, with its symbolic number (13) in
pl. 39. fig. 2 of that Memoir’.
On the right side of the palate in the skull of Dinornis crassus with the divided
vomer I found a more sinuously bent plate of bone in contact at its fore and inner
surface with the hind end of the vomerine plate, extending some way forward parallel
therewith, and continued backward, beyond the vomer, diverging, with gain of thick-
1 Trans. Zool, Soc. vol. iii.
130 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
ness and loss of breadth, to abut against the pterygoid facet of the tympanic. This bone
(ib. fig. 3, 24) is the “ pterygoid.” External and superior to it was the hind end of the
palatine (ib. 20), which there has a breadth of 5 lines, the inner angle of which is
rather thickened where it touched the vomer. From the outer, thinner and sharper
angle the margin of the plate, which is the lower and outer one, is straight, slightly
thickened, and, after advancing for one inch, expands, becoming again lamelliform.
This end, however, is not entire, and seems to have been broken away from some
attachment. The hind plate, which, after a slight transverse convexity from the hinder
and outer angle, bends upward and inward, expands to a breadth of 7 lines at a distance
of 9 lines from the hinder and inner angle; it then contracts with a thin wavy border to
the fore end of the outer thicker border, which is there as it were twisted inward upon
or beneath it. The entire plate then shows a twofold sinuous disposition with the con-
cavity of the major part turned downward and inward. It bounds the inner, posterior
or palatal nostril, and is homologous with the palatine (20, fig. 2, Emu, Joc. cit.).
In the second skull of Dinornis crassus, yielding evidence of palatal structure, the
palatals were found with the anterior, expanded, inwardly twisted end of the straight
outer tract in contact with the palatal plate of the maxillary. This plate (ib. fig. 3, 21’),
in form and proportion resembling that in Dinornis robustus (Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. v.
pl. 56. fig. 1, 21"), together with the attached portion of the body of the maxillary, had
been slightly displaced on both sides by a superincumbent pressure of matrix, the skull
seeming to have rested on the calvarium, palate upwards. No trace of the delicate
vomerine plates had been preserved in this skull. But, together with the tympanic,
pressed forward to the horizontal position, with the mastoid condyle slightly dislocated,
there was exposed in the space between the orbital process of the tympanic and the
pterapophysis of the basisphenoid, extending obliquely inward between the hind part
of the palatine and the base of the presphenoid, the pterygoid bone, corresponding in
shape with that above described. This bone had its thick, narrow, subtrihedral end
directed toward the pterygoid articular facet of the tympanic, and its lamellate fore
end joining both vomer and palatine. Retaining its attachment to the tympanic on
the left side, where that bone has been pressed more outward than on the right, the
pterygoid has been dragged away from its anterior connexions, and lies above and to
the outside of the left palatine.
In the general proportions and connexions of the above-described bones, readjusted
as nearly as their condition permitted in their natural places, as in Pl. XI. fig. 3, they
defined the posterior nostrils (palato-nares) and the pterapophysial vacuities (those
between the rostrum and pterygoids bounded behind by the pterapophyses), in form
and extent most nearly corresponding with that part of the skull in the Apteryx!. The
two moieties of the vomer are in contact beneath the rostrum for nearly the same rela-
tive extent in Apteryx as in Dinornis; and the confluent anterior part of the vomerine
* Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. ii. pl. 53. fig. 2.
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 131
lamella in Apteryx probably indicates the true condition of the vomer in Dinornis. In
Dromaius the non-united halves of the vomer diverge posteriorly in a greater degree than
in Apteryx or Dinornis, exposing a greater proportion of the rostrum. The obliquely
and mesially concave palatal plates converge anteriorly, not so much or so soon in
Dinornis as in Apterya, but more quickly than in Dromaius, defining more completely a
smaller pair of bony palato-nares. It is most probable that the detached representa-
tives of “palatines” worked out of the matrix, in the first specimen, were the parts
broken away from the anchylosed union of those bones with the palatal plates of the
maxillary anteriorly, and with the pterygoids behind.
In Struthio, Rhea, and Casuarius the pterygoid coalesces with the palatine earlier
than it does in Dromaius. A greater proportion of the vomer is cleft posteriorly in
Dromaius than in Rhea. Upon the whole Dromaius, among the larger existing Stru-
thionidw, makes the nearest approach in palatal structure to Dinornis and Apteryz.
This closer affinity is shown in the form of the basioccipito-sphenoidal tract and its
relation to the pterapophyses. In Rhea, which, after Dromaius, comes next in palatal
conformity, the tract in question sinks abruptly below the level of the pterapophyses,
which seem to diverge at almost a right angle from the base itself of the rostrum.
In Dromaius the pterapophyses diverge from the fore part of the tract itself, which
is on the same level with the back part of the tract, and, as in Dinornis, only distin-
guished therefrom by the lateral constrictions or grooves due to the pressure of the
Eustachian tubes.
The appreciation of the near affinities, among Struthionide, of Dromaius to Dinornis
and Apteryx led me to select the skull of the Emu to illustrate that of the Moa in my
first attempts to restore that complex and instructive part of the skeleton of the huge
extinct New-Zealand apterous birds’.
The results of the above exposition of palatal structure in the skulls of Dinornis
crassus have enabled me to restore, from cranial fragments in the Walter-Mantellian
series, not only the pterygoids and portions of the palatines of Dinornis crassus, but
also those of the Dinornis ingens as figured in Pl. XV. fig. 3.
In Dinornis crassus the malar process of the maxillary (Pl. XI. fig. 1, 21), the malar
(ib. 26), and squamosal (ib. 27) have coalesced into a styliform zygoma 2 inches 2 lines in
length. The malar rises as a low, obtuse ridge toward the postfrontal ; the squamosal
has a rough elliptic surface at the inner side of its hinder end, which projects inward to
an obtuse point effecting the “ gomphosis” with the tympanic (28). This bone (Pl. XI.
figs. 5 & 6), in relation to the shorter mandible, is relatively as well as absolutely
smaller than in Dinornis elephantopus; the orbital process (/) is more triangular, has
a broader base than in Dinornis elephantopus: this process is more produced, with
* Most of the notable modifications of the palate and pterygo-palatine arches have since been figured by Eyton
in the rich storehouse of the bony structures of birds, entitled ‘ Osteologia Avium,’ 4to, London, 1864-67,
VOL. VII.—PaRT U1. Jan, 1870. T
132 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
a narrower base, in D. robustus (Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. v. pl. 54. fig. 2,4). The ptery-
goid and pterapophysial (pt) articular surfaces are well marked.
The mandible (Pl. XI. fig. 1, 29, and figs. 7, 8,9), nearly 5 inches in length, has a more
irregular upper border than in most Moas, owing to the deeper emargination between
the coronoid process of the surangular (29') and the alveolar border of the dentary (32’).
The posterior triangular fossa is deeper and better-defined than in Dinornis elephantopus ;
its upper and outer angle is more produced; the expanded articular part is longer in
proportion to its breadth. But the chief and most recognizable modification is at the
rostral or symphysial end (figs. 8, 9), which is more expanded, more obtuse, and
shallower above (fig. 9) than in D. elephantopus—conforming in shape to that of the
premaxillary.
Skull of Dinornis rheides, Ow. (Plate XII.)
With the sternum and limb-bones of Dinornis rheides, in the collection of H. Sumpter,
Esq., of which the former bone was described in Memoir No. XIII., there was a
cranium and mandible proportionate in size. In the collection of Moa-remains
brought by Mr. Walter Mantell from Ruamoa there were, with limb-bone evidences of
Dinornis rheides, two skulls, more or less entire, which so clearly agree with that above-
mentioned that I refer them to the same species; and this species I believe, on this
evidence, to be D. rheides.
The cranium is narrower in proportion to its length than in D. crassus. ‘The super-
occipital so projects at its midpart as to- conceal the condyle from view, looking
directly upon the calvarium: comp. Pl. XII. fig. 3, with pl. 53. fig. 1 (Vol. V.), D. robustus.
From this structure the plane of the occipital foramen (Pl. XII. fig. 2, m) is less vertical,
inclining from above downward and a little forward to the condyle. From the pro-
minent upper border of the foramen the superoccipital plane inclines from below,
upward and forward, at an angle of 50° with the basi-presphenoidal axis. If the
occipital plane be understood as the hind wall or face of the skull from the basioccipital
mammille (ib. 1’) to the superoccipital crest (ib. 3), such plane lies nearly at a right angle
with the basi-presphenoidal axis. But in the present and some other dinornithine
skulls it describes a convex curve vertically, of which the upper border of the foramen
magnum is the most prominent part (ib. fig. 1,437). The basicranial axis is usually
understood to traverse the lower border of the occipital foramen, and it would then be
out of the parallel of that of the basi-presphenoidal tract or axis'.
The occipital condyle forms rather more than half a hemisphere, truncate above, from
the mid part of which a slight depression or dimple extends toward the middle of the
condyle. The crenate ridge (3) and the more advanced upper transverse superoccipital
» What Mr. Parker may mean by the “ occipital plane,” which he says “lies nearly at a right angle with the
basicranial axis in the typical bird” (Zool. Trans. yol. y. part 3, p. 156), is as uncertain and as conjectural as
that bird itself.
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 135
ridge (fig. 3,7) are approximate; both the mid vertical and transverse ridges of the
superoccipital are less strongly marked than in D. crassus, D. elephantopus, and D. ro-
bustus. With other smaller kinds of Moa, D. rheides exemplifies the less-mature age of
the larger kinds in the minor indications of muscular force. The paroccipital part of
the occipital surface bulges rather more abruptly outward and backward than in the
larger crania above described, leaving a correspondingly deeper depression between that
part (Pl. XII. figs. 2, 3, & 4,4) and the superoccipital tract (ib. 3). The masto-parocci-
pital wall of the tympanic chamber (ib. figs. I & 4, 4,8) has a less angular, more arched,
border than in D. erassus. The basioccipital mammilloid tuberosities (Pl. XII. figs. 2
& 4, 11’) are less prominent. The posterior walls of the Eustachian canals (fig. 4, ¢) in
one skull of Dinornis rheides are continuous, appearing to define the basioccipital from
the basisphenoid, with a median emargination; but this is less marked in the two other
crania of the same species. All show, more or less strongly, the remnant of the basi-
sphenoidal mid vertical canal between the bases of the pterapophyses (5).
The alisphenoid (fig. 4,6) swells out into an oblong tuberosity below the “ oval
hole”; a deep notch, with a small venous perforation, divides the swelling from the
pterapophyses (5’). The tuberosities are more prominent in Dinornis rheides than in
D. elephantopus or D. crassus'; they correspond with the mesencephalic fosse, but are
pneumatic, and due exclusively to the outer table and subjacent diploé.
The orbitosphenoids (ib. 10) are as unmistakably indicated (in birds) by their
essential characters as transmitters of the optic nerves, as are the alisphenoids by the
oval foramina; no separate ossification of the descending orbital plate of the frontal
in a young Grouse, or Goose, or other bird could be mistaken for an orbitosphenoid
by any anatomist, save one constitutionally incompetent to appreciate or comprehend
the grounds upon which true homology is determinable.
The presphenoid (fig. 4,9) rostral in shape, as in all birds and most mammals, is of
great length, as in other Dinornithes and the Struthionide generally ; it is compressed
behind its mid part, and again expands to a breadth equalling that of its hind part in
D. rheides: the under surface is subcarinate where compressed, transversely convex
where expanded ; it terminates as usual, in a point. At its base it is confluent, above,
with the orbito-sphenoids, and in advance of these with the prefrontals; the line of
confluence with the latter extends outward in the form of a shelf, or transversely hori-
zontal plate, with an obtuse terminal angle on each side (9”); on this plate rests the
olfactory hoop (cingulum olfactorium).
The prefrontals retain the characters of those in the previously described species,
making no show (as they do in Struthionide”) upon the upper surface of the cranium.
The confluence of the nasals with the frontals, prefrontals, and lachrymals is very com-
plete; the cleft between the nasals (fig. 3, 15) persists anteriorly.
* They are still more prominent in D. gravis, to be afterwards described.
* Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. iii. pl. 39. fig. 1, 11 (Dromaius).
T2
134 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
Both nasals and frontals were unfortunately wanting in that instructive portion of
the cranium of the young Gigantic Dinornis figured in the ‘ Zoological Transactions,’
vol. iy. 1850, pl. 24. figs. 1, 2, 3. I have found the nasal confluent with the frontals
in all other specimens of skulls of more or less adult birds; they are planed off, as it
were, above, to let in the nasal process of the premaxillary. Such depressed articular
surface (Pl. XII. fig. 8, 15) does not reach further back than the transverse parallel of
the lachrymal part of the orbits.
The prosencephalic part of the cranial cavity makes a prominence above the general
level of the calvarium, The postfrontal (ib. fig. 1, 12) is nearly vertical. The temporal
fossa is narrow antero-posteriorly compared with that in Dinornis elephantopus, but is
relatively wider than in D. crassus: a postcrotaphyte fossa is defined by a short, pre-
mastoid, pointed process’. The mastoid process (fig. 1,8) is long, subcompressed from
before backward, and pointed.
The rostral part of the premaxillary (ib. 22) is relatively longer than in D. crassus or
D. elephantopus, shorter than in D. robustus; it is minutely perforated, showing a cork-
like surface; that of the nasal process (22’) resumes the usual smoothness, as does the
premaxillary part of the internarial septum (s). The premaxillary is more suddenly
pinched in, as it were, laterally, to form this septum, than in any of the above species ;
its fore-and-aft extent is two-fifths that of the premaxillary prior to its trifurcation. The
entire portion of the bone forming the end of the upper mandible is slightly deflected,
and terminates subacutely. The upper median tract is defined by a well-marked,
though shallow and narrow, groove on each side, ending about four lines from the apex.
The palatal surface shows a low, narrow or linear median ridge, and two wider marginal
or alveolar grooves; between these grooves the surface is transversely concave at the
middle, and convex on each side. At about an inch from the apex the mid ridge sub-
sides, and the bifurcation of the palato-maxillary processes begins; the fissure is rela-
tively longer and narrower than in Dinornis robustus. ‘The narrow base, or beginning,
of the nasal process (fig. 1, 22) shows a linear mid furrow on its upper surface, which
disappears as the process flattens and expands; the under surface of the process shows
a low mid ridge, against which the margins seem to be bent or folded inward to form
the front part of the internarial septum. The hind free concave margin of this septum
shows the fissure left between the inflected lamine, which diverge below to form the
upper surface or layer of the palatal part of the premaxillary. At the place of diver-
gence, above the lower palatal layer, are the mid fossa and two lateral nervo-vascular
canals conveying the trunks of the many ramifications which emerge at the perforations
of the cork-like outer surface to constitute (or help thereto) the periosteal formative
bed of the upper horny mandible.
The maxillary is broadest anteriorly, where it sends inward from its lower part the
‘ The homologue of the ridge bisecting the temporal fossa, and produced beyond the ordinary mastoid in
Aptornis (Trans. Zool. Soe, vol. iii. pl. 52. figs. 1, 8’).
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 135
contribution to the roof of the mouth called “ palatal plate or process of the maxillary,”
answering to the same processes in the Crocodile and in Mammals. The upper plate
of this fore part of the bone swells into an oblong convex dome, roofing a sinus
answering to the ‘‘ maxillary” one or “ antrum ”' in Mammals, with a small subtriangular
aperture posteriorly, which looks backward and downward: the longest diameter of
this aperture is 4 lines; the sinus is elsewhere closed: its length is 1 inch 2 lines, its
height 8 lines, and its breadth the same. The inner wall developes a slightly arched
ridge, which abuts upon the presphenoid below the rhinal plate or “shelf” (fig. 4, 9’).
The outer side or wall of the antrum is impressed lengthwise by the termination of
the alveolar branch of the premaxillary (fig. 1, 22"): the palatal plate of the maxillary,
forming the floor of the antrum, is underlapped anteriorly by the palatal plate of the
premaxillary, and abuts by its median margin upon the fore part of the vomer. The
maxillary or descending branch of the nasal, with the contiguous part of the rhinal cap-
sule, articulates with the outer and back part of the antrum. Below this, and external
to the antral orifice, the maxillary contracts to the slender subbihedral bar passing
backward and outward to coalesce with the slender malar (fig. 1, 26). The under facet of
the maxillary is impressed with the backward prolongation of the alveolar channel.
Thus the maxillary manifests its true nature and homology with the bone so called in
the Mammal, in the clearest and most unmistakable manner in Dinornis. In all birds
it retains the more essential and constant characters of 21 in Mammals and Reptiles.
It continues backward the roof of the mouth from the premaxillary palatal process ;
it continues backward the alveolar process or border, from that grooved border of the
premaxillary; it sends off the zygomatic process, to which the malar articulates, such
part of this malar, prior to anchylosis, being overlapped, as is usual, by the maxillary,
as the malar itself is overlapped by the zygomatic part of the squamosal.
Accordingly our great masters in Comparative Osteology (Cuvier?, MieckEL, GEOFFROY
Sr.-Hinaire) have unhesitatingly recognized the nature of this bone, which only one
prone to mystify what is clear, and to complicate what is simple and plain, could have
persuaded himself to contradict by “vicarious” fancies*. The usual extreme ornithic
* The corresponding part of the maxillary is described in Dinornis robustus as ‘an oblong, bony, pneumatic
capsule, 2 inches in length and 1 inch 3 lines in breadth, flattened below,” &c. (Trans. Zool. Soc, vol. v. p. 352).
* « Tos jugal réunit, comme dans les mammiferes, les parties latérales du crane a la face, par le temporo-
articulaire [my “‘squamosal’’], et le sus-maxillaire se joint 4 ces deux os par une articulation serrée, qui les
force de suiyre ses mouvements en ayant et en arriére. Les os palatins ont une articulation 4 peu prés fixe ou
trés-mobile avec les os sus-maxillaires,” &c. (Lecons d’Anat. Comp. ed. 1835, tom. iv. p. 112). Cuyier’s “ sus-
maxillaire” is my “ maxillary”; his “‘sous-maxillaire” I call “ mandible.”
* The “maxillary” is, or rather was, the ““preyomer” of Parker, who calls it “ the splint-bone which is vicarious
of the maxillary in the Bird-class” (Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. y. p. 233). His rectification of opinion (Trans. Zool.
Soc. vol. vi. p. 502) is based on a distinct ground for the acceptance of homology, viz. “ authority.” It is in
his case a praiseworthy ground, and needs only a choice of the proper one to lead him to a true view of other
particulars of the osteology of birds in which he has gone astray.
156 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
modification of the bone is manifested in D. rheides as in D. robustus (loc. cit. pl. 56.
fig. 1, 2121’). The malar (26), with which it has coalesced, is remarkable in D. rheides
(at least I have not found the character in the larger dinornithic crania with the
zygomatic arch) by the extent of the process sent upward to meet the descending post-
frontal (12).
The tympanic bone (figs. 9, 10) shows the single mastoid condyle (e) as in D. robustus,
D. crassus, and probably all Dinornithes: it is here divided by a low mid-linear ridge at
the fore part; and the divisions very slightly project behind, on each side a shallow mid
depression. The stem is subcompressed obliquely from before backward, the hind
surface inclining rather outward; both outer and inner sides converge to a sharp concave
posterior margin, the stem becoming thus three-sided with the anterior surface narrower
than the outer and inner ones. ‘The latter shows a subcircular pneumatic foramen
(fig. 10) $ inch below the condyle, and not situated in so large and definite a depression
as in D. robustus (loc. cit. pl. 54. fig. 2,g). The posterior margin shows part of the
groove and ridge for the attachment of the tympanic membrane. The orbital process (/)
shows the facet (ps) for the pterapophysis, but not supported on so well-marked a pro-
minence as in the larger species of Dinornis. The surface for the pterygoid is at the
fore part of the inner convex condyle (7) for the mandible. The two mandibular surfaces,
postconcave and preconvex, are similar to those shown in pl. 54. fig. 3, A @, tom. cit.
External to the mandibular process is the usual subhemispherical cavity (fig. 9, ) for
the squamosal (fig. 8, 27).
The mandibular rami coalesce, as in other Dinornithes, by a short symphysis sloping
from above downward and backward (Pl. XII. fig. 5). Each ramus describes a gentle
sigmoid curve, best marked at the lower border, which is convex at the hinder, concave
at the fore half of the mandible (ib. fig. 1, 29-32).
The back part of each ramus forms an expanded triangular surface (Pl. XII. fig. 6, 29),
deeply concave from the outer to near the inner side, which is formed by a narrow,
vertical, convex tract; the vertical ridge or plate of bone extending forward from this
tract divides the concavity (fig. 7,29) for the insertion of the pterygoid muscles from
the interarticular depression (fig. 5,7). At the fore part of this depression is the trans-
versely concave facet for the convex lower condyle of the tympanic. The plate of bone
extending forward from the outer side of the mandibular base expands and forms along
its upper part the oblong articular surface (fig. 5,7) adapted to the outer and lower
condyle of the tympanic. ‘The inner plate, which is sharp above, subsides at the fore
part of the fossa (4); the surangular part of the ramus (fig. 7, 29) is continued from
the outer articular surface. The angular piece (fig. 1, 30), smooth and broadly convex
posteriorly, rapidly contracts to a vertical lamella, which is excavated at the outer part
of its anterior half for reception of the lower division of the dentary (32), along which
it is continued internally as a flat thin lamella, below and parallel with the splenial
(figs. 1 & 7,31), and terminating in a point about an inch from the fore end of the
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 137
mandible. The surangular (29), coalescing or connate posteriorly, like the angular (30),
with the articular element, bounds the outer ramal depression above and terminates
forward by penetrating the upper division (32’) of the dentary, with which it thus unites
as by a species of gomphosis. ‘The splenial (fig. 7, 31), conversely with its condition in
Alca impennis and many other birds, has coalesced posteriorly with the angular and
surangular, and terminates in a free point anteriorly, being lodged, behind, between the
angular and surangular, where it closes internally their interspace, and anteriorly
between the two divisions of the dentary. Of these the lower (figs. 1 & 7, 32”), as in
D. robustus and D. crassus, is longer than the upper one.
The outer surface of the unbranched part of the dentary and the symphysial part
determining the contour of the lower mandible repeat pretty closely the characters
described and figured in D. robustus. The alveolar groove (fig. 5,0) is narrow and
multiperforate.
The length of the cranial cavity is 2 inches, its extreme breadth (across the hind
third of the prosencephalon) is 1 inch 8 lines, its extreme height (behind the sella near
the fore part of the epencephalon) is 1 inch 2 lines; and these admeasurements give
almost accurately the dimensions of the brain in a bird which, weight for weight,
equalled or surpassed the Rhea americana. The cavity is nearly equally divided length-
wise between the ep- and pros-encephala. A low tentorial ridge forms the boundary,
arching from above, vertically, along the side walls of the cavity, interrupted at the fore
part of the petrosal sinus, and subsiding on the floor of the cavity, after bounding
anteriorly the triangular depression for the optic lobe. From the lower and back part
of this depression is continued the canal for the main part of the trigeminal nerve
(foramen ovale) traversing and determining the alisphenoid neurapophysis. ‘The upper
semicircular canal bounds below and gives the arched curve to the petrosal sinus. The
roof of the epencephalic chamber is less arched from before backward than in most
birds, owing to the hinder position and almost verticality of the foramen magnum and
to the degree in: which the superoccipital inclines forward to join the parietals. The
tentorial ridge shows no trace of the tumid swelling which characterizes it in the Didus
ineptus'. At the lower lateral part of the epencephalic wall is the multiperforate
shallow depression receiving the acoustic nerve. Behind this is the canal for the vagal
nerve and entojugular vein: below this opens the small precondyloid foramen. ‘The
prosencephalic chamber has its side and upper walls divided by a long, low, smooth,
broad rising, which arches, from the tentorial ridge above the fore part of the petrosal
sinus, obliquely forward and a little downward, subdividing at the rhinencephalic
chamber: it indicates a corresponding longitudinal furrow of the cerebral hemisphere.
In all Dinornithes, and in the ratio of their size, the walls of the cranial cavity are
thick, mainly through the abundance of largely cellular diploé interposed between the
thin and compact outer “table” and the thicker compact inner table of such walls.
‘ Memoir on the Dodo, Zool. Trans, vol. vi. p. 71, pl. 23. fig. 1, 0.
138 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
This is shown in the section of the cranium figured in Memoir V. (Trans. Zool. Soc.
vol. iv.) pl. 24. fig. 4, also in the specimen with the outer table of the calvarium removed,
in Memoir III. (op. cit. vol. iii.) pl. 53. fig. 6, and in the specimen with the outer table
removed from the basis cranii, ib. fig. 5. The thickness of the cranial walls is
strikingly shown at the lines of suture, or rather “harmonia,” of the cranial bones in
the skull of a young individual of Dinornis giganteus, Memoir V. (op. cit. vol. iv.) pl. 24.
fig. 3, 7, in which the extension of the compact table from the outer to the inner
surface of the cranial bone is shown along the harmonial surface: such continuous
plate becomes absorbed after the confluence of the cranial bones is completed; and the
diploé then gives free and uninterrupted passage to the air through the thick walls of
the skull. Consequently the inner table alone is moulded upon the brain, the most
prominent upper parts of which (at the prosencephalon), though sometimes obliterating
the diploé, as is partially the case in Dinornis rheides, rarely (as in that species) pushes
the outer table above its level so as to indicate the whereabouts of the cerebral hemi-
spheres. The breadth as well as length of the fronto-nasal roof of the skull (fig. 3, 11)
anterior to the prosencephalic risings (if these happen to be marked) are characteristic
features of Dinornis; and I may add that, among other distinctive characters noted in
former Memoirs, Dinornis differs from the Struthionidew in the upper expansion of the
coalesced prefrontals being covered by the nasals and not appearing at the upper sur-
face of the skull, in the absence of an expanded outer plate of the lachrymal, and in the
almost equality of breadth of the occiput with the postorbital part of the skull.
Of the Cranial Cavity of Dinornis giganteus. (Plate XIII. fig. 9.)
With some parts of the skeleton of a Dinornis giganteus presented to the British
Museum by Mr. Luxmore, including most of the vertebrae and pelvis, was the cranium,
with some other fragments of the skull, all much abraded or fractured. The locality of
these remains is unknown. ‘The thick and coarse-celled diploé of the cranial walls was
extensively exposed; and it seemed to me that the best use to make of the specimen
was to expose in it by a vertical longitudinal section the extent, shape, and other
characters of the cranial cavity in that species.
These, therefore, I propose to compare with those detailed in the foregoing account
of D. rheides.
The length of the cranial cavity is 2 inches 8 lines, the breadth 2 inches 5 lines, the
height 1 inch 4 lines, the measurements being taken at the same points as in the
cranium of D. rheides. The cavity is unequally divided by the vertical tentorial ridge,
the prosencephalon being longer in proportion to the cerebellum than in D. rheides or
the species figured in pl. 24. fig. 4, Vol. IV. The tentorial ridge is interrupted, as in
those species, by the passage of the longitudinal into the lateral or petrosal sinus.
Beneath this the petrosal wall of the labyrinth makes a greater prominence than in the
smaller Moas above cited. The mesencephalic fossa (Pl. XIII. fig. 9, m) is not larger
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 139
than in them, is consequently relatively smaller, especially to the prosencephalic one ( p)
in D. gigas. The foramen ovale is more oblong, and at the upper part of the side of
the cavity. The prelacerate and optic foramina present the same size and position as
in D. rheides, indicating, together with the size of the mesencephalon, relatively smaller
eye-balls in D. gigas. The sella (s) is somewhat deeper, but not larger in other dimen-
sions; it is perforated behind by the entocarotid canal. The prosencephalic wall has
the same configuration (indicative of the longitudinal indent of the cerebral hemisphere)
as in Dinornis rheides. The rhinencephalic fosse (r) are a pair divided by an obtuse lon-
gitudinal ridge representing a “ crista galli” 24 lines thick; each fossa is elliptic, 5 lines
by 4 lines in long and short diameters, with from eight to ten perforations, the largest
leading from the outer side of the cavity. The cribriform plate is extremely thin’.
Skull of Dinornis casuarinus, Ow. (Plate XIII. figs. 1-8.)
The relations of locality affecting the sternum and limb-bones of D. rheides, and the
sole cranium therewith collected and transmitted to Mr. Sumpter, without a trace of
any determinant bone of Dinornis casuarinus, solved the doubt which had long troubled
me in regard to the skull, which, in respect to general size, might seem to belong to
either of two such nearly matched species. It was with lively satisfaction, therefore,
that I saw in a series of bones belonging to one and the same skeleton of a Dinornis
casuarinus from the famous Glenmark swamp, submitted for sale to the Geological
Department of the British Museum, in the course of the present year, by William
Reeves, Esq., that the skull presented, with a general correspondence of size in the
cranial part (Pl. XIII. figs. 2, 3), unquestionable specific differences throughout from
that of Dinornis rheides, and more especially in the forms and proportions of the man-
dibular parts of both upper and lower jaws (ib. figs. 4-8).
The occipital surface (ib. fig. 5) almost exactly repeats the dimensions of the same in
Dinornis rheides, but with the following differences :—
The basioccipital descends more abruptly and vertically, the vagal and carotico-sym-
pathetic foramina are larger, the tuberosities (ib. fig. 3,1’) are less prominent or defined
at the back part of the basioccipito-sphenoidal quadrate surface or “platform.” The
upper border of the foramen magnum is much thicker, and is channelled, as if for a
venous sinus. The superoccipital rises above the foramen, as a triangular tuberosity
(ib. fig. 2), to the level of the calvarium. The superoccipital depressions, having this
tuberosity intervening instead of a vertical crista, are wider apart. The ridges descending
from above the foramen magnum, and diverging to the paroccipitals, are broader and
"more pronounced ; they define, with the back part of the basioccipito-sphenoidal surface,
a triangular area, from near the centre of which projects the occipital condyle. There
' This plate being broken away at its middle led me into the error of supposing the olfactory nerve to have
escaped, as in birds generally, by one large foramen, in the first description of the cranial cavity, Memoir Y.
(Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iv. p. 64).
VOL. VII. PART . Jan. 1870. U
140 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
is a similar depression to that in J. rheides on each side of the superoccipital surface,
below and external to which bulge out the paroccipitals; the ends of both processes are
broken away. I hesitate on this account to express the belief that the paroccipital part
of the tympanic fossa has less antero-posterior extent than in D. rheides. The articular
cavity for the tympanic extends further inward from the base of the mastoid process.
The premastoid ridge is less produced than in DJ. rheides; the temporal fossa is
encroached upon by a vertical longitudinal rising midway between the premastoid
ridge and the postfrontal. The antero-posterior extent of the temporal fosse and the
calvarian interval between them are alike in both species. But it is in advance of
this part of the skull that the greater differences begin. ‘The orbits are smaller; the
breadth of the cranium across the postorbitals is less; the fore part of the cranium is
modified for the support and attachment of a much weaker and shorter mandible.
The premaxillary part (Pl. XIII. figs. 4, 5, fig. 1, 22) of this mandible is fortunately
nearly entire. The anterior undivided mandibular part of the base is much smaller and
shorter in proportion to the nasal process. The perforated irregular surface in relation
to the bill-sheath contracts posteriorly more gradually between the nasal and maxillary
branches to form the smoother prenarial septum; and this is relatively of much less
extent than in D. rheides.
The palatal surface of the premaxillary in D. caswarinus (ib. fig. 5) is flatter and less
bent; the marginal alveolar grooves are shallower. ‘The mid furrow upon the narrower
beginning of the nasal process is long and deep; it disappears upon the hinder flattened
part of that process.
The tympanic (Pl. XIII. figs. 1, 28 &13), like the mandible it supports, is markedly
less than in D. rheides. ‘There is less indication of a division of the single condyle that
crowns the antero-posteriorly compressed mastoid branch (e); the orbital or pterygoid
branch (4) is broader and shorter, more convex outwardly, more concave at the inner
side, with a better-marked and more prominent pterapophysial facet (p). The pneu-
matic depression, though smaller, is better defined, extending from the foramen upward
to the inner side of the mastoid condyle.
The rami of the lower jaw (fig. 6) are more delicate and slender in proportion to
their length than in D. rheides. ‘The back part of the ramus is less expanded, the outer
border of its concavity is thicker and more obtuse, the inner one is less thick, the two
borders, which meet at the lower angle, being more alike in character. The articular
surfaces and intervening vacuity offer no notable modification. The outer depression
between the angular and surangular retains posteriorly a small vacuity leading obliquely
upward to a foramen on the inner side of the ramus, grooving the base of the low obtuse
coronoid process. The splenial element (31) has coalesced behind, not anteriorly; the
dentary has coalesced with both the angular and surangular. The outer mid tract of
the symphysis (fig. 7) is defined, as in other species, by a pair of parallel grooves.
The more characteristic leg-bones of the specimen to which the above-described skull
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 141
belongs, agree pretty closely in size with the type specimens’, but are rather more
slender as in the smaller variety of Dinornis casuarinus in Dr. Haast’s admeasurements,
the following being the length of— in. lines.
Metatarsets 2 tate ter bebinieni perry B 5
abi Caleb eee ly erie Mei else Aas eli! HLS 3
The difference between Dr. Haast’s larger and smaller sizes is only such as might be
explicable, as Dr. Haast suggests, as a sexual character; the specimen noted as yielding
* the smallest size” is, as Dr. Haast remarks, of a bird not quite full-grown.
The difference in the proportions of the leg-bones between Dinornis rheides and
D. casuarinus is greater in respect of robustness than of length, yet not in such a degree
as to make the decision come to as to their specific distinction one lightly arrived at,
or without well weighing many particulars. In the memoirs defining these species I
troubled the Society mainly with the results, omitting particulars of the processes
leading thereto. But I could not have ventured to anticipate that a certain comparative
slenderness of the hind limbs would have been associated with a beak shorter and
weaker in the degree demonstrated by the skull of D. caswarinus above described.
Skull of Dinornis gravis, Ow. (Plate XIV.)
Many characteristic parts of the skeleton of the same individual bird were obtained
by Witu1aM Fenwick, Esq., at the Kahamin River, Middle Island, New Zealand, and
were presented by that gentleman to Miss A. Burdett Coutts. They were confided to me
by that lady for determination in 1867; and the grounds on which I came to the con-
clusion that they represented a species not previously recognized may be communicated
at a future period to the Zoological Society. Dinornis gravis was of about the same
stature as D. rheides, and as the characteristics of cranial structure will be better
appreciated in both birds by contrast and comparison, I give a description of the skull
of the new species in the present Memoir.
Dinornis gravis presents the shortest mandible in proportion to the breadth of the
skull that I have yet observed. The breadth of the occiput being equal to that of
Dinornis crassus, the occipital condyle and foramen magnum are less, especially the
latter (comp. fig. 4, Pl. XIV., with fig. 3, Pl. XI.). The superoccipital tract slopes
more forward, is more continuous with the general longitudinal upper convexity of the
cranium. ‘The basisphenoidal platform is longer in proportion to its breadth; it shows
a large central orifice of a canal extending upward and backward. The alisphenoidal
tuberosity (fig. 4, 6) is more prominent and divided from the pterapophysis by a deeper
and narrower fissure. The foramen ovale is divided by a better-marked bar into an upper
smaller and lower larger division. The paroccipital bends down from the mastoid more
abruptly, at a right angle to the connecting ridge, in order to form the back part of the
tympanic fossa. The temporal depression is relatively smaller, especially in antero-
1 Femur, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iii. pl. 46. figs. 1-3; tibia, ib. pl. 47. fig. 2; metatarse, ib. pl. 48. fig. 3.
U2
142 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
posterior diameter; an extent of 1 inch 9 lines intervenes at the upper part of the
cranium between these fossie (fig. 3). The postorbital process is triangular, more rapidly
decreasing in breadth as it descends, and its outer plane is directed more backward, less
outward, than usual. The presphenoidal rostrum, 2 inches 8 lines in length, is com-
pressed at its middle part below, expanded and convex before and behind this ridge,
pointed anteriorly and confluent throughout its upper extent with the prefrontals and
orbito-sphenoids. The “shelf” (Pl. XIV. fig. 4, 9") extends further outward than in
Dinornis crassus or D. rheides. A broad vertical lamina, continued from the lachrymal
and the olfactory girdle, descends external to the posterior olfactory orifice almost to
the level of the presphenoid, forming the anterior wall of the orbit. The fronto-nasal
articular tract for the median process of the premaxillary is 1 inch 7 lines in length and
6 lines in breadth (fig. 3); there is no distinct orbital process of the nasal.
The mandible of D. gravis, 4 inches 4 lines in length, is 2 inches 9 lines across the
condyles, 1 inch 3 lines in breadth opposite the back part of the symphysis, which is
only 7 lines in length (fig. 6). ‘The splenial bends inward anteriorly toward the sym-
physis, its pointed end terminating in the groove at the back part of the symphysis :
it has coalesced throughout its length with the other elements of the lower jaw. The
form of the symphysial or rostral part of this lower jaw (Pl. XIV. fig. 6) indicates a
corresponding breadth and obtuse termination of the short rostral part of the pre-
maxillary. The type of beak of D. crassus is that which is exemplified in D, gravis.
In size of head D. gravis most resembled D. rheides; but the degree in which specific
characters are exemplified may be satisfactorily appreciated by contrasting their respec-
tive mandibles in the figures 5 and 6 of Pl. XIV.
Skull of Dinornis ingens, Ow. (Plate XV.)
To pl. 23, vol. iv. of the Transactions of the Zoological Society, representing the
most perfect skull of a Dinornis which had come to my hands at the date of my fifth
Memoir (Noy. 12, 1850, p. 59), I added a note of interrogation to the name of the
species to which such skull was, with that expression of doubt, referred.
This skull and many other bones, including limb-bones of Dinornis ingens, were dis-
covered in 1849 in a cave in the district which lies between the river Waikata and
Mount Tongariro, in the North Island of New Zealand; they were obtained and
liberally transmitted to me by Governor Sir Grorgr Grey in 1850.
Successive receptions of Moa-remains, especially those with which the British
Museum has been enriched by the laborious collectings of Mr. Walter Mantell, have
added evidence of the general fixity of the characters of the above-described skull as
belonging to an adult individual of a large and well-defined species; and the recent
additional confirmation of its appertaining to the Dinornis ingens, published in the
Paleontological part of the Circumnayigatory Expedition of the ‘Novara,’ induces me
no longer to defer the publication of the description and figures of the more perfect
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 143
materials at my command for the restoration of this instructive part of the skeleton of
that species. ,
The portion of skull referred by Dr. Gustav Jaeger to Dinornis (Palapteryx) ingens,
in the above-cited work (4to, p. 307, Taf. 25, 26), consists of the cranial part only,
wanting both upper and lower mandibles. The locality where the specimen was dis-
covered is not noted; it is stated to have formed part of the rich collection of remains
of Dinornis obtained by Dr. v. Hochstetter during the stay of the Expedition of the
Imperial Austrian frigate ‘ Novara’ at New Zealand’.
Dr. Hochstetter, however, was so fortunate as to have presented to him the parts of
the skeleton of one individual Moa, determined by proportions of the leg-bones to be
Dinornis ingens, which had been discovered in a limestone cavern on the right bank of
the Aorere River, in the Province of Nelson, New Zealand, in which, with the cranium,
were the two tympanic bones (‘“ Quadratknochen”’) and both upper and lower jaws.
Unfortunately no other figure of this skull is given, save that (much reduced in size, as
seen obliquely from below) in the plate of the restored skeleton. It shows, however,
as may be seen in the copy added to Pl. XV. (fig. 4) of the present Memoir, the main
characteristic distinctions of the skull of Dinornis ingens given in Trans. Zool. Soe.
vol. iv. pl. 25, viz. the wide temporal fossee, the long rostral portion of the premaxillary,
and the extent of the prenarial septum. Further conformity is shown by the following
admeasurements :—
Dinornis ingens*. ‘ Novara’ specimen’.
in. lines. in, lines.
Breadth of the cranium across the mastoid.............+-- 3 8 3 8
Breadth of the lower end of paroccipitals ................ 2 10 3 0
Breadth of the lower end of postorbitals..............-+4. 4 0 4 2
Antero-posterior diameter of temporal fossa ........++.+-- 1 6 1 6
Antero-posterior diameter of posttemporal division of tem-
OLE OSSAD Ueclacsiei sy sfeictel ee cise s. «oe = eres tie eeereer omeaetonenets or 0 53 0 6
Breadth of intertemporal tract .........0--+- seen ee eres 1 8 1 9
I have found no such degree of conformity between skulls of distinct species of
Dinornis as is here exemplified.
The length, of “about eight inches,” assigned to the entire skull of Dinornis ingens
(p. 61, Zool. Trans. vol. iv.) was estimated on the supposition that the nasal process of
the premaxillary (pl. 23, 22’) had lost more from its free end than I now know to have
been the case; that described skull would not be more than from two to four lines
longer than the more perfect specimen figured in PI. XV. The superoccipital transverse
ridge (ib. fig. 2, d, 2) shows two curves on each side the vertical ridge (3), the outer one
1 “Unter der reichen Sammlung yon Mou-Resten, welche Professor Dr. y. Hochstetter bei Gelegenheit der
Expedition der k. k. dsterreichischen Fregatte Novara aus Neu-Seeland nach Wien brachte, befindet sich ein
Schidel,” &e., p. 307.
2 Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iy. pl. 23, and vol. vii. p. 142, pl. 15.
3 «Noyara’ Expedition, Abth. Palwontologie, Taf. xxv. xxvi. (Dr. G. Jaeger’s specimen).
144 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
being the widest, as in Dinornis struthoides (Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iii. pl. 38. figs. 1, 3);
the occipital condyle (1) is less pedunculate; the temporal fosse (fig. 1,7) are wider,
with a different contour; and the prosencephalic chamber is more prominent on the
upper surface of the cranium; the smooth tract between the temporal and occipital
muscular fosse is also narrower in Dinornis ingens than in D. struthoides. The mastoid
(Pl. XV. fig. 1,8) is produced as a slender process about five lines below the masto-
tympanic articulation; the premastoid ridge (ib. 8’) seems more definite than in D. stru-
thoides. ‘The postfrontal process (12) is relatively longer than in Dinornis robustus'; the
zygomatic arch (26 27) sends upward a more definite process toward the postfrontal.
The rostrum (22 32) accords with the type of that in Dinornis robustus (Zool. Trans.
vol. v. pl. 4. fig. 1), but is rather narrower and less obtuse.
The figures, of the natural size, in Pl. XV., in which each bone bears its symbolic
number, with similar figures in the present and former Memoirs of other species of
Dinornis, give grounds of comparison which preclude the necessity of further verbal
notice of details. One notes with interest that a species with comparatively long and
slender limbs in the present wingless genus has a more lengthened beak (e. g. Dinornis
ingens) than Dinornis crassus, and that the diploé of the cranial walls is less thick,
showing the more than usually domed character of the cranium” in this broad and flat-
headed group of extinct birds. The range in the length of the rostral part of the pre-
maxillary exemplified by Dinornis crassus and Dinornis ingens, indicates a ground of
derivative variety in which the existing Apteryx exemplifies a maximized degree. But,
unless this gain was sudden in the dwarf species, the intermediate steps should be
numerous, and have not yet been observed.
In the ‘ Bericht tiber einen fast vollstindigen Schidel von Palapteryx,’ Dr. Gustav
Jaeger compares his specimen with the several figures of the skulls of New-Zealand
extinct wingless birds given in the 3rd volume of the ‘Transactions’ of the London
Zoological Society, pls. 38, 39, 52, 55, 55, but appears not to have been cognizant of
the Memoir in the 4th volume (p. 205), in which not only is the most complete skull
of a Moa described and figured which had, at that date (1850), been obtained, but
also one belonging to the same species as that to which Dr. Jaeger is finally led to refer
the subject of his description. (See “ Erklirung der Tafel xxv., Schiidel von Palapterya
ingens, Ow.,” at the close of the Memoir.)
The chief aim of the comparisons of the accomplished Director der Wiener
Thiergartens is to show that his specimen exemplifies the generic characters of Pala-
pteryx by contrast with those of the skull referred, erroneously, by me to Dinornis
casuarinus, in my third Memoir (1848), p. 445, pl. 52. vol. iii. Trans. Zool. Soc. That
* In the specimen figured in Vol. IV. (1850) the postfrontals were broken and their abrupt down-bending
not sufficiently allowed for (p. 60).
* This character of the skull of Dinornis ingens is somewhat exaggerated in Dr. Gustay Jaeger’s figure
(Taf. xxv. op. cit.), through the view in fig. 1 not being a direct profile but looking obliquely on the calyarium.
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 145
skull I now believe to have belonged to the Dinornis otidiformis of the first Memoir
(1843), vol. iii. p. 247, pls. 25, 26. fig. 5, founded on a tibia, but recognized by the sub-
sequent acquisition of the metatarsal as a distinct genus, Aptornis, belonging to a
distinct family, perhaps order, of birds from that to which Dinornis belongs. The
rectification was made in my fourth and fifth Memoirs (1850), vol. iv. Trans. Zool. Soc.
pp. 10 and 62. Upon that rectification J lost the best ground on which I had pre-
viously based the generic distinction of Dinornis from Palapteryx; and now there
remain the degree of development of the abortive and functionless back toe, which I °
cannot regard of generic importance, and the proportions of sternum, limb-bones, and
rostral part of the beak-bones, all more or less gradational. With the breadth of trunk
concomitant with limbs so robust and divergent as in D. robustus, D. elephantopus, and
D. crassus, the sternum is broad in proportion to its length, and the side processes more
divergent’; yet the dinornithic type of that bone is closely kept.
The robuster-limbed and broader-bodied Moas, however, do not all show the short,
broad, obtuse form of beak; and I confess that the general conformity of cranial struc-
ture under the modifications illustrated in the present Memoir do not promise an
advantage, by drawing a line which must be more or less arbitrary in whatever direc-
tion, equivalent to the imposition of two names for such divisions of a group of species
so natural and closely allied as T would at present indicate by the sole generic name
Dinornis.
On the Cranium of a Gigantic Bird (Dasornis* londinensis, Ow.) from the
London Clay of Sheppey, Kent. (Plate XVI.)
The study and foregoing illustrations of the cranial structure of the recently extinct
species of large terrestrial birds, induce me no longer to defer communicating similar
evidence of one which passed away at a much more remote period of geological time.
This evidence is the cranial part of the skull, which has been reduced by rough usage of
the elements to a similar state with that of the cranium of Dinornis giganteus above
described (p. 138). Very little of the outer table of the walls of that cavity is preserved ;
and much of the thick pneumatic diploé is exposed, not only along the upper (parieto-
frontal) walls, but at the back and base of the cranium.
To this state it appears to have been brought, probably in its transport seaward by
the mighty eocene river, prior to petrifaction in the mud with which it finally became
enveloped. In the mass of such matrix, converted into petrified “ London clay,” of
which geological formation the Isle of Sheppey now mainly consists, this cranium was
gathered with other eocene fossils, and was obtained from a local collector by the
Earl of Enniskillen, F.R.S., to whom I am indebted for the opportunity of describing
1 Memoir XIII, vol. vii. Trans. Zool. Soc.
* Sdoos, a thicket (in reference to the abundance of fossil fruits and other arboreal evidences associated with
the remains of the large bird).
146 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
it, and to Mr. Davies, of the Department of Geology, for first calling my attention to
the specimen in a collection of Sheppey fossils which Lord Enniskillen had sent (for
determination) to the British Museum.
In size this cranium equals that of the Dinornis giganteus; its proportions are also
dinornithic, exemplified in the great breadth, small height, and forward slope of the occi-
put, in the flatness of the calvarium—with all the indications, in short, of low cerebral
development. But there are well-marked differences as compared with Dinornis. The
occipital condyle (Pl. XVI. fig. 3, 1) exceeds in size by 1 line that of Dinornis robustus
(Trans. Zool. Soc. vol, vy. pl. 56. figs. 1, 2,1) in both vertical and transverse diameters ;
its shape is almost the same; and it is similarly impressed along the middle of its upper
half by a vertical groove deepening, and in the fossil slightly expanding, to the end.
This latter character is more marked in Dinornis elephantopus than in D. robustus; but
the groove goes lower, and the hemisphere is more truncate above in D. elephantopus.
The condyle in the fossil shows, under the pocket-lens, the same fine punctate diploé,
or cellular structure, as does the condyle in Dinornis, when the thin, smooth outer coat
has been rubbed off. The foramen magnum (ib. 0) is rather smaller, especially across,
than in Dinornis giganteus or D. robustus ; it resembles in shape that of the specimen of
the latter species from the limestone fissure at Timaru, figured in Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. v.
pl. 53. fig. 2,0. The foramen has been overtopped, not by so sharp or narrow a pent-
house as in Dinornis robustus (ib.), but by a thicker prominence of the combined ex-
and super-occipitals, like that in Caswarinus, in Dromaius, and in Dinovnis gravis. The
abrasion of this part, and of the arc thence curving down to each paroccipital, exposes
the diploé at many parts; where the outer table remains it shows the arched ridge
(ib. 3, d@) to be broader and more smoothly rounded than in Dinornis robustus, more
like that in Dinornis elephantopus; but the descending curve is less, the arch is wider,
spanning more transversely to the paroccipitals (ib.4): in the degree of transverse and
vertical concavity of the area below the exoccipital arch (2,2, fig. 3. Pl. XVI.) Dasornis
resembles Dinornis robustus rather than Dinornis elephantopus, in which the area is
more depressed. The vagal foramina in this area, of which the right is plainly recog-
nizable, open rather nearer the condyle than in Dinornis. In a direct upper view (fig. 1)
the condyle is visible, as in Dinornis struthoides (Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iii. pl. 38. fig. 3)
and in D. dromioides (ib. pl. 39. fig. 5). It is plain from what remains of the basi-
occipital tuberosities (Pl. XVI. fig. 3,1'1') that they were developed from a tract not
descending below the condyle in a degree beyond that in Dromaius; otherwise they
resemble those protuberances in Dinornis in size and position. ‘The superoccipital
surface (ib. 3) inclines from below forward in a degree as great as in D. struthoides and
D. dromioides (Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. iii. pl. 39. figs. 4 & 5)—consequently more so than
in the larger Moas, much more so than in any of the existing Struthionide@, or in any
aquatic or other known living bird.
Notwithstanding the degree of abrasion of the transverse superoccipital ridge, there
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 147
is evidence of the two outer and larger curves (3, d, fig. 3), convex forward, continued as
in Dinornis struthoides (op. & tab. cit.) to the paroccipital ridges. These were inclined
backward, as in 2hea and Dinornis ; but to what degree, or how far the ridges descended,
the broken specimen gives no information.
Against an indication of a short pterapophysis, on the right side, part of what is
plainly a pterygoid abuts by its hinder end; this lamelliform bone extends forward and,
as in Rhea, slightly outward, and joins a similar fragment of a lamelliform palatine
which has been pressed upward into the orbit, above the level of the presphenoidal
rostrum (fig. 2,9). Of this rostrum, a length of nearly two inches is continued forward
from the basisphenoid (ib. 5); its wide-celled pneumatic structure is exposed, as one
sees in similarly abraded Dinornis-skulls. To the left of the anterior broken end of the
rostrum, in the same relative position as in Dinornis robustus, is a portion of the hind
part of a broad palatal plate of the premaxillary (fig. 2, 22); and suturally connected
therewith is the palatal process of the maxillary (ib. 21), fractured across where it was
contracting and thickening to join the palatine bone (compare Pl. XVI. fig. 2, 22” 21”,
with Pl. XV. and Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. v. pl. 56. fig. 1, 22” 21” ).
On the left side of the cranium, part of the smooth upper surface is continued upon a
process arching downward (Pl. XVI. fig. 4,12), which I regard as homologous with the
postfrontal in Dinornis; the broken termination shows a fore-and-aft breadth of 5 lines,
a transverse thickness of 2 lines; and the fracture exposes the same open pneumatic
diploé as in Dinornis. This process is distant from the back part of what remains of
the paroccipital process 1 inch 3 lines. It is consequently nearer that process, being
more backwardly situated, than in Dinornis robustus or D. elephantopus. But the Moas
differ among themselves in this respect, according to, or with concomitant differences
in, the antero-posterior extent of the temporal fosse. Thus Dinornis rheides more
resembles Dasornis in this respect. But in the proximity of the postfrontals to the
occiput Dasornis still more nearly resembles Struthio; and the resemblance extends to
a concomitant large expanse of the superorbital arch.
Again, we find in what is preserved of the fore part of the cranium a marked departure
from the dinornithic type, and an adhesion as well marked to that of existing Struthio-
nide. The fore half of the interorbital part of the frontals (fig. 1, 11) is contracted, as
in Rhea and Dromaius, and is concave transversely, as in Rhea. ‘To its sides articulate
the broad hind parts of a pair of bones (ib. 15,15) which I regard as homologous with
the two distinct nasals in Rhea and Struthio. These parts of the nasals, beginning
narrow, or by a point, behind, rapidly expand and meet as they advance, so as to give
a pointed form to the included part of the calvarium. Whether this part be the
frontal (11), or an exposed surface of the connate prefrontals (athmoid, 14), the abraded
surface of the bone does not permit to be defined with certainty.
The structure of this interesting fossil, as far as it can be defined, shows it to be of
a bird; its configuration and proportions exemplify combinations of dinornithic and
VOL. ViI.—PART I. Jan. 1870. x
148 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
modern struthious characters. "What the mandibles may further prove, time, we will
hope, may discover. But this I anticipate with confidence, that further acquaintance
with the osseous structure of Dasornis will show it to be no exception to the flightless
and terrestrial nature of all other known birds of like hugeness.
The present evidence of such a bird in so old a tertiary deposit as the London Clay at _
once recalled the discovery of the limb-bones of an equally gigantic bird by M. Gaston-
Planté (tibia) and by Professor Hébert (femur) in the lower conglomerate of the eocene
plastic clay at Meudon, near Paris. For the conclusions to which the study and comparison
of these bones led me, I would refer the paleontologist to the Memoir quoted below’, to
which M. Alphonse Miine-Edwards has done me the honour to refer’. I will only add
that the main part of the shaft of the fibula of Gastornis has been more recently dis-
covered in the same formation at Passy, near Paris®, which exhibits as extensive a con-
nexion with the tibia, and proportions almost as massive and robust as the fibula of
Dinornis, like which genus, Gastornis will probably prove to be tridactyle and terrestrial.
It is possible (one cannot venture to say more) that the cranial fragment here described
may belong to the same genus as the Parisian eocene large bird’.
1 «On the Affinities of the large Extinct Bird (Gustornis parisiensis, Hébert), indicated by a fossil femur
and tibia discovered in the lowest eocene formation near Paris.”—Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society
of London, vol. xii. p. 204, pl. 3 (1856). I am glad to find, carefully reperusing this Memoir, that it affords
no ground for the difference alleged to exist between myself and the accomplished writer of the following
remarks:—* Je ne puis partager l’opinion de M. Owen relativement aux rapports qui existent entre le Gastornis
et les oiseaux du groupe des Rallides.”—Alphonse M.-Edwards, Recherches Anatomiques and Paléontologiques
pour servir 4 l’Histoire des Oiseaux Fossiles de la France, 4to, p. 172.
> Op. cit. p. 167. % Op. cit. pl. 29. figs. 3 & 4.
4 In the Memoir quoted by M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards, the following ‘ Rapports’ between Gasiornis and
Dinornis are thus indicated ;—* Interesting, unquestionably, is the median position of the supratendinal bridge
in Gastornis ; and it would indicate affinities to the Swan and Goose, were not the same bridge equally medianly
situated in the Gallinule, the Wotornis, the Raven, some Accipitrine birds,” &c. ‘The inclination of the canal
to the inner side, and the position of the lower outlet to the left of the median plane, in Gastornis, while it is a
departure from the Anserine type, is an approximation to the Gallinaceous and Dinornithic structures.”—
Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society, vol. xii. p. 215. And, again, “ In the aspect of the lower outlet of
the tendinous canal the Gastornis more resembles the known larger wading and land birds and the Dinornithide
than it does any aquatic bird.”—Jb. p.216. “The proportions of the tibia, its thickness e. g. in proportion to
its length, would plainly show that the Parisian eocene bird had more robust and shorter legs than the typical
waders, and probably was, as other birds of like dimensions, better adapted for terrestrial life.” —J0. p. 216.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
OMI TP ow PD 4
toe
we
HOM ND OF op
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 149
DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.
PLATE X.
Dinornis elephantopus.
. Side view of skull (wanting zygoma).
. Back view of cranium.
. Upper view of cranium.
. Under view of cranium.
Front view of cranium.
. Upper view of premaxillary.
. Under view of premaxillary.
. Under view of symphysial end of mandible.
. Upper view of symphysial end of mandible.
PLATE XI.
Dinornis crassus.
. Side view of skull.
. Upper view of skull.
Under view of skull.
Back view of cranium.
. Inner surface of tympanic.
. Outer surface of tympanic.
. Inner surface of mandibular ramus.
. Under view of mandibular ramus and symphysis.
. Upper view of mandibular ramus and symphysis.
PLATE XII.
Dinornis rheides.
. Side view of skull.
Back view of cranium.
Top view of cranium.
Base view of cranium.
. Top view of mandible.
. Back view of left ramus of mandible.
. Inner view of left ramus of mandible.
. Inner view of right zygomatic arch.
. Outer view of right tympanic.
0. Inner view of right tympanic.
150
Fig. 1. Upper view of cranium.
Fig. 2. Under view of cranium.
All the figures are of the natural size; the numerals and letters are explained in
the text.
ONS oR ow DE
mo:
. 10. Inner side of right mandibular ramus, mutilated.
. 11. Under surface of symphysial end of mandible.
. 12. Upper surface of symphysial end of mandible.
. 13. Inner side of left tympanic of Din. casuarinus.
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
PLATE XIII.
Dinornis casuarinus.
. Side view of skull (wanting zygomatic and palato-pterygoid arches).
. Upper view of cranium.
Under view of cranium.
Upper view of premaxillary.
Under view of premaxillary.
. Inner side of left mandibular ramus.
. Under view of symphysial end of mandible.
. Upper view of symphysial end of mandible.
Dinornis giganteus.
Vertical longitudinal section of cranium.
PLATE XIV.
Dinornis gravis.
. Side view of skull.
. Back view of cranium.
. Top view of cranium.
. Base view of cranium.
. Top view of symphysis mandibule.
. Top view of symphysis mandibule of Dinornis crassus.
PLATE XV.
Dinornis ingens.
. Side view of skull.
. Back view of cranium.
. Base view of skull (minus mandible).
. Reduced side view of skull (ex Jaeger, loc. cit.).
PLATE XVI.
Dasornis londinensis.
Fig. 4. Side view of cranium.
Fig. 3. Back view of cranium.
J Smit leh M & N Banhart imp
DINORNIS ELEPHANTOPUS.
LY
M&W Hanbar
Pnnted by
tone
CRASSUS
M & N Hanbart unp
Smut del et lith
1S PHEIDES
LLIN Lae he UN lub AA Gli +
noes
=|
sv
i
N Hanhart unp
M
Ma N Hanhart imp
J Smit del et hth
DINORNIS GRAVIS
ura nisi®
J. Erxleben hth
R Owen del
On stone by J Erxleben
Athy:
fl xb
IV. Description of the Skeleton of the Chinese White Dolphin (Delphinus sinensis,
Osbeck). By Wiuu1am Henry Fiower, F.RS., F.R.CS., F.Z.S., Conservator of
the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England.
Read June 10th, 1869.
[Puates XVII. & XVIII.]
THE Swedish missionary and naturalist, Peter Osbeck, writing in 1751, says that, while
lying at anchor in the Canton River, ‘‘Snow-white Dolphins (Delphinus chinensis)
tumbled about the ship; but at a distance they seemed in nothing different from the
common species, except in the white colour’'. Upon the strength of this brief descrip-
tion Delphinus chinensis is introduced by Desmarest into the list of species of the genus,
though with the asterisk indicating “les espéces douteuses ou trop peu connues.””
Fred. Cuvier sums up as follows the opinion of the zoologists of his time upon the
White Dolphin of Osbeck (whose name he modifies into the more classical sinensis) :-—
““Quelques auteurs distinguent ce dauphin comme espéce, et M. Desmarest est du
nombre. D/autres, tels que Bonnaterre (Cétologie, p. 21), nen font quune variété du
dauphin commun, prenant a la lettre les premiers mots d’Osbeck; et mon frére était
disposé 4 réunir ce dauphin blanc au delphinaptére de Péron (Ossem. Foss. t. v. p. 289).
Le fait est que la phrase d’Osbeck est insuffisante pour caractériser aujourd’hui une
espéce du genre dauphin.” *
In Dr. Gray’s ‘Catalogue of Seals and Whales in the British a 2nd edit.
(1866), “ D. chinensis, Desm., from Osbeck’s Voy.,” is admitted among the species
“requiring further examination” (p. 266). In the more recent ‘Synopsis’ of the
same zoologist, which is confined to the species which he has ‘‘ been able to examine,
compare, and characterize,” it is omitted altogether *.
As far as I can ascertain, no portion of this striking and well-marked species has ever
been examined by any naturalist, and, but for the passing allusion of the Swedish tra-
veller more than a hundred years ago, nothing would be known even of its existence.
Under these circumstances it is a subject of congratulation that our zealous member,
Mr. Robert Swinhoe, H. B. M. Consul at Amoy, has succeeded in obtaining a fine
1 «A Voyage to China and the East Indies’ (in 1751), by Peter Osbeck. Translated by J. R. Forster, Lond.
1771, vol. ii. p. 27.
* Desmarest, ‘ Mammalogie,’ Encyclop. Méthod. (1822), p. 514.
* F. Cuvier, ‘ Histoire naturelle des Cétacés’ (1836), p. 213.
* «Synopsis of the Species of Whales and Dolphins in the Collection of the British Muscum.’ By J. E. Gray,
1868.
VOL. VII.—PART Ul. Jan. 1870. Y
152 MR. W. H. FLOWER ON THE SKELETON
skeleton of this Dolphin, and has most liberally presented it to the Museum of the
Royal College of Surgeons.
In a letter dated ‘“‘ British Consulate, Amoy, 23rd September, 1867,” Mr. Swinhoe
says, “I have managed during my incumbency here to procure the skeleton of the
White Porpoise that rolls in the harbour of Amoy. The live animal is of a milky
white, with pinkish fins and black eyes. I desire to present this skeleton to the Royal
College of Surgeons, and beg that you will undertake a full description of it in the
Zoological Society’s Transactions. ‘The weather was very hot when the present speci-
men was acquired, it being midsummer; and its capture having taken place at Quemoy
(a large island to seaward of Amoy) it was found impossible to bring it to me in a fresh
condition; my hunter, therefore, had the bones partially cleaned and brought them to
me. I had them well dried before I packed them up. I regret that I was unable to
see the entire animal, as I would in such case have taken a drawing and a full descrip-
tion of it. I have striven in vain to get another specimen. ‘The animals are of daily
occurrence in the harbour; but the Chinese are not adepts at catching them. I have
often watched their gambols and have seen them wounded. When wounded they make
seaward, the wounded beast generally pursued by his fellows. ‘They appear to occur
in this harbour through the greater part of the year. In the box you will find a few
bones of a second individual, which I procured from a fisherman here. These seem to
differ somewhat from the corresponding bones in the first specimen.”
In a subsequent letter, dated “ Hongkong, 28th January, 1868,” in reply to my
inquiries as to the geographical range of the animal, Mr. Swinhoe wrote, “I think I
have seen this white species in the Canton river and in the Forchow river, but I have
no idea how far it extends north and south. In Formosa I have never seen Porpoises ;
but the coast there is too exposed and the rivers too barred, I should think, for regular
visits of Porpoises.”
The specimens received from Mr. Swinhoe consist of :—1. An almost complete skele-
ton of a perfectly adult individual, all the epiphyses being united to the bodies of the
vertebre. The caudal and pectoral fins were sent entire and dried, thus allowing of a
description of their form, as well as preserving the bones of the manus and termination
of the vertebral column in a perfect condition. The missing portions of the skeleton
are the sternum, some of the sternal ribs, the body of the hyoid, and the pelvic bones.
The skeleton as now mounted measures, in a straight line, from tip of lower jaw to end
of last caudal vertebra, 7 feet 44 inches; but as the intervertebral substances which still
connect the bodies of the vertebre have contracted somewhat in drying, the animal
during life would probably have been upwards of eight feet in length.
2. Portions of the skeleton of another and slightly smaller individual, viz. a fragment
of the cranium, the lower jaw with teeth complete, one lumbar vertebra, two ribs, and
two scapulee.
OF THE CHINESE WHITE DOLPHIN. 153
The genus Delphinus, as restricted by F. Cuvier and Rapp, contains numerous species,
presenting great diversity of anatomical characters. Unfortunately the requisite mate-
rials are still wanting for making a satisfactory arrangement of the group, as complete
skeletons of but very few species are preserved in museums, and fewer still have been
fully described. Dr. Gray has arranged the species in numerous genera and sections,
founded on variations in the characters of the cranium, the only part at present available
for the purpose. Although this arrangement is very convenient for the purposes of prac-
tical zoology, it is necessarily provisional, and awaits a knowledge of the remainder of the
organization to determine its scientific status. On comparing the skull of the present
specimen with the description in Dr. Gray’s last ‘ Synopsis’ (1868), aided by an examina-
tion of the originals in the British Museum, it is perfectly evident that it belongs to a
species there undescribed. Its exact position among the numerous divisions of the
family can, however, be clearly determined. It belongs to the Tribe Stenonina, and
genus Steno (loc. cit. p. 5), characterized by having the “ beak of the skull compressed,
higher than broad. Symphysis of the lower jaw long.” In size and other characters
the skull corresponds with Section A of that genus, comprising S. frontalis and S. com-
pressus; but in the number and size of the teeth it is intermediate between this section
and the next, as it has exactly three teeth in each inch of the alveolar margin, whereas
in Dr. Gray’s first section there are two, in his second (comprising S. capensis and
S. lentiginosus) four in each inch.
This determination of the position of the Chinese White Dolphin, according to its
cranial characters, makes an account of its complete osteology particularly important,
as no skeleton of any member of this well-marked group (genus Steno, Gray) has
hitherto been described or figured.
The Cranium (as seen in Plates XVII. and XVIII.) presents the well-known general
characters of the allied forms. It closely agrees with S. frontatus and S. compressus of
the British Museum in size, but differs from them in the rostrum being broader at the
base and tapering gradually towards the middle, and especially in the form of the
pterygoid bones and in the greater number and smaller size of the teeth. In the form
of the rostrum and number of teeth it approaches to S. lentiginosus, Ow., from the
Indian seas, but differs from this species in its superior size, and also in the form of the
pterygoids.
The principal dimensions of the skull are as follows :—
inches.
enagrejslensth gon Siebert alt lolembs canal oa 4207
Length of rostrum. . . Peete AS Mo Ite enstescy 3 ofll2'8
Breadth of occipital Pecincni Sy iearhe) Barf Srl t2t? work) Bell
Greatest height of occipital foramen . . . . . . .. . 18
Breadth of occipital condyles . . . sole Dard Soho el!
Greatest breadth of cranium at ae MEP TON meee. eae en ROL
y¥2
154 MR. W. H. FLOWER ON THE SKELETON
inches.
Greatest breadth at postorbital processes of frontals . . . . 88
Breadth of anterior narial apertures . . . . .. =. . . 24
Breadth of rostrum at base . . . ay srokeeuy Senet
Breadth of rostrum at a quarter of its deusth as bases. 6). 62:9
Breadth of rostrum atthe middle. . .. . s . 1:85
Breadth of rostrum at three-quarters of its length eee iat ansclit4,
Length of uppertooth-lines)i-en hel ApaWs (hey Ft xen CS
Mandible» ‘enpti et ramus:) .Jeetd> -aheetes ST uke es)
Tenrth: of symphysis, 92 fF eo nelinien ot #889
Teneth oftnethaline cysts defies 0s ee Seabees
iBreadthiaticondyless/< Paeks go) - Noemeyraie! 2S
Height at ecoroneid processivy i Glin! - Gat ered
The occipital foramen is subcircular, slightly higher than broad. ‘The tentorium is
largely ossified. The temporal fosse are bounded by very prominent ridges. The
postorbital processes of the frontals do not meet the squamosals by a space of 2 inches.
The anteorbital process is well marked, its depressed outer extremity is formed by the
jugal. The styliform portion of the jugal is 4 inches long. ‘The median postnarial
prominence of the frontal is strongly marked, and rises slightly higher than the supra-
occipital or the nasals; the latter are ankylosed both to the frontals and the ethmoid.
The narial apertures exhibit the usual want of symmetry, inclining to the left. The
upper extremity of the left pramaxilla is shorter and much more attenuated than that
of the right. The rostrum is rather broad at the base, and gradually tapers towards the
middle; it then becomes much compressed, and retains very nearly the same breadth to
its termination. Correspondingly the palate is broad and flat behind, but narrow and
with a deep median groove in its anterior two-thirds; a narrow strip of the vomer
appears for a space of 2} inches in the hinder part of this groove; as in the allied
forms, there are no lateral grooves.
The palate-bones are of larger extent than in most Dolphins; and the form of the
pterygoids is quite peculiar (see Pl. XVIII. fig. 1, pt): instead of meeting in the
middle line and concealing the hinder edge of the palatines, they are widely separated
throughout their whole extent, and gradually recede from each other till their hinder
apices are 2 inches apart. In the other large Stenos, as in nearly all other Dolphins,
the pterygoids are in contact in the median line for a distance of 2 inches. In Steno
lentiginosus, Ow., the inner edges of the pterygoids do not meet, though they are
parallel for the greater part of their extent. In D. gadamwu, which Owen places in
this section, and Gray in the genus Clymenia', the pterygoids appear to resemble those
of the present species; the skull, however, cannot be confounded with it, as it is much
smaller, has a broader and shorter rostrum, and less numerous teeth.
1 Synopsis, p. 6.
Or
OF THE CHINESE WHITE DOLPHIN. 15
The petrotympanic bones resemble those of other members of the genus. The
greatest length of the scroll-like tympanic is 1'"45, its greatest breadth 0-85.
The numbers of the teeth of the adult specimen of D. sinensis, as indicated by the
alveoli, are = total 128. In the second lower jaw there are 32—33. In the former
they are unfortunately very incomplete; and as those that remain have mostly fallen from
their sockets, and been artificially replaced, absolute reliance cannot be placed upon their
present position in the jaws. Many of them, both in the maxilla and mandible, are
worn down to flat-topped stumps, which can have scarcely projected above the level of
the gum, all of the crown and a portion even of the root having disappeared. Such a
mode of wear occurs habitually in D. tursio, but I have never observed it in any other
of the numerous species of Dolphins. The amount of truncation varies in extent in
different parts of the jaw; it affects the lower more than the upper teeth. Those in
the posterior part of the maxilla have entirely escaped. Besides the truncation of the
apex, many of the upper teeth, especially near the hinder part of the series, have the
neck, or that part of the root immediately adjoining the enamelled crown, suddenly
contracted for a space of about +'5'', apparently by erosion or absorption of the surface.
The characters of the iain batak teeth are well shown in the detached jaw of the
younger specimen, as they are nearly all perfect and im situ. ‘Truncation of the apex
has commenced in nearly all; but the greater number are but slightly affected, and in
none is so much as half the crown worn away. The roots of the teeth are much
thicker than the crowns, they are slightly flattened from before backwards, and taper
upwards to a sufficiently well-marked “neck,” above which is the smooth, enamelled,
conical, slightly compressed (from before backwards) and incurved crown. In the
posterior fourth of the ramus the teeth are placed vertically, but in the remaining
portion they incline considerably outwards; the three or four most anterior are again
more vertical. Except those at the extreme ends of the series, which, as usual, are
somewhat smaller than the others, the teeth of the lower jaw do not differ materially
from each other in size. The following are the dimensions of an unworn tooth from
near the middle of the series.
inch.
Iai Meee eet er aka Bae of ve Fs et on 4 OD
Length ofcrown . . . . ; es : ; 0°35
Length of crown and portion of root projetng above alveoli
margin ofjaw .. . Tor eh aaa amr ter IGN)
Greatest (transverse) demetey of TOOt@ the se ene ete? tee LAO)
Greatest (transverse) diameter of crown . . . . . . . 0°23
The teeth are placed at very regular distances, their roots being completely separated
by a very narrow strip of alveolus. As nearly as may be, three teeth occupy each inch
of the alveolar border.
156 MR. W. H. FLOWER ON THE SKELETON
The stylo-hyals have the usual form, and are 4”°5 long, and 0-6 in greatest diameter.
The spinal column, which is quite complete, consists of fifty-one vertebrae, seven
belonging to the cervical, twelve to the dorsal, ten to the lumbar, and twenty-two to
the caudal region. The respective lengths of these four regions in the articulated
skeleton are 3 inches, 174 inches, 163 inches, and 30 inches.
In the cervical region, the atlas and axis are united, and the remaining vertebre are
free, as appears to be the rule in the genus Delphinus. 'The component parts of the
conjoined mass formed of the first two vertebra can be readily defined. The bodies are
thoroughly confluent, though a superficial groove marks the limit of each with tolerable
certainty. The arches in their first part, or pedicle, are distinct, and have between them
a considerable oval aperture for the transmission of the second spinal nerve. Above
this, opposite the zygapophysis, they are firmly united; the laminz are then separated
on either side for a space of half an inch by a linear fissure; and, finally, the spines are
completely confluent. ‘This conjoined spinous process is high, massive, sloping back-
wards, strongly ridged on its median upper or anterior border, and with a rounded and
somewhat depressed and truncated apex. The pedicle of the arch of the atlas is very
much thicker than that of the axis, and on its anterior border has a deep notch, almost
converted into a foramen on the left side, for the passage of the first (the suboccipital)
spinal nerve. Both atlas and axis have a single transverse process on each side, that of
the former long, stout, rugged, rounded at the end, and directed slightly downwards
and backwards. The transverse process of the axis is a small, rough, and rather com-
pressed tubercle, placed nearly on a level with the root of the last, and directed some-
what upwards as well as backwards. The dimensions of these vertebra are :—
inches.
Breadth of articular surfaces on atlas for condyles . . . . 40
Breadth between tips of transverse processes of atlas. . . . 5:7
Breadth between tips of transverse processes of axis . . . . 3°6
Greatest breadth of spinal canal, inside arch of atlas. . . . 18
Greatest breadth of spinal canal, inside arch of axis . . . . 15
Height of spinal canal, insideatlas . . . . . . ...-. 16
Height of spinal canal, inside axis; 2 9: =: 3 3 » “os 29
Breadth of body of axis at posteriorend. . . . .. . . 17
Height of body of axis at posteriorend . . . .... . 6
Height from lower surface of body of axis to apex of spinous
DWE 9G 6 fo bo rae eeacaade: ctr Saprerice ed AY
Length of upper or anterior edge of conjoined spinous process 2°1
The remaining cervical vertebre have greatly compressed subcircular bodies. The
under surface of each has a fringe of rough exostoses growing on each side of the
middle line, and leaving (as seen in the figures, Pl. XVIII.) a deep notch at this part.
OF THE CHINESE WHITE DOLPHIN. 157
The arches of all are very similar, and terminate in a very short compressed spine of
nearly equal height in all. In the third this spine can scarcely be said to be developed ;
in the seventh it is very slightly larger than in the others, and the lamin of the arch are
slightly broader. ‘The zygapophyses of all are well developed, and accurately coadapted ;
the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth have very short superior and inferior transverse pro-
cesses on each side. In the third these are united together at their extremities on one
side only—in the fourth and fifth on both sides, forming complete rings; in the sixth
they are not united, and the lower process is greatly developed in the antero-posterior
direction; in the seventh vertebra the upper process is alone developed, and the body
has on its hinder margin an articular surface for the head of the first rib.
The dorsal vertebrz generally resemble those of other Dolphins. The bodies of the
first four only bear articular surfaces for the attachment of the heads of the ribs. The
spines are moderately high, compressed, and broad from before backwards. They
increase slightly in length from the first. In the posterior part of the region they have
a curve forwards. Distinct contiguous articular surfaces to the arches (zygapophyses)
cease after the fourth vertebra. The transverse processes have broad concave articular
ends for the tubercles of the ribs; they gradually increase in length, but the last two
disproportionately so. ‘Tubercles (superior accessory processes or metapophyses), which
are first seen on the anterior edge of the transverse process of the third dorsal vertebra,
increase in size, and rise up, being transferred to the sides of the arch, and form the cha-
racteristic “ clasping” processes, which are strongly developed in the hinder dorsal region.
The ten lumbar vertebre have bodies of nearly equal length, hollowed at the side,
and keeled below. ‘The transverse processes are long, flat, broad, and directed nearly
horizontally outwards, though the hinder ones are bent down at their extremity, and
very rough on their upper surface. The spines are moderately high, broad, and nearly
vertical, though curving forwards at their extremities. The clasping processes are less
developed at the middle of the region than either before or behind.
The caudal vertebree present the usual division into two distinct sets—those in front
of, and those contained within the expansion of the tail-lobes. The former are twelve
in number; they have (especially towards the end of the series) compressed, vertically
extended, comparatively long bodies. There is one vertebra which may be called
transitional (the thirteenth caudal, see figure); then follow the nine terminal or fin
vertebree, with depressed, transversely extended, and extremely short bodies. The last
vertebra is very small, depressed, and triangular when seen from above. The trans-
verse processes of the caudal vertebre gradually diminish in length to the tenth, where
they are mere rough longitudinal ridges: in the eleventh all traces of them have disap-
peared. The neural arches cease in the thirteenth. The vertical arterial foramina
pierce the sides of the first caudal, and are continued throughout the series to the
penultimate.
There are fourteen pairs of hemapophyses (chevron bones), all comparatively short
158 MR. W. H. FLOWER ON THE SKELETON
and broad (from before backwards). ‘The first pair are only united for a small space at
their backward-directed pointed apex. ‘The others are all firmly united, except the
fourteenth pair, which are very minute, flattened, and subcircular. The fifth are the
longest. All these bones, as shown in the figure, are exactly in their natural position,
as they have never been separated from the bodies of the vertebra.
The form of the caudal appendage is shown in outline at fig. 2, Pl. XVII., drawn
from the dried specimen sent by Mr. Swinhoe, after its natural shape and dimensions
had been restored by soaking in water. The length between the extremities of the
* flukes ” is 204 inches. *
There are twelve pairs of ribs. The five foremost have necks and heads which reach
the bodies of the vertebree. The sixth has a rudimentary neck, the others none, and
are only attached to the ends of the transverse processes. ‘The last rib is nearly as well
developed as its predecessor. Some of the sternal ribs are wanting; but those that are
present indicate that there were at least seven pairs of these bones.
As before mentioned, the sternum is missing.
The scapula generally resembles that of other Dolphins, but it is rather high in
proportion to its breadth, and has its posterior angle obliquely truncated. The
acromion is broad, and the coracoid rather small. The characters of the scapule of
the other individual sent by Mr. Swinhoe are precisely similar.
The humerus, radius, and ulna appear to differ little in the true Dolphins, and in the
present specimen they offer nothing worthy of note, except that the olecranon is but
slightly developed. ‘These bones are ankylosed together at the elbow-joint.
The manus is broader at the base than in most Dolphins (e.g. D. delphis and D.
tursio), and much resembles in form that of D. guianensis, as figured by Professor Van
Beneden’. ‘This breadth is caused by the considerable development and position of the
two outer digits. It is faleate and obtusely pointed at the extremity. Considering the
age of the animal, the carpal bones are less developed than in other Dolphins available
for comparison, as, instead of being united into a sort of closely fitting mosaic, they
have rounded borders and are all separated by cartilaginous intervals. They are, as
usual, five in number, and probably represent the scaphoid, lunar, cuneiform, trapezium,
and unciform. The scaphoid is the largest and of an oblong form, the cuneiform a
very small rounded nodule.
The first digit consists of a single, slender, tapering metacarpal, without any ossified
phalanx. The other metacarpals are broad and flat. The second digit has six pha-
langes; the third, five; the fourth, two; and the fifth, one broad phalanx in addition
to a well-developed metacarpal. ‘The size of the last two digits (so often almost aborted
in the Delphinidz) is the more remarkable, as the ulnar side of the carpus shows such
a comparative arrest of ossification.
‘ Mem. de l’Acad. Roy. de Belgique, Coll. in-8vo, tom. xvi. 1863, p. 33.
OF THE CHINESE WHITE DOLPHIN. 159
The following are the principal dimensions of the pectoral limb :—
inches.
meapriaretersnhes: ee it Re brite on) yeas oe i Ge
Preaiti oe wesf. -coxiaton Me wag ren BO
Menoth ot aeromemes 2h: 9; 2) a 8 pe jae 20
Greatest depth of acromion «=... .9... «.. ad
Length of coracoid process . ..... . 1-4
Length from head of humerus to tipoffin. . . . . . 13 0
Greaesmemeadth Ofte. ey eo oe es eae POD
Peter taror Memes, Lag ve tetas Gib css 6s Ao wegen g 2D
ereatmoirieien 9G 2 Wee ok pe se oe Oe
Length ofulna. . . ne 2™ Wan Ps) Rel a Wms
Breadth of radius at dufal icteennty PSS Re Fig k G20
Breadth of ulna at distalextremity . ........ 18
The principal differences between this skeleton and that of all other known Dolphins
lie in the vertebral column. The total number of vertebre is less, the individual vertebree
are proportionally longer, and their transverse processes are shorter and broader than in
any other species. Next to it in these characters stands D. guianensis (genus Sotalia,
Gray), which has the following vertebral formula:—C. 7, D. 12, L. 14, C. 22=55; then
D. tursio, which has C. 7, D. 13, L.17, C. 25=62. D. delphis, with C. 7, D. 13, L. 24,
C. 31=75, is at the other extreme, being only exceeded in number of vertebrae, and
length and narrowness of the processes by the Lagenorhynchi.
If the osteological characters possessed by this specimen be found to exist in other
Dolphins with narrow, compressed beaks and long mandibular symphyses, Steno will be
established as a natural group of generic value.
DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.
PLATE XVII.
Fig. 1. Side view of the skeleton of Delphinus sinensis, presented by Mr. Swinhoe to the
Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons: one-fourth of the natural size.
Fig. 2. Dorsal view of the same skeleton, without the pectoral limbs.
VOL. VII.—PaRT 11. Jan. 1870. Z
160 ON THE SKELETON OF THE CHINESE WHITE DOLPHIN.
PLATE XVIII.
Fig. 1. Inferior surface of the cranium of the same: half the natural size.
vo. vomer. pl. palatine. _—pt. pterygoid. ty. tympanic.
Fig. 2. Anterior surface of the conjoined atlas and axis.
Fig. 3. Anterior surface of the third cervical vertebra.
Fig. 4. Anterior surface of the fourth cervical vertebra.
Fig. 5. Anterior surface of the fifth cervical vertebra.
Fig. 6. Anterior surface of the sixth cervical vertebra.
Fig. 7. Anterior surface of the seventh cervical vertebra.
All half the natural size.
MW & N Havhart imp
\
\
ie SSigie
EAD
e8
weiss
&eeeegd
N Hamhart. imp
M &
J Sraie dith
=
o.
SINENSIS
»
DELPHINU:;
Poteh J
V. Notes on the Habits of some Hymenopterous Insects from the North-west Provinces
of India. By Cuarues Horne, Esq., B.CS., P.ZS. With an Appendix, con-
taining Descriptions of some new Species of Apide and Vespidw collected by
Mr. Horne: by Frevericx Siva, of the British Museum. Illustrated by Plates
from Drawings by the Author of the Notes.
Read June 10th, 1869.
[Puates XIX. to XXII. ]
I HAVE been encouraged to arrange these Notes in consequence of the interest
expressed on looking over my drawings by many of our leading entomologists, more
especially by Mr. F. Smith, the well-known hymenopterist of the British Museum, who
has so much assisted me in naming known and describing new species. The habits of
some of these were little, if at all, previously known; and I trust that other students of
nature, with more time at their disposal than I had in India, may take up this very
interesting tribe of insects.
sete C. Horne.
Upper Norwood, April 1869. .
Fam. SPHEGIDZ.
PELOPHUS MADRASPATANUS, Fabr. (Plate XXI. figs. 6 & 7.)
This is perhaps the most common of the insects of this genus found in the North-west
Provinces, India, and one which attracts the attention of the casual observer.
Its ordinary name aniongst Europeans is the “‘ mud-dauber.” Its cells are found in
the oddest places, but chiefly about the rooms of houses. They are generally constructed
from June to October; and the insect is seldom to be seen at all after November, dis-
appearing until the close of the cold weather, i.e. in February or March.
It may then be observed, but sparingly, as the individuals may be said to have
emerged from the pupa-state before their time.
In May, June, and July, however, they may often be seen sitting by small muddy
puddles near wells, working up the mud into little pellets about the size of buck shot,
and then flying off with them in or, rather, under their mouths. These are taken to
some corner of a window-sill, or hollow in a rough wall, and deposited on the spot
which has been previously carefully selected by the insect. As it is perfectly fearless
when engaged in cell-building, and as many of the positions selected are very open, it is
easy to observe its habits.
This is one of the species which sometimes uses a cavity such as that left by the
VOL. VII.—ParT 111. April, 1870. 2A
162 MESSRS. C. HORNE AND F. SMITH ON HYMENOPTERA
removal of a lock, a hollow between bricks, or between the wall and door-frame.
Sometimes a roughness or slight depression in the floor is the unfortunate selection,
where the first passer by will crush the construction, in which case the patient creature
will rebuild it three or four times, and at last, in despair, abandon the locality; thus
on one occasion I observed a cell built in the corner of the door-frame of a bath-room,
so that it must be crushed every time the door was closed. The room was used at least
once a day; and six times was the cell completely destroyed; it then abandoned the
position. This was in October 1867 ; and I rather think that it ceased building merely
in consequence of its season for cell-building having expired.
Sometimes each cell is separately constructed; at others one is placed over another ;
whilst I have observed them, as hereinafter described, build a mass of cells, as in the
case of the corner of a room being selected.
The building of these cells is very regularly conducted, and they are generally placed
parallel to the ground. A line of pellets of mud, the base of the cell, is first put down,
and each pellet is worked nicely and smoothly with the jaws, assisted apparently by the
feet, so that, as the work is performed very quickly, the joins are hardly perceptible.
Having finished off its work with one pellet, it stands over it, looks at it with com-
placency, walks around it, pats it approvingly with its antenne, and at last, being
satisfied, flies off for more material.
I have reason to think that generally but one sex works at nest-building; for often,
when I have captured an insect at work, no other has come to complete the structure.
A cell takes about a day to make, the insect working assiduously as long as daylight
lasts. As the walls rise, layer by layer, they are contracted until they meet in an arch,
the insect meanwhile carefully smoothing and plastering the interior as the work
proceeds.
The next employment is the filling of the cell with food for the young grub. On
one occasion only I observed green caterpillars being stored, although small field-spiders
are the regular storing-food.
The egg would appear to be deposited on the body of the first spider placed in the
cell. This would lead one to infer that the female is the worker.
Twenty spiders are sometimes packed away; and the egg or young grub of the insect
has always been found by me on the lowest one when I have opened a cell directly
after it has been closed up, which closing is effected directly the structure is well filled.
Ordinarily, on one cell being finished another is begun alongside, as little space being
lost as possible ; and in this way four, five, or six cells are made.
Meanwhile the egg is hatched, and the young grub sucks out, one by one, the juices
of the comatized spiders, until being fully grown and its stores finished, it spins its
strong cocoon of fine agglutinated silk and changes into the pupa-state. In this it
remains for periods varying from one to five months according to season.
When the time for emerging arrives, the cap of the pupa-case gives way to the jaws
FROM THE NORTH-WEST PROVINCES OF INDIA. 163
of the larva; and the earthen one of the cell (moistened at its edges by some fluid
ejected by the insect) giving way, the Pelopwus comes forth fully prepared to mate, and
build more cells. Of some of these cells I have observed the cap to be convex on
the lower side, so that the least moisture or effort internally applied would loosen it,
whilst external pressure would only fix it more securely.
I have never seen a sparrow or other bird attack one of these insects. Its sting and
an odour it emits would appear sufficiently to protect it.
I forgot to mention that when the number of cells intended to be constructed in one
place (generally two or three) is finished, the whole is covered with a smooth coating of
mud, making it look like a dab of mud on the wall, and quite disarming the suspicions
of the ordinary passer by. On one occasion I observed rays of mud round the nest,
even more exactly imitating a lump of mud thrown with some force. This J hold to
evince a most wonderful instinct, as they could not be required for strength. —
PELOP@US BILINEATUS, Smith. (Plate XXI. figs. 14 & 142.)
This insect, which Mr. Smith has noted as a variety of P. madraspatanus, generally
resembles it in its habits. It stores spiders, but it affects hedges and trees rather than
buildings. A fork in the bough of a “ Meendee” (Lawsonia spinosa), commonly used
for hedges in the North-west Provinces, is often the favoured spot. Its structures are
more solid than those of other species, which is the more necessary, as it has to resist
greater stress of rain and weather.
PELOP@US BENGALENSIS, Dahlb. (Plate XXI. figs. 2 & 2c.)
This insect rather affects the exterior than the interior of houses. In its general
habits it very much resembles the last species, and it seldom, if ever, builds its cell
separate. A rough wall or corner is its favourite place. It has even more than most
Pelopet the quivering motion of the abdomen, also common amongst Ichneumonide,
and works very fast. Its work is rough, but is most carefully made to assume the form
of the object on which it is built; for example, sometimes amongst grass the mud is
continued up the stem for some distance, and the eye does not in consequence so readily
determine the nature of the structure. The cells are well filled with small spiders.
My former remark, as regards the shape of the cell-doors of P. madraspatanus,
applies equally to this species.
As there is an account of this insect and its works, in the ‘ Intellectual Observer,’ by
Mr. Beavan, I shall not offer any further remarks upon it. I, however, think that a
note from my natural-history note-book, with a slight sketch, may prove of interest,
and therefore subjoin it :— -
“July 12, 1864.—This morning I broke open three cells neatly constructed on my
door. I found the contents to be as separately represented, viz. one fed grub, one
smaller one sucking a spider (which seemed to be his second, as a dry skin lay before
2a2
164 MESSRS. C. HORNE AND F, SMITH ON HYMENOPTERA
him), and twenty-five spiders of various sizes in the two cells. I could not find the egg
or larva in the third cell, which had only just been closed; but the former was doubtless
on the body of one of the larger spiders which had been first deposited in the cell.
“ Benares.”
It is very wonderful to see how well the food is packed, and it is worthy of inquiry
how the stored spiders remain alive and plump for so many days. It must be the effect
of the poison conveyed through the sting of the Pelopeus when it captures the insect.
At times it builds its solitary, highly finished cell on some small hanging object,
such as a stalk of grass in a thatch under shelter; and then the shape of the cell is
curious, being rather ovate, so as to throw off the rain. At others the cells are placed
side by side in great numbers, say twelve or fourteen, and so well covered over with
mud as to be almost unobservable (Pl. XXI. fig. 2). The situation is very often in the
midst of a plant of grass, the stalks of which are, as before observed, covered far up
with mud.
Fam. CRABRONID.
TRYPOXYLON REJECTOR, Smith. (Plate XXI. figs. 4 & 4a.)
This curious little insect, when first hatched from the delicate little Serpularia-like
cells, was taken by me for some parasite allied to the _Ichneumonide, in consequence of
my having often observed it hovering at the mouths of the cells of the smaller cell-
building insects in my verandah. I found, however, that it brought mud and worked
for itself, as well as appropriated the cells of other insects which it found ready to its
hand.
I have nowhere found recorded its habits; but I think I have seen it carrying minute
green spiders wherewith to fill its cells. It certainly does not feed its young, but stores
food; for it closes its cells directly they are ready, which none of the Vespide do.
The construction of these is very curious; and the pellets of earth used appear of a
sandy character, which gives to the structure great delicacy and fragility. At the same
time the interior of the cell is lined with some glutinous ejection which binds it together.
The specimens of cells figured (the originals of which are now all in England) show
how strongly this cementing fluid acts. (See Pl. XXI. figs. 4 & 4a.)
The nests are extremely difficult to find, being small, and many straws hanging in the
places where they are usually constructed, such as under a thatch of coarse grass.
As might have been expected, they remain a very short time in the pupa-state; and
the month of September is their favourite season of construction, although they con-
tinue to build in October.
I have often watched them as I sat in my thatched summer-house at Mainpuri; and
the rapidity with which they came and went was surprising. I know of no other
special peculiarity which calls for remark, excepting that all the cells I have found
have been under cover.
FROM THE NORTH-WEST PROVINCES OF INDIA. 165
Fam. LARRIDZ.
PARAPISON RUFIPES, Smith. (Plate XXI. figs. 1, 1a, 10.)
This insect, which appears not to have been before noticed, has been described by
_ Mr. F. Smith. It constructs a mass of loosely arranged cells of earth attached to some
hanging object, such as a creeper, tendril, or pendent straw, or even a curled dry leaf.
The interior of the cell is strengthened by a very fine glutinous silky-looking substance ;
and this is the more necessary, as the least damp would otherwise destroy the whole
fabric.
I believe the insect to apply some kind of gluten, whilst the pupa secures its safety
by spinning a very slight silken web within its abode. The cells are very globular, and
are filled with the smallest spiders, of which I counted eighteen in two chambers.
These are generally of a pale grey-green colour, and their plumpness is curious. Some-
times, however, it builds on walls with more or less regularity. (Vide Pl. XX1I. figs. 1,
la, & 10.) The pellets used in construction are, comparatively with the size of the
insect, very large, and loosely attached to one another: very little smoothing is effected
exteriorly ; and were it not for the interior binding together of the particles, the cell
would apparently fall to pieces of itself.
A small Pemphredon, or another even smaller species, often takes possession of the
cells of this insect, rendering the identification of the pupa very difficult. The
chrysalis is more ovate in form than that of Pemphredon; I have no drawing of the
grub.
The earth brought is prepared by water, as is the case with all clay-cell-building
insects which I have observed; and the insect affects the vicinity of water, and hence
probably is seldom found far from wells. It builds in September and October; and the
perfect insect sometimes emerges early, although it often delays its appearance until the
spring (viz. March or April) of the following year, when the heat sets in.
PisonitTus RuGosus, Smith. (Plate XXI. figs. 5 & 5a.)
This insect was most abundant in my court-house at Mainpuri. The door-posts had
been made of old wood which were full of small and large screw-holes, which were
used by it for the purpose of storing the tiny spiders which it provides for its larva.
As a proof that it can build with clay, although I never found its cells in any other
position than in that above described, I may state that when the hole was too large for
its purpose, it used to fill it in all round with clay, and closed the mouth of its cell with
a similar, material.
166 MESSRS. C. HORNE AND F. SMITH ON HYMENOPTERA
Fam. EUMENIDA.
Eumenss conica, Fabr. (Plate XX. figs. 2 & 2 a.)
As I bred many of these insects, I had ample opportunity of watching them. They
place their nests on the walls of houses, but prefer wood, such as door-frames; while
sometimes they make series of cells of great length, one such series often extending
more than one foot.
One pair of insects will construct twelve or thirteen cells, and it does not take an
entire day to complete one of them; yet I have often thought I could detect more than
one pair engaged in one place, but at different ends of the structure, which, when com-
pleted, contained perhaps twenty-four cells.
It should be remembered that the insect avails itself of the wall or beam for the back
of its cell, which is made extremely thin, the clay which is carried beneath the mouth
being beautifully fine and well kneaded. Hence it is extremely difficult to detach their
cells without breaking them. The cells are high and vaulted, and at the mouth they
have a protruding rim, which projects outward and curves slightly downward. ‘Ten or
twelve green caterpillars are stored in each cell, which is carefully closed with mud.
This insect, like Pelopaus madraspatanus, seems very proud of its work, and, before
leaving for fresh material, runs about approvingly and thoroughly inspects its perform-
ance. If disturbed it flies off, and does not attack you as do the Vespide.
The imago generally emerges about five weeks after the cell has been closed; and,
owing to the thinness of the walls, which are easily pierced, it is much attacked by
parasites. ‘Thus out of one group of five cells, only two specimens of Humenes were
hatched. Of these parasites I shall speak afterwards.
In life the Zwmenes is much brighter in colour than it becomes after death, so that
no idea of its beauty when at work can be readily formed from the specimens. It was
from one of the cells of this species that I took nine caterpillars, eight of them being
black Geometers, and only one green one; so that it is clear the insect had, contrary to
custom, met with a brood of another colour which suited it quite as well as the green,
which it generally uses.
EUMENES ESURIENS, Fabr. (Plate XX. figs. 6 & 6a.)
This beautiful insect builds its cells about doors and windows, on the posts; and fig. 6
may be held to be a typical structure. As, however, I bred them from cells of different
forms, there can be no doubt that they vary their style with the site. The cells are high,
very spherical, and placed generally irregularly. Green caterpillars (chiefly Geometers)
are stowed away, whilst one often finds the cells in the possession of a Golden Wasp
(Chrysis), a parasite. The mouth of the cell resembles that of the other species in
having a recurved lip, this being characteristic of this group. The reason why so many
cells are empty after the escape of the perfect insect is, that the ants come in troops
FROM THE NORTH-WEST PROVINCES OF INDIA. 167
and carry off the skins of the pupa-cases, and any fragment of food they can find, even
to the skins of caterpillars and spiders. From the cells not only was one Ewmenes
hatched, but also a beetle of the genus Hmanadia (vide Pl. XXII. fig. 1¢), and a dip-
2
terous insect, Anthrax
EUMENES MAINPURIENSIS, Smith. (Plate XX. figs. 3 & 3a.)
This nest needs little description. It is beautifully made, has the recurved projecting
lip like the rest of its congeners, and is constructed of the very finest earth. (Vide
Pl. XX. figs. 3 & 3a.) The cell figured was empty; hence I cannot say positively
whether it stores very small caterpillars. The insect much resembles EL. coarctata, an
English species; the cells also resemble those of the same insect. Figures are also
given of Humenes edwardsii and its nest (vide Pl. XX. figs. 4&4 a).
ODYNERUS PUNCTUM, Sauss. (Plate XX. figs. 7 & 7 a.)
This insect, like the others of its genus, avails itself of any hole of suitable size which
it can find. In one instance I found a series of six cells (four of them empty, and in
two of them dead insects) in the boring of a longicorn beetle ; and I have often observed
them taking green caterpillars into the holes left by large screws in door-posts. In the
latter case, when the hollow is filled, the opening is covered over most smoothly on a level
with the surface of the wood, so as often to escape notice; for this insect is in general a
very neat worker. This covering is sometimes pierced with a hole as fine as that made
by a pin, and thus the presence of the ichneumon larva is betrayed. When, however, it
has more room, it most carefully fills up the entire space; and in the shape of the interior
its cells are rounder than those of Megachile, being thus intermediate in form between
them and those of Humenes, which builds nearly circular cells.
These insects work in September and October, and in the latter month appear very
actively spying for holes and filling them in when found. ‘Their sting is very sharp;
and they appear to affect green caterpillars, Geometers in particular; in fact I never
found any other kind in their cells.
RHYNCHIUM CARNATICUM, Fabr. (Plate XX. figs. 5 & 5a.)
This insect is very abundant, and may constantly be observed carrying caterpillars to
fill its cell, which is made in small hollow bamboos. In the illustration it will be seen
that it has taken possession of a hollow in which a Megachile lanata had already con-
structed two cells. It first built a floor over the cells, which was constructed of mud,
very finely worked, stout at the edges and thinner in the middle. It then left a space
empty and made another floor, after which it commenced its breeding-cells. In these it
stored caterpillars of many colours; and it finished off with an empty spare cell, which
it covered with a heavy mass of pellets. ‘The clay is kneaded very finely, and, although
there are no sides to be made to the cell, the cap is most carefully constructed.
These insects are a very long time in undergoing their changes; and they vary much
168 MESSRS. C. HORNE AND F. SMITH ON HYMENOPTERA
in size and colour, doubtless in consequence of obtaining more or less food in their larva-
state. Their sting is very sharp; but they do not attack one when disturbed, but
fly off. :
RuAYNCHIUM BRUNNEUM, Fabr.
This insect in its habits resembles its associate R. carnaticum. It uses holes ready
prepared—although, having seen it emerge from a gnawed hole in a soft post, the hole
being the work of the insect, I believe it sometimes to work for itself in preparing a
habitation. Its body is singularly flexible, so that it is almost impossible to hold it,
when alive, without being stung by it.
RHYNCHIUM NITIDULUM, Fabr. (Plate XX. figs. 1 & 1 a.)
This extremely interesting insect constructs cells of exceeding strength, mostly upon
timber. The clay is very finely worked with water and some kind of gum—not only
viscid ejection being employed, but also the juices of the ‘‘ Peepul” (cus religiosa), bird-
lime in fact, and the gum of the Acacia catechu and other trees. Hence there is no
need of thickness, and we accordingly find the walls of the chambers very thin, whilst
their tenacity is so great that the portion of the hard wood on which the series of cells
was fixed I have cut out with a chisel and hammer without in any way injuring the
structure. One pair of insects does not usually make more than three cells; but it
must be remembered that they take a much longer time in making them than does the
rapid rough-working Megachile.
The food stored consists of caterpillars; and I have not yet succeeded in hatching a
parasite from one of their nests, which are strong enough to resist all ordinary attacks.
Until completed, either one or the other of the insects appears to remain at home (fig. 1);
and hence parasites have no opportunity of effecting an entrance before the cell is closed
over. The covering, though thin, is very tough, so tough that I doubt the power of a
parasite to pierce it. In the figure it will be observed that six cells have been built one
on another, only one being affixed to the door. This one was attached to a smoothly
plane surface of “Sal wood” (Shorea robusta); so that the cementing gum must have
possessed great strength to allow me to cut it out with a hammer and chisel, as before
alluded to.
These insects build on roof-beams, so that their nests generally escape notice, besides
which they are far from common. ‘They are externally of a rich brown colour, glisten-
ing with gum.
PTEROCHILUS PULCHELLUS, Smith. (Plate XXI. figs. 8, 8a, & 84.)
This little insect builds its parallel galleries on the nearly smooth surfaces of white-
washed and other walls. ‘The cells, as shown in the drawing, are above one another,
lined with a gummy substance and fine si/k(?) The chrysalis resembles that of Pelopeus,
to which, however, the insect is altogether unlike. The clay must necessarily, from the
FROM THE NORTH-WEST PROVINCES OF INDIA. 169
size of the insect, be very finely worked; and the food stored consists of very minute
spiders. I have reason to believe that it sometimes builds its cells on hanging straws
under shelter; but the example figured was found in my veranda, built on the walls or
pillars, and attached to the plaster.
Fam. VESPIDA.
IcARIA VARIEGATA, Smith. (Plate XX. figs. 8, 8a, & 9.)
This pretty little insect lives in small communities, and builds an elegant nest of
paper prepared by itself, which is very tough, and attached to leaves, stalks, &c. by
thin but strong pedicles. It frequents flowers, and appears to feed on pollen. The
posterior segments of the body are very retractile, causing the abdomen to assume
a curious truncated appearance. In the example figured on a stalk, the cell-mouths
are all upwards, which is strange, as the young grubs, the mouths of whose cells
are open to the weather, must need some protection. The same was in a great
measure the case with the cells on the Mango leaf. The cells are beautifully regular,
being perfect hexagons; and the strength with which the foot-stalk is fastened is sur-
prising. There appears to be used for this portion of the work some kind of gum, with
which they cover their plaster; and this much resembles varnish in appearance. It
is probably derived from the Babool or Mango-tree, both of which abounded near
Benares, where these nests were found. On one occasion I found a group of these
little series of cells hanging in a covered tomb; they were attached to a stone slab,
and all, of course, face downwards. Unfortunately they were old nests and quite empty.
They consisted of a series of combs; and the number of cells in each averaged sixteen
only. In this case shelter had evidently been sought, and in the two cases formerly
noted the insects were in a measure shielded from the direct influence of the rain by
the thickness of the foliage of the Mango-tree above them; for the habit of this Icaria
is, as a rule, to build under shelter.
In their disposition like the rest of the Vespide, they fly with one accord to attack
the intruder—although their sting was not very sharp, and nearly resembled the prick
of a fine pin, and was in a great measure deficient in the burning feeling experienced
when stung by their brethren the Polistide.
ICARIA FERRUGINEA, Fabr.
This insect in its habits resembles I. variegata. It feeds its larvee with ejected juices ;
hence one never finds any thing but the egg slightly attached to the bottom of the cell,
or the more matured grub, which spins itself a silken cocoon over its cell within which
to change to a perfect insect. It associates in very large parties, and is extremely
vicious when disturbed, and flies at the party interfering with it, hardly ever failing to
VOL. VII.—PaRT 11. April, 1870. 2B
170 MESSRS. C. HORNE AND F. SMITH ON HYMENOPTERA
sting him. The pain of the sting resembles burning; and in one case of my taking a
nest, when I was severely stung, the pain lasted for four days. I mention this as it is
curious to observe the different degree of virulence of the poison of the various small
insects of this class.
The cells extend in masses of great size, and are placed in the midst and amongst the
twigs of thick garden bushes. I also believe, from what I have seen, that the comb of
one season is not used in another; perhaps it becomes weather-worn and incapable of
proper repair. ‘This insect also has, like the J. variegata, a retractile body; and
its cells are beautifully regular hexagons. It is much molested by a small class of
moths (Tineid), and also by an Anthrax. In fact the nest lies very open to the
attack of parasites, who, as a rule, care nothing for the sharpest stings. The grubs,
which I found in abundance and in all stages of growth in October, have rather a
singular shape, being almost conical. The perfect insects are much plagued with a
species of Stylops, the females of which lie under the scales of the abdomen. I found
one piece of comb nearly one foot across each way; but generally the combs are only
one-half or two-thirds of this size.
PoLISTES HEBR&US, Fabr.
This insect, which is generally known to residents in India as the ‘* Yellow Wasp,”
is a great nuisance. It is very partial to verandas, and builds its cells on a roof-beam.
More often, however, it selects trees near houses, and, if not disturbed, builds enormous
nests, continuing year after year in the same place, deserting great parts of its comb
as they become useless from age, and building others near to the old ones. The
food of this insect is of a very general character, and it dearly loves sugar in any
form.
It has an unpleasant habit of either flying at you if irritated, stinging you as it
touches, and then flying on without stopping, or falling from above upon you and
performing the same trick. I am told by a friend that the English Hornet does the
same. In the case of the Indian Polistes, however, the sting is not very severe.
They sometimes select the oddest places for their combs. On one occasion I was
moving some tin boxes, when about thirty flew out of one of them at me; and I found
their comb in a corner, inside. They had obtained access through the open window of
the store-room. I have often observed the commencement of a comb.
In the month of November the females newly hatched sit out on sunny days on the
tops of venetian doors and similar situations and buzz for males. Nor do they wait
long; for at this season the whole veranda swarms with these Polistes, and I have had
thousands of them killed ina morning. Having met with a suitable partner, the ova
appear to be impregnated; and not long after, the queen, fully prepared, sets to and
builds a single cell on a stout foot-stalk, lays an egg in it, and proceeds to build three
or four more around it, in each of which she lays an egg.
i
FROM THE NORTH-WEST PROVINCES OF INDIA. 171
The young grow very fast, especially at first when so few have to be fed; and thus in
a short time there is a well-peopled colony in which there will be a few males and
workers of every size.
The tops of the cells of the queen wasps are much elongated with silk; and these
insects use some species of gluten wherewith to temper the paper of which the cells are
constructed, as well as to solidify the silken cell-coverings.
They are in the habit of seizing insects and sucking out their juices, wherewith they
again feed the voracious young grubs, who are always clamouring for food with open
mouths.
They are extremely troubled with Stylops, every fifth or sixth one taken having a
female of one under one of the segments of the abdomen; and I have sometimes seen
two or three on one specimen. I have often tried to breed these Stylops, but invariably
failed, the male Stylops being very scarce, and the female, Mr. Smith tells me, never
leaving the body of the Polistes.
This species is so well known that I do not think any further remarks are needed,
excepting a short account of the methods by which these troublesome insects are most
easily got rid of.
There is a yellow ant (Ecophylla smaragdina) which lives a social life, chiefly upon
trees, drawing leaves together in a curious manner with silk, and making in this manner
large nests in the Mango-trees. These insects sting severely, and they seem to have a
great antipathy to the Polistes, who are very fond of feeding on their poorly protected
juicy young grubs. If, therefore, you cut off a bough with a nest of these ants upon it,
tie it to a long bamboo and put it very near to the nest of the Polistes, there will be a
general attack by the former upon the latter. An ant will seize on a wasp and bite
and sting him, others also coming up to help. They will together fall to the ground,
when the Polistes dies, and the ant (Hcophylla smaragdina) having taken a sip of his
blood and juices, runs up again to his nest by a string always left hanging down from
the bamboo near to the nest for this purpose. They will also attack hornets. Their
native name is “ Mata,’ and they are used by all classes for this purpose. No heat is
too great for the Polistes; and in the hottest weather they may be found sitting in large
parties by water, evidently enjoying the season.
These insects possess great vitality, of which the following is an instance :-—
“ Mainpuri, May 28, 1866.—Here is an instance of vitality. Last evening (7 p.m.) I
caught a Polistes at the edge of my scissor-net, when the frames meeting took off his
head. ‘The body remained lively till half-past ten, p.M., when I went to bed; the
wings vibrated, and the sting was constantly protruded; but next morning I found him
cold and stiff. It is thus that many persons are stung; for they count the insects dead,
and take them up unwittingly.”
172 MESSRS. C. HORNE AND F. SMITH ON HYMENOPTERA
PouisTESs stiGMA, Fabr.
This insect frequents sheltered places, such as the verandas of houses, and is
extremely common. ‘The description of the comb and the construction of its dwelling,
as given under P. hebreus, applies also to P. stigma. It does not, however, attack so
viciously as some others, and stings only when much interfered with. Its cells are
beautifully regular hexagons, and, although very light, are of the strongest fabric, being
of a paper made by the insect. In its various stages it bears a great resemblance to
P. hebreus. August, September, and October are its favourite months for working,
although it may be seen busily employed at most times during the rains.
Its food consists of small insects, which it eats and prepares for its young.
The cells of the females are longer than those of the workers and males, and their
silken covers project much above the ordinary surface of the comb.
They are much troubled with Stylops; and I have occasionally bred from their combs
specimens of small moths, chiefly of the Tineide, several species of which appear to be
universal feeders.
VESPA VELUTINA, St. Farg.
This very handsome wasp builds a huge nest, hanging on the boughs of trees, mostly
at a great height from the ground. Of its nest there are two handsome specimens in
the nest-room of the British Museum. The communities are very numerous, and it is
most dangerous to meddle with their nests. A bullet incautiously put through one
brings down a swarm of the inhabitants, whose stings are most venomous and often
dangerous to life. They will follow a party for miles through the densest jungle, and
are said often to kill animals and, even, men.
A nest I measured exceeded 4 feet in length, and, when the outer covering was broken
away, showed range upon range of cells; but the extreme difficulty of bringing it to
England compelled me to abandon it.
They frequent flowers and carry off insects of all kinds wherewith to feed their young ;
and a wall covered with roses at a house in the Himalehs, 6500 feet above the sea, was
a very favourite resort. They then flew off, often many miles, to their nests.
Appended (p. 190) is a description by Mr. Smith of an allied species (V. vivax), appa-
rently new, the habits of which are the same as those of V. velutina.
VESPA ORIENTALIS, Linn.
Vespa crnota, Fabr.
The same notes will apply to both these species, which, I believe, to be already well
known. They build their nests of prepared earth, strongly impregnated with some
viscid substance, probably derived from the gums of trees.
In confirmation of the above, I may remark that I have often seen them sitting appa-
rently eating the gum of the Acacia (catechu) and also the flowing juice of the Peepul
FROM THE NORTH-WEST PROVINCES OF INDIA. 1738
(Ficus indica), and, as they are in general carnivorous, it must have been for some such
purpose. At the same time there appears to be some woody or, at least, vegetable fibre
mixed with the earth.
The cells are regular hexagons, and built from an hexagonal grownd-plan—a fact
which confirms Mr. Smith’s observations to the same effect; and the whole structure
often assumes a large size. One found by me was 10" x 9" x 92", in the centre of a wall
composed of sun-burnt bricks, in a hollow which had originally been excavated by
Termites and afterwards enlarged by the hornets, as they are popularly called.
I have often seen these insects pounce upon a sitting fly, just as a hawk would do on
a small bird, and they are also very fond of ripe fruit, such as peaches, grapes, and
apples. The Vespa velutina also indulges in these luxuries, and is especially fond of
the hill-apricot.
The stings of four or five of these insects are said to be sufficiently powerful to kill a
child; but, as in all such cases, much must depend on the circumstances.
The outside of the nest is, as is usual with wasps, covered with a coating of loose
paper.
It is highly dangerous to disturb a colony of these insects; and as they work in gangs
at night, it is somewhat hazardous even then to take their nests. As, however, they
greatly affect outhouses, it is most necessary to destroy them, as horses have been said
to have been stung to death by them; but for this I cannot vouch.
I will here quote in eatenso from my note-book the notes which refer to Indian
Hornets, by which terms both JV. cincta and V. orientalis are designated, dated :—
“August 15, 1863.—These insects are very abundant at Benares, in India, but not
generally spiteful. One may see hundreds of them flying round the sweetmeat stalls,
like wasps in the fruit-shops in England; and the vendor drives them away with a
whisk, a piece of palm-leaf, or a cloth, and is very rarely stung. If one, however, be in-
cautiously touched, the sting is very suddenly given and very sharp; its pain is intense,
and it induces considerable inflammation. They make their nests in the mud walls;
and the form of these is just like that of the English Hornet.
“Yesterday I was drying some sugar in the sun; and this attracted a large number
of them. My man killed many, throwing down their bodies on the spot, when the
ants appeared to carry off the carcasses ; but not only did the ants so employ themselves,
for the hornets alighted also and carried off their dead brethren as food! The ants
(Gcophylla smaragdina) appear to be naturally very destructive to these insects. These
ants live both in the ground and in nests made of leaves of trees drawn together.
“T have seen the hornets trying to carry off their tiny tormentors. Again and again
have they darted at them; but it invariably ended either in the hornet quietly sitting
down amongst his enemies to be bitten or stung to death and then carried off in
triumph to be eaten by them, or in his falling to the ground with three or four ants
hanging on, when his fate was equally certain.
174 MESSRS. C. HORNE AND F. SMITH ON HYMENOPTERA
“One of these insects stung me on the thumb; but by sucking the place for about a
quarter of an hour I drew out the poison, and the pain and swelling were afterwards
very slight.
“ August 20, 1863.—This evening, having prepared two large squibs filled with damp
gunpowder, I proceeded to take two nests, one of V. ortentalis and one of V. cincta,
both in similar situations. Having lighted the touch-paper, the end was placed at the
mouth of the hole and wet clay was plastered around. ‘The dense smoke and intense
heat thus killed every perfect insect in the nests, which I shortly after dug out for
the purpose of examination. One nest was buried forthwith in a hole previously
prepared; and the one taken to be set up was that of V. orientalis, to which all the
succeeding remarks will refer.
“Both nests were constructed of earth tempered with water, and I could trace no
signs of gluten of any kind in them. In the nest prepared by me were seven ranges of
cells; and at the time of taking it, from 400 to 500 hornets were at home. Although I
took out every dead perfect insect, there were from forty to fifty nearly hatched by
5 A.M. next moming, showing with what enormous rapidity they increase. ‘The nest
was placed under a large wire dish-cover, and a nest of the yellow ant before referred to
was placed with them, so that every young hornet was killed as soon as born.
“July 1, 1864, Benares.—As a boy, when in England, I have watched a hornet carry
off a fly sitting on a door-handle; and to-day I saw one pounce on a small honey-bee
deep in the pollen of a flower, and, taking him off, sit down and eat him quietly; and
from the number hovering about flowers, this would seem to be a favourite food.
“July 19, 1864.—Watched hornets catching and eating the workers of Termites,
whose galleries I had just destroyed on the bark of a tree, where, in consequence, the
blind insects were running wildly about.
“ August 19, 1864.—Watched them more narrowly and carefully. Saw that one
caught at least ten Termites, one after the other, and made them all up into a ball with
his jaws, when the said ball was taken away, evidently to feed the young larve with a
rich and juicy morsel, which, however, would be strongly tinctured with acid.”
VESPA FLAVICEPS, Smith. (Plate XXI. figs. 10 & 11.)
This interesting little wasp lives in banks, making a cylindrical nest covered with
party-coloured paper, and filled internally by layer upon layer of cells, seven or eight
series generally completing the structure. They were found at Binsur, a mountain
about twelve miles from Almorah, about 7500 feet above the sea, in nests about 2 feet
under ground, and built up round some root.
The time of their greatest activity is in the rains (¢. e. July), and they may then be
seen coming in and going out of the nest in great numbers.
One of the nests taken was at the side of a garden-walk; and for some ten or fifteen
days none could pass that way without a good chance of being stung. Although the
FROM THE NORTH-WEST PROVINCES OF INDIA. 176
queen had been captured, they continued to build cells and repair the injuries done,
very neatly uniting the broken bit of covering paper which had been left.
These wasps were often to be seen in flowers on the hill-side, and they appeared to
feed freely on fruit and on insects found on the pollen of flowers.
The construction of the pillars of the nest was very neat, light and at the same time
strong. No clay would appear to be used in the making of the cells, which were of
regular waste-paper, the structure of which is of vegetable fibre.
I took many specimens from a nest in a bank on the footpath which led to the top
of the mountain. At first they were very quiet ; but after a day or two, directly any one
approached they would fly at him if he stood but a moment near to the mouth of their
nest. ‘Their instinct of memory is most strange. Their stings are irritating, but not in
any way dangerous to man, although it was by wasps of this species that a full-grown
sheep belonging to a resident of Ranee Khet, near Almorah, was killed. The animal
had doubtless trodden on an entrance to a nest, or pulled up some plant in feeding,
and so disturbed them.
I had proposed to append a few notes relative to the parasites of these insects; but
on second thought, I have briefly alluded to each in my notes on the species it affects.
The genus Chrysis is largely represented; and there appears to be one of suitable size
for each species of hymenopterous insect, so as to fit the cells.
Fam. APIDZ.
LiTHURGUS DENTIPES, Smith.
This insect in general appearance much resembles a Megachile; but its coloration is
quite distinct. Its habits, however, are very similar, although the clay would seem to
be in general worked smoother. A favourite position for placing cells is the gallery
formed by the grub of some longicorn beetle in timber. In one case there were two
entrances; and in consequence some of the cells had been constructed to face one way,
and some the other, thus providing for the more comfortable exit of the perfect insect.
When considering the working of the cells of these insects, it is necessary to bear in
mind the position in which they are placed: e.g. in case no. 12 the spirally twisted series
is quite as rough exteriorly as those of I. /anata, whilst in cases 1 and 2, being pressed
for room, the work necessarily appears smoother.
This insect seldom builds mud-daubs on the walls, and generally takes ready-made
hollows for its building-purposes, although I have seen them working under the seat of
a chair and on a rough part of a wall.
In all its habits it resembles IZ. Janata, and therefore no more remarks upon it will
be called for.
176 MESSRS. C. HORNE AND F. SMITH ON HYMENOPTERA
MEGACHILE LANATA, Fabr. (Plate XIX. figs. 11, 11 @, & 110.)
This insect is found in almost every house in the North-west Provinces, and, next to
the black and yellow Pelopeus (madraspatanus), is the one which attracts most notice.
The season in which it builds its cells is from March to November; but July and
August (7.e. during the rainy season) are its favourite months. These cells are placed
in every conceivable situation ; and it is curious, when sitting quietly writing, to watch
the insect coming and going with his material. He or she is so deeply interested in
the work that all fear is forgotten, and they will work within a foot of your writing-
desk. The mud is carried, so to speak, under the head and in part supported by the
fore legs, and is not so finely worked up as that of the Pelopwus; hence we find the
work much rougher exteriorly, although the inside of the cell is carefully smoothed.
I have had a newspaper lying on the table and heard them working inside the folds;
in short there is no position too strange for the nest.
The following are a few of the positions in which I have found them :—
1. Between folds of paper; 2. in the back of a book which had been left lying open;
3. on the handle of a tea-cup; 4. in the keyhole of a door; 5. in the barrel of a gun;
6. under a fan on the table; 7. in the hollow of a bolt of a window, where three times
the whole structure was crushed by the use of the said bolt in the absence of the
insect; 8. on a signet ring from which the stone had fallen out; 9. on the frill of a large
fan or punka, which was kept in motion ten or twelve hours out of the twenty-four.
I will now proceed with the method of working. Both sexes appear to labour; for I
have sometimes caught a worker, and found that the work was immediately continued,
which was not the case with the Pelopwus. ‘They come and go incessantly, with a loud
buzzing; and whilst they are tempering the clay they keep up the motion, thereby
advertising the locality where they are working, although often the exact spot is even
then difficult to find. The tenacity with which the clay adheres to substances is very
curious (although the cells of the insects of the genus Rhynchium afford a better
instance); and I believe that when the clay, having been first prepared at the water, is
brought into use, it is inspissated with some glutinous substance ejected by the insect.
It is certainly very carefully kneaded again by many of the clay-cell-builders. The
cells are built side by side, with very little cohesion, and are stocked with bee-bread
and closed by three or four pellets of mud, united in such a manner as to leave thin
edges next to the lips or upper edges, and thus enable the insect easily to escape. ‘The
outside is in general rough and adapted to the situation in which it is built. It is
scarcely ever truly circular on the outside, even if built free from obstruction.
Amongst the figures will be observed a solitary cell built in a signet-ring. The
power of instinct shown here is very great; for to keep the cell secure the clay has been
made larger at the base, where it projects interiorly in the ring.
This insect is very annoying from the manner it chokes up small openings, such as
barrels of firearms and locks of drawers, in the latter case entering by the keyhole.
FROM THE NORTH-WEST PROVINCES OF INDIA. ILL 7
I watched the construction of four cells in June 1863; and the perfect insects were
matured August 12, 14, 15, and 16 respectively. ‘This would show, what is really the
case, that the cells take about a day each to construct. In fact, in one case noted by
me, a cell was commenced, finished, stored with food, and closed within certainly ten
hours, which is quite possible if both sexes work, as I believe to be the case.
Sometimes, however, a hollow bamboo is the situation selected by this insect. If it
be tolerably thick there is room for several cells; and they are built from the bottom of
the hollow upwards, either in a straight line or spirally (vide Pl. XIX.). In either
case I believe the single series to be constructed, and the second series commenced
from the very bottom on the completion of the first. In some cases there are as many
as eight or ten cells in each line; and probably more than one pair of insects are con-
cerned in this double series.
And this leads me to one of the great difficulties in observing this class of insects.
There are many parasites, one or two of which will be hereafter noted. Many, too, of
the wasp class seize on cells and fill them with caterpillars or spiders, so that one some-
times finds one cell with bee-bread in it, and another, undoubtedly made by the same
Megachile, filled with insects stored probably by a Pelopwus.
There are also dipterous insects (Anthrax) who pierce the cell-cap and deposit an egg
in the food, their larve feeding on the grub of the bee; so that when one keeps them
to watch the insects emerge, most strange results follow.
Mr. F. Smith tells me that the lower cells of the series above mentioned in bamboos
are those of females, which sex takes longer to develop, and that thus an exit is not
required for them so soon as for the occupants of the upper cells, which are males.
It had often puzzled me how this was managed.
MEGACHILE PROXIMA, Smith.
This insect is so similar to Megachile lanata that had I not caught one with a cut
leaf of the Clitoria creeper in its mouth, and traced another to its burrows, I had held
it to have been that insect.
Digging between three or four inches in the soft soil I found two cells one over the
other. They were composed of these cuttings, four or five folds of leaf, and quite
loosely put together. Within was a mass of bee-bread, with a young grub head down-
ward in the midst. This grub was almost transparent, and cylindrical in form.
» When opening one of the cells of this insect, I observed that it appeared to be lined
with a finer and lighter-coloured leaf than that which constituted its external covering.
Mr. F. Smith tells me that he found this to be the case with an English species
(1. argentata); I have therefore held the fact to be worthy of note.
As I have observed a bee of this species entering a hollow bamboo of suitable
diameter with a piece of leaf in his mouth, I have reason to believe that they avail
themselves of such situations as well as of the ground. All this class of insects,
VOL. VIIL—PART II. April, 1870. 2c
178 MESSRS. C. HORNE AND F. SMITH ON HYMENOPTERA
although generally consistent as to food, vary much, according to circumstances, in the
places where they build their homes. Only one pair work together; and they are not at
all social, although working often in the closest proximity.
MEGACHILE FASCICULATA, Smith. (Plate XIX. figs. 1-10.)
This fine bee may be observed on the rose-bushes, steadily cutting out portions of the
leaf. Each portion is of the same shape, which may be observed in the figure of the
leaf; and the work is done in a very rapid manner. ‘There are long pieces and circular
ones, the latter being for the caps of the cell. From their size, these bees are easily
traced to their nests, which are placed in any suitable hollow; but their favourite posi-
tion is between bricks in masonry in places where the mortar has fallen out, and I have
often taken out series of cells laid side by side in long lines measuring seven or eight
inches and containing perhaps fifteen cells each.
From observation, I should think that one pair of these insects will construct from thirty
to forty cells. These cells are very nearly the size and shape of a common thimble; and
some that I examined contained thirty-two pieces of leaf, being of seven thicknesses,
besides three round tops each, placed one over another. The leaf employed was in this
case that of the “urhur” plant, a large Indian pulse (Cajanus indicus) which grew in the
field close by, and which is very soft and easy to cut; but in another instance, which is
also figured with this paper, the material consisted of the leaves of the rose Edwards
(vide Pl. XIX. fig. 7). This mass of cells, in which there are no less than seven series,
was in the ornamental ear of a garden vase, into which I had observed the insect carry-
ing leaves (vide Pl. XIX. fig. 1).
The cells are carefully constructed; and the interior pieces of leaf appear to be slightly
cemented together by some fluid, ejected by the insect, of agummy nature. The exterior
leaves are quite loose, but hold firmly together on account of the manner in which they
are dove-tailed, each one overlapping the other, as is clearly shown in the figure (vide
Pl. XIX. fig. 4). Directly one cell is completed, a very large quantity of bee-bread is
collected and stored, filling nearly half of it. The lining and exterior leaves of the cell
appeared to be constructed of the same quality of leaf. An egg is then laid on the
top, in the middle of the mass of food, from which the grub emerges a semitransparent
cylindrical sac with a little black head. It rapidly increases in size, as shown in the
Plate, where the subsequent changes being figured they need no further description. The
head remains attached to the food, which, entering at the mouth, passes out as excre-~
ment above; this, when the grub spins its cocoon, is excluded. This spinning is effected
after the larva has consolidated the inner surface of the cell with what looks like dark
glue; and the said cocoon is an extremely tough one, and fit to resist the attacks of all
parasites, by which these bees are much molested. Between the consolidation of the
wall of the cell and the cocoon remain the exuvie, which, as before mentioned, have
been voided upwards.
FROM THE NORTH-WEST PROVINCES OF INDIA. 179
In the excrement of the Grey Hornbill (Meniceros bicornis) I have found the wings
and body-plates of this bee, together with the remains of other species; so that it is clear
that this omnivorous bird eats them, catching them probably when they come to feed on
the juices of the broken figs (Ficus religiosa).
The changes take a long time ; and as the construction of the cells is generally accom-
plished in October to November, the perfect insect does not usually come out until the
following March, or even later.
Like all these bees, this species is perfectly fearless when engaged in building, and,
from its strength and size, is not often attacked by any bird, although it is probable that
the mice cut open the cells for the bee-bread, of which they are very fond. This has a
sweet taste, mingled with a slight acridity, as has that of M/. Janata, and would be fine
feeding for mice, which abound in the localities generally chosen by the bee for its nest.
The concluding remarks on MV. lanata will doubtless apply to this insect, as regards
the precedence of emergence.
In a series of cells which I sent to England, taken immediately after construction, the
insects came out irregularly ; but this was owing to the fact that the occupants of some
cells died, so that those below them had to eat their way out of the sides, which they
could not have done had the said cells been in situ, and not packed loosely in a box
with cotton wool.
[Note——In my catalogue of Hymenopterous Insects, part 1. Andrenide and Apide,
published by the Trustees of the British Museum, the male of this insect was described
as a distinct species from the female; the former was named J/. fasciculata, the latter
M. anthracina.—FRevx. Suit. |
MEGACHILE DisJuNCTA, Fabr. (Plate XIX. figs. 12 & 12a.)
This insect in its habits agrees with I. lanata. In general appearance it is also very
similar as regards form. The colour, however, is quite distinct, the broad band from
which it takes its specific name being very marked. It makes clay cells separately, and
also fills up the hollows of small bamboos with cells one over the other. In one instance
I found four series of cells side by side in one bamboo; and in this case two of the cells
had been appropriated by a Pelopwus—remains of spiders and the pupa-case of one of
this genus being found in them. ‘Their great enemies are the Chrysidites, or Golden
Wasps; these take possession of the ready-made cells, and prey on the larve of the
bee. They work at the same season as M/. lanata, but are not so common.
XYLOCOPA CHLOROPTERA, St. Farg. (Plate XXII. figs. 1, 1a, & 14.)
This fine bee may be heard buzzing in the veranda all day long, selecting hollow
bamboos in which to store his bee-bread. ‘The weight of this is surprising. That from
one cell alone weighed 21 grains; and this was taken at random.
When once a suitable hollow has been selected, the insect begins to store food. The
2c2
180 MESSRS. C. HORNE AND F. SMITH ON HYMENOPTERA
female then lays an egg on the top of the same, and doth male and female set to work
gnawing at the interior near the mouth of the opening of the bamboo for saw-dust.
This they work up with some viscous fluid which is ejected from the mouth, and form
therewith a firm floor for the next cell. This floor is much thicker at the sides, where
it joins the bamboo, than in the middle: the perfect insect, when emerging, has strong
jaws, and his head is in the middle of the cell; he can therefore easily moisten and cut
through this thin centre.
The cocoon is very strongly spun; and a long time elapses ere the perfect insect
emerges. After all the work is finished (and these insects generally cease working at
the end of October), they appear to retire into hollow bamboos to hybernate or die.
Later on in the season I have opened bamboos and found six or seven, one after another,
all dead; whilst at other times I have found them in a state of stupor caused by the
cold. The young, I have reason to believe, do not come out until the spring. Their
chief enemy is a species of Calionyx, of which three were hatched, together with about
fourteen bees, from one series of cells.
This species often burrows in soft “ seenul” wood (Bombax heptaphyllum) (which is
used in the building of outhouses), and can then be detected by the heap of coarse
raspings under the hole. ‘The bee-bread is very pleasant to the taste, with a slight
subacid, and keeps good for a very long time. I am not aware that this bee ever works
in living timber.
The insect in the larva-state is often destroyed by a minute Chalcididous insect of the
genus Eucyrtus. From one single specimen I bred 500 of these insects ; and two-thirds
of those I tried to rear were destroyed by them.
*Mainpuri, July 10, 1865.—I was somewhat interested to-day in watching the
shower of lovely yellow blossoms falling from a fine bush of a beautiful flower, and by
observing how it was caused. I noticed the large black Bee (Xylocopa chloroptera)
cutting the tube of the corolla, and inserting its tongue for the honey which abounded
there; the flower immediately after fell; and amongst the hundreds on the ground I
could not find one which was not so bitten.”
XYLOCOPA ZsTUANS, Linn.
The habits of this insect are so exactly like those of X. chloroptera that they need
little further account. They use bamboos for their cells, and make divisions with
raspings from the interior. I found three or four of these bees in company with three
or four of X. chloroptera in the same hollow bamboo. When they cannot find a
bamboo, they use any hole in a post or tree for the construction of their cells. I have
also found them dead in bamboos, whither they had resorted to hybernate or die; but
as their pup remain a very long time in their cases ere they emerge, the supply in
any case is well kept up, and the insect isa common one. Various species of Anthrax
and Celiorys are their great parasitical enemies.
FROM THE NORTH-WEST PROVINCES OF INDIA. 181
APIS FLORALIS, Fabr. (Plate XXII. figs. 2,2 a, 26, & 2c.)
This is a very interesting little bee, which builds its beautiful comb on the boughs of
orange- and lemon-trees and garden bushes generally. The honey is much prized, and
held by the natives to possess medicinal qualities. It is very harmless; and although I
have handled them freely, I never remember to have been stung by one. I procured
two queens by taking the nests with all the bees in them into a dark room with a small
window ; the bees gradually flew to the window, and I thus easily found the queen.
The males are seldom with the nest ; and out of some twenty I only met with them in two
cases. I imagine they are driven out when they have performed their functions, as my
gardener told me he often found them on and in the ground under the nests. In their
general habits they entirely agree with A. dorsata; the only difference is that they
select the inside of bushes, and loop their nest round the bough, instead of entirely
hanging it on below. I have occasionally found nests of this species built in the
interior of mud walls, in the cavities between bricks, or in the hollows excavated by
Termites.
The wax is of a fine yellow colour; but so little of it is found as not to make it worth
while to collect it for commercial purposes.
Their nests are infested by several moths, species of Pampelia, Aphomia, and Galleria
having been bred by me from them.
APIs porsATA, Fabr. (Plate XXII. figs. 3, 3 a, & 3.)
This is perhaps the best-known of the Indian honey-bees, It is extensively kept in
a domestic state in the Himalehs, in hives generally consisting of hollow logs of wood
built into the houses. Much honey is collected and brought for sale, especially at
Petwaghur, in Kumaon; and the wax is also an article of trade. ‘This bee, when in a
wild state, is most savage in its disposition, and is very easily provoked, in which case it
sallies forth in large parties, pounces on the supposed offender, and often causes great
injury and annoyance.
The Moth (Galleria mellolella) will be hereafter described as a parasite; but its
appearance in a large comb of three years’ standing, and the consequent flight of the
bees, gave me the opportunity of recording the following note :—
“ Noy. 13, 1866, at Mainpuri—My head gardener, an intelligent man, came to me
reporting that all the bees had swarmed off, leaving entirely deserted a very large comb
of the common honey-bee, which was hanging to a branch of a tree. I at once pro-
ceeded to the spot, and, after examining the comb with a glass, found his statement to
be correct. I also tracked the bees, which had alighted in a very large swarm on a
tree about half a mile off. On cutting down the comb I found it to be 283 inches
across by 22 inches, and nearly 5 inches thick at its thickest part. It was about three
years old, as was plainly shown by the varied colour of the new ranges of cells.
182 MESSRS. C. HORNE AND F. SMITH ON HYMENOPTERA
inches.
“‘Measurements:—General breadth. . . . . . . 284
General. dengthy 2) 4: ica cinke anion
Generalfthickness) je) shen ie ele
Diameter of cell . ee ee
Depth of honey-cell. . . . . . I
Depth of ordinary cell. . . . . 328toH
Numberot cells¥) 20.) “ae WET Se eee eee
Honéy*cells;aboutey sh.) aes poce ane heey ae ee ee UU
“This nest had been deserted on account of the attacks of a Moth, figured in
Pl. XXII. fig. 3¢, which had fairly taken possession of the citadel, as I have often seen
in other instances. The cocoons of some of the escaped moths protruded 2 of an inch
above the level of the comb, which, as it then was, still weighed three pounds.”
I remember at Bareilly, in 1856, as Mr. Berkeley was sitting in his veranda, on the
roof-beam of which a comb of these bees was hanging, he saw them assembling in great
commotion, and soon after a// swarmed off. He sent me the comb forthwith, and I
made careful notes upon it, which were destroyed in the Great Indian Mutiny of 1857.
In this instance the comb was beautifully clean and semitransparent, one of the first
year, and, held between the eye and the light, did not at first reveal any thing. The eggs
were there, the seeds of destruction; and I watched it day by day till it all crumbled
down into a mass of silk and exuvie, some forty or fifty moths having been meanwhile
hatched therefrom. In this case it is clear that the bees fled at the first attack of the
quiet little moths. But to return to the Mainpuri nest.
‘The mouths of the thick new honey-cells were quite circular from the quantity of
wax applied; those of the pupa-cells were hexagonal, as, of course, were the walls of
the honey-cells interiorly. ‘The Moth had deposited its eggs at the bottom of the cells
prepared for storing honey; and the grubs were working their straight galleries in the
flooring between the cells, always working at right angles, and at present feeding on the
wax. As they proceeded they wove themselves silken tubes, probably for the purpose
of protection.”
As, however, they grew larger and stronger they formed their galleries right through
the cells, not touching the flooring-wax ; and they then spun over the mouth of the cells
and changed to the pupa-state. About sixteen moths had escaped from these pupa-
cases which had been spun up in the cells and which protruded from them; and many
caterpillars were then working within the comb.
The habits of these bees have been so often described, that I shall now only mention
their plan of covering certain cells scattered over the comb, presenting a curious appear-
ance on its face, which led me to examine them. On one side I counted 186 of such
closed cells, and on the other 229, making a total of 415, which appears a large
FROM THE NORTH-WEST PROVINCES OF INDIA. 183
number. I opened many of these, and found them to contain beautifully preserved re-
mains of bees in various stages, whatever their age may have been at the time of death.
The grub of Galleria mellolelia, the moth above referred to, is of a dull green, very
circular, and somewhat tough; and it appears to eat the young bees, the bee-bread,
honey, or wax, as may come most handy.
I will now give a few instances of their disposition :—
** A curious accident occurred at this place on Sunday last. A number of bees had
built upon the cornice round the tower of the church of St. Paul’s, in the Civil Lines,
just below the steeple. On Sunday, after the morning service, the bees, disturbed
either by a pellet or a stone thrown into their midst, or from some other cause, suddenly
attacked a pair of horses in a carriage and stung them so severely that both the animals
died the next day. The coachman also was severely stung. It was considered unsafe
to hold divine service in the church again that day.”—Agra, April 14, 1867.
On another occasion my camp was pitched at Sdj, October 19, 1866, under a large
Peepul tree. In the camp was my riding elephant, which animal is very fond of the
leaves and small boughs of this tree. To enable him to enjoy them he was fastened
under the tree, which he shook considerably in his endeavour to break off branches;
this disturbed a nest of bees who had an enormous comb high on one of the branches.
At first three or four bees came down to see; they flew back, and brought down some
fifty or sixty with them: these did not attack the Elephant, but stung almost every one
in camp, cattle grazing near, and even a stray dog, which I think they filled.
The strangest thing was that a man lying quite unprotected and fast asleep (named
Cheda), clad with only a waistcloth, was quite unmolested; and I have often employed
him to take the nests of aculeate hymenoptera for me, as they do not harm him, what-
ever he does. How is this to be accounted for? The natives say that he smells
offensively to insects.
I will give two more instances. The bees, in February 1865, had formed their comb
on a large tree near the old bridge (on the Grand Trunk Road at Mainpuri) over the
river Esa, in a grove of trees at the road-side where travellers usually encamp when
marching. My servants were so encamped when attacked by the bees, who had pro-
bably been disturbed by the smoke of their cooking-fires.
As Hindoos eat very lightly clad, they got sorely stung. One was nearly drowned in
the river in his endeavours to keep under the water and so evade them; another ran
between two and three miles, and was found by the villagers (who took him for a
maniac) sitting on the ground throwing sand over himself.
It is generally an hour or two ere quiet is restored; and the pertinacity of the insects
in following a person is very extraordinary. They espy the smallest bare spot and
instantly implant their stings.
They also cause great annoyance, and disfigure old buildings, such as the Taj Mehal
at Agra, with their pendent combs. Many vain attempts have been made to clear them
184 MESSRS. C. HORNE AND F. SMITH ON HYMENOPTERA
from the beautiful white marble arches; but as soon as a nest is destroyed it is renewed
at a few feet distance. They sometimes choose cupboards to build their nests in; and
when in one case they had made their comb in one in daily use, they molested no one.
This was at Nynee Tal, in the veranda of a house called Maldon, now the Govern-
ment House.
The manner in which these bees adhere, after having planted their stings, as com-
pared with the habits of the Polistes, is worthy of note, although of course every one
knows how often they leave their stings behind them in the wound, and thus meet
their own death.
In one case of an attack by bees in the camp of Mr. B. W. Colvin, Magistrate, of
Mainpuri, they looked, I am told, like a black mass of insects on the clothes on the
backs of our men, upon which they had alighted; and in this case, I imagine, most of
them were unable to withdraw their stings from the cotton-cloth jackets in which they
had fixed them.
Besides the moth before alluded to, these insects have many enemies. Merops
viridis (the Bee-eater) plays sad havoc amongst them; but in the hills, at least, the
lizards, who live in the cracks of the rocks and in the hollows in the stone walls, are
still more destructive.
Colonel H. Ramsay, C.B., the Commissioner of Kumaon, with whom I was staying
last year, near Almorah, North-west Province, settled many hives in trunks of trees
covered up with stones, but could make nothing of them by reason of the lizards, the
large blue species so common in the Himaleh, probably Tiliqua rufescens. These
animals would lie in wait and snap up the bees, regardless of their stings, as they
alighted at the hive; in fact, they fairly destroyed several swarms.
Again, the Crested Honey-Buzzard (Pernis cristata), a small hawk, darts down on
the comb and carries off a large portion in its claws, which, in spite of the bees, who
fly at and attack it on all sides, it quietly eats on a neighbouring bough. How it
escapes their stings I could never make out. I once also saw a nest of Jcaria taken
off a cornice just as 1 was preparing to secure it, having brought a ladder for the
purpose ; and these insects sting even more viciously than the bees.
Again, in the hills, as all know, the bears make prodigious efforts to get at the comb
and honey when in trees. They also eat, I believe, the grubs and bee-bread; and
although they seem annoyed, they care little for the bee-stings. These insects often
hang their combs under rocks where no bear can touch them, and where they are also
well sheltered from the weather.
Mr. F. Moore, of the India Office, has kindly and carefully compared the Galleria
of the North-west Provinces with the specimen of the English species in the British
Museum, and holds it to be the same insect, viz. Galleria mellolella—which is a very
curious fact, the more so as this species extends over the whole of the North-western
Provinces of India. ‘The native name of this bee in the North-west Provinces is Dingar.
FROM THE NORTH-WEST PROVINCES OF INDIA. 185
TRIGONA RUFICORNIS, Smith.
This is one of the smallest honey-bees I have ever met with; and its habits are curious.
I noticed it under the following circumstances; and I never again met with its nest,
although the natives all know it. One evening, at Benares (April 4, 1863), as I was
standing at my door I saw a swarm of from 400 to 500 of what I took to be midges
rapidly flying about in a mazy kind of dance, occupying a space of five or six feet, and
being about ten feet from the ground. I brought out my insect-net and caught about
a hundred in one sweep, when, to my surprise, they proved to be bees. On watching
them I observed that they went in and out of a little hole in the wall close by, under a
beam where was a hollow, and that many of their thighs were laden with pollen.
The insects seemed quite harmless, walking about my hand and not attempting to
sting. Digging out some bricks with care, I came on a portion of their nest. The
space it occupied appeared to have been originally eaten out by Termites. It was
coated on all sides with a layer of black wax, and in it was stored their honey. The
waxen cells were of a dark brown colour and very globular, pendent side by side from
the roof, and not, as far as I could see, arranged hexagonally.
The honey was very dark in colour, but excellent in flavour; and I was told by the
natives that it possessed medicinal qualities. It had a slight astringency; and, con-
sidering the size of the insect, the quantity stored was very large. I was also told that
these insects commonly use hollow trees, in which they store astonishing quantities of
honey, which is diligently sought for and highly prized. They called them ‘“‘ Bhénga,”
which appears to me to be a generic name for a// bees in the North-west Provinces.
Large bricks prevented my digging further, so that I cannot describe their breeding-cells.
The bees continued to fly in the manner before described till dark, and did not
desert their nest.
Note.—As when in India I refrained from capturing the domesticated bees, I had
no specimens in my collection; but from examples since obtained I have reason to
believe that the species in general domestication is either Apis indica or A. nigrocincta.
Both these species are much smaller; and the comb made in the cupboard at Maldon,
Nynee Tal, in 1849, was probably their work, as they prefer hollows of trees, or even
erevices in rocks, as opposed to A. dorsata, which hang their combs from the under-
side of boughs of trees or rocks. All the notes above recorded, with this exception,
apply to A. dorsata, whose savage disposition would seem ill to brook captivity.
VOL. VII.—PaRT 111. April, 1870. 2D
186 MESSRS. C. HORNE AND F. SMITH ON HYMENOPTERA
APPENDIX.
[Seventeen new species are herein described: seven belong to the Fossorial Group of
Hymenoptera, five belong to the Family Vespide, and five to the Apide.
The habits of eight species are more or less detailed in the Notes by Mr. Horne.
The economy of the genera Pison and Parapison is for the first time made known;
and considerable addition is made to our previous knowledge of the habits of several
other genera, particularly of the species of Pemphredon, and also of the social Apide.
Very little has been previously published on the habits of Indian Hymenoptera derived
from actual observation.
The type specimens have been liberally presented by Mr. Horne to the British
Museum.—F. S.]
Fam. POMPILID.
1. PoMPILUS MACULIPES.
Female. Length 34 lines. Black, and thinly covered with cinereous pile; a white
spot on the posterior tibiz near their base.
Head—the clypeus and cheeks bright and silvery in certain lights; the anterior
margin of the former rounded; the tips of the mandibles ferruginous. The coxe
beneath and the sides of the metathorax silvery bright, the latter rounded, smooth, and
shining; the wings hyaline, the nervures black, with a fuscous cloud occupying the
marginal cell and crossing the wing down to the posterior margin of the third discoidal
cell. Abdomen smooth, shining, and pilose.
Hab. Mainpuri, North-west Provinces of India.
2. AGENIA MUTABILIS.
Female. Length 34 lines. Black, and covered with a fine changeable silky silvery pile.
Head covered with silvery pile, which is most dense and bright on the cheeks and
clypeus, the anterior margin of the latter rounded ; the palpi testaceous, the apical joints
palest. Thorax silvery, most bright and dense on the coxe; metathorax rounded pos-
teriorly, with a deep fossulet in the middle of its base, down the centre runs a marked
or defined channel; the wings hyaline, the nervures black; the posterior femora bright
ferruginous. Abdomen covered with a beautiful changeable silvery pile, its brilliancy
changing in every fresh position, the apical segment very smooth and shining.
Hab. Mainpuri, North-west Provinces of India.
FROM THE NORTH-WEST PROVINCES OF INDIA. 187
Fam. SPHEGID 2.
1, AMMOPHILA FUSCIPENNIS.
Male. Length 93 lines. Black, with red legs.
Head with scattered black pubescence, punctured, but not closely so; a little silvery
pubescence on each side of the clypeus and above it as high as the insertion of the
antenne ; the clypeus emarginate, the angles of the emargination prominent; the scape
of the antenne ferruginous. Thorax coarsely rugulose; the metathorax obliquely
striated; wings fusco-hyaline, with a violet iridescence; the legs red, with the coxe
and claw-joint of the tarsi black. Abdomen black, the basal portion of the petiole
more or less ferruginous; the rest of the abdomen with a fine silky pile, observable in
certain lights.
Hab. Mainpuri, North-west Provinces of India.
2. PELOP@US CURVATUS.
Female. Length 6 to 7 lines. Black, variegated with yellow and ferruginous, the
petiole black and curving upwards.
Head—a spot on the clypeus and the scape of the antenne in front reddish yellow;
the mandibles ferruginous near their apex. Thorax—a narrow line on the collar, the
tegule, a transverse spot on the scutellum pointed at each end, and a spot at the
insertion of the petiole on the metathorax yellow; the legs ferruginous, with the
cox, trochanters, a line inside and outside of the femora, as well as the tips of the
joints of the tarsi, black. The apical margin of the first segment of the abdomen
with a broad reddish-yellow band; a narrow band of the same colour on the apical
margins of the other segments; the abdomen curving downwards. ‘The thorax trans-
versely rugose, the metathorax most coarsely so; the wings hyaline, with the nervures
bright ferruginous.
Hab. Mainpuri, North-west Provinces of India.
The form of the abdomen of this insect is the same as that of Pelopeus deformis
from North China.
Fam. LARRIDZ.
Genus PARAPISON.
The characters of this genus are in all respects the same as those of the genus Pison,
excepting the absence of the petiolated second submarginal cell; it can therefore only
be regarded as a division of that genus. Shuckard, in his Monograph on these insects,
proposed a divisional name (Pisonitus). The following are the characters of the genus
and its divisions :—
Gen. Pison. The eyes reniform; the anterior wings with three submarginal cells, the
2D2
188 MESSRS. C. HORNE AND F. SMITH ON HYMENOPTERA
second petiolated; the recurrent nervures either interstitial or both received by the
second submarginal cell.
Gen. Pisonitus. The anterior wings with three submarginal cells, the second petio-
lated; the first recurrent nervure received towards the apex of the first submarginal
cell, the second recurrent received about the middle of the second submarginal cell.
Gen. Parapison. ‘The anterior wings with two submarginal cells, the first recurrent-
nervure received towards the apex of the first submarginal cell, the second recurrent
nervure uniting with the apical nervure of the first submarginal cell, usually known as
the first transverso-median nervure.
In all these divisions the eyes are reniform, as in Vespa; and in all, the apical margins
of the abdominal segments are more or less depressed.
1. PARAPISON RUFIPES. (Plate XXI. fig. 1 a.)
Female. Length 3 lines. Black, with the legs red.
Head—the cheeks, clypeus, and emargination of the eyes with bright silvery pile;
the mandibles ferruginous, the palpi pale ferruginous. ‘Thorax—the posterior margin
of the prothorax and the sides of the metathorax with silvery pubescent pile; the meso-
thorax with a deep central longitudinal channel and a short impressed line between it
and the tegule; the metathorax has also a deep longitudinal channel, which is broadest
and deepest at its origin at the postscutellum; the wings hyaline and iridescent; the
legs ferruginous, with their coxe black, the apical joints of the tarsi dusky. Abdomen
smooth, shining, and delicately punctured; the apical margins of the segments with
changeable bright silvery pubescence; the sides of the abdomen very bright and glitter-
ing; beneath smooth and shining.
Hab. Mainpuri, North-west Provinces of India.
Fam. CRABRONIDZ.
1. TRYPOXYLON INTRUDENS.
Female. Length 4-43 lines. Black, with the second and third segments of the
abdomen red, legs more or less testaceous.
Head shining and delicately punctured, with an impressed line in front of the anterior
ocellus; the clypeus and the emargination of the eyes with bright silvery pubescence ;
tips of the mandibles ferruginous, the palpi pale testaceous; the extreme apex of the
joints of the antenne more or less rufo-testaceous. Thorax smooth and shining, with a
few very fine punctures; the collar and sides of the metathorax silvery, the latter with
a deep central longitudinal impression; a semicircular enclosed space at the base of
the metathorax, which is transversely striated; the legs black, with the tips of the
cox, the trochanters, the base of the tibie, and the tips of the joints of the tarsi
pale testaceous; the wings colourless and brilliantly iridescent. The petiole more than
FROM THE NORTH-WEST PROVINCES OF INDIA. 189
half the length of the abdomen; the second and third segments red, with a fuscous
spot in the middle of each.
Hab. Mainpuri, North-west Provinces of India.
This insect was bred from cocoons constructed by Parapison rufipes, it having taken
possession of one of the cells and reared its own young therein.
2. TRYPOXYLON REJECTOR. (Plate XXI. fig. 4.)
Female. Length 5} lines. Black, with the second and third segments of the abdomen
red, the legs black.
Head—the clypeus and the emargination of the eyes silvery; tips of the mandibles
ferruginous, the palpi pale testaceous; an impressed line in front of the anterior ocellus,
terminating at an elevated carina just above the insertion of the antenne. ‘Thorax
smooth and shining on the disk; the sides of the metathorax with silvery pubescence,
and a smooth enclosed space at its base divided by a central channel, beyond the
enclosure it widens into a deep and wide fossulet; wings subhyaline, their apical
margins clouded and beautifully iridescent ; legs entirely black. Abdomen with a long
petiole, and smooth and shining; the second and third segments red, their apical margins
more or less fuscous.
Hab. Mainpuri, North-west Provinces of India.
This species was bred from cells constructed by Pterochilus pulchellus.
Fam. EUMENID.
1. EUMENES MAINPURIENSIS. (Plate XX. fig. 3 a.)
Male. Length 5 lines. Black, with yellow bands and spots, and thinly covered with
short pale pubescence.
Head and thorax very closely punctured; the clypeus and a narrow line running
upwards and terminating in a round spot yellow; the apical joint or hook of the
antenne reddish yellow; the tips of the mandibles ferruginous. Thorax—the anterior
margin of the prothorax yellow above; the tegule and postscutellum yellow; the tibie,
tarsi, and apex of the femora yellow; the posterior tarsi, and apex of the tibiz above,
fuscous; the wings subhyaline, the anterior margin of the anterior pair more or less
fuscous. Abdomen with all the segments irregularly bordered with yellow; petiole
pyriform, the yellow border deeply emarginate in the middle, and on each side of it a
deep impression ; the second segment with a small transverse oblong yellow spot on each
side, and the yellow border deeply emarginate in the middle and narrowed laterally ;
the borders of the other segments narrower; the abdomen is slightly shining, finely and
closely punctured, but not so closely as the head and thorax.
Hab. Mainpuri, North-west Provinces of India.
This may possibly be the male of the species described by Saussure in his ‘ Mono-
190 MESSRS. C. HORNE AND F. SMITH ON HYMENOPTERA
graphie des Guépes solitaires,’ and named Humenes affinissima from its close resemblance
to the European species E. coarctata and E. pomiformis; but I have nothing to justify
my considering it to be so.
2. PTEROCHILUS PULCHELLUS. (Plate XXI. fig. 80.)
Female. Length 3 lines. Black, ornamented with yellowish-white markings; the
basal segment of the abdomen red.
Head—a line behind the eyes, the sides of the clypeus, an oblong spot above it, the
base of the mandibles and the scape in front yellow white. A transverse line on the
thorax in front, the tegule, a spot beneath the wings, and the sides of the scutellum
and postscutellum yellowish white; the wings hyaline and iridescent; the femora and
the tibia within pale ferruginous, the coxz white in front, the tibize and tarsi white and
more or less stained with pale ferruginous. Abdomen—the first segment red, small,
and campanulate, much narrower than the second; the posterior margins of all the
segments white, and a small ovate spot on each side of the second segment; beneath,
the second segment with a white apical margin.
Male. Rather smaller than the female, and closely resembling that sex, but having
the clypeus immaculate (the female has a black spot), and the second abdominal segment
without the two ovate white spots.
Hab. Mainpuri, North-west Provinces of India.
Fam. VESPID.
1. Vespa vivax. (Plate XXI. fig. 9, 9.)
Worker. Length 9 lines. Black, pubescent, head yellow, the abdomen with orange
bands, the legs and antenne ferruginous.
Head sulphur-coloured; the face above the clypeus as high as the posterior ocelli
black; the emargination of the eyes obscurely yellow; a reversed bell-shaped yellow
spot between the antenne.
Thorax black, with sometimes a very narrow orange line on each side of its anterior
margin; wings fulvo-hyaline, with the anterior margin of the superior pair fusco-
ferruginous; tegule rufo-piceous; the tibie and tarsi reddish yellow.
Abdomen with the first segment bordered with a broad orange band occupying half
its width; the second segment with a very narrow orange band on its apical margin;
the third segment yellow, with a quadrate spot on each side at its basal margin; these
spots unite with the black basal portion of the segment, which is sometimes partly visible
also; the apical margin of the fourth segment, and the fifth and sixth entirely, orange-
yellow; the abdomen yellow beneath from the middle of the second segment to the
apex.
Hab. Binsur, Kumaon, North-west Provinces of India.
FROM THE NORTH-WEST PROVINCES OF INDIA. 191
This species most closely resembles V. velutina, and must be arranged next to that
species.
2. VESPA FLAVICEPS. (Plate XXI. figs. 10,?, 11, ¥.)
Female. Length 8 lines. Black, and ornamented with sulphur-yellow spots and bands.
Head yellow, with a small quadrate black spot that encloses the ocelli; the flagellum
of the antenne and the teeth of the mandibles black, the scape, and the vertex between
the summit of the eyes, ferruginous; the eyes extending to the base of the mandibles.
Thorax—the margins of the prothorax and of the scutellum, a spot on each side of the
metathorax just above the insertion of the abdomen, and a spot beneath the wings
yellow; the legs yellow and stained with ferruginous beneath; the cox, and the
posterior femora at their base, more or less fuscous; the wings flavo-hyaline, the
nervures ferruginous, the costal nervure fuscous. Abdomen—the first, second, and
third segments with a yellow band on their apical margins; the bands on the second
and third segments widen at the sides, where each is slightly emarginate; the two fol-
lowing segments are yellow, and have an ovate black spot on each side; the apical
segment yellow beneath; the basal margins of the first, second, and third segments are
black.
Worker. Length 6 lines. This sex differs from the female in many particulars. ‘The
vertex is black; the antenne black, with the scape yellow in front. The thorax, legs,
and wings as in the female. The abdomen has the apical margins of all the segments
bordered with narrow yellow bands; the second and following segments have a rounded
notch on each side. Beneath, the segments with yellow apical margins: that on the
second segment is broad, and a curved black line runs into it, emanating from the black
base of the segment; the margins of the three following segments have narrower bands,
each having a black emargination on each side; very frequently there is a very narrow
interrupted line of yellow at the base of the abdomen.
Hab. Binsur, Kumaon, North-west Provinces of India.
This species has the aspect of one of our British, or one of the North-American
Wasps; at first sight the workers look somewhat like those of Vespa cuneata.
3. VESPA sTRUcTOR. (Plate XXI. fig. 12, 3.)
Worker. Length 5 lines. Head and thorax black; abdomen reddish yellow, with
black bands.
Head yellow, the vertex between the eyes black; the scape yellow in front; the eyes
extending to the base of the mandibles. The margins of the prothorax, a line on each
side at the base of the scutellum, the tibie, tarsi, and tips of the femora reddish
yellow; the cox, trochanters, and base of the femora black; wings subhyaline, the
nervures ferruginous, the costal nervure black. Abdomen reddish yellow, with the
basal margins of the segments black; the black bands narrow, but widest in the middle,
192 MESSRS. C. HORNE AND F. SMITH ON HYMENOPTERA
and there produced into an angular point, and the posterior margins of the bands
irregularly notched.
Hab. Binsur, Kumaon, North-west Provinces of India.
Fam. APID.
1. MEGACHILE PROXIMA.
Female. Length 6-7 lines. Head, thorax, and base of the abdomen with fulvous
pubescence, the segments margined with white.
Head—the face clothed with fulvous pubescence; the thorax also with fulvous or
fulvo-ferruginous pubescence above; the tegule ferruginous; the wings subhyaline,
with a dark fuscous cloud beyond the marginal cell; the intermediate and posterior
tibiee with a fine silvery pilosity outside, and the basal joint of their tarsi with bright
short ferruginous pubescence beneath. The basal segment of the abdomen with bright
ferruginous pubescence; the posterior margin of the second with a narrow fringe of the
same colour; the border on the third segment is reddish in the middle and white at the
sides ; the two following are edged with white ; the apical segment is white on each side ;
the underside is clothed with silvery-white hair, with a fringe of black at the sides.
Male. This sex is coloured like the female, but has more of the red pubescence at
the base of the abdomen, its anterior tarsi are simple, and the apical segment of the
abdomen has no white at the sides, and its margin is notched in the middle.
This species very closely resembles the J. lanata of Fabricius, and is difficult to
separate by description: the white pubescence on each side of the apical segment of the
abdomen distinguishes the female; the males are alike; but both sexes of MW. prowima
are larger than those of Jf. lanata. The habits of the two species are totally different,
as pointed out by Mr. Horne.
Hab. Mainpuri, North-west Provinces of India.
2. Ca@LIOXYS ANGULATA.
Female. Length 5} lines. Jet black, the abdomen with a row of lateral snow-white
angulated spots.
Head and thorax strongly and closely punctured; the face on each side of the clypeus
and the anterior margin of the latter with dense short white pubescence, which also
covers the head behind the eyes; a white line of pubescence on each side of the meso-
thorax close to the margins of the tegulw, two minute spots of the same colour at the
base of the scutellum ; the thorax beneath, as well as the femora, with fine short white
pubescence; the posterior tibiee are also clothed outside; a stout tooth on each side of
the scutellum; the posterior margin of the latter rounded. Abdomen shining, finely
and sparingly punctured; a row of minute snow-white scales along the basal margin
of the second and following segments, at the lateral margins an angular patch of the
FROM THE NORTH-WEST PROVINCES OF INDIA. 193
same ; the patch is quadrate on the basal segment; the apical segment broadly lanceo-
late, the lower plate of the same shape, and only a little longer than the upper one;
beneath, the segments are margined with white, and usually:more or less interrupted
in the middle; the basal segment has a white patch in the middle.
Hab. Mainpuri, North-west Provinces of India.
This species is parasitic upon Megachile fasciculata, from the cells of which bee
Mr. Horne bred it. In my catalogue of Andrenide and Apidz I have described the
female of MW. fasciculata as a distinct species under the name M. anthracina; Mr. Horne
bred both sexes from nests.
3. Bompus atrocinetus. (Plate XXI. fig. 13,¢.)
Male. Length 7 lines.
Head—the cheeks with griseous pubescence, the clypeus with white, on each side of
it the pubescence is thin, long, and black, as it is also at the insertion of the antenne,
leaving the vertex naked, smooth and shining; there are also a few long black hairs on
the posterior margin of the vertex. Thorax clothed above with fulvous pubescence,
as are also the two basal segments of the abdomen; the wings fulvo-hyaline, with their
apical margins fuscous; the third and fourth segments of the abdomen clothed with
black pubescence, the three apical ones with white; the four apical joints of the tarsi
ferruginous; the tarsi, beneath, have short bright ferruginous pubescence; the thorax
and abdomen, beneath, with a long thin griseous pubescence.
Hab. Binsur, Kumaon, North-west Provinces of India.
This species resembles one of the varieties of the Bombus lucorum of Europe.
4. BoMBUS TERMINALIS.
Male. Length 7 lines.
The head clothed with black pubescence, that on the clypeus white and intermixed
with some long bristly black hairs; the mandibles with a thick fringe of pale fulvous.
Thorax clothed above with bright fulvous pubescence ; that on the sides black ; beneath
it is white; the four apical joints of the tarsi ferruginous; the pubescence on the tibie
black, intermixed with a few ferruginous hairs on the posterior pair; that on the tarsi
beneath is bright ferruginous; wings fulvo-hyaline, the nervures dark ferruginous.
Abdomen clothed with black pubescence; a few ferruginous hairs at its base, and the
two apical segments clothed with white; beneath, the segments are fringed with pale
hairs.
Worker. Length 54 lines. Clothed exactly the same as the male, and only differs in
having the wings darker, and in not having white pubescence on the clypeus; above it, at
the insertion of the antenne, it is short, dense, and fusco-ferruginous.
Hab. The male from Simla.
VOL. ViI.—PaRT I. Apri/, 1870. 25
194 MESSRS. C. HORNE AND F. SMITH ON HYMENOPTERA
5. TRIGONA RUFICORNIS.
Worker. Length 14 line.
The head smooth and shining, the face with a white downy pubescence ; the antennie
and mandibles ferruginous, the clypeus usually more or less so. The thorax smooth,
shining, black; the scutellum and metathorax frequently more or less pale ferruginous ;
wings colourless and iridescent ; legs pale ferruginous, varying in colour to dark fusco-
ferruginous. Abdomen ferruginous, frequently dark towards the apex, and very smooth
and shining.
Hab. Mainpuri, North-west Provinces of India.
DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.
PLATE XIX.
Fig. 1. Nest of Megachile fasciculata, p. 178.
Fig. 2. Male of Megachile fasciculata.
3. Female of Megachile fasciculata.
4. Leaf cells of Megachile fasciculata.
Fig. 5. Open cell, with pollen, and grub feeding thereon.
6. The skin of the larva of Megachile fasciculata.
7. Leaves of a rose cut by Megachile fasciculata.
Fig. 8. The pupa-case of Megachile fasciculata.
Fig. 9. Larva of Megachile fasciculata.
Fig. 10. The egg of Megachile fasciculata.
Fig. 11. Nest of Megachile lanata (p. 176) in a piece of bamboo.
Fig. lla. Female of Megachile lanata.
Fig. 11. Male of Megachile lanata.
Fig. 12. Nest of Megachile disjuncta, p. 179.
Fig. 12a. Female of Megachile disjuncta.
PLATE XX.
Fig. 1. Nest of Rhynchium nitidulum, p. 168.
Fig. 1a. The female of Rhynchium nitidulwm.
FROM THE NORTH-WEST PROVINCES OF INDIA. 195
2. Nest of Eumenes conica (abnormal form), p. 166.
Fig. 2a. Female of Eumenes conica.
Fig. 3. Nest of Ewmenes mainpuriensis, p. 167.
Fig. 3a. Female of Eumenes mainpuriensis, p. 189.
Fig. 4. Nest of Humenes edwardsti, p. 167.
Fig. 4a. Female of Ewmenes edwardsit.
Fig. 5. Nest of Rhynchium carnaticum, p. 167.
Fig. 5a. Female of Rhynchium carnaticum.
Fig. 6. Nest of Hwmenes esuriens, p. 167.
Fig. 6a. Female of Humenes esuriens.
Fig. 7. Nest of Odynerus punctum, p. 167.
Fig. 7a. Female of Odynerus punctum.
Fig. 8. Nest of Icaria variegata, p. 169.
Fig. 8a. Female of carta variegata.
Fig. 9. Nest of Icaria variegata on a leaf.
PLATE XXI.
Fig. 1. Nest of Parapison rufipes, p. 165.
Fig. la. Parapison rufipes (2), p. 188.
Fig. 14. Pupa-cases of Parapison rufipes.
Fig. 2. Nest of Pelopeus bengalensis, p. 163.
Fig. 2a@. Pupa-cases of Pelopeus bengalensis.
Fig. 3. Cell of a species of Pelopeus(?) constructed in a finger-ring.
Fig. 4. Nest of Trypoxylon rejector, p. 164.
Fig. 4a. Trypoaylon reector, p. 189.
Fig. 5. Nest of Pisonitus rugosus, p. 165.
Fig. 5a. Female of Pisonitus rugosus.
Fig. 6. Nest of Pelopeus madraspatanus, p. 161.
Fig. 7. Female of Pelopwus madraspatanus.
Figs. 8 & 8a. Cells of Pterochilus pulchellus.
Fig. 8b. Pterochilus pulchellus (2), p. 190.
Fig. 9. Vespa vivar (%), p. 190.
Fig. 10. Vespa flaviceps (2), pp. 174, 191.
Fig. 11. Vespa flaviceps (% ).
Fig. 12. Vespa structor (2), p. 191.
Fig. 13. Bombus atrocinctus (¢), p 193.
Fig. 14. Nest of Pelopeus bilineatus, p. 163.
Fig. 14a. Pelopeus bilineatus (2 ).
196 ON HYMENOPTERA FROM THE NORTH-WEST PROVINCES OF INDIA.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
PLATE XXII.
1. Nest of Xylocopa chloroptera, p. 179.
la. Female of Xylocopa chloroptera.
1b. Larva of Xylocopa chloroptera.
le. Emanadia, sp. 1, p. 167.
2. Comb of Apis floralis, p. 181.
2a. The queen of Apis floralis.
26. The worker of Apis floralis.
2¢. The male of Apis floralis.
3. Comb of Apis dorsata, p. 181.
3a. The worker of Apis dorsata.
36. A closed cell of Apis dorsata.
8c. Galleria mellolella, a moth which feeds upon the comb.
a
W. West imp
FZ
Wtd.A O07
FI
w
Dg
°
3
s
o
Be)
a
°
q
0)
a
at
Indian
ne
neh)
Zr
W. West amp
Wel 7 Lt.
7,
TtiA
CWVUW9¢td. AOL. LOC
Indian Hymenoptera.
dE. Smith lith,
LD ey) Se Wt LA
W West imp
Indian Hymenoptera.
Grand Lob See Vb tLe 22.
Indian Hymenoptera.
VI. On a collection of Birds from North-Eastern Abyssinia and the Bogos Country.
By Orro Finscn, Ph.D., CM.Z.S. With notes by the collector, Witu1AM Jesse,
C.M.ZS., Zoologist to the Abyssinian Expedition.
Read June 10th, 1869.
[PLares XXIII. to XXVII.]
HAVING for a long time past directed my attention to the study of the avifauna of
Africa, I was much pleased to have an opportunity of examining the fine collection of
birds brought home by Mr. Jesse, the indefatigable zoologist attached to the late
Abyssinian expedition. This collection was formed on the Abyssinian coast-region at
Zoulla and Massowah, in north-eastern Abyssinia, and in the Bogos country, all of
which parts of Africa had been already tolerably well explored.
With the successful endeavours of Drs. Ehrenberg and Hemprich, the latter of whom
lies buried on the island of Tan-el-had, opposite Massowah, began our acquaintance with
the avifauna of the Abyssinian coast-lands. Their extensive work ‘Symbole physice’
is, from its unwieldy size, and also from the fact of its being without systematic
arrangement of any kind, too seldom referred to, and many of the valuable discoveries
therein contained have not received the attention they deserve at the hands of scientific
men. Dr. Riippell, the reexplorer of Abyssinia after the celebrated Bruce, obtained
many novelties, and published the results of his explorations in handy and convenient
volumes, The extensive collections made by Major Harris have only become the
property of science in a limited degree, not having been published in a connected form.
Amongst those who have enriched our knowledge of the avifauna of Abyssinia I must
mention Salt, Théophile Lefebvre, Ferret, and Galinier, travellers whose names will be
for ever engraved in the annals of science; nor must I forget to mention the collection
formed during a voyage in the Red Sea by Mr. James Daubeny, and recorded by
Dr. Sclater in Sir William Jardine’s ‘ Contributions to Ornithology’ for 1852 (p. 128).
During the last ten years, however, our knowledge of the ornithology of North-
eastern Africa has been most satisfactorily extended by the explorations of Hofrath v.
Heuglin and Dr. A. Brehm in the Bogos country. The first-mentioned naturalist,
undoubtedly our first authority on Abyssinian zoology, made a long residence in the
Bogos country when attached to the German expedition in search of the much lamented
Dr. Eduard Vogel, having been elected by the German nation to the command of this
once much talked-of, but now almost forgotten, expedition. From the end of July to
VOL. vil.—Part iv. May, 1870. 2 F
198 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
the end of October he successfully explored the Bogos country; and many new birds
were discovered, a few of which, however, have since been referred to previously
described species. Dr. A. Brehm, who was attached to the hunting expedition of the
Duke Ernst II. of Saxe-Coburg-Gotha, during his short visit of two months, made many
valuable observations on the habits of the mammals and birds, which were published in
a popular work bearing the ill-chosen title of ‘ Results of a Voyage to Abyssinia ’’—ill-
chosen, because the author never entered Abyssinia proper, having only reached the
coast-land of Samchara and the plateau of Mensa, in the Bogos country, about 4000 feet
above the level of the sea.
After such important explorations by so many celebrated travellers, it might be
supposed that the researches of Mr. Jesse had not been productive of any great
results. His fine and surprisingly rich collection, containing about 735 skins, proves
the contrary. Although there are only two new, or, I should rather, say hitherto
overlooked species in the collection, namely, a Lark (A/wmon jessei) and a Shrike
(Lanius fallax), we were astonished at the fine series of specimens, all of them bearing
a label on which was accurately marked the locality, date, and sex, the latter point
being always determined by anatomical dissection. These series of specimens have
enabled us to become better acquainted with many species than was before possible, by
exhibiting to us the individual aberrations and variations of the birds themselves, which
knowledge is in many respects more valuable than the discovery of new species. Our
knowledge of the geographical distribution of birds has also been increased by adding
species to the avifauna of North-eastern Africa which were either little known (such as
Cossypha gutturalis and Charadrius pecuarius) or entirely unknown (as Cotyle fuligula,
Nectarinia jardinei, Sterna macroptera, Hypolais olivetorum, and H. elaica) to be
inhabitants of that part of Africa. The occurrence of many species new to Abyssinia
and the Bogos country is also of great interest. For Abyssinia I may mention
Aquila imperialis (observed on the Red Sea for the first time near Zoulla), Bubo
ascalaphus, Otus brachyotus (shores of the Red Sea), Himantopus melanopterus ; for
the Bogos country, Halcyon senegalensis, Irrisor aterrimus, Nectarinia pulchella,
Thamnobia albifrons, Zosterops abyssinica, Turdus pelios, Crateropus limbatus, Cr.
leucocephalus, Platystira senegalensis, Lanius nubicus, Colius macrourus, Pogonorhyn-
chus undatus, Megalema pusilla, Oxylophus afer, Indicator sparmanni, and Cursorius
chalcopterus.
The total number of species collected by Mr. Jesse is 219, being more than a quarter
of all the birds known to inhabit north-eastern Africa, supposing the total number to
be somewhere about 800. Riippell enumerates only 532; Heuglin ten years after-
wards 754, and in his fauna of the Red Sea 325 species. Dr. Brehm observed during
his short visit 172 species. The results of Mr. Jesse’s expedition are therefore not less
1 Ergebnisse einer Reise nach Habesch im Gefolge Seiner Hoheit des regierenden Herzogs yon Sachsen-
Coburg-Gotha Ernst II., von Dr. A. E. Brehm (Hamburg, 1863).
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 199
than those obtained by any of his predecessors, especially when the short period of his
stay is taken into consideration; and the present collection of birds will always remain
a proof of the diligence and zeal of this indefatigable collector.
I have given critical remarks, to the best of my power, on all interesting or disputed
points connected with the determination of the species in the following list; while
Mr. Jesse has furnished some field-notes as to habits and the colour of the eyes, legs,
&c., which, as far as I can judge myself, seem to have been recorded with most com-
mendable accuracy.
Fam. VULTURIDZ’.
1. Vuurur FuLvus (Gml.).
Gyps fulvus, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 9. no. 4a; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 44; id. Faun. des Rothen
Meeres, no. 4c.
Vultur fulvus, Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 31. no. 1d.
a. Senafé. April 1868.
The plumage of this specimen is strongly tinged with ochre-brown, like the so-called
Vultur fulvus orientalis of Schlegel. Bill greyish horn-colour, along the culmen
yellowish.
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Rostr. a rict. Tars. Dig. interm.
Measurements . . 1! 114" 10" 230 2IENO! 4! SiO te
The length of the bill is taken from the front to the apex. The measurements of the
toes are exclusive of the claw. All dimensions are given in old French feet and inches,
the inches being divided into twelve lines.
{Common in the highlands.—W. J.]
1 The full titles of the works referred to are :—
a, Systematische Uebersicht der Vogel Nord-Ost-Afrika’s, von Dr. Eduard Riippell, Frankfurt a. M. 1845
(mit 50 Abbildungen).
b. Systematische Uebersicht der Vogel Nord-Ost-Afrika’s, mit Einschluss der Arabischen Kiiste, des Rothen
Meeres und der Nil-Quellen-Lander, siidwiirts bis zum iy. Grade nérdl. Breite, yon Dr. Th. von Heuglin (aus
dem Februarhefte des Jahrganges 1856 der Sitzungsberichte der mathem.-naturw. Classe der Kaiserl.
Akademie der Wissenschaften (Wien, Band xix. pp. 255-324) besonders abgedruckt.
c. Th. y. Heuglin’s Forschungen iiber die Fauna des Rothen Meeres und der Somali-Kiiste. Ein systematisches
Verzeichnis der Siugethiere und Vogel (Mittheilungen aus Justus Perthe’s geographischer Anstalt tiber wichtige
neue Forschungen auf dem Gesammtgebiete der Geographie von Dr. A. Petermann, 1861, pp. 11-82).
d. We trust we shall be allowed to refer to this unpublished work, which is more than half printed off, and
will be published very shortly. The full title will be :—Baron Carl Claus von der Decken’s Reisen in Ost-
Africa. Vierter Band: Die Vogel Ost-Africa’s yon Dr. O. Finsch und Dr. G. Hartlaub. Mit 11 Tafeln in
Buntdruck. It will contain descriptions of all the birds, about 457 species, known from Eastern Africa,
from the southern extremity of Mozambique up to Cape Gardafui and the Somali coast.
22
200 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
2. NEOPHRON PILEATUS (Burch.).
Neophron pileatus, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 9. no. 3; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 3; id. Faun. d. Roth. M.
no.1; Brehm, Erg. Reis. n. Habesch, p. 205. no.1; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 35. no. 3.
Cathartes monachus, Temm. Pl. Col. 222.
a. 3. Zoulla. June 6th, 1868.
b. Zoulla. June 6th, 1868.
[Common from the coast to the highlands— W. J.]
3. GYPAETOS MERIDIONALIS, Keys. & Blas.
Gypaétos meridionalis, Keys. & Blas. Wirbelth. Eur. p. xxviii, Anm. (1840) ; Riipp. Syst. Uebers.
p- 1. no. 1; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 1; id. Faun. des Roth. M. no. 6.
a. 6 ad. Senafé. April 1868.
b. 2 ad. Senafé. April 1868.
c. 9 ad. Senafé. April 14th, 1868.
The distinctive characters pointed out by MM. Keyserling and Blasius for the
African Gypaétus (founded on specimens from the Cape of Good Hope) seem to be
permanent. Besides the specimens collected by Mr. Jesse, there were two other
specimens killed by a gentleman during the expedition. All these birds have the
basal portion of the tarsus about three-quarters of an inch to one inch naked, and the
space between the angle of the mouth and the ears devoid of black hairs, which are
always present in the European G. barbatus. The latter species has the tarsus feathered
to the base, otherwise there is no difference. ‘The males are very deep fulvous under-
neath. The following are the dimensions of the specimens brought by Mr. Jesse :—
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Rict. Tars. Dig. int.
No. il Cen Oe 9! 4ll My gaii gi 4l gi gin gi qu
INGE2;6. es ce 17 23 3.6 3.6 3.5
NOLS ioe are ts ern 16 24. 3.6 3 4 3 1
ING ARO Rene) ene Oo 18 21 oF 3.8 3.3
No. 5,2 2 23 153 23 3 4 3 4 3 1—0O.F.
[The female (¢) had the iris yellow, with an outer ring of blood-red; strong hairs
over the nostrils; bill bluish horn-colour; feet bluish horn-colour; talons darker. I
obtained three specimens of this splendid bird, among them a fine adult male. They
were very plentiful in and about the camp at Senafé and further up the country. I
never observed them lower than Rayrayguddy, and never saw the bird in the Bogos
country. In flight and habits this species resembles the Kites much more than the
Vultures. I had no opportunity of finding out whether it ever killed its own game,
as there was always a superabundance of carrion about, though I never saw it feasting
on a carcass; it always seemed to confine itself to picking up odd picces of offal about
the camp.—W. J.]
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 201
4, AQUILA IMPERIALIS, Bechst.
Aquila imperialis, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 10. no. 12; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 14.
a. 3. Zoulla. March 3rd, 1868.
A very interesting specimen. It has not yet assumed the full livery, but has the
black plumage mixed with some brown feathers, and on the shoulders a white patch is
already visible. Not before recorded from the Abyssinian coast-land.—0. F.
[This was the only specimen seen or obtained by me, and was shot at Zoulla. It
measured 6 ft. 53 in. from tip to tip of the wings, and 2 ft. 5 in. from the tip of the
beak to the extremity of the tail. Contents of stomach, birds. Iris brownish yellow
or stone-colour; cere greenish ; beak bluish horn-colour; legs and feet yellow; talons
nearly black.— W. J.]
5. AQUILA RAPAX, Temm.
Aquila nevioides, Cuv. ; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 16.
albicans, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. t. 13; Brehm, Reise nach Habesch, p. 206.
rapax, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. pp. 7, 10. no. 15; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no.18; Brehm, Reise nach
Habesch, p. 206; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 44. no. 8.
senegalla, Heugl. Faun. d. Roth. Meer. no. 7.
—— substriata, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 19.
. Senafé. April 1868.
. Senafé. April 1868.
. Senafé. April 1868.
. Rayrayguddy. April 27th, 1868 (no. 489).
Rayrayguddy. April 27th, 1868 (no. 407).
. Gabena-Weldt-Gonfallon. August 6th, 1868 (no. 1592).
Mohaber. July 9th, 1868 (no. 1513).
do. Maragaz. July 27th, 1868 (no. 1028).
BWA w AW A +o
Pe APS Ss Ss
The fine series of specimens in Mr. Jesse’s collection shows every gradation in colour,
from pale brown (as in A. albicans, Riipp.) to dark brown. The male specimen (é) is
throughout blackish brown, as in A. nevia, excepting some of the upper tail-coverts,
which are pale ochre-brown. Other specimens are light ochre-brown mixed with dark
brown, especially on the shoulders. A. rapaz is very nearly allied to our A. nevia, but
is distinguished by the shorter tarsus and the elliptically shaped nostrils, which are
situated perpendicularly, as in A. clanga, Pall.
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Rostr. a rict. Tars. Dig. inter.
moe. () . . . 19g! 19! 16!" gn ym git gilt Qi gil
18 103 163 2 3 3 2 2 0
20 10 — — 32 2 3.—O.F.
[No. 489, 2. Iris brown; cere yellow; beak almost black; legs feathered to the
foot; feet yellow; talons black.
202 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
No. 457, ¢. Iris yellowish grey; cere dirty yellow; beak bluish grey at base, black
at tip; legs feathered to the foot ; feet bright yellow; talons black.
The pair above noted were killed the same day, one on the nest, the other as he
swooped down to look for his companion. These two examples sufficiently illustrate
the variations to which this Eagle is subject—the female bird being almost entirely
cream-coloured, and the male so brown as to be verging on black. The iris and beak
are different in each. The nest was placed at the top of a gigantic Euphorbia, and
was reached by a friend of mine, who, however, found neither eggs nor young, a few
bones of the Klippspringer Antelope and a stone being all he got for his climb. The
remaining five specimens I got vary considerably, none, however, being so dark or so
light as the pair above mentioned. I procured this species at Senafé, Rayrayguddy,
Maragaz (Bogos), and Gabena-Weldt-Gonfallon (Bogos).—W. J.]
6. HELorarsus ECAUDATUS (Daud.).
Helotarsus ecaudatus et H. leuconotus (Paul v. Wirtemb.), Riipp. Syst. Uebers. pp. 8, 10. no.23 et 234;
Heugl. Syst. Uebers. nos. 35 et 36; id. Faun. d. Roth. M. no. 12; Brehm, Reise n. Habesch,
p- 206. no. 10; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 51. no. 12.
a. 6. Maragaz. April 4th, 1868 (no. 1363).
The reddish-white colour of the back in this Eagle is, as Mr. Jesse’s specimen shows,
by no means a specific character, but seems to be rather a sign of old age. After a
careful comparison of many specimens from all parts of Africa, I have come to the
conclusion that there is only one species all over the continent.—0O. F.
[Iris brown, skin round the eye coral-red; cere dark crimson; base of the beak pink,
tip pale horn-colour; legs and feet coral-red ; talons black.
The only specimen procured by me. Mr. W. 'T. Blanford obtained two, one shot
near Senafé, the other from the Anseba. This species was more plentiful beyond
Senafé, but very shy. On the Anseba it was by no means rare, and not so difficult of
approach.— lV. J.]
7. Bureo aveur, Riipp.
Buteo augur, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 10. no. 10; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 12; Brehm, Habesch,
p- 206. no. 6; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 57. no. 15.
a. @. Senafé. April 12, 1868 (no. 146).
[Iris dark brown; cere greenish yellow; beak bluish horn-colour, the tip black; legs
and feet light greenish yellow ; talons black.
This bird was sent to me by a friend at Rayrayguddy. I subsequently shot one
between Facado and Addigerat, but the skin was spoiled. I saw another specimen
just before entering Goongoona. From information I obtained, this bird was much
more plentiful further up the country. Contents of the stomach, lizards—VW. J.]
bo
oO
eo
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY.
8. Mizvus micrans (Bodd.).
Milvus ater, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 59.
—— migrans, Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 61. no. 17.
a. 2. Koomaylee. February 29th, 1868.
b. 2. Koomaylee. March 3rd, 1868.
Cc. Mohaber. July 9th, 1868.
The occurrence of this species in this part of Africa, which hitherto rested on the
authority of Major Harris, is now confirmed by Mr. Jesse. The Black Kite has not
been recorded by any other traveller, and is not included in von Heuglin’s valuable
list of the Birds of the Red Sea.—0O. F.
[Iris brown. Shot in companionship with many other Kites, among them another
species, Milvus forskali, shot the same day.—W. J.]
9. Mitvus rorsKatt (Gmel.).
Falco parasiticus, Daud.
Milvus ater, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 11. no. 37.
parasiticus, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 60; id. Faun. d. Roth. Meer. no. 16; Brehm, Habesch,
p- 207. no. 14.
—— forskali, Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 63. no. 18.
a. 3. Koomaylee. February 29th, 1868.
This species is distributed over the whole continent of Africa, Madagascar, some parts
of Western Asia, and South-eastern Europe.—0. F.
[Iris yellow ; cere bluish; beak dirty yellow.
This specimen was the only one I obtained, not that it was at all rare, but other
birds occupied my attention ; it was shot in company with the other species, Milvus
migrans.— W, J. |
10. Faco ranyprervs, Licht.
Falco biarmicus, Riipp. Neue Wirb. p. 44.
—— cervicalis, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 44.
tanypterus, Finsch & Hartl. Végel Ostafr. p. 67. no. 20.
a. 3. Senafé. March 29 (no. 156).
[Iris brown ?, rather too far gone to determine for certain; cere greenish yellow ;
beak pale horn-colour ; legs and feet greenish yellow ; talons black.
This, the only specimen which came into my possession, was shot near Senaté by a
friend. Mr. W. T. Blanford also obtained the species. Contents of the stomach, small
birds.—W. J.]
204 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
11. Fauco Bparparvs, Linn. ?
Falco barbarus, Salvin, Ibis, 1859, pl. 6 (ad.); Schl. Mus. P. B. Falcones, p. 5.
lanarius alphanet, Schl. Tr. sur la Fauconn. p, 23; id. Abhandl. Edelfalken, p. 16.
? Falco peregrinoides, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 11. no. 25; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 42; id. Journ. f.
Orn. 1868, p. 199.
a. Ain. July 5th, 1868 (no. 1746).
The difficulties in determining Falcons, in spite of the recent elucidation of many
obscure points by ornithologists, have not entirely disappeared; for we are by no means
satisfactorily informed on this subject, especially as regards the plumage of young birds.
It is therefore in some instances almost impossible to determine young Falcons with
any certainty, because the descriptions are often imperfect. Professor Schlegel, one of
our first authorities on this group of birds, seems to be himself in great doubt on many
points; at least he has altered his opinion several times.
The Falcon in Mr. Jesse’s collection, which is undoubtedly a young bird in the first
plumage, I must refer to F. darbarus, although it agrees very well with a specimen
labelled F. lanarius nubicus (No. 2, femelle, dans la premiere livrée =F. tanypterus) in
the Leiden Museum, where I had an opportunity of comparing it. Unfortunately I
am only acquainted with the adult /. darbarus (as figured in the Ibis, /. ¢.), from which
Mr. Jesse’s specimen differs considerably. I append a full description of his bird.
Front whitish, each feather having a very narrow dark central line; forehead and a
mystacal stripe blackish; the feathers on the vertex blackish, with rusty-brown margins,
which become broader on the occiput, where the rusty colour prevails; nape and
temples fulvous whitish, with large dark brown apical spots; all the upper parts and
sides of the neck dark brown, the upper tail-coverts and the feathers on the bend of
the wing margined with fulvous brown, the primaries with six or seven large rufous
spots on the inner web and a narrow whitish apical margin; secondaries uniform dark
brown on both webs; some of the shoulder-feathers very narrowly margined with
rufous; tail-feathers dark brown, with a yellowish white end, about 5" broad; the four
outer feathers with six to eight broad rufous cross bands on the inner web, being paler
underneath; chin and cheeks with dark shafts; the rest of the under parts dark brown
like the back, each feather having fulvous margins on each side, palest on the throat
and breast, darker and broader on the vent and sides; tibia pale fulvous, with broad
dark-brown shaft-stripes, the under tail-coverts the same, but the dark shaft-stripes
reduced to a narrow central line; under wing-coverts dark brown, each feather with
two to three rufous spots on each web; bill bluish horn-colour, blackish on the tip;
cere bluish grey, like the legs; nails black.
The wings reach to the tip of the tail.
bo
So
ON
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY.
Long. tot. Al, Caud. Culm, Yars. Dig. med,
Cc. 15" 12" ol” 6! 6!" gl ggi 18!"
= ll 3 6 2 9 20 19 ad. Niger,
a Le 5 9 9 21 24 2. Damaraland.
—_ 1l 6 5 9 9 22 24 2. Cape. F. minor, Schlegel.
The old F. barbarus, of which I give the above measurements, I got in a collection of
birds from Mr. Stevens marked “ Niger” (Baikie), which, by the by, is a new locality
for the species.
The young bird described above agrees very well with two young ones of F. minor,
Schleg., from South Africa (one in the Bremen Museum, the other collected by
Andersson in Damaraland); but the latter specimens have the secondaries with rufous
cross bands which are also visible (but not so strongly) on the outer web, and are
further distinguished by the considerably longer toes and shorter tail. As Professor
Schlegel suggests, F. minor is restricted in its geographical range to Southern Africa.
F. tanypterus, Licht., of which I examined several specimens, differs in its larger size and
in having the cere and legs always yellow, even in the young birds, as Professor Schlegel
observes. In that species also the quills do not reach to the tip of the tail—0. F.
[Iris brown; cere dark horn-colour; beak, base light, tip dark horn-colour ; legs and
feet greenish yellow. The only specimen procured by me,—W. J.]
12. TinnuncuLus ALAuDARvs, Briss.
Tinnunculus alaudarius, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 11. no. 27,
Falco tinnunculus, Heug. Syst. Uebers. no. 50.
Tinnunculus tinnunculus, Heugl. Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no. 14.
g. Zoulla. March 12 (no. 123).
2. Zoulla. February.
@. Ain. July 7 (no. 1910).
d. 2. Goon Goona. May 2 (no. 1220).
e. 3. Senafé. May 24.
2 SOs
[Iris dark brown; legs and feet gamboge-yellow.
This species I found widely diffused, obtaining specimens from Zoulla, Senafé, Goon-
goona, on the line of march with the troops, and Ain on the river Lebka; I also saw it
on the Anseba in Bogos.—W. J.]
13. Nisus Bapius (Gmel.).
Nisus sphenurus, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 11. no. 41, t. 2; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 66.
Micronisus guttatus, Heugl. Journ. f. Orn. 1861, p. 430.
M. sphenurus, Brehm, Habesch, p- 207. no. 16,
N. badius, Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 81. no. 28.
a. 9. Ain. August 7 (no. 62),
6. 3. Ain, August 17 (no. 48),
VOL. VI.—ParT Iv. May, 1870.
bo
Q
206 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
c. 6. Ain. August 17 (no. 52).
d. 3g. Mohaber. July 8 (no. 1302).
e. 9. Mohaber. July 8 (no. 668).
f. d. Mohaber. July 8 (no. 828).
gy. d. Mohaber. July 8 (no. 1218).
h. |Mohaber. July 8 (no. 468).
i. d. Mohaber. July 8 (no. 1443).
3
k. 9. Mohaber. July 8 (no. 450).
3. Kokai. July 9 (no. 1908).
m. 2. Gabena Weldt Gonfallon. August 7 (no. 1279.)
The fine series in Mr. Jesse’s collection has convinced us more than ever that there is
no difference between Riippell’s Micronisus sphenwrus and the Indian M. badius. All
the younger ones are spotted underneath, like Von Heuglin’s MZ. guttatus, which was
long before named Misus hybris by Hemprich and Ehrenberg.—0. F.
[The specimen no. 52, c, had the iris orange-yellow; cere orange-yellow; beak dark
horn-colour, nearly black; legs and feet orange-yellow, talons black.
Nos. 1218-19 had the iris pale lemon-yellow; cere pale lemon-yellow; beak dark
horn-colour; legs and feet pale lemon-yellow, talons black.
Of this species I obtained a fine series of twelve specimens, the examination of
which leads me strongly to doubt the validity of JZ guttatus of Heuglin as a separate
species from WM. sphenurus of Riippell. I have six specimens in both stages of plumage,
among which the sexes are almost equally distributed. The principal difference in the
plumage is, that in the adult birds the colour of the back is of a slaty blue, and on the
breast minutely cross-barred with rufescent grey or pale cinnamon; these markings, be
it noted, vary more or less in intensity in different specimens: in the young birds the
back has a strong tinge of brown, and the breast shows much white, the feathers on the
upper portion being blotched longitudinally, and those on the abdomen very broadly
barred with pale cinnamon. I note also that each separate feather on the upper portion
of the breast shows an incipient tendency to become barred near the root of the feather.
Heuglin, I apprehend, bases his classification of VM. guttatus as a distinct species from
M. badius (M. sphenurus, Riipp.) probably upon the differences I have alluded to, and
the fact of his having seen pairs breeding in both varieties of plumage. This at first
sight appears reasonable; but when I mention that I shot eight specimens on one
morning within three quarters of a mile of one another, one double shot producing
one of each variety, the total being three of one and five of the other, I cannot help
thinking that M. guttatus is merely the immature bird of M. badius. I may also
mention that Mr. W. T. Blanford, on the afternoon of the same day, shot four or five
specimens on the same ground, and with the same variations. That gentleman also
holds the same opinion as myself as to the two varieties belonging to one species, viz.
M. sphenurus (Riipp.). All ornithologists are aware of the different stages of plumage
and also of the colouring of the iris, according to the age of the bird, to which many of
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 207
the Falconide are liable. I have another instance to quote, namely, in my series of
Aquila rapax, which vary, in every stage of plumage, from a very dark brown to
light cream-colour, the cream-coloured specimen being one of a pair of which the other
was dark brown; the iris of the one was yellow stone-colour, and that of the other
brown.
The contents of the stomach of these Sparrow-hawks were insects, mostly locusts.
= Vy. J.|
14, Nisus GaBaR (Daud.).
Melierax gabar, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 12. no, 44.
Micronisus gabar, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 63.
— niloticus, Sundey. ;
Nisus gabar, Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 86. no. 30.
a. 2. Senafé. May 22 (no. 1043).
6.2. Ain. August.
[Iris brown, eyelid bluish grey; cere coral-red; beak dark horn-colour; legs and feet
coral-red, talons black.
I procured two specimens of this Hawk, both females—one in the valley at the back
of Senafé rock, and the other at Ain on the Lebka. Contents of stomach, small
lizards.— W. J.
15. Nisus NIGER (Vieill.).
Micronisus niger, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 64.
miltopus, Heugl. Journ. f. Orn. 1861, p. 428.
Falco carbonarius, Licht.
Nisus niger, Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 88. no. 31.
a. 2. Hadoda Pass. April 2 (no. 178).
Agreeing with specimens from West Africa. The colouring of the cere and legs
varies much in this species; the latter are mostly yellow, mixed with yellow. Some-
times the cere and legs are vermilion-red. This is the I. miltopus of Heuglin, from
Sennahr; I have seen such red-legged specimens also from Damaraland in the collection
of the late C. J. Andersson.—0. F.
[Iris brown; cere salmon-pink; beak black; tarsus pink, with scales of black (occa-
sional) before and behind, inside of the foot salmon-pink, talons black.
This bird was shot up the Hadoda Pass; the only other specimens I saw were
obtained by Mr. W. T. Blanford in the neighbourhood of Kokai—a pair, I believe.
Those obtained by Mr. Blanford had been feeding on small birds, which rather sur-
prised us both, as most of the smaller Falconide we obtained were insectivorous.—
W.I.
262
208 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
16. Me.imrax potyzonus, Riipp.
Melierax polyzonus, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. t. 15; id. Syst. Uebers. p. 12. no. 43; Heugl. Syst.
Uebers. no. 62; id. Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no. 18; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 90. no. 32.
a. g. Between Amba and Waliko. August 4 (no. 1006).
b. 3. Senafé. May 22nd (no. 1992).
c. §. Gelamet. August 11 (no. 7).
d. 2. Zoulla. June 8.
[Iris brown, eyelid coral-red with tinge of orange; cere coral-colour tinged with
orange; beak dark horn-colour; legs and feet coral, talons dark horn, nearly black.
This bird, of which I obtained three adult and one immature specimens, I found
widely distributed. My examples came from Zoulla, Amba, Gelamet, and Senafé; it
was also procured on the Anseba in the Bogos country. ‘This distribution was irre-
spective of the time of year. Contents of stomach, lizards.—W. J.]
17. Crrcus pauiipus, Sykes.
Strigiceps pallidus, Heugl. Syst. Ueber. no. 76; id. Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no. 23; Brehm, Habesch,
p. 208. no. 17.
$. Koomayli. March 23 (no. 194).
3. Senafé. April 17 (no. 151).
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars. Dig. med.
13! 7 git a gil pill 13H!
14. 7% Ako) 7 Swe 13
Both specimens are in full dress, identical with the old male figured by Naumann
(t. 348. f. 1), having the under surface white, without rufous spots. No. 194 has
some brownish feathers on the nape, being the remains of the immature plumage;
and the dark bands on the tail feathers, five in number, are broader, and tinged with
rufous on the outer web. In no. 161 the tail cross bands are more obsolete. Both
specimens have the upper tail-coverts white, with broad greyish brown cross bands,
three on each feather. There cannot be any doubt that both specimens belong to one
and the same species, although there exists a considerable difference in the shape of
the quills. As Professor Blasius has pointed out (Naumannia, 1857, p. 314), in C. pal-
lidus the excision of the inner web of the first quill reaches to the end of the coyerts
of the primaries. This is the case in the specimen no. 151; but in no. 194 the excision
of the first quill reaches nearly half an inch beyond the end of the first quill-coverts—
this being a peculiar character of C. cineraceus, Mont. Another specific character,
according to Blasius, peculiar to C. pallidus, is the third and fourth quill being equal
in length. In that respect Mr. Jesse’s specimens differ also a little—in no. 151 the
fourth quill being 3 lines, in no. 194 5 lines shorter than the third. I mention these
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 209
differences only to prove how difficult it is to affix characters which are invariable, and
that there always exist certain slight differences.—0O. F.
[Iris pale yellow; legs and feet pale yellow.
A second specimen of this bird was procured (no. 151, ¢) at Senafé, on the 17th of
April, 1868, which still bore signs of the first year’s plumage.— W. J. ]
Fam. STRIGIDZ.
18. ATHENE PERLATA (Vieill.).
Athene pusilla, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 12. no. 51.
— occipitalis et A. pusilla, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. nos. 81 & 82.
Strix licua, Licht. Verzeich. Samm. a. d. Kaffernland, 1842, p. 12.
Noctua perlata et Noctua perlata capensis, Schleg. Mus. P. B. Striges, p. 36.
a. 6. Maragaz. July 27 (no. 537).
6. 3. Sooroo. April 4 (no. 161).
. Bejook. July 18 (no. 1174).
. Senafé. May 22 (no. 1773).
. Rairo. August 15 (no. 36).
- Rairo, August 14 (no. 99).
Ses as
7 GDH GB
The southern form (Str. licua, Licht.), which Schlegel keeps as a race, being generally
a little darker-coloured than the north-eastern bird, is by no means separable. I have
compared numerous specimens from Damaraland with others from North-east Africa,
and could not detect any permanent difference. The fulvous cervical collar is somewhat
paler and less defined, but I have seen north-eastern ones which also possess this
peculiarity. In the females the fulvous collar is less visible.
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars. Dig. med.
4i'_4t qin att gi_gn ym 5 ga!” 7", North-eastern Africa.
gil gigi gl Gilgit yo!!! 52mg g3!_gi! i iartaralancd
An allied but well-distinguished species is A. spilogastra, Heugl. (Journ. f. Orn. 1863,
p- 15), of which Dr. v. Heuglin obtained one specimen in the Samchara. I had expected
to find this rare species in the collection of Mr. Jesse.—0O. F.
[Iris lemon-yellow ; beak greenish yellow; legs and feet greenish yellow, talons pale
horn-colour.
The six specimens procured were from Sooroo, Senafé, Bejook (Bogos), Maragaz
(Bogos). The position of this bird on a tree is not upright as with most owls, but
thrush-like. The different localities are all about the same elevation; the specimen
procured at Senafé was in the valley at the back of Senafé rock, say 4000 feet above
the level of the sea.—W. J.]
210 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
19. Buso ascaLaruus, Savigny.
Bubo ascalaphus, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 12. no. 55; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 85.
a. 3. Senafé. April 11 (no. 188).
Abyssinia is a new locality for this species, which had hitherto only been observed as
far south as Nubia.—0O. F.
[Iris bright lemon-yellow; beak dark horn-colour; legs and feet feathered to the
talons.
This is the only specimen obtained by me of this Owl; it was shot among the rocks
near Senafé: there was another, but I did not succeed in getting it. The only subse-
quent occasion on which I saw this bird was at Guinea-fowl Plain, near Undel Wells. I
saw a live specimen which had been brought down from Magdala, where I understood
they were plentiful. W. J.]
20. Buso Lacrevs (Temm. ).
Bubo lacteus, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 12. no. 53; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 87.
cinerascens, Brehm, Habesch, p. 208.
verreauxt, Bp.
lacteus, Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 101. no. 39.
a. 2. Rayrayguddy. May 9 (no. 121).
{Iris bright yellow; beak pale horn-colour, almost white towards the end; legs and
feet feathered nearly down to the talons.
This, the only specimen I procured of this magnificent Owl, was shot at Rayrayguddy
by a friend and sent to me. I never saw this species alive until I arrived on the
banks of the Anseba in July, where I saw three one day sitting in a row on a large
tree on the borders of a nullah; but being out after rhinoceros, neither Mr. W. T.
Blanford nor myself could fire. This I regret, as on returning to the same place the
next day we did not succeed in finding them; but a short time after, Mr. Blanford shot
one near Kokai. Contents of stomach, large locusts and larve.—W. J.]
21. Scops SENEGALENSIS, Sws.
Scops vulgaris, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no, 83; id. Fauna d. Roth. Meeres, no. 26.
senegalensis ?, Heugl. Journ. f. Orn. 1863, p. 14.
zorca africanus, Schleg. Mus. P. B. Oti, p. 20.
a. 2. Undel Wells. April 6 (no. 477).
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars. Dig. intern.
4it git gil gi 54M" 10" gm
4 8 -5! yl 2 3 -2!" 5M 54 103-12" 7 -8!" senegalensis. Gambia.
5 10 -6 25-2 7 5-53" 11 -12 7 zorca. Europe.
The African Scops agrees in every respect with our European S. zorca, except the
shorter wings, this being, as far as I could find out, a permanent character, common
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 211
also to specimens from the west and north-east as well as to those from the south
(Strix latipennis, Licht.). I do not hesitate to regard this peculiarity as of specific
value.—0O. F.
[Iris bright yellow; beak dark horn-colour, tip of lower mandible pale yellow; legs
and feet feathered to the foot.
This is the only specimen I procured of this species, though plentiful about Undel
Wells, The cry at night, when it sits perched up in a mimosa tree, is a low whistle
repeated at regular intervals.—W. J.]
22. Orus Bracuyotus, L.
Otus brachyotus, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 12. no. 56.
Aigolius brachyotus, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 94.
a. 3. Zoulla. March 11 (no. 190).
This cosmopolitan species, which is known from nearly every part of our globe, had
not yet been recorded from the shores of the Red Sea. Specimens from the Sandwich
Islands are in the Berlin Museum. Otus galapagoensis, Gould (Voy. ‘Beagle,’ pl. 3)
from the Galapagos, is clearly the same species.—0O. F.
[Iris bright lemon,
>
Only once did this bird come under my observation during my stay in Abyssinia.
Contents of stomach, bones of small birds.—W. J.)
23. STRIX FLAMMEA, L.
Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 12. no. 59; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 95; Brehm, Habesch, p- 265; Finsch
& Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 111. no. 44.
[Eye black.
This solitary specimen of our old friend the Barn-owl was shot in the Mangroves on
the shore of Annesley Bay, and was the only instance of my meeting with this bird
during my stay in Abyssinia.—W. J.]
Order PASSERES.
Fam. CAPRIMULGID.
24, CAPRIMULGUS INoRNATUS, Heugl. (MS.). (Plate XXIV.)
Caprimulgus inornatus, Finsch & Hart]. Végel Ostafr. p. 120 et p. 855. no. 46.
Caprimulgus, sp.?, Heugl. Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no. 30 et p- 30 (descr.).
a. 2. Koomaylee. March 18 (no. 152).
.d. Ain, July 5 (no. 1768).
. Ain. July 5 (no. 703).
in. July 5 (no. 1754).
. Ain. July 5 (no. 1352).
ogg &
Aaa a
=)
212 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
f. 3. Kokai. August 9 (no. 1262).
g. 6. Kokai. August 9 (no. 1642).
h. 2. Kokai. August 9 (no. 890).
i. 2. Kokai. August 9 (no. 1566).
k. 2. Kokai. August 9 (no. 1227).
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Rost. rict. Tars. Dig. int.
BOA 4” 3” aM ie thes (eo SRO Lael
By 8) 4 2 — — _— — . . » Oy NO: 1852.
5 10 4 4 — —_ — — ~~ . » @, 00. lvoo.
Grol! 4 3 — _ — == er in (Gy 0; OAD:
(1 4 6 — — — —— el. BOR IO OG
6 4 4 8 — 13 8 72 . fo, no. 1262.
6 0 4 5 — — — =) is SY 2ymonllb2?
(3 4 4 — — 72 TT come feo 15663
6 2 4 3 -— — — oy ee ate, Rie
6 4 4 5 — — 8 SOOO
Male.—All the upper parts, the sides of the head and neck, the throat, and breast of
of a greyish brown ground-colour, washed with a faint tint of rufous, which is some-
times more decided, and gives a reddish appearance ; all the feathers speckled very
minutely with dark brown; on the head some blank shaft-stripes, on the shoulders
some larger patches, the end of the outer web of the same colour; the upper quill-
coverts with some yellowish fulvous apical spots; the quills dark brown, the first and
fourth with a large white patch on the inner web, the second and third with a broad
white cross band on both webs, the remaining quills with five yellowish rufous cross
bands, which are broader on the inner web, and more or less variegated with darker
colour; the point of the quills variegated with pale brown; an ochre-yellow gular
patch, undulated with dark brown; on the throat and breast some pale fulvous spots,
the same as on the neck behind; rest of the under parts and under quill-coverts ochre-
yellow, with narrow dark cross lines (sometimes wanting on the under tail-coverts) ;
tail-feathers dark greenish brown, variegated with ochre-yellow and seven or eight
narrow black cross bands; the two outer tail-feathers white on the apical half of
both webs.
The female is similar to the male, but wants the white end of the two outer tail-
feathers, and the white patches on the primaries, which have from four to six rufous
cross bands on the outer web, and three to five on the inner web of the same colour, the
one nearest to the apex being very extended ; the two outer tail-feathers are crossed with
from eight to eleven dark and ochre-yellow bands, and have a broad ochre-yellow end,
speckled more or less with dark brown.
The specimens in the fine series collected by Mr. Jesse exhibit considerable variety.
The ground-colour is more or less dark, in one specimen decidedly greyish brown ; the
ochre-yellow spots on the quill-coverts, the breast, and hind neck are in some specimens
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 213
well marked, in others scarcely visible ; the ground-colour of the belly varies also from
pale to dark ochre-yellow. The type specimen in the Bremen Museum has the upper
parts, the throat, and breast washed strongly with a singular cinnamomeous rufous,
which is not so distinctly visible in any of Mr. Jesse’s specimens. The measurements
also vary much.
A more complete description of this new species, which was first obtained by Von
Heuglin on the Somali coast, will be given in the ‘ Birds of East Africa, as cited above.
Dr. v. Heuglin collected this species also in the Bogos country, where it seems to be
very abundant.
It bears a great resemblance to C. tristigma, Riipp. (Syst. Uebers. t. 3. s.n. polioce-
phalus), of which I have examined the type specimen; but the latter has a large white
patch on the throat, and is larger (al. nearly 7”). The absence of white patches on the
chin, throat, and ears, and of a well-marked neck-collar, is an important peculiarity of
this species.—O. F.
[Eye black; beak flesh-colour, tipped with black; legs and feet grey, middle toe
serrated.
Of this species a series of ten specimens was procured from Koomayli, Ain, and Kokai,
where it was plentiful—VW. J.]
Fam. CYPSELID/.
25. CYPSELUS APUS (Linn. ).
Cypselus barbatus, Gurney, Ibis, 1868, p. 152.
apus, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 22. no. 68.
Heugl. Syst. Uebers. p. 105.
Cypselus, sp.?, no. 11 et 12, Heugl. J. f. Orn. 1861, p. 422.
Cf. Sclat. Monogr. Cypsel. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 599.
a. 3d. Senafé. April 24.
6. d. Maragaz. July 27.
c. 6. Maragaz. July 27.
d. 3d. Maragaz. July 27.
e. Maragaz. July 27.
f
g
. do. Gelamet. August 11.
. 6. Gelamet. August 11 (no. 43).
The fine series of our common Swift in the collection of Mr. Jesse gives me a
welcome opportunity of making some remarks on the occurrence of that species in
Africa, a subject which I have been intending to treat of for a long time, having been
able to give a great deal of attention to the subject. Dr. Sclater, in his valuable
‘Monograph of the Cypselide,’ notices a South-African Cypselus as being different
from our well-known species in its lighter colouring above, and also in having the
feathers of the lower part of the back, belly, and under wing-coverts margined with
white. Such specimens are labelled “ Cypselus barbatus” in the Leyden Museum—a
VOL. vil.— Part iv. May, 1870. 24
214 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
MS. name of Temminck. From the probability of these differences proving to be
permanent, Dr. Sclater is not unwilling to base upon them a species, but not having
specimens enough, he abstains from speaking decisively on the subject. Mr. Tristram
(Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 887), maintaining that all the southern specimens agree in
these peculiarities, declares with more certainty that Cypselus barbatus is a well-deter-
mined species, being “the South-African representative” of Cypselus apus. Having
had opportunities of examining a great number of Cypselus apus from different parts
of Africa (Sennahr, Bogosland, Benguela, Damaraland, the Cape, and Natal), I must say
that the so-called Cypselus barbatus is nothing more than the young bird of our C. apus.
It is known that our Swift is one of those migratory birds which come latest and depart
earliest. Von Heuglin met with the Swift in the beginning of August in Bogosland,
and Mr. Jesse in the same country some days earlier, viz. in the end of July (27th).
Mr. Victorin observed them in the Cape Colony already in the middle of August.
During their stay in Europe they breed, as every body knows, and, after this period,
depart as soon as their young ones are able to accompany them. It seems that these
young Swifts in the first plumage are less known to ornithologists; for they bear the
same white margins on the feathers as the South-African “ C. barbatus.” The old
Swifts, when they leave us, have also considerably lighter colours, and change their
plumage during their stay in Africa. I have seen many African specimens which
were partially moulting. A specimen from Benguela, which M. Barboza du Bocage,
believing that it might be new, sent for inspection to Bremen, had the wings 1 inch
shorter, and the primaries just developing. There is also a great variation in the
extent of the white markings. The above-mentioned specimen from Benguela is
greyish brown, having each feather margined with light greyish; the gular patch is
greyish white, and very extended. Another one (Cape Town, November 9th) is dark
above, only the feathers on the vent, crissum, and under tail-coverts having white
margins. A male (Cape Town, November 8th) very similar, but the light margins
rather narrower. A male (Damaraland, October 14th) somewhat lighter, nearly
without white margins; the white gular patch well defined. Specimens from North-
eastern Africa agree in every respect; the white margination varies in individuals. An
old female (Chartum, September 26th) wants the white margin, and is nearly as dark
as the European ones. The narrow black central line on the feathers of the white -
gular patch, which Mr. Tristram mentions in the African C. barbatus, is not at all a
character of specific value; for this peculiarity we find in other species of Swifts (e. g.
C. caffer, affinis, &c.), also sometimes wanting or more or less defined.
To speak with greater certainty on this subject I submitted the Benguela and some
white-margined specimens from Bogosland for inspection to Professor Blasius, of
Brunswick, one of our first authorities on European ornithology, as is well known by
every body. In his kind answer, Professor Blasius writes to me:—‘ Your specimens
from Mossamedes and Bogos are nothing more than the young C. a@pus, and I cannot
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 215
distinguish them from others collected in our country. No practised ornithologist
would hesitate for one moment to express the same opinion, and I am astonished to
hear that there can be any question about it. I possess also such young ones from
Nubia, as well as old specimens from the Cape and Nubia, which agree, in the darkness
of coloration throughout, with specimens from Germany.”
Another very important proof that there cannot be a real specific difference is the
well-known fact that the so-called C. barbatus is only a winter visitor in Africa, and does
not breed there, neither in the Cape Colony, nor in North-east Africa. Myr. Layard
has given some valuable observations about it, which prove undoubtedly the migratory
habits of the southern Cypselus. I cannot, therefore, perceive how it is possible to call
a periodical visitant, which stays only for a few months, a “representative species” of
our C. apus. About the migration of this species we are also very well informed.
Dr. Brehm has published valuable observations (Journ. f. Orn. 1853, p. 453) made by
him in North-east Africa, where C. apus goes further than the White Nile; and Dr.
Bolle states not only that the Swift is a winter visitor in the Canaries, but that he met
with single pairs breeding in Ciudad de las Palmas in the month of July (Journ. f. Orn.
1857, p. 322).
The following measurements, taken from more than twenty-five specimens, will show
that there is no difference in dimensions :—
Long. al. Rectr. intern. Rectr. ext.
6: 3-6" 7” TCT NO 2” 5—2” 10” . . . . Bogosland.
6 8 1 8 VY) ee eC hariiun,
6 1-6 5 Lee 2 8 . . . . Damaraland.
6 6 1 8-1 10 2 7-2 9 Pawnee Caper Lown
5 6 1 4 2 4 . . . . Benguela (in moult),
6 3-6 6 MW ¥ 2 7 -2 10 7.» » « Germany.
I may also be allowed to express my doubts about Cypselus gutturalis, Vieill., declared
not long ago by Mr. Tristram! to be the southern representative of our C. melba, and
to be distinguished at once by the darker colour above and the very broad jugular collar.
The only reference to C. gutturalis is Levaillant’s ‘‘ Martinet a gorge blanche,” figured
in his ‘ Oiseaux d'Afrique, pl. 243. Professor Sundevall, who inspected South-African
specimens himself, declares, in his meritorious Key to the work of Levaillant, that this
figure belongs undoubtedly to C. melba. I can confirm this so far, as we possess a
specimen from Switzerland which agrees very well with Levaillant’s figure, having the
jugular cross band very broad (more than one inch), whereas another specimen from
the same locality has it scarcely half an inch broad. I believe, therefore, that it will
be necessary to examine a large series before one can say decidedly that the southern
C. melba is of a different species.—0O. F.
[Iris brown; beak black; legs and feet black.
? Proc. Zool. Soc. 1867, p. 887.
2H 2
216 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
Common at Senafé (April), Kokai and Maragaz (August), flying in circles in large
numbers. Not seen in the lowlands—W. J.]
26. CyYpsELUS CAFFER, Licht.
Cypselus pygargus, Temm. Pl. Col. 460. f. 1.
? Cypselus abyssinicus, Heugl. Journ. f. Orn. 1861, p. 422 (C. gularis, in litt.).
Cypselus streubelit, Hartl. Journ. f. Orn. 1861, p. 418.
abyssinicus, Brehm, Habesch, p. 209. no. 22.
a. 2. Rayrayguddy. May 27.
Agrees with a Natal specimen in the Bremen Museum. The white gular patch is
more defined in the middle of the chin and throat, becoming on the latter broader.
The white feathers on the rump have a narrow dark central line, more visible in
the South-African specimen. In another specimen from Abyssinia, in the Bremen
Museum, these dark central lines on the feathers of the rump are scarcely visible, and
the white on the chin and throat is very extended, reaching on each side to the cheeks ;
this specimen shows also a light supraocular stripe. I was inclined to take these
differences as being of specific value; but having seen southern specimens in which
the white on the throat is extended as widely, I can only see therein individual variety,
and this especially as there are intermediate forms. A specimen from Dembea, in
Von Heuglin’s collection, exhibits not the slightest difference from our Natal specimen.
Dr. v. Heuglin, who compared it with southern ones in the Stuttgart Museum, believed
it might be a new species, and named it previously C. gularis. It may therefore be
considered, as a rule, that the Cypseli vary considerably in the peculiarities mentioned
above.
Long. al. Rect. int. Rect. ext. Culm. Tars.
sid or 1 Estee, 9” ide OTN Ped rs x . Abyssinia.
5 4 IG 2 — — . . . Abyssinia.
5 Ol =p 35 10) 0 2 6 -2” 93° — — . .._. Abyssinia (after y. Heuglin in litt.),
Daa as BA’) — — . Natal.—0O. F.
[Saw a small colony among the rocks at Rayrayguddy.— W. J.]
27. CypsELUs aFFINIs, J. E. Gray.
Cypselus affinis, I. Ind. Zool. pl. 35. f. 2.
abyssinicus (Hempr. & Ehrb.), Streubel, Isis, 1848, p. 354; Heugl. Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no. 31.
—— galileensis, Antin.
—— caffer, Cab. Mus. Hein. ii. p. 85.
a. 6. Sooroo. May 30.
6. $. Sooroo. May 30,
Cc. Sooroo. May 30.
Easily distinguished from the foregoing species by the tail being nearly straight;
otherwise quite the same.
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 217
Dr. Sclater has already pointed out the identity of Indian and African specimens of
this species (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 603). After having examined numerous speci-
mens from India, Palestine, Sennahr (s. n. caffer in Mus. Hein.), the Blue Nile, Anamaboé
(Gold coast), St. Thomé, Iha do Principe, and the Cape, I am quite of the same opinion
as Dr. Sclater, and can give some further additions to the knowledge of this species.
The variableness in the intensity of colouring, the greater or less extension of the
white gular patch of feathers, and the existence of a more or less visible paler super-
ciliary stripe are as noticeable as in C. apus; young ones also show the whitish margina-
tion on the feathers of the under parts.
The specimens in Mr. Jesse’s collection agree in every respect with those from the
Himalayas and Palestine; the latter show the white gular patch rather extended, and
an ill-defined pale supraocular stripe, which is more visible in a Cape specimen in the
Bremen Museum; the latter has on the feathers of the white gular patch a narrow
dark central line. A specimen from St. Thomé agrees in this respect; but the plumage
is darker, of a deep greenish black, like C. caffer. A specimen from Anamaboé is
similar to the Himalayan one; but the feathers on the head and rump have light
margins, and the gular patch is less extended and without dark central lines, A speci-
men (¢) from the Blue Nile (collected by A. Brehm) is much lighter; the feathers on
the head and under parts have pale narrow margins; the white gular patch is very
extended, not being confined to a median patch, but beginning on each side of the
mandible and covering the whole chin and throat to the jugulum; the primaries have,
like the Anamaboé specimens, narrow light apical margins. C. caffer in the Museum
Heineanum, which I examined, is this species.
The measurements of the different specimens are as follow :—
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
Al git_5lt TL 7 fe — — . . . Bogosland.
5 1 8 Qui ail, . . Palestine.
410 iY = — . . . Himalaya.
4 1 6 — — . . . South Africa.
5 1 9 — eae Nile:
5 ae oo — . . . St. Thomé.
410 1 8 — — . . . tha do Principe.
4 5 1 64 — — .. . Anamaboé.—O. F.
[Common about Sooroo.— WW. J.]
Fam. HIRUNDINID.
28. ATTICORA PRISTOPTERA (Riipp.).
Hirundo pristoptera, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. t. 39. f. 2.
Chelidon pristoptera, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 22. no. 81; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 121.
Atticora pristoptera, Brehm, Habesch, p. 209. no. 23.
218 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
a. 6. Rayrayguddy. April 27th (no. 109).
b. 6. Bejook. July 18th (no. 1282).
[Iris dark brown; beak black; legs and feet black.
Another specimen procured at Bejook in July—W. J.|
29. Hrrunpo arniorica, Blanf.
Hirundo ethiopica, Blanf. Ann. N. H. ser. 4. iv. p. 829 (1869).
Cecropis rufifrons, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 113; Brehm, Habesch, p. 209. no. 26.
a. d. Kokai. July 13th (no. 1813).
b. 2. Bejook. July 17th (no. 1368).
This Swallow has often been confounded with the Hirundo albigularis, Strickl.
(Contrib. to Orn. 1849, t. 17; H. albigula, Bp. Consp. p. 338), from South Africa, being
exactly similar in colours, but distinguishable at once by the smaller size.
Long. al. Rect. ext.
3" 10!"-4"" Qi! giizat pl... ethiopita. (NB. Atrica:
4 9 -5 29-2 10 . . . albigularis. S. Africa.
The steel-blue band across the jugulum is sometimes ill defined and incomplete.
Levaillant’s figure and description of his “ Hirondelle a front roux” (pl. 249. f. 2;
H. rufifrons, Vieill. Enc. Méth. p. 524) are incorrect in having the chin and throat
black, but are most probably referable to the southern species.
H. ethiopica is the common House-swallow in South Nubia, Cordofahn, Sennahr, and
Bogosland; Von Heuglin gives interesting notices about its breeding in the Bogos
country. It is strange that Riippell has overlooked a species so common as this.—0. F.
{Iris dark brown.
Two specimens procured at Kokai; not observed elsewhere.—W. J. ]
30. Hirunpo PurELLA, Temm.
Hirundo puella, Temm, Fauna Japon. p. 33 (1842).
abyssinica, Guér. Rey. Zool. 1843, p. 322; id., Ferret et Galinier, Voy. en Abyss. Atlas, t. 10.
Cecropis striolata, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 22. no. 74, t. 6; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 115; Brehm,
Habesch, p. 209. no. 25; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 140. no. 57.
a. d. Senafé. May 21st, 1868 (no. 1486).
b. g. Rayrayguddy. April 27th, 1868 (no. 481).
c. 6. Rayrayguddy. May 27th, 1868.
There is no difference between specimens from Western and North-eastern Africa.
Temminck’s name has the priority —0. F.
[Iris dark brown; beak black; legs and feet black.
Rayrayguddy and Senafé, May and June; not observed in the plains, nor on the
Anseba. It was found associating with Afticora pristoptera and Cotyle fuligula.—
Wal
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 219
31. CoryLe ruLieuta (Licht.).
Hirundo fuligula, Licht. Verzeich. Samml. aus dem Kaffernl. (1842) p. 18.
Hirondelle fauve, Levaill. Ois d’ Afr. t. 246. f. 1.
Hirundo rupestris, Less. Man. d’Orn. i. p. 419.
capensis, Less. Tr. d’Orn. 1831, p. 269.
rupestris, jun., Tem. Man. d’Orn. i. p. 431, iii. p. 302.
—— hyemalis, Forst. Deser. Anim. p. 55.
a. 3. Rayrayguddy. May 27.
Long.al. Rectr. intern. Reetr. extern. Culm. Tars.
4! 5 you y! qq" gi BI a.
4 6 = 1 10 _ 5 b.
4 64" 10" — 2 I 33-32" 5-6!" fuligula. Caffreland (Mus. Berol.).
4 54 11 1 6-2" 10" 1 11-2" 1” 8-32 5-6 rupestris. Europe.
Nearly allied to our C. rupestris, Scop., but of a darker brown above, on the sides,
vent, and under tail-coverts; chin and throat pale fulvous; the second, third, fourth,
and fifth tail-feathers with a large oblong white mark on the inner web, like C. rupestris.
The young bird of the latter is very similar to C. fuligula, but has all the under parts
of a light rusty brown, with indistinct brownish spots on the throat, and the feathers of
the upper parts edged with a pale rusty brown.
The specimens collected by Mr. Jesse are the same as those from South Africa in the
Berlin Museum, except the under wing-coverts being dark brown, with rusty margins,
whereas in the southern specimens the under wing-coverts are of a more uniform fulvous.
The occurrence of C. fuligula in North-east Africa is a new fact for the geographical
distribution of this species, which was hitherto known only from South and West
Africa.— 0. F.
[Rather common among the rocks as far down as Sooroo.—W. J.]
Fam. TROGONID.
32. Trogon NARINA, Vieill.
Levaill. Ois. d’Afr. t. 228, 229; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 127; id. Fauna des Roth. Meer. no. 39;
Brehm, Habesch, p. 210. no. 36; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 155. no. 67.
a. 3. Taconda. April 21st, 1869 (no. 193).
There is only one species of this (chiefly American) family distributed over the whole
of tropical Africa. Dr. Brehm got the 7. narina in the Bogosland, and Von Heuglin
observed it in the Abyssinian coast lands.—0O. F.
[I obtained only one example of this Trogon, and only know of one other specimen
being procured during the expedition, by Lieut. Sturt. Contents of stomach, insects ;
among them a large Mantis. I am almost positive I saw this bird near Gelamet ; but,
after a long chase, I returned without shooting it. The specimen obtained was sent me
in the flesh by Major Thelwall, who shot it—W. J.]
220 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
Fam. CORACIAD.
33. EURYSTOMUS AFER (Lath.).
Eurystomus orientalis, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 33. no. 82; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 123.
afer, Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 150. no. 63,
a. $. Kokai. July 10 (no. 1180).
6. 8. Kokai. July 11 (no. 1376).
ce. ¢. Kokai. July 11 (no. 1388).
d. 3. Kokai. July 12 (no. 1705).
e. d. Kokai. July 12 (no. 984).
f. 2. Waliko. July 19 (no. 1515).
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
6! gly gi qyii_git 3 yg gi
6 Ale =6i77 3 -3 4 8 8 . West Africa.
6 10 3.5 10 — . Mozambique.
The North-east African specimens are larger than western; but there are intermediate
forms in specimens from East Africa, which are also larger, and nearly as big as the Mada-
gascarian EF. madagascariensis, Gmel. The latter has been procured at Mozambique,
and seems to be scarcely distinguishable as a species.—0O. F.
[Iris dark brown; beak lemon-yellow or chrome-colour.
This bird is an active, noisy individual, and during the breeding-season, like the
Missel-thrush at home, drives all intruders from the neighbourhood, even Kites,
Vultures, and Eagles. Its flight is singularly rapid and Hawk-like, though without, as
far as I saw, the characteristic rolling motion observed in that of Coracias abyssinica
and Coracias pilosa. I have seen these birds (Hwrystomus afer) in company with
C. pilosa and Caprimulgus inornatus hawking the ants which fly in the gloaming. It
was procured and observed only at Kokai on the Lebka, and on the Anseba, in July
and August, where it was plentiful—W. J.]
34. CoRACIAS AByssINica, Linn.
Coracias abyssinica, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 23. no. 84; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no, 125; id. Fauna des .
Roth. Meer. no. 37; Brehm, Habesch, p. 210. no, 31.
. Lake Ashangi. April 2.
. Kokai. July 9.
. Kokai. July 9.
. Kokai. July 11 (no. 1204).
- Kokai. July 11 (no. 1400).
. Bejook. July 18.
. do. Waliko. July 29 (no. 1978).
Oo +twaQaaQ to
a
b
Cs:
d
e.
af
g
[Iris brown; legs and feet greenish yellow.
Procured on Lake Ashangi by Mr. W. 'T. Blanford (from whom I received my first
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 221
specimen), 2nd April, 1868, and at Kokai and Waliko in July. I also observed this
bird in the desert near Amba in August. Noisy, like the other two species; flight
peculiar, rolling right and left, the body acting as the pivot. I shot a young bird also
in August, without the long tail-feathers, and with the yellow edge to the base of the
bill common to birds just fresh from the nest. Plentiful at Kokai and the Anseba.
—W. J.)
35. CoRActAS PILOSA (Lath.).
Coracias levaillanti, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 23. no. 85; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 126.
pilosa, Heugl. Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no. 38.
a. g. Koomaylee. March 22 (no. 166).
6. 2. Senafé. May 13 (no. 1932).
c. 9. Kokai. July 9 (no. 530).
d, 8. Kokai. July 11 (no. 1316).
e. 6. Kokai. July 11 (no. 1986).
f. 2. Maragaz. July 27,
Al, Caud. Culm. Tars. Dig. int.
GIO! bil italy 103" LOR! Semmes Abyssinia.
6 10 i ult 153 ll hat): Swayaet Gambia.
7 4 7 17 12 — ... 6. Damaraland.
wa. 1G 5 4 16 12 RE Se Damaraland.
There is no difference between specimens from the north-east, west, and south,
either in coloration or in size. I cannot agree with Dr. v. Heuglin, who considers the
north-eastern ones to be permanently smaller.—O. F.
[Iris brown; legs and feet dirty greenish yellow.
Procured between Koomaylee and Sooroo, 22nd March, 1868; Senafé May 13th.
The only specimens I ever saw were shot about there or up the passes through which
the expedition passed. It was plentiful at Kokai on the Lebka and along the river
Anseba. At Kokai, shot while hawking flying ants in the gloaming, in company with
a number of Caprimulqus inornatus and a few Eurystomus afer. Noisy—W. J.|
Fam. ALCEDINIDZ.
36. HALCYON SENEGALENSIS (Linn. ).
Halcyon cancrophaga, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 129.
senegalensis, Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 157. no. 68.
a. 5. Maragaz. July 29 (no. 1).
6. 2. Maragaz. July 29 (no. 1161).
c. 2. Gabena Weldt Gonfallon. August 7 (no. 1885.)
_Not yet observed from Bogosland.—0O. F.
[Iris brown ; beak, upper mandible crimson, lower black.
VOL. Vil.—Part Iv. May, 1870. 21
222 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
Three specimens obtained on the Anseba during July and August. This bird made
its appearance rather suddenly from the northward, down the river Anseba, the first
being seen by Mr. W. T. Blanford below Maragaz: by the time our last specimen was
shot they had made their way up to Gabena Weldt Gonfallon; and I saw one between
that place and Keren. I take it, from this, that this species is migratory. At the time
it appeared, the rains had just commenced; so probably this may have in some way
influenced its arrival in those parts. I did not meet with this bird anywhere
else while with the expedition, nor did Mr. W. T. Blanford. Contents of stomach,
Coleoptera.—W. J.]
37. Haucyon semMica@RuLea (Forskal).
Halcyon semicerulea, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 23. no. 87; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 128; id. Fauna d.
Roth. Meer. no. 41; Finsch & Hartl. Végel Ostafr. p. 160. no. 70.
a. d. Ain. July 6 (no. 1230).
b. 3. Ain. July 6 (no. 1886).
c. dé. Ain. July 6 (no. 182).
d. 6. Waliko. August 3 (no. 778).
e. 2. Waliko. August 4 (no. 582).
f. 6. Gabena Weldt Gonfallon. August 7 (no. 1874).
g. 2. Gabena Weldt Gonfallon. July 16 (no. 825).
[Iris brown; beak coral-red; legs and feet coral-red.
First procured by Mr. W. T. Blanford at Ailet, and afterwards by both of us from
Ain to the Anseba river during July and August. Saw old birds carrying food in their
beaks, but could not discover the nest. Note, a noisy chatter, in a rapid diminuendo.
Insectivorous. I did not meet with this species anywhere else during my stay in
Abyssinia.— W. J. |
38. Hancyon cHuoris (Bodd.).
Ceryle abyssinica, Licht. Nomencl. p. 67.
Alcedo collaris, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. p. 271 (note).
Halcyon chlorocephala, Faun. d. Roth. Meer. p. 21. no. 42, et p. 30.
—— chloris, Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 165. no. 73.
a. 3. Zoulla. March 7 (no. 187).
b. 2. Zoulla. March 7 (no. 118).
The specimens in Mr. Jesse’s collection prove again that there is no difference between
African and Indian specimens, as we have already pointed out (Ornith. Central-Poly-
nesiens, p. 35, note).—0O. F.
[Iris dark brown; beak, upper mandible black, lower one pearl-pink at base, tip
black; legs and feet pinky grey.
Procured among the mangrove bushes on the shore of Annesley Bay. At that time
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 223
they were plentiful, but had disappeared in June. I never saw it elsewhere while in
Abyssinia or Bogos. Procured a pair, male and female; the latter slightly paler in
plumage, but moulting, had the appearance of being a younger bird.— W. J.]
39. ALceDo Prcta (Bodd.).
Alcedo cerulea, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 23. no. 93; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 135.
Ispidina cyanotis, Brehm, Habesch, p. 210.
Alcedo picta, Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 171. no. 76.
3. Maragaz. July 29 (no. 601).
9. Maragaz. July 29.
g. Maragaz. July 30 (no. 1065).
3. Waliko. July 31.
Waliko. August 2 (no. 1008).
9. Waliko. August 4.
3. Gabena Weldt Gonfallon. August 7 (no. 1271).
Q. Gabena Weldt Gonfallon. August 8 (no. 1945).
3. Bejook. July 14 (no. 1672).
3. Bejook. July 15
3. Bejook. July 15 (no. 1470).
~ Rs FARKAS AN SR
[Iris brown; beak coral-red ; legs and feet coral-red.
Very plentiful on the Anseba during July and August. Saw one on the Lebka,
below Kokai, in August. Note not unlike that of the common brown Wren (Troglo-
dytes parvulus). Insectivorous and very voracious; shot one with the legs of a large
locust hanging outside the beak.— W. J.]
Fam. MEROPID.
40. Merrops APraster, Linn.
Merops apiaster, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 28. no. 95; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 137; id. Fauna d.
Roth. Meer. no. 44; Brehm, Habesch, p. 210. no. 33.
a. 3. Taconda. April 21 (no. 103).
b. 2. Taconda. April 21 (no. 426).
[Iris crimson ; beak black ; legs and feet black.
Shot and sent to me by a friend from the Taconda Pass. I myself neither obtained
nor saw this bird, either in Abyssinia or the Bogos country. Contents of stomach,
wasps.— W. J.]
4]. MmrRops suPEeRcILIosus, L.
Merops superciliosus, Riipp. Syst. Ucbers. p. 23. no. 96; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 138.
— egyptius, Heug]. Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no. 46.
212
224 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
Merops savignyi, Brehm, Habesch, p. 210, no. 34.
—— superciliosus, Finsch, Journ. f. Orn, 1867, p. 239; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 178. no. 79.
a. 2. Koomaylee. March 22 (no. 125).
[Iris crimson; beak black; legs and feet brownish grey, toes black.
The only specimen I procured, though I saw others at the time. I never met with
this species elsewhere during my stay in Abyssinia or Bogos.—W. J.]
42. MEROPS ALBICOLLIS, Vieill.
Merops cuvieri, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 139.
albicollis, Heugl. Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no, 45; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 185. no, 82.
a. d. Koomaylee, June 5.
b. 2. Koomaylee. June 5.
c. d. Rairo. August 13 (no. 791).
d. 3. Rairo. August 13 (no. 787).
e. d. Rairo. August 13 (no. 1770),
id
g. 3
3
. Rairo, August 13 (no, 870).
. Rairo. August 13 (no. 1002).
. Rairo, August 13.
i. 2, Rairo. August 13 (no. 84).
k. 2. Ain. August 16 (no. 1382).
Specimens from North-east Africa agree in every respect with western and eastern
ones.—O, F.
[Iris crimson; beak black; legs and feet yellowish grey.
Out of a series of ten of these birds, obtained at Rairo 13th August, Koomaylee 5th
June, and Ain 16th August, I remarked that in six specimens the length of the upper
mandible is 13 inch, and in the four others only +3 of an inch, though in other mea-
surements, such as the pinion, length of middle toe, &c., they coincide. Is this usual
among the Meropide ?—W. J. ]
43. MEROPS VIRIDISSIMUS, Sws.
Merops egyptius, Licht. (nec Forsk.) Verz. Doubl. p. 13; Kittlitz, Kupfert. t. 7. f. 1.
viridis, Riipp. (nec Linn.) Syst. Uebers. p. 24. no. 97; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 140,
viridissimus, Hartl. Westafr. p. 40.
a. d. Zoulla. June 6.
6. 3. Zoulla. June 6.
ce. d6. Zoulla. June 6.
d, 3. Zoulla. June 6.
e. 2. Zoulla. June 6 (no. E).
if Ain. July 7 (no. 1286).
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
3” 3/3” ran Did S73 5M” ro ei Oy Tee 4d -5/”
3 4 2 5 103-114 5. . viridis. S. India.
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 225
All the specimens in Mr. Jesse’s collection, killed in June and July, are young birds
in moulting-plumage. The feathers on the back are in some specimens margined with
dull blue, as well as the outer web of the quills and tail-feathers in other specimens ;
the chin and throat is in most of the specimens washed with yellow, the black jugular
collar indicated only by some dark-greenish-margined feathers; the two middle elon-
gated tail-feathers are wanting, and all only partially developed in the specimen f.
Some specimens have the head and neck mixed with faded-fulvous-brownish feathers ;
the black stripe through the eye shows underneath more or less a narrow light blue
margin.—0. F.
[Iris brown.
Out of five specimens procured at Zoulla in June, the one here noted, as also another
not marked, had the iris brown; the rest were crimson. Possibly in birds of the year
the iris does not reach its full colour. They were procured in the mangrove-belts by
the shore: some had long tail-feathers; but the generality had not; they were all more
or less moulting. I killed this species at Zoulla on my arrival at the end of February,
though I have no skin of that date. Did not meet with it elsewhere.—W. J.]
44, MEROPS LAFRESNAYEI, Guér.
Merops lafresnayei, Guér. Rey. Zool. 1843, p. 322; id. in Ferret & Galinier, Voy. en Abyss. Atlas, t. 15.
— lefebvrii, Des Murs.
variegatus, Kittl. Kupfert, t. 7. f. 3; Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 24. no. 100; Heugl. Syst.
Uebers. no. 143.
lafresnayi, Heugl. Fauna d. Roth, Meer. no, 48; Brehm, Habesch, p. 210. no. 35; Finsch &
Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 192 (Anm.).
a. 3. Senafé. May 12 (no. 831).
6, 3. Senafé. May 12 (no. 1216).
c. Sooroo. April 5 (no. 191).
[Ivis crimson; beak black; legs and feet greyish stone-colour.
This Bee-eater was common up the pass from Sooroo to Senafé during April and
May.—W. J.]
45. Merops MINvTVvs, Vieill.
Merops collaris, Kittl. Kupfert, t. 7. f. 2.
—— erythropterus, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 24. no. 99; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 142; id. Fauna des
Roth. Meer. no. 47.
minutus, Finsch & Hartl. Vogel. Ostafr. p. 188. no. 84.
a. 3. Bejook. July 14 (no. 1524).
b Bejook. July 13.
[Iris crimson; beak black ; legs and feet black.
I procured only two specimens of this species at Bejook, on the Anseba, and did not
observe it elsewhere on my trip.—W. J.
226 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
Fam. UPUPID.
46. Upupa Epoprs, L.
Upupa epops, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 27. no. 102; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 145; id. Fauna d.
Rothen Meer. no. 49; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 195. no. 87.
? Upupa senegalensis?, Brehm, Habesch, p. 211. no. 37.
a. Koomaylee. June 5.
b. 2. Between Ain and Monbar Harat-b’. August 16 (no. 49).
c. d. Rairo. August 13 (no. 25).
d. 2. Rairo. August 13.
Von Heuglin met with our common Hoopoe only during the months of September
and October on the Danakil coast of the Somali country, and asks “ whether it may be
a resident bird.” ‘The specimens in Mr. Jesse’s collection answer this question. Having
been shot in the beginning of June and in the middle of August, there cannot well be
any doubt that the Hoopoe stays, perhaps in less numbers, all the year round in the
Bogos country. It may be remarked that Mr. E. C. Taylor found the Hoopoe breeding
in Egypt as early as the month of March.—0. F.
[Observed this bird in Koomaylee plain about the 11th and 12th of March. Procured,
Koomaylee, June 5; Rairo, August 13; between Ain and Monbar Harat-b’, August 16.
Not seen elsewhere during my trip.—VW. J.]
47. TRRISOR ERYTHRORYNCHUS (Lath.).
Promerops erythrorhynchus, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 28. no. 103.
Irrisor erythrorhynchus, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 146.
Irrisor, spec. nov. ?, Heugl. Fauna d. Rothen Meer. no. 51.
Promerops erythrorhynchus, Brehm, Habesch, p. 211. no. 38; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel. Ostafr.
p. 202. no. 89.
3. Kokai. July 12 (no. 1817).
3. Kokai. July 12 (no. 683).
Q. Maragaz. July 27.
Maragaz. July 27.
e. 6d. Maragaz. July 29.
ao 28
The collection of Mr. Jesse contains red- and black-billed specimens, the latter being
most probably younger ones. Specimens from the different parts of Africa are not
separable, but vary very much in coloration, shape of the bill, and size.—0. F.
{Iris brown; legs and feet coral-red.
The beaks of some of the specimens procured varied considerably, from black to
nearly red, probably a difference of age. These birds are excessively noisy and active,
climbing in all sorts of positions along the trunk and branches of the Adansonia
hunting for insects; when frightened they fly off in a long string to the next tree.
They have a peculiarly disagreeable smell, which I cannot well describe; it is not
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 227
unlike guano. Contents of stomach, small Coleoptera. Met with these birds only
at Kokai and on the Anseba.—W. J.]
48. IRRISOR ATERRIMUS (Steph.).
Promerops pusillus, Sws. B. W. Afr. ii. p. 120.
Trrisor cyanomelas, Heugl. Journ. f. Orn. 1864, p. 263.
Rhinopomastes pusillus, Antinori, Catal. p. 32.
TIrrisor aterrimus, Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 209. no. 92.
a. Senafé. May 13 (no. 1039).
b. Mohaber. July 9 (no. 1015).
c. Rairo. August 13 (no. 1086).
Not included in the lists of North-east-African birds by Dr. Riippell, Von Heuglin, and
Dr. Brehm, but already known from that part of Africa. Specimens from Sennahr are
in the Berlin Museum ; others from the interior, collected by Von Heuglin in Bongo,
on the Bahr-el-ghasal, I examined also. For the Abyssinian coast lands, L. aterrimus,
which has often been confounded with J. cyanomelas, Vieill., is new.—0O. F.
[Iris brown; beak black; legs and feet horn-colour.
Three specimens procured. Senafé, May; Mohaber, July 9; Rairo, August 15.—
W. J.)
Fam. PROMEROPID.
49, NECTARINIA TACAZZIANA (Stanl.).
Nectarinia tacazze (!), Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. t. 31. f. 3; id. Syst. Uebers. p. 28. no. 108; Heugl.
Syst. Uebers. no. 152.
a, 3. Rayrayguddy. April 8 (no. 445).
_ 6. 3. Rayrayguddy. April 8.
c. d. Rayrayguddy. April 8.
d. 2. Rayrayguddy. April 8 (no. 486).
e. 3. Goongoona. May 7 (no. 1944).
f. 3. Facado. May 8 (no. 1752).
g. 2. Senafé. May 25.
[Iris brown; beak black; legs and feet black.
A series of seven specimens procured at the following places :—Rayrayguddy, April 8;
Goongoona, May 7; Facada, May 8; Senafé, May 25. Never met by me elsewhere,
either in Abyssinia or Bogos. Females scarce.—W. J.]
50. NEcTARINIA PULCHELLA (L.).
Nectarinia pulchella, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 28. no. 107; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 151; id. Journ.
f, Orn. 1864, p. 261.
a. 3. Waliko. August 4 (no. 507).
b. 2. Waliko. July 4 (no. 508).
bo
bo
[oe]
DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
c. d. Bejook, July 4 (no. 442).
d. 3. Bejook. July 15 (no. 1082).
e. d. Bejook. July 15 (no. 806).
f. 2. Bejook. July 15 (no. 770).
g. 3. Bejook. July 16 (no. 1202).
h. 3. Bejook. July 16 (no. 1639).
i. d. Bejook. July 17 (no. 805).
Jj. 2. Bejook. July 17 (no, 1966).
The specimens from north-east Africa agree with western ones. I saw this species
also amongst a collection of Dr. v. Heuglin from Wau, on the Bahr-el-ghasal, in the
interior. The Bogos country is a new locality for this species.—0O. F.
[Eye black ; beak black; legs and feet black.
Ten specimens in this series, among which are three females, were all procured on
the river Anseba from July 4 to August 4. I only met with this beautiful little bird
in this locality, and always near the river—that is to say, within a mile anda half. I
did not even see it on the other side of the hills, at Mashalite, though not ten miles
from the Anseba. It was plentiful—//. /.]
51. NECTARINIA METALLICA, Licht.
Nectarinia metallica, Hempr. & Ehrb. Symb. Phys. t. i.; Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 28. no. 109; Heugl.
Syst. Uebers. no. 153; id. Fauna d. Rothen Meer. no. 52; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr.
p. 214. no. 95.
a. 3. Koomaylee. March 18 (no. 170).
b. 3. Koomaylee. March 18 (no. 134).
c. 6. Koomaylee. March 18 (no. 179).
d. 2. Koomaylee. May 27 (no. 568).
[Eye black; beak black ; legs and feet black.
Three male specimens procured about two miles from the plain of Koomaylee, up
in the hills, in quite a cool temperature, surrounded by plenty of verdure, the shrubs in
blossom, I should say full 1200 feet above the sea; this was in March. On my
return at the end of May they were plentiful in the plain at Koomaylee, but in very
bad plumage, the males having all lost the long tail-feathers. At this period I obtained
the female; these being plentiful, I concluded the breeding-season was over. I also
found specimens in the female plumage with signs of the bright mature plumage.
I did not meet with this species in the Bogos country, nor on the highland plateau
of Senafé.— I, J.]
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 229
52. NECTARINIA AFFINIS, Riipp.
Nectarinia affinis, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. t. 31. f. 1; id. Syst. Uebers. p- 28. no. 110; Heugl. Syst.
Uebers. no. 156; id. Fauna des Roth. Meer. no. 55; Brehm, Habesch, p. 211. no. 41; Finsch &
Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 224 (Anm.).
a, g. Undel Wells. May 27.
b. g. Undel Wells. May 27.
c. d. Rayrayguddy. May 27.
d. 3. Rayrayguddy. April 8.
e. 6. Facado. May 2 (no. 1911).
[Iris black; beak black ; legs and feet black.
Procured from Undel Wells to Facado; plentiful about Rayrayguddy. Did not see
it during the trip to Bogos. From April 8 to May 27.—W. J.]
53. NECTARINIA CRUENTATA.
Nectarinia cruentata, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. t. 9. p. 28. no. 113; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 159; Brehm,
Habesch, p. 211. no. 43.
3. Senafé. May.
9. Kokai. July 13 (no. 627).
3. Bejook. July 13 (no. 1182).
d- Bejook. July 16 (no. 1196).
e. d. Gabena Weldt Gonfallon. August 6 (no. 1983).
[Eye black; beak black ; legs black.
Rare about the valleys near Senafé in April and May. More common, though not
plentiful, during July and August between Kokai and the river Anseba. One female
procured.— IV’. /. }
04, NECTARINIA HABESSINICA.
Nectarinia habessinica, Hempr. & Ehrb. Symb. Phys. Zool. i. Aves (1828), t. iv.
purpurata (Ill.), Kittl. Kupfert. t. 28. f. 1.
Cinnyris gularis, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. p. 88, t. 31. f. 2 (¢ jun.).
Nectarinia gularis et habyssinica, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 28. no. 111 et 112; Heugl. Syst. Uebers.
no. 157 et 158; Brehm, Habesch, p. 211. no. 40; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 221. no. 100.
a,b. S. Koomaylee. March 18 (no. 149).
¢. g. Koomaylee. March 18 (no. 189).
d. 3. Koomaylee. March 18 (no. 157).
é. d. Koomaylee. March 19.
f. ¢. Koomaylee. (no. 153).
g. 3. Sahati. June 23.
h, 3. Waliko. June 24 (no. 1242).
i. 6. Maragaz. July 29 (no. 1060).
k. g. Rairo. August 13 (no. 57).
All the specimens are males in full dress. The steel-blue lustre on the rump is
VOL. Vi.—ParT Iv. Jay, 1870. 2K
230 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
=
visible only in a few specimens; most of them have the rump of the same metallic
green as the other upper parts of the body.
Long. al. Cand. Rostr.
2! een? ait 1 Shag 879" OF,
[Eye black; beak black; legs and feet black.
The first four specimens were procured in the same locality and at the same date as
Nectarinia metallica; plentiful and well distributed. Subsequently specimens were
obtained at Sahati, June 23; Waliko, June 24; Maragaz, July 29; and Rairo,
August 13. Female seen, and dull in plumage like those of other species.— WV. J. |
55. NECTARINIA JARDINEI, Verr.
Nectarinia jardinei, Hartl. Syst. Orn. W. Afr. p. 47; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 218, no. 97,
(lay wb ve Te
a. 3. Senafé. May 22 (no. 1280).
b. 3. Senafé. May 27 (no. 498).
Long. al. Caud, Culm. Tars.
De bea’ ee iis Set bs Ones or 74” 4 2 F Senafé.
21-2 8 Meola ers 64-7” 64-7”. . . Angola, Zanzibar.
The discovery of this species, which was only known from West and East Africa, is a
very interesting contribution to the avifauna of North-east Africa. A careful com-
parison with specimens from Angola and Zanzibar shows not the slightest difference in
coloration, but a considerably larger size. I hesitate to make a new species upon this
character alone, fearing a larger series would perhaps offer forms intermediate in size,
which would not permit the two species to be distinguished with certainty. If further
researches prove that the differences in size are permanent, I propose to call the North-
eastern form Nectarinia osiris.—O. F.
[Eye black; beak black ; legs and feet black.
Two specimens, both male, procured at Senafé, were all I ever saw either in Abyssinia
or Bogos. These were killed in a valley some 1200 feet below Senafé, on the western
side.— IV. J.]
Fam. CERTHIAD#.
TROGLODYTINA.
56. OLIGOCERCUS RUFESCENS (Vieill.).
Troglodytes microurus, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. t. 41.
Oligura microura, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 56. no. 115; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 161; id. Fauna
des Roth. Meer. no. 56.
Oligocercus rufescens (ex N. O. Afr.), Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 227. no, 104.
a. 3. Waliko. July 21 (no. 1512).
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 231
6. 6. Waliko. August 4 (no. 436).
ce. g. Waliko. August 4 (no. 1214).
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
Oy? 14” BY 1Or 43/” Sele
2 1 10 53 OM mere ce ape:
The north-eastern form seems not to be separable from the southern, although there
are certain slight differences. Levaillant’s figure (t. 135) is incorrect, showing the bill
TX" long.—O. F.
[Iris brown; legs and feet pinkish.
Three specimens, all procured at Waliko. I observed this species on the Lebka,
above Gelamet, and on the Anseba, nowhere else.—//’. J.|
Fam. LUSCINIADZ.
57. DRYMOICA RUFIFRONS, Riipp.
Prinia rufifrons, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. t. 41. f. 2; id. Syst. Uebers. p. 56. no. 121; Heugl. Syst.
Uebers. no. 168; id. Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no. 61; Brehm, Habesch, p. 212. no. 44; Finsch
& Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 234. no. 109.
3d. Koomaylee. May.
3. Rairo. August 13.
. Rairo. August 13 (no. 94).
Q. Rairo. August 14 (no. 97).
e. 2. Rairo, August 14 (no, 54).
Lots S
pre)
[Iris pale burnt-sienna. ‘
This species was common about Koomaylee in June; four specimens procured at Rairo,
one of which was a bird of the year; not observed by me elsewhere.— V. /.]
58. DRYMOICA ERYTHROGENYS, Riipp.
Syst. Uebers. p. 56. no. 125, t. 12; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 165.
a. 2. Goon Goona. May 8 (no. 142).
A closely allied species is D. marginalis, Heugl. (Syst. Uebers. no. 175).—0. F.
[Iris light brown; beak horn-colour; legs and feet dirty yellowish brown.
I do not remember meeting with this species elsewhere.— V. /.]
59. CAMAROPTERA BREVICAUDATA (Riipp.).
Sylvia brevicaudata, Riipp. Atlas, t. 35 (pess.).
Ficedula brevicaudata, Riipp. Syst. Uebers, p. 57. no. 149.
Orthotomus clamans et Syncopta brevicaudata, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 197 et 196.
Camaroptera brevicaudata, Brehm, Habesch, p. 212. no. 45; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 241.
no. 112.
a. 9. Undel Wells. May 27.
b. g. Maragaz. July 27 (no. 1942).
232 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
c. Maragaz. July 27 (no. 1882).
d. 3. Waliko. July 23 (no. 1786).
e. Waliko. July 27 (mo. 1755).
ifs Gabena Weldt Gonfallon. August 8 (no. 1259).
g. 6. Bejook. July 13 (no. 645).
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
2/23” Ngee a ae 55a” SY aca Ts
This species occurs also in South (C. olivacea, Sundey.) and West Africa (C. tineta,
Cass.). The figure in Cretzschmar’s ‘ Atlas’ is incorrect, and not to be recognized. I
have examined Riippell’s types in the Senckenberg Museum.—0. F.
[Iris light brown; legs and feet yellow.
This species is well distributed, having been procured at Undel Wells, May 27, and
all along the Anseba, from Bejook to Maragaz. Though a very noisy little bird, it was
difficult to get, as it always kept in the thickest bushes. Its voice is so powerful that it
was some time before I recognized the performer; the note is very harsh.
Contents of stomach, minute coleoptera.— IV. J. |
60. PHYLLOPNEUSTE UMBROVIRENS, Riipp.
Ficedula umbrovirens, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. p. 112; id. Syst. Uebers. p. 57. no. 148; Heugl. Syst.
Uebers. no. 194; Brehm, Habesch, p. 212. no. 46.
a. 2. Undel Wells. May 27.
[I have no recollection of meeting with this species elsewhere, nor have I any further
particulars.— V/V. J.]
61. Hyponais rxaica (Linderm. ).
Salicaria eleica, Linderm. Isis, 1843, p. 342.
Ficedula ambigua, Schleg. Krit. Uebers. (1844) p. 53.
Hypolais pallida, Gerbe, Rev. & Mag. Zool. (1852) p. 174. t. iv.
cinerascens, De Selys.
Sylvia preglii, Frauenfeld.
Hypolais arigonis, A. Brehm, Thierleben, p. 865.
a. 9. Gelamet. August 11.
b. 2. Gelamet. August 11 (no. 44).
c. @. Rairo. August 13 (no. 19).
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Lat. max. basin. Tars,
2 (6 225078 53” 24” Oe rae i ace
2 10 2 3 6 22 iO are eta ch
2 8 — 6 22 LO eee.
PH eh 2 il 53 23 10S ee sas paimn,
The specimens in Mr. Jesse’s collection agree with specimens from Greece and
Spain; the latter, collected by Dr. A. Brehm at Valencia, have the bill a little more
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 233
depressed and broader (Hypolais megarhyncha, Brehm). Between H. elwica and H.
pallida I cannot find a real difference; the colouring varies between a greyish- and
pale brownish-olive; in the shape of the bill there are also slight differences. I have
compared specimens from Algiers and Dalmatia—the latter, collected in the neighbour-
hood of Cattaro, being the type of Sylvia preglii, Frauenfeld.
Whether Curruca pallida, Hempr. & Ehrb., from Egypt and Nubia, is this species or
Calamoherpe arundinacea, one cannot say, because the description given by Hemprich
and Ehrenberg (Symb. Phys. 1828, fol. bb) is too short to recognize the species exactly.
—0. F.
[Only met with at Gelamet and Rairo.— VW. J.]
62. Hypoals OLIvetoruM (Strickl.).
Temm. Man. d’Orn. iv. p. 611; Gould, B. of Eur. pl. 109.
Salicaria olivetorum, Schleg. Rey. Crit. p. 56.
gd. Amba. 21st August.
Apparently a young bird, having the feathers on the back and rump faintly margined
with pale brown, like the outer webs of the quills; the under parts white, strongly
washed with pale ochre on the sides; otherwise similar to an old male from Greece.
Long. al. Caud. Culm, Tars. Dig. int.
a? of pie a 6” i ry 63”
3.3 2 6 6 11 Glen GIREeCe:
Not included in the lists of North-east African birds by Drs. Riippell, Von Heuglin,
and Brehm, therefore an interesting addition to the avifauna of this part of Africa, and
a valuable contribution to the geographical distribution of the species.
Von Heuglin (Syst. Uebers. p. 277) is certainly wrong in thinking that Sylvia cras-
sirostris, Riipp., may be identical with the present bird, the former species having the
outermost tail-feather white.—0O. F.
[The only specimen procured. I saw one other the same day.—W. J.|
63. SYLVIA CINEREA, Briss.
Rupp. Syst. Uebers. p. 57. no. 133; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 210; id. Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no.71.
a. Mai Wallet. August 18 (no. 27).
Von Heuglin observed this species also in the month of August on the Island of
Dahalak.—0. F.
[Iris grey.
The only specimen procured.— W. J.]
64. Aiipon @aLactopEs (Temm. ).
Aédon galactodes, Sclat. Contrib. Ornith. 1852, p. 125.
— minor, Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 39.
234 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
Aédon galactodes et minor, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. nos. 218, 219.
familiaris, Heugl. Fauna d. Roth, Meer. no. 67.
—— minor, Brehm, Habesch, p. 212. no. 48.
—— galactodes, Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 246. no. 115.
a. 6. Koomaylee. April 5 (no. 169).
b Koomaylee. June 5.
c. 6. Undel Wells. May 28.
d. ¢. River Amba. August 19.
e. 9. River Amba. August 20.
f. 6. Ain. July 6.
g. d+ Bejook. August 18 (no. 23).
The fine series in the collection of Mr. Jesse proves that there is no difference
between Abyssinian and European specimens. Cabanis’s A. minor, said to be the eastern
form of A. galactodes, distinguished by smaller size, is by no means separable. Dr. Brehm
is therefore wrong in maintaining the Abyssinian A. galactodes to be permanently smaller.
The black marking across the tail-feathers varies much. A male (c) has a broad cross
band on the tail-feathers, the two middle ones pointed with black, and agrees in every
respect with the female (¢). Another male wants the black apical spot on the two
middle tail-feathers; in another specimen the black cross band is indistinct and
restricted to the inner web.
Long. al. Cand. Culm. Tars.
or OCS? OY Dd ee Yada 6m. NET PYG : Ae Abyssinia.
3 -3 2 PEP ii 6-62”” 10 -12 ... Europe.—O. F,
[Seven specimens, procured at Koomaylee, Undel, Ain, Bejook, and Amba, show this
species to be well distributed from the lowlands to the highlands, though more plentiful
in the former.— VV. J.]
65, CERCOTRICHAS ERYTHROPTERA (Gmel.).
Cercotrichas erythropterus, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 60. no. 195; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 278; id.
Faun, des Roth. Meer. no. 94; Brehm, Habesch, p. 214. no. 67; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel
Ostafr. p. 250. no. 116.
Zoulla, May.
. Koomaylee. May.
. River Amba. August 21.
. Between Gelamet and Kokai. August 10 (no. 45).
3. Bejook. July 16 (no. 1777).
SR Se os
40 &% A
[This species I observed at Zoulla in March, and procured them in May; Bejook,
July 16; Gelamet, August 10; Amba, August 21. Plentiful in the lowlands. I only
saw one other specimen on the Anseba besides the one procured at Bejook.— W. J.]
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 235
66, THAMNOLA ALBISCAPULATA, Riipp.
Thamnolea albiscapulata, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. t. 26. f.1; id. Syst. Uebers. p. 58. no. 168; Heugl.
Syst. Uebers. no. 250; Brehm, Habesch, p. 213. no. 53.
Thamnolea casiogastra, Bp. Compt. Rend. xxxviil. p. 7 (1854).
a. 3. Koomaylee. March 22 (no. 145).
b. Sooroo. May.
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
Bie ie Bye 1s vd 13
This species has often been erroneously confounded with the southern Th. cinna-
momeiventris, Lafr. (Rey. Zool. 1836, t. 56; Petrocincla montana, Licht. Nomencl. 1854,
p- 26), a very nearly allied but different species. The north-eastern Th. albiscapulata
is distinguished by having the upper and under tail-coverts black, the latter being only
cinnamomeous at the base, whereas in Th. cinnamomeiventris these parts are uniform cin-
namon, like the rump and under surface. Mr. Layard and Mr. Gurney have overlooked
these differences, and make the southern bird the same as the north-eastern. Saaicola
albiscapulata (Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 106), Thamnobia ptymatura (Gurney, Ibis, 1863,
p. 328), and Th. albiscapulata (Gurney, Ibis, 1868, p. 157) belong therefore as synonyms
to Th. cinnamomeiventris. I have compared both species carefully in the Berlin and
Frankfort Museums.
Thamnolea casiogastra, from Abyssinia, seems to be, from the short description of
Bonaparte, nothing more than the female of Th. albiscapulata, which differs from the
male only in wanting the white patch on the shoulders.—0O. FP
[Iris dark brown; beak black; legs and feet black.
This specimen was shot in the Sooroo Pass, seven miles higher up the road to Senafé
than Koomaylee. I procured another specimen at Sooroo in May. It was tolerably
plentiful about this locality, but I did not come across it anywhere else during my stay
in Abyssinia or Bogos.—W. J.]
67. THAMNOLHA MELENA (Riipp.).
Saxicola melena, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. t. 28. f. 2; id. Syst. Uebers. p. 58. no. 154; Heugl. Syst.
Uebers. no. 280.
a. 3. Senafé. April 24 (no. 137).
Agrees very well with the description and figure given by Dr. Riippell, who collected
a few specimens in the Abyssinian province Agame. Heuglin observed it in the moun-
tains of Simehn and Woggara. A comparison with Thamnolwa cthiops, Licht. (Cab.
Mus. Hein. p. 8; Hartl. W. Afr. p. 65), from West and South Africa, would probably
prove the identity of the two species.—0. F.
[Iris brown; beak black ; legs and feet black.
The only specimen procured; two others seen near Senafé.—W. J. |
236 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
68. SAXICOLA G@NANTHE (L.).
Sazicola cenanthe, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 58. no. 161; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 236; id. Fauna d.
Roth. Meer. no. 84; Brehm, Habesch, p. 212. no. 49.
a. 3. Senafé. April 24 (no. 104).
[Iris brown; beak black; legs and feet black.
The only specimen procured.— W. J.]
69. SAXICOLA ISABELLINA, Riipp. (nec Temm.).
Savicola isabellina, Riipp. Atlas, t. 34. f. 6; id. Syst. Uebers. p. 58. no. 159; Heugl. Syst. Uebers.
no. 233; id. Fauna des Roth. Meer. no. 89; Brehm, Habesch, p. 212. no.50; Finsch & Hartl.
Vogel Ostafr. p. 252. no. 118.
a. 9. Zoulla. March 12 (no. 127).
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
oo 2” Gis 132”
There is no difference between specimens from Africa and Western Asia (S. saltatria,
Ménétr.).—O. F.
[Eye, beak, legs and feet, black.
Neither observed nor procured elsewhere. Rather plentiful about Zoulla in March.
Not seen in May and June, nor at Massuah in August.—VW, J.]
70. SAXICOLA STAPAZINA (L.).
Savicola stapazina, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 58. no. 162 ; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 237 ; Sclat. Contrib.
to Ornith. 1852, p. 125.
¢. Gelamet. August 11 (no. 51).
A young bird, in moulting-plumage, similar to the female; but the head and upper
parts olive-brown, not so bright ferruginous as in the female, the light supercilium
indistinct, the ferruginous margins on the quills and quill-coverts rather narrow and
paler.
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
3” Bue Q” 14 5a” 10”
The rediscovery of this species in the Abyssinian coastlands is interesting. It had
been hitherto only once obtained, by Mr. Daubeny, who collected the species near
Massowa. Von Heuglin includes this species also in his list of the birds of the Red
Sea (Ibis, 1859, p. 341) as being observed on the Somali and Danakil coasts and in
Southern Arabia, but says, in a later paper on that subject (Peterm. Geograph. Mittheil.
1861, p. 21), “8. stapazina and S. aurita, which are common in the Nile region, I have
not seen along the shores of the Red Sea.’ —0O. F.
[No notes on this species.—W. J.]
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 237
71. SaxicoLa LuGuBRIS, Riipp.
Sazxicola lugubris, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. p. 77, t. 28. f.1.; id. Syst. Uebers. p. 58. no. 153; Heugl.
Syst. Uebers. no. 229; Brehm, Habesch, p. 212. no. 51.
a. 3. Rayrayguddy. May 27.
6. g. Senafé. April 25 (no. 451).
A beautiful species; the old male accurately figured by Dr. Riippell.—0O. P.
[Iris brown; beak black; legs and feet black.
Only two specimens procured; one at Rayrayguddy, May 27, 1868.—W. J.]
72. SAXICOLA MELANURA, Riipp.
Saxicola melanura, Riipp. in Temm. Pl. Col. 257; id. Syst. Uebers. p. 58. no. 158.
Pratincola melanura, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 245; id. Fauna des Roth. Meer. no. 90.
Cercomela asthenia, Bp.
Saxicola melanura, Brehm, Habesch, p. 213. no. 52; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 257. no. 120.
a. Undel Wells. May 5.
b. R. Amba. August 18 (no. 21).
c. 2. R. Amba. August 19.
d. 3. R. Amba. August 21.
The sexes are similar.
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
ge TU ee ee ee De Sas 5/51” 93’’-10’"— 0. F.
[Plentiful in the lowlands in August, has a peculiar habit of spreading out its tail in
the form of a fan; Cercotrichas erythroptera and Aédon galactodes also have this
peculiarity — W. J.]
73. THAMNOBIA ALBIFRONS (Riipp.).
Sazicola albifrons, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. 1835, p. 78; id. Syst. Uebers. p. 58. no. 155, t. 17.
—— frontalis, Sw. W. Afr. ii. (1837) p. 46.
albifrons, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 231.
Thamnobia frontalis, Hartl. W. Afr. p. 68.
a. $. Bejook. July 13 (no. 1765).
6. 2. Bejook. July 13 (no. 1273).
The female has no white on the forehead.—0O. F.
[Iris brown.
The only two specimens procured or observed, as well as I can recollect: both shot
on the same day, and male and female.—W. J. |
74. Ruricrtua pHaNicurA (L.).
Ruticilla pheenicura, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 57. no. 142; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 224; id. Fauna
d. Roth. Meer. no. 78; Brehm, Habesch, p. 213. no. 56.
a. 5. Senafé. April 25 (no. 402).
VOL. vil.— Part Iv. May, 1870. 21
238 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
DY NO” re 1 ad 42” 9”
2 10 2 43 93 ... (R. pectoralis, Heugl.)
Pale 2 dt 10... Germany.
The specimen in Mr. Jesse’s collection is an old male, and agrees exactly with the
figure given by Naumann (tab. 79. f. 1). Heuglin’s R. pectoralis (Journ. f. Ornith.
1863, p. 165), of which I have inspected the type specimens from the Bahr-el-ghasal, is
nothing more than our R. phenicura. The male described by v. Heuglin has the black
feathers on the throat and breast margined with white, as is often the case with
specimens killed in the spring in Europe.—0. F.
{Iris brown; beak black; legs and feet black.
Common about Senafé and down the Sooroo Pass.—W. J.]
75. PaRUS LEUCOMELAS, Riipp.
Parus leucomelas, Neue Wirbelth. t. 37. f. 2.
leucopterus, Sws. B. W. Afr. ii. p. 42.
leucomelas, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 59. no.170; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 252.
a. 3. Undel Wells. April 7 (no. 412).
b. g. Rayrayguddy. May 27.
c. ¢. Kokai. July 12 (no. 1980).
d. g. Kokai. July 12 (no. 1027).
e. g. Between Kokai and Gelamet. August 10 (no. 42).
Long. al. Caud. Culm.
gil ]]"/-3" yi gil 4l Atl—4.4"_—O, F.
[Eye, beak, legs and, feet black.
Not very plentiful anywhere where I passed, except near Kokai, where I fell in with
a family and shot four. Did not observe this species in the low plains—W. J.]
76. Parus LEUcoNotTUS, Guér.
Parus leuconotus, Guérin, Rey. Zool. 1843, p.162; id. in Ferret & Galinier, Voy. Abyss. Atlas, t. 9. f.1.
dorsatus, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 59. no. 171, t. 18; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 253.
a. 2. Senafé. April 27 (no. 128).
b. 3. Goon-Goona. May 9 (no. 172).
Both sexes are alike.—0O.
[Iris brown; beak black; legs and feet black.
I only procured one other specimen of this species, a male, at Goongoona, 9th May,
and never saw it again.—W. J.]
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 239
77. ZOSTEROPS ABYSSINICA, Guér.
Zosterops abyssinica, Guér. Rev. Zool. 1843, p. 162; id. in Ferret et Galinier, Voy. en Abyss. t. 9. f. 3.
madagascariensis, Rupp. Syst. Uebers. p. 57. no. 150; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 199.
a. 2. Rairo. August 13 (no. 87).
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
TRE Te ae 3" 7", . . Abyssinia.
2h 2 1 8} 3z 73... . South Africa. (Z. sundevalliz.)
The southern representative is Z. sundevallii, Hartl. (Z. lateralis, Sund. nec Lath.),
distinguished by larger size, the uniform dirty greyish white under surface, without
haying the sides washed with fulvous, and wanting the yellow superciliary stripe.
—0. F.
[Inis pale burnt-sienna.
I unfortunately only procured this one specimen, having confounded it with Cama-
roptera brevicaudata. I did not shoot any others.—W. J. |
78. Moraciua FLAVA, L.
Var. melanocephala, Licht.
Motacilla flava, Riipp. Atlas, t. 334; id. Syst. Uebers. p. 59. no. 178; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 260.
Budytes melanocephala, atricapilla, cinereocapilla, campestris, et flava, Brehm, Habesch, pp. 214,
215, nos. 59-63.
Motacilla flava, Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 268. no. 123.
a. g. Senafé. April 24 (no. 491).
6. g. Senafé. April 24 (no. 136).
c. 9. Senafé. April 24 (no. 131).
d. 9. Senafé. April 25 (no. 499).
e. d. Amba. August 25.
The old males, with the black cap, without a light supercilium, agree with the figure
given by Riippell, which, however, is incorrect in representing the four outer tail-
feathers on each side white.
This variety occurs also in Scandinavia, India, and South Europe. ‘The females are
not distinguishable from our common ones. ‘The specimen (¢) from Amba in the Bogos
has been apparently bred in that country, being in first plumage.—0O. I’.
[Iris brown; beak horn-colour; legs and feet horn-colony.
I observed this species very common about Zoulla and Koomaylee in March occupied
in catching flies about the dead carcasses; at Amba, on the 25th of August, I procured
a specimen (a young male) minus any yellow.—W. J.|
79. ANTHUS PRATENSIS (L.).
Anthus cecilii, Savign., Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 59. no. 181.
—— cervinus, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 263; id. Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no. 99.
a. g. Senafé. April 25 (no. 159).
2L2
240 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
The specimen has the chin and throat pale rose-coloured, washed with ferruginous,
like the male in the spring figured by Naumann (Vég. Deutschl. t. 85. f. 1).—O. F.
[Iris brown; beak horn-colour; legs and feet very light brown.
The only specimen procured during my stay either in Abyssinia or Bogos.—W, J. ]
80. AnTHUsS sorDIDUS, Riipp.
Anthus sordidus, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. p. 103, t. 39. f.1; Syst. Uebers. p. 59. no. 184; Heugl. Syst.
Uebers. no. 266.
?¢. Bejook. July 16 (no. 794).
Waliko. July 21 (no. 1571).
The only description of this rare species by Riippell is not correct in every respect,
and it will therefore be useful to give another.
All the upper parts dark earth-brown, each feather with a somewhat lighter margin ;
primaries and secondaries dark umber-brown, a little darker than the back; the outer
web very narrowly margined with earth-brown, uniform on the inner web, without paler
margins: quill-coverts margined on the outer web like the remiges, but broader; from
the nostrils to the temporal a narrow ochre whitish supercilium ; sides of the head and
the body beneath pale brownish fulvous, darkest on the breast and sides; chin more
whitish ; under quill-coverts brownish ; tail-feathers dark blackish brown, the outermost
on the outer web and the apical third of the inner web pale brownish white; the second
tail-feather only with a small brownish white apical spot on the inner web; under
surface of wings greyish brown.
Bill horn-brown, the mandible on the basal half pale yellowish; legs pale yellowish
brown.
This specimen (no. 1571) agrees very well with the figure given by Riippell.
The other specimen in Mr. Jesse’s collection (no. 794) is similar to the one above
described, but shows on the feathers of the throat and breast very narrow dark-brown
shaft-stripes, also some on the feathers of the sides.
Long. tota, Al. Cand, Culm. Tars, Dig.int. Dig.post, Cum ung.
Cc. 63" 3! qu gil gi 63!" 1Q" mw 4ll gi
— 3.9 7 8) 6 113 7 33 7
— 3.6 2 7 6 12 6 4 4 A, gouldi, Casamanse.
About this species there is some confusion. Bonaparte, in uniting A. gouldi, Fraser,
with A, sordidus, is, I believe, wrong. A specimen of A. gouldi, from the Casamanse,
in the Bremen collection, is distinguished by the distinct dark-brown pear-shaped spots
on the throat (jugulum), the dark-brown mystacal stripe, and the pale rusty margin on
the basal portion of the inner web of the remiges; the fulvous colour of the under
parts is also brighter, especially on the under tail-coverts. A specimen from the Bahr-
el-ghazal in y. Heuglin’s collection (s. n. A. mystacalis) agrees with the West-African
specimen, The Indian Agrodroma sordida of Jerdon (B. of Ind, ii, p. 236), which is
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 241
mentioned in von Pelzeln’s paper on the Himalayan and Thibet Birds collected by
Dr. Stoliczka (Journ. f. Ornith. 1868, p. 30; Ibis, 1868, p. 312), is an allied, but cer-
tainly not the same, species. A specimen from Kotegurh, in the north-west Himalaya,
collected by Dr. Stoliczka and procured from von Pelzeln (s. n. A. sordidus, Riipp.), is
at once distinguished by having the primaries narrow, the secondaries and quill-coverts
broad, margined with ochre-fulvous on the outer web; the outermost tail-feather is,
except the black basal half of the inner web, of the same colour, the second tail-feather
has a broad fulvous apical spot running on both webs; the under surface is light fulvous
with some obsolete dark blotches on the throat. This Indian species, not being the
A. sordidus of Riippell, merits a new name. I propose to call it Anthus jerdont.
Guérin, in the Zoology of the ‘ Voyage en Abyssinie,’ by Ferret et Galinier, p. 228,
describes a specimen of A. sordidus which has on the breast some dark striz, like the
specimen no. 794. He says, that species is not rare at the Cape of Good Hope; but I
could never find any reference to its existence in that locality.—0. F.
[Iris brown; beak pink flesh-colour, the upper mandible somewhat darker; legs and
feet pink flesh-colour.
I only procured one other specimen at Waliko. This bird perches on trees.—W. J.]
Fam, TURDID.
81. Turpus sIMENSIS, Riipp.
Turdus simensis, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. t. 29. f. 1; id. Syst. Uebers. p. 60. no. 190; Brehm,
Habesch. p. 214. no. 65.
a, g. Taconda. April 21st, 1868 (no. 417).
6,c,d. 2. Taconda, April 21st, 1868 (nos, 408, 414, 492).
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars,
4ll gis" ol gi 4ltl_git 5M gi!_ ol" 16 m Seaes Abyssinia.
4.10 4 11 Pi 1 10 O 141 -16" . . . South Africa.
Prince Bonaparte and Dr. Hartlaub unite this species, as the young bird, with 7.
strepitans, Smith (T. crassirostris, Licht.)—but erroneously, as it is always to be distin-
guished by having the superciliary stripe, sides of head, breast, and sides of the belly
strongly tinged with cinnamon fulvous, instead of white, washed faintly with pale
ochraceous. Otherwise both species are similar.
The 7. simensis from Sierra Leone, mentioned by Professor Sundevall (Cifvers. Akad.
Forh. 1849, p. 157), belongs to the true 7’. strepitans, which is therefore not restricted
to the south.—0. F.
[Iris brown ; beak—upper mandible blackish brown, lower one yellowish; legs and
feet brown.
I neyer saw this bird alive; the four specimens in my collection were sent me, in the
flesh, by a friend who shot them in the Taconda Pass.—I/. J.]
242 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
§2. TuRDUS PELIOS, Bp.
Turdus pelios, Bonap. Consp. Av. i. p. 278.
icterorhynchus, P. y. Wiirtemb.; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 275,
pelios, Hartl. W. Afr. p. 75.
a. 3. Waliko, July 22nd (no. 1184).
6. 3. Waliko. August 3rd (no. 1446).
ec. d. Gabena Weldt Gonfallon. August 6th, 1868 (no. 643).
Long. al. Caud. Culm, Tars.
Algo} amet! gil! LAM Se dectta Abyssinia.
4 2 3 6 7 D4 ce. spsnsies N.E. Africa.
4 1 3 1 73 Sane hn an N.E. Africa.
4 2 3 2 8 M2 xa as. 614s Gaboon.
4 0 3 2 73 Lee eel pee Gaboon.
4.7 omeo) Zhe WS... .'. Gaboon-
4 6 3 6 8 A sree Type of Bonap.
‘The Bogos country seems to be a new locality for this species, which has been noticed
only from Abyssinia, Kordofahn, and the Blue and White Nile. Specimens from
North-east Africa agree with Western ones.—0. F.
[Iris brown; beak pale lemon-colour ; legs and feet flesh-colour.
Did not either procure or observe this bird, except on the river Anseba.— J”. ./.]
83. PETROCINCLA SAXATILIS (Lath. ).
Petrocossyphus saxatilis, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 60. no. 188.
Petrocincla saxatilis, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 270; id. Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no. 108; Brehm,
Habesch, p. 214. no. 66.
a. 3. Koomaylee. March 24th (no. 165).
6. d. Senafé. March 25th (no. 864).
[Iris dark brown; beak black; legs and feet black.
I procured one other male specimen at Senafé; these were the only ones I ever
saw.— IV, J.]
84. CossYPHA SEMIRUFA (Riipp.).
Petrocincla semirufa, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. (1835) p. 81.
Bessonornis semirufa, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 60. no. 186, t. 21.
Cossypha nigrocapilla, Guér. Rey. Zool. 1843, p. 162.
Bessonornis semirufa, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 268.
a. Addigerat. May 7 (no. 948),
[Beak black; legs and feet black.
The only specimen procured or observed during my stay in Abyssinia or Bogos; shot
near water.— VW. J. |
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 24
[S)
85. CossyPHA GUTTURALIS, Guér.
Cossypha gutturalis, Guér. Rey. Zool. 1843, p. 162; Ferret & Galinier, Voy. en Abyss. Atlas,
t. 5 (pess.).
Sazicola albigularis, Pelzeln, Verh. Z. B. Ges. Wien. (1863) xlviii. p. 149.
Trania finoti, De Filippi, Viaggio in Persia, p. 347.
Bessornis albigularis, Tristr. Ibis, 1867, p. 89, t. i.
a. 2. Koomaylee. April 3 (no. 158).
6. 2. Mai Wallet. August 18.
Guérin described this species after specimens brought home by MM. Ferret et Galinier
from Abyssinia, without giving a certain locality. Neither Dr. Riippell nor v. Heuglin,
nor any other traveller, obtained this rare species, it is therefore of much interest to
find them in the collection of Mr. Jesse. A male from North-east Africa I saw in the
Berlin Museum. ‘There is no doubt that the so-called Savxicola albigularis from
Smyrna and Palestine, and the Jrania finoti from Persia! are the same birds. The
female marked @ agrees very well with a male from Smyrna, except being beneath
of a somewhat lighter and duller cinnamon-colour, and having a narrower white stripe
along the chin and throat. The female, }, agrees very well with the figure given in
the ‘ Ibis’ (back-ground) as that of the female, but is certainly a young bird. The
two sexes are alike, a fact hitherto unknown.
It must be remarked that the figure in the Atlas of the ‘Voyage en Abyssinie,’ by
Ferret et Galinier (tab. 5), is not very correct, having the white superciliary stripe too
much extended, the tail too long, &c.
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
pu Gu! eal c. 6!" Oe Ti tals
3° (6 Bt 53 1 ee eee ,
3 6 2 8 6 liz .... od. Smyrna.—0O. F.
[Eye black; beak black; legs and feet black.
Procured two specimens, both in the plains on the coast; did not observe this bird
elsewhere.— IV’. J. |
86. CRATEROPUS LEUCOPYGIUS, Riipp.
Tzos leucopygius, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. p. 82, t. 30. f. 1.
Crateropus leucopygius, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 60. no. 199; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 282 ; td. Fauna
d. Roth. Meer. no. 112; Brehm, Habesch, p. 214. no. 68.
a. 3. Undel Wells. May 5th.
6. 2. Rayrayguddy. May 27th.
The female shows the rump only dirty white, the white of the head washed with
ashy.—0. F,
[Iris crimson.
I have only two specimens of this species. On first looking over Dr. Finsch’s list
‘ Since the above was written I have examined the type of De Filippi in the Turin Museum myself. It is
a young bird of the present species.— 0. F’
244 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
I perceived that he had divided my Crateropodes into three species, C. leucopygius,
C. limbatus, and C. leucocephalus. This struck me as extraordinary, as from observation
of these birds in the flesh I had mentally classed them in two species, though ignorant
of their names. ‘The first two I took to be one species, with only differences of
plumage ascribable to age alone. While preparing these notes the doubt of the three
species again struck me, and I examined the birds side by side, and finally referred to
Dr. Finsch’s notes to see what remarks he had made; I there find he has made the
same observations as I have. Had I entertained a doubt on the subject of C. leuco-
pygius and C. limbatus being other than one species, I would have brought home a
larger series; but so certain did I feel of their identity, that, though shooting other
specimens, I sacrificed them to preserve other species which I considered more valuable
at the time. All three are similar in their habits and cry, which is very noisy ; on
alarm they fly from one bush to the other in a regular string, and are very annoying,
as they often give the alarm to game or other birds the sportsman may be in pursuit
of.— WV. J.|
[Since these notes were written, | have communicated my opinion to Dr. Otto Finsch,
and have received a letter from him wishing me to record my opinion that C. limbatus
is a synonym of C. lewcopygius.—W. J.]
87. CRATEROPUS LIMBATUS, Riipp.
Riipp. Syst. Uebers. pp. 48, 60. no. 202 ; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 288.
a. 8. Kokai. August 10 (no. 76).
b. Kokai. August 10 (no. 78).
A doubtful species, and probably the former (C. lewcopygius) in immature state.
One specimen has the front white like a supercilium; the head, sides of head, and
chin are dark brown, with indistinct ashy edgings of the feathers; the rump dirty
white, like the female of the preceding species. Another specimen shows the whole
forehead greyish white, passing into brown on the top of the head. Both species are
of the same size.
Tris crimson.
The series in Mr. Jesse’s collection proves that C. limbatus is probably nothing more
than the young of C. leucopygius. There are intermediate forms with the head partially
white (front and supercilium in the one, the whole forehead in the other).—0O. F.
88. CRATEROPUS LEUCOCEPHALUS, Riipp.
Crateropus leucocephalus, Riipp. Atlas, tab. 4; id. Syst. Uebers. p. 60. no. 198; Heugl. Syst. Uebers.
no. 281.
dg. Ain. July 6 (no. 1468).
@. Ain. July 6 (no. 586).
3. Waliko. July 21 (no. 510).
g. Walko. August 2 (no. 996).
=—
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 245
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
4l qi 4! yi 8h" 15! on ad,
3 9s — 7 144... . jun.
A young bird in the collection of Mr. Jesse has only the chin and the region adjoining
the angle of the mouth whitish ; the head brownish grey; vent and crissum brighter,
tinged with fulvous.— 0. F.
[Iris lemon-yellow.
Four specimens procured, two at Ain in July, and two at Waliko, on the Anseba.
No. 586 4,2, Ain, 6th July 1868, had the iris brown.
I did not observe this species while with the army.—//. /.|
89. Pycnonotus arsinoii (Licht. ).
Ivos arsinoé, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 60. no. 196; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 279; id. Fauna d. Roth.
Meer. no. 114; Brehm, Habesch, p. 214. no. 69; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 296. no. 139.
a. Ain. July 6.
b. g. Rairo. August 13 (no. 1921).
e. 8. Kokai. July 6 (no. 1715).
[This bird was found to be very common from Ain to the Anseba, and proved to be a
great nuisance, as rarely a day passed without my shooting one, taking it for a new
species.— IV ./. |
Fam. MUSCICAPID/.
90. Muscicapa Grisoua, Linn.
Muscicapa grisola, Rupp. Syst. Uebers. p. 61, no. 207; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 295; id. Fauna d.
Roth. Meer. no. 117; Brehm, Habesch, p. 215, no. 70; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 300,
no. 141.
a. Zoulla. June 13.
6. S$. Mai Wallet. August 18.
It is very probable that occasional specimens of our common Flycatcher remain the
whole year in Africa, as Mr. Jesse obtained it in the month of June.
Long. al. Caud, Culm. Tars.
gi gil gil git 43" 7N_Q, F.
[I only procured two specimens of this species, and did not observe it anywhere else
but at Maiwallet, and this only in the plain W. J.]
91. Muscrcapa FuscULA, Sundey.
Oefvers. Akad. Férh. 1850, p. 105.
Le gobe-mouche ondulé, Levaill. t. 156. f. 1.
? Muscicapa undulata, Vieill.
? Butalis adusta, Boie.
VOL. vii.—Part ty. May, 1870. 2M
246 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
Alseonax undulata, Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 52.
Muscicapa minuta, Heugl. (nec Schilling) Syst. Uebers. no. 296.
minima, Heugl. Journ. f. Ornith. 1862, p. 301.
a. Rayrayguddy.
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Lat, rostr. ad basin. —Tars.
git pl yg 3 qu 3" wi
pe oy 19 3s 3y 7 (M. minima, Heug}.)
The single specimen in the collection of Mr. Jesse agrees in every respect with the
representation of Levaillant’s L’ondulé (male), and proves evidently the occurrence of
that southern species in North-east Africa. Heuglin’s WZ. minima from central Abys-
sinia, of which the Bremen Museum possesses a typical specimen from Gondar, is also
undoubtedly the same. That specimen has the under surface a little darker, washed
with brownish fulvous, and shows the obsolete dark markings on the breast more
decidedly than the specimen in Mr. Jesse’s collection, which is of a rather brownish
white underneath.—0. F.
[Only observed at the above locality—W. J.]
92. TERPSIPHONE MELANOGASTRA (Sws. ).
Muscipeta melanogastra, Sws. B. W. Afr. ii. (1837) p. 55.
“ Tschitrea melampyra, Verr.” Hartl. W. Afr. p. 90.
Muscipeta ferreti, Guér. Rey. Zool. 1843, p. 162.
melanogastra, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 61. no. 211; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 302.
Tschitrea melanogastra, Brehm, Habesch, p. 215. no. 71.
Terpsiphone melanogastra, Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 309.
asd.
b. 3. Sooroo, April 5 (no. 140).
c. 2. Sooroo. April 5 (no. 129).
d. 3. Kokai. July 13 (no. 813).
e, f. 2. Kokai. July 13 (nn. 1912 et 1753).
A careful comparison of these birds with specimens from Western Africa has convinced
us that there is no difference. The females in the collection agree in every respect
with the types of Z. melampyra, Verr., in the Bremen Museum. The male marked
a has the two middle tail-feathers very much developed (13 inches), and white; the
upper tail-coverts are also white, but the back is chestnut. ‘The male, no. 140, has the
two middle tail-feathers less developed, but also white; in the male, no. 813, all the
tail-feathers are chestnut, like the back. The females have no prolonged tail-feathers.
Antinori’s interesting observations prove that there is a very great variation in colour
in this species according to the season of the year and age of the bird (see his Cata-
logue, pp. 46-50). A description of all the known African species of the genus
Terpsiphone will be given in our ‘ Birds of East Africa.’ —0O. F.
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 247
[Iris dark brown, eyelid turquoise-blue; beak slate-colour, skin at the gape same as
eyelid; legs and feet slate-colour, toes black.
I did not get any specimens of the male bird with the two white tail-feathers in
yery good condition, though an officer of my acquaintance obtained a good many. I
did not see one with a white tail during my Bogos trip in July and August; possibly
this distinction is carried only in the breeding-season, all the white-tailed specimens
having been obtained in April and previously.—W. J.]
93. PLATYSTIRA PRIRIT (Vieill.).
Muscicapa molitor, Hahn, Vg. aus Asien, etc. (1822), Liefer. xx. t. 2.
Platystira melanoleuca et P. molitor, Licht. Nomencl. p. 20.
pririt, Hartl. W. Afr. p. 94; Heugl. Faun. des Roth. Meer. no. 120; Finsch & Hartl. Végel
Ostafr. p. 314. no. 147.
a. 6. Waliko. July 27 (no. 460).
6. g. Undel. July 27.
c,d. Young. Waliko. July 27.
e. d. Rairo. August 13 (no. 58).
The two old males (a and )) agree in every respect with specimens from Damaraland
and Gaboon in the Bremen Museum. The specimen e, marked male, has instead of
a black a broad chestnut band across the throat, and the indistinct superciliary stripe
pale fulvous—differences which are considered to be peculiar to the female. The two
specimens c and d are young birds, apparently having left the nest only a short time.
They have all the feathers on the crown, and some on the back, spotted with pale
brownish white, as in our common Flycatcher; and the secondaries and tectrices are
margined with pale brownish. In the one there is an indication of a chestnut cross
band on the throat; in the other the throat-feathers have only pale brownish apical
spots, not forming a distinct cross band.—O. F.
[Iris lemon-yellow.
This species common up the pass to Senafé. I cannot see any difference between
this bird and P. senegalensis on comparing my specimens.—V. J.]
94. PLATYSTIRA SENEGALENSIS (Linn.).
Platyrhynchus velatus, Vieill.
Platystira succincta, Licht. Nomencl. p. 20 (9).
— senegalensis, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 61. no. 212; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 303; Hartl. W.
Afr. p. 94; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 317. no. 148.
3. Waliko. August 2 (no. 1275).
The only specimen in the collection of Mr. Jesse is marked as male, and is of great
interest, because it has not a black but a dark chestnut cross band on the throat,
showing that this character does not belong only to the female. Otherwise it agrees
2M 2
248 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
very well with male specimens from Western Africa in the Bremen Museum; the
measurements are a little larger.
Long. tota. Al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
43M 2am il ot 5M 8”. . . Abyssinia.
4} Pall 1 6 5 8 ... Senegal.—0O. F.
[Iris lemon-yellow.
Only one specimen procured: I doubt whether different from P. privit—W. J.]
Fam. AMPELIDZ.
95. BRADYORNIS CHOCOLATINUS (Riipp.).
Muscicapa chocolatina, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. p. 107; id. Syst. Uebers. pp. 49 et 61. no. 210, t. 20.
Muscicapa fumigata, Guér. Rey. Zool. 1843, p. 161.
Bradyornis chocolatinus, Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 323.
aand 6. Senafé. May 25.
A very rare species. Excepting that the bill is a little stouter, this bird may be
considered a typical Bradyornis. Dr. Riippell’s Curruca chocolatina (Syst. Uebers. t. 14)
is, as proved by a careful comparison of the type in the Senckenbergian Museum,
the same species as his Muscicapa chocolatina, The measurements are given in the
following list :—
Long. tota. Al. Cand. Culm. Tars.
c. 6! 3! gia al att gi yi 55 3!" 10" Coll. Mr. Jesse.
— 3.3 29 5 10 Muscicapa chocolatina.
— 3 3 2 8 43 94 Curruca chocolatina.
The only species of Bradyornis, besides the above-mentioned br. chocalatinus, are
Br. mariquensis, Sm., of South and West Africa, Br. pallida, Mill. (Jfusciapa pallida,
Miill. Beitr. t. viii.), and Br. pammelena, Stanl. (Sylvia pammelena, Stanl. in Salt’s
Tray. in Abyss. ; Melanopepla atronitens, Cab. ; Bradyornis ater, Sundev.), from South-
eastern and North-eastern Africa.—0O. F.
[Iris dirty white.
I only procured two specimens of this bird, both at Senafé on the same day. Con-
tents of stomach Coleoptera.—W. J.]
96. CAMPEPHAGA PH@NICEA (Lath.).
Ceblepyris phenicea, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 61. no. 214; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 307.
Lanicterus pheniceus, Hartl. Journ. f. Orn. 1865, p. 172.
a. 3. Senafé. April 16 (no. 444).
[Iris dark brown; beak black; legs and feet black.
I never either procured or observed another specimen of this bird, either during the
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 249
campaign or in the Bogos country. A friend at Rayrayguddy sent me up the wing of
one and promised to procure specimens should I be in want of any. I requested he
would, but I did not receive any more. Either the birds had left the neighbourhood, or
his duties were too pressing. —W. J.]
97. Dicrurus pivaricatus (Licht.).
Edolius lugubris, Hempr. & Ehrb. Symb. Phys. t. vii. (jun.).
Dicrurus canipennis, Sws. B. W. Afr. i. p. 254.
—— lugubris, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 61. no. 216; Brehm, Habesch, p. 215. no. 72.
divaricatus, Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 323. no. 150.
a. g. Undel Wells. May 27.
6. 9. Undel Wells. May 27.
c. 9. Senafé. May 22 (no. 902).
Both sexes (a and 4), shot at Undel Wells, are alike, except that the female has the tail
less furcated. The specimen ¢ seems to be not quite old, because it has the under tail-
coyerts edged with white and of a more uniform dark black colour, without the steel-blue
lustre. It agrees with D. lugubris, Khrb., a species which cannot be separated from
D. divaricatus, as already mentioned by the late Mr. Strickland (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1850,
p- 217). The specimens a@ and ? agree in every respect with specimens from Benguela
in the Bremen Museum.
Long. al. Rectr. inter. Rectr. ext. Culm. Tars.
4! git i ill ql yu «7 91" a,
4 10 3.6 3 11 7 10 b.
4 6 3 6 3.9 iz 9 e.—O. F.
[Iris crimson.
Off the plains, among the hills, I found this bird rather common, always in pairs. It
is very bold, driving Crows and Kites away from the neighbourhood of its nest. It
feeds much after the manner of the Flycatchers, sitting on the top branch of a dead
tree and making a dash straight up in the air at any passing insect, hovering a second
or two, and then returning to its perch. W.. J. |
Fam. LANIID/.
98. LANIUS FALLAX, sp. nov. (Plate XXV.)
a. 3. Rairo. August 13 (no. 1454).
b. 2. Rairo. August 13 (no. 67).
c. 2. Rairo. August 14 (no. 38).
d.9. Ain. August 17 (no. 92).
Supra dilute cinereus; area latissima utrinque a rostro per oculum ducta nizra, supra
minus distincta, albo marginata; subtus totus albus, pectore et abdomine conspicue
250 DR. 0. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
cinerascente lavatis; remigibus nigricanti-fuscis, a basi ad medium fere pure albis, mi-
noribus limbo apicali albo; scapularibus fuscis apicibus albo marginatis, pogonio interno
versus basin sensim albiore; subalaribus albis; rectricibus mediis fusco-nigris, limbo
apicali tenui albo, extima fere tota alba, scapo latius fusco; secunda fusca, macula
terminali majore alba; rostro nigricante, mandibule dimidio basali albo; pedibus
plumbeis.
Male. All the upper parts, including the rump and upper tail-coverts, delicate ashy
grey; a very narrow frontal margin and a broad stripe, which covers the lorum, eye,
and region of the ear black, margined above by an indistinct narrow whitish line;
cheeks, chin, and throat white, all the remaining underparts of a light ashy grey,
much lighter than the back; vent and under tail-coverts white, the same as the under
quill-coverts, which are washed faintly with grey; primaries brownish black, on the
basal half of both webs nearly white, forming a conspicuous white speculum; secon-
daries brownish black, on the basal half of the inner web whitish, and tipped broadly
with white; quill-coverts brownish black, some newly developed secondaries have the
basal half white, the same as the primaries; the longest of the shoulder-coverts whitish,
but almost covered by the lesser shoulder-coverts; the tail-feathers black, tipped with
white, narrowest on the two middle ones, increasing in breadth externally; the outmost
tail-feather white, with the shaft blackish; the second feather margined with white on
the outer web. Jill blackish horn-brown; the basal half of the mandible pale horn-
colour; legs dark horn-brown.
The three females are similar, but want the narrow black frontal margin; the bill
is paler; two specimens show the middle of the breast tinged faintly with isabelline
colour.
All the specimens are in change of plumage. In moulting the female shows the back
washed faintly with pale brown, indistinctly barred with darker lines.
Long. tota. Al. Rectr. med. Rectr. ext. Culm. ars.
g! 4! gl! 3! 10" 3! gi 138!" 3 A
— 3 11 3. 8 2 73 12 nS
— 4 1 4 0 _ 7 13 Q.
—_— 4 2 ef — 74 13 cor
Being unable to refer this Shrike with certainty to any of the allied species, I must
consider it to be new. It comes nearest to LZ. lahtora, Sykes, which occurs also on the
shores of the Red Sea, but differs in the pale greyish tint of the under parts, which are
decidedly white in L. Jahtora. Otherwise there is scarcely any difference. The greyish
tint of the belly, which all the specimens in Mr. Jesse’s collection exhibit, shows its
relation to L. algeriensis, Less.; but in this species the grey tone is much darker, the
upper parts are dark ashy grey, and the outermost tail-feather is black with a broad
white apical spot. L. pallidirostris, Cass., also an allied species, has the bill pale horn-
colour, the under parts white. J. pailens is distinguished at once by the white rump.
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 251
I believe I am not mistaken in referring the L. algeriensis in the list of the birds
collected by Mr. Daubeny (Sclater, Contrib. to Ornith. 1852, p.125; Heugl. Fauna d.
Roth. Meer. no. 127) at Mokkolla, near Massowa, to this species.
L. algeriensis, noticed by Mr. Strickland (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1850, p. 217) from Cordo-
fahn, is certainly not this species, but very probably L. pallidirostris, Cass.—O. F.
[Iris brown; legs blue-grey.
I procured four specimens, all more or less moulting: three were from Rairo, the
fourth was shot a few miles from Ain, on the plain towards Mai Wallet. I believe I
shot two specimens of this Shrike at Koomaylee, but was too unwell to preserve them ;
this was in the middle of March.—W. J.]
99. Lantus connurio, L.
Enneoctonus collurio, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 62. no. 221; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 318; id. Fauna
d. Roth. Meer. no. 130.
Lanius collurio, Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 331. no. 154.
a. 2. Senafé, April 25th (no. 467).
[Iris brown; beak brown; legs and feet brown.
The only specimen procured or observed. —W. J.]
: 100. Lanrus senator, Linn.
Lanius senator, Linn. 8. N. ed. x. p. 94.
Lanius rufus (Briss.), Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 62. no. 217; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 317; id. Fauna
d. Roth. Meer. no. 131.
paradoxus, Brehm, Journ. f. Orn. 1854, p. 75 (Anm.); Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 321.
rutilans (Temm.): Hartl. West Afr. p. 103.
a. Adult.
6. ¢. Young. Amba. ‘August 21st (no. M).
I at first mistook the specimens in Mr. Jesse’s collection for the L. paradoxus, Brehm,
because they showed the tail-feathers, inclusive of the two middle ones, on the basal
third white on both webs, this being the distinguishing character of that species. After
having examined a larger series of skins I find that this is not a character of specific
value ; for a female from the Hercynian Mountains agrees in that respect, whereas the
male from the same locality has the two middle tail-feathers, as usual, of a uniform
black. There is in general a great variation amongst specimens of this Shrike, accord-
ing to age and season.
The old male (a) in Mr. Jesse’s collection agrees in every respect with a German
specimen, except in having the two middle tail-feathers white at the base, as already
mentioned; the upper tail-coverts are also white throughout, whereas in the German
specimens these feathers are pointed with black.
The specimen 0 is a young one, haying changed its first plumage: the head and
252 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
hinder part of the neck are pale rufous, with obsolete dark cross lines; back brown ;
rump greyish brown; hind part of the rump and upper tail-coverts pale isabelline
white, like the shoulders, which are tinged with brown on the centre of each feather
and the outer margin of the quill-coverts and tertiaries; quills dark brown, with a
white speculum, as in the old bird; lores and an indistinct supercilium, like the whole
undersurface, white, washed with isabelline fulvous on the flanks ; ear-spot dark brown ;
tail-feathers as in the old one, but the ground-colour brown, not black. Bill pale horn-
brown, in the adult black, with the basal portion of the mandible pale.
A careful comparison has also convinced me that the West-African Z. rutilans, Temm.,
said to differ in its lighter tints, and in having the shoulders and quill-coverts margined
externally with pale brown or white, is by no means separable. All the specimens
which show these differences are in imperfect plumage, and bear more or less remains
of the immature plumage.
An old male from the Gold Coast (type of Z. badius, Hartlaub) is quite similar to a
German specimen ; but the rufous colour on the head is darker, and the white speculum
on the primaries is scarcely visible, being represented on the outer web by pale rufous,
just as in young birds. Another male from the Casamanse is as darkly coloured above
as European specimens, but exhibits light brown margins on the quill-coverts; the
under parts are strongly washed with cinnamomeous fulvous, and marked with obscure
cross lines, which are apparently the remains of a younger dress; the two middle tail-
feathers are also white on the base, but only on the outer web. A female from the
Casamanse river agrees with a European female in every respect, except in having pale
margins on the quill-coverts, which are only partially exhibited in the European bird.
Both these have the back much lighter than in the male, and the under parts tinged with
pale ochreous-fulyous; in the African bird the black feathers on the forehead have the
rufous margins more visible. Another female from the Casamanse has the back rather
paler brown, the forehead more mixed with white, forming an indistinct supercilium ;
the light margins on the coverts are less visible, and scarcely more developed than in
European specimens; the under surface is white, as in the male, faintly tinged with
ochre-yellow.
Ignorance of these variations, which Naumann has pointed out, has caused some of
them to be taken for specific characters, and species have been founded on them—such
as L. pectoralis, Miiller (Journ. f. Orn. 1855, p. 450. no. 583), and L. jardinei, Miller
(ib. no. 584). A Lanius from Tigreh, described by Von Heuglin (Journ. f. Orn. 1861,
p- 195. no. 34) as probably different, belongs also to L. senator.
It may be remarked that Levaillant’s “ Piegriéche rousse”’ (tab. 63) refers to our
European bird, as has been already pointed out by Professor Sundevall.
I append the measurements of several specimens from Europe and Africa to prove
that there is no difference in size.
bo
or
(Si)
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY.
Long. al, Caud. Culm. Tars.
3” 6! ai! gill eG 10” . . ad. Bogos.
3 8 2 10 6 10 . . jun. Bogos.
3 10 3.0 6 10 . . &. Germany.
Bits) 2 9 54 93. . 9. Germany.
3 7-3! 9!" 2 6-2" 10!" 51-6" 9"_10" West Africa (4 spec.).—O. F.
[Iris brown.
One other immature male specimen from Amba.—W. J.]
101. Lantus nusicus, Licht.
Lanius personatus, Temm. ; Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 62. no. 218.
Leucometopon nubicus, Heugl. Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no. 129.
Collurio nubicus, Hartl. W. Afr. p. 103.
a. 6. Ain. August 17th (no. 98).
b. g. Gelamet. August 11th (no. 4).
The Bogos country seems to be a new locality for this widely distributed species.
Von Heuglin mentions it only from North Arabia.—0. F.
[Iris brown.
In Dr. O. Finsch’s note on’this species he mentions Bogos as a new locality; I may
therefore observe that Gelamet is not thirty miles from the coast plain, and is of a
much lower elevation than Bogos. Gelamet belongs properly, I believe, to Hamazan.
Ain, where the second specimen was procured, is, of course, lower still. I do not
remember to have observed this species on the Anseba.—W. J.]
102. Lantus Fiscus, Cab.
Lanius fiscus, Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 74.
Laniarius collaris, Riipp. (nec L.) Syst. Uebers. p. 62. no. 230.
Telophorus collaris, (Lath.) Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 325.
Collurio smithii, Brehm, Habesch, p. 215. no. 73.
a. 3. Senafé. April 25 (no, 465).
b. 3. Bejook., July 13 (no. 782).
c. d. Bejook. July 13 (no. 1957).
d. 2. Bejook. July 13 (no, 1194).
I agree with Dr. Cabanis in separating the north-eastern bird from the southern
L. collaris, Lath., but must remark that the only difference consists in the tail-feathers
being considerably narrower, and in the somewhat smaller size; the colouring in both
species is exactly similar.
Both females in the collection of Mr. Jesse have the feathers of the flanks rusty-
coloured.
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars. .
Bi 4il_git wu 4ll_alt 4ll 6! 10"-]1" . mer NT fiscus.
3.9 -3 10 4-4 1 3 12-13 . . . LZ. collaris.
VOL. Vi.—ParT Iv. May, 1870. 2N
254 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
L. smithii, enumerated by Dr. Brehm in his ‘ Ergebnisse einer Reise nach Habesch,’
is certainly this species. The true L. smithii, Fraser, known only from West Africa, is
very closely allied, but distinguished at once by the deep black colour of the upper
parts.—0. F.
[Iris brown; beak black; legs and feet black.
Very plentiful about Senafé and Bejook. Sits perched, like the generality of this
family, on some bush or dead branch, so as to see well around —W. J.]
103. Ninavs Brusrv (Lath.).
Nilaus brubru, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 62. no. 223; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 322; id. Fauna d.
Roth. Meer. no. 122; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 333. no. 155.
a. 6. Waliko. July 20 (no. 1973).
b. d. Waliko. July 23 (no. 1081).
[Iris brown; beak black; legs and feet slate-blue.
I only procured two specimens of this species, both at Waliko. Mr. W. T. Blanford
also obtained it, one specimen (a female, if my memory be true), from Ailet. The
female has the plumage lighter and less marked.—W. J.]
104. TELEPHONUS ERYTHROPTERUS (Shaw).
Laniarius erythropterus, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 62. no. 228; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 324; id.
Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no. 133.
Telephonus erythropterus, Brehm, Habesch, p. 215. no. 76; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostatr. p. 336.
no. 157.
a. 3. Bejook. July 16 (no. 1950).
b. d. Bejook. July 17 (no. 1109).
c. 6. Bejook. July 18 (no. 1876).
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
gir 1] "I-83" yu 3! gii_git 5 gi! 13-133".
There is no difference between specimens from North-eastern and Western Africa.—
0. F.
{Iris brown; beak black; legs and feet grey (bluish).
Rather plentiful about Bejook; also observed between Rayrayguddy and Senafé. In
habits, much more shy than the other Shrikes, never exposing itself, but threading the
bushes more like a Warbler. I notice in this species, as well as others of the Lantide
collected, that the little hook at the end of the upper mandible is in some cases wanting,
the upper not overhanging the lower mandible; possibly this is the effect of age, though
I have not_remarked any corresponding difference in the plumage. Not observed in
the coast plains.— WV. J. |
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 255
105. Lantarrus GAMBeEnsis, Licht.
Dryoscopus gambensis, Hartl. W. Afr. p. 110.
cubla, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 62. no. 226; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 329.
Malaconotus malzacii, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 334; Brehm, Habesch, p. 215. no. 75.
a. d? Bejook. July 16 (no. 1283).
b. 3. Bejook. July 16 (no. 1850).
c. 3. Bejook. July 18 (no. 759).
d. 2. Waliko. July 20 (no. 1757).
e. d- Waliko. August 2 (no. 1102).
f. d. Maragaz. July 27 (no. 861).
g- 2. Maragaz. July 27 (no, 985).
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
8 ae pe ee 10 en eae
3.4 -3 5 as 73 — a ee
All writers on North-east African Ornithology have mistaken this species for the
I. cubla of Levaillant, which does not occur in that portion of Africa. Both species
are much alike; but LZ. gambensis has the rump tinged with grey, and is always larger.
I have compared numerous specimens from Western and North-eastern Africa, and find
them quite similar. Von Heuglin’s undescribed Malaconotus malzacii from the Bahr
el Abiad, of which I have inspected the type in the Vienna Museum, is undoubtedly a
female of L. gambensis.—O. F.
[Iris orange-red; beak black, or slate-blue; legs and feet dark blue-grey.
I only met with this bird on the river Anseba, at Waliko, Bejook, and Maragaz,
where it was plentiful. Contents of stomach, coleoptera. If no. 1285 is a male, it is
doubtless a young bird.—J/. /.]
106. Laniarivus 2Turopicus (Vieill.).
Telophorus ethiopicus, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. pp. 50 et 62. no. 222. t.23; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 323 ;
id. Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no. 134; Brehm, Habesch, p. 215. no. 74.
Laniarius ethiopicus, Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 343. no. 160.
a. Sooroo. April 5 (no. 680).
6.9. Waliko. August 4 (no. 734).
[Iris brown; beak black; legs and feet slate-colour.
Common from Senafé to the plain of Koomaylee, also from the Anseba to Ain, in
pairs. It differs from the true Shrikes in its habit of sneaking among the lower
branches of bushes, and is frequently seen on the ground. It has two notes—each, I
fancy, peculiar to one sex; but Iam not sure; anyhow the one appears always to answer
the other. One note consists of two bell-like whistles, repeated consecutively at
intervals, not unlike that of the Bell-bird of Brazil; the answer is a grating noise,
sometimes resembling rapid cracking of sticks. Indeed, in the jungle I have more
than once turned to see what might be coming.—W. J. ]
2N2
256 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
107. LANIARIUS CRUENTUS (Hemp. & Ehrb.).
Laniarius cruentus, Hempr. & Ehrenb. Symb. Phys. av. t. iii.; Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 62. no. 227 ;
Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 330; id. Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no. 135; Brehm, Habesch, p. 215.
no, 77; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 354. no. 171.
a. g. River Amba. August 19.
b. 3. Rairo. August 14.
Both specimens are males with the beautiful rose colouring on the breast, like fig. 2
on tab. iii. in the ‘Symbol physice.’—0O. F.
[Iris brown.
Two male specimens obtained, one at Amba. I had not seen it before; but Mr. W.T.
Blanford told me it was one of the first birds he shot at Loulla—W. J.]
Fam. CORVID.
108. ARCHICORAX CRASSIROSTRIS (Riipp.).
Corvus crassirostris, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. t. 8.
Corvultur crassirostris, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 75. no. 242; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 346; id. Fauna
des Roth. Meer. no. 136.
Archicorax crassirostris, Finsch & Hartl. Végel Ostafr. p. 370. no. 181.
a. 6. Takonda Pass. April 21 (no. 456).
[The only specimen procured was sent to me in the flesh by a friend; eye too far
gone to note colour of iris. I afterwards saw one of these birds at Facado, and heard
that they were much commoner further south, on the road to Antalo. I did not see it
in the Bogos country. Contents of stomach, dung.— W. J.]
109. Corvus arrinis, Riipp.
Corvus affinis, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. t. 10. f.2; id. Syst. Uebers. p. 75. no. 239; Heugl. Syst.
Uebers. no. 343; id. Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no. 142; Brehm, Habesch, p. 216. no. 79; Finsch
& Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 372. no. 183.
a. d. Senafé. April (no. 410).
Long. al, Caud. Culm. Rost. a rict. Tars. Dig. med.
15" 5! ol" J" 10" gi gir gl am 5 Ly LL Oey Oe
(Common from Koomaylee to Addigerat from March to May.—W. J.]
110. Corvus scapuLatus, Daud.
Corvus leuconotus, Sws. B. W. Afr. i. pl. 5.
scapulatus, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 75. no. 238; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 245; id. Faun. des
Roth. Meer. no. 137.
—— phaocephalus, Cab. Mus, Hein. i. p. 232.
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 257
Coraz scapulatus, Brehm, Habesch, p. 216. no. 80.
Corvus scapulatus, Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 374. no. 185.
dg. Koomaylee. March 19 (no. 144).
3d. Rairo. August 13 (no. 1452).
. Rairo. August 13 (no. 1178).
Q. Rairo. August 13 (no. 1370).
2. Rairo. August 13 (no. 1479).
The fine series in Mr. Jesse’s collection plainly shows that C. phwocephalus, Cab., is
not a good species, but the immature C. scapulatus. A male specimen from Rairo has
the throat with dark umber-brown feathers strongly intermixed, and presents therefore
undoubtedly an intermediate form between C. phwocephalus and C. scapulatus. Other
specimens in Mr. Jesse’s collection are not distinguishable from western specimens.
The white collar on the hind neck varies much in extension.— 0. F.
[Iris dark brown; beak black ; legs and feet black.
Rather plentiful in March at Koomaylee, but not nearly so much so as C. affinis.
Five specimens were procured one day in August at Rairo. I saw it between Ain and
Massua; but did not see any specimen of C. affinis during that month. I do not
remember seeing C. scapulatus anywhere in the highlands. W. J.]
s Sees
a
Fam. STURNID.
111. PHotipavers LEUCOGASTER (Gmil.).
Lamprotornis leucogaster, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 75. no. 245; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 349.
Pholidauges leucogaster, Fauna des Roth. Meer. no. 151; Brehm, Habesch, p. 217. no. 85; Finsch
& Hartl. Ostafr. p. 376. no. 186.
. Sooroo, May 29.
. Undel Wells. May 27.
. Undel Wells. May 27.
. Undel Wells. May 27.
. Undel Wells. May 29.
. Senafé. April 4 (no. 480).
. Senafé Rock. April 14 (no, 164).
. Senafé. April 14 (no. 163).
. Senafé. May 22 (no. 1107).
. Monbar-Haratt-b’, August 15.
. Rairo, August 14 (no. 53).
. Rairo, August 15 (no. 91).
- Rairo. August 16 (no. 12).
. Riippell and von Heuglin maintain that the sexes in this species are alike, and
that the spotted specimens are young birds. This opinion seems to be not quite
correct ; for all the splendid blue specimens with white under surfaces (nine in number)
zs 3 Ses -S No No oe
BO Ga TOA Aina A aA aA +o
o
F
258 DR. 0. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
in Mr. Jesse’s collection are marked “ male,” the spotted ones (four) “females.” These
notices are of more value, as Mr. Jesse has determined the sexes by anatomical dissec-
tion.—O. F.
[Iris lightish brown; beak black; legs and feet black.
The series of ten specimens before me were procured at the following localities, the
two earliest dating 14th April, 1868: Sooroo, Undel Wells, Senafé (Abyssinia), Rairo,
and Monbar-Haratt-b’ (Hamazan). Up to about the beginning of April these birds
were not to be seen, and only began to be plentiful towards the end of May. The
female resembles the common Thrush (Zurdus musicus) in plumage.
Those shot at Rairo and Monbar-Haratt-b’ were killed in August.—W. J.]
112. NoravGEs curysocasTer (Gml.).
Lamprotornis rufiventris, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. t.11. f.1; éd. Syst. Uebers. p. 75. no. 247; Heugl.
Syst. Uebers. no. 351.
Notauges chrysogaster, Heugl. Fauna des Roth. M. no, 148.
Lamprocolius rufiventris, Brehm, Habesch, p. 216. no, 84.
a. 2. Eylet. June 24 (no. 1255).
b. 2. Eylet. June 24 (no. 446).
c. dé. Hylet. June 25 (no. 1290).
d. 3. Waliko, July 24 (no. 1423).
e. d. Waliko. July 24 (no. 935).
[Iris white; beak black; legs and feet black.
This bird I first met with during the journey to Bogos, at Eylet, and again on the
river Anseba; it occurs in flocks, is a noisy bird, and is not unlike the common Starling
(S. vulgaris) in its habits. Towards the end of the season, or rather of my stay in the
Bogos country, these birds were infested with vermin', and were so disfigured as to be
useless as specimens. Contents of stomach, principally coleoptera.—W. J. ]
113. LamproTorNis PURPUROPTERA, Riipp.
Lamprotornis purpuropterus, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. pp. 64 et 75. no, 251, t. 25.
eneocephalus et L. Burchelli, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. nos. 355, 356.
e@neus, Brehm, Habesch, p. 216. no. 82.
—— purpuroptera, Hartl. Journ. f. Orn. 1859, p. 11.
a. 3. Bejook. July 13 (no. 1669).
b. Bejook. July 13 (no. 1997).
c. 9. Waliko. July 23 (no. 1208).
d. 3. Waliko. July 24 (no. 1738).
The sexes are alike; but the females are a good deal smaller in size.
* Lice and ticks, some of the latter quite an eighth of an inch square.— W. J.
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 259
Long. tot. Al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
Cc. 14! 6! gl gi 6! gil gol" nates
_ 6 4 7 O 7% Is eee Gre
ce. 10 5 4 6 0 83 16 fe)
— 5.38 oD) 7 16 2 .—O. F.
[Iris yellowish white.
I did not meet with this species but on the Anseba river.—VW. J.]
114. Lamproco.ius cHALYBEUS (Hempr. & Ehrb.).
Lamprotornis chalybeus, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 75. no. 248; Heugl. Syst. Uebers.. no. 352; id.
Fauna des Roth. Meer. no. 146; Brehm, Habesch, p. 216. no. 83; Hartl. Journ. f. Orn. 1859,
p- 21.
abyssinicus, Hartl. Journ. f. Orn. 1859, p. 21.
a. 3. Senafé. April 14 (no. 168).
6. d. Senafé. April 12 (mo. 147).
c. d. Maragaz. July 29.
The female is not so brilliantly coloured, more of a dull bronze-green, and has the
blue shine on the vent and rump less distinct; the blue ear-spot is scarcely visible, the
black end-spots of the tectrices are wanting. ‘The males are larger, and vary also in the
extension of the steel-blue spot on the ears. On such specimens Dr. Hartlaub founded
his LZ. abyssinicus, which does not merit specific distinction.
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
5! gi_5i vl gi y_gnt 6! 7 Am_gi 1 5 Se
5 1 a} al 7 15 Pe
5 5-5 6 36-3 7 8 15 3. L. abyssinicus, Hartl. Mus. Brem.
5 2-5 4 3.4 7 -8 14 -15!""3. L. chalybeus. Mus. Brem.
4 8 410 2 10 -3 8 14 2. L. chalybeus. Mus. Brem—0O. F.
[Iris orange; beak black; legs and feet black.
In April these birds were in pairs, later (from May to August) they were in flocks.
I did not meet with this species, except in the passes and on the highlands, at any time.
—W. J.|
115. AMyDRUS RUEPPELLU, Verr.
Lamprotornis morio, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 71. no. 252; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 357.
Amydrus riippellii, V err., Hartl. Monogr. Journ. f. Orn. 1859, p. 31; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr.
p. 382. no. 191.
a. 2. Rayrayguddy (no. 463).
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
6! 6! 1Q" 16"
A, blythii, Hartl. (J. f. Orn, 1859, p. 32), seems not to be different.—0O. F.
[I only obtained one specimen, but saw plenty. Not seen out of the passes, and
most common about the rocks on Senafé plateau.—W. J.]
260 DR. 0. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
116. AmyDRUS TENUIROSTRIS (Riipp.).
Lamprotornis tenuirostris, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. pl. 10. f. 1; id. Syst. Uebers. p. 75. no. 253 ; Heugl.
Syst. Uebers. no 358.
Oligomydrus tenuirostris, Hartl. Journ. f. Orn. 1859, p. 34.
a. Addigerat. May 4 (no. 991).
Von Heuglin’s Oligomydrus sturninus (J. f. O. 1863, p. 15) is the young of this species.
I have compared the type specimens from Begemeder.—0O. F.
[Iris brown; beak black; legs and feet black.
The only specimen I procured. I cannot say whether this species is common or not,
as at a distance it may be easily confounded with A. rueppellit and A. albirostris, owing
to its general appearance.— VW. J.]
117. Amyprus ALBrRostRis (Riipp.).
Ptilonorhynchus albirostris, Ritpp. Neue Wirbelth. t. 9. f. 1; id. Syst. Uebers. p. 75. no. 244; Heugl.
Syst. Uebers. no. 348; Brehm, Habesch, p. 216. no. 81.
Pilorhinus albirostris, Hartl. Journ. f. Orn. 1859, p. 30.
a. 3. Rayrayguddy. May 27.
[Beak yellowish white.
‘The only specimen. Not observed elsewhere.—W. J. |
118. BUPHAGA ERYTHRORHYNCHA (Stanl.).
Buphaga erythrorhyncha, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 76. no. 254; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no, 359; id,
Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no. 154; Brehm, Habesch, p, 217. no. 86; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel!
Ostafr. p. 384. no. 192.
a. 3. Eylet. June 24 (no. 1278).
b. 3. Hylet. June 26 (no. 1878).
c. dg» Eylet. June 26 (no. 148).
P Eylet. June 26 (no. 1266).
e. d. Maragaz. July 29 (no 652).
[Iris lemon-yellow, skin round the eye (eyelid) the same; beak orange-yellow; legs
and feet dark grey.
Very universally distributed both in the highlands and in the plain. Runs over
animals (cattle) like a Woodpecker, over and under with equal facility. Feeds on
vermin. ‘Toes not reversible. Contents of stomach ticks and blood.—W. J.]
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 261
Fam. PLOCEID,
119. Trextor aLecro, Temm.
Textor alecto, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 76..no. 257; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 363; Brehm, Habesch,
p- 217. no. 89.
a. Q. Waliko. July 19 (no. 717).
b, 2. Waliko. July 21 (no. 1157).
ec. d. Waliko. July 23 (no. 1960).
{Iris brown; beak light horn-colour at the tip, base thickly covered with a white
rough coating, apparently not horn, and rather soft; legs and feet dirty grey,
I only procured and observed this bird on the Anseba; it was not very plentiful.
Mr. W. T. Blanford shot one without the white rough covering at the base of the beak,
possibly a young bird. Those seen were in company with a flock of Lamprocolius
chalybeus. Perhaps the peculiarity about the base of both mandibles may be better
described as excrescences:—W. J.]
120. HypHANTORNIS AByssiNicus (Gm.).
Lozxia abyssinica, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 860.
Ploceus larvatus, Riipp: Neue Wirbelth. t. 32. f.1 (d); id. Syst. Uebers. p. 76. no. 260.
flavoviridis, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. pp. 69 et 76. no. 259, t. 29 (2).
larvatus et H. flavoviridis, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. nos. 368 et 365 ; id. Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no. 159.
Hyphantornis abyssinicus, Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 388.
a. 2. Goon Goona. May 8 (no. 1795).
6. 3. Goon Goona. May 9 (no. 802).
c. 6. Goon Goona. May 19 (no. 1195).
Long. al. Cand. Culm. Tars.
8! 5l_gn 6!" gil qr g!_} GQ!" 10!" Mie Sad 3, 2.
The female agrees in every respect with H. flavoviridis, which is described and figured
by Dr. Riippell as a different species. Won Heuglin was of the same opinion, and
maintained even in his ‘ Fauna des Rothen Meeres,’ that he met this species breeding in
colonies, but never found amongst them a black-capped male. Now he has altered this
opinion, and declares H. flavoviridis to be only the winter dress of H. larvatus. It must
be remarked that the females are scarcely or not at all separable from those of H. melano-
cephalus, Gmel. (H. textor auct.), a species which also occurs in North-east Africa,
The H. flavoviridis of Dr. Brehm’s list (p. 217. no. 88) cannot be this species; for the
length of the wing (p. 336) is given as only 2 inches.—0O. F.
[Iris brown.
I only obtained three specimens of this species. Specimens a and 6 were shot on
two consecutive days, within a hundred yards of the same place, thus leading one to
infer reasonably that Dr. Riippell’s H. flavoviridis and H. larvatus are one and the
same species. At the time I procured the above two specimens I only saw one or two
VOL. vil.—Part iv. May, 1870. 20
262 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
others. The remaining specimen, a male, in not quite so bright plumage, was shot in
the same neighbourhood, on the 19th May, by a friend—W. J.]
121. HyPHANTORNIS GALBULA (Riipp.).
Ploceus galbula, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. t. 32. f. 2; id. Syst. Uebers. p. 76. no. 261; Heugl. Syst.
Uebers. no. 867; id. Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no. 156.
Hyphantornis galbula, Brehm, Habesch, p. 217. no. 87; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 398.
a. 3. Koomaylee. March 23 (no. 184).
. Koomaylee. March 28 (no. 122).
. Undel Wells. May 28.
. Ailet. June 29 (no. 1842).
Bejook. July 16 (no. 1644).
. Bejook. July 16 (no. 1453).
Se RS
40 OG AW +O G +0
=
Long. al. Caud. Culn. Tars.
a” 7-2" 8” 1 ERIS” 63”” iS Os aS
2 Dee ” 55 Feat AMG.
The females resemble those of /. larvatus.
Head and upper parts olive-greyish, the feathers on the hind neck and back with
obsolete brownish shaft-stripes; rump and upper tail-coverts olive-yellow ; supercilium,
sides of the head, chin, throat, and breast pale olive-yellow; vent, sides, and under tail-
coverts whitish; quills dark brown, margined externally with olive-yellow, on the
inner web more broadly with pale yellow; quill-coverts brown, margined with pale
brownish yellow; under quill-coverts of the same colour; tail brown, with olive yellow
margins. Maxilla pale horn-brown, like the legs; mandibula pale horn-yellow.—0. F.
[Iris dark brown; beak black; legs and feet pinkish.
Widely distributed from the plains to the highlands. At Koomaylee, close to camp,
in March, they were building, but after a few days left the neighbourhood. I after-
wards saw this species building at Bejook in July, and that in the middle of the month ;
still the nests were not finished; thus I did not obtain eggs. The nest is built of grass,
shaped like a cricket-ball, and of about the same size, with a short spout turning down-
wards. Seen in colonies.—W. J.]
122. HypHantTornNIs LUTEOLUS (Licht.).
Ploceus personatus, Vieill.
Fringilla (Acanthus) chrysomelas, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 418.
Hyphantornis chrysomelas, Heugl. Journ. f. Orn. 1862, p. 25.
personatus et H. luteolus, Hartl. W. Afr. p. 123.
a. 3. Bejook. July 17 (no. 1750).
6. 2. Gabena Weldt Gonfallon. August 6 (no. 977).
The female wants the black on the face; the whole upper parts are olive-green,
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 263
inclining to olive-yellow on the head; superciliaries, cheeks, and the under surface
greenish yellow.
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
2” 27-2" 3” 1 ta 54” 74”. . . North-east Africa.
21-2 2 ad: 5i -6’” 8 ... West Africa.
The north-eastern specimens, which von Heuglin formerly separated as distinct (1.
chrysomelas), are similar to western ones. ‘The only difference is that the north-
eastern birds show the orange-yellow tint on the sides of the neck and breast very
faintly; but that is certainly only in consequence of the season. A western specimen
from Ashantee agrees in that point with north-eastern ones. A larger series would
probably prove that there is not even a difference of race.—0O. F.
[Iris burnt sienna; beak almost black; legs and feet bluish grey.
This was a rare bird, as far as my observations went; I never saw more than half a
dozen during my stay on the Anseba, and never met with it elsewhere. Mr. W. T.
Blanford, I think, obtained only one specimen, also on the Anseba. No. 977 (2), from
Gabena Weldt Gonfallon, close to Bejook, I shot going from the nest, and obtained the
eggs, together with another nest in the same tree, two eggs in one and one in the
other. I only obtained two birds.—W. J.]
123. PLoceus THropicus, Sundey.
Ploceus sanguinirostris, var. ethiopicus, Sund. Ofv. 1850, p. 126; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr.
p. 409.
Coccothraustes sanguinirostris, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 387.
Quelea sanguinirostris orientalis, Heugl. Journ. f. Orn. 1867, p. 391.
a. 3. Eylet. June 29 (no. 1866).
6. 3. Bylet. June 29 (no. 1254).
c. 2. Hylet. June 29 (no. 1416).
d. 2. Eylet. June 29 (no. 1247).
e. 2. Maragaz. July 27 (no. 1089).
f. 3. Bejook. July 16 (no. 1979).
g. 2. Bejook. July 18 (no. 1244).
h. 6. Bejook. July 18 (no. 625).
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
Warmer t” Iss @ he SL Foie = Ge
2 6-2 8 a a, sian © Qt
The north-eastern form seems to merit specific separation, as has already been
pointed out by Professor Sundevall. The males always want the black margin on the
front, which is invariably present in the southern and western P/. sanguinirostris; the
head is ochre-fulvous, like the belly, without the rose-tinge more or less visible in
Pl. sanguinirostris. It is therefore in every case easy to distinguish Pl. ethiopicus
when old and in full dress. The females and young ones, however, are scarcely,
202
264 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
or, to speak more exactly, not at all distinguishable from those of the true Pl. sanguini-
rostris. It may be remarked that the western form (P/. occidentalis, Hartl.) is the same
as the southern, not being constantly smaller, as Professor Sundevall and Dr. Hartlaub
suggest.—O. F.
[Iris brown, orbit orange-red; beak deep orange-red verging on crimson; legs and
feet reddish pink.
In the female the above colours were much paler. I met with this species first at
Eylet, Mr. W. T. Blanford giving me the first I ever had, I being ill at the time.
Observed more or less up the pass to the Anseba, there in plenty, as indeed at Eylet,
in flocks. I never saw this species elsewhere during my stay in Abyssinia, or rather
Tigré; for Abyssinia proper I never reached, Addigerat being on the border. One
evening on the Anseba, after a heavy spate, I saw a number of small birds hawking a
swarm of flying ants just escaped from the nest, and on shooting several found them to
be of this species. They were not quite so handy at this work as regular insectivorous
birds, but still clever enough to make a meal.
Nos. 1866, 1254, 1979, and 625, mature males, have the cheeks, throat, and chin
black, or nearly so, and the head and nape buff-colour; 1089 has but the faintest
signs of black on the cheek, none on the chin, and the head and breast are of a much
deeper or redder buff; 1244 and 1247 (2) have head and nape dark-brownish grey,
and the cheeks a little paler, throat and chin pale buff; 1416 agrees with the two
former in the head, nape, and cheeks, but has. black spots under the chin. Thus this
series would seem to be paradoxical, as I know the sexes were rightly determined.
Perhaps this species varies much !—W. J.]
124, PENTHETRIA FLAVISCAPULATA (Riipp.).
Coliupasser flaviscapulatus, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. p. 98.
Fringilla macrocerca, Licht. Verz. Doubl. p. 24; Brown, Illust. t. xi. ;
C. macrurus, Riipp. (nec Gmel.) Syst. Uebers. p. 77. no. 272; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 392.
Penthetria macrocerca, Cab. Mus. Hein. 1. p. 176.
. Goon Goona. May 4 (no. 1920).
. Goon Goona. May 9 (no. 1150).
. Goon Goona. May 4 (no. 955).
. Facado. . May 2 (no, 1288).
. Between Facado and Addigerat. “May 4 (no. 1258).
. Addigerat.-May 4: (no. 1756).
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars. Dig. med.
“So ao fe,
a %a & + 4
gi gil_gi gil gil ypii_gtt wn 6yl_gm 103!" . gi Poe P O'w=
2 10 2 0 5h. -6 9 62.» 9:23
All the males in Mr. Jesse’s collection are in. the winter dress, quite similar to the
females, but haying the lesser upper wing-coverts along the humerus bright yellow.
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 265
The remiges are also black, edged externally with pale whitish brown. ‘The bill varies
much in coloration. In one male the bill is totally black; in another only the maxilla
is black, the mandibula pale brownish; in a third male the bill is pale horny brown.
The females are considerably less in size than the males.
[Iris brown; beak dark brown; legs and feet dark brown.
Beak in the female lighter. Met with in flocks. Did not come across this species
anywhere else during my stay in the country.—W. J.]
125. Vipua VERREAUXI, Cass.
Vidua verreauwxi, Cassin, Proc. Acad. Phil. p. 56 (1850, June) ; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 426.
sphaénura (Verr.), Bp. Consp. 1. p. 449 (1850, July). f
paradisea, Ripp. Syst. Uebers. p. 77. no. 270; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 390.
Steganura paradisea, var. australis, Heugl. Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no. 161; Brehm, Habesch, p. 217.
no. 91.
a. 3. Koomaylee.
May 25 (no. 1522).
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
git VW" gi" 4pl gi
2 10 — 4. 73 paradisea. Damaraland.
An old male in full dress, having the collar on the nape ochre-fulvous, not cinna«
momeous brown, as in the true V. paradisea, Linn.
[This specimen was given to me as a skin by Capt. Street, A.F.F.; he obtained
several of the birds about Koomaylee in March. I saw some of them in the flesh in
his tent, but none alive. He spoke of them as frequenting carcasses, probably feeding
on maggots. ‘The sex I am not answerable for.—W. J.]
126. Viva PRINCIPALIS (Linn.).
Vidua erythrorhyncha (Sws.), Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 77. no. 271; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no, 391.
principalis, Heugl. Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no. 160; Brehm, Habesch, p. 217. no. 90; Finsch
& Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 428.
a. 3. Bejook. July 14 (no. 1816).
b. 3. Bejook.
July 16.
c. 3. Bejook. July 18 (no. 1188).
d. 3. Bejook. July 18 (no. 841).
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
gil vi vA Al_y y ol" 4! gi
2 7 -2! 10" 6 6 -7 9 4 74... Angola.
2 6 _ 4 7... Gambia.
29 4 7 4 72... Damaraland.
All the specimens in Mr. Jesse’s collection are males in full dress, and have the base
of the mentum (angulus mentalis) black, agreeing in that respect with specimens from.
the Gambia and from the Damara country (Andersson’s collection): Whether the white-
266 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
chinned specimens form a different species is questionable. Ina collection of birds from
Benguela, made by Dr. Welwitsch, I saw white-chinned specimens, but also specimens
which showed in the extreme angle of the chin some black feathers. Very likely this
difference is only a sign of age or season. Otherwise there is not the slightest difference,
either in size or coloration; young birds are in every respect inseparable.
Linneus’s Emberiza principalis (Syst. Nat. p. 313) refers to the white-chinned form,
which was renamed by Dr. Hartlaub V. decora (Ibis, 1862, p. 340).—0O. F.
[Iris dark brown; beak orange; legs and feet black.
The only four specimens I procured were in July, and single birds at Kokai at the
end of June. Isawa small flock. I did not meet with this bird anywhere else during
my stay in the country.—W. J.|
Fam. FRINGILLIDZ.
127. Hapropyea RHopopyGa (Sundev. ).
Estrelda rhodopyga, Sund. Ofvr. Akad. Férh. 1850, p. 126.
rhodoptera (! laps. cal.), Bp. Consp. p. 459.
Habropyga frenata, Ehrb. Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 169.
Estrelda leucoiis, Heugl. Journ. f. Orn. 1862, p. 29.
frenata, Heugl. Journ. f. Orn. 1868, p. 8.
a. 2. Bejook. July 17 (no. 829).
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
yo yt gi gal gl
A rare species. Von Heuglin obtained a single pair in the vicinity of Keren, in the
Bogos country, and named them Estrelda leucotis. I have inspected the type specimens.
Drs. Hemprich and Ehrenberg collected the species in Abyssinia and Nubia; Professor
Hedenborg in Sennaar.—0O. F.
[Beak nearly black; legs blue-grey.
The only specimen procured of this species.—W. J.
128. Uraeintuus pua@nicotis (Sws.).
Estrilda bengalus (! L.), Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 77. no. 275; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 396.
Ureginthus phenicotis, Heugl. Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no. 166.
Pytelia phenicotis, Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostaf. p. 447.
a. 3. Senafé. May 22 (no. 943).
6. 2. Senafé. May 22 (no. 939).
c. 2. Senafé. May 22 (no. 1725).
d. Senafé. May 22 (no. 1684).
e. d. Senafé. May 25.
Ife Goon Goona. May 9.
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 267
g- 2. Bejook. July 16 (no. 1500).
h. 2. Bejook. July 16 (no. 1789).
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
EAS pr eer ae AaB Gf oa wes 1s ey
All the female specimens want the carmine ear-spot; the brown colour of the hind
neck reaches to the sides of the jugulum. ‘The sexes are similar in size.
Souther specimens from the Damara country in the Bremen Museum agree in every
respect.—0O. F.
[Iris salmon-pink ; beak crimson, tip black.
This, the first specimen of this species, I obtained in May at Goon Goona, five others
at Senafé in the same month, and two at Bejook (Anseba), July 16, 1868. I did not
meet with the species anywhere else— VV. J.]
129. Pyrevia minima (Vieill.).
Estrelda minima, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 77. no. 276; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 397.
Lagonosticta minima, Heugl. Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no. 165; Brehm, Habesch, p. 217. no. 92.
Pytelia minima, Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 444.
a. 6. Maragaz. July 27 (no. 514).
6. 2. Maragaz. July 27 (no. 1299).
c. 3. Bejook. July 15 (no. 1686).
d. 9. Bejook. July 15 (no. 1056).
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
1 Jovy" yy yam ce. 4lll eng 2h0 g30eonn
[Iris pale burnt sienna; beak deep crimson, tip black.
Did not procure or observe this species, except on the Anseba; four specimens in
all—W. J.}
130. Pyteta citEeRior, Strickl.
Pytelia citerior, Contr. to Ornith. 1852, p. 151.
Estrilda elegans, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 77. no. 278; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no, 400.
Pytelia citerior, Heugl. Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no. 162.
Zonogastris citerior, Heugl. Journ. f. Orn. 1868, p. 19.
a. 3. Bejook. July 17 (no 1176).
b. d. Rairo. August 13 (no. 11).
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
Bea ea ag Ha 7"
The late Mr. Strickland has pointed out the differences between the north-eastern
form, which he calls P. citerior, and the southern P. melba, Linn., the latter being
chiefly distinguished by the less extension of the red on the front, and having the
belly and sides spotted with white, whereas in P. citerior the belly shows narrow
transversal lines. Having no southern specimens for comparison, I can only remark
that the specimens in Mr. Jesse’s collection agree better with the description given by
268 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
Mr. Strickland of the southern P. meléa than with that of his P. citertor. In the male,
no. 1] (4), the white spots on the breast and sides are very distinct, less distinct in the
specimen @, which shows the under parts with more transverse lines, like a specimen
from West Africa in the Bremen Museum. It seems, therefore, doubtful whether
P. citerior is distinct from P. melba.—O. F.
[Iris pale sienna; beak pale coral; legs and feet grey.
I only met with this species in the highlands on the Anseba, and at Rairo on the
Lebka. Mr. W. T. Blanford, I believe, shot one one day with me in the plain of
Koomaylee.—W. J.]
131. SpeRMESTES cANTANS (Linn.).
Estrilda cantans, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 77. no. 279.
Coccothraustes cantans, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 389.
Uroloncha cantans, Heugl. Fauna d, Roth. Meer. no. 164; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p.435. no. 228.
a,a. 3,9. River Amba. August 19.
6. 9. Amba. August 19.
c. d. Bejook. July 15 (no. 1741).
d. Waliko. July 20 (no. 1856).
Both sexes are alike.—0. F.
[Iris pale brown; beak slate-colour.
Not met with while with the expedition, but procured at Amba, in the plain,
August 19, 1868.
I saw the nest of this species at Waliko, and shot the bird as it came out, but there
were no eggs: this was on the 20th of July 1868. The nest is very large, say
1 ft. by Jin. by 9 in., and is composed of fine grasses, the ends sticking out, not woven
together as in that of the Weaver-bird. In form it resembles that of the Water-Ousel
(Cinclus aquaticus), having a hole at one end; it was situated in a mimosa bush about
eight feet from the ground.—W. J.]
132. XANTHODINA DENTATA, Sundev.
Xanthodina dentata, Sundev. Ofers. Akad. Férh. 1850, p- 127.
Passer lunatus, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 427.
Xanthodina dentata, Heugl. Journ. f. Orn. 1868, p. 81.
Petronia albigularis, Brehm, Nauman. 1856, p. 377.
Xanthodina albigularis, Heugl. Journ. f. Orn. 1868, p. 82.
a. 3. Bejook. July 18 (no. 661).
6. 3. Waliko. July 21 (no. 1082),
c. d. Waliko. July 24 (no. 1130).
d. 9. Gelamet. August 10 (no. 68).
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
2” 10 B=" EB" 43-53" EE OE TM ER. AP NSN
2 9 1 63 5}
“I
ry
+O
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 269
Dr. Von Heuglin, in his ‘Synopsis der Vogel N.-O. Africas,’ suggests that X. albi-
gularis, Brehm, may be nothing else than the younger stage of X. dentata, as it differs
only in the absence of the yellow spot in the centre of the throat. The specimens in
the collection of Mr. Jesse confirm this opinion with more certainty. All are in
plumage like X. albigularis, having the middle of the chin and throat white, except
the male, no. 1052, which shows one or two pale yellowish feathers on the throat,
just developing, proving that a change in the plumage is going on. X. dentata agrees
in coloration with the southern X. flavigula, Sundey., differing only in the considerably
smaller size.—0. F.
[Iris pale brown; beak, lower mandible pink, upper darker, nearly black ; legs and
feet blue-grey.
I procured specimens from Bejook and Waliko, Anseba river, and Gelamet on the
Lebka; it was also plentiful at Rairo—W. J.]
133. XANTHODINA PyRGITA, Heugl.
Xanthodina pyrgita, Heugl. Journ. f. Orn. 1862, p. 380; id. 2b. 1868, p. 80.
a. 3. Kokai. July 13 (no. 839).
Agrees with the description given by Dr. Von Heuglin. I have examined the type
specimen from Keren. Allied to the South-African X. flavigula, Sundey., which is
distinguished at once by the broad pale superciliary stripe and larger size.
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
Sy (0 Dapp e 52” Se re NG DUT GU me
ay ga) 2 4 53 82. . . X. flavigula. Damaraland.—O. F.
[Iris brown.
The only specimen I procured; nor did I observe it elsewhere, though I may possibly
have passed it over.—W_ J.]
154. Passer swarnsoni (Riipp.).
Pyrgita swainsonii, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. t. 33. f. 2; id. Syst. Uebers. p. 78. no. 295; Heugl. Syst.
Uebers. no. 428.
simplex, Heugl. Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no. 169; Brehm, Habesch, p. 218. no. 95.
swainsoni, Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 450. no. 239.
a. g. Senafé. May 25.
b. 9. Senafé. May 25 (no. 143).
c. 9. Senafé. May 25.
d. 3. Eylet. June 29 (no. 1235).
e. 2. Kokai. July 12 (no. 1226).
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
BY 2-3" 3” 2” 37-2" 6” 54” ae
VoL. Vi.—Part Iv. May, 1870. 2P
270 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
Both sexes are alike; the females in general paler. An indistinct white cross band
on the wing.
Synonymous are P. simplex, Sws. (nec Licht.), from West, and P. diffusa, Smith,
from Southern Africa.—0O. F,
[Iris dark brown; beak nearly black; legs and feet brown.
Obtained at Senafé, Eylet, and Kokai, 25th May, 29th June, 12th July, 1868.— W. J.]
155. CritHAGRA XANTHOPYGIA (Riipp.).
Serinus xanthopygius, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. t. 35. f. 1; id. Syst. Uebers. p. 76. no. 288.
Fringilla xanthopygia, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 410.
Poliospiza uropygialis, Heugl. Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no. 174.
Serinus wanthopygius, Heugl. Journ. f. Orn. 1868, p. 90.
a. 3. Kokai. August 10 (no. 95).
[I only procured this one specimen between Kokai and Gelamet at the time I saw
three others, but did not observe this species anywhere else during my journey.—W. J. |
136. CRITHAGRA STRIOLATA (Riipp.).
Pyrrhula striolata, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. t. 37. f. 1; id. Syst. Uebers. p. 79. no. 317; Heugl. Syst.
Uebers. no. 453; Brehm, Habesch, p. 218. no. 102.
Serinus striolatus, Heugl. Journ. f. Orn. 1868, p. 94.
a. g. Senafé. April 24 (no. 427).
Congeneric with Cr. sulphurata, Sws., and nearest to Cr. albigularis, Smith; both
from South Africa.—0O. PF.
[Iris brown; beak horn-colour; legs and feet horn-colour.
The only specimen seen during my stay in the country.—W. J. |
157. EMBERIZA FLAVIVENTRIS (Vieill.).
Emberiza flavigastra (!), Riipp. Atlas, t. 25; Syst. Uebers. p. 78. no. 298; Heugl. Syst. Uebers.
no. 432; id. Journ. f. Orn. 1868, p. 75; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 458. no, 245.
a. 3. Senafé. May 22 (no. 598).
b. g. Rairo. August 13 (no. 16).
c. d. Rairo. August 13 (no. 1769).
d. 2. Rairo. August 13 (no. 542).
e. 2. Rairo. August 14 (no. 81).
f. 2. Rairo. August 14 (no. 866).
Long. al. Caud.* Culm. Tars.
2” 9i"—3" QO” Qn 4ir—an gin 5m a8!
3 0-3 4 26-2 9 5 7 8. . . South Africa,
The north-eastern HL. flavigaster, Riipp., is inseparable from the southern ZL. flavi-
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 271
ventris, which is said to be distinguished by its larger size. The measurements given
above will prove that in this respect an exact separation is impossible.
Young birds in the collection of Mr. Jesse have a fulvous-brown stripe along the
head instead of a white one, and dark shaft-stripes on the back.—0. F.
[Iris brown; beak, upper mandible darkish horn-colour, lower mandible pinkish ;
legs and feet yellowish grey.
One specimen procured at Senafé, 22nd May 1868 ; two others (¢ & 2), shot together
(1769 & 542) on 13th August, have the general plumage much lighter and the marking
less distinct; both heads brownish, instead of black, with white stripes, that of the
male darkest. That these were birds of the year I doubt, though possibly they may
have been bred the season previously. I did not meet with this species in the
plains.—W. J.]
138. EMBERIZA SEPTEMSTRIATA, Riipp.
Emberiza septemstriata, Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. t. 30. f. 2; id. Syst. Uebers. p. 78. no. 299; Heugl.
Syst. Uebers. no. 435.
Fringillaria septemstriata, Heugl. Fauna des Roth. Meer. no. 176; Brehm, Habesch, p. 218. no. 96.
tahapisi, Smith.
Polymitra capistrata, Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p- 129.
- Maragaz. July 27 (no. 1041).
a. 3. Maragaz. July 28 (no. 1029).
k. 3. Between Waliko and Bejook. July 20 (no. 989.
a. g. Sahati. June 24 (no. 1830).
6. S. Sahati. June 24 (no. 1243*).
c. 3. Hylet. June 26 (no. 788).
d. 3. Ain. July 6 (no. 881).
e.g. Ain. July 6.
f. S$. Ain. July 16 (uo. 59).
g. 2. Ain. July 16.
hs
oy
There is no difference between specimens from the north-east and south of the con-
tinent. The latter Dr. Cabanis has separated s. n. capistrata, although they were
already named beforehand Fr. tahapisi by Dr. Smith. Dr. Cabanis distinguishes £,
capistrata as having the cinnamomeous margins on the quills less visible or nearly
wanting; but in the large series of Mr. Jesse are specimens which agree in this
respect, and prove that this character is only a difference of age, and therefore without
specific value.
I have examined the type specimens of Fr. capistrata from Caffirland in the Berlin
Museum and in the Museum Heineanum.—0. F.
[Iris brown ; beak, upper mandible dark horn—lower mandible, base yellow, tip horn-
colour ; legs and feet dirty yellowish white.
Met with this species first at Sahate in flocks; it was plentiful right up to the
Anseba.— IV. J.]
2P2
DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
bo
I
bo
Fam. ALAUDID.
139. Gaveriva cristata (L.).
Galerita cristata, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 78. no. 309; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 443 ; id. Fauna des
Roth. Meer. no. 179; id. Journ. f. Ornith. 1868, p. 223.
abyssinica, Bp. Consp. p. 245; Brehm, Habesch, p. 218. no. 98.
—— senegalensis, Hartl. W. Afr. p. 153.
—— cristata, Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 460. no. 246.
a. 6. Senafé. August 24 (no. 154).
6. g. Amba. August 18 (no. 96).
c. 6. Amba. August 21.
d. 9. Massuah. August 23 (no. H).
A careful comparison of these birds with European specimens has convinced me that
there is no specific difference, and that the African Crested Lark varies as much as our
European one. The male ¢ agrees in every respect with a German specimen, also the
female d; the male J has a rather shorter and straighter bill, a broader moustache-
stripe, whereas in the male @ the ground-colour of the under surface is rather washed
with ferruginous, the upper parts are also darker brown. Specimens from the high-
lands of Abyssinia (Bremen Museum) are identical. Von Heuglin, who also unites with
G. cristata the G. lutea of Brehm, an apparently distinct species, is wrong in saying
that the African Crested Lark is always smaller in size, as the following table of measure-
ments will show at once :—
Long. al, Caud. Culm, Tars. Dig. intern. Dig. post. cum ung.
gi gi oN ol (uu 103!" 63" ec. 4il eb oar.
3.8 alk 63 ll _ 4 43 4 fit
4 0 eel: 7 112 7 4 53 sniGs
3.7 2 0 7 12 7 4 Di cu usb wes
38 8-10 2 1 62 ll 63 4. 5. . . Germany.—0O. F.
[Iris brown; beak horn-colour; legs and feet flesh-colour.
Procured or observed at Zoulla, in March; Senafé, April; Amba and Massowah, in
August; so that it seems well distributed at all periods of the year.—W. J.]
140. AMMOMANES DESERTI (Licht.).
Ammomanes deserti, Licht. Verz. Doubl. 1823, p. 28.
Alauda isabellina, Temm., Pl. Col, 244. f. 2.
Melanocorypha isabellina, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 78. no. 307 ; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no, 441.
Ammomanes deserti, Cab. Mus. Hein. i. p. 125; Brehm, Habesch, p. 218. no. 99,
a. 6. Koomaylee. June 3,
6. d. Amba. August 18 (no. 37).
c. 6. Amba, August 19.
d. Amba. August 21 (G).
e. d. Amba. August 21 (K).
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY. 273
The specimen @ has the back pale fulvous, whereas the other specimens have a
greyish-isabel tinge on the back, and are in general brighter in colour. All these spe-
cimens, shot in the month of August, are in moult, and show more or less obsolete dark
spots on the throat.
Long. al. Caud. Culm. Tars.
3! glll_git_ gir Qi ym_an oir 5g! 19!"
A nearly allied species is A. cinctura, Gould (=pallida, Ehrb.), distinguished by
the brighter cinnamon-colour of the upper parts and the black apical spot of the
tail-feathers. A specimen from the Cape Verde Islands (Dohrn) agrees with an
Algerian one, but is brighter above, and has the jugulum tinged strongly with fulvous,
whereas in the Algerian specimen those parts show only a faint fulvous tinge.—0. F.
[Legs and feet rufous grey.
One specimen obtained at Koomaylee on June 3rd, 1868; not plentiful there, more
so at Amba in August.—W. J.]
141. ALZMON JESSEI, sp. nov.
Certhilauda desertorum, Heugl. Ibis, 1859, p. 343.
Alemon desertorum, Heugl. Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no. 183; id. Journ. f. Orn. 1868, p. 231 (spec.
ex Arabia) ; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 465. no. 248, et p. 869.
a. 3. Zoulla. June 9.
b. d. Zoulla. June 9.
c. d6. Zoulla. June 9.
d. 2. Zoulla. June 9.
Supra pallide griseo-brunnescens, plumis medio distinctius fuscis; regione parotica
striolaque mystacali brevi, lata, fuscis; gula, loris, superciliis et capitis lateribus infra
oculos albis; pectore in fundo albo maculis rotundatis fuscis confertim guttato; abdo-
mine albo; remigibus majoribus fuscis, basibus pogonii interni albis, minoribus fuscis
basi et apice late albis; scapularibus dorso concoloribus; tectricibus alarum pallide
fuscis, pallidius marginatis; subalaribus albis; rectricibus duabus intermediis pallide
fuscis, sequentibus fusco-nigricantibus, extima pogonio externo alba; rostro pallide
brunnescente, tomiis et basi albidis; pedibus dilute griseis.
The surface of the head and all the upper parts pale greyish brown, each feather
somewhat darker brown in the centre; the feathers on the head with more distinct
dark-brown shaft-stripes; lores and a conspicuous superciliary stripe white, like the
sides of the head, chin, and upper throat; on the ears a blackish spot, extending to
the tempora; from the angle of the mouth descends a broad blackish moustache-
stripe; before the eye a small blackish spot; the under parts white, washed strongly
with pale brown on the sides; the feathers on the throat marked with small blackish-
brown spots, those of the jugulum and breast with large cordiform spots of the same
274 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
colour, primaries brownish black, the first, second, and third white on the basal third
of the inner web, on the remainder as well as on the secondaries the white extended
nearly to the basal half on both webs; the seventh to the ninth primaries tipped with
white; the secondaries brownish black with a broad white apical margin, and narrow
pale brownish margins on the outer web; the innermost, which are prolonged secon-
daries (tertiariis auct.), pale greyish brown, the same as the upper quill-coverts, with
narrow paler margins; the coverts of the primaries dark brown, those of the secondaries
of the same colour, but tipped on the end with white; the under wing-coverts white ;
the two middle tail-feathers greyish brown, somewhat darker than the back, with paler
margins externally; the remainder of the tail-feathers brownish black; the outermost
white on the outer web. Bill pale horn-grey; edges of commissure whitish; legs pale
greyish yellow.
The description is taken from the specimen a, an undoubtedly old male. The two
other males agree exactly, except the c, which is considerably smaller in size. The
female, d, is similar, but shows the dark spots on the breast a little smaller.
Long. tota. Al. Caud. Culm. Tars. Dig. med.
c. gall 4! J!" gi 5in 102" j4am Gi, ae
—_— A MG 3 2 123 15 7 Cen,
— 4 0 2 8 9% 14. GPO Se TOmes
_ 4 3 2 10 10 14 SP miaucmoelsc
Differs from the allied A. desertorum, Stanl. (A. bifasciata, Temm.), in being above
decidedly pale greyish brown, not pale ferruginous or isabelline, in having the middle
of the secondaries (to a breadth of from 10-12") black, whereas in A. desertorum the
secondaries are white with a black cross band of about only from 4—5'” in breadth, and
chiefly in having the jugulum and breast marked with large cordiform spots, there being
in A. desertorum some narrow dark spots visible only on the jugulum, and these being
sometimes wanting altogether.
Dr. von Heuglin has undoubtedly confounded this species with the true A. desertorum ;
for he remarks that the specimens collected by him along the shores of the Red Sea
are darker. A specimen from Arabia in the Berlin Museum (collected by Hemprich
and Ehrenberg), which Von Heuglin considers to be the young bird, belongs clearly
also to A. jesse7. ;
I name the species after my friend Mr. William Jesse, the zealous zoologist to the
Abyssinian expedition, who has enriched in so many respects our knowledge of the
avifauna of the Abyssinian coast-lands.—0. FP.
[I only observed this species at Zoulla and between Ain and Amba; at the latter
place I could not shoot any. They run with great swiftness; and their flight is singular,
not unlike that of a Ring-Plover—W. J.]
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY.
bo
=I
Or
142. CoRAPHITES MELANAUCHEN, Cab. (Plate XXVI.)
Coraphites melanauchen, Cab. Mus. Hein. 1. p. 124; Heugl. Journ. f. Orn. 1868, p. 219; Finsch &
Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 469.
? Pyrrhulalauda crucigera, Riipp. Syst. Uebers. p. 79. no. 313; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no, 449.
Coraphites nigriceps, Heugl. Fauna d. Roth. Meer. no. 185.
Pyrrhullauda crucigera, Brehm, Habesch, p. 219. no. 101.
a-e. 3. Massowah. August 23.
fg. 2. Massowah. August 23.
h. T cannot omit to remark that, singularly enough, in many cases the notes of the two naturalists relating to
these subjects differ more or less. In some cases where the one says “iris brown,” the other notices “iris
red” or “yellow.”
os
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY.—APPENDIX II. 51
pterus, Charadrius pecuarius, C. minor, Totanus stagnatilis, Himantopus autumnalis,
Ehynchaspis clypeata, Larus leucopheus, Sterna minuta, S. macroptera, 8. , sp., and
Hydrochelidon fissipes. Mr. Blanford’s collection exceeds, therefore, that of Mr. Jesse
by seventy-two species. Five species' are described as new, and seven are excellently
figured in coloured plates.
Having altered my views in respect to some of the species in consequence of the better
knowledge: gained in preparing our great work since last year, it is necessary to append
some corrections to the preceding paper. After having done so, I think it will be
interesting to enumerate those species of Mr. Blanford’s not collected by Mr. Jesse, in
order to complete the list of birds obtained and observed during the Abyssinian ex-
pedition by the indefatigable naturalists attached to the British Army. The total
number of species of birds amounts to 322, being nearly half of all the species supposed
to occur in the whole of North-eastern Africa, a result which, when we consider the com-
paratively short stay, must surprise everybody who is acquainted with the difficulties of
collecting in a tropical climate and under such circumstances.
Page 200. no. 3. GYPAETUS BARBATUS.
Mr. Blanford’s remark (/.¢. p. 299) that the Abyssinian Lammergeyer is distinguished
not only by the nudity of the basal portions of the tarsus, but also by its “ very much
smaller” size, seems to be, indeed, correct, as far as I can judge from a specimen from
the Pyrenees in the Bremen collection, which has the wing 2! 72" long, and the tail 20.
Von Heuglin gives the length of the wing of Gypaetos barbatus meridionalis (!) in
accordance with me as 27-28", and that of the tail as 17-182".
P. 202. no. 7. Bureo aucur.
In the Appendix to our “Vogel Ostafricas” (p. 853) I declared positively the
identity of B. auguralis, Salvad. (Atti della Societ. Ital. di Scienze Nat. viii. 1866), with
this species, after a careful comparison of the type specimens which Dr. Salvadori was
kind enough to send us. It may be allowed me to correct this as a mistake; for, after
receiving the type specimens of Riippell’s B. augur through the kindness of Mr. Erckel,
of the Senckenbergian Museum, it was evident that the B. augur in the Bremen collec-
tion (described in our work, p. 58, “‘ Ein jiingerer Vogel”) was by no means the true
B. augur, but Salvadori’s B. auguralis. Von Heuglin (Orithol. Nordost Africas, p. 93)
has distinguished both species accurately, but thinks that B. auguralis is identical with
B. anceps, Brehm (Naumannia, 1855, p. 6), the type of which he seems to have
compared and described in the Berlin Museum. To judge from the description of
Brehm, who does not say where his type was deposited, I strongly inclined to believe
it might have been a specimen of B. desertorum; but von Heuglin assures me it
‘ The descriptions of these new species have been already published in the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural
History’ for November 1869, pp. 329 et 330.
314 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
is evidently a younger bird of B. auguralis. Not having seen the type specimen, and
still feeling some doubts, I wrote several times to my friend Dr. Brehm in order to
satisfy myself whether the description of his B. anceps was indeed based upon the
specimen now in the Berlin Museum. I much regret to say that I have not received
an answer from my friend, who, occupied with extensive popular publications, seems to
have partially lost his interest for pursuits of a purely scientific kind. I therefore am
unable to decide whether the species should be called B. anceps, or, as I suspect, B.
aquguralis. In any case this species, although allied to B. augur, is well distin-
guished, not only by its inferior size, but also by the very different coloration. The
crop and breast are dark red-brown, the remaining underparts white with conspicuous
dark cordiform spots; under tail-coverts and thighs uniformly white; the greater
portion of the inner web of the secondaries is white, with five or six narrow, incom-
plete, dark cross bands, whereas in &. augur there are from nine to eleven complete
dark cross bands.
Long. al. Caud. Rostr. Tars. Dig. med. Ung.
16"-17" vAL gili_gl gl Qu -13"" 3! o"_3!" 6! 172g" gl_jo.l! Ate augur (after
five type spec. in the Senkb. Mus.)
~
™“
J
~
©
133-144 6 4-7 2 104 -11 15 -17 7-8 ...B.auguralis (after
two type spec. in Turin.)
P. 203. no. 8. MILVUS MIGRANS.
Mr. Blanford (/. ¢. p. 300) also records the occurrence of this species in Abyssinia,
where it is “‘ extremely common everywhere, both on the highlands and lowlands.” Von
Heuglin (Orn. N.-O. Afr. p. 98) is therefore evidently wrong in supposing it to be only
a winter visitor in Egypt.
P. 216. no. 27. CyPsELUS AFFINIS.
Mr. Blanford, who met with this species in May breeding under rocks in the Sooroo
Pass, is wrong in saying “ Brehm states that this bird breeds on palms;” for Brehm
does not say so positively, but only that it is probable (Habesch, p. 273).
P. 230. no. 55. NecrARINIA JARDINEI.
Mr. Blanford also obtained a single specimen of this rare Sun-bird from Captain
Sturt; it was shot at an elevation of between 5000 and 6000 feet below Senafé. Von
Heuglin never met with this species, and enumerates it in his work (Orn. N.-O. Afr.
p- 227) only as having been informed of its occurrence privately by myself.
P. 231. no. 59. CAMAROPTERA BREVICAUDATA.
Mr. Blanford (/. ¢. p. 876) confirms the fact that the female is considerably smaller, as
already noticed by Prof. Sundevall. As it is discovered that the ‘“‘ Olivert” of Levail-
lant (t. 125), Sylvia brachyura, Vieill., is not an Eremomela, but a true Camaroptera,
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY.—APPENDIX II. 315
Sundevall’s name, C. olivacea, ought to be used instead of brevicaudata (vide Vogel
Ost-Africas, Append. p. 862).
P. 232. no. 61. HyYpoais ELAEICA.
I suspect that this species will prove to be identical with Sylvia rama, Sykes (Proc.
Zool. Soc. 1832, p. 89), but not having seen Indian specimens I cannot settle the
question. Sylvia opaca, Licht., from Western Africa, is also scarcely separable. Von
Heuglin describes this species as Acrocephalus pallidus (Hempr. & Ehrb. Orn. N.-O. Afr.
p. 294).
P. 240. no. 80. ANTHUS SORDIDUS.
The Rey. H. B. Tristram (Ibis, 1869, p. 437), who has had an opportunity of inspecting
the specimens brought home by Mr. Blanford, calls attention to the fact that specimens
from South Africa and India (Corydalla sordida, Blyth) are as widely different as A.
gouldi from Western Africa, and therefore fully confirms the opinion expressed by me
long before. Mr. Blanford (p. 382) mentions that A. sordidus varies considerably in
colour and size; but I do not feel quite sure whether he did not confound another
species with it.
P. 244. no. 87. CRATEROPUS LIMBATUS must be united with Cr. leucopygius, no. 86.
Mr. Blanford (Geol. & Zool. Abyss. p. 371) also does not hesitate to treat them as
identical.
P. 247. no. 93. PLATYSTIRA PRIRIT must stand as Platystira affinis, Wahlberg (Journ. f.
Orn. 1857, p. 3); Pl. pririt, Blanf. p. 345. no. 94.
Having lately compared specimens from South Africa (the true Pl. pririt, Vieill.), I
have convinced myself of the difference of this species, it being considerably larger, and
the female quite differently coloured. The males described in our work (p. 315) from
Damaraland and Gabon are unquestionably Pl. affinis (as corrected, p. 866), whereas
the description of the female (extracted from Levaillant) belongs to the true Pl. pririt.
Von Heuglin (Orn. N.-O. Afr. p. 449) has since separated the north-eastern form as new
(sub nom. PI. orientalis), and it is not impossible that they are specifically distinct ; espe-
cially the females of the north-eastern form and the PJ. affinis seem to differ considerably.
The female of the latter I know only from a careful description sent to us by the kind-
ness of Professor Sundevall; but I have not seen a female from the north-east—the speci-
mens with a chestnut guttural cross band (which von Heuglin keeps as females) being
apparently young males, as stated by Mr. Jesse. The old males in Mr. Jesse’s collection
I could not distinguish from our southern and western specimens; and as von Heuglin
also does not explain the differences, I am still uncertain whether the separation into
two species will be right. ‘To decide the question a large series from various localities
is necessary.
316 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
P. 247. no. 94. PLatystTIRA SENEGALENSIS.
This species is distinguished from P/. affinis, besides a difference in the white markings
of the tail-feathers, by having a broad well-marked white supercilium from the nostrils
to the nape. In the old male the upper surface of the head is black, in younger males
and females slate-coloured. A male in the Turin Museum, collected by Marchese
Antinori, on the Bahr el Ghasal (type of his Muscicapa torquata, Catal. descr. p. 46),
agrees in every respect with our Senegal specimen (as described, p. 318); another
specimen, marked female, in Turin, collected by Dr. Bussa in North-east Africa, has a
chestnut pectoral band like the specimen in Mr. Jesse’s collection; but the upper
surface of the head is dark grey, the white supercilium as strongly developed as in
the old male.
P. 253. no. 102. Lantus Fiscus must stand as Lanius humeralis, Stanl. in Salt’s Tray.
App. p. 51 (1814); Blanf. p. 338. no. 82.
P. 257. no. 111. PHOLIDAUGES LEUCOGASTER.
Mr. Blanford, who places this species in the Indian genus Grandala (p. 367. no. 142)
(an opinion with which I cannot agree), confesses that the thrush-like-coloured speci-
mens are females, so that there remains not the slightest doubt concerning this point.
P. 272. no. 139. GALERITA CRISTATA.
Of this widely distributed species we have given a full account in our ‘ Végel Ost-
afrikas’ (p. 460). Alauda (G.) arenicola, Blanf. (p. 387), seems to be, as far as I can
judge, nothing else than a dark-coloured specimen of G. cristata. G. lutea, Brehm
(Habesch, p. 218), will probably prove also to be G. cristata, but ought not to be con-
founded with G. /utea, Brehm, from Senahr and Cordofahn (Naumannia, 1858, p. 209),
which apparently is a well-marked species.
P. 278. no. 141. ALMON JESSEI must be A. desertorum, Stanl.
Further researches have convinced me that this species is not separable from the true
A. desertorun, as already noticed by the Rev. H. B. Tristram (Ibis, 1869, p. 435) and
Mr. Blanford (p. 385), and corrected by myself in the Appendix to our new work
(p. 869).
The comparison of the types of Certhilauda dorie, Salvad., from Bender Abbas, in
Persia, in the Museum of Turin, showed me at once its identity with my A. jessei.
Neither the greyish-brown colour of the upper parts, nor the thickly spotted breast is
a constant character ; and amongst a larger series all intermediate forms will be shown.
Specimens from Arabia in the Berlin Museum are still more spotted than the so-called
A, jessei. The size, especially the length of bill, also varies very much. Of all these
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY.—APPENDIX II. aii
peculiarities I have given a full account in our work, where also the synonymy is
accurately explained.
P. 279. no. 150. Bucrros timBatus must stand as Buceros hemprichii, Ehrb. (1828).
Mr. Blanford has first pointed out that B. hemprichii is not the female of B. nasutus
as Drs. Hartlaub and Cabanis suggest; and I agree with him, although I stated the
contrary in our work (V6g. Ostafr. p. 487). After consulting the short description by
Hemprich and Ehrenberg (Symb. Phys. fol. aa 3), I think there can be no doubt that
Mr. Blanford is right, the length of bill being given as 4” 7”’, which is only referable
to the species published later by Riippell as limbatus.
P. 284. no. 162. CenTROPUS MONACHUS.
Mr. Jesse has already expressed his doubts as to the identity of C. monachus and
C. superciliosus; and Mr. Blanford (J. c. p. 315) positively declares their distinctness,
C. superciliosus not being the female or younger state of monachus, as I erroneously
suggested. Both species “were founded on fully adult specimens; and not only are
they quite different in plumage, but their habitat is entirely distinct, C. monachus being
only found in the temperate region of Abyssinia, while C. superciliosus is equally con-
fined to the tropical and subtropical parts of the country.” (Blanf.) Although I am
still unable to distinguish C. swpereiliosus from the similar eye-striped specimens from
Western and Eastern Africa, I yield to one who has observed these two birds in the
wild state. Nos. 1898 and 919 (p. 285) therefore must stand as Centropus super-
ciliosus, Riipp.
P. 289. no 173. TuRTUR ALBIVENTRIS.
We have given a careful monograph of all the African members (six) of the genus
Turtur in our last work. Specimens from Damaraland we have separated as Turtur
damarensis, Finsch & Hartl. (p. 550), and those from the Cape as Turtur capicola,
Sundey.
LP. 297. no. 197. ARDEA GULARIS.
Mr. Blanford remarks on this species:—‘ As shown by Mr. Blyth (Journ. As. Soc.
Bengal, 1855), there can be no question of the identity of this species with the Indian
form (A. asha, Syk.). Ihave compared my specimen carefully with those in the Calcutta
Museum.” Unfortunately I have not yet had an opportunity of examining specimens
from the Indian continent; andI have considered these identical with A. sacra, Gml.
This latter, of which I have seen a great many specimens from various parts of the
Sunda Islands, the Moluccas, Australia, and the Pacific, is constantly different from
the African A. gularis in having only a more or less narrow white line from the chin
along the fore part of the neck, whereas in A. gularis the white is extended on the sides
VOL. Vil.—ParT Iv. Day, 1870. 2x
318 DR. O, FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
of the head and throat; besides, in A. gularis the naked portion of the tibia is con-
stantly further extended (21-31"", in A. sacra 12-18"). By this latter character the
white specimens of both species are also distinguishable.
P. 297. no 198. ARDEA ATRICAPILLA.
The Rev. H. B. Tristram concurs in Mr. Gurney’s opinion (Ibis, 1869, p. 437) that
A. javanica, Horsf., is inseparable from A. atricapilla, adopting the views of Dr. von
Schrenk, who several years ago (Végel des Amurlandes, pp. 437-447) maintained that
all the members of the subgroup Butorides (A. virescens, Gmel., of North America,
A. scapularis, U., of South America, and two species mentioned before) belong only to
one species. Notwithstanding their near relationship, I must declare my own belief
that they are different species, of as much value as many others. In respect to the
Indian and African species, I find that 4. atricapilla is always distinguishable from
A. javanica in having the middle line along the fore part of the neck always tinged
with fulvous, whereas in 4. javanica this portion is uniformly greyish like the other
parts of the neck and body. Occasionally a faint tinge of pale fulvous is seen in very
old specimens of 4. javanica, A full account of the differences of these two species
will be found in our ‘ Ornithologie der Viti, Samoa and Tonga Inseln,’ p. 210, and ‘ Végel
Ostafricas,’ p. 703.
List of those Species of Birds collected by Mr. Blanford which were not obtained by
Mr. Jesse.
VuLTUR RUPPELLI, Natt., p. 285. no. 1; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 33, note.
Localities: Anseba valley, at 4000-4500 feet, Rairo 3000 feet, high plateaux of
Wadela and Dalanta.
NEOPHRON PERCNOPTERUS (L.), p. 287. no. 2; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 33. no, 2.
“From the sea-level up to 10,000 feet, and equally abundant near the camps on the
Wadela plateau and on the shores of Annesley Bay.”
Fatco sacer (?Gml.).
‘“‘Gelamet in the Lebka valley.”
There is some doubt about the determination of this species.
'TiNNUNCULUS CENCHRIS (Naum.), p. 290. no. 8.
“Not rare on the Abyssinian highlands.”
Nisvs Tacutro (Daud.), p. 291. no. 10; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 78. no. 27.
“ Goona-goona, near Senafé.”
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY.—APPENDIX II. 319
The union of N. unduliventer, Riipp., with the South-African N. tachiro, as first
pointed out by us, is confirmed by Mr. Blanford. The single skin collected by him is
that of a very old male in superb plumage, and has been determined by M. J. Verreaux
and Mr. Gurney. “A specimen of N. tachiro, from South Africa, in the British Museum,
agrees well with that from Abyssinia.” (Blanf.)
SAGITTARIUS SERPENTARIUS (Miller); Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 93. no. 34.
Gypogeranus serpentarius, Blanf. p. 297. no. 17.
“Seen only twice on the highlands.”
Circus £rvueinosus (L.), p. 301. no. 21.
“ Occasionally seen on the highlands.”
Circus CINERACEUS (Mont.), p. 301. no. 23.
“In the Samhar, and abounded on the highlands in the winter and spring.”
Bugo macuLosvs (Vieill.); Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 103. no. 40. _B. cinerascens,
Guér., Blanf. p. 302. no. 25.
“Only once met with this bird, near Antalo.”
Contrary to the views of Messrs. J. Verreaux and Gurney, I do not take the north-
eastern form to be specifically distinct from the southern B. maculosus.
CAPRIMULGUS NUBICUS, Licht. p. 336. no. 78.
‘A single specimen obtained near Zulla.”
Having compared the types of Riippell’s C. infuscatus with C. nubicus, I can speak
with certainty of their identity; but I must protest against the uniting of C. tamaricis,
Tristr., as proposed by Mr. Blanford. This latter is a well-distinguished species, and
nearest allied to C. asiaticus, Lath. (vide Vogel Ostafricas, p. 125. no. 49).
CAPRIMULGUS TRISTIGMA, Riipp. p. 337. no. 80.
‘“‘ Near Antalo.”
CYPSELUS ZQUATORIALIS, Miill. p. 334. no. 75.
“Not rare around Senafé in February and March.”
Hirunbo ALPEstRis, Pall., p. 346. no. 97.
“ At Koomaylee in February.”
HiRvUNDO MELANOcRISSUS, Riipp., p. 346. no. 96.
** Seen at low or moderate elevations.”
bo
a
bo
ay
520 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
Hirvnpvo rustica, L., p. 347. no. 99; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 134. no. 55.
“Common eyerywhere. ‘This bird abounded on the shores of Annesley Bay in the
middle of June.” (Blanf.)
Von Heuglin also states this species to be resident along the Red Sea.
Hirunpo Fiuirera, Steph.; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 141. no. 58. H. ruficeps,
Licht., Blanf. p. 348. no. 101.
Mr. Blanford obtained a single pair near Aguala, halfway between Adigrat and
Antalo, and remarks, “The outer tail-feathers are very much shorter than is usual in
Indian specimens, and I am far from convinced that the species are identical.” The
length of the outer tail-feathers is noticed as 4°6; this is only a little smaller than in
Indian specimens.
CHELIDON uRBICA (L.), p. 349. no. 103.
“ A single specimen obtained at Koomaylee in February.”
CotyLe cincta (Bodd.), p. 349. no. 104; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 144. no. 59.
“On the shores of the Lake Ashangi in April, and about a fortnight later on the
banks of a stream near Antalo.”
CoTYLE RUPESTRIS, Scop., p. 300. no. 105.
‘¢ A very common bird in the rocky passes, and found almost from the sea-level to
8000 feet.” It is singular that Von Heuglin notices only (. obsoleta, Cab., from neigh-
bouring localities in Abyssinia; and one would be inclined to believe Mr. Blanford had
confounded the species, did he not say “a specimen from Senafé differs in no respect
from others brought from Southern Europe.”
The type specimens of C. obsoleta which I saw in the Museum Heineanum, I found
difficult to distinguish from C. rupestris.
CotyLe minor, Cab., p. 350. no. 106; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 147. no. 61.
‘Seen in countless swarms on Lake Ashangi in April.”
The three allied species C. riparia, C. minor, and C. paludicola, Vieill., are treated of
in our work on the birds of East Africa, where we state that they occur nearly over the
whole of Africa. Mr. Tristram (Ibis, 1869, p. 436) expresses his opinion that under
the name of C. palustris have been confounded two species—one from the north, the
other from the south. The northern bird, which Mr. Tristram obtained by the Dead
Sea, and received from Egypt and Abyssinia, being larger than the southern bird, and
having a large white spot on the inner web of each of the rectrices, except the outer
and middle covering pair, is undoubtedly referable either to C. obsoleta, Cab., or
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY.—APPENDIX II. 321
C. fuligula, and not to C. paludibula, Riippell, who under this name confounded
C. riparia and C. minor.
ALCEDO SEMITORQUATA, Sws., p. 325. no. 65; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 859. no. 451.
“One specimen from Adigrat on the highlands of Tigré.”
Axcepo cristata, L.; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 167. no. 74, et p. 860. Cory-
thornis cyanostigma, Blanf. p. 324. no. 64.
“Common near Agula and Dongolo.”
Mr. Sharpe has lately become convinced that the true A. cristata of Linné is the
Madagascar species, and that the African form must bear Riippell’s name (cyano-
stigma) ; but, as I have- noticed already in our work, Linné’s A. cristata (“habitat in
India orientali”) based upon Seba’s figure and Ispida philippensis cristata, Brisson
(Orn. iv. p. 483. t. 37. f. 3), must remain for ever obscure, as it is not to be referred
satisfactorily to any known species.
Cery.eE RvDIS (L.), p. 325. no. 66; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 175. no. 78.
“Seen near Magdala and Dongolo, at about 7000 feet above the sea; a rare bird.”
Meroprs nusicus, Gml., p. 321. no. 57; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 182. no. 80.
“A large number were collected about one spot close to the hot spring of Atzfut, on
the shores of Annesley Bay. Mr. Jesse also met with it only once, and in the same
neighbourhood.” (Blanf.)
Cisticota ayResi, Hartl.; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 231, note. Hemipteryx
abyssinica, Heugl. Ibis, 1869, p. 138. Cisticola abyssinica, Blanf. p. 376. no. 158.
The comparison of the type specimen of H. abyssinica, Heugl., from Adoa, with the
type of C. ayresi in the Bremen Museum, proved immediately their identity without
the slightest doubt. Whether Mr. Blanford’s specimen, shot near Fokada, belongs
indeed to this species is to be doubted, the length of wing being noticed as 2:11 (pro-
bably this is a misprint, and should be 1:11; then it would be right).
Drrmoica GRaciLis (Licht.), p. 373. no. 148.
“Very common amongst the low bushes of the plain country near Zulla. Mr. Jesse
found the nest, with two young birds apparently only hatched a few days before, on
June 12.” (Blanf.)
Drymoica Mystacea, Riipp., p. 373. no. 149.
“Shot on the highlands at Adabagi, two marches south of Adigrat.”
322 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
DryYMOICA PULCHELLA (Riipp.), p. 374. no. 150.
DRYMOICA LEVAILLANTI, Smith. Graminicola levaillanti, Blanf. p. 375. no. 152. Dry-
moica cantans, Heugl. Ibis, 1869, p. 96.
I am not quite sure whether D. levaillanti and D. cantans are really identical, finding
that specimens of the former species from South Africa vary considerably in size and
colour.
Drymoica Ropusta, Riipp. Graminicola robusta, Blanf. p. 375. no. 153.
“A single specimen at Adigrat.”
EREMOMELA GRISEOFLAVA, Heugl. p. 355. no. 116, t. 3. f. 1 (opt.).
In the Anseba valley.
PHYLLOSCOPUS ABYssINICUS, Blanf., nov. spec., p. 378. no. 158, t. 3. f. 2.
Most nearly allied to Ph. trochilus (L.), but a different species, which I had the plea-
sure of seeing when Mr. Blanford visited our Museum. Discovered about Mayen, in
the pass below Senafé, and at Senafé, Halai, and other places on the highlands.
A specimen from the plateau of Wogara, which Von Heuglin (Orn. N. O. Afr. p. 299)
mentions sub nom. Ph. rufa, belongs to the true Ph. trochilus, as I convinced myself on
examining it.
Hypo.als Laneuipa, H. & Ehrb., p. 579. no. 162.
“In the Lebka valley and Samhar.”
Whether this species is really separable from H. olivetorum, Strickl., I am unable to
say, not having had before me a series large enough, the only way to settle the ques-
tion. The specimen collected by Mr. Jesse I determined to belong to ZH. olivetorum,
finding no important difference between it and a specimen from Greece. I must remark
that the length of the primaries is by no means constant, but differs in individuals.
SYLVIA MELANOCEPHALA, Gml., p. 379. no. 160.
** A single specimen near Rairo.”
SAXICOLA FRENATA, Heugl., p. 362. no, 132; Finsch & Hartl. Végel Ostafr. p. 258 (note).
“On the Wadela plateau, near Saintora, and Gazoo, at an elevation of 10,500 feet.”
Dr. Riippell erroneously considered this species to be the male of S. ésabellina.
Other specimens in the Senckenbergian Museum were labelled S. aldigularis, a name
neyer published by Riippell.
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY.—APPENDIX II. 3235
SAXICOLA DESERTI, Riipp., p. 362. no. 133'; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 255. no 119.
“ Only seen close to the coast. In December and January about Annesley Bay, but
not seen in May, June, July, or August.”
The comparison of specimens of S. atrogularis, Blyth, sent by Dr. Salvadori, has
convinced me of the identity of this with the Indian species.
SAXICOLA LUGENS, Licht., p. 363. no. 154.
“Seen in the temperate region on the highlands, where it appears to replace S. deserti
(Blanf.). According to Von Heuglin, found in the deserts of Egypt and Arabia.”
Von Heuglin’s newly erected S. finschi (Orn. N. O. Afr. p. 350) is based only on the
single specimen from Siberia in the Bremen Museum, which, showing some differences
from S. leucomela, Pall., I described previously in my MS. notes, but without intending
to publish it as a new species. I am informed by Von Pelzeln that the two speci-
mens from the Sakarah desert (near Cairo) in the Vienna Museum, mentioned by Von
Heuglin as being identical with the Siberian specimens, belong to S. wanthomelwna,
Ehrb.
PRATINCOLA RUBETRA (L.), p. 364. no. 137.
“At Rairo, in Habab (3000 feet), in the middle of August.”
PraTincoua Pastor, Strickl., p. 364. no. 138.
“« Not rare on the highlands.”
PRATINCOLA HEMPRICHI, Ehrb., p. 364. no. 139.
PRATINCOLA SEMITORQUATA, Heugl., p. 365. no. 140. t. 5 (d 2, opt.).
Localities: Adigrat, Antalo, Lake Ashangi; never below 8000 feet.
The female has been already figured in the Atlas of Ferret and Galinier, Voyage en
Abyssinie, Zoologie, pl. 12. fig. 2.
Ruricru.a sorpipa (Riipp.). Pratincola sordida, Blanf. p. 366. no. 141.
This aberrant species, which Mr. Blanford did not meet with below 9000 feet, I take
to be more nearly allied to Ruticilla than to Savicola or Pratincola.
1 A yery nearly allied species is Suxicola albomarginata, Salvad. (MS.), in nearly every respect resembling
S. deserti, but distinguishable at once from having all the tail-feathers tipped with white.
The type specimen (male), collected by the Marchese Orazio Antinori in the Sahara of Tunis, is now in the
Museum of Turin, whence I received it for inspection through the kindness of Dr. Salvadori. I haye com-
pared it with several specimens of S. deserti.
324 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
Ruticitia scorocerca (Heugl.). Saaicola scotocerca, Heugl. Orn. N. O. Afr. Livrais.
9-11 (November Ist, 1869). Ruticilla fuscicaudata, Blanf. Ann. & Mag. N. H.
(November), 1869; 7d. 1. c. p. 359. no, 125, t. 4 (opt.).
‘A single specimen on the hills between the Anseba and Lebka valley (4000 feet).”
This curious bird is somewhat anomalous, but apparently rather a Ruticilla than a
Saxicola. Some years ago I examined the type specimen of Heuglin’s S. scotocerca,
from Keren, labelled at that time Saxicola infuscata, and therefore easily recognized
the bird brought home by Mr. Blanford.
ZOSTEROPS EURYOPHTHALMA, Heugl. Z. poliogastra, Heugl. Ibis, 1861, pl. 13; Hartl.
Mon. Zosterops, J. f. Orn. 1865, p.9; Blanf. p. 354. no. 114.
The single specimen obtained by Mr. Blanford at Dongola is undoubtedly referable
to this species, as I feel sure after having compared it. The figure in ‘The Ibis’ is not
quite true, showing the yellow supercilium extended to the temporal region.
Von Heuglin having first named this species ewryophthalma, had no right to change
this appellation.
MOoTAcILLA ALBA, L., p. 380. no. 165; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 2659. no. 121.
“Common both on the highlands and near the coast. On the 1st of May there were
still specimens on the highlands around Lake Ashangi, but only very few remained.”
(Blanf.)
MoTACILLA SULPHUREA, Bechst., p. 381. no. 166.
“Not common. Only one specimen obtained in the Lebka valley.”
BUDYTES MELANOCEPHALA, B, CINEREOCAPILLA, et B, CAMPESTRIS, pp. 381, 382, nos. 167, 168,
et 169, are merely varieties of Motacilla flava, of which I have given a full account
in our work (Vogel Ostafr. p. 268. no. 123).
ANTHUS CAMPESTRIS?, p. 383. p. 172.
Mr. Blanford is unable to draw a precise line between this species and A. sordidus.
Not having seen his series, I can only say that I still take them to be distinct species.
MACRONYX FLAVICOLLIS, Riipp., p. 384. no. 173; Finsch & Hartl. Végel Ostafr. p. 278
(note).
“On the highest part of the Dalanta plateau and near the crest of the Wandaj pass;
never observed below 10,000 feet.”
TURDUS OLIVACINUS, Bp., p. 357. no. 120; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 280 (note).
Localities: Senafé, Adigrat, Lake Ashangi.
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY.—APPENDIX II. 325
PETROCINCLA CYANEA (L.), p. 357. no. 121.
* On the highlands.”
PETROCINCLA RUFICINEREA (Riipp.), p. 358. no. 123.
** By no means rare on the highlands, and found as low as about 4500 feet.”
MALACOCERCUS ACAZL& (Licht.), p. 372. no. 147.
* About Zoulla, but rare.”
OxIoLus Monacuus (Gmel.), p. 369. no. 144; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 293.
no. 137.
“ Near Antalo.”
LaNIUS ISABELLINUS, H. & Ehrb. p. 339. no. 83.
“Common on the coast in December, January, and February.”
AMYDRUS BLYTHII, Hartl., p. 399. no. 191.
“Abundant around Mayen at an elevation of from 3000 to 4000 feet in the pass below
Senafé.”
After having examined and compared Mr. Blanford’s specimens, I have convinced
myself that we were wrong in uniting this species with A. ruweppellii (Vogel Ostatr.
p. 382)—an error corrected already by us (p. 867).
PENTHETRIA LATICAUDATA (Licht.). Coliupasser laticauda, Blanf. p. 405. no. 201.
“Near Antalo and Agula.”
OrtyGospizA Potyzona (Temm.), p. 408. no. 206. O. fuscocrissa, Heugl. Journ. f. Orn.
1863, p. 18.
Mr. Blanford got this species from Senafé, through Captain Sturt.
Von Heuglin has confounded with this bird (Journ. f. Orn. 1868, p. 4) the nearly allied
O. (Fringilla) atricollis, Vieill. (= Amadina lunulata, Temm., Hartl. W. Afr. p- 148),
which is readily distinguished, wanting the white on the chin and around the eyes; the
whole face is black. We possess this species from the Cama, in Western Africa, and from
the White Nile; a specimen from Bongo in von Heuglin’s collection, which I examined,
proved to be also O. atricollis.
HYPHANTORNIS MELANOTIS (Guér.), p. 403. no. 196.
“Common throughout the highlands, and seen at nearly 10,000 feet, though generally
more common at a rather lower elevation.”
VOL. VII.—PaRT Iv. May, 1870. 2Y
526 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
PYROMELANA CAPENSIS (L.), Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 416. no. 216. Huplectes
avanthomelas, Riipp., Blanf. p. 405. no. 199.
The reasons for which we united the smaller north-eastern race (P. xanthomelas)
with the larger southern are pointed out in our work as cited above.
Mr. Blanford found this species on the Wandaj Pass (at 10,500 feet elevation), at
Santara, in Dalanta, and at Ashangi.
EsTRELDA QUARTINIA, Bp., p. 409. no. 209.
* Obtained near Senafé.”’
Having compared type specimens of Estrelda ernesti secundi, Heugl., I feel quite sure
of their identity with £. guartinia, Bp., as pointed out by Mr. Blanford.
PASSER CANICAPILLUS, Blyth, p. 412. no. 215.
“In small flocks both in the woods and around villages, in the Lebka Valley and its
neighbourhood, at 3000 to 4000 feet. Especially abundant at the village of Rairo.”
Mr. Blanford does not seem quite sure as to the identity of this species, having put
against it a note of interrogation. Singularly enough neither von Heuglin nor Dr.
Brehm has met with this bird, which seems to differ from Xanthodina dentata chiefly
in having the eyebrow cinnamon instead of pale rufous, and in the head being more grey.
I take it as not quite impossible that these differences may depend upon the stage of
plumage, P. canicapillus of Mr. Blanford and X. dentata of Mr. Jesse having been
collected at nearly the same localities.
FRINGILLA TRISTRIATA, Riipp., p. 413. no. 217; Finch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 449.
no. 238.
** Very common throughout the highlands.”
CRITHAGRA FLAVIVERTEX, Blanf. p. 414. no. 220. pl. 7 (opt.).
This is an interesting and undoubtedly new species, which I had the pleasure of seeing
in Mr. Blanford’s collection when here. It escaped von Heuglin’s observation.
SERINUS CITRINELLOIDES, Riipp., p. 414. no. 221.
** Near Senafé.”
SERINUS NIGRICEPS, Riipp., p. 416. no. 222.
“« Very common on the passes above 9000 feet.”
ALAUDA ARENICOLA ? Tristr., var. fusca, p. 387. no. 176.
vs
~o
Nw
I
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY.—APPENDIX II.
ALAUDA PRATERMISSA, Blanf., p. 388. no. 177. pl. 6 (opt.).
Having compared Mr. Blanford’s type specimen, I take it to be a new species. Its
nearest ally will be A. (Melanocorypha) infuscata, Heugl. (Journ. f. Orn. 1864, p. 273),
which von Heuglin unites (J. f. Orn. 1868, p. 222) erroneously with A. erythropyga,
Strickl. ; and the identity of the two seems to be not impossible; but this could only be
determined by comparing the type specimens.
ALAUDA BRACHYDACTYLA, Temm. Calandrella brachydactyla, Blanf. p. 389. no. 178.
”
“Not rare on the shores of Annesley Bay.
ALAUDA ANDERSONI, Tristr. Calandrella andersoni, Blant. p. 389. no. 179.
“ Abundant on stony ground near Senafé.”
Closely allied to, but apparently different from, A. ruficeps, Riipp. I-saw the type
specimen in Mr. Blanford’s collection.
Corapuires NiGRICEPS, Gould. Pyrrhulauda albifrons, Blanf. p. 391. no. 182.
Mr. Blanford thinks this species doubtfully distinct from C. melanauchen, in which
opinion I cannot agree with him. The distinctive characters of the two species I have
already pointed out, antéa, page 275.
CoRAPHITES LEUCOTIS (Stanl.), p. 392. no. 183; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 466.
no. 249.
Curysococcyx KLAASI (Steph.), p. 314. no. 44; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 520.
no. 284.
“Only a single specimen, obtained in the Lebka valley.”
TURTUR SEMITORQUATUS, Riipp. (nec Sws.), p. 416. no. 225; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel
Ostafr. p. 541. no. 292.
Localities: Lake Ashangi, Lat, Dildi, Ain, on the Lebka, Anseba valley.
From examination of Riippell’s type we can state the identity of western and north-
eastern specimens.
PTEROCLES GUTTURALIS, Smith, p. 421. no. 234.
“Obtained near Agula and Antalo.”
There is no difference whatever between these and specimens from South Africa, as
the careful comparison of Mr. Blanford’s specimens has proved. Von Heuglin thinks
the Abyssinian bird to be somewhat different (Journ. f. Orn. 1862, p. 416).
328 DR, O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
OTIS MELANOGASTER, Riipp., p. 427. no. 241; Finsch & Hartl. Vg. Ostafr. p. 614. no. 322.
“Common on the tableland, especially on the open plains between Adigrat and Antalo.”
CHETTUSIA MELANOPTERA, Riipp. p. 429. no. 248; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel. Ostafr. p. 638.
no. 339.
Mr. Blanford never met with this species below about 7000 feet; but Dr. Riippell
procured his type near Djedda, on the Arabian coast.
LOBLVANELLUS MELANOCEPHALUS, Riipp., p. 430. no. 250.
“On the higher portion of the Dalanta and Wadela plateau, above 10,000 feet.”
CHARADRIUS AsIATicus, Pall. Hudromias asiaticus, Blanf. p. 429. no. 244. Agialitis
rujicollis, Heugl. Syst. Uebers. no. 586; Ch. damarensis, Strickl.
At Rairo.
The specimens from Damaraland (Anderson’s collection) do not differ from those from
Eastern Asia.
CHARADRIUS MARGINATUS, Vieill.; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 654. uo. 344.
Aigialitis niveifrons, Blanf. p. 429. no. 246.
“ Abundant at Zoulla in June, and apparently breeding.”
ARDEA MELANOCEPHALA, Vig.; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 681. no. 358. A.
atricollis, Blanf. p. 484. no. 268.
‘“‘ Near Adabagi, at an altitude of about 8000 feet.”
ARDEA GaRzETTA, L.; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 687. no. 362. Herodias garzetta,
var., Blanf. p. 455. no. 269.
“Common on the coast.”
ARDEA coMaTa, Pall., p. 435. no. 271; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 697. no. 366.
“One specimen was obtained at Antalo.”
Ipis comata, Ehrb., p. 486. no. 275.
Localities: Senafé and Antalo.
NUMENIUS aRQuATA, L., p. 432. no. 255; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 736. no. 387.
“Common on the shore in winter.”
XENUS CINEREUS, Giildenst.; Terekia cinerea, p. 433. no. 259.
“ A single specimen shot at Zoulla in January.”
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY.—APPENDIX II. 329
Trinea cincius, L., p. 433. no. 263; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 758. no. 398.
“On the coast in January.”
Trine@a minuTA, Leisler, p. 433. no. 264; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 764. no. 397.
Shot at Zoulla.
GaALLINAGO scoLopactna, Bp.; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 771. no. 400. Scolopax
gallinago, Blanf. p. 432. no, 257.
“Common on the highlands in the winter months.”
RHYNCH&A CAPENSIS (L.), Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 774. no. 401. Rh. bengalensis,
Blanf. p. 432. no. 258.
“Only met in reeds on the banks of running water at Ailat and Ain, near Massowah.
The specimens are quite undistinguishable from Indian ones ” (Blanf.).
Fuuica cristata, L., p. 434, no. 267.
“ Abundant on Lake Ashangi.”
BERNICLA CYANOPTERA, Riipp. p. 439. no. 281.
Localities: Wadela and Dalanta plateau, above 9000 to 10,000 feet; in a high valley
at about 8500 feet, between Antalo and Ashangi.
ANAS FLAVIROSTRIS, Smith: Eyton’s Monogr. on the Anatide (1838), p. 141; Blanf.
p- 437. no. 277; A. undulata, Dubois, Ornithol. Gallerie, p. 119 (1839), t. 77.
“Common throughout the highlands, and especially on the higher plateaux ” (Blanf.).
QuERQUEDULA crECoA, L., p. 438. no. 279.
“ Occasionally met with on the highlands.”
FULIGULA cristata, Ray, p. 437. no. 278.
“Take Ashangi, in pairs, and not very common at the commencement of May.”
Popicers cristatus, L., p. 440. no. 282.
‘Extremely abundant on Lake Ashangi, where it is doubtless a permanent resident.”
Popicers avritus, L., p. 440. no. 283.
**Not very common on Lake Ashangi.”
Larus Fuscus, L., p. 440. no. 285; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 820. no. 427.
“Common at Zoulla. The wing is a little longer, about an inch, and the bill a trifle
530 DR. O. FINSCH ON BIRDS FROM NORTH-EASTERN
smaller, than in most European specimens; but there appears to be no constant distinc-
tion” (Blanf.). We also have not been able to distinguish specimens from Egypt and
the Red Sea (ZL. fuscescens, Licht.) from European ones.
PHAETON RUBRICAUDATUS, Bodd., p. 441. no. 290; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 839.
no. 439, ;
‘“‘A single specimen of a young bird was captured alive in Annesley Bay. I did not
notice any flying about the bay” (Blanf.).
GRACULUS AFRICANUS, Gmel., p. 441. no. 291; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 847.
no. 446.
“IT only saw Cormorants on Lake Ashangi, and only this species” (Blanf.).
PELECANUS RUFESCENS, Gmel., p. 442. no. 292; Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ostafr. p. 849.
no. 448.
“T shot a pair on Dissi Island at the end of August. They were in fine plumage,
with a rich roseate tinge on the back” (Blanf.).
PELECANUS PHILIPPENSIS, Gmel., p. 442. no. 293.
“Between this bird, which was common on the shore of Zoulla, and of which I
shot a single specimen, and the last, there is no difference in measurements, in the
form of the frontal feathers, or the disposition of those behind the eye. The crest also
appears similar; and although the feathers of the head are shorter and more woolly,
this may partly be due to wear. Under these circumstances I should have been inclined
to regard the roseate back and breast of P. rufescens as seasonal, but for the circum-
stance that, while the present specimen is unquestionably identical with the common
Indian P. philippensis, with specimens of which I have compared it, P. rufescens does
not appear to have been noticed in India. If it were only the nuptial plumage of the
present species, it ought to be equally common” (Blanf.).
I agree with Mr. D. G. Elliot, who, in his valuable ‘Monograph’ of the genus
Pelecanus (P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 583), unites P. philippensis from India with the African
P. rufescens, and am of opinion that these species are inseparable, as pointed out by
Professor Schlegel long since. ‘The red tinge on the back is not peculiar to the African
bird; for we possess a specimen from Malacca which shows the red very well marked,
and Mr. Elliot mentions a specimen from Nepaul in the British Museum which
‘“‘exhibits very distinctly the reddish colour on the back and rump.”
O. F.
Bremen, May 26th, 1870.
eo
oo
a
ABYSSINIA AND THE BOGOS COUNTRY.
DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.
PLATE XXIII.
Sketch Map of North-eastern Abyssinia and the Bogos country, showing the routes
followed by Mr. Jesse, and his various collecting-stations. The routes are coloured
pink.
PLATE XXIV.
Caprimulqus inornatus (p. 211), from specimens obtained by Mr. Jesse.
PLATE XXV.
Lanius fallax, sp. nov. (p. 249), from specimens obtained by Mr. Jesse.
PLATE XXVI.
Coraphites melanauchen, Cab. (p. 275), S$ et 2, from specimens obtained by Mr. Jesse.
PLATE XXVII.
Larus hemprichii (p. 302), from a skin obtained by Mr. Jesse.
N.B.—The specimens figured in these Plates are included in the complete series of
Mr. Jesse’s birds now in the collection of Viscount Walden, Pres. Z.S.—Ep.
‘
—— F
ae ¥ tied (V) etbret eae PEERS Cats bite i oy 4
i c= eh tet J ‘ wut EAS Lith: eS be
3. a . ga i
ee
3 , se ree! ere a
: : ’ Par ro. 0° oe Oh aei siehb a af
; ; c z > * tv ~
ila rude aoe a rita aliens ir aig tae ae galt
’ i limgi & dt. aay Grate ro enidrurt Aol | ud ont AM hb
a he *
— :
y i core “yA ia
reat h aay Bruvtadiie art put with / re ") snort ay
» © jay, p ; = a y
v
Pe MAS ed Becju tlc svusiwlohye shutt (USS ey end 9 oh
i. . ple | iy
f , ae. enfin é : abt we
7 2% oe -, ¥ ate ; ‘
ed) WIE ed hominids aenartiovre erat 2 ty & AE gy led, wstawioma yas 8 vr
fj , gre 7 [os
TIP ATART 2 Be ieee
“es \ : : oe 3
~—- . sey : "Ya, Aa vil ude! le a gent cong xT '
cig fj wie al xe pile
q i 41) slqutia>, silt fae hal mth st a man it Pepa nutorn
ne
ra te eS ea hast Tai ys saber, T i ic souttirs odd a ed
Ape yn ye te ‘4 am i
tae al oe are
' a” . PF ats os : :
= be 14" brs ‘ * = : .
- 5 a ; i :
1 ! yuse «< f y my “
> wie; m2 1 ‘ j os
' Ne tae sep Migs ai ;
Sagal ies otal eeevi -* og stadia er
i, tO lll he» (ie ee a
, . 4 lie y aie Ly ore . ni, rhs
i Shs + Anfiige hs ‘or,
ee
. nis -
> +e
a SS ss — —— = = — ——— a
| obog 5]
| aa 3 oqosvyy Se
STP eepousyy & Ne
vingepy \a qvbupy ay
| Sx 5)
| == “
£1 —a = = : = = pquigg opos\ s = i
Vv I JN) I \
_ sey TOY ; Ae We venmyng
| ;
WP Pe ;
| 3 iL eae Tang ON ne a
| yen) ‘xX EM yy aa
} a a i iy got ca Sets Sv / Wem PL
mom ae Ds ere Sy cee ee | re
a a :
spopempug soy ? ue 2. S | = & = Yummy |
AB & oO it ie \
a 7 aa 17 MIN 6 pup | eases re OPP gs <
— we 2 » ai - “apa, i ie
Pe Seca fe) PAV Soy a
a {sutra Lame
“Toonlpyy 4 3 oa red f AL
“Cyepopuey “ . le
2 Per tang ms MMossp Wy fo
MPqOQND POY seonang
za eld bd EF
° =e Yroorene
u PTUs iA ” 0
we O ovos6mq poss SS burp Py Vroupmoy,
9 (7) aounumyg = rr opel *
imi 2, ° ry ap y
muro? ff) pep SL To a
, °
Ss s >
e
2 Par a2 .
if g
piers 9 e
=a] z PALIN qnanyy sey
e Bic 1 Boy, SR ee aN a Sa I cee | ee
=
i LOGY ea = Ww yoolg)} {youwram dy
Q ° % .
Pe caoikh sim | oe Sette : Sa tng Mer
mt \
oT opoagingy ~~ tray a hte ‘ ae: aa has
ss umyoyy ep : © yp UAL = X Grleos
m + . Labuan
= fyeyoyr & ce . ‘Stal 0
~ a 2/%e > r ; :
~suoyryg bunoe7o) b ,) F ron ae ‘ >
pup a } npoqoo7 el aa P Yas %
‘oynoyy sassey’ 3 oowpayng umn, , Urn fOr wpa apabay OS
MOYs Oj | .
‘ ae Yer mee Te XD Panscoy Je
AMINOOO sopod AML Ayngp | eg oppryy ’ a vy a Vv H
pun
VINISSATV NUALSVA HALON a hh
o PAIS
jo dey U bya
(pewoyy t) o
qoowngy eayo Magy opn.wqooyvs.oyy
|
oun?
Lee
"OF 2S) (/' 207 27° on Dee = ae
sae 5S
: ud
j ‘te qelf
Ae aera. nae HTREy
-YHI4 IOS 20000 HAT
wivte af
salted, apeol,
Lin s
sasutyl®, (stipalicd
4
j
{
~ '
\
P ’
ts
aa es
+
"ee
2 gs
‘ ae
= ‘
\
~
2 q
=
a =
ae
A
HHIIUdNIH Snuy7
1
[ 333 ]
VIL. On certain Species of Deer now or lately living in the Society's Menagerie.
By P. L. Scuater, WA., Ph.D., F_RS., Secretary to the Society.
Read February 24th, 1870.
[Puates XXVIII. to XXXIX.]
THE series of Cervide in the Society’s Menagerie has been considerably augmented of
late years, particularly as regards the larger species of the Old World, which have been
conveniently arranged in the new Deer-house recently erected in the eastern corner of
the South Gardens. Several of these Deer are now or have been lately represented by
examples of both sexes and of the young born in the Gardens; and amongst them are
certain species which are very little known to science. Under these circumstances I
propose to offer to the Society some notes upon these animals to accompany a set of
illustrations of the rarer species which have been prepared from the living specimens.
I must, however, premise that my notes relate principally to the history of the intro-
duction of these animals into the Society’s Gardens, and to the synonymy and distribu-
tion of the species there exhibited. It is not possible to gather much exact information
concerning the structure of animals from the examination of living specimens, except
as regards one or two obvious external characters which may be noticed without close
handling.
The species of Deer to which I have thus to call the Society’s attention are nine in
number, all belonging to the genus Cervus, as I should be disposed to consider it.
They are :—
1. Crrvus pavipianus. (Plate XXVIIL.)
Elaphurus davidianus, A. Milne-Edwards, Compt. Rend. 14 May, 1866; Ann. Se. Nat. ser. 5, v.
p- 380; Nouv. Arch. d. Mus. ii. Bull. p. 27, pl. iv. (1866); Alcock, P. Z. S. 1868, pp. 210, 530;
David, ibid. p. 210; Swinhoe, ibid. p. 580; Sclater, ibid. p.531, et P. Z.S. 1869, p. 468.
_ This fine animal is one of the many zoological discoveries which are due to the
researches of M. le Pére Armand David, Missionary of the Congregation of Lazarists at
Pekin; an active correspondent of the Museum of Natural History of the Jardin des
Plantes, and a Corresponding Member of this Society. M. David first made known the
existence of this Deer in 1865, in a letter addressed to Professor Milne-Edwards, having
become acquainted with it by looking over the wall of the Imperial Hunting-park, in
which it is kept in a semidomestic state. This Park is situated about two miles south
of Pekin, and is called the Nan-hai-tsze or “Southern Marsh”!. No European is
1 “The Imperial hunting-ground, or Hae-tsze, as it is called, is three miles outside the south gate of the
Chinese city; it is a tract of country enclosed by a wall forty miles long. The Emperors Kanghi and Keen-
VOL. VII.—PART Vv. January, 1871. 22
534 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CERTAIN SPECIES OF DEER
allowed to enter it. It is stated to contain Deer of different species’, and herds of
Antilope gutturosa, besides the Elaphures. M. David saw from the wall more than a
hundred of the last-named animal, which he described as resembling a “ long-tailed
Rein-deer with very large horns.” At that time he was unable, in spite of every effort,
to get specimens of it, but, being acquainted with some of the Tartar soldiers who
mounted guard in the park, subsequently succeeded in obtaining the examples upon
which M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards founded his description of this remarkable animal.
Shortly after this M. Henri de Bellonet, Chargé d’ Affaires of the French Legation at
Pekin, managed to procure a living pair of Elaphures from the Imperial Park, and
kept them for nearly two years in a court near the Embassy in that city. Upon his
return to Paris in the summer of 1867, M. de Bellonet, having heard of our applications
to our correspondents at Pekin to obtain living examples of this animal, was kind enough
to place this pair at the disposal of the Society upon our undertaking the expense of
their removal to this country. This the Council willingly agreed to, and application
was at once made to H.E. Sir Rutherford Alcock and our other correspondents at Pekin
to make arrangements for their transport. Unfortunately, however, these animals died
before this could be effected; but the skin and skeleton of the male were carefully pre-
served under Sir Rutherford Alcock’s directions and forwarded to the Society along
with two pairs of the shed horns of the same animal. ‘They were exhibited at our
meeting on November 12, 1868, after which the skin was deposited in the British
Museum and the skeleton and horns in the Museum of the Royal College of
Surgeons?.
Meanwhile Sir Rutherford Alcock lost no time in making application to the Chinese
authorities for other specimens, and, after interviews with Prince Kung and other high
officials, ultimately succeeded in procuring several young pairs, one of which reached
the Society’s Gardens in perfect health and condition on the 2nd of August last’.
The illustration (Pl. XXVIII.) represents this pair of Elaphures shortly after their
arrival. It will be observed that the male is growing his young horns. I will adda
few remarks which occur to me on examination of these interesting animals.
The general aspect of the Elaphure is much more like that of the true Cervi than I
had anticipated from the description and figure of M. Milne-Edwards. ‘The only two
very noticeable points of distinction, besides the horns of the male, which are not at
lung used often to hunt there. Several villages are in the enclosure, which is given up to pasture; herds of
oxen and horses, and flocks of sheep for the use of the Court are fed there; and great numbers of deer are
seen in all directions. It is simply an Imperial domain, and was used as a hunting-ground by the Court when
public business did not permit a sojourn in the wild hunting-grounds of ‘Tartary.”—Locxuarz, in J. R. G. 8.
xxxyl. p. 148.
' Cervus aanthopygus, Cervus mantchuricus, and Capreolus pugargqus, according to Mr. Swinhoe.
* This skeleton has since been beautifully mounted, and now stands in the centre of the inner room of the
Museum. I believe it is still the only complete skeleton of this animal in Europe.
® See P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 468.
LIVING IN THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE.
Head of young male Cervus davidianus, with the antlers growing.
536 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CERTAIN SPECIES OF DEER
present shown in our animals, are the rather larger, heavier legs, the longer and more
expanding toes, and the long tail.
The latter character, however, seems to me to haye been somewhat exaggerated in
M. Milne-Edwards’s figures—the tail in our specimen not nearly reaching the hocks,
and, though of somewhat different form, being really little, if any, longer! than that of
the Fallow Deer and some of the American Deer (such as Cervus virginianus).
The muffle of Elaphurus, as M. Milne-Edwards has already Fig. 3.
stated, is quite naked and moist, as in the true Cervi (see fig. 3).
The lachrymal sinus is small, and the eye also remarkably
small. The muzzle (fig. 2, p. 535) is terminated by a good
many single straggling bristles, as in C. duvaucelli.
The insides of the ears in this Deer are very closely filled
with dense hairs.
I cannot ascertain positively whether the usual gland on
the outer side of the metatarsus is present or not in this Deer ;
but it is certainly not very highly developed.
On the whole I can find no character to take this species out of the genus Cervus as
I think it ought to be understood. The Elaphure is no doubt very distinct in the form
of its horns from every other described species of the genus, and should be placed in a
section by itself, just as Rusa, Avis, Hyelaphus, and the numerous other (so-called)
genera of some authors. Those who regard these subordinate groups as generic will
likewise use Elaphurus as a genus. To me its nearest ally seems to be perhaps the
Barasingha (C. duvaucelli), which has likewise a long muzzle terminated with out-
standing hairs, and rather long expanding toes. Like the Barasingha the Elaphure is
in all probability an inhabitant of marshes and wet grounds.
M. Swinhoe informs me that the young Cervus davidianus is spotted with white like
other true Cervi at its birth, and retains the spotted dress about three months, when
these markings gradually disappear.
2. CERVUS MARAL. (Plate XXIX.)
Cervus elaphus, Pallas, Zoograph. Rosso.-As. i. p. 216 (partim) ?
Maral, McNeill, P. Z. 8. 1840, p. 11.
Cervus maral, Ogilby, Report of Council of Z. S. 1840, p. 22; Gray, Knowsley Menag. vol. i. tabb. 40
et 50; Sclater, Zool. Sketches, ii. pl. 12; and List of Vert. ed. iv. p. 46.
wallichit (partim), Gray, Letterpress to ‘ Knowsley Menag.’ vol. i. p. 60; Cat. of Ungulate
Furcipeda, p. 197, et P. Z.S. 1852, p. 227; Sclater, Cat. of Vert. ed. 1, p. 10, ed. 2, p. 14, ed. 3,
p- 27 (partim) ; Wagner, Saugeth. Suppl. v. p. 356.
On the 16th January, 1840, Sir John McNeil, a Corresponding Member of the
1 In the mounted skeleton of this animal in the Royal College of Surgeons the caudal vertebra are fifteen in
number, measuring altogether 16-5 in. in length. In the adjoining skeleton of Cervus elaphus there are eleven
caudal vertebrae, measuring 10-25 in. The height of the skeleton of C. davidianus above the shoulder is 4 feet ;
that of the skeleton of C. elaphus 3 feet 8 inches.
LIVING IN THE SOCIETY'S MENAGERIE. 337
Society, presented to the Menagerie two ‘‘new Deer from the Persian Mountains.”
These were entered in the “ List of Mammals exhibited for the first time,” printed in
the Council’s Report for that year, as the “ Persian Deer, Cervus maral, Ogilby”—
Mr. Ogilby, no doubt, having intended to describe them under that name, which, how-
ever, he never appears to have done. These Deer were subsequently transferred to
the collection of the late Earl of Derby, but, having been in bad condition, never
recovered ; and the last of them died in 1849’. In the collection of portraits of animals
living in that collection, drawn by Mr. Waterhouse Hawkins, and commonly known
as the “ Knowsley Menagerie,” are two pictures of this pair of Deer. Pl. xxxvu.
represents them both in winter dress, and Pl. xxxix. the male in that of summer.
In the latter stage the spotting is very conspicuous.
During the Crimean war a male of this Deer was captured in Circassia and “ pre-
sented to the French Admiral by the chief into whose possession it fell. A female
having been obtained at some other point on the coast of the Black Sea, the two animals
were ultimately sent to the Earl of Ducie, who, after keeping them for three seasons at
Tortworth, most liberally presented them to this Society”? on the 12th of March, 1857.
On the 23rd of August, 1858, the female produced a hind of the same sex; and nearly
every year since that period this species of Deer has reproduced in the Society’s Gardens,
as the subjoined list of the original pair and their descendants will show :—
List of Persian Deer in the Society's Gardens.
GUMaleksSeis.cteesseA Presented by the Earl of Ducie ........ March 12, 1857.
b:, Femaleii...... 2. <.:.:. a Ce ts) eee ,. 3
Go Hemale eps tecvare ci Born in the Menagerie ................. July 9, 1857.
ad.) Hemaley. - tana as «2 - 7 Be 3c dee oe August 23, 1858.
é:, Hemalewzy.%.7 Gh, 2. pS 53) ME ana hates ye July 24, 1860.
fe Female. Peagee ss ys Cie eal MACiciCR TDs Oct: (Cen ae August 19, 1860.
gs Bemiale ssh. oe % PEN cc sante June 19, 1862.
h, ———.......... RE rian. Sb vs rdbeicet heen November 2, 1862.
Line MEA OS = oe: Bevo “4 Aye dt CRO OR ees September 28, 1863,
Js Males... cterareates 35 ak ae Se eee ... October 10, 1863.
ex; Malle, 2. rrrgetn hee a role me Ke cS eRe July 9, 1865.
Ue Mail Oe a ate res cle. na 5 ij So eo August 1, 1866.
Us aE Ce eee a ss Ron Pe Netee, asegekeen August 6, 1867.
Mee WOM alerts saaeree ry, a, ~ 62 COORD ee September 19, 1868.
The Society have at different times sold off their duplicate stock of this Deer to the
King of Italy, the Jardin des Plantes of Paris, the Zoological Society of Hamburg,
Sir Victor Brooke, and elsewhere ; but I am not aware that any other importation of this
animal has taken place, nor do I believe that any of the Continental Museums contain
specimens of it, unless from the stock disposed of as above mentioned.
**Gmnide to the Gardens of the Zoological Society of London,’ by D. W. Mitchell. 1858, p. 48.
- * Mitchell’s Garden Guide, 1. s. c.
9
338 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CERTAIN SPECIES OF DEER
Having stated thus much concerning the history of the introduction and propagation
of this Deer, I must now say a few words concerning its proper specific name—a subject
that has given me ro little trouble. As I have already stated, the original examples of
this species received from Sir John McNeil were regarded by Mr. Ogilby as new to
science, and proposed to be called Cervus maral, after their Persian name. Under this
name they are likewise figured in the plates of the ‘ Knowsley Menagerie.’ But in the
letterpress of the ‘ Knowsley Menagerie,’ prepared by Dr. Gray, the “ Persian Deer”
is united with the Cashmirian Deer (Cervus cashmeerianus) and called Cervus wallichit.
The same course is pursued in Dr. Gray’s other catalogues, and has been generally
followed by subsequent authors, until in 1866 I convinced myself that this view was
erroneous, and proposed to restore the specific name maral to the present species. As
I have never published the grounds for making this change I shall now endeavour to
explain them, and to show, first, that the Persian and Cashmirian Deer are specifically
different, and, secondly, that the term Cervus wallichii is not applicable to the former
animal, whatever may be the case as regards the latter.
Fig. 4.
Side view of head of Cervus maral.
That the Persian and Cashmirian Deer are of different species must, I think, be
allowed by every one who has examined the examples of these two animals now living
LIVING IN THE SOCIETY'S MENAGERIE. 339
in our Gardens. The Persian Deer is remarkable for its long, narrow, pointed head,
whereas the Cashmir Deer has a short head like the Red Deer, Cervus elaphus.
A second very noticeable point of distinction is the colour of the upper surface of the
tail, which in Cervus maral is pale brown or ferruginous, in Cervus cashmeerianus is dark,
very nearly black. The anal disk is also smaller in the latter animal and more darkly
margined.
Now as to the term wallichii. This name was established by Cuvier in 1825 (Oss.
Foss. ed. 3, iv. p. 504), upon a drawing made by M. Duvaucel from an animal living in
1822 in the Barrackpore Menagerie, which drawing was subsequently published by
F. Cuvier in the ‘Histoire Naturelle des Mammiféres’ (pl. 356). We learn from
Mr. Blyth (J. A. S. B. x. p. 745), who has carefully investigated General Hardwicke’s
MSS. on this subject, that this animal was originally brought from Muktenauth, near
Dewaligiri, to the east of the Gundhuk river, but beyond the snowy range', about five
weeks’ journey from the valley of Nepaul. The horns of this individual are still in the
Museum of the Asiatic Society of Calcutta; and Mr. Blyth had “compared them care-
fully with mature horns of both the Hungal” (i.e. Cervus cashmirensis) “and the Shou”
(i. e. Cervus affinis), and, “though it is impossible to pronounce with confidence, is
inclined to refer them to the former.” But Dr. Jerdon, who has also examined into
the question, is inclined to think that Cuvier’s figure represents Cervus affinis; and if
the locality whence the animal came has been correctly stated, I should think there can
be little doubt that this latter view is correct. Whichever be the case, there can be no
doubt that it is quite erroneous to apply the name wadllichii to the Caucasian species.
3. CERVUS CASHMEERIANUS. (Plate XXX.)
Cervus cashmeerianus, Falconer, MS. (1839).
wallichii, Blyth, P. Z. 8. 1840, p. 79.
“ Kashmir Stag,” Blyth, J. A. S. B. x. p. 747 (1841).
“ Cervus cashmerensis, Falconer, MS.”’, Gray, Osteol. Cat. B. M. p. 65 (1847).
casperianus, Gray, ibid. p. 147 (1847). f
wallichii, Gray, Letterpress to ‘Knowsley Menagerie,’ vol. i. p. 60; Cat. of Ungulata Fur-
cipeda, i. p. 197; P. Z. S. 1852, p. 227.
“Shu, or Tibetan Stag,” Cunningham, Ladak, p. 201 (1854).
Cervus cashmeriensis, Adams, P. Z. S. 1858, p. 529.
wallichii, Gray, Cat. of Bones of Mamm. in Brit. Mus. p. 258 (1862).
cashmirensis, Sclater, List of Vert. Z. S. L. p. 47 (1866).
wallichii, Jerdon, Mammals of India, p. 250 (1867).
cashmeerianus, Falconer, Paleont. Memoirs, i. p. 576 (1868).
wallichii, Kinloch, Game of Thibet and the North-west, p. 44 (1869).
The first scientific traveller who appears to have recognized the existence of a large
species of Cervus, allied to our Cervus elaphus, in Cashmeer was the late Dr. Hugh
* Of. Jerdon’s ‘Mammals of India,’ p. 252.
540 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CERTAIN SPECIES OF DEER
Falconer, who, during his expedition to Cashmeer and Little Thibet, obtained several
specimens of the present species. Dr. Falconer made careful notes of this animal,
designating it in his MS. Cervus cashmeerianus, but unfortunately never published these
notes ; and it is only since his lamented decease that these and many other of his valuable
contributions to science have been made known. Mr. G. T. Vigne, the well-known
traveller, who was in Cashmeer at the same time as Dr. Falconer, seems to have fur-
nished him with some sketches of this Deer, which are likewise published in the
‘ Paleontological Memoirs’’.
In 1840 Mr. Vigne seems to have shown a horn of the Cashmirian Deer to Mr. Blyth,
who gave a short account of it on July 28th of that year before this Society. Mr. Blyth
suspects that it ‘ would prove to be the C. wallichii of Duvaucel, or a closely allied species,
a description of which may be expected from Dr. Falconer.”
In 1841 Mr. Blyth, in his article on the “ True Stags or Elaphine form of Cervus,”
published in the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal (x. p. 736), again speaks of
the “ Kashmir Stag” (p. 747), and considers it ‘“ very likely” to be identical with the
“ Jerrael, Cervus wallichii, Duvaucel, Cervus affinis, Hodgson,” but understands that
‘“‘ Dr. Falconer considers them distinct,” and “leaves the Kashmir species to be described
by the latter eminent naturalist.” At the same time he takes the opportunity of giving
two drawings? of the antler in Mr. Vigne’s collection, which he had previously described
in this Society's ‘ Proceedings.’
In 1846 Dr. Falconer presented to the British Museum skulls of the male and female
of his “ Cervus cashmeerianus.” In the “list of osteological specimens ” of that institu-
tion, published in 1847, this name was misprinted ‘‘ cashmerensis.” Dr. Falconer, as he
once told me himself, endeavoured to have this mistake corrected, but was only successful
in getting the miswritten term altered into the much worse form of casperianus ! (List
of Ost. Spec. errata, p. 147). Both these MS. names are quoted in the subsequently
published catalogue of “ Ungulata Furcipeda,” and other catalogues of Dr. Gray, where
the Cashmir Deer is united to the Persian Deer, and called Cervus wallichii.
In Cunningham’s ‘ Ladak ’ (1854), a notice is given (p. 201) of the ‘Shu, or Tibetan
Stag” found in Cashmeer, and a figure of its horns (pl. 7). This is doubtless intended
for C. cashmeerianus.
In Jerdon’s ‘Indian Mammals’ a short account is given of the Cashmeerian Deer
under the name Cervus wallichii, which term, however, Dr. Jerdon subsequently allows,
as I have stated above, to be more probably referable to the Cervus affinis. Dr. Jerdon
also erroneously united the Persian Deer (Cervus maral) with this species.
In his article on the habits and haunts of various Indian Mammalia, published in the
Society’s * Proceedings’ for 1858, Dr. A. Leith Adams has given a good account of the
habits of this species under the name Cervus cashmeriensis. According to Dr. Adams,
* See Paleontological Memoirs and Notes of the late Hugh Falconer. Edited by Charles Murchison, vol. i.
p- 578 (1868). ? See the accompanying plate, J. A.S. B. vol. x. figs. 8 & 9.
LIVING IN THE SOCIETY'S MENAGERIE. d41
this Deer is abundant in the dense pine-forests of the Northern Pinjal, and in the
valleys amongst these ranges. More recently still, Lieut. Kinloch has given us some
interesting notes on the same animal, in his volume on the larger game-animals of Tibet
and north-western India.
On the 24th of November 1865 a fine young male of the Cashmeerian Deer was
presented to the Society by Capt. M. H. 8. Lloyd, of the 89th Regiment, being, as is
believed, the only individual of this species ever received alive in Europe. The figure
(Pl. XXX.) represents this animal as he appeared in November 1867, while the drawing
now exhibited (fig. 5) will serve to show the present appearance of his head, which
may be compared with the corresponding figure of Cervus maral (fig. 4).
Fig. 5.
Head of Cervus cashmeerianus.
Besides these two species, of which illustrations are given, the Society’s collection
contains representatives of three other species of typical Cervus—namely, the Wapiti
(C. canadensis), the Red Deer of Europe (C. elaphus), and the Barbary Deer of North
Africa (C. barbarus).
I will now add a few words concerning our present state of knowledge of the geogra
phical distribution of the Elaphine Deer, or species allied to Cervus elaphus. Of course,
VOL. VII.—PaRT Vv. January, 1871. 3A
342 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CERTAIN SPECIES OF DEER
geographical distribution cannot be properly worked out without a complete know-
ledge of the species. This in the present case we are very far from having yet attained,
most of the public museums of Europe (where only the larger Mammalia can be pre-
served and studied) being miserably deficient in their series of these animals. But I
believe I can make some little advance upon what has been hitherto known upon
this subject. :
This section of the genus Cervus is confined to the two principal regions of the earth’s
surface, which I have called the Palearctic and Nearctic regions, and is therefore one of
a numerous series of natural groups which may be termed “arctopolitan”’. In the
neotropical region only one species is found, namely the Wapiti (Cervus canadensis*). In
the palwarctic region there would appear, according to our present state of knowledge,
to be probably six species. These are :—
1. Cervus eLapHus, Linn. Of Europe and North-western Asia. The Russian natu-
ralists Middendorff*, Schrenck‘, and Radde’, all agree in extending the range of Cervus
elaphus into Amoorland and the extreme east of Siberia. But the species met with in
the extreme east may be the next.
2. Cervus xantuopyaus, Alph. Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sc. Nat. 5 ser. Zool. viii. p. 376 ;
Recherches Hist. Nat. Mamm. tab. xxi.
Cervus from Pekin, allied to C. elaphus, Leadbeater, P. Z. S. 1861, p. 368.
The existence of a large Deer of the Elaphine group in the vicinity of Pekin became
known in 1860, when, on the entry of the allies into the Summer Palace, herds of two
species of Deer were found grazing in the parks. Heads of the larger animal, obtained
by Lieut.-Col. Sarel, F.Z.S., were exhibited by Mr. Leadbeater before a meeting of this
Society in November 1861; but the species was not considered to be certainly distinct
from C. elaphus.
Recently M. Fontanier has forwarded a skin of this animal to the Musée d'Histoire
Naturelle of Paris, and M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards has named it Cervus ranthopygus,
stating that it differs from C. elaphus in the lengthened form of the head, the greyish
colour of the fur, and the greater size of the anal disk. M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards
will, no doubt, give us further particulars of this animal in the ‘ Recherches pour servir
4 Hist. Nat. des Mammiféres’ now in course of publication, but at present has only
issued the figure of it.
As stated above, the geographical limits between this species and C. e/aphus remain to
be decided, likewise how far it is really distinct from the next species.
1 dpxros, pars orbis borealis, et modirys, civis.
2 Hamilton Smith separated the western Wapiti as Cervus occidentalis (Griffith’s A. K 3 iy. 101). But we
have a fine male of this form in the collection from Oregon (received April 16, 1863), and I cannot see that it
has any claims to specific distinction.
3 Sibir. Reise, ii. p. 120. * Amur-reise, Siiug. p, 170. > Reisen im Siid. y. Ost-Sibir., i. p. 284.
LIVING IN THE SOCIETY’S MENAGERIE. 343,
3. CERYUS AFFINIS.
Cervus wallichii, Cuy. Oss. Foss. (ed. 3) iv. p. 504; F. Cuy. Hist. Nat. Mamm. pl. 356; Puch.
Arch. d. Mus. vi. p. 396; Blyth, J. A. S. B. x. p. 745, et xx. p. 174.
affinis, Hodgson, J. A. S. B. x. p.721, et xvi. p. 689, et xix. pp. 466, 518, et xx. p. 388 ; Jerdon,
Ind. Mamm. p. 251.
—— tibetanus et C. elaphus, Hodgson,
I have already given my reasons for considering Cuyier’s Cervus wallichii probably
identical with the “Shou or Tibetan Stag” of Hodgson, usually called Cervus affinis by
Indian naturalists; but as there is still a certain amount of uncertainty in the matter,
it is perhaps better to retain Hodgson’s name for the species. It now, however,
seems quite certain that Hodgson was deceived in stating that this animal ever occurs
in the Sal Forests of the Nepalese Terai. It is also probable that Mr. Blyth and
other authorities who speak of it as a “Tibetan” animal have been equally mis-
taken, the only certain locality for it yet known being the Choombi valley, near
Sikim. This district, although politically belonging to Tibet, is on the south side of
the Himalayas, and is drained by the Machoo river, which flows due south into the
Burrampooter'.
4. CERVUS CASHMEERIANUS. (Cashmirian Deer.) As far as is certainly known, this
! Dr. A. Campbell, late resident at Darjeeling, has kindly favoured me with the following reply to a request
for information concerning Cervus affinis :—
‘“
basisphenoid contracts to a triedral process beneath the converging Eustachian channels,
not present in Dinurnis, and the surface in advance of the basilar tuberosities is more
vertical and compressed in Aptornis. The pterapophyses are rudimental and devoid of
articular surface. The mastoidal articular cavity for the tympanic is divided or double,
instead of being single as in Dinornis’; the upper condyle of the tympanic is corre-
spondingly modified. ‘The tympanic has a premastoid process and articulation, not
present in Dinornis; the squamosal articular cavity is not pedunculate; the surface for
the mandible is single, not double as in Dinornis and most birds.
‘ See Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iii. pl. 35, 6, c. ? Tb. vol. ii. pl. 53. fig. 5.
3 Tb. vol. iii. pls. 32 & 33, 0**.
‘ This has no relation whatever with the superior or any other of the semicircular canals; it answers to the
thickened part of the superoccipital ridge marked ep in Baleniceps (Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. iv. pl. 65. fig, 3).
> Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. iii. pl. 52. fig. 5, is. 5 Th. vol. v. fig. 1, . 7 Tb. ib. fig. 1, w.
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 363
The beak is more elongate, more decurved, more depressed terminally; the outer
wall of the premaxillary extends so far back, before the divergence of the maxillary and
nasal branches, as to hide from view the prenarial septum and convert the cavity on
each side into a fossa. This septum is exposed in Dinornis'; and a shallow depression
on each side represents the cul-de-sac of Aptornis.
The nasal branch of the premaxillary coalesces with the frontals and nasals. The
- maxillary branch of the nasal is longer, and directed more forward, leaving a larger
antorbital vacuity (Pl. XL. fig. 1, v) in Aptornis. In Dinornis, as in Apteryx, the
maxillary branch of the nasal descends anterior to and in connexion with the lacrymal’,
leaving no antorbital vacuity distinct from the external nostril. The mandible, besides
the difference in shape and articulation, has the angle deflected.
It is instructive to find in the cranial organization of Aptornis these evidences of
family distinction from Dinornis repeated in the second species of the genus, although
the fact was more plainly and decisively shown by the leg-bones in the Memoir
(Part III.) of 1848".
In the downward production of the basilar platform Aptornis differs from Notornis
more than it does from Linornis; it differs from Notornis and all Coots (Rallide) in the
development of the premastoid process and its junction with the postfrontal; from the
same group it differs in the adze-like form of the bill, which is commonly in Coots, as
in Notornis, not only pointed but straight; Aptornis further differs in the entire, imper-
forate structure of the mandibular ramus, and more especially in the absence of the
outer narrow second synovial articular surface for the tympanic. When to these well-
marked differences we add the form and proportions of the metatarsus of Aptornis*, the
ornithologist might be pardoned for pausing before referring the present remarkable
genus to the Rallide.
In Aptornis, e. g., the metatarsus is but three-fifths the length of the femur; but it is
quite as broad as that bone at the middle of the shaft, and both articular ends expand
to corresponding proportional dimensions.
The two upper articular surfaces of the metatarsus are very nearly on the same level,
the inner one being rather the higher; and the intermediate eminence is broad and
high. The calcaneal process is abruptly prominent, and is perforated, the outer and
inner crests having coossified around the flexor tendons; such structure has not been
seen in any Coot. ‘The outer and inner calcaneal crests are distinct in Rallidw—the
outer one being most produced, but subsiding more gradually to the level of the shaft
of the metatarsus than in Aptornis.
Yet the following correspondences of cranial structure show, unequivocally, a closer
‘ Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. vii. pl. 10. fig. 1, s.
? Tb. vol. y. pl. 55. fig. 1, 15"; vol. ii. pl. 54. In this specimen the suture between the nasal process and the
lacrymal was obliterated, and both were referred to the lacrymal (ib. 286).
* Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iii. p. 346. ‘ Tb, vol. iy. pl. 3. figs. 5, 6, 7, 8.
3D 2
364 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
affinity of Aptornis to Notornis than to Dinornis. The basilar (basioccipito-sphenoidal)
platform is pentagonal, the anterior angle projecting below the base of the rostral pro-
duction’; the Eustachian canals have a corresponding adjustment. The pterapophyses
are obsolete in both Aptornis and Notornis. The articular cavities for the tympanic are
two in each mastoid, similarly divided by a pneumatic slit. Notornis has muscular
productions from the outside of the mastoid, answering to the mastoid process—the
midmastoid and premastoid ones; but the two latter are mere ridges, or, if the pre-
mastoid be produced, it ends freely in a point, as in smaller Coots*. The nasal branch
of the premaxillary coalesces with the nasals and frontals in Aptornis and Notornis.
The maxillary branch of the nasal is similarly directed, leaving an antorbital vacuity,
with a long oval nostril, almost pointed at the upper, smaller end. ‘The ossification of
the fore part of the premaxillary hides from view the prenasal septum. In the
mandible the angle is deflected in Ocydromus, Porphyrio, and Notornis as in Aptornis.
The variation of palatal structure might be a bar to an approximation of Aptornis to
Notornis and smaller Coots, were it not such in other families, united by sounder ties of
organic character, as to show its low taxonomic value.
From another point of view the peculiarities of the skull in Aptornis may be con-
sidered in relation to the food of the bird and the work to which its long adze-like beak
was put.
I infer this work to have involved frequent strong and deep thrusts into the ground,
and that the quest was for animal, not vegetable matters. I have heard casually and
vaguely of the great number, size, and unusual colour of the earthworms of New
Zealand; and it is probable that a rich field here remains to be explored by the
helminthologist.
The strange appearance of the parasitic cryptogam, Sphwria, sp., when it has
achieved its growth at the cost of the caterpillar infested, has made us familiar with
the burrowing habits of at least two species of New-Zealand Nocturnal Lepidoptera
(Cheiragria virescens and Cheir. rubroviridens) at the larval stage of their existence.
Such larvee and earthworms were probably the food of Aptornis.
The cranial part of the skull may be regarded as the base or handle in which the
digging adze was set; its expansion, radiating from the occipital condyle as a centre
(Pl. XLL fig. 1, 1), speaks decisively, by its superficial accentuation, to the size and
power of the muscles therein implanted: the special development of the leverage-tract
below the centre of motion relates to adequate fixation of the muscular powers that
were to strike down the adze into the soil.
The muscles working the beak as part of the head are better developed in the ground-
piercing Apteryx than in most birds, as will be estimated by the myotomist who may
1 Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. iii. pl. 56. fig. 11.
2 In a Porphyrio smaragnotus I haye seen the tendon of each crotaphyte muscle ossified, and extending from
a part of the temporal fossa answering to the ‘‘ midmastoid” as far as its insertion into the mandibular ramus.
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 365
compare therewith the muscles in a fowl answering to those called rectus capitis anticus
major (Zool. Trans. vol. iii. p. 285, pl. 35, )), rectus cap. ant. minor (ib. p. 286, pl. 35, ¢),
rectus cap. lateralis (ib. pls. 32 & 35, d), biventer capitis (ib. p. 284, pl. 33, o**), com-
plexus (ib. pls. 32 & 34, y), and trachelo-mastoideus (ib. pl. 34. fig. 1, 7). The develop-
ments of cranial bone for the insertions of the corresponding muscles in Aptornis indicate
a fourfold increase of force and size, and bespeak corresponding power with which the
beak was driven through the surface and the soil displaced. For this application it
was requisite that the lower jaw should be held firmly in contact with the upper one,
that both might penetrate as one instrument with a common sharp-edged extremity ;
hence the evidence of unusual extensions from the main cranial diapophyses of the
bony processes giving origins to the muscles working the cranial rib, 7. e. drawing up
the mandible and holding it in close contact with the maxilla, as in that action of the
corresponding muscles of the strong man who in a determined and vigorous effort sets
his teeth.
Underlying all these exaggerations of apophysial outstandings, we nevertheless dis-
cern a “porphyrian platform’—so much more essential resemblance to the cranial
characteristics of the Coots, especially the larger kinds, whose craniology is illustrated
in plate 56 of the third volume of the Transactions of the Society, as to conclude
Aptornis to have been (if one may not speak of it as present in the living creation) a
gigantic modified * Ralline.” The down-bending of the mandible, it is true, is not seen
in Notornis or Porphyrio; but in the “ Poule rouge au bec de Bécasse” of the Mascarene
Islands (for a knowledge of which we are indebted to Von Frauenfeld’s publication of
the coloured drawing, from the life, preserved in the library of the Emperor Francis I.)
one sees a curve of beak like that of Aptornis. The mandible of this probably extinct
Mauritian bird, which has been obtained, with bones of the Dodo, from the famous
“‘Mare aux Songes,” shows also, in the figures given by M. Alphonse Milne-Edwards’,
the deflected angle answering to 30 in Porphyrio (fig. 1. pl. 56, Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iii.)
and Notornis (ib. fig. 7), also the small “ prearticular foramen” (ib. ib. figs. 1 & 7, 10).
The larger vacuity (ib. ib. uw) is almost reduced to the state of obsolescence which cha-
racterizes the more consolidated and more powerful mandible of Aptornis (comp. fig. 4
with the mandible in fig. 1, Pl. XL.). The extent of symphysis, with its canaliculate
upper surface, is interestingly similar in Aphanapteryx (Pl. XLI. fig. 5) and Aptornis
(ib. fig. 6); and I concur in the conclusions to which M. A. Milne-Edwards has been
led as to the “analogies of Aphanapterya with the Rails”*. In speculating on the
* « Researches into the Zoological Affinities of Aphanapteryx,” in Ibis for July 1869.
? This, 1869, p. 267. By a curious coincidence, at a later period of the year (1848) in which I proposed a
diminutive of “ Apterygiornis” for the large extinct Coot of New Zealand, the accomplished Belgian orni-
thologist, M. de Selys-Longchamps, was moyed to propound a minor diminutive of the same term for some
loosely indicated Mascarene birds, one of which we now know to have been an extinct Coot of the Mauritius.
Without entering into the question of the degree of synonymy of Aptornis and Apterornis, the priority of pro-
position of the first will, I apprehend, secure it for the main subject of my present Memoir.
366 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
origin of the much larger extinct(?) brevipennate Rallines of New Zealand, it may
be remembered that our own Coots and Waterhens are poor fliers compared with most
water-birds,
§ 3. Pelvis of Aptornis otidiformis. (Plate XLII. figs. 1-3; Plate XLIII. figs. 1-4.)
My materials for the description of this instructive part of the skeleton are derived
from the smaller species (Apt. didiformis), and were obtained from Wanganui, North
Island of New Zealand.
Referring for the definition of the bone called “sacrum” to my ‘ Anatomy of Verte-
brates,’ “Aves,” vol. ii. p. 29, I find it most convenient to adhere to the character of
“confluence of vertebree in connexion with the pelvic arch.” In the ‘ Archetype &c. of
the Vertebrate Skeleton’ are discussed the characters by which the homologies of
the twenty “sacral vertebre” of the Ostrich e.g. with the lumbar and caudal ver-
tebree of Reptiles and Mammals may be determined; therefore I need not be misunder-
stood if, to make plain, or easily comprehensible, the characteristics of the pelvis of the
extinct ground-birds of New Zealand, I continue to speak of such confluent series of
vertebree as “sacrum.”
In Aptornis the sacrum includes nineteen vertebre (Pl. XLII. fig. 2, s1-19). The
under surface of the confluent centrums shows well-defined modifications: it is pinched
into a median ridge in the first three; the ridge is then, as it were, scooped off, leaving
a smooth concave surface or mid channel along the next six centrums, beginning and
ending in a point (fig. 2, ec’). From the hind point (c’) a broadish obtuse ridge runs
along the next seven centrums, which gradually lose breadth. The seventeenth centrum
suddenly expands; and those of the eighteenth and nineteenth have the form of broad
depressed plates moderately concave across; the lateral confluent productions of the
vertebree being defined by two pairs of small vertical canals.
The pleurapophyses of the first and second sacral vertebre retain their moveable
joints. The cup for the head of the rib (Pl. XLIL. fig. 1, p/, pl) is oval, with the small
end upward, rather deep, well defined, and supported on an eminence at the upper part
of the centrum, nearer the fore end in the first than in the second sacral. ‘The surface
for the ‘‘tubercle” is small, flat, cut obliquely at the fore part of the end of the
diapophysis, which expands above to contract bony union with its successor and with
the overlying ilium (62). The unossified space left between the first and second sacral
diapophyses constitutes the foremost of the ‘“ interdiapophysial holes” (Pl. XLII.
fig.2,7d'). The third pleurapophysis (ib. p/) is short, straight, expanded, and confluent
at both ends, broadest at that which underlies and is soldered to the ilium, beyond
which it does not extend. The fourth is still shorter, and abuts as a parapophysis
against the distal end of the third, with an extensive bony union above with the dia-
pophysis of its own vertebra. The fifth, sixth, and seventh parapophyses lose length,
gaia breadth, and abut, with complete confluence, against the ilium a few lines from its
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 367
lower margin ; the seventh blends with a smooth ridge-like thickening of the lower border
of the acetabulum as it passes to be continued into the origin of the ischium (63).
There then follow three sacrals without ‘ parapophyses;” a side view of these,
defined by the double intervertebral foramina, is given from a fragment of a second
pelvis at fig. 3, Pl. XLIII. In the eleventh sacral the lower process is suddenly resumed,
passing obliquely outward and backward, straight to its confluent abutment against the
postacetabular wall of the ilium; from this a continuous plate of bone curves inward
and backward, with the lower margin bending forward to receive the expanded ends of
the shortening parapophyses of the twelfth, thirteenth, and fourteenth, as well as of
the eleventh, sacrals. The lower processes of the succeeding vertebre are more or less
broken away. ‘The curved and bent lamelliform process of the ilium divides the inter-
acetabular renal fossa from the ilio-ischial fossa behind. This (Pl. XLII. fig. 2, 7) is
remarkable for its size, depth, and smooth surface, so far as it is preserved.
Fracture of the fore part of the right ilium exposes the neural spine of the first
sacral (fig. 2,8). It is directed upward and forward, is 1 inch 5 lines in height,
7 lines from before backward, where it becomes free; and it terminates in a slightly
expanded truncate border, which has contracted no anchylosis with the over-arching con-
fluent iliac bones. The anterior articular surface of the first sacral (Pl. XLII. fig. 3, ¢)
is, as usual, concave transversely, convex vertically, but almost bilobed in form from
a shallow emargination below and the down-sinking of the neural canal above; its
breadth is 11 lines, its mid vertical diameter but 3}limes. The neural canal is circular,
24 lines in diameter. The prezygapophyses (ib. z z) look upward, inward, and rather
forward ; they are each 6 lines in diameter ; together, an inch across their outer margins.
The fore part of the base of the spine is impressed with a rough laterally ridged surface
for the interneural ligament. The beginning of the inferior ridge represents a short
“ hypapophysis”’ in the front view (Pl. XLII. fig. 3,4). The vertical extent of the
fore part of the first sacral is 2 inches 3 lines; from the lower ridge to the upper part
of the coalesced ilia is 2 inches 6 lines. The extreme breadth of the fore part of the
pelvis, which is that of the first sacral across its diapophysis, is 1 inch 11 lines. The
neural canal of the sacrum expands, as usual, as it extends backward, chiefly transversely
(Pl. XLIII. fig. 4, 2), then contracts to the diameter shown at n, fig. 1, Pl. XLII.
The ilia (Pl. XLII. fig. 1, 62), anterior to the acetabulum, ascend from their outer
margins and converge rapidly to contact and partial confluence with the bases or mid
parts of the sacral spines, above which they coalesce and form a ridge, the contour of
which describes a moderate convex curve from before backward. The ridge, which is
about 4 lines across anteriorly, narrows as it recedes. ‘The outer surface of the preace-
tabular part of each ilium is uniformly concave, and the concavity is continued, con-
tracting, above the acetabulum (a). The “gluteal ridges” (Pl. XLII. fig. 1, 7), which
divide the concave tract (62) from the expanded convex or undulated tracts of the ilia,
called “ pelvic disk” (7 7), rise as they recede and diverge, terminating rather abruptly
368 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
2 inches 3 lines from their origin; they recommence, to be continued with partial
thickening to the hind end of the coalesced ilium and ischium, dividing its horizontal
from its vertical surface.
The “pelvic disk” is deeply impressed along the middle of its anterior half, the
channel or groove contrasting with the iliac ridge in advance. The bottom of the
channel is entire, slightly widening as it recedes and descends, when the depressed
spineless upper surface of the neural arches of the last three sacral vertebrae come into
view at n, fig. 1, Pl. XLII., between the hind parts of the ilia. The sloping sides of the
interiliac groove are pierced each by three interneural foramina. The fore part of each
side of the pelvic disk is convex transversely ; but this changes to a concavity as it recedes.
Of the ischial and pubic elements the broken origins are preserved at 63, 64, P]. XLII.
fig. 1, Pl. XLIII. fig. 2. That of the pubis has a long diameter of 5 lines, where it
extends from below the acetabulum. Where the ischium becomes free, half an inch
below the postacetabular facet, it is 4 lines by 23 lines in thickness.
This facet (ib. 6) is a more continuous part of the general acetabular cavity than usual.
Including it therein, the long diameter (from before backward) measures 1 inch 4 lines ;
the vertical diameter of the acetabulum proper is barely 1 inch ; the acetabular vacuity
(ib. a) has a diameter of half an inch; its margin projects, as usual, into the prerenal
or interacetabular fossa. The vertical diameter of the postacetabular facet is 6} lines.
Between the margin of the acetabulum and the free part of the ischium (63) is a well-
defined (antischial) fossa (Pl. XLII. fig. 1, ¢). The ischial foramen is subcircular, 8 to
9 lines in diameters. On the right side a distal part of the ischium, coalescent with
the ilium, is preserved, descending vertically at right angles with the area of the “ disk,”
and effecting, by an inwardly extended plate (Pl. XLII. fig. 2, v) underlying part of the
postrenal fossa, a bony union with the depressed terminal sacral vertebra (ib. 19). ‘The
degree of coalescence of the sacrum and iliac bones is such as to reduce the ilio-neural
canals to small separate spaces (Pl. XLIII. fig. 4, 7d), into which the interdiapophysial
foramina (fig. 2,7 d) open.
The pelvis of Aptornis differs from that of Dinornis' in its greater length relatively
to the breadth, in its less sudden and minor expansion behind the acetabula, in the
inferiorly carinate anterior centrums, in the more sudden expansion of the hindmost
centrums, in the more convex contour and sharper upper ridge of the coalesced pre-
acetabular plates of the ilia, in the deeper and narrower channel dividing the post-
acetabular parts of the same bones, in the relatively narrower interval between the
postacetabular parts of the ilium and ischium, and in the relatively smaller ischial
foramen?. The rather sudden down-sinking of the preacetabular iliac ridge into the
superacetabular iliac channel is also very significative of the distinction of ordinal
groups between Aptornis and Dinornis.
’ Compare Pl. XLII. figs. 1 & 2, and Pl. XLITII. figs. 1-4, with pls. 19, 20, 20 a, of vol. iii. Trans. Zool. Soc.
> Compare Pl. XLITI. fig. 1, with pl. 20. (tom. cit.) figs. 1 & 2.
oo
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 69
Aptornis agrees with Apterya in the proportional extent of the antacetabular part of
the ilium', but offers the same differences, and some of them exaggerated, which have
been noted in the pelvis of Dinornis. In the general proportions, as in size of pelvis,
the correspondence between Aptornis and Cnemiornis? is closer than between either of
them and Dinornis; but there are differences of at least generic value.
The anterior sacral centrums are relatively broader and less deep in Aptornis; there
is no increase of breadth or expansion in the seventh or contiguous antacetabular ones,
as in Cnemiornis; the narrowing is continuous, though quicker, after the seventh, in
Aptornis, as far as the sixteenth, when the sudden expansion takes place. In Cnemiornis
there is no indication of such expansion of terminal sacral centrums; they continue
narrow and ridged below from the twelfth to the seventeenth. The breadth of the
anterior sacral yertebra across the costal pits of the centrum in Cnemiornis is 7 lines, in
Aptornis it is 13 lines; but the height of this vertebra must have been the same, or
nearly so, in both. ‘There are surfaces for the articulation of a third pair of free sacral
ribs in Cnemiornis; but these do not exist in Aptornis. The concavity of the pre-
acetabular part of the ilium in Cremiornis is bounded above by a curved ridge, leaving
a flatter tract between it and the summit of the bone; but there is no trace of this
division of the bone in Aptornis. The posterior, horizontal iliac tract is divided by a
median convex ridge in Cuemiornis, but by a deep median furrow in Aptornis. In that
genus there is no trace of the superacetabular pneumatic fossa as in Cuemiornis, in which
the acetabulum is relatively larger, its vacuity wider, its distinction from the posterior
flat facet greater. The antischial depression of Aptornis is not repeated in Cnemiornis.
In this genus there is no indication of the smooth, large, deep, hemispherical post-
renal fossa on the under surface of the ilium which characterizes Aptornis; neither is
there an iliac lamella bounding behind the interacetabular renal fossa.
In both genera there are indications of similarity of the pelvis to that in Rallide;
there is the length of the antacetabular part and its steeply inclined roof-like iliac
plates, the great reduction of the iliac fosse through the non-extension, or slight exten-
sion, of the ilia beyond the sacral diapophyses; but this affinity is more marked in
Aptornis, as by the development of the postrenal ischial lamelle (P1]. XLII. fig. 2, v)
and the small and round ischiatic foramen.
§ 4. Notice of a mutilated Pelvis of Notornis.
I have long entertained hopes of receiving, through the friendly cooperation of some
collector of natural-history objects in New Zealand, materials for a monograph on the
osteology of Notornis*; but, so far as I know, only a very few skins of that still lingering
species of Ground-Coot haye hitherto reached Europe.
* Compare Pl. XLII. fig. 1, 62, with Trans, Zool. Soe. vol. ii. pl. 54.
? Compare the figures in the present Memoir with figures 5, 6, 7, pl. 64. Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. y.
3 Notornis is affirmed to be living in considerable numbers in some districts on the west coast of the Middle
Island (Mackay in ‘ Ibis,’ 1867, p. 144).
VOL. VIL—PaRT v. January, 1871. 3 E
370 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
I no longer delay, therefore, to communicate a description of a very mutilated portion
of pelvis received from the sand-beds at the embouchure of the Wanganui river, North
Island of New Zealand, in the same brittle but unpetrified state as the parts on which
the genus Notornis was originally founded', under the impression of its being extinct,
as in the North Island of New Zealand it actually is.
I am led to refer the specimen about to be described to that genus by reason of the
relation of its size to that of the skull described and figured in the under-cited Memoir,
and also to the size of the femur and tibia described and figured in a subsequent
Memoir’.
This portion of pelvis includes thirteen confluent sacral vertebra, the rest being
broken off from the hind end of the series.
The first sacral offers the usual articular surfaces on the prezygapophyses (P!. XLII.
fig. 6,z) and on the fore part of the centrum, the transverse concavity of the latter
(ib. c) being deep, the vertical convexity slight. A circular costal pit (ib. fig. 6, pl)
impresses each side of the centrum and each diapophysis. A large pneumatic foramen
opens at the base of each diapophysis. The neural spine, moderately compressed and
high, is confluent at top with the iliacs: the vertical length of the vertebra is 1 inch
5 lines; the transverse diameter across the diapophyses is 1 inch. ‘The sides of the
centrum converge below to a tract from 1} line to 2 lines in breadth (Pl. XLII.
fig. 5,¢). The second sacral has no free rib; its transverse process, directed outwards,
contracts an extensive anchylosis with the ilium; the centrum, expanding backward,
has a broader convex under surface. That of the third sacral continues the expansion
with a broad, smooth, convex under surface; the lamelliform transverse processes
incline forward to their terminal coalescence. The more expanded fourth sacral cen-
trum has a broad, flat under surface, on a level with which the thick, short parapo-
physes pass directly outward. ‘Those of the fifth and sixth sacrals have a like position,
size, and direction. The breadth of the flat lower surface is here half an inch. The
four succeeding vertebre are “interacetabular,” have no parapophyses; the inferiorly
flattened centrums gradually lose breadth, and are defined by the nerve-canals in pairs,
as usual, opening obliquely backward, and progressively decreasing in size from the
seventh to the eleventh (Pl. XLIII. fig. 9,¢,7-11). In this and the succeeding centrums
the parapophysis reappears, but is broken away in each of the remaining sacrals.
As much of the iliacs remain as have coalesced with the neural arches of the thirteen
sacrals here preserved. ‘They meet and form an obtuse continuous smooth ridge above
the first five sacrals, from which ridge the bones slope, like the sides of a steep roof, to
their lower, fractured margin, The longitudinal contour above (ib. fig. 9) is slightly
convex, then rather abruptly sinks to the lower level of the expanded neural arches of
the seven or eight hinder vertebrae, describing a concavity, which again becomes convex
' On Diyornts (Part III.): Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iii., “‘ Cranial characters of the genus Wotornis,” p. 366,
pl. 56. ? Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iv. p. 12, pl. 2. figs. 3 & 4.
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 371
in a slight degree. Here the upper surface is almost flat, with a feeble mid linear
rising; where this rises to the anterior convexity there is a linear slit on each side,
leading to the “ ileo-neural ” vacuities.
Fragmentary as is this portion of pelvis, it permits of the deduction of some cha-
racters which support the reference of it to the porphyrian genus Notornis. The
antacetabular portion included, as I am led to infer, at least half the total length of
the pelvis. In this respect it resembles Apteryx’; but the superior contour of the
coalesced iliacs in that bird is convex. The undulated contour of the same part of
Notornis rather exaggerates that in Aptornis (Pl. XLII. fig. 1), and still more so
what is more feebly shown in 7ribonyx and some other Rallines, viz. Gallinula nesiotis,
Scl., Porphyrio, sp., and Ocydromus, sp. But in none of these is the undulation so strong
as in Notornis. In Gallinula nesiotis I observe the same slit-shaped outlets of the ilio-
neural canals on each side the descending mid ridge of the coalesced ilia.
The character of the under surface of the antacetabular centrums in Notornis
(Pl. XLII. fig. 5) agrees with that in species of Gallinula and Porphyrio. ‘The ridge-
like shape of the same part in Aptornis and Cnemiornis finds a partial resemblance in
the first and, sometimes, second sacral centrums of species of Yulica. Only the first sacral
supports, as in Notornis, moveable ribs in Gallinula nesiotis and Porphyrio celestis ;
but in some species of Fulica both first and second sacrals have moveable ribs, as in
Aptornis and Cnemiornis. In the vertebre which I have called ‘ interacetabular,”
though they are partly in advance of the internal openings of those articular cavities,
Notornis resembles Aptornis and many existing Rallides, in the absence of transverse
processes; the neurapophyses rise, from above the double nerve-holes, as vertical walls
slightly expanding to be lost in the flat iliac roof of that part of the pelvis. In Cnemi-
ornis oblique ridges extend from the neurapophyses of those vertebra, strengthening,
as buttresses, the support of the superincumbent bony roof’.
§ 5. Femur, Tibia, and Fibula of Aptornis defossor.
Femur.—The difference in the size of this bone, as compared with the femur of Aptornis
otidiformis, is given in the “ Table of Admeasurements” (p. 378), and may be seen by
comparing fig. 5. Pl. XLIII. with those cited below*. The differences which the femur
of Aptornis presents, as compared with that of Dinornis*, are repeated, and in some
respects exaggerated, in Apt. defossor: the straight subcylindrical character of the pro-
portionally longer and more slender shaft in Aptornis is better marked in the present
species. That of Apt. didiformis, viewed in profile, as in the figure of the femur of the
larger species given in Pl. XLIII., shows a slight bend, convex forward; this is due to
a minor diminution of fore-and-aft diameter in the lower part of the shaft, and to a
relatively greater fore-and-aft diameter of the outer condyle in Apt. defossor. The
1 Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. ii. pl. 54. ? Th. vol. y. pl. 64. fig. 6.
> Ib. vol. iv. pl. 3. fig. 3; vol. v. pl. 63. fig. 3. ‘4 Tb. vol. iv. p. 10.
3E 2
Ne)
72 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
eo
“ well-marked ridge,” extending down the back part of the shaft, and inclining to ter-
minate in the border of the inner condyle’, is repeated in the present species. In
Dinornis the corresponding ridge is more median or even tends toward the outer side of
the back surface of the femoral shaft, and ends abruptly in a tuberosity, usually one of
a pair, at the lower third of the shaft, from the innermost of which extends the ridge to
the inner condyle. This condyle in Dinornis does not reach so low as the outer one;
and the terminal distal line is oblique, indicative of the greater angle at which that end
diverges from the hip-joint to rest on the tibia of the robuster-bodied bird. In Apé.
defossor, as in Apt. didiformis, the inner condyle more nearly equals in vertical extent
the outer one, yet in a somewhat minor degree in the larger species. In both, the fore
part of the two condyles is less prominent, and the rotular groove less deep, than in the
femur of Dinornis?. The head of the femur is more truncate or depressed in Aptornis,
through the relatively larger size of the ligamentous pit, than in Dinornis. 'The lower
part of the head is more produced downward in Apfornis; and a short. ridge from the
under and back part of the head (Ap¢. otidiformis), or of the neck near that border of
the head (Apt. defossor) (Pl. XLIII. fig. 6), extends downward and rather backward for
6 or 8 lines. Of this ridge there is no trace in Dinornis. A broader parallel ridge or
rising extends about the same distance from along the back part of the supracervical
articular surface: this extension from the head of the femur is more convex from
before backward in Aptornis than in Dinornis. Of the pneumatic fossa, which in some
species or individuals of Dinornis breaks the surface below the back part of the supra-
cervical surface, there is no trace in either species of Aptornis.
For the characters of the femur of Aptornis as compared with that of Cnemiornis,
reference may be made to Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. y. p. 400, pl. 65. They are as well
marked in Apt. defossor as in Apt. otidiformis.
Tibia —The importance of such distinctive characters as “the tibial half of the
proximal articulation is broader from behind forwards than transversely,” ‘the anterior
ridge at the proximal end [‘ procnemial ridge’] is nearer the middle of the bone,”
‘“‘the more rounded or less angular inner side of the shaft,” ‘ the proportionally greater
antero-posterior thickness of the shaft,” “the deeper posterior notch between the distal
condyles,” “* the more compressed and more backwardly produced inner condyle,” could
not be fully estimated in the solitary tibia of the smaller species first described*. In the
absence of a femur or of a tarso-metatarsal bone to match this tibia, I could only venture
to affirm that “it unequivocally established a fourth species of cursorial bird” in the
series of tibie first received from New Zealand. ‘The subsequent acquisition of the
femur, the “ tarso-metatarsal’’*, and the skull of the Dinornis otidiformis of 1843
impresses one instructively with the value of such seemingly insignificant modifications
1 Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. iv. p. 10.
* In my fourth Memoir, Trans. Zool. Soe. yol. iv. p. 11, nine lines from top, for “‘ more” read “less”.
3 Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iii. p. 247, pls. 25 & 26. fig. 5. * Tb. vol. iv. pl. 3.
Oo
~I
Oo
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
of the chief leg-bone, and the need of close scrutiny and comparison of every character
thereof in solitary fossil specimens.
The somewhat more perfect tibia of Aptornis defossor (P|. XLI. fig. 9, and Pl. XLII.
fig. 8) than that of Apt. otidiformis (pl. 25. fig. 5, of Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. iii.) yields
other differences between Aptornis and Dinornis, in this bone, than are noted in the
first Memoir (ib. p. 247). The bony canal for the tendon of the “tibialis anticus”
and “extensor longus digitorum pedis”, is nearer the middle of the anterior surface.
The ridge forming the inner wall of the groove thereto leading is longer and sharper,
the bony bridge (Pl. XLL. fig. 9, f) is broader, the fibular ridge (4) is more prominent
and more lateral. In most of these characters may be discerned a significant resem-
blance to the tibia of Nofornis?. In the median position and breadth of the “ extensor
tendon bridge” (jf), in the development of the inner wall of the groove, in the outer
position and prominence of the fibular ridge, similar affinities are indicated in the tibia
of Cnemiornis; but the exaggerated development of ectocnemial and procnemial ridges
in that genus only comes out the stronger in the comparison with Aptornis (Pl. XLI.
fig. 9, and Pl. XLIII. fig. 8, p,e). As in Apt. otidiformis*, the tendinal canal is less
strictly median in Apt. defossor, and the fore part of the inner distal condyle is more
produced and more compressed, than in Cnemiornis.
The fibula of Aptornis defossor (Pl. XLI. figs. 10, 10 a) is 6 inches in length, has the
usual subcompressed head, with the convex elongate articular surface for the groove of
the outer femoral condyle; the proximal end is slightly hollowed on the inner side, in a
minor degree conyex on the outer side; the shaft, gradually tapering as usual to a
pointed end, which seems to have contracted a second junction with the tibia, shows
also the two rough surfaces for tendinous attachments, but less strongly marked than
in Cnemiornis.
§ 6. Femur of Notornis.
The acquisition of a second, somewhat more perfect specimen of the femur of
Notornis, from Waingongoro, in the North Island of New Zealand, induces me to
repeat and develope a description of the bone with special reference to the illustration
of the Ralline affinities of Aptornis. The femur of Notornis (pl. 2. fig. 3, Trans. Zool.
Soc. vol. iv.), in the proportions of length to thickness of shaft, in the degree of cur-
vature, and of torsion on the axis, resembles that in smaller existing Rails and Coots
more closely than does the femur in Aptornis or Cnemiornis.
The head shows the same free and sharp downward production of its lower margin,
the same proportion and position of the depression for the round ligament as in
Aptornis, the same form and degree of extension of the articular surface upon the neck,
the same transverse convexity of that surface. ‘The great trochanter rises higher than
this surface, but is relatively less elevated than in Aptornis; it is relatively as broad ;
1 Trans. Zool. Soc. yol. ii. pl. 35, 8,9. 2 Tb. vol. iv. p. 12, pl. 2. fig. 4. 3 Tb. vol. v. p. 402.
374 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
the anterior border is rather more sharply produced, and is brought more to the front
surface of the bone. A linear ridge is continued therefrom down three-fourths of the
shaft, inclining toward its inner side. A tuberosity projects below the base of the
trochanter at the outer side of the bone, from which goes a linear ridge along the back
part of the shaft, toward the outer side; a second linear ridge, commencing lower
down, runs along the back of the shaft towards the inner side as far as the popliteal
space; between these ridges, near halfway down the bone, opens the canal of the
medullary artery. ‘The distal end is less expanded than in Aptornis or Cnemiornis.
The rotular channel, though wide, is relatively deeper and narrower than in Aptornis,
and the inner border is more produced. A small tuberosity projects external to the
upper end of the outer border: this may be individual. The popliteal space shows no
definite fossa, and its surface is irregular. The fibular articular groove is deeper, with
a better-defined and produced outer border. As in the thigh-bone of the Rallide
generally, there is no pneumatic foramen.
§ 7. Metatarsus of Aptornis defossor.
In general form and proportions this bone resembles that in Aptornis otidiformis:
the superiority of size is shown in the “Table of Admeasurements,” and in figs. 1 & 6,
Pl. XLIV. As compared with Dinornis (ib. figs. 7-10), the metatarsal of Aptornis
defossor shows the same greater depth and nearer equality of size of the two condylar
cavities (Pl. XLIV. fig. 4), with the broader and loftier intercondylar tract, as in Apt.
otidiformis', the same superior prominence and perforation of the calcaneal process
(ib. c,¢'), the same flattening of the back part of the shaft through the non-projection
there of the upper half of the mid metatarsal element, also the presence of the canal
(ib. ¢) for the tendon of the “ adductor digiti externi.” The inner (entotibial) condylar
cavity is on a rather higher level than the outer (ectotibial) one, is rather deeper,
rather less from before backward. ‘The cavity at the upper part of the front surface
of the metatarsal shaft is relatively less deep than in Aptornis otidiformis; it is not con-
tinued so low down upon the shaft; but the anterior outlets of the interosseous canals
open separately at its bottom, and the ridge at the inner border for the insertion of the
corresponding part of the tendon of the “ tibialis anticus ” is strongly marked and defined.
In Dinornis the interosseous canals converge from behind forward to a common orifice
(0, fig. 7) at the bottom of the shallow upper and anterior depression. In one specimen
of metatarsus of Aptornis defossor the groove (f, fig. 1) for the tendon of the “ adductor
digiti externi” deepens as it approaches the interspace between the middle and outer
digital trochlex, and perforates the bone above that interspace; in another it deeply
grooves the interspace, but is not crossed by the bony bridge at the fore part of the
interspace. A similar variety is shown by one of three specimens of metatarsus in Apt.
otidiformis. Where the bridge exists, the tendinal canal opens in the interval or chink
1 Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iv. p. 11.
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 375
between the two trochlee; but there is commonly another canal, continued from the
‘“‘adductor groove,” which traverses the bone backward and opens into the lower con-
cavity of the posterior surface of the metatarsal above the interval between the outer (Iv)
and middle (111) trochlew, as at fig. 2, h, Pl. XLIV., and in vol. iv. pl. 3. fig. 5, Apt. otidi-
formis. Now, this orifice is not present in one of three metatarsi of Apt. otidiformis,
nor in one of the two metatarsi of Apt. defossor. Neither the vertical nor the fore-and-
aft canal is present in Dinornis: I have once seen the latter canal, as an exception, in
Apteryz.
At the back part of the shaft Aptornis defossor shows a perforate calcaneal process
(Pl. XLIV. figs. 2, 5, ¢), relatively longer vertically than in Apt. otidiformis: the ridge
on the inner side of each side-wall (fig. 4), indicating the portions of the canal traversed
respectively by the tibialis posticus (e’) and the “flexor longus digitorum ” (e), is better
marked, and the bony canal is less contracted posteriorly, than in Apt. otidiformis. The
postinternal longitudinal crest is shorter and more produced in Apt. defossor; the fossa
internal to its upper part, for the origin of the “flexor brevis hallucis,” is well defined,
as is the surface below the crest for the attachment of the metatarsal of the hallux
(fig. 2,1). The longer surface at the outer and back part of the metatarsal for the
insertion of part of the strong gastrocnemial sheath-like tendon is strongly marked.
Every thing bespeaks the force with which this massive metatarsal was worked in
Aptornis. 'The proportions and disposition of the distal trochlee in Apt. otidiformis
(fig. 5) are closely repeated in the larger species (fig. 1,@); the inner one (fig. 2, 11)
does not terminate at a higher level than the outer one (ib. Iv); the cleft between the
outer and middle trochlez is deeper and anteriorly wider than the inner cleft, in both
species of Aptornis. The outer trochlea in Dinornis (fig. 8, 1v) is shorter than the inner
one (ib. 11).
To exemplify the generic, or family, or ordinal distinction between Aptornis and
Dinornis, I take the present opportunity to figure the metatarsus of the species coming
nearest to Aptornis in size’, viz. D. curtus (Pl. XLIV. figs. 7-10), first indicated by the
mutilated bone described and figured in Zool. Trans. vol. iii. p. 325, pl. 48. fig. 6.
The metatarsus of Aptornis defossor, above described, formed part of the extensive
series of remains brought by Mr. Walter Mantell from Ruamoa, Middle Island of New
Zealand, and purchased by the British Museum in 1856 (Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. iv.
pp- 149, 156). Deeming, then, that it might prove to belong to a larger variety of the
Aptornis otidiformis of the North Island, I concluded to wait for further evidence,
which the bones brought from the same neighbourhood (Oamaru) by Mr. Taylor have
now given. The tibia (Pl. XLI. fig. 9) fits this metatarsus (Pl. XLIV. fig. 1) as well as
the tibia of Apt. otidiformis (Zool. Trans. vol. iii. pl. 25. fig. 5) fits the metatarsus
figured i op. cit. vol. iv. pl. 3. fig. 5.
1 Unless the small bone (Pl. XLIY. fig. 7) should indicate an established breed of that inferior size, meriting
a distinctive name, and should not belong to a female or somewhat dwarfed individual of D. curtus.
376 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
On comparing the metatarsus of Aptornis with that of Notornis, Ocydromus, or
Tribonyx, the bone* would seem, at first sight, to drive the extinct genus far away from
the Ralline waders: the occiput of 4ptornis hardly presents more marked differences
from that in any known recent Ralline’s skull.
I discern, however, a certain harmony in the departures from type thus presented by
the two extreme parts of the skeleton of Aptornis—an associated relation to the needs
and habits of this most strange brevipennate bird. On the functional hypothesis of the
large and long adze-like bill of 4ptornis, as being designed and used for the purpose of
feeding its great body with earthworms and burrowing grubs, the delving-instrument
may have needed another one to clear off the broken-up surface and to help in the
unearthing quest. What, then, we may ask, would be the modifications superinduced,
say, upon the Ralline type, if indeed such type-characters be not predicable of a wider
range of the “ precocious birds” ?
In the first place, the foot, if it is to be used, with due vigour, in scratching up and
scraping away soil, must be brought near to the bending powers; their force must
not be wasted upon long tendons traversing a stilt-like metatarsus before they can be
inserted into the toes. ‘The shortness of that segment in proportion to the tibia is
accordingly notable in scratchers (Rasores, Gallinw) as compared with waders (Grail).
The metatarsus is less remarkable for its length in most Rallide than in waders
generally ; but that of Aptornis is reduced to shorter proportions than have been seen
in any known grallatorial or, even, rasorial bird. In some of the Grouse-tribe the meta-
tarsus may be reduced to one-half the length of the tibia; but in A4ptornis it is less
than half. In strength or robustness it loses nothing in this comparison with Galline,
rather gains; the transverse diameter of the middle (narrowest part) of the shaft of the
metatarsus in Aptornis is equal to, or exceeds, that of either the tibia or the femur.
For the strength of a “double joint,” equality of the two condyles, and of their cups,
may be a condition, as well as prominence and depth of interlocking; and both ecto-
and entotibial cups on the proximal articular surface of the metatarsus in Aptornis
are almost on the same level: the outer one (ectotibial) is rather the lowest; and this
may be deemed significant of its porphyrian affinity, seeing that the level of this surface
is conspicuously lower, in Coots, than that of the inner (ento-tibial) cup; and this cup,
though higher, is deeper than the outer one, as in Rallidew generally. The intervening
rise of the proximal surface, however, which, as it passes into the joint between the
condyles of the tibia, is called “intercondylar,”’ instead of being low, as in Rallide,
is raised considerably ; but this is in more direct relation with the strengthening of the
ankle-joint than is the equality or level of the two cups and balls.
The perforate condition of the strongly produced calcaneal process seems, with the
shortness and thickness of the metatarsus, to speak for the rasorial affinities of the bird
to which it belongs. But there are no longitudinal grooves upon either the back or
* Trans. Zool. Soc. yol. iv. pl. 3. figs. 5-8; and Pl. XLIYV. figs. 1-6, of the present Memoir.
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 37
oa
the sides of the perforate calcaneal process in Aptornis. If the ento- and ectocalcaneal
plates of Notornis' or of Porphyrio were united by coossification of their free borders,
the condition of the calcaneal process in Aptornis would be produced. One can see the
advantage of a complete bony pulley for the traversing tendon of the flexors of the
toes”; and this was a strong one in Aptornis, with a pulley to match. The base of the
perforated process equals half the transverse diameter of the proximal end of the meta-
tarsus, outstanding a little to the outer side of the middle of the hind part of that
surface, slightly deflected at the end. The inner wall has a longer base of origin than
the outer one. There is a feeble indication of the parts of the canal respectively
traversed by the “ perforans” and “ perforatus” tendons, but no outside grooves; and
the difference from the gallinaceous metatarsus is shown by the non-continuation of the
entocalcaneal plate with the postinternal crest on the shaft of the bone, giving attach-
ment to one of the divisions of the sheath-forming insertional tendon of the “ gastro-
chemius externus”*.
The beginning of the postinternal crest is separated from the entocalcaneal process
by a canal about 1} line wide, into which opens the antero-posterior (interosseous)
canal between the inner and middle metatarsal elements. ‘The surface on the inner
side of the postinternal crest for the origin of the “ flexor brevis pollicis” is extensive
and well marked, according with the size of the digit indicated by the hallucial articular
surface (Pl. XLIV. fig. 5,1). The anterior surface of the metatarsus is impressed, near
the tibial articulation, with a deep fossa, into which open the two “ interosseous ” tubular
canals; beneath these are surfaces for the origins of the ‘ extensor pollicis brevis” and
“adductor digiti externi;” and the inner side of the fossa is produced into a short ridge,
into which the tendon of the “ tibialis anticus”* is in part inserted. Midway down the
fore part of the shaft begins the groove for the “ adductor digiti externi,” the tendon of
which glides through the canal above the interval between the middle and outer trochlear
condyles, which canal is present in the Notornis and Coots, though by no means peculiar
to them. It is one of the well-marked distinctions between the metatarsus of Aptornis
and of Apterya, this latter bird agreeing with Dinornis in the absence of the intertro-
chlear canal.
The surface below the postinternal crest indicates a strong and large back toe (hallux,
Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iv. pl. 3. fig. 5, 1); but Motornis and the Coots have this in common
with the Rasores. The trochlee of the digits 11 & 1v descend almost to the same level ;
Iv is, perhaps, rather the lowest ; in Notornis and the Coots it is more decidedly so. The
mid condyle is more advanced and more produced in Aptornis, as is usual in Gralle and
Galline, and as it is, indeed, in Apteryr and Dinornis. The interval between the toes
* Trans, Zool. Soe. vol. iv. pl. 2. fig. 3.
? Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iii. “ Myology of Apterya,” pls. 22, 25, 1, 3, 4, 5, 6.
* Op. cit. vol. iii. pl. 85, R*¥**, * Ib. ib. 8.
VOL, VII.—PART v. January, 1871. 3F
378 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
1 & iv in Aptornis is wider and deeper than that between 11 & u. ‘The grooved or
trochlear character of each condyle is well marked.
On the whole, the inference seems legitimate that we have in the metatarsus of
Aptornis a bone extremely modified for “rasorial” functions upon a porphyrian or
* yalline” type.
Table of Admeasurements.
Aptornis defossor. _Aptornis otidiformis.
Skull: in. lines, in. lines.
ONE GH) chasccc cris rapt fe. ee > MME eee eels wie cian eberae te Ioeeier 7f 2 6 2
Breadth (across paroccipitals)\.. 4.1. es-+cess+ sass estes 3 3 2 9
iBreadthy(acrossipostérontals) ann came nee eeciee settee oe 3 2 2 10
Breadth (across temporal foss@) .............0000++eeeeee: 2 3 1 1
Breadth of base of upper mandible at fore part of orbit ...... 1 6 1 3
Breadth of middle of upper mandible...................... it d 1 1
Breadth of fore end of upper mandible .................... 0 7 0 6
Length of cranium to coalesced premaxillary................ 2 6 2 2
enethyofpromaxillanye Jectoite is sie taes cin romani ie eer te ts 5 0 4 3
From the fore part of external nostril to the end of the pre-
21S HE oth cOHOeon DOO Siiotcs JomSmodancannossGecttes 2 9 2 3
From the superoccipital ridge to the lower border of the fore
pasilar;faberosiGion::.. Frits. stlashepiassoRaiiuis easteeee Ga vera 2 6 2 1
Femur.
een Ft i a eve eros pio mdntoeens alive Mate Meare Sioeets oie, oatere aes ets 7 6 6 2
Breadth of proximal end, in the axis of the neck ............ 2 2 1 9
Breadth of distal end, across the condyles ...............+-. 2 2 1 9
Cireumference of middle of shaft ...........0seeseeeecees 2 9 2 3
Tibia.
LEST 1 Seas sie OSes IS OS AOIOIGE SBIAE A amauta Chie me 1G) 3 8 9
Breadthrofproxaumalvend 2's vir we vis..'s tie istne cemeteries « 2 3 1 9
Breadth ofidistaliend, 6... cei sahte oe Gave Ri bgteaioes wie eee ty 710 1 3
Circumference of middle of shaft ...............-.00000:- 2 6 Le) al:
Metatarsus
Weenie th evs tcc ev crn ousite wetccac Pele casicisices eee ee eRe Eee 4 4 3 20
Breadth (transverse) of proximal end............ 0.0000 eee 1 8 1 5
Breadth (transverse) of distalend ...........cseesecreeves 1 9 1 6
Breadth (transverse) of middle of shaft .................05. O12 0 8
Breadth from fore part of proximal end to back part of caleaneal
PIOCESS! jayag ey’ 5 se i og aA syegslls valine 5, aNaslo-k nleMeteteta as eee eee « 1 6 iW 4
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
mop DD
1
2
3.
4,
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.
PLATE XL.
Aptornis defossor.
. Side view of skull.
. Top view of skull.
. Base view of skull (without mandible).
. Side view of mandible of Aphanapteryx (ex A. Milne-Edwards, ‘ Ibis,
July 1869).
PLATE XLI.
Aptornis defossor.
. Back view of cranium.
. Inner side view of tympanic bone.
Mandibular articular surface of tympanic bone.
Outer side view of tympanic bone.
4a. Hind view of palatines.
5.
6.
(le
8.
sh
Upper view of mandible of Aphanapteryax (ea ‘ Ibis,’ &c.).
Upper view of mandible.
Under view of mandible.
Hind surface of ramus of mandible.
Front view of tibia.
10. Side view of fibula.
10a. Upper end of fibula.
12. Hind view of palatine bones.
PLATE XLII.
Aptornis otidiformis.
. Pelvis, from above, or dorsal aspect.
. Pelvis, from below, or ventral aspect.
. Pelvis, from before, or front view of first sacral vertebra and iliae bones.
Cnemiornis calcitrans.
. Front view of mutilated first sacral vertebra and iliac bones.
Notornis mantellii.
. Fore part of sacrum and iliac bones, from below.
. Front view of first sacral vertebra and iliac bones.
380 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
PLATE XLITI.
Aptornis otidiformis.
. Side view of pelvis.
. Side view of neural spine of first sacral vertebra.
. Side view of middle sacral vertebree.
4. Section of fourth sacral vertebra and confluent parts of iliac bones.
re
~
we) i
RS
rx
a
wey
He OO
Aptornis defossor.
5. Outside view of right femur.
Fig. 6. Back view of proximal end of right femur.
7. Distal articular surface of right femur.
Fig. 8. Proximal articular surface of tibia.
Notornis mantelli.
Fig. 9. Side view of anterior portion of pelvis.
PLATE XLIV.
Aptornis defossor.
1. Metatarsus, front view.
2. Metatarsus, back view.
Fig. 3. Metatarsus, outer side view.
4. Proximal end of metatarsus.
la. Distal end of metatarsus.
Aptornis otidiformis.
Fig. 5. Distal end of metatarsus.
Fig. 6. Metatarsus, front view.
Dinornis curtus.
Fig. 7. Metatarsus, small var.: front view.
Fig. 8. Metatarsus, normal size: front view.
Fig. 9. Metatarsus, id.: proximal end.
Fig. 10. Metatarsus, id.: distal end.
All the figures are of the natural size. The letters and numerals of reference are
explained in the text.
From nat. on atone by JEmisben
Printed by MéclN Hanhart
APTORNIS DEFOSSOR
Printed ty M&N Hanhart
Fromnat.on stone by JErdieben
APTORNIS DEFOSSOR
Printed by MécN Hanhart
From nat on stone by JErdeben
NOTORNIS
6
5
CNEMIORNI
1.38. APTORNIS 4
Printed by MéN Hanhart
Fram nat on stone by JBualeben
OSSOR
DEF
Ss
=
L
APTORN
sips aaa
ipsa OnES!
Printed by M&N.Hanhart.
Eom nat an stone by J Erxleben.
1.5. APTORNIS DEFOSSOR.6.APTORNIS OTIDIFORMIS, 7. 10.DINORNIS
[ 381 ]
IX. On Dinornis (Part XVI.): containing notices of the Internal Organs of some species,
with a description of the Brain and some Nerves and Muscles of the Head of' the
Apteryx australis. By Professor Owen, .R.S., F.ZS8., &e.
Read May 26th, 1870.
[Puates XLV. to XLVII.}
§ 1. Introduction.
] AVAILED myself of the section of the mutilated cranium of Dinornis giganteus,
described and figured in Part XIV.', to take a cast of the cavity (Pl. XLV. figs. 11,
12, 13), which affords an instructive representation of the brain of that species.
As my papers on the bones of Dinornis were preceded by a description of the osteology
and myology of Apteryx,so I propose now to communicate some notes and figures made
in the year 1848 from dissections of the brain and certain nerves of the head of the
Apteryx australis, which I have kept back until I have been able to get satisfactory
evidence of the brain of the Dinornis, with a view to bringing out the characteristics
of which my investigations of that organ in the small surviving representative of the
gigantic Dinornithide of New Zealand were mainly conducted.
§ 2. Brain of Apteryx.
The brain of the Apteryx australis (Pl. XLV. figs. 1-10) is of an ovate subdepressed
form, 14 inch in length, 1 inch 3 lines in breadth; the cerebral hemispheres (a) overlap
the optic lobes and four-fifths of the cerebellum (c); they are defined anteriorly from the
olfactory lobes (fig. 2, 7) by a curved linear depression (a'), convex forward.
Thus, as in most Mammals, three of the primary cerebral vesicles, or divisions of the
brain, are exposed by removal of the calvarium, whilst no part of the mesencephalon
comes into view.
At the base of the brain (ib. fig. 3) the myelon (m) expands into a long macro-
myelon (d). This shows on each side the small pneumogastric swelling (v), and the
larger trigeminal one (¢r); it then expands vertically, as well as laterally, at d, for the
grey centres in connexion with the “ crura cerebri” (fig. 4, /), the smaller fascicules
diverging to the cerebellum and the mesencephalon. The length of the macromyelon
(“ oblong medulla” of Anthropotomy) is half an inch, its extreme breadth 4 lines; the
under surface is impressed by a median line or furrow for the basilar artery (fig. 3, e),
which is formed, as in birds generally, by the two “arteriz communicantes” (f) sent
Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. vii. p. 138, pl. 13. fig. 9.
VOL. VIIL—PART V. January, 1871. 3G
382 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
backward from the cerebral divisions of the entocarotids (g). The basilar artery
transmits or receives the branches from the vertebral arteries (i). A division of the
macromyelon, defining a “ pons,” is not more definitely marked than in most other birds.
The cerebellum (Pl. XLV. figs. 1 & 2, ¢) is of a subcompressed, subconical shape ; it
gives 64 lines in vertical, 5 lines in transverse diameter, and 6 lines in antero-posterior
extent at the base. A rudimentary appendage or prominence represents the side lobes:
the superficies is multiplied by about fifteen transverse folds, averaging 14 line in depth;
their grey and white matters are shown in the section (ib. fig. 6,¢). About seven of
these folds are visible on the exposed surface of the cerebellum (figs. 1, 2,¢). A short
fissural trace of the primitive cavity (ib. fig. 6, c!) communicates with the macromyelonal
one, called ‘‘ fourth ventricle.”
The distinctive peculiarity in the base view of the brain in Apteryx is the small
relative size of the optic lobes (figs. 3 & 4,6). M. Dareste was struck with the pecu-
liarity in the specimen of the brain of an Apterya in the Museum of Comparative
Anatomy in the Garden of Plants. He speaks of the optic lobes as “a peine visible a
Vextérieur”', and justly notices this confirmation by comparative anatomy of the
relation of the optic lobes to vision, which relation MM. Flourens and Mayer had
inferred from physiological experiment.
The optic lobes, reduced as they are in Apteryx, adhere, however, to the ornithic type
by the degree in which they have diverged laterally from each other in the course of
the brain’s acquisition of its mature characters’; they are ovate and subdepressed.
The optic thalami (ib. fig. 4,¢) form a larger and more definite tract than in other
birds, and contribute in a greater degree to the ‘‘radix optica,”’ or chiasma.
The cavity or ventricle of the small optic lobe is shown in the section (fig. 6, 5’), and
in the base view (fig. 4, 0'), in which the macromyelon, removed by a transverse section
through the back parts of the optic lobes (é 0’) and the “crura cerebri” (%), exposes
the rudimental hippocampal enlargements (/) and the fissures (m) by which the artery
of the ‘* choroid plexus” penetrates the lateral ventricle.
The cerebral hemispheres (a, a’, figs. 1 & 2) are smooth: a feeble indent at the side
of the base indicates the “Sylvian fissure,” which receives a branch of the cerebral
entocarotid (fig. 3, 7); there is a more feeble indication of a mid longitudinal tract at
the upper and hinder part of the hemisphere (fig. 2, a), and still more feeble indication
of a transverse frontal depression marking off, as it were, an anterior lobe (ib. a’). The
structure of the hemisphere adheres closely to the avian type. Each “crus” expands
and commingles its white fibres with grey matter to form a large ganglion or “ corpus
striatum” (fig. 5,7), from the outer side of which the neurine, chiefly of the white
1 Annales des Sciences Naturelles, Zoologie, 1856. His notice of this specimen is as follows :—‘“ Le
cerveau de l’Apteryx, tel que je l’ai entreyu au travers de ses membranes, m’a paru présenter des particu-
larités intéressantes. Malheureusement je n’ai pu obtenir l’autorisation de le disséquer, ou méme seulement
de le dépouiller de ses membranes.’—Tom. cit. p. 50. ? Anat. of Vertebrates, vol. ii. p. 119.
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 385
fibrous kind, expands, ascends, and arches inward over the great ganglion, becoming
thinner as it approaches the median line, where it descends in contact with the corre-
sponding part of the opposite hemisphere as a thin film forming the inner or median
and the posterior wall of the “lateral ventricle” (Pl. XLV. figs. 7 & 8,a"). This is
exposed by a longitudinal section of the thicker part of the roof (q' in fig. 5, and in
Pl. XLVI. fig. 2), the smooth ventricular surface of the ganglion being shown at 2.
In Pl. XLV. fig. 7, the thin inner wall of the ventricle (a) is exposed by removal of
the “corpus striatum” and the thicker part of the ventricular wall (fig. 5, a’). The
“ corpus striatum” is impressed by equidistant transverse vascular linear grooves.
Figure 10 shows a vertical transverse section of the hemispheres, where they are
united by the “anterior commissure” (0): the depth of the interhemispheral fissure ( p)
is seen below the commissure; and the shape of the section of the ventricular cavity is
shown at g. A similar section, 3 lines in advance (fig. 9), shows the ventricle (q)
shrunk to the under and inner surfaces of the hemisphere. The section across the base
of the rhinencephalon (fig. 8) exposes the continuation of the ventricle (q) into that fore-
most primary division of the brain.
The rhinencephalon (figs, 1 & 2, 7) is as remarkable in the present singular bird for its
large size as is the mesencephalon (fig. 5, )) for the smallness of its principal elements.
The mammalian proportions of the rhinencephalon (figs. 3, 4, 7) involves the develop-
ment of the fore part of the prosencephalon, including those continuations of fasciculi
of white with grey matter forming the “crura rhinencephali,” the homologues of what
are described in Anthropotomy as the “roots of the olfactory nerves.” It is that which
gives rise to the semblance of “anterior lobes” of the hemispheres on the upper surface
of the brain of the Apteryx (fig. 2,@), and to the tumid tracts below continuing the
hemispheres in advance of the chiasma and its minute optic nerves (figs. 3 & 4, aa).
The prosencephala (fig. 1,@) overhang about two-thirds of the rhinencephala (ib. 7).
One may distinguish at the under part of the hemispheres an outer and an inner
division of the “crura rhinencephali” (ib. 7’) by feeble degrees of prominence; but they
are not divided, as in Mammals, by a “ perforate tract,’ or by the definite superficial
fascicle of white fibres.
§ 3. Cerebral nerves of Apteryx.
The rhinencephala occupy special compartments or fosse at the fore end of the
cranial cavity. ‘The olfactory nerves (Pl. XLV. fig. 2,s) perforate the anterior and
inferior wall of the rhinencephalic chamber by several foramina, but are closely
invested and united by the neurilemma, especially along their upper surface, so as to
appear, for an extent of 8 or 9 lines, each as one large olfactory nerve. From
the underpart of these fasciculi, filaments pass down to the broad ethmoturbinals
(fig. 1, ae); the rest of the nerves are dispersed upon the septum narium and the middle
turbinals (ib. a), which seem to prolong forward and to make one huge mass with
362
384 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
the ethmoturbinals of conyolute bony lamine covered with highly vascular pituitary
membrane. The smaller and more remote anterior turbinal (ib. ao), rarely ossified,
receives its nerves from the nasal branch (a) of the trigeminal.
The optic nerve is but one-fifth of a line in diameter, and about half an inch in length
(Pl. XLV. fig. 4, ¢): its course to the eyeball is shown by dividing and reflecting the
* obliquus superior” (Pl. XLVI. fig. 2, 0), the “‘rectus superior” (ib. 7), and the naso-
maxillary division of the trigeminal nerve (ib. w).
The fifth or trigeminal nerve (Pl. XLV. fig. 1, tr) arises from the ganglionic enlarge-
ment of the macromyelon in connexion with or covered by the fibres of the transverse
crus of the cerebellum. After a course of a line and a half, in which it leaves the
cranium, it divides into two. The upper division (Pl. XLV. fig. 1, w) passes forward,
ascending obliquely, traverses the orbit, diving beneath the * rectus superior ” (Pl. XLVI.
fig. 1,7), and the “ obliquus superior” (ib. 0), sending a filament here to the ciliary
ganglion: it then, emerging at the upper and fore part of the orbit, subdivides. Prior
to its subdivision it rests internally on the dura mater, closing an unossified part of the
cranial wall external to the large rhinencephalic fossa. The branch (Pl. XLV.
figs. 1 & 2,x, and Pl. XLVI. figs. 1 & 2, 2) here reenters, as it were, the cranium, and
emerges external to the cribriform plate by a canal larger than any of the olfactory
foramina. The canal perforates the lacrymal bone, then grooves the outside of the tur-
binal mass (a), and next perforates the base of the maxillary branch of the nasal: after-
wards, inclining mesiad and sinking into the naso-premaxillary cavity, it gives branches
to the anterior turbinal (ib. ao), attaching itself to the septum narium, near the lower
margin, aud becoming lost upon the septal membrane.
The branch (Pl. XLV. figs. 1 & 2,y) passes more directly forward, impresses the
outer side of the upper (ae) and middle (az) turbinals, and is continued more super-
ficially beneath the horny sheath of the beak as far as the terminal disk perforated by
the nostrils; it is diminished by filaments given off to the formative membrane and
softer layer of the sheath to its termination at the tactile disk. The division corre-
sponding to that called ‘“ third division,” or “ inferior maxillary nerve” (fig. 1, 6), sends
off two nerves to the muscles of the mandible ; these are derived from the non-ganglionic
origin of the trigeminal: the main part, from the ganglion, is continued forward,
sending off a branch to the outer tegument at the base of the mandible; it then enters
the mandibular canal (fig. 1, z), and is continued forward to the end of the mandible.
The “eighth” nerve arises by two sets of roots from the same macromyelonal tract—
the anterior set of three (Pl. XLV. fig. 1,1), and the posterior one of two filaments
(ib.2): these combine in passing out of the skull, and emerge at the ‘“ vagal” foramen,
whence the nerve (ib.3) is continued further than usual before swelling into the
ganglion and dividing into the glossopharyngeal (ib.4) and the pneumogastric (ib. 5;
see also figs. 1 & 2in Pl. XLVI.). I need not go into the further distribution of
these nerves, as they cease to mark any part of the skeleton.
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 386
Between the origins of the trigeminal and vagal nerves in Pl. XLVI. figs. 1 & 2, are
shown that of the “portio dura” of the seventh pair, and the origin of the acoustic
nerve.
§ 4. Cranial Cavity of Apteryx.
I may here supplement a former Monograph on the Osteology of the Apteryx by a
notice of the characters and foramina seen in the interior of the cranium. The largest
of the foramina is the foramen magnum, which looks downward and backward. The
cerebellar protuberance of the occiput projects a little beyond the foramen; it is
bounded on each side by a venous canal, which, emerging from the cranium behind
the petrosal, grooves vertically the occiput, and again pierces the bone at the upper
margin of the foramen magnum. In most skulls of the Apteryx the right of these
canals with its upper and lower holes is larger than the left. Near the lower border of
the great foramen, on each side the condyle, is a minute ‘‘ precondylar foramen;” in
advance and external thereto is the larger “‘ vagal” fossa and foramen. Above this are
the minute foramina conducting the acoustic filaments to the labyrinth. These are
overarched by a remarkable development of bone within the “tentorium,” forming in
the dry skull a nearly horizontal plate, 3 lines by 1 line, terminating mesiad in a
rounded and slightly thickened border. Beneath the back part of this plate is a large
venous foramen. The superior semicircular canal raises a well-defined prominence on
the petrosal platform continued into the above-described plate. The macromyeloual
fossa is wide and moderately deep. It is bounded anteriorly by the posterior ridge of
the trigeminal fossa and by the intervening hind wall of the sella. The foramen ovale
leads from the back part, and the foramen rotundum from the fore part, of the fossa.
The sella is deep and hemispheroid; it is tapped behind by the entocarotids. .The
chiasmal tract rises vertically from its fore part with an irregular aperture on each
side larger than is needed for the optic nerves. The chief peculiarity of the cranial
cavity is the enormous rhinencephalic fossa, divided by the “lamina perpendicularis.”
The dura mater closing these fosse is not ossified, so that in the dry skull the turbinals,
upon which the olfactory nerves perforate the membrane to ramify, are here exposed.
The cranial walls show a thin pneumatic diploé above the paroccipitals, but in the rest
of the section they are thin and compact.
§ 5. Brain of Dinornis.
Returning to the brain of the Apteryz, the side view (fig. 1) is contrasted (in Pl. XLV.)
with that of the Dinornis (fig. 11), the upper view (fig. 2) with fig. 12, and the under
view (fig. 3) with fig. 13.
The Dinornis differs in the minor relative size of the cerebrum to the cerebellum,
which latter (figs. 11 & 12, ¢) rises wholly behind and uncovered by the hemispheres ().
The cerebrum appears to be broader, because it is so much shorter, relatively, than
that of the Apteryx; its upper surface is much more accentuated. A broad and high
386 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
longitudinal tract (a), next the mid line, is divided from the outer part of the hemi-
spheres ; and this is partially subdivided into a posterior (@’) and anterior (a’) portion by
a shallow depression answering to the “ Sylvian fissure.”
The optic lobes (figs. 11, 12, 13, 4, 4) are, relatively as well as absolutely, larger than
in Apteryx, corresponding with the indications, given by the orbits or bony beds, of the
larger and better-developed organs of vision in Dinornis, the species of which we may
conclude to have been diurnal; they are visible in the upper view (fig. 12, 4, 4) as well
as in the side view (fig. 11).
No demarcation of a “pons” can be satisfactorily traced on the cast; but the tri-
geminal swelling is plain. The length of the macromyelon is 11 lines, its breadth is
9 lines.
The cerebellum shows a pair of low lateral lobes (fig. 11, c’) at its fore part, and
behind this the depression answering to the upper semicircular canal. The length of
the cerebellum is 1 inch 2 lines, its breadth at the lateral lobes is linch. The vertical
diameter of the epencephalon (ib. ¢, d) is 1 inch 4 lines; the breadth of the mesence-
phalon (fig. 15, 7, 4), taken outside of the optic lobes, is 1 inch; the length to the fore
part of the chiasma is 8 lines; each optic nerve (¢) has a thickness of 2 lines. The breadth
of the cerebrum (fig. 12, a, a’) is 2 inches 2 lines; its length is 1 inch 7 lines; its depth,
or vertical diameter, is 1 inch 1 line. The breadth of the rhinencephalon (7) is 8 lines;
the length of each lobe in advance of the cerebral hemisphere is 24 lines. They are
relatively less than in Apteryx.
The hypophysis, as represented by the cast of the “sella” (figs. 11, 13, y) is of con-
siderable size; there is an indication of a better-developed pineal gland (fig. 12, p)
than in the Apterya.
) 6. Trachea of Apteryx, Struthio, and Casuarius.
In the Apteryx australis the trachea has a nearly uniform diameter throughout its
extent; the rings, from 120 to 150 in number, are entire and cartilaginous. When the
windpipe is relaxed the rings alternately overlap, and are overlapped by, each other at
their sides, appearing to be alternately narrower on one side than on the other; but when
the tube is stretched this appearance is lost, though not wholly, the rings then showing
a slight difference of breadth in the axis of the tube at their sides. They become
gradually smaller in circumference and diameter in the last twenty, which are less
closely attached together than in the Ostrich and Emu.
In the trachea of the Cassowary, for the opportunity of examining which I am
indebted to Dr. Murie, the rings, mostly entire as in other birds, vary in depth, @.e. in
the diameter of the hoop parallel with the length of the tube, and they correspondingly
vary in thickness (Pl. XLVI. fig.5). Their excess in these diameters is shown at about
one-fourth down the trachea; they become narrowest and thinnest at the terminal tenth
part of the tube, where a solution of continuity of the ring begins to show itself along
1
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 38
the mid line of the back part of the tube. The incomplete rings of the bronchi resume
the dimensions of those at the beginning and middle of the trachea.
In the Ostrich the bronchial rings are more slender than any of those of the trachea,
and rapidly diminish in size as they approach the lungs.
In both Ostrich and Cassowary the tracheal rings examined by me were gristly, or
were hardened with a very small proportion of bone-earth.
§ 7. Trachea of Dinornis crassus.
The more completely ossified state of the tracheal rings of Dinornis has led to their
preservation in more than one species; and I have received from time to time specimens
of such rings more or less closely associated with parts of the skeleton, in largest
numbers with that collection of Dimornis remains obtained by Mr. Walter Mantell
from the fine dark soil, or morass, at Ruamoa, Middle Island of New Zealand, and pur-
chased for the British Museum.
In working out this matrix from the base of the skulls of Dinornis crassus, described
in a former Memoir’, I detached from beneath the position of the palato-nares a group
of four bony hoops or rings of an oval form, averaging 9 lines in long diameter, 7 lines
in short diameter; the depth of the rim of the bony hoop varied from one line to half
a line; its thickness was about a quarter of a line. The outside of the ring is convex
and finely rugose; the inside is less convex and smooth.
It is probable, though I cannot hold it as certain, that, because these slender rings
were found at or near the position of the upper larynx, therefore they were from the
beginning of the windpipe; for the dislocation of the parts of the skeleton in all the
individuals so represented in the marshes of Ruamoa, as far as can be gathered from
the account given by Mr. Mantell, might well admit of displacement of parts of the
bony trachea.
Admitting this doubt as to their precise position in the windpipe, still the proba-
bility is so great that tracheal rings preserved in contact with parts of the skeleton were
parts of the same bird, that the rings here described may be reasonably referred to the
Dinornis crassus.
There is, moreover, a significant degree of correspondence between the number of
tracheal rings of the type of those attached to the skull, but collected without note of
precise relations, probably scattered in the matrix, and the number of individuals of
Dinornis crassus indicated by bones of the skeleton; that is to say, both tracheal rings
and skeletons or bony evidences of J. crassus are amongst the most plentiful of the
species there found.
The rings or hoops, upwards of 150 in number, provisionally referred to Dinornis
crassus, axe associated together by the character of shape and size. In general they are
less slender than those cemented to the skull-base; but they present a certain range in
' Part XIII., Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. vii. p. 129.
388 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
the thickness, especially the depth, of the wall of the ring. The extreme of the latter,
or breadth in the axis of the windpipe, is 3 lines, as at fig. 2, 6, Pl. XLVII.; but this is
partial, the hoop decreasing to 2 lines and 13 line at part of the circumference, in a
few at the small ends of the ellipse, or the lateral parts of the hoop; the more common
breadth is from 2 lines to 14 line (Pl. XLVII. fig. 1, d); those found at the base of the
skull, and inferred to be from the upper part of the windpipe, were 1 line, decreasing
partially to 4 a line, in depth. There is less range of thickness in the elliptical rings
of Dinornis crassus, as, e.g. from =’ to $ of a line, seldom getting to % (ib. figs. 1 & 3).
There is a certain range of size and of shape of the ellipse: thus, in fig. 1, a, 6, excep-
tional instances of subcircular rings are figured; in fig. 3, a, 6, the long axis is 10 lines,
the short one 9 lines; in fig. 3, ¢, the long axis is 11} lines, the short one 8 lines. Most
of the rings have intermediate proportions; in a few the ellipse is less regular, one side
inclining to flatness. There is a variety also in the configuration of the surfaces of the
hoop; instead of the outer surface being convex from the upper to the lower margins,
as in the slender rings detached from beneath the skull, it is flat, especially in the
broader varieties, in which the inner surface preserves a slight convexity in the same
course; in some rings the outer surface is slightly concave from edge to edge (as in
fig. 2, d).
Of the tracheal rings referred to Dinornis crassus some are preserved in groups,
cemented in their consecutive arrangement upon and by the matrix. These groups
include one of seven rings (fig. 4), two of six rings, one of five rings (fig. 5), two of four
rings with part of a fifth (fig. 6), as many of three rings, and more of two rings so kept
in natural sequence. In three instances of the ‘“‘ two rings” these show broader and
narrower parts of the outer surface, alternating, the extremes being at the small ends
of the ellipse, or at the sides of the tube. This character has been noted in recent
birds, especially in the Waders’, the appearance being that presented by the tracheal
rings of the present extinct Moa (fig. 7, @,4,¢); but the analogy of Apteryx (antea,
p- 386) led me to test the relation of the appearance to reality.
Succeeding in working out the cementing matrix in one instance, and exposing the
inner surfaces of the two interlocked rings, I found, as I had anticipated, that the outward
appearance was due in some degree to intussusception, the inner surface being broader
where the outer surface was narrower, and vice versd. Nevertheless a slight inequality
of breadth is shown in some detached rings at the ends of the ellipse; and it may
indicate that they come from a part of the windpipe situated where it was subject to
most flexure in the bendings of the bird’s neck.
‘ «They are alternately narrower at certain parts of their circumference and broader at others; and in these
cases the rings are closely approximated, as it were interlocked. This structure is most common in the Gral-
latores, where the rings are broadest alternately on the right and left sides.” —Anat. of Vertebrates, ii. p. 219.
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 389
§ 8. Larynx of Dinornis crassus?
The portion of a thin, hollowed, shield-shaped piece of bone (Pl. XLVII. fig. 8, a, 4)
I take to belong to the upper larynx, and to be part of the thyroid element. To its
lower border has coalesced, as is sometimes found in existing birds, the first tracheal
bone or hoop (¢), which, as usual, is incomplete; the coalescence is limited to the two
ends of this half ring; the slit of separation between it and the thyroid is 9 lines in
extent, giving the breadth of this slender bone as half a line; it projects anteriorly
like a folded lower border in advance of the actual lower border of the thyroid, which
is the more prominent part on the inner or concave side of the thyroid. One might
expect the rings near to or following this to have similar slender proportions, like those
worked out of the matrix beneath the skull of Dinornis crassus; lower down the wind-
pipe they gained in depth.
From another mass of matrix, exhibiting a portion of a broad tracheal ring, I worked
out the part of the expanded terminal one, to which, in the entire or recent state of the
parts, the bronchi are attached; it answers to that supporting the cross bar shown at
t, fig. 103, ‘ Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ vol. ii. p. 222, in the Raven, and ranks among the
parts of the lower larynx. The specimen shows the contiguous portions of two cavities,
meeting at a sharp straight ridge (fig. 9, @), 8 lines in extent, which was produced into
the cavity of the trachea, dividing the tube from before backward; the concavities on
each side are the beginnings of the divisions or the continuations of the trachea into
the bronchi. The margins of the expanded bone, continued from one (probably fore)
end of the dividing ridge, are rather thickened. Cemented by the matrix to this part
of the lower larynx was one, probably the first, of the bronchial bones (fig. 9, 4c); it is
incomplete, varying in breadth from 2 lines to nearly 3 lines, and may have surrounded
two-thirds or three-fourths of the bronchus. At the broader part the outer surface is
rather convex from the upper to the under margin; at the narrower part this surface
is concave. It seems to answer to that part of the lower larynx figured at a, fig. 103,
tom. cit. p. 222.
§ 9. Trachea of Dinornis rheides ?
To a smaller species of Dinornis, probably D. rheides, I refer a series of rings, about
80 in number, similar in shape and general character to those of Dinornis crassus, but
of a smaller size (Pl. XLVII. figs. 10-12).
The range of variety of size is here rather less. The largest ring yields, in long
diameter, 9 lines, in short diameter 7 lines (fig. 11); the smallest gives 7 lines and 6 lines
in the same diameters (fig. 10). The average, or common size, is 8 lines in long and 62
in short diameter (fig. 12); the ellipse is more perfect and constant in the rings of this
species, and the concavity from edge to edge of the outer surface of the hoop is more
constant and more marked than in Din. crassus. The depth of the hoop is greater,
VOL. VII.—PaRT v. January, 1871. 3H
390 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
relatively, and is maintained through a greater extent of the windpipe, as it seems;
this dimension is 2 lines, with slight change at parts of the circumference.
Of this species there is one specimen of a sequence of four rings in the same portion
of matrix (fig 12), another piece with three rings, and three or four with two rings.
The extreme of depth of hoop is reached at part of the circumference of the ring
(fig. 11, a, d).
§ 10. Trachea of Dinornis elephantopus ?
The tracheal rings of the third series are remarkable for their great breadth and
thickness. There are about 80 of these, of a full elliptical, subcircular, or circular
shape, with an average diameter or long diameter of 9 lines. The specimen figured
(Pl. XLVII. fig. 13, a, 6) shows the average size or common character of these strong,
broad, well-ossified tracheal rings. The exterior surface is rugose, the inner one
smoother, both surfaces straight or even from one margin to the other; the margins
are flat, as if made by a clean cut, and show irregular perforations, probably vascular,
of the osseous tissue. The thickness of the hoop is rarely uniform, the difference
being, in several rings, as great as in that figured in 15, a; there is also, occasionally,
a variety in the breadth at different parts of the circumference of the hoop, though
rarely to the extent shown in fig. 16, which, from its small size, may possibly be a
bronchial hoop.
§ 11. Trachea of Dinornis ingens?
About 70 tracheal rings show an average of size and shape as in that of fig. 17,a,,¢;
the extremes in regard to depth of hoop, in this series, are given in figs. 19 & 20. The
bone, in all, is of unequal thickness, longitudinally rugose, but unequally so, on the
outer surface, smooth within (fig. 18, longitudinal section). On the rougher part of the
ring the bony substance stands out in the form of granules or ridges, the latter running
in the direction from one margin to the other (figs. 19 & 20, 0,5). These margins
(figs. 17 & 19, @) are flat or “truncate,” as in the smaller rings (figs. 13-15, a) of the
present robust type; but here the margin is more uneven, with risings and depressions,
somewhat irregular, but on the whole at right angles to the outer and inner surfaces.
In this series were specimens of two partially confluent rings, or of a broad hoop
twisted upon itself spirally, so as to simulate two hoops. Of these specimens one is
represented at fig. 21, a, 6, a second at fig. 22; fig. 23 shows more plainly a partial con-
fluence of the two bony rings. Seven rings of the average size of those provisionally
attributed to Dinornis ingens (Pl. XLVI. fig. 6) occupy an extent of the trachea
equalling that which includes thirty-nine in Caswarius galeatus (ib. fig. 5).
§ 12. Trachea of Dinornis robustus ?
I have finally to notice the largest specimens in the present collection, which ex-
emplify the most extraordinary degrees of thickness and strength of bone which have
been hitherto observed in the windpipes of Birds.
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 391
I think it not improbable that an osseous hoop like that represented in fig. 24, a, b,
might, if received as a solitary fossil, have passed rather for a section of the shaft of a
pneumatic limb-bone, being as large, for example, as such section of the femur of a
Cassowary, but thicker in the walls. He must have been a bold, as well as acute,
paleontologist who would have pronounced it one of the rings of a bird’s windpipe.
I have now, however, received upwards of thirty specimens, averaging the dimensions
of that of fig. 24. They are, most of them, rather more elliptical, less circular, than
the smaller hoops of a like type (figs. 17-23). The long diameter averages, as in fig. 24,
1 inch 2 lines, the short diameter 1 inch, outside measure; the area, which is a more
regular ellipse, gives 103 lines and 9 lines in the two diameters. The breadth, or we
may now say the length, of the hoop’s wall, ¢. e. from the upper to the lower margin,
averages 9 lines and 73 lines, not being uniform all round; the difference of thickness
is greater, viz. from 23 lines to 3 a line (fig. 24, a, and fig. 32).
The contrast between the outer and the inner surfaces of the tracheal hoops in
Dinornis becomes greater as these increase in size. In the present series, which may
belong to Dinornis robustus, the irregular longitudinal striation prevails over the
external surface of the bone; but there are other characters.
At one or two parts of the circumference a part of that surface (figs. 24, 26, 28, x ) pro-
jects beyond the rest, usually from the middle third part between the upper and lower
borders; these elevations, or the elevation, if it be single or continuous, are limited to
one side of the hoop, and to that which is most convex or least flattened. The degree
of elevation is slight, from a fourth to a sixth of a line; the surface is smoother than
the parts above and below. ‘These elevations I take to indicate the interval between
the surfaces of insertion or attachment of fibrous substance connecting one ring to the
next in a more special manner than the general external investment of the hoops, the
fibrous character of which may be indicated by the general longitudinal striation of the
external surface. The smoother part of that surface is usually opposite the side showing
the broad and low elevation. Besides the foregoing accentuations of the outer surface,
many of the hoops show coarser granulate outgrowths at the rougher part of the bone.
In almost all of the present series of rings the longitudinal lay of the outer surface,
from one margin to the other, if it is not straight, tends rather to convexity. The
longitudinal lay of the smooth inner surface is more uniformly straight; but there is a
feeble transverse rise, or linear impression, indicative of a tract on the inside corre-
sponding to the elevation on the outside of the hoop.
In the present, as in the preceding series, there are differences of length, breadth,
and thickness of the wall of the hoops; the two extremes of the first dimension are
shown in the subjects of figures 25 & 26. There are also six instances of confluence of
two hoops; in no received example is co-ossification of the tracheal rings carried further.
Fig. 27 shows two of the shorter variety of hoops coalesced at the flatter and rougher
half of their circumference (0), the activity there of the ossifying process being further
3H 2
392 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
exemplified by an unusual degree of granulate outgrowths simulating an exostosis: the
more convex part of each hoop (a), where the line of separation remains open, is com-
paratively smooth. The two rings (fig. 28, a6) have completely coalesced—the original
separation, showing them to have been of the long variety, being feebly, though suffi-
ciently, indicated. These also show a markedly flatter side of the ring where the bone
is thickest and most irregular. It is to this increase of osseous substance that the
flattening is due, the smooth inner surface of the same part following the course of
the elliptical section of the air-passage. Lengthwise these anchylosed hoops show a
greater longitudinal convexity of the smoother side, and a more feebly longitudinal
concavity of the opposite side; but this indication of a bend of the windpipe is better
marked in the next anchylosed pair of hoops (fig. 29), although they are shorter,
showing the common size. In these, at the convex part of the bend, the coalescence is
incomplete.
Figure 30 shows two coalesced rings, where the hoops thin off behind and the bony
texture is exposed by abrasion. This texture is coarse, and, with the character of the
truncate margins and of the rough parts of the outer surface, gives the hoops or
cylinders a cork-like appearance.
Sections of these tracheal rings (fig. 31, D. ingens?, and fig. 32, D. robustus?) show
the varying thickness of the bone at opposite parts of the cylinder, the smoothness of
the inner surface, and the denser character of the osseous texture at the thicker part
of the wall of some of the rings.
§ 13. Trachea of Aptornis defossor.
With a sternum, pelvis, and some other parts of the skeleton of Aptornis defossor,
more entire than those described in my Memoir No. XV., and subsequently received,
were a few rings of the trachea, of elliptical shape, averaging 7 lines and 5 lines in the
two diameters (Pl. XLVI. fig. 7), with a depth of the hoop of 1} line. ‘These rings show
a pair of narrow notches, one at the upper, the other at the lower margin, at opposite
sides of the hoop, at its shorter diameter (ib. a,c). In the instance of two of these rings
in connexion, the partial and reciprocal overlapping or intussusception was defined by
or took place at these notches (ib. 6).
§ 14. Muscles of the Mandible and Hyoid of the Apteryx.
The illustrations of the myology of the Apterya in my second paper on this bird!
were mainly devoted to the muscles of the trunk and limbs; I now, therefore, supply
figures (Pl. XLVI. figs. 1-4) in which are shown some muscles of the eye, the jaw, and
the tongue, either undescribed or briefly referred to in that Monograph.
The origin of the “constrictor colli” (Zool. Trans. tom. cit. pl. 31. a), by a “ broad
‘ Part II. (Myology) Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. iii. p. 277, pls. 31-35.
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 393
fasciculus from the outer part of the superoccipital ridge” (ib. p. 228), is shown at a,
fig. 3. It is reflected back, to expose the homologue of the “ biventer mandibule ” (y),
a powerful muscle which arises tendinous from the outer and anterior marginal ridge of
the paroccipital, swells into a fleshy belly, which again contracts to its insertion into the
slightly deflected angle of the mandible.
The external or posterior “ temporalis ” (a) and the internal or anterior ‘“‘ temporalis ”
(8) have their origins exposed in fig. 3, Pl. XLVI., and their entire course shown in
fig. 4, ib. The external muscle derives its origin from the lower and lateral part of the
parietal as far back as the mastoid (8)'. The origin of the internal portion continues
the curved line forward from the parietal to the postfrontal. ‘The fibres of the external
portion pass obliquely forward, external to those of the anterior portion, to be inserted
into the fore part of the outer surface of the marginal coronoid elevation of the man-
dible. The fibres of the anterior portion ((, fig. 4) descend less obliquely, and more
directly embrace, by their insertion, the long and low, sharp, straight coronoid ridge in
Apteryx; the hinder fibres descend vertically, and are continued backward to the
hind end of the ridge. Both portions, like the more collective mass of carneous fibres
of the temporal in Man and Mammals, pass behind the horizontally extended arch of
bone formed by the zygomatic portions of the squamosal (27) and the malar (26). This
relation I deem worthy the attention of the unbiased student of the homologies of
the bones marked respectively 8, 27, 26, in fig. 4, and in the illustrations of the skulls
of Dinornis &c. in preceding Memoirs. If the hind end of 27, where it joins the tym-
panic (28) as in Man and Mammals, were to expand into overlying junction with the
mastoid (s) and parietal (7), it would also contribute to the surface of origin of the
temporalis muscle. By adopting the homology propounded by Cuvier and Hallmann of
the bone (8) as with the “temporal” or ‘‘ squamosal” of Mammals, the anatomist falls
into the necessity of introducing a new bone into the cranium of the bird, and of com-
pleting its zygomatic arch by a “ quadrato-jugal.”
From the posterior third of the lower border and inner surface of the zygomatic arch
rises the masseter muscle (y, fig. 3, Pl. XLVI.), answering, in regard to its origin and the
forward inclination of the fibres as they descend, to the deep portion of the mammalian
and human masseter: the insertion is into the lower half of the outer side of a short
tract of the mandible behind the insertion of the ‘‘ temporal” muscles.
The “ orbicularis palpebrarum ” (fig. 3, ¢) sends some of its hinder superficial fibres
over the part of the zygoma giving origin to the masseter, which are lost in the super-
ficial fascia of that muscle. I noted the great strength of the “ orbicularis palpebrarum ”
in my first Memoir on the Anatomy of the Apteryx (Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. ii. p. 294).
1 As in Man, the temporal muscle is described as extending its origin “‘ from the curved line on the frontal
and parietal bone above to the mastoid portion of the temporal behind.”—Gray’s ‘ Anatomy, Descriptive,’ &c.,
8vo, 1858, p. 200. The “temporalis externus” in birds answers to the posterior portion of the mammalian
“temporal muscle.”
394 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
In fig. 3 a bristle is represented passing through the ‘‘ punctum lacrymale” and along
the lacrymal duct into the nasal chamber, where it terminates between the second and
third turbinals. In fig. 4 are shown three of the ligaments of the lower jaw. The
“ occipito-mandibular ligament” (m) is attached above to the paroccipital ridge (+4),
crosses the back part of the “‘ membrana tympani,” but behind the ‘“‘ meatus auditorius,”
to be fixed into the external and posterior articular ridge of the mandible. The “ tym-
pano-mandibular” ligament (7) is attached above to the back part of the articular cup
for the ‘‘ squamosal,” and below to the anterior and external articular ridge. The “ zygo-
mandibular ligament” (9) is attached to the slightly expanded hind end of the zygomatic
element or representative of the squamosal, and below to the outer side of the mandible
between the temporal and masseteric insertions; some fibres of the masseter are derived
from both these ligaments, respecting which I may quote the remark from my first
Memoir on Apteryx, “that they are an essential part of the mechanism of a beak
which is destined to be forcibly thrust into the ground, and used in a variety of ways
to overcome considerable resistance ” (tom. cit. p. 264).
The short struthious tongue of the Apteryx, described at p. 264 of the first Memoir,
is shown at / in fig. 1, Pl. XLV. The “ mylo-hyoideus” muscle is reflected from its
origin (at h, fig. 3, Pl. XLVI.) to expose the “ genio-hyoid” muscle, which arises from
the inner and under part of the mandibular ramus, nearer the angle than the sym-
physis, and sends backward its fibres to embrace the “ thyrohyal” element (%) of the
tongue-skeleton to near the free hind extremity; the pair tend to protrude or draw
forward the tongue. In fig. 3 are also shown the circular fibres of the pharynx and
beginning of the cesophagus (f'), also the commencement of the trachea (q).
The portion of the cutaneous system of muscles for which I retained the old term
“platysma myoides” (Zool. Trans. tom. cit. p. 279, pl. 31. @), has its rather strong, but
flattened, tendinous origin from the external ridge of the hinder surface of the mandible,
shown in fig. 3,and the expansion of its thin sheet of carneous fibres (at ¢) inserted into
the skin covering the throat. This pair of muscles must tend, acting together, to support
and compress the upper larynx and pharynx.
In both figures (3 & 4) are shown the inserted portions of the “longus colli posticus”
(o**), of the “complexus” (y), of the ‘“ trachelo-mastoideus” (z), and of the “ rectus
capitis lateralis” (d). Full descriptions and figures of these muscles are given in
Memoir II., on the Apterya, tom. cit. pp. 283-286, pls. 32, 33, 34, & 35.
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS. 395
DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.
(All the figures are of the natural size.)
PLATE XLV.
Apteryx australis.
Fig. 1. Side view of the brain, in situ, with dissection of nerves and of organ of smell.
Fig. 2. Upper view of the brain, im stfu, with olfactory and trigeminal nerves.
Fig. 3. Base of brain, with cerebral arteries and origin of nerves.
Fig. 4. Base of brain, the cerebellum exposed by removal of the macromyelon.
Fig. 5. Side view of the brain, dissected to show the corpus striatum.
Fig. 6. Section of cerebellum and of part of cerebrum.
Fig. 7. Cavity of the lateral ventricle of the brain.
Fig. 8. Section of rhinencephala, showing their ventricle.
Fig. 9. Section of the fore part of prosencephala.
Fig. 10. Section, showing the anterior commissure.
Dinornis giganteus.
Fig. 11. Side view of brain.
Fig. 12. Upper view of brain.
Fig. 13. Base view of brain (represented by a cast of the cranial cavity).
PLATE XLVI.
Fig. 1. Dissection of the brain, of the fifth, seventh, and eighth nerves, and of the
muscles of the eyeball of Apteryx australis.
Fig. 2. Further dissection of the same parts, with the course of the optic nerve.
Fig. 3. Dissection of the muscles of the mandible and tongue of Apteryx australis.
Fig. 4. Ligaments and muscles of the mandible of the same.
Fig. 5. Portion of the trachea of the Cassowary (Caswarius galeatus).
Fig. 6. Portion of the trachea, including seven tracheal rings of Dinornis (ingens).
Fig. 7. Tracheal rings of Aptornis defossor.
Fig. 8. Stones from the gizzard of Dinornis elephantopus'.
’ These pebbles constitute about one-third of the heap of such found within the space encompassed by the
ribs and sternum of the skeleton of Dinornis elephantopus exhumed from the bog at Glenmark, Canterbury
Settlement, Middle Island, New Zealand, of which the sternum is described in Part XIII., Zool. Trans. vol. vii.
p- 115. No such pebbles occur, naturally, within a distance of thirty miles of that locality.
I submitted them to the examination of the experienced officers in the Department of Mineralogy, British
Museum, and append the following note from Tuomas Dayins, Esq., Assistant in that Department :-—
«The pebbles supposed to have been contained in the gizzard of the Dinornis consist exclusively of varieties
of quartz more or less crystalline or compact—sometimes amethystine, and also approaching in texture and
colour the black cherty variety called Lydian stone or Basanite ; the two latter, however, are apparently of more
exceptional occurrence. All are much worn, preserving little trace of their original fragmentary outline.”
I have received pebbles smoothly rounded by the triturating work of the gizzard of the Dinornis, from other
localities, under similar relations to the skeleton; their significance in association with bones of the trunk has
probably been overlooked.
sm OP OO
9.
220;
Subs
Pe
mil
. 14,
. 15.
. Side view of bronchial ring? of the same species.
. Tracheal rings of Dinornis ingens (?): a, full view; 6, front view; c, back view.
. Inside view of a tracheal ring of Dinornis elephantopus (?).
. Broad variety of tracheal rings of Dinornis ingens (?).
. Narrow variety of tracheal rings of Dinornis ingens (?).
. Two partially united tracheal rings of Dinornis ingens (?).
. Two partially united tracheal rings of Dinornis ingens (?), simulating a spiral.
. Two partially united tracheal rings of Dinornis ingens (2), simulating a spiral.
. Tracheal rings of Dinornis robustus (?): a, full view ; 6, back view ; ¢, front view.
. Narrow variety of tracheal rings of Dinornis robustus (?).
. Broad variety of tracheal rings of Dinornis robustus (?).
. Two partially confluent rings of Dinornis robustus (?): a, smooth united part ;
PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE GENUS DINORNIS.
PLATE XLVII.
. Tracheal rings of D. crassus: a, b, ¢, varieties, full view; d, oblique view, from
near the head.
. Side views of (a) large ring and (6) small ring, showing inequality of depth
of hoop.
. Full view of subcircular rings, D. erassus.
. Group of seven tracheal rings, D. erassus.
. Group of five tracheal rings, D. crassus.
. Group of four tracheal rings, D. crassus: a, front view; 6, side view.
. Groups of two rings, showing appearance of alternate breadth and narrowness
of parts of hoop: a, front view; 4, back view; ¢, side view.
. Part of ossified “ thyroid cartilage” of upper larynx of Dinornis crassus: a, outer
surface; 6, inner surface.
D. crassus: a, part of the chief bone of the lower larynx; 6, c, upper bronchial
ring.
Tracheal rings of Dinornis rheides: a, b,c, varieties, in full view; d, oblique view.
Broad variety of tracheal rings, edge views: a, broader side; 6, narrower side.
Group of four tracheal rings, D. rheides.
Tracheal ring of Dinornis elephantopus (?): a, full view; 6, side view.
Broader variety of tracheal ring of the same species.
Narrow variety of tracheal rings of the same species: a, full view; 6, side view.
<, rough anchylosed part.
. Two confluent rings of the broad variety of Dinornis robustus (?).
. Two partially confluent rings of Dinornis robustus (?).
. Inside view of two confluent rings of Dinornis robustus (?).
. Longitudinal section, showing inner surface of two confluent rings of Dinornis
ingens (?).
. Longitudinal section of a tracheal ring of Dinornis robustus (?).
R.Odelt JSmit lith. M&N Hanhart imp
LIO APTERYX AUSTRALIS ILI3 DINORNIS GIGANTEUS.
O.delt T.Srait hth
i
LAPTERYX AUSTRALIS
7 APTORNIS DEF
es
Oss
CA
0
SUARIUS CALEATUS
R_-8 DINORNIS
{
_6 DINORNIS
ELEPHANT OPU
a
2)
\%
=
INCENS
M&N Hanhart
mp.
= a fae SH ZOLLY DL7 Ir oe
Trent Lele Ul LEL)
VA
From ton Stone by J Erxleben. ae
TRACHEAL RINGS, DINORNIS.
X. Contributions to the knowledge of Pectinator, a genus of Rodent Mammalia from
North-eastern Africa. By Professor W. Prrers, F.W.Z.S.
Read November 1st, 1870.
[Puates XLVIII. to L.]
Introductory Remarks.
PECTINATOR SPEKII was first described in 1855 by Mr. E. Blyth, and named in
honour of the late Captain J. B. Speke, who discovered this very curious Rodent during
his expedition into the Somali country, where “it inhabits the large cellular blocks
of lava on the sea-face side of the northern Somali sea-coast range, lat. 9° N., and long.
AT’ E.”?.
Mr. Blyth directly recognized its close affinity to Dr. Gray’s Ctenodactylus massonit
from Northern Africa, from which he distinguished it because it has four molars
above and below instead of three, and “by having the tail and ear-conch well deve-
loped, a smaller eye, and apparently a general adaptation for more diurnal and less
fossorial habits.” He regarded the peculiar group of African Rodents, consisting of
Ctenodactylus, Pectinator, and perhaps Petromys, “as a separate family, about equiva-
lent to the Chinchillide, to which, upon the whole, the Pectinatoride would seem to
be more nearly affine than to any other known form.”
In 1861 Dr. v. Heuglin, who met with the same animal in the Adail and Somali
country, in the Bay of Tedjtira, between 11° 40' and 11° 45’ N., gave a diagnosis, with
a figure of the whole animal, and a sketch of the skull and teeth*, and communicated
at the same time a description and some interesting additions to Captain Speke’s notes
on its habits ”*.
Mr. William Jesse, connected as zoologist with the Abyssinian Expedition in 1868,
captured several specimens of the Pectinator, when proceeding up the passes from
Zoulla to Senafé®. These have been very kindly forwarded to me for examination
by my friend Mr. Sclater, who is always indefatigable in promoting zoological science
in the most unselfish and liberal manner.
A more complete knowledge of this Rodent has been a great desideratum; for,
although its close affinity to Ctenodactylus could not be doubtful, the affinities and
’ Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, xxiv. p. 294.
? Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1859, p. 234.
5 Nova Acta Acad. Cs. Leop. Carol. Nat. Curios. xxviii. 1861, p. 1, Taf. 2. figs. 1, 5, & 6.
* Petermann’s Geograph. Mittheilungen, 1861, p. 18. > Cf. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1869, p. 113.
VOL. Vil.—Part vy. January, 1871. Bi
598 PROFESSOR PETERS ON THE GENUS PECTINATOR.
systematic position of the latter itself have not, until now, been quite settled. In fact,
there exists hardly any other genus of Rodents of which the systematic position has
given rise to so many difficulties and which requires a more careful examination than
these very curious and interesting genera of continental Africa.
Not taking into consideration the opinions of Dr. Gray’ and Mr. Yarrell?, who placed
Ctenodactylus along with the Arvicole, because at that time attention had not been
called to the importance of craniological characters for a more natural arrangement of
the Rodents, there exist at least four different systematic views to be mentioned.
A. Wagner® places Ctenodactylus, together with Echinomys &c., in his family of
Psammoryctina; Professor Gervais‘ unites them with the Jerboas (Dipodes); Brandt’,
in his classical essay on the craniological characters of the Rodents, comes, after a careful
examination of the skull, to the conclusion that the group of the Ctenodactyli belongs
to the subfamily Octodontes (Octodontina, Waterhouse); and to Mr. Blyth, as before
mentioned, they seem to form a peculiar group, most nearly allied to the Chinchillina.
Mr. Waterhouse does not mention the Ctenodactyli, in his excellent work on the
Rodents, amongst the Hystricide ; but in a table of the geographical distribution of the
Rodents’ he places the “Section 3. Cfenodactylina” in his family Muride (composed
of Myoxina, Dipodina, Ctenodactylina, and Murina) between the Dipodina and Murina.
The collection of Mr. Jesse contains five specimens, in a more or less good state, pre-
served in alcohol, besides an imperfect skeleton and a tolerably good skin’. For com-
parison, the Berlin Museum has of Ctenodactylus two stuffed specimens, one in alcohol,
and a separate skull.
External Characters.
According to all accounts the appearance and behaviour of the little animal in its
natural state is very like that of a Squirrel, it being very lively in its movements, and
generally carrying its bushy tail aloft®. However, in its somewhat clumsy form of
body, less prominent eyes and ears, and shorter limbs, as also in size, it more resembles
a Guinea-pig.
The ears are rounded, as broad as high, externally well clothed with soft hair,
1 Spicilegia Zoologica (1830), p. 10; List of Mammalia, 1843, p. 117.
? Proc. Comm. Zool. Soc. Lond. i. 1831, p. 48.
5 Archiy fiir Naturgeschichte, 1842, i. p. 1; Schreber, Siiugethiere, Suppl. iii. 1843, p. 353.
‘ D’Orbigny, Dict. d’Hist. Nat. 1848, xi., Rongeurs, p. 203; Hist. Nat. d. Mammiféres, 1854, i. p. 373.
5 Untersuchungen iiber die craniologischen Entwickelungsstufen der Nager, 1854, p. 259.
5 The Physical Atlas of Natural Phenomena, pl. 28 (communicated by the author).
7 The bottle sent to me with the specimens contained besides:—1, a specimen of Crocidura sericea,
Sundeyall, from Waliko, near the river Anseba; 2, Mus musculus, L., from Zoulla camp; 3, Mus gentilis,
Brants, from the sand-plains of Zoulla.
® According to Mr. Jesse and Mr. Blanford (Observations on the Geology and Zoology of Abyssinia, Lond.
1870, p- 281). Dr. y. Heuglin, on the contrary, says that, when running, the Pectinator keeps its tail in a
horizontal position, and that only when sitting is this organ erect and applied to its back.
PROFESSOR PETERS ON THE GENUS PECTINATOR. 399
which becomes more rigid and forms a fringe at the margin of the ear; internally, only
towards the hinder part, sparingly provided with short hair. ‘The whole ear-conch
cannot be said to be more developed than in Ctenodactylus; but the antitragus,
entirely wanting in Ctenodactylus, is, although very small, distinguishable; and the
anthelix, which forms in Ctenodactylus a simple arched prominence, with hairy margin,
is much lower, naked, and more of the human form, anteriorly bifurcate. In this
latter respect (the development of the anthelix) the Ctenodactyli differ entirely from
Dipus (egyptius), Chinchilla, and Habrocoma, and show a greater affinity to the
Echinomyes. The eyes are of moderate size, three times as distant from the end
of the snout as from the ears, and separated from each other by a large interspace.
The snout is protruding, and the cleft of the mouth small, as in most of the Rodents,
particularly in the Rats, Echinomyes, and Chinchille. The upper lip is not cleft, nor
hairy behind the incisors, as in Dipus, but merely notched, as in Hehinomys and
Chinchilla, and has a mesial naked’ narrow groove descending from the small
triangular rhinarium between the falciform nostrils. Above the nostrils is to be seen
the same transverse fold of skin which has been observed in the Chinchille. ‘The
moustaches are formed by seven longitudinal rows of long bristles, partly much longer
than the head, the longest measuring 8 centimetres.
The fur of the body is of moderate length, about 14 centimetre long, and, although
yery soit, less so than in the Chinchille.
Pectinator has, like Ctenodactylus, only two lateral teats, one on each side, 1 centi-
metre behind the elbow when the humerus is laid backwards. In this respect the
Ctenodactyli ave also more allied to the Chinchille and the Echinomyes than to the
Dipoda, which have a pair of teats between the fore legs, and one on the inner side of
the hind legs. The external sexual parts at first sight do not differ very much in the
different sexes, the clitoris of the female being perforate, and hardly less protruding
than the penis of the male. The vagina is separated from the anal aperture only by
a narrow isthmus; and the testes form prominences externally, at the sides of the base
of the penis.
The extremities are in form and proportion exactly like those of Ctenodactylus.
Both the anterior and posterior limbs have externally only four toes, the single-jointed
thumb being perfectly concealed by the skin. The upperside of the hands and feet is
closely covered with short adpressed hair, which becomes longer and setaceous towards
the end of the fingers and toes, thus overreaching the strongly curved pointed claws.
As in Ctenodactylus, two rows of bristles on the two inner toes of the hind feet are
particularly strong and comb-like. The palms and soles are naked, and of a black
colour. There are three large patches behind the base of the fingers and toes, two
roundish ones beneath the carpus, and two longish ones beneath the metatarsus. The
patches under the ends of the toes are transversely furrowed. The last finger and toe
' In the Ohinchille also this groove is naked, and only appears hairy in dried specimens.
Sat
400 PROFESSOR PETERS ON THE GENUS PECTINATOR.
are the shortest, next them the first, and the longest one is the second. The claws of
the fingers are smaller, but of the same form as those of the toes.
The tail is depressed, and does not attain quite half the length of the head and body
together. It is, except at the base, where the fur is like that of the body, well covered
with stiffer hair, which gradually increases in length as it approaches the end of the
tail, reaching a length of 5 centimetres.
The upper parts are ashy-grey, delicately suffused with black; the sides lighter greyish ;
the underside from chin to tail, the inner side of the extremities, and the upperside of
-the hands and feet greyish white; the lips, the two lower rows of the moustaches, a small
patch behind the base, and the stiff hair in front of the ears white. The upper rows of
the moustaches and the claws are black. ‘The stiff hairs of the tail have their bases
orange-yellow, then a very large black ring, a subterminal large greyish-white ring, and
the points black. All the soft fur of the body has the greater, basal part lead-coloured ;
that of the upper parts has a large subterminal yellowish-grey ring, and the extreme end
black—except some longer hairs with long black points. The hair of the under parts
is lead-coloured, with white points.
Male. Female. Male. Female,
millims, millims. millims. millims.
Motalilene thy sivns I
Oo HH Re Om co
416 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE WALRUS.
As previously ascertained, the Otaria was a foot shorter than the above length, no. 1.
With no. 2 there was a corresponding diminution; but as respects no. 3 the Otaria
was relatively the longer of the two. The measurements 4 & 5 cannot satisfactorily be
compared. The increment of nuchal length in the latter tallies with the impression the
eye perceives, namely that the Walrus isa more bull-necked Pinniped than the southern
species of Eared Seals.
Fig. 1.
Trichechus rosmarus, 3 , Juv.
4. Skin-folds.—A notable peculiarity in this young animal, and one which Dr. Gray,
on seeing the creature, specially desired should be, if possible, photographed, was the
curious wrinkled condition of the skin. The remark of many was that nature had
provided too big a coat to fit the body comfortably, and hence creases and folds
innumerable, along with the roughened coarse hair, gave a much rougher shaggy
appearance to the body than most published figures bring out. The cutaneous
wrinkles and furrows varied in height, depth, and direction in the several regions of
the body, and altered considerably according to the position assumed. Those of the
head, neck, and limbs shall be specified separately in the respective descriptions of these
parts. Of those of the body the accompanying woodcut (fig. 1) represents the general
aspect as a whole, whilst figs. 8, 11, & 12, Pls. LIII. & LIV., also illustrate different
portions as typifying the significant feature in question. Briefly, it may be said of the
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE WALRUS. AIT
sides of the body (that is, from the shoulders to the rump, including the buttocks and
sacral region) that skin-furrows run in parallel, oblique, and intercrossing lines. Thus
diamond- or lozenge-shaped islands of skin-folds, some more acutely elongated than
others, cover nearly the whole bodily frame. On the belly, however, the folds and
furrows are chiefly longitudinal, and to a great extent are wanting in the said diamond
sculpturing. In the axillary (fig. 9, Pl. LIII.) and inguinal regions the dermal plice
alter to minute, fine, and parallel strie, of which more hereafter.
Neither of the allied forms, Otariide and Phocide, exhibit the lozenge-shaped mark-
ings above described; nor do any of the other families of the Carnivora possess in such
a high degree this rugose condition of the skin. In young, fat, and plump puppy dogs
there is looseness of the integument and often overlapping folds of an irregular cha-
racter, but nothing to compare with those alluded to in the Walrus.
Some Pachyderms, particularly the Elephant, manifest similar skin-corrugations, and
quite as diamond- or lozenge-shaped as in the Walrus, but of course stiff and unwieldy
ridges compared with the latter.
In certain Cetaceans (Balznopteridz) there are great longitudinal belly-ridges' which
obliquely interdigitate; but these do not put on the diamond-shaped figuring distin-
guishing Trichechus in its juvenile and, may be, adult condition. The stuffed skins found
in museums of large or full-grown Walruses give no idea whatsoever of the charac-
teristic in question ; and the figures published by authors of works of travel and natural
history are at best sadly deficient in definition as respects the actual form and dermal
contour-lines of the body.
If it be asked what purpose is served by this loose-fitting and highly channelled gar-
ment of the Walrus, it may be suggested that for the immense size which the creature
afterwards obtains, compared with its earlier bulk, some provision is needed admitting
of distention of the tegument concomitant with growth. No doubt in some measure
this may be true; but why it should be necessary in the case of Trichechus and relatively
deficient in the Eared and Earless Seals &c., it is not so easy to explain. I have
several times had an opportunity of inspecting the young of the Polar Bear (Zhalass-
arctos maritimus), an animal ultimately attaining dimensions rivalling the Walrus; but
no such marked provision was apparent. Another plausible reason may be assumed,
namely, that periodically the Walrus becomes very fat, and during such times the elastic
capacity of the skin allows of sufficient storage-room for the superabundant adipose
tissue. But on this point it is worth while to quote Mr. Lamont’, who says, “The
Walrus has not nearly so much blubber in proportion to his size as the Seal: thus a
Seal of 600 Ibs. will carry 200 lbs. or 250 lbs. of fat; an ordinary Walrus may weigh
2000 lbs., but his fat will not exceed that of a Seal; a full-sized old bull Walrus must
’ See illustration of these in P, Z. 8. 1865, p. 208, fig. 1, a,b; also recently by Professor Turner in Trans.
Roy. Soc. Edinb. yol. xxyi. pl. 5, figs. 1 & 4 (B. sibbaldii).
? «Seasons with the Sea-horses,’ Lond. 1861, p. 71.
418 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE WALRUS.
weigh at least 3000 lbs., and such a Walrus will produce, if very fat, 650 lbs. of blubber,
but seldom more than 500 lbs., which latter was, I think, about the maximum quantity
yielded by the most obese of our victims.” Very different was the condition exhibited
by the Society’s specimen, in which, as I have remarked (P. Z. S. 1868, p. 68), “not
a particle of subcutaneous fat was present; and the mesentery and other abdominal
parts, usually containing fatty substances, were equally destitute of such.” Indeed I
may say I never met with a leaner fleshy brute; but the pailful of Ascaris bicolor taken
out of the stomach went far to account for deprivation of fat. Whatever be the bear-
ings of the case concerning tegumentary folds, Von Baer (p. 133) hints that his subject
was loose-hided ; and Brown (p. 428) mentions that the skin of old animals is generally
wrinkled and gnarled: indeed, from what most travellers say, the great laxity of the
Walrus’s skin characterizes both old and young.
5. The Head.—No really good and faithful portrait of the head, displaying the
minutie of skin and the manner in which the bristles are set in the Walrus, is to my
knowledge published’. Hence I have reason to think that the large profile view
(Pl. LI. fig. 1) photographed by me from the recently dead animal, and most carefully
delineated on stone by Mr. Smit, will be found to possess unusual accuracy. This
illustration, as well as figs. 2, 3, 4, & 5, Pl. LIL, of which three are also from photo-
graphs, and lithographed by Mr. Berjeau, renders it less necessary that I should dwell
at length on the peculiarities of the head of the Walrus in youth; nevertheless some
remarks may not be inappropriate, especially as the aspect of a thing itself conveys
certain impressions which even in a photograph are wanting.
As observed in nature, then, the head is longer than the neck, and the cranial vault
has not the same flattened appearance as that of Otaria jubata. The snout or muzzle
is abruptly truncate.
The eye has pretty nearly a median position on the side of the head; its orbital ring
seems prominent and tumid, giving, along with the relatively small bloodshot eye, quite
a different expression to the large staring-eyed Sea-lion.
I had thought the intense redness of the conjunctival membrane was due to patho-
logical lesion, but find that Von Baer noticed similar “sugillation” in his specimen;
and, besides, several voyagers (for instance, Martens in 1675, and Lamont in 1861) call
special attention to the red eye of the Walrus. This unusual condition, therefore, must
be a natural one, the physiological reason of which I am not prepared to give.
There are no apparent eyelashes. In the state of contraction the palpebral fissure
appears as a narrow slit 1 inch long. The anterior canthus is distant 32 inches from
the nasal opening.
Though destitute of ears, however, there is a protuberance, or a semilunar skin-fold
? Brown, P. Z.8. 1868, p. 482, adverts to the drawings of Herr von Yhlen, ‘Svenska Expeditionem til
Spetsbergen ir 1861,’ pp. 169, 308, as being very good. I have not, however, been so fortunate as to get a
sight of these, although I have searched seyeral of the London libraries for the volume in question,
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE WALRUS. 419
above and overlapping the patent meatus anditorius externus. When examined by the
hand a cartilage is felt inwards, but no pinna can be pressed outwards. ‘The ear-hole
is distant 2} inches from the posterior canthus.
There is great mobility of the muzzle; and as to the stiff moustache-bristles, these curve
in different directions according to the tonicity of the parts and their state of muscular
contraction. When the nostrils are relaxed they drop forwards and the bristles curve
inwards. At such times the nares are apart fully 1} inch; but when they are contracted
a septum 0°6 of an inch wide only divides them. Occasionally, when alive, I observed
the animal retract its upper lip, as a dog would in snarling; and this caused a deep
furrow in the facial region, This change in the features gives quite a different expression
to the physiognomy.
The mystacal bristles, which are neither more nor less than a further developed
stage of the long tactile hairs on the upper lip of Carnivora, the common Cat for
example, more bristly in their nature in the Seals, reach the maximum of abundance
and magnitude in the Walrus. Lamont’s vivid remark is so trite that I cannot forbear
quoting it; he says (p. 145), “The upper lip of the Walrus is thickly set with strong,
transparent, bristly hairs, about six inches long, and as thick as a crowquill; and this
terrific moustache, together with his long white tusks, and fierce-looking, blood-shot
eyes, gives Rosmarus trichecus altogether a most unearthly and demoniacal appearance
as he rears his head aboye the waves.” ‘The intimate structure of these bristles has
been described by other authors; my figures (Pls. LI., LI., & LV.) sufficiently convey
a notion of their appearance in the young animal, so that further verbal allusion is
unnecessary.
When seen in front and from above, the face has a most curious expression, recalling
to mind that of the cranium of an Elephant rather than the Walrus’s ally Otaria.
The auricular regions then acquire a prominent aspect, as do the orbits. The great
breadth of the muzzle also comes out better. The face is entirely hairy to the roots of
the bristles. In our specimen there was a round scar, the size of a halfpenny, in the
midglle line between the nostrils and the eyes.
On the lower surface of the muzzle and chin (fig. 3, Pl. LII.), the upper lip passes
one inch beyond the lower lip, and the snout, with its adpressed bristles, one to two
inches beyond that. A portion of the upper rosy lip, in this view, is seen thrust upwards
or puckered outside the canines, These upper canine teeth, which grow to massive
tusks in the adult and aged Walruses, in ours had little more than protruded beyond
the mandibular lips. The chin and anterior portion of the throat are very hairy; this
diminishes backwards; and on the throat the almost hairless skin is thrown into longi-
tudinal and parallel narrowish flat-topped ruge.
VOL. VII.—PART VI. June, 1871. aN
420 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE WALRUS.
Dimensions and Relative Proportions of the Head.
inches
Length from the muzzle to the sie cin OCCIPUT o aath seyl, wonde ec
Girth at the occiput . . . . Se en ae rh
Girth at the ear-openings (a pinna is wanting) . . . . . - + « « 203
Girth at a point vertical with the eyes. . . . . - - + + + + + 22
Girth at the posterior end of the lip-bristles . . . . . - . . . « 19
Girth at the muzzle anterior to the lower lip. . . . . . «© « ~ - 193
Apparent vertical depth of head in a line cutting ear-hole. . . - - . 73
Apparent vertical depth of head at the eye. . . eee ee Pe
Apparent vertical depth of head 1 inch behind nanigele ee ens
Apparent vertical depth of the truncated extremity of upperlip . . . 3
Apparent vertical depth of same, including the mandible. . . . . . 34
Breadth of the snout (comprising the adpressed bristles) . . . . . . 63
Distance from the snout to the middle of the eye . . . . ~~... 6
Distance between the two eyes, following superficial curve . . . . . 8
Distance between the two ear-holes, following superficial curve . . . . 11g
6. Pectoral Limb, and Comparison with that of Seal.—There is a family resemblance
between the fore foot of the Walrus, the Seal, and the Sea-lion, inasmuch as they are
each modified swimming-paws, yet they differ in several particulars. As regards shape
the two former present the closest agreement; but in manner of attachment and use
the Seal stands alone.
In all, the free portion of the limb is broad and flat.
In the Walrus the pectoral fold of skin reaches the elbow, and the tegument of the
axillary region is soft and elastic. In front of the shoulder it appears to extend to
below the neck of the humerus. Like the axillary portion, the hide at this part is also
very pliable, forming great folds or becoming smoother, according to the movements of
the limb and body of the animal. The freedom of this limb of the Walrus permits
pronation and supination to a great extent. ‘
In the common Seal the axillary membrane proceeds as far as the distal end of the
fifth metacarpal. This gives a greater width of membrane and limits the action of the
paw, which cannot be pushed forward and has no such rotary movement as in the Walrus.
The skin in front of the flipper or fore paw reaches to the middle of the forearm.
From the above it results that the attachments of the skin at the root of the fore
limb in the Walrus, both before and behind, allow much greater freedom of movement
than in the common Seal; and as this extremity can be thrown further out from the
body, it enables it to twist the palm downwards and forwards, 7. ¢. with plantigrade
effect, as in the Sea-lion (Ofaria).
In the Walrus the humerus, radius, and ulna can be so placed that they meet at an
acute angle, the lower limb of which is in a great measure free. The digits, on the
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE WALRUS. 421
other hand, can together be turned backwards at a sharp angle with the radius and
ulna, so that the bones of the limb altogether form an §-shaped figure.
In the Seal the antibrachium and digits bend on each other more angularly,
thus <.
It may be remarked, however, that the juvenile condition of the Walrus caused the
metacarpal bones and digits to have greater flexibility than might be the case in a more
adult animal.
In the act of swimming the Walrus evidently can use its fore limb as far as the
elbow, with a kind of rotary movement of the manus and antibrachium; but in the
Seal the rotary action takes place only at the wrist, and above that a sort of confined
ginglymoid or back and forward movement.
The nails of the pectoral extremity of the common Seal are long, and pass beyond
the web.
Tn the Walrus, as in the Sea-lion, the nails are small, and do not project beyond the
webs. ‘The digits of the two latter also terminate in long spatulate cartilages—that of
the pollex in the Walrus being of medium length and strength, whilst its magnitude in
Otaria is something immense.
In the Morse the digits are subequal in length, the pollex slightly the largest and
longest ; the interdigital web or membrane is fluted when contracted. The diminu-
tion of the distal spatular cartilages and concomitant increment of the nails in Phoca
convert its paw into a differentiated instrument on land or in water. By the extra-
ordinary elongation of all, but especially of the pollicial cartilage, and strengthening
of its basal phalanges, besides development of the palmar and dorsal fascia into strong
unyielding aponeurotic ligament, the great oar-like flipper of Otaria is after all nothing
but evolution from the more Bear-like manus of Trichechus.
Having placed the carcass of the animal on its back and stretched the pectoral
extremities outwards, I noted the following appearances. The chest and pectoral
extremity to the wrist are of a pale almost flesh-colour, and nearly devoid of hair
compared with the body generally. In this posture all marked brachial wrinkling
disappears; there is, however, abundance of very warty rugex, resembling in many
respects the palm of the human hand, only larger. What was very marked were
scattered white circular spots averaging 0-2 inch in diameter. These I was inclined to
regard as circumscribing cutaneous glands, though they bore analogies to the super-
ficial markings usually found around abraded large hair-roots. The former is more
likely to be their nature. Occupied with the inspection of other parts, I omitted
further investigation till the operation of flensing was completed.
An old Walrus is mentioned by Brown (J. c. p. 428) as being “quite spotted with
leprous-looking marks, consisting of irregular tubercular-looking white cartilaginous
hairless blotches,” which he took for cicatrices of warlike adventure. I conclude from
3N2
422 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE WALRUS.
this and hints dropped by travellers and others', that skin-disease affecting the said
glandular spots is of no uncommon occurrence among these creatures, and is often
mistaken for healed cutaneous wounds.
The palmar surface or sole of the manus is not unlike a parlour shovel in figure.
There is a great callous, roughened, and warty pad at the proximal end or ball of the
hand; and this, from discoloration incident to use, is of an intense dark brown or almost
black cclour. From the radial margin, where it is stoutest and roughest, it trends
towards the base of the fifth digit. Circumscribed digital pads, as in Carnivora, there
are none; but furrows and ridges traverse obliquely forwards from the pollicial to the
opposite side.
Further on I shall have occasion to question the statement that the hind foot of the
Walrus acts as a sucker to attach itself to the slippery ice. Here, dealing with the fore
foot, and looking for adaptation to a purpose, we can at least see three apposite subor-
dinate functions whereby this foot is well suited to the ice-bound regions which the
Morse inhabits :—First, its great breadth, whereby it may act as a snow-shoe, or on
uneven ground gain power of purchase by increase of its area. Secondly, its remarkable
rough and warty palmar surface affords above every thing a stay and firm leverage on
slippery ground; no stocking or wisp of straw used by man to bind round the foot
when on smooth ice can equal nature’s provision of coarse tegumentary papille.
Thirdly, the angle at which the carpo-metacarpal joint is set, and the very odd manner
of foot-implantation on the ground, namely, semiretroverted, evidently make it an easier
task to go forwards or upwards on a smooth surface than to retrograde,
Beneficence and Design are doubtless everywhere scattered broadcast, but who can
say that those seeming coadaptations are alone what the instrument subserves in the
great scheme of Creation. Are they indeed after all ends to a purpose? for of species
of the aquatic Mammalia few or none have ever been studied with any thing like pre-
cision or care concerning their habits in a state of nature. Much observation is still
wanting in this field.
The precise limb-measurements are as undernoted :—
inches.
From the shoulder-joint to the extreme end of first digit. . . . . . 23%
Girth of the limb close to the body, or 9 inches from its distal end . . 173
Transverse diameter of the swimming-paw at wrist-joint . . . . . . 7%
Transverse diameter of the swimming-paw at the digits (crossing-nails) . 9
Thickness of the manus at the wrist-jomt. . . . EI ee
Length, following curve of anterior border of pectoral cei go Sie oa ciall ae
Length, following curve of posterior border (7. e. from axilla) . . . . 22%
Length from elbow-joint to the tip of the fifth digit . . . . . . . 123
‘ Vide a short paper on the Walrus, by Dr. J. Bernard Gilpin, Proc. and Trans. Nova-Scotian Institute of
Nat. Science, vol. ii. pt. 3, 1868-69, p. 123.
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE WALRUS. 423
On comparison with measurements taken to the same points in Ofaria, I find that
the young Trichechus is relatively and absolutely shorter-limbed. The brachial girth
close to the body is almost identical. The greatest diameter or breadth presents agree-
ment; but Ofaria has rather the advantage. The Morse has the thickest manus. The
anterior curved and free margin has a length greatly in favour of the Sea-lion; but in
the posterior concave or axillary border the reverse obtains. Thus it results that the
available area for impulsion in water is less in the Walrus than in the Eared Seals; and
this is in accordance with what is known of their swimming-power, which is far inferior
to that of the Otaries.
7. Ventral Region.—Strictly speaking, the Walrus possesses no free tail, as do the
Phocide and Otariide; for a broad web of skin stretches across from os calcis to os
calcis, enveloping the caudal representative. This remarkable elastic membrano-tegu-
mentary expansion, reminding one of the more delicate web similarly situated in Bats,
has posteriorly, when the legs are outspread, a wide semilunar border with little if any
medio-caudal projection. What appears as a tail when the limbs are approximated
(Pl. LIV. fig. 12, ¢), is in reality fibroid tissue and skin; for the caudal vertebre stop
short about an inch from the free margin.
The opening of the anus is within 13 inch of the tip of the tail, the latter, as has
been said, being outwardly well nigh obsolete, so much covered is it by the caudo-leg
membrane. Even when examined belly upwards the anal aperture is not freely exposed,
being covered or overlapped by a kind of duplicature of the said loose expanse of skin
(af ), which, indeed, forms part of the ordinary rectal folds often met with in this region.
There is an indistinct linear raphe present, most marked close to the rectum. The skin
in the region posterior to the anus and fold has a punctated character, arising from the
distribution of cutaneous glands (Pl. LIV. fig. 13, 7). Narrow, linear, transverse or
oblique rugz are also present at this part. The ventral surface of the diminutive tail
appears raised above the adjoining membrane, and in the present instance was cicatrized,
evidently the healed scar of a former wound.
The external orifice through which the penis protrudes in erection shall be described
along with the organs of generation. Some 5 inches forwards from the anterior border
of the aperture, the umbilicus (fig. 14, wm, Pl. LIV.) is met with. This is a deepish
pit, with an elevated roundish projection of bare skin as large as a shilling in circum-
ference, and, besides minute circular rug, is marked by a dozen or thereabouts of deep
radiating furrows and ridges.
Professor Owen notes (J. c. p. 104), as does Daubenton in the foetus (op. cit. p. 420),
that there are four mamme in the female—two abdominal, and two inguinal. I observed
the same number of teats in this young male; they were buried, however, in depres-
sions, and not elevated as in the adult male Ofaria. The two posterior teats were
situated opposite the anterior border of the opening for the penis, but at 53 inches
outward distance from it. The anterior pair were 9 inches in advance of them.
424 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE WALRUS.
8. Pelvic Limb, and Comparison with that of Seal.—According to whether the hind foot
is opened or closed so does the appearance of the free portion of the limb vary. Dorsally,
when closed (see fig. 10, Pl. LIII.), it is long, parallel-sided, with the first and fifth
digits conspicuously elongated, and the three shorter median ones overlapping each
other as well as those on either side. The fifth digit is the largest of all, in this respect
agreeing with Phoca, but differing from 0. jubata, where the first or great toe attains
the maximum dimensions. If figs. 2 & 4, pl. iv. Phil. Trans. 1824, be compared with
the present fig. 10, it will be seen that the first and fifth digital extension are incurved.
This is quite a possible circumstance, as beyond the bony phalanx there is a soft carti-
laginous tip. I must state, however, both from a study of the live animal and manipu-
lation of it when dead, that incurvation and close proximity of the ends of the first and
fifth digits is an unnatural position for them to assume, and only results from alteration
of the textures or from force.
The amount of loose interdigital membrane is very considerable, so that when ex-
panded the foot is fan-shaped. The dorsal surface is smooth compared with the
plantar one. ‘The sole, indeed, like that of the manus, is rough and gnarled. From
the os calcis forwards to the proximal ends of the digits there are several deep trans-
verse furrows, and, besides, innumerable smaller sinuous gyrations, forming altogether a
scabrous pad. This rough rasp-like condition has not been delineated by Home (J. c.
pl. iv. figs. 3 & 4); but he correctly represents a fleshy ridge running from behind for-
wards between the third and fourth digits. Of the concavity or disk whereby adhesion
by suction to the ground is performed, and by this mechanism the Walrus is enabled to
support its gravity in progressive motion, I coincide with Von Baer, who regards Sir
Everard Home’s notion as untenable. No one who has ever seen the Walrus walk, or
the Otaria climb (and they are both capable of the latter extraordinary movement),
could for a moment suppose that by a pedal vacuum, as in a fly’s foot, the massive
Pinnipedian was sustained.
Returning, however, to the general aspect and tegumentary attachment of the entire
pelvic limb, I shall, as in the pectoral extremity, institute a comparison of it chiefly
with that of the Seal (Phoca).
In the Walrus the hind quarters seem shorter than in the Seal, apparently because
of the different proportion between the femur and the tibia and fibula, the greater
comparative length of the femur in the Walrus producing an expanded breadth opposite
the iliac bones as the animal thrusts the femur outwards; this at times also gives a less-
arched form to the hinder parts in the Walrus, whereas in the Seal, from the tibia and
fibula being more fixed, there is a greater lateral compression at the sacral and distal
end of the caudal region. In the Seal the ossa calcium, or rather heels, approach close
to the tail, and cannot be thrust outwards far from it, whereas in the Walrus, while they
can be pushed in towards the tail with ease, or even join one another, they at the same
time can be separated as much as, or even more than, a foot distant from each other,
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE WALRUS. 495
The tail in the Walrus reaches only to the heel. In the Seal it projects considerably
beyond it, even as much as 4 or 5 inches.
The free membrane joining the tail to the limb reaches no further than the os calcis
in the Walrus, and the foot then can be turned at a right angle to the heel. In the
Seal the same caudal expansion or sheet of integument reaches considerably beyond the
os calcis, as far even as the proximal end of the metatarsals. 'The membrane likewise
goes towards the middle of the foot, in this manner binding the soles together, so that
when these are expanded they face each other and prevent all movement of a planti-
grade kind.
It is thus with difficulty the two hind feet can be dragged out at right angles with
the body, the natural movement being a kind of sculling one towards each other, the
soles facing one another mesially.
The hind foot in the Walrus is in some respects like that of the Sea-lion, both, for
instance, in its manner of attachment and in the movements of the parts one on the
other.
In them the caudo-limb membrane only extending to the heel allows great laxity of
movement. Besides rotation, pronation, and supination, the feet can be thrust back-
wards in the long diameter of the body, somewhat in the same manner as obtains in the
common Seal.
The hind foot (pes) in the Walrus, as previously stated, can be twisted forwards and
used as a support in walking, similar to the method of progression of the Sea-lion ;
nevertheless there is noticeable a slight difference in the mode of action. The Walrus
is often seen to thrust its toes more below the belly, whereas the Sea-lion drags them
flappingly outwards, and its great long toes at times even overlap or strike against the
fore limbs. This latter was not observed in the Walrus, the toes appearing to be
shorter and less rigid.
The nails on the pelvic limb of the Walrus are larger than those of the fore foot.
The sole is bare and the dorsum covered with short hairs as far on as the proximal
phalanges.
The development and disposition of the nails of the hind limb is a very trenchant
character, distinguishing the three genera of Pinnipedia already so often referred to.
In Trichechus they are altogether diminutive, subequal in size, and, from the short distal
phalangeal cartilages, moderately, and indeed the three median ones rather, near the
toe-tips. In Otaria the two outer ones are but rudiments, whereas the three mesial
ones are large and strong: they are placed at a considerable distance from the points of
the digits. In Phoca the nails assume a claw-like size and figure, are situated quite at
the digital extremities. and the middle three are much smaller than the outer two.
426 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE WALRUS.
The measurement of our Walrus’s hind foot yielded the following results :—
inches.
From the os calcis (at the point to which the caudal flap of skin reaches)
in a straight line along the sole of the foot to the tip of the fifth
digit, which is the largest in size. . . ; an inhetic: ofc les
The same measurement carried to the distal Sid of erect fOGs\: osm cat ae LOR
From the knee-joint to the tip of the fifth digit . . . . . . . . 26%
The free part of the pelvic limb, ina straightline . . . . . . . I%%
Girth at the proximal end or round the os calcis . . . . ia holds
Extreme breadth at termination of digits when these are
Pal \ caelpoiae nj oMth ie SatienGe to. eanae lilnis SqeriOkE 5
pinoh tes bi rake ainda sdehasterre 5 40 hie
r
res]
fy sah a GES hater rite nian Seen
| i hans Se janis Wheat eied
Tends Fp Soph hans a ssf Sathet rial a hiceniyrobto sti itiie Sa a ig
ieee 2) oe pers obeinhasi’? hee
rr crew? fk til eit mw china ce eo Ne trendy A: Rtg
tts aye pan shoged Cetrtogyh Vici « hs gotart 3 Toiebretetah tae sie) ene e TAD Tet ele
Fiat trols WY; bduobp\ prupespehtte Brondoagnal agi telao has aie
frisbee ned ufetifinenice “Se agar alae Abe
mo) Pieotyoiis.e < oadilieies at aie ils et bts Soe die! hic raz I ¥e-
F Se a; P ‘ ae Ps {
4 at (intial oh hpaerd-b cen {Se bts fermi Ai: laldseen +} ire; ba ty hepa all
Poni: oy tte ied iy ainkl hbke 6bia? 4iibemk ah ahs beeen hss a aes
-y ae aie abe Sncte y kvi hintaan tides Sevtalwonenrs, Se: i
Cir eguatsent abatacipyy ii te. Aiden? deia ogee els oe aS
ht tauiy oid taeiests lias pen apt Sane died ete hah ews tite ook ieee
; sedated degaefie sive! (aaretgngethih tte alifoigaesibyt ah ike
id
tertils) Liltidqadtowhits data natbesn hel’ thyahd ena Oa eT
noilidt-odaiiienP ta wnirsear sud ies oieewiy af Thad
: tay le See qatihigt: Wert re, cela}
5 ihekandl ak is hhay oath crcl -wROe stds 2+ cand ts
Pee TD arity
nite: Set hu Haken haa diel See oe
Lb eet
ne Ane why see ioe of Races Gerrth Aiigty wma! es
ey ; sd ante Sptanserting tact ae, Rl ae x
SP Suhel oy tn we JU iehatehy ie ah ee pam
‘hs sidy danish talisfelh yee Uendareie PRP, sindightle raat res be ;
Megs . Arps ai katoi aes : Hy
. j i a |
a cate 4 * pe OF & A . eS 2 ee o
— - \ ‘ ‘ : acne eh | ee me ‘ :
Prorat
Shepton ws fot hi a thawte ee w% woguntedity, iP, 88 i er
poe Cees m4 3D Ya '
ATAE hws fire ace
~
=
ur
JSmtlith .
MICROPTERUS
CINEREUS
Os
—
on YY 2O.A}
Wh L000 I VO. Vit
M&N Hanhart. imp
JSmit fith
MICROPTERUS CINEREUS
af
et |
iy
|
YY Yo. pe Lp ke
Lo ( ppl 44 Cel | PV 59
M&NHanhart imp
Turar wisi?
J Smit lith
M&N Harhart mp .
MICROPTERUS CINEREUS
“SNAHANTO SHUALAOYWIIN
dur TeureyT NY UT EES
SNAYANID SNeALJOYWDIN
door 3reyory NR WY unyarag
\
\,
\
XIV. On the Female Generative Organs, Viscera, and Fleshy Parts of Hyena brunnea,
Thunberg. By James Morin, W.D., P.LS., F.GS., &c., Lecturer on Compara-
tive Anatomy, Middlesex Hospital, late Prosector to the Zoological Society of
London.
Read February 14th, 1867.
[Puave LXTIL.]
A CARNIVOROUS animal so well known to naturalists and anatomists as the Hyena
is unlikely to be a form yielding much that is new to science in the structure of its
organs as ordinarily dissected. But whilst nothing rare or striking in this sense is
offered, there nevertheless are two points which may bear closer investigation and
further illustration than they have already received. These, the postanal pouch and
glands‘, it is more especially the object of the present paper to describe and figure in
the Brown Hyena (Hyena brunnea, Thunb.’), the so-called “ Strand-Wolf” of the Cape.
In addition to the record of my dissection of those parts, I have appended notes on the
soft tissues generally.
Of the specimen I need only say that it was a perfect example of the species, both
as regards development, colouring, and coat. The skull, seen both by Mr. Busk and
Professor Flower, authenticated the external characters. The animal, which had lived
in the Society's Gardens about thirteen years, died on the 13th of August, 1866.
The following were its dimensions :—
inches.
From tip of nose to that of tail (ina straight line). . . . . . . . 53
The hair, however, extended beyond the tail 8 inches, which gives . . 61
Head in length from tip of nose to occiput . . . . . . . . . . 123
Tail from its root to tip . . . NCTE EES se crasty) 2 8
Height from of sole fore foot to aheatie®: . 28
Height from sole of hind foot to behind loins Maa nie Seae (one ie eee
Girth of body, behindithetore limbs". 2097 (9% .. . -.- + «+ 36
Girthetaaiddle ofipouyec. a). ad teiee eee ge +, 40
Girth in front of the hind legs 3
Girth of head before the ears. : 2
Gitthto@head roundithesmuzzlemmre oO). we eee. « . 9. «2 Log
Girth of neck just behind the ears 2
1 Daubenton, in Buffon’s Hist. Nat. tom. ix. p. 287, pls. 28, 29, describes and figures the said parts of
H. striata. In John Hunter’s dissection of the Striped Hyena (vid. ‘Essays and Observations,’ edit. by
Professor Owen, Lond. 1861, vol. ii. p. 58) these parts and the male and female generative organs are noted.
The original preparations exist in Coll. of Surgs. Mus. Preps. nos. 2148 to 2151.
2 « Beskrifning och Teckning pa ett nytt species Hyena brunnea, Tab. 1,” in K. Vetensk. Handl. Stockholm,
1820, p. 59.
432
504 DR. J. MURIE ON HYANA BRUNNEA.
1. Mamme, Anal Pouch, and Glands.
The mammary development consists, at least in the adult female specimen under con-
sideration, of six pairs of fairly developed teats, which are rather irregularly distributed.
The anterior one of the right side is placed in advance of the shoulder; and the corre-
sponding one on the left side, which is of smaller size, occupies a position relatively
posterior to its fellow of the opposite side. ‘The remaining teats are slightly irregular
in their disposition and size. The most posterior inguinal one on the left side is
distant about one and a half inch from what I take to be the labia majora; it is very
diminutive as compared with the hinder one on the right side, which is also not so
backwardly situated. Besides the above six pairs of teats there are two small papillary
or nipple-like elevations of the skin, which lie in each axillary hollow, about its centre
or rather behind this, and outside the antero-posterior line of the other teats.
Fig. 1
UR IW
f 4,
ahi
HNN
Ai) \Y
iN IA as
HM IN
Reduced sketch of the perineal region of the adult female 1. brunnea: 1 m, labia majora :
u, urethra; v, vagina; p, perineum; a, anus; a p, anal pouch.
What appear to be the labia majora are two large nipple-like projections of the
skin and subcutaneous fatty tissues, which are situated at a point which would repre-
sent the angle of junction of the two groins, and distant about ten inches from the
DR. J. MURIE ON HYENA BRUNNEA. 505
umbilicus. Their tips and superficial portions of the inner sides are bare, the remaining
outer three-quarters of their circumference being set with light-coloured longish hairs.
Each of these labial prominences has a diameter of about three-quarters of an inch
and a height equal to half an inch. When the hind limbs are brought together, the
labial elevations approximate, and almost touch one another on their inner bare edges ;
but when the limbs are thrown apart, there is an interval of as much as an inch between
them. In the median interspace there is a slight sulcus ; and from their anterior margins
backwards to, and for half an inch around the vulva, the skin is nearly devoid of hairs,
and assumes a dark, blackish-brown colour. It is also considerably puckered into
minute folds, or ridges, which possess a slight punctate glandular surface.
The slit-shaped opening of the vulva, which itself is seven-eighths of an inch in length,
and with the urethral outlet placed in its anterior angle, lies an inch behind the above-
mentioned elevated labia majora.
The shortened and but faintly marked perineum is scarcely more than an inch long,
and, except a narrow central band or indistinct raphe, is covered with somewhat long
lightish brown or yellowish hairs.
The anus is situated immediately behind this; and in the examination of our animal
shortly after death, the terminal portion of the anal mucous membrane appeared to
bulge rather prominently, so as to present three or four carunculated and extruded
folds, altogether an inch in diameter. These might be justly compared to the abnormal
condition of this part in man when suffering from external hemorrhoids. On inquiring
of the keeper regarding this appearance of detrusion of the anus, he replied that it
seldom if ever had been visible to him while the animal was alive.
The anal pouch appears superficially as a large and deep semilunar fossa, having its
concavity forwards and the lateral horns embracing the anus itself, which lies before it.
The pouch and anus together form what at first sight might be considered the anal
opening alone. This somewhat circular-shaped and common superficial depression
ranges from 1-7 to 1:5 inch in diameter, the greater measurement being antero-poste-
riorly. ‘The cross distance between the horns of the postanal fossa is 1-2 inch; and in
an opposite diameter (namely, towards the tail) the fossa is 0°3 inch wide. The elevated
bridge of hairy skin between the posterior edge of the anal pouch and the root of the
tail is scarcely so much as an inch.
The anal excavation has an average depth of a couple of inches, though one portion
is sunk or burrows deeper beneath the protruding anus. Interiorly the entire pouch
accommodates itself to the shape of the deep parts, with a somewhat similar configuration
to that which it possesses externally—to wit, with curved extension on either side of the
anus. Each horn of itself forms a widish chamber or passage; and this leads to what,
on rough examination, seem three narrow culs-de-sac. ‘These, however, are continued
by small orifices into as many glandular pockets situate outside the lower part of the
rectum. The said flask-shaped pouches are internally smooth-surfaced, though their
506 DR. J. MURIE ON HYZNA BRUNNEA.
walls, of some thickness, are strictly glandular. The matrix in which the glands
are imbedded is a cellulo-fibrous material, through which the glands pierce by pores
opening into the interior of the sac itself. The three anal saccular glands on each side
of the rectum, though to some extent separate from each other, have nevertheless close
union, lying adpressed the one to the other, so as to represent but a single body some-
what larger than a walnut, and, like that fruit, rough and warty outside (wide Pl. LXIII.
fig. 2, dotted lines). The above description applies to the dissected condition ; for exte-
riorly the anal glandular chambers are enclosed in a thick, dense, muscular mass, the
compressor glandule (c.g); and this increases the bulk of the bodies to the size of a
small orange, as shown in fig. 1 of the Plate.
The glandular secretion is a darkish unctuous substance, with a peculiar rancid
butyraceous odour, as Daubenton faithfully notes. It collects in quantity in the afore-
said cavities and passages, and doubtless exudes under pressure of the muscular appa-
ratus, as, I believe, during sexual excitement. I have myself observed the Hyznas in
the Gardens during such condition rub the boards of their den with the hinder end of
their body, leaving behind traces of the odoriferous anal-gland secretion. The Hyena's
scent-bags agree in several respects with such developments in some of the Viverridee,
and thus point to relationship with that family’.
Professor Kaup, a long time ago’, attempted to divide the Hyznas generically accord-
ing to their dentition, and laid stress on some and not others possessing an anal sacculus.
The spotted species he separated as a genus Crocuta. Mr. Busk*, in a recent paper of
his, alludes (p. 60) to the above division, and to Dr. Falconer’s proposal* to adopt the
term Euhyena for the other section. These writers have each apparently taken it for
granted that H. maculata is deficient in anal glands.
Mr. Busk says, in a footnote (p. 71), “* Having lately examined a living H. crocuta in
the Zoological Gardens, I can confirm Kaup’s statement that no trace of a pouch
between the root of the tail and the anus exists, at any rate in the male of that
species.”
I myself was present and aided in the above most hazardous undertaking ; and cer-
tainly it did seem, on hasty and tactile search, that a postanal pouch was absent. Since
then I have had reason to change my opinion, inasmuch as in a very young dead male
spotted Hyzena which passed through my hands, sure enough there was an ample post-
anal pouch and glandular development connected therewith (see fig. 2, p. 507), just as
in the female H. drwnnea.
On what grounds Professor Kaup’s assertion is made I know not, and that a postanal
1 Since this paper was read, Professor Flower has given us an account of the anatomy of Proteles cristatus
(P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 494); and therein mentions its having a supraanal follicle and lateral glandular sacs.
? Isis, 1828, p. 1144.
4 « Remarks on the cranial and dental characters of the existing species of Hyena,” Journ. Proc. Linn, Soc.
vol. ix. 4 Paleontological Memoirs, vol. ii. p. 464.
DR. J. MURIE ON HYANA BRUNNEA. 507
pouch is occasionally absent I am unprepared to refute; but certainly my instance
of its presence in the Spotted Hyena, and Daubenton’s and Hunter’s records of it in
the Striped Hyena, weaken and destroy the main character on which Kaup’s generic
division (Crocuta) is based.
View of perineum &e. of the young male Spotted Hyena (H. maculata): pe, penis ;
te, right testicle; a, anus; a.p, anal pouch.
2. Of the Viscera generally.
Each kidney, measuring 34 by 24 inches in diameter, is ovoid rather than reniform,
the hilum being narrow but deep. Fibrous envelope structurally dense and closely
adherent to glands. Five or six radial furrows, some terminally forked, are super-
ficially visible; these mark veins which lie sunk in the renal tissue. On section the
cones, eight in number, are seen to be distinct to the inner edge of the narrow cortical
substance.
As in carnivora, the liver is multiple, in all six-lobed. The right lobe is of con-
siderable size; the lobus caudatus of moderate dimensions; the Spigelian lobe small.
The bifid cystic lobe is deeply cleft, its right moiety the largest and most rounded, and
the pear-shaped gall-bladder is lodged on it and partially in the deep fissure marking
off the left moiety. What corresponds to a left hepatic lobe is as large as all the other
lobular divisions taken together ; its upper border is so indented as to represent a small
marginal lobule.
The flat and tongue-shaped spleen is 15 inches long, and 33 inches across at the
broadest part.
Of the alimentary canal, the cesophagus measures about 13 inches. As contracted it
508 DR. J. MURIE ON HYANA BRUNNEA.
has a diameter above of 24 inches, and below of 14 inch; but the walls are very dilatable
and strongly muscular. The mucous membrane has numerous longitudinal ruge.
Meckel’ justly observes that the cesophagus in the Cat and Dog is relatively less than
in the Hyena, and still narrower in Mustela, Lutra, Procyon, Nasua, and Ursus.
The capacious stomach has neither the transverso-elongate form as in Felis, nor is so
globular as in the Suricate (hyzena). There is little more than an approach to a
fundus, the cardiac end being widely rounded; the lesser curvature is shallow but
concave. Both at the cesophageal and pyloric extremities the cavity bulges slightly.
About two inches below the lesser curvature, and a little to the right of the middle, I
observed a central tendon, the muscular fibres appearing to radiate therefrom, as in the
gizzard of a bird: whether this is a normal structure in the species I cannot say. The
gastric parietes I found thick and flabby, not, as Daubenton says, thin and transparent.
The internal mucous ruge are puckered in parallel ridges, which cross obliquely from
the cardiac orifice towards the great curvature. The stomach’s measurements were
9 inches from right to left, and 8 inches from less to greater curvature.
The small intestines have a length of 26 feet 7 inches; and their diameter, which is
nearly uniform throughout, is about 1 inch. The great intestines, including the
cecum, are 39} inches long, their diameter varying from 1} to 2 inches. The propor-
tionate extent of small to large gut and cecum is thus nearly as 8 to 1, or, if minus the
cecal appendage, about 10 to 1; Meckel?, however, gives but 6 to 1 in the Hyena.
The cecum of this H. brunnea closely corresponded in length with that of H. rayée=
H. striata examined by Daubenton®*, being 84 inches; his was 9 inches, both of us
therefore differing from Reimann*, who mentions it as being 3 inches shorter in the
latter species. But, after all, such differences may depend on age more than on specific
variety. Nay, even as regards shape this remark may apply to some extent; for the
present specimen accorded with what Cuvier and Daubenton say of the striped animal,
that it is simple, narrowing from base to its obtuse extremity, whereas Rudolphi and
Reimann aver it is expanded distally. Meckel observed both forms in two animals of
the same speecis. ‘There are few mucous membrane-folds, except at the rectum, where
numerous longitudinal ones exist.
The right lung has four lobes, the lower one largest, the upper one with two marginal
clefts. The lobus impar is divided into two acute-shaped lobules. The left lung has
three irregular-sized lobes. The trachea is an inch wide above and below, but narrower
in the middle.
I noted no peculiarity in the heart from the carnivore type; length 34 inches, and
breadth at base but half an inch less. Two main vessels were given off from the aortic
arch, viz. a single left subclavian, and a right branch which split into three—respectively
the subclavian and carotid of that side, and the left carotid.
* Anat. Comp. vol. viii. p. 688. ? Op. cit. vol. viii. p. 703.
5 Buffon’s Nat. Hist. tom. ix. p. 289. * De Hyena, Berol. 1811, p. 17.
DR. J. MURIE ON HYNA BRUNNEA. 509
3. Some Myological Features.
Hyena brunnea does not seem to have come under the scalpel of Meckel or Cuvier,
who both refer less or more to the muscles of //. striata. In the ‘ Recueil’ of Cuvier
and Laurillard, plates 129-142 are devoted to the “ Myologie de la Hyéne-rayée;” it
remains for me, therefore, to make some remarks on the more interesting points.
In the Brown Hyena (//. drunnea), as in the genus generally, the muscular system,
taken as a whole, is well developed, although certain portions (corresponding to the
peculiarities and habits of the animal) are more extraordinarily marked than others.
The most prominent and characteristic fleshy masses are those of the head and neck.
For example, the temporal muscle is enormous, even for a carnivore; and those of the
neck, in a similar manner, are of a most powerful kind—in fact, almost rendering those
parts of the subdermal frame-contour deformed, so great is their bulk. The shoulder-
muscles are also strong; but the fore limbs in their entirety seem less developed, because
of the great fulness of the head and neck. The body to a certain extent corresponds
with the anterior regions. The hind quarters, on the other hand, are comparatively
weaker than the parts in advance of the middle of the body; they nevertheless are
firmly knit with muscular tissue. Contrasted with this old female, none of Laurillard’s
sketches impress one with the exceeding bulkiness of the neck and head of the bone-
crushing scavenger Hyena, though he has indicated the coarseness of the superficial
fibre.
Exemplifying the terrible crushing-power of mastication possessed by this creature,
is the aforesaid voluminous temporal muscle. ‘This reaches to the parieto-occipital
median crest above, and is inserted into the coronoid process of the mandible below,
where, as Meckel observes’, a line of demarcation is not readily perceived between
its fibres and some of those of the masseter. Additional strength and purchase is
moreover given to the muscular fibres of the temporal by a most powerful central
tendinous fascia. The superficial diameter of the entire muscle is several inches in
extent, and, in its thickest part, in depth or bulk is nearly equivalent to this, thus
representing dynamically an enormous conservation of physical force. The masseter
is clearly divisible* into two layers, notwithstanding Meckel’s® assertion that this is
less marked in the Hyena than in the Cat. The external larger and stronger part
arises from the malar arch, and, with fibres directed downwards and backwards, is fixed
partially to the posterior and outer surface of the mandible; but fibres turn round the
ascending ramus, and are inserted on the inner surface. ‘lhe deeper and smaller layer
fills the hollow of the ascending ramus, and, with tendino-muscular fibres running nearly
crosswise to those of the upper layer, ends in a tendon fixed into the posterior and inner
surface of the zygoma. According to Meckel‘ this tendon attaches itself to the inferior
border of the pterygoid apophysis. Professor Haughton® shows that in the Lion, where
* Loe. cit. vol. viii. p. 654. >. Lettered j and j' in the “ Myologie.” 5 Tbid. p. 655,
* Loe. cit. p. 655, 5 Notes on Animal Mechanics, R. I. A., 25rd May 1864,
YOL. Vi.—PART vil. November, 1871. 4¢
510 DR. J. MURIE ON HYZNA BRUNNEA.
there is nearly a similar arrangement of the jaw-muscles, part of the fibres press the
condyle into the socket, and thereby prevent such dislocation, otherwise inevitable,
where prey is carried in the mouth.
The digastric is short, very thick, and with only a rudimentary tendon. My dissec-
tion bears out Meckel’s description and Laurillard’s drawing (pl. 137,44-++) of a double
sterno-mastoid. Deeply and below, the neck is provided with large fleshy masses. Of
these the rectus anticus minor, with usual attachments, is uncovered by the rectus
anticus major. The latter, long and bulky, is narrow at the basiocciput, and,
acquiring volume behind, is inserted along the roots of the transverse processes from
the second to the seventh cervical vertebre. As Douglas’ says of the longus colli
in a dog (‘it appears as it were divided into as many distinct muscles, by tendinous
lines, as there are vertebre in the neck”), so is it in H. brunnea. Indeed this character
obtains in most of the carnivora. The upper segments are oblique and short; but
the lowermost is straighter and runs into the thorax to about the sixth or seventh
dorsal body. The short deep muscles of the back of the neck are each very powerful
and well defined.
‘The scaleni are three in number, as in the Dog’, though Meckel* limits them to two
(middle and posterior) in that animal and the Hyena. ‘The scalenus anticus in H.
brunnea arises by a double tendon from the third and fourth cervical zygapophyses, and,
broadening posteriorly, is digitally fixed upon the thorax into the fourth and fifth ribs.
The scalenus medius is diminutive, lies behind the last, and is inserted muscularly into
the second rib. The scalenus posticus, larger than the medius, and lying more towards
the middle line, arises by tendons from the fifth and sixth cervicals, and passes to the
first and second ribs. Laurillard’s plates appear to coincide with the above scalene
divisions, though I confess the lettering is somewhat puzzling.
The description given by Meckel of a partially united double trapezius agrees with
the H. brunnea. is anterior portion is an immense cephalo-humeral which passes
right over the shoulder, and, narrowing as it descends, is inserted along with and out-
side the biceps tendon, well shown in the plates of the ‘ Receuil’ (¢ and). Excepting,
it may be, the thick temporalis and large masseter, no muscle in this animal is so indi-
cative of strength. It absolutely deforms the upper part of the neck, the muscular
fasciculi there being in great coarse bundles.
Another muscle, equally as strong as the transversalis cervicis, but narrower and
thicker and rather longer, lies to the inside of it. The fibres of the former seem to
be continued by additional attachments to the zygapophysis of the last four cervical
vertebre, and go to form the muscle under consideration, which, from the origin
spoken of, proceeds to be inserted into the transverse process of the atlas.
This muscle: evidently answers to what has been described as the complexus tertius in
1 « Myographie Comparati,’ Lond. 1707, p. 53.
> Douglas, op. cit. p. 60. * L.¢. p. 158.
DR. J. MURIE ON HYZNA BRUNNEA. 511
Hyrax. Its origin with and close attachment to the transversalis cervicis (their fibres
being even blended) make it possible that it may be portion of that muscle. Certainly
Meckel has described under transversalis cervicis a muscle analogous to this. Its perfect
distinctness anteriorly in the Hywna brunnea, however, would make it probable that
the term complexus tertius adopted in Hyrax is legitimate, more especially as the
transyersalis cervicis, or continuation of longissimus dorsi, is so plain and distinct. It
is equivalent to the trachelo-mastoid of some anatomists.
The two muscles (complexus major) of the opposite sides of the neck lie in such close
apposition as with great difficulty to be separated. They are each large and fleshy.
Origin, the prominent spine of the first dorsal and one or two of the transverse processes
of the succeeding dorsal vertebra, also all those of the neck. Insertion together with the
posterior hollow of the atlas. The complexus minor and, it may be, biventer cervicis
are long, very strong cordiform muscles with perfectly distinct origins, but a united
powerful tendinous insertion into the occiput, beneath the occipital prominence. The
innermost and longest arises by a narrow, but strong, tendon from the tips of the second
anterior prominent spinous processes, and, proceeding forward (up the neck) outside
the complexus major and beneath the splenius, is inserted as aforesaid. The outermost
portion, rather the broadest, arises by muscular fibres and tendon from the transverse
processes of the six posterior cervical vertebrae and one or two dorsal ones. It seems
to have the greatest share of the tendon common to both.
The relative size of the dorsal muscles (or erector spine) the one to the other is
unusual. The serrati postici, usually small, are here large; the sacro-lumbalis and
longissimus dorsi, on the contrary, are comparatively small, although in themselves of
no mean bulk; but the spinalis dorsi obtains by far the largest dimensions, and is
indeed a very powerful muscle of enormous magnitude.
There is no continuation into the neck of the so-called cervicalis ascendens. ‘The
nuchal continuation of the longissimus dorsi, known as transversalis cervicis, is of
greater breadth and more muscular than its derivative. It has an additional tendinous
origin from the fourth and fifth dorsal spines.
The serratus magnus is an enormously strong sheet of muscle, the neck-portion being
very thick indeed. Superior and inferior serrati postici are combined; their fleshy
fibres forwards brace the longitudinal dorsal series. The latissimus dorsi agrees per-
fectly with Meckel’s description (/oc. cit. p. 265). It is peculiar in having no costal
attachments; the fibres run beyond the last rib to within 13 inch of the crest of the
ilium. There are two supracostal muscles. The innermost passes from the first to the
third, fourth, and partially to the fifth ribs. The outer smaller muscle extends from
the first and second to the third rib and interspaces beyond. The supracostal I believe
first to have been described by Douglas as musculus in summo thorace situs.
In the Brown Hyena, as in other Carnivora, the rectus abdominis reaches the first
trib, The six aponeurotic insertions, spoken of by Meckel, are not so clearly shown in
512 DR. J. MURIE ON HYZNA BRUNNEA.
the above species. No pyramidalis is present. With regard to the psoas and iliacus
muscles I have found H. brunnea to agree with Meckel’s account; as he says, the psoas
parvus is considerable, and the psoas magnus double; but an additional part which he
is in doubt whether it belongs to the parvus or magnus, I am inclined to regard as but
part of the latter. The iliacus is small and feeble.
Including head, neck, and trunk, such are the main muscular features which charac-
terize the frame of the South-African form of Hyena. They are in a manner typical
of the genus now living, and doubtless, with possibly slight modification, existed in their
ancient brethren, for example, the Great Cave-Hyena, H. spelwa. To the massive
fleshy development of the jaws and neck must we attribute the terrible strength of
these animals, enabling them with ease to seize and drag along the carcasses of prey far
surpassing themselves in size, and to crunch great bones with astounding facility. As
I have hinted, the trunk is but fairly muscularly developed, the limbs relatively weaker ;
but as regards the muscles of the latter and their tendinous distribution, it is not my
intention at present to enter upon a description of them.
DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATE.
PLATE LXIII.
Fig. 1. The urino-generative parts of the Brown Hyena removed en masse, and seen in
profile. Their natural dimensions. ;
U, uterus; 7.c, the right cornu cut across at its proximal end; Q, left
ovary; B, urinary bladder; wr, ureters severed; r, rectum; J.a, portion of
levator ani muscle ; ¢.g, compressor glandule of left side ; ¢, teat.
Fig. 2. A view of the opposite (right) side, showing the compound anal gland dis-
sected.
1, 2,3, the respective glandular chambers. Two of them have been cut
through to expose their cavities and (g/) their glandular walls; and the
third (5), intact, displays the exterior nodulated surface when the super-
incumbent cellular tissue and muscle (¢.g) are cleared off. The dotted
lines denote the direction of the passages towards the postanal fossa; V and
uth, portions of vagina and urethra; 7, rectum; ¢, teat; Z.a, levator ani.
Nat. size.
tye.
J
BRUNNEA.? Nat S&
C Berjeau del sdmat
HYAENA
5 k
NAL GLAND
A
£2
MAN Vanbart imp
.
XV. On the Dodo (Part Il.).—WNotes on the Articulated Skeleton of the Dodo (Didus
ineptus, Linn.) in the British Museum. By Professor Owen, F.R.S., F.Z.S., Le.
Read April 18th, 1871.
[Puates LXIV. to LXVI.]
SINCE the former communication, of January 9th, 1866, to the Society’, in which
were figured the bones of the Dodo then at my command, and, in pl. 15. fig. 1, as laid
down skeleton-wise within the outline of the British Museum oil-painting of the Dodo,
natural size, I have been favoured with other specimens of the osteology of that extinct
bird. These, chiefly due to further transmissions by Mr. George Clarke, C.M.Z.S.,
from the Mauritius, justified the undertaking an articulation of the skeleton, which has
accordingly been carried out ably and artistically by Mr. E. Gerard, jun.; and the speci-
men is now exhibited in the Ornithological Gallery of the British Museum (Pls. LXIV.
and LXV.). It is not, indeed, entirely complete, there still being wanting the bones of
the hand and of the tail. But one important character of the pelvis has been rectified
by the acquisition of the os pubis*, which yields an additional mark of affinity of Didus
to Pezophaps® and the existing pigeons.
Pezophaps and Didus (the Solitaire and the Dodo) agree in the extent and kind of
anchylosis in the dorsal region of the spine. It affects, in both, the three vertebre
preceding the last free, rib-bearing dorsal. In both species the neural spines have run
together into a bony ridge, with a straight, thickened upper free border. In both
the confluence of the neural arches is only interrupted by the conjugational foramina
(pl. 17. figs. 1 & 5, ff,O.; pl. 15. fig. 51, N.), which are similar in size and shape.
My series of these coalesced vertebre included two varieties:—one showing a feeble
beginning of the hypapophysis at the fore part of the last vertebra (pl. 17. fig. 5, O.);
the other a better-developed, though small, hypapophysis, but so extended as to reach,
and coalesce at its extremity with, that of the antecedent vertebra, leaving a vacuity
corresponding with the wider one between the first and second of the coalesced hyp-
apophyses. In Pezophaps the specimen (pl. 15. fig. 51, N.) resembles the variety (pl. 17.
fig. 5, O.) of Didus, save in the absence of any indication of hypapophysis on the third
‘ Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. vi. p. 49.
> T mistook that rib-like bone for one of the dorsal ribs in my former Memoir; the body of the restored rib
(pl. 16. fig. 2) and the detached portion of the rib (figs. 9, 9a) are portions of the “ pubic bones.”
3 Professor A.and Mr. E. Newton, “On the Osteology of the Solitaire, &c.,” Phil. Trans. 1869, pls. 17 & 18,
figs. 66, 68-70. Future references to this interesting and instructive Memoir will be made under the
letter N.; those to my own Memoir, of 1866, on Didus by the letter O.
VOL. VII.—PART vil. November, 1871. 4D
514 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE
vertebra. And in the instructive example of the three partially anchylosed vertebree of
a young Pezophaps (pl. 16. fig. 60, N.) the third vertebra shows no hypapophysis’. In
this specimen anchylosis is seen to have begun at the neural arch and spine, chiefly be-
tween the first and second vertebre, and co-ossification of the centrums is more advanced
between the first and second than between the second and third of these vertebre.
The inference that these anchylosed vertebre included the penultimate, antepenulti-
mate, and the next dorsal vertebra in advance, and that only one free dorsal vertebra
intervened between the coalesced mass and the sacrum, was confirmed by the specimens
of Pezophaps (N., p. 332), as it has been by additional vertebre of Didus; and the
correspondence of both the extinct Mascarene species with the Columbide in this
vertebral character must now be held to be well established.
One would be glad to receive the evidence of the vertebral formula which the entire
skeleton of one and the same individual of Didus or Pezophaps would afford; but
the discovery of such with the bones in requisite contiguity is hardly to be hoped for.
The concurrence, therefore, of Messrs. A. & E. Newton, as to the number of moveable
thoracic or dorsal ribs*, with the estimate similarly formed from comparison of detached
vertebree of Didus*, is welcome.
To both the Mauritian and Rodriguez extinct Ground-Doves may be referred eight
pairs of dorsal ribs. For the similarity of size and proportions of some of these ribs,
and of the confluent epipleural appendage, figures 5 & 7, pl. 16 (O.), may be compared
with figures 63 & 64, pl. 16 (N.).
The first material discrepancy between Didus and Pezophaps, or between the descrip-
tions of their respective osteologies here quoted, is in the number of sternal ribs.
To Messrs. Newton there appear to be only four pairs in Pezophaps, the last articu-
lating with the sixth dorsal rib‘. It is to be regretted that the mutilated lateral border
of the best-preserved sternum of Pezophaps, one of six received by the Messrs. Newton,
does not allow a certain conclusion to be arrived at as to the number of articular surfaces
on the costal border.
Messrs. Newton do not entertain so much doubt on this point as I do; they write :—
“A more remarkable difference is presented by the costal border in this” [their best-
preserved] ‘‘ specimen, which shows articular surfaces for four sternal ribs only, instead
of five, which is the normal number in Dzdus ; and, so far as can be determined from the
broken state of the remaining specimens, there is nothing to induce the belief that they
possessed more than four such surfaces”®.
If any one will compare fig. 2, pl. 18, O., with fig. 74, pl. 18, N., he may be allowed
to doubt whether the fracture following the fourth articular surface on the costal
border of the least-mutilated sternum of Pezophaps may not have removed a fifth
‘ Tn other respects the last of the three anchylosed dorsal vertebrae in Pezophaps does “ bear a great general
resemblance to the same bone in Didus.”
2 N., p. 332. 3 0., p. 53. 4 N., p. 334. °N., p. 338.
OSTEOLOGY OF THE DODO. 515
narrow ridge like that (fig. 2, pl. 18, O., ¢5) to which the fifth sternal rib articulates
in Didus. Admitting, however, that “too much importance must not be placed on this
character”, and cognizant of instances, like that cited by Messrs. Newton, of five
articular surfaces on one side, and fowr on the other, yet I am unwilling to suppose
that the last (in Didus, “sixth”) sternal rib, which terminates below in a point and
joins the antecedent sternal rib before attaining the sternum, had not its homologue in
Pezophaps. I quite concur, however, with the observant and conscientious authors of
the Monograph on the Solitaire that its affinity to the Dodo “is nowhere better shown
than on a comparison of the sterna of the two forms”?.
The deeper and more approximate coracoid grooves in the sternum of Pezophaps
relate to the greater size, thickness, and breadth, especially of the sternal half and
articular end of the coracoid in that extinct genus. In additional specimens of the
sternum of Didus, the antero-median depression of the inner surface is more marked
than in the subject of fig. 2, pl. 18 (O.); but in none has it perforated the bone as
in fig. 74, pl. 18 (N.). Considering the peculiarity of the configuration of sternum
in the Solitaire and Dodo—unlike that of any other bird known to me, as to
Messrs. Newton—the degree of affinity of the two forms appears to be closer than
would admit of real or intelligible generic distinction. The Solitaire is a longer-legged,
more active, variety of Ground-Dove, in which the abortion of unused wings had not
extended to the degree manifested by the larger, heavier, and more sluggish form.
In the articulated skeleton of the Dodo (Pls. LXIV. and LXV.) I assign twelve
vertebre to the cervical series, as in the restoration in pl. 15 of my original Memoir; and
this is the estimate of the number of the cervical vertebre in Pezophaps to which
Messrs. Newton are led after careful comparison and analysis of the “hundred and
sixty-one vertebre ” of that extinct bird in their collection’.
In the unlikely contingency of the disinterment of the bones of any individual Dodo
or Solitaire which may have lain so undisturbed as to demonstrate the precise number
of vertebree intervening between the skull and pelvis, the accuracy of our respective
inductions as to the vertebral formula may be put beyond question. But should it
prove that there have been one or two cervicals more or less than have been assigned
to Didus and to Pezophaps, the responsibility as to the former bird will rest with the
author of the Memoir of 1866, and not with the artist, as to whose figure of the
*skeleton of Didunculus, in pl. 15 of that Memoir, I must observe that there are plainly
twelve cervicals given, neither more nor less, succeeded by seven dorsals, of which the
three confluent ones are the fourth, fifth, and sixth, as in Didus and Pezophaps. The
remark hazarded by Messrs. Newton in reference to my old, painstaking, and accurate
artistic fellow-labourer Erxleben, “ that the skeleton of Didunculus in the same plate
appears to be represented as possessing fourteen cervical and seven dorsal vertebre,
being altogether two more than we are able to count in the very specimen, now in the
1 N,, p. 338. 2 N., p. 338. 2 N., p. 382.
4p2
516 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE
Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, which served as the subject of his pencil ”
(op. cit., N., note, p. 332), seems to have been sent to press without due consideration.
With respect to the pelvis of Didus, Mr. Erxleben drew no more of the pubic bones
than the specimens at that time warranted. It was at my suggestion that this portion
of bone, originally detached, was brought into contact with the ischium at two points,
as it is in Didunculus. The more perfect specimens of the long and slender pelvic
heemapophysis, since obtained and recognized, seem to show that the second junction
does not take place, but that the pubis extends freely backward, with a graceful down-
ward curve, and for an extent corresponding with the characters of the same bone in
Pezophaps. (Compare Pls. LXIV. and LXV. of the present Memoir with fig. 70, pl. 18,
N., and the restoration in dotted outlines in fig. 179, pl. 24, N.) Nevertheless a pelvis
with the whole extent and entire lower border of the ischium seems still to be a deside-
ratum in the collections of the bones of both Didus and Pezophaps which have as yet
reached England. ‘The better-preserved sacral elements of the pelvis permitted sixteen
vertebre to be counted in that extensive anchylosed mass of bone-segments. Messrs.
Newton state that one specimen of pelvis of Pezophaps, complete in its posterior half,
‘has eighteen coalesced sacral vertebre.” It is to be regretted that this specimen is
not figured ; the subjects, at least, of figs. 66, 68, 69, & 70, in their paper, are plainly
mutilated behind. The two “ perfect examples” [of sacrum ?] “of Didus ineptus show
only sixteen (vertebra), which is probably the normal number in that species.” Op. cit.
N., p. 334.
The essential characters of the pelvis show a close correspondence in Didus and
Pezophaps. ‘The articular surface of the centrum of the last dorsal” [first ‘ sacral’ by
the character of confluence] “is in Pezophaps almost exactly as in Didus”'. Other pelvic
correspondences are seen in the general shape and disposition of the ilia, which, how-
ever, are not developed behind in Pezophaps so as to give the flatness and breadth to
the posterior half of the pelvis which seem to specifically characterize the Dodo. The
position of the skeleton in Pl. LXV. has been selected to exemplify this peculiarity.
Other particulars, especially the more essential ones, such as the length, curvature,
and movable articulation of the ribs of the first sacral vertebra*—the confluence, short-
ness, and straightness of the pleurapophyses of the next three sacrals—the suppression
of the rib-elements in the three succeeding vertebra, and their reappearance in the
eighth and sometimes in the ninth sacral as strong abutments against the ilia above and’
N., p. 334.
? In this, as in my former paper, I adhere to the usual characters of the sacrum afforded by coalescence.
Messrs. Newton are influenced by its extent—and where it leaves the ribs free, reckon such yertebre as
“dorsal.” Accordingly my “first sacral’ is their “last dorsal.” Anchylosis, like most of the characters of
the classes of vertebra in anthropotomy, is an artificial one, and might justify the ascription to the Colwmbacei
or “Gemitores” of four sacrums, viz, ‘ caudal,’ “ pelvic,” “ lumbar,” and “ dorsal ;” for the vertebrae answering
to the lumbar and anterior caudals in Mammals and Reptiles are massed with the interacetabular or proper
pelyic yertebree into one extensive and complex bone.
OSTEOLOGY OF THE DODO. 517
behind the acetabula—and the indications of “ prerenal,” “ midrenal,” and “ postrenal ”
depressions—are all correspondences with the pelvis in Didunculus and Goura, which
Pezophaps shows in common with Didus.
The chief difference between Didus and Pezophaps in cranial structure is the degree
iu which the cancellous tissue is developed between the outer and inner “ tables,” the
minor quantity of that tissue in Pezophaps leaving a flatness of the frontals above the
orbits contrasting with the convexity of that part of the cranium in Didus. 1 suspect
that when the part of the skull of the Solitaire may be found, supplying what is
wanting in the specimens figured in figs. 149, 150, pl. 22 (N.), there will be a depres-
sion or concavity in the profile contour between the fore part of the frontals and the
naso-premaxillaries, which will suggest the presence of a “frontal protuberance” dif-
fering only in degree from that so called in Didus. Indeed Messrs. Newton recognize
the fact that “the frontals rise abruptly as in Didus”}, the precise extent of the “rise”
being yet to be determined in Pezophaps. A section of the cranium of a Solitaire, like
that of the Dodo, in fig. 1, pl. 23 (O.), would, if it had been made and figured in N.,
have afforded ready means of judging of the degree and value of the difference in
cranial structure of the two extinct Columbaceans. The orbital chambers are rela-
tively, not absolutely, larger in the Solitaire. Taking the distance between the anterior
and posterior orbital process in fig. 149, pl. 22 (N.), I find it three lines less than the
same admeasurement in the skull of the Dodo in pl. 15 (O.).
In like manner I discern no essential or generic difference of character in upper or
lower mandibles of Pezophaps and Didus, only such modifications of shape and pro-
portion as may differentiate such closely allied species. With the longer proportional
metatarsals of the Solitaire goes a more slender and lighter-constructed beak (fig. 179,
pl. 24, N.). The authors, however, note a “remarkable variation in the size of the
upper mandible in different individuals, to the extent of very nearly one half the linear
dimensions between the largest and smallest specimens, of which the collection contains
thirteen in all.”* Is there an intermediate gradational series?’ May this difference of
length of beak concur with that pointed out by Strickland in the length of leg?
Better specimens of the mandible of Pezophaps than had reached Messrs. Newton at
the date of publication of their interesting and instructive memoir seem to be needed
to solve these questions, and are indispensable for profitable comparison with that part
in Didus. The portions of the mandibular rami described and figured in N., however,
serve to show an agreement with the maxilla in the more slender and less powerful
proportions. It is interesting to note that the differences in size and proportion are less
in the proximal than the distal elements of the mandible.
No tympanic bone of Didus has yet reached me; so that I am unable to give figures
of it separately, in order to compare with those of the Solitaire, figs. 163-168 in
pl. 22 (N.).
N., p. 347. * N., p. 347.
518 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE
The atrophy of wings had not proceeded so far in the extinct Ground-Dove of
Rodriguez as in the larger species of the Mauritius. ‘The constituents of the scapular
arch—scapula (pl. 19, figs. 97-99, N.) and coracoid (ib. figs. 76-79 )—are absolutely larger,
or are relatively thicker or broader (pl. 19, figs. 132, 133) in Pezophaps than in Didus;
and the same difference of proportion prevails in the humerus, radius, and ulna. The
expansion of the distal end of the scapula in Pezophaps makes the general curve of the
upper and anterior border slightly concave; in Didus, beyond the proximal concavity
of the curve of that border, it runs straight to near the distal end, towards which it
curves, convexly, as in Pezophaps. ‘The absence of any example of confluence of scapula
and coracoid in the rich series of specimens possessed by Messrs. Newton of these bones
(thirty-six of scapula, twenty-seven of coracoid) in the bird of Rodriguez, indicates a
more habitual and powerful use of the appendage of the arch than was exercised by
Didus.
The bones of the manus of the latter bird are still unknown; the desire to obtain
such is increased since the discovery that the metacarpus of Pezophaps has, on the
- radial border, a large subspherical knob resembling a tumour, and compared by its
describers to a callus-like mass of diseased bone. Its repetition, however, in all the
perfect specimens, its association with a similar outgrowth from the radial border of
the distal end of the radius in the larger examples of that bone, supposed by Messrs.
Newton to be of the male Solitaire, and the notice of the same structure in the living
bird by Leguat’, show it to be normal in Pezophaps, though, when fully developed,
perhaps sexual. Such tumefaction of the metacarpus has not been noticed in any of
the accounts or figures of the living Dodo, and it may well be one of the marks of
distinction between the Solitaire and Dodo. I should not be disposed, however, to
assign to the metacarpal knob a higher than specific value.
In Didus and Pezophaps the metatarsal bone presents, besides difference of proportions
illustrated in a paper by Strickland? and in the joint work of Strickland and Melville’,
differences of structure, which I fix at a like value. As the characters afforded by the
articular extremities of the metatarsal of Pezophaps are obscured, more or less, by the
stalagmitic incrustation of the bones figured in pl. 15 of ‘Dodo and its Kindred,’ I
believe that the subjects of Pl. LX VI. of the present paper may not be deemed super-
flous or be unacceptable.
The metatarsus of Pezophaps is represented by bones of different dimensions, but may
be said to be, as Strickland recognized them to be, “large” and ‘‘ small,” the variations
in these two categories ranging within narrow limits. ‘The two nearly perfect speci-
mens, a right and left, presented by Professor Newton to the British Museum, are of
1 «The bone of their wing grows greater towards the extremity, and forms a little round mass under the
feathers, as big as a musket ball.” Quoted by Messrs. Newton at p. 350 of their memoir.
2 Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iv. p. 187, pl. 55.
3 «Todo and its Kindred,’ 4to, 1848, pls. 11 & 15.
OSTEOLOGY OF THE DODO. 519
the large size, and would be referred by Strickland to his Pezophaps solitaria. 1 have
also had under observation three metatarsi (of the right side) of the small size, by
which Strickland characterized his Pezophaps minor’. The following description is
from the larger metatarsi (Pl. LXVI. figs. 1-4, fig. 13). The entocondylar cavity (a) is
deeper and wider from before backward than the ectocondylar one (4); it has the same
transverse diameter. ‘The intercondylar tuberosity (c) rises to the height of 44 lines
from a base 7 lines in breadth, and terminates obtusely ; the fore-and-aft extent of the
base occupies rather more than half that of the proximal articular surface, of which a
flat triangular tract (fig. 13, d), 6 lines in breadth posteriorly, intervenes between the
back parts of the ento- and ecto-condylar cavities; and from it is continued a tract, of
a breadth of 1 or 2 lines, along the back part of the ectocondylar fossa. The obtuse
low summit of the ectometatarsal ridge marks the outer termination of the rising
* Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iv. p.191. One of these specimens is alluded to by the Messrs. Newton as follows :—
“Tn addition to these eighteen specimens, we are informed that in 1860 or 1861 a tibia, the shaft of a tarso-
metatarsal, and some fragments of the shaft of a femur, all of which belonged to the Solitaire, were sent to
Professor Owen by M. Bouton of the Museum at Mauritius; but the fate of these specimens is unknown to us.”
They are referred to in the following letter :—
“8 Great Ormond Street, Queen Square, W.C.,
“18th December, 1860.
“Dear Sr,-—By the last ‘Overland’ from Mauritius I received from the Curator of the Museum of Port
Louis the two fragments of bones, which he suspects to be those of the Dodo, and he is anxious to have your
opinion in the matter. Under these circumstances I have taken the liberty of sending them to you just as they
came to me on Saturday last. The Curator writes me: ‘Je les ai trouyés dans la Collection du Muséum déposés
4 coté d’ossements fossiles de Tortues recueillies dans un dépét Calcaire aux Quatre Cocos, A Flacq, 4 une petite
distance de la mer. No. 1 me parait se rapprocher a la figure 1, planche xv. de Strickland, et dans ce cas
serait un fragment du tibia droit du Solitaire ; No. 2 se rapproche de la figure 2a de la planche xy. de
Strickland. Ce serait dans ce cas le métatarse droit auquel il manquerait une portion de l’articulation
inférieure et la totalité de V’articulation supérieure . . . . s‘ils sont ce que je les crois étre, je vous prie de me
les renyoyer ensuite quand ils seront examinés.’
“‘ As my friend mentions the district of Flacq, I know that several fossil remains have been found there; and
some years ago when I was in the island, I and other friends made an examination of the locality in order to
find some remains of the Dodo, at the request of Mr. Strickland, who was them preparing his excellent work
on the Dodo, &e.
“Tf, therefore, you will do me the favour to give me your opinion on the fragments I now take the liberty
of sending you, such an opinion from so high an authority will set the matter at rest.
“T remain, dear Sir,
“Very truly yours,
(Signed) James Morris.”
* Professor Owen, Sc. §c.”
The fragment of the tibia marked No. 1, included the distal articular end and part of the shaft of that bone:
No. 2 was rightly recognized by M. Bouton. Both portions belonged to the Pezophaps minor, Str. So named,
they were returned to the Museum at Port Louis, Mauritius. The first and sole evidence of Messrs. Newton’s
interest in these fragments reached me with their memoir. Any previous inquiry would have, at once and
most readily, received the reply given in the present note. No portion of femur, and no entire tibia, were
sent to me.
520 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE
between the anterior and posterior parts of the so divided ectocondylar surface
(fig. 13,0, %). A difference of colour and of texture indicates that the articular cartilage
was not continued upon the flat triangular intercondylar facet (ib. d). The extreme
transverse extent of the proximal articular surface is 1 inch 6 lines; the extreme fore-
and-aft extent of that surface is 9 lines. In Pezophaps minor (ib. fig. 12) these dimen-
sions give | inch 3 lines and 7} lines respectively.
The side of the entocondylar division of the proximal end is traversed by three longi-
tudinal ridges. The anterior, beginning by a slight rise of the articular border, extends
along the inner (tibial) side of the entometatarsal about one third of the way down; it is
the “ entometatarsal ridge” (fig. 4, ¢, e). The second ridge begins at the highest part of
the entocondylar border, and subsides after a downward course of two thirds of an inch;
it is the “entocondylar” ridge (f'). The third ridge begins at the back part of the
entocondylar border, makes a curve as it descends toward the inner side of the entometa-
tarsal, but descends before attaining that side, and is continued downward two thirds of
the length of that metatarsal as the ‘‘ entogastrocnemial” ridge (fig. 4, g). The second
short ridge (7), in some specimens, joins the third to form the entogastrocnemial
ridge. The fore part of the entocondylar expansion shows two or three oblong
tuberosities, in the same transverse line, the outermost of which (fig. 3, h) extends
down as a short ridge and forms part of the inner boundary of the “ anterior interosseous
depression (7).
This, which is due to the retrogression of the head of the mesometatarsal (111), is
bounded above by the part of the confluent epiphysis developing the imtercondylar
tuberosity (¢); its sides are formed by the more advanced proximal ends of the ento- (11)
and ecto- (1v) metatarsals, the latter bone defining that side of the fossa by a ridge or
ridge-like angle continued into the ‘‘ ectometatarsal ridge” (4), which descends inclining -
to the outer side of the lower part of the ectometatarsal (1v). Into the antinterosseal
depression (7) open the two fore-and-aft canals between the upper ends of the meta-
tarsals, that (7) between the ento- and meso-metatarsal being the largest ; it is vertically
elliptical, 53 lines by 23 lines in diameter. The canal between the meso- and ecto-
metatarsals opens into the fossa by a vertical slit (fig. 3, m), two lines long and two thirds
of a line wide. Below the larger foramen is a rough surface (n) for the insertion of
the “tibialis anticus;” it does not project. The interosseous depression (¢) gradually
shallows and contracts as it descends, or as the middle metatarsal advances into line
with the outer and inner ones, the boundaries being defined by low narrow antinter-
osseal ridges, which, midway down the shaft, diverge as they descend, the outer one
(fig 3,0) terminating in the groove leading to the lower interosseal canal (p) between
the meso- (111) and ecto- (iv) metatarsals. The anterior orifice of this canal (fig. 3, p)
is vertically oblong, about 13 of a line in width; the posterior orifice (fig. 2, p') is
minute and circular. The bar or bridge of bone (ib. g), from the neck of the ecto-
trochlea (1v) to that of the mesotrochlea (111), converts the remaining interspace behind
OSTEOLOGY OF THE DODO. 921
into a vertical “adductor” canal, leading from the anterior orifice of the lower inter-
osseal canal (p) to the interval between the ecto- and meso-trochlee. The tendon of
the ‘adductor digiti externi” traverses this canal, to be inserted into the inner side of
the base of the proximal phalanx of the outer toe.
The calcaneal process (7, s) is developed from the back part of the head of the meso-
metatarsal (111) and the part of the proximal epiphysis confluent therewith; it is divided
into ento- (r) and ecto- (s) calcaneal portions, by the tendinal canal (¢) completed by
peripheral ossification between those portions; this uniting plate of bone is impressed
externally by an open shallow tendinal groove (w). The outer part of the ectocalcaneal
process is impressed by a narrower and deeper tendinal groove. The posterior rough
and flattened surface of the entocalcaneal process is elongate and contracted below; in
Pezophaps minor (fig. 6, 7), where alone I have seen it entire, it is 10 lines long by
34 lines in extreme width. The ectocalcaneal process (ib. s) shows a similar surface,
7 lines in length and 2 lines in breadth, in Pez. minor. A deep and wide elongate
channel (fig. 4, v) intervenes between the entogastrocnemial ridge (v) and the calcaneal
process (7), with its sustaining buttress formed by the back part of the mesometa-
tarsal; into the upper part of this concavity opens the canal (/) between the ento- and
meso-metatarsals. The smaller interosseous canal (mm), between the meso- and ecto-
metatarsals, opens into the shallower depression (fig. 1, w) external to the calcaneal
prominence. This depression is bounded externally by the ectogastrocnemial ridge (2),
which describes a slight curve, convex backward, as it descends to terminate on the
ectotrochlear ridge (fig. 2, z). From the back part of the mesometarsal (fig. 2, 7’),
which projects in a subtriangular form, a narrow (postinterosseal) ridge (ib. y) is con-
tinued, which descends for some way outside of and parallel with the one continued
down from 7’; but at the beginning of the trochlear expanse it bends outward, and
terminates in the tuberosity, or thicker ridge! (z), at the outer and hinder part of the
ectotrochlea (iv). The entogastrocnemial ridge* (vy) terminates at the upper border of
the “hallucial surface” (1). The mid ridge or hind angle of the mesometatarsal (111)
runs down along the outer side of the hallucial surface, almost subsiding, but seeming
to be continued by a strong oblique ridge (fig. 2, «), lost upon the back part of
the neck of the entotrochlea (11). A tendinal groove (fig. 2, 8) extends from the
upper and outer part of the oblique ridge to or near to the interspace between the
ento- and meso-trochlee.
The posttrochlear depression (fig. 2, y), bounded by the oblique ridges (« & z), and
’ This is mutilated in the specimen figured in Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iv. pl. 55. fig. 6.
* The insertions of “the strong ligamentous aponeurosis” formed by the confluence of the tendons of the
gastrocnemius internus and gastrocnemius externus (Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iii. p. 294) are represented in pl. 32.
fig. 2, r, and in fig. 1; also in pl. 35. n***, of that volume, in Aptery« australis. The ridges termed “ gastro-
cnemial” mark the lines of insertion of this strong aponeurotic sheath for the tendons of the deeper-seated
muscles, chiefly flexors of the toes.
VOL. VII.—PART vil. November, 1871. 45
522 PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE
by the backwardly produced ento- (11) and ecto- (Iv) trochlex, is shallow, but well
defined.
The entotrochlea (11) is convex anteriorly, canaliculate behind, and chiefly through
the production of its inner and hinder part. The ectotrochlea (Iv) is less concave,
almost flat, transversely, behind, its outer and hinder border being less produced and
more rounded off. The depression (/*) on the outer side of the ectotrochlea is rather
deeper and better defined than that on the inner side of the entotrochlea (fig. 4, 11).
The outer trochlea does not extend so low down as the inner one; and the interspace
between it and the mid trochlea reaches higher up, especially behind, so that the outer
part of the neck of the mid trochlea (fig. 2, 111) is the longest. The mid groove of that
trochlea runs from the fore to the hind part, and is deepest anteriorly (fig. 3, 111).
As compared with Didus, the entocondylar cavity (a) is deeper, and the margin
better defined, in Pezophaps (figs. 12,13). The intercondylar tubercle is higher and
less obtuse in Pezophaps. The hind border of the entocondylar expansion extends
further in Pezophaps than in Didus before passing to the inner side of the entocalcaneal
process (ib. 7). The upper border of the entocalcaneal process is thinner in Pezo-
phaps. The calcaneal canal (¢) is smaller. The tendinal groove (fig. 1, ~) is shallower.
The ectocalcaneal process (s) is narrower: the groove on the outer side of that process
is also narrower, and is defined by a ridge not developed in Didus. The short ridge or
process below the posterior margin of the entocondylar cavity in Dzdus (fig. 10, 7) is
more developed; it is feebly indicated in Pezophaps, and is continued into the ento-
gastrocnemial ridge (fig. 4, 7), which is not the case in Didus. Didus has not the
entometatarsal ridge (fig. 4, ¢) anterior to the entogastrocnemial ridge (ib. g), but only
the latter, which is strongly marked and more internal in position (fig. 16, 9).
The postinternal depression (fig. 2, 7) receiving the larger of the two upper inter-
osseal canals (2) is narrower, and in Pezophaps minor deeper, than in Didus, owing to the
more posterior position, in Pezophaps, of the entogastrocnemial ridge (gy) defining that
depression internally. The antero-superior interosseal depression (7) is deeper in Pezo-
phaps than m Didus; but the insertional surface for the #2bialis anticus (fig. 14, n) is
better-defined in Didus. The anterior ectometatarsal ridge (fig. 1, 4) is more strongly
marked in Pezophaps than in Didus.
The groove leading to the lower interosseal canal is more strongly marked in Didus
(fig. 15, p) than in Pezophaps (fig. 8, p), and indicates a more powerful “adductor
muscle,” the tendon of which emerges at the interspace between the neck of the middle
and outer trochlez, in its course to be inserted into the outer toe.
The middle trochlea (111), as compared with the outer (Iv) and inner (11) trochlew, is
larger in Pezophaps (fig. 3) than in Didus (fig. 15); its relative position to the outer and
inner trochlew, and the consequent curve which they describe transversely, I find, in the
specimens before me, to be the same in both extinct genera.
In order to facilitate future comparisons and the following of the above descriptions,
OSTEOLOGY OF THE DODO. 523
I subjoin the names of the parts and their symbols in Pl. LX VI. which appeared to
me to call for special notice in this part of the osteology of Didus and Pezophaps.
Parts of Metatarsus.
marked | marked
Emtocondyaracuyibyes al see eh oe a \" Adductoribridgel | 3 i050 sede ag
Ectocondylar cavity . b Entocalcaneal process . . . .. 7
Intercondylar process ¢ Kctocaleaneal process . . . .. §&
Intercondylar triangular tract d Calcaneal canal t
Entometatarsalridge . . 4... €@ @alcanealYeroave se cue ttn
Entocondylar ridge ip | Postinternal depression. . . . . Uv
Entogastrocnemial ridge . . . . gf | Postexternal depression w
Entocondylar tuberosity . . . . h Ectogastrocnemial ridge . . . . @
Antinterosseal depression . . . . 2 Postinterosseal ridge y
Ectometatarsal ridge . . ... & | iHietotrochleanridgersayae | seen nnn
Entinterosseal canal. . . . . . ¢@ | Hiallucialsurfae. . . . . . . 1
Ketinterosseal canal. . . . . . ™ iEntotrochlear mdse i. as alam sna
Facet for “tibialis-anticus” tendon. » | Intertrochlear groove . . . . BorB
Antinterosseal ridges... . . . 0 Posttrochlear depression . . . . y
Lower interosseal or ‘“ adductor” | Ectotrochlear depression an
Giualyauterion onificen. Sue Go.) ip: | -Mntotrochlea s) 05 66. felee a pe) IE
Lower interosseal or ‘ adductor” | Mesotrochlea. . . 2... . . Wl
canal, posterior orifice . . . @ | KEctotrochlea. . . : : IV
The “ hallucial facet’ is not tierhae above the entocondyle in Beconhaps fitted it is in
Didus; the greater length of the metatarsus is due to elongation of the shaft between
that surface and the subsidence of the calcaneal process.
The shorter and stronger metatarsus of Didus indicates more powerful actions of the
foot, in reference to the greater weight of body to support—perhaps, also, to more
habitual and powerful applications in scratching up the soil.
The longer and more slender metatarsus of Pezophaps relates, as Strickland justly
observes’, to the lighter weight and more active movements of that bird, which seems
to have preserved its existence to a later period (1735) than the Dodo,
In a Memoir on the Apteryxr, read August 14th, 1838, and printed in the second
volume of the ‘ Zoological Transactions’ (p. 257), the composition of the metatarsus is
described as follows :—‘‘ The upper articular surface is formed by a single broad piece.
The original separation of the bone below into three pieces is plainly indicated by two
deep grooves on the anterior and posterior part of the proximal extremity ; the inter-
mediate portion of bone is very narrow anteriorly, but broad and prominent on the
opposite side” (p. 293). This prominence was indicated in subsequent Memoirs as the
‘ Annals and Magazine of Nat. Hist. 2nd ser. yol. iii. 138.
524 ~ PROFESSOR OWEN ON THE
‘‘calcaneal process ;” but it does not form the whole upper end or head of the middle
piece or metatarsal element.
In my Memoir on Dinornis, part 1 (18435"), I entered, with a view to determine the
composition and processes of the metatarsal bone, into an analysis of its development,
and showed, in an immature Ostrich”, that the head of the middle of the three normal
metatarsals, which middle bone may be reckoned as that of the third digit, if the
rudimental metatarsus of the back toe be viewed as the innermost or first metatarsal,
projects posteriorly beyond those of the other two (second and fourth), and developes
the chief and commonly sole “ calcaneal process.” I also showed that the mid meta-
tarsal, in its descent toward the toes, changes its relative position to the others, coming
gradually forward and developing its condyle in advance of, or in a plane somewhat
anterior to, the condyles of the second (inner) and fourth (outermost) metatarsals.
Messrs. Newton, in reference to the “ calcaneal process,” or the ‘“‘inner or longest”
one in Pezophaps, state, “This process is now regarded® as the head of the third
(anchylosed) metatarsal,” and quote Gegenbaur as their authority. I must, how-
ever, enter my dissent from that view. ‘The process, as its name implies, is only a part
of the head of the third or mid metatarsal. The portion of the head in advance of the
origin of the process is wedged between the heads of the second and fourth meta-
tarsals, and in a greater degree in Dinornis (tom. cit. pl. 28. figs. 4 & 7) than in
Struthio (ib. fig. 2).
In a subsequent Memoir (July 14, 1846) the upper and hinder outstanding process
of the middle element of the compound bone is termed “ calcaneal”*, in reference to
its functional analogy to the calcaneal fulcrum in Mammals, not to indicate homology,
as Professor Gegenbaur appears to have believed. ‘The metatarsal element to which
any tarsal homology might be applicable is expressly limited to the one affording
articular cavities to the tibial trochlez, and ‘‘ which seems to represent a proximal
epiphysis”’.
To the three principal elements of the shaft the following names and symbols were
applied® :—* ‘ entometatarse’ (11), ‘mesometatarse’ (111), ‘ectometatarse’ (1v)”—the
numerals referring to the toes in the type or pentadactyle foot, which the three meta-
tarsus elements respectively bore.
The “calcaneal process” is not the “head” of the mesometatarse (11), but, as the
' Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iii. p. 240. ? Th. pl. 28. figs. 1 & 2.
5 « Cf, Gegenbaur, Arch. fiir Anat. und Physiol. 1863, pp. 450-472; Untersuchungen zur vergleichenden
Anatomie der Wirbelthiere (4to, Leipzig, 1864), pp. 93-108, pl. 6.”
‘ «The posterior surface of the caleaneal process is broad, triangular, vertically grooved, and perforated at
its base ” (loc. cit. p. 52).
° Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. iii, p. 243 (1843); and see ib. vol. iv. pl. 45. fig. 2 (metatarsus of immature
Dinornis crassus).
® Tb. vol. iv. p. 3 (1850).
OSTEOLOGY OF THE BODO. 025
name rightly implies, is a process from the upper and back part of that element, con-
joined with a corresponding projection from the part of the common epiphysis covering
the mesometatarsal.
DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.
PLATE LXIV.
Side view of the skeleton of the Dodo (Didus ineptus, Linn.), articulated and displayed
in the Ornithological Gallery of the British Museum.
PLATE LXV.
Oblique back view of the same skeleton.
Both these Plates are taken from photographs, corrected, as to perspective and
better indication of details, from the subject. The lithographs are reduced to 4 the
natural size.
PLATE LXVI.
Metatarsals of Pezophaps and Didus.
1. Outer side view (Pezophaps solitaria, Str.).
2. Back view (Pezophaps solitaria, Str.).
Fig. 3. Front view (Pezophaps solitaria, Stv.).
4. Inner side view (Pezophaps solitaria, Str.).
Fig. 5. Outer side view (Pezophaps minor, Stvr.).
Fig. 6. Back view (Pezophaps minor, Str.).
Fig. 7. Front view (Pezophaps minor, Str.).
Fig. 8. Outer side view of proximal end (Didus ineptus, Linn.).
Fig. 9. Outer side view of distal end (Didus ineptus, Linn.).
Fig. 10. Back view of proximal end (Didus ineptus, Linn.).
Fig. 11. Back view of distal end (Didus ineptus, Linn.).
Fig. 12. Proximal articular surfaces (Pezophaps minor, Stv.).
Fig. 13. Proximal articular surfaces (Pezophaps solitaria, Str.).
Fig. 14. Front view of proximal end (Didus ineptus, Linn.).
Fig. 15. Front view of distal end (Didus ineptus, Linn. ).
Fig. 16. Inner side view of proximal end (Didus ineptus, Linn.).
Fig. 17. Inner side view of distal end (Didus ineptus, Linn.).
All the figures are of the natural size.
VoL. Vi.—Part vil. November, 1871. 4p
Ge a Pe pee
SrundLo Se Un (GLO2
OnStone by JErleben Prinund gy Ma N Hanbart
DIDUS INEPTUS
Printed by MaNHanhart
LO) MBH GRS TS WAS ESE WO KS)
2
Pay Lol / Wo i
7
WNW1b, L006
la
i
|
ve
H
“4
S
=>
SS
~
SS
/
LGA.
5
(es
Uf
3 JAI
LL 4 ha:
4)
Z
4 /
G
ays
-*
/
Fa
f .
a
e
{
~
+
i] ~~
s ‘e
) 4
—
«
’
’
he t
=e
a
XVI. Researches upon the Anatomy of the Pinnipedia.—Part I. Descriptive Anatomy
of the Sea-lion (Otaria jubata). By Jamus Murine, WD., PLS, F.GS., &e.,
Lecturer on Comparative Anatomy, Middlesex Hospital, late Prosector to the
Zoological Society.
Read April 23rd, 1868.
[Puates LXVII. to LXXIII.]
ConTENTSs.
I. Introductory Remarks ............ p. 527 TH, Muscylar System...............- p. 539
II. External Characters and Subcutaneous IV. Ligamentous System ............ 580
TEES § pied nothemern melt nkcotsecs Paces 528
I. IntRopuctory REMARKS.
ALTHOUGH upwards of a century has rolled past since our daring and intrepid
British navigators, Dampier and Captain Cook, with the latter’s no less zealous
naturalist and companion voyager, Mr. Foster, made known the Eared Seals (Otariidie)
to the world, so little is yet known respecting their internal anatomy and soft parts,
that any observations relating thereto, even if devoid of novelty, cannot fail to be of
some interest in illustration of the structure of that remarkable group. I must not
omit mention, though, of Steller, who long ago, in his ‘ De Bestiis Marinis,’ furnished a
fair descriptive history and anatomical outline of the Sea-bear, Ursus marinus, and a
short notice of the Sea-lion, Dampier’s Leo marinus, both studied by him in their native
haunts, Behring’s Straits. His writings, however, difficult of access, render a further
memoir not the less useful, especially as he has but passed in rapid survey many of the
more important structures, and to others omitted all reference.
The present Memoir more particularly treats of the external characters and the organs
of movement. The viscera, nervous and vascular systems, &c. wili be included in
another part, the two forming a descriptive account of the anatomy of Otaria jubata
as a type of the group.
Originally I had intended to compare throughout the structure of this Eared Seal
with the Earless or Common Seals, and with the Walrus, &c.; but, led to understand
that the simple and tolerably complete descriptive anatomy of the specimen might form
of itself a sufficiently lengthy communication, I simply produce it in that form.
It is greatly to be regretted that the precise age of our Sea-lion, when captured, was
not ascertained with the accuracy which could be desired. What is known of its history
has been to some extent already published'. I have besides derived information from
1 Sce:—The Illustrated London News; The Boys’ Own Magazine, vol. vi. No. 33, p. 214; Dr. Sclater’s
memoranda, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 80; Land and Water for 21st April, 1866; Dr. Burmeister’s Remarks in the
VOL. VI.—ParT vill. January, 1872, 4G
528 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
Mr. Lecomte (the original possessor), and have questioned him regarding the statement
of Burmeister, namely that two live specimens of Otaria falklandica had been exhibited
at Buenos Ayres. ‘These, however, as Dr. Gray has suggested, were not of that species,
but O. jubata—in fact the identical specimens obtained by Lecomte, one of which, that
furnishing this memoir, was afterwards brought to this country. ‘This animal was
exhibited at the Cremorne Gardens for a short interval, ultimately being purchased by
this Society. It lived in the Society’s Gardens from the 25th January 1866 till the
14th February 1867, when it died from natural causes (as recorded in the P. Z. S. 1867,
p. 248).
IJ. Exrernan CHARACTERS AND SUBCUTANEOUS Parts.
1. Colour.—Regarding this, it is essential to remark that during life the hue changes
according as the animal is seen in a wet or dry condition. After emergence from the
water it presents a more or less uniform burnt-umber tint, indeed almost approaching
to a black. When the coat is dry the colour very sensibly lightens and a greater variety
of shade is revealed. The nape of the neck then appears of a lightish yellow-brown,
and a streak of the same shade runs along the forehead towards the nose. The cheeks,
to the ear, are of a dark nut-brown. The abdomen generally has more of a reddish
brown or tawny cast. Excepting the extremities, which towards their phalangeal ends
and on the soles are dirty blackish, the remainder of the body and limbs are of a rich
brown".
2. Configuration and Measurements of the Body.—When a series of proportional mea-
surements are taken of the bodies of some animals, such as fish, many reptiles, and a
few mammals (Armadillos, for example), these give not only a clue to the relation of
parts, but in some respects supply substantial data of configuration. In other mam-
malians it is more difficult to institute measurements, either with accuracy or satisfac-
tion, unless where the frame is firm and rigid, or there are well-defined points mapping
out certain regions.
During life the Sea-lion is capable of and comports itself in a great variety of
striking attitudes. In each of these the apparent proportions of the body, head, and
neck alter in a remarkable manner. At one moment the entire body presents a long,
cylindrical, tapering cone ; in another the body seems foreshortened and the head and
neck thrust out turtle-fashion to a length as astonishing as often unexpected to any
visitor who may chance to be near; at other times the chest and abdomen become
Ann. Nat. Hist. 1866, xviii. p. 99; and Dr. J. E. Gray’s ‘Observations on Sea-bears (Otariade), and
especially on the Fur-Seals and Hair-Seals of the Falkland Islands and Southern America,” Ann. Nat. Hist.
February 1868 (4th series, vol. i. No. 2, p. 108), &e.
1 The above description applies solely to the male specimen in question. I have shown (P. Z. 8. 1869) that
in the juvenile, half-grown, and fully adult animals material changes of coloration ensue—and also that the
females most markedly differ, their hue being very considerably lighter and greyer, as evidenced by the indi-
vidual at present exhibited in the Society’s gardens.
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION. 529
deep and laterally flattened, while the back is arched in the manner of a defiant cat.
And so, waking and sleeping, walking or swimming, there is a ceaseless change of
relation in the figure and proportion of the parts. ‘This does not entirely depend on
mere change of attitude, but also upon the unusually lithe and mobile nature of the
entire spinal column and ribs, furnished as these are with an abundance of cartilaginous
material and fibro-elastic ligaments.
1 This characteristic sketch, from the pencil of Mr. Wood, appeared in ‘ Land and Water’ for the 21st April,
1866. I am indebted to Mr. Lord for kindly allowing me the use of the block.
4G2
530 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
In the general measurements of the dead body, as given underneath, it ought therefore
to be remembered that the figures represent but approximately those existing during life.
ft. in.
The greatest length of the animal when laid out back upwards, this
measurement being taken from the tip of the muzzle to the ex-
tremity of the hind flippers as these lay extended backwards
Length from the muzzle to the tip of the tail
Distance from the muzzle to the prominence of the anaglden|cmne
DmwprH oo
i
_
Girth taken round the neck in front of the shoulder . 4
Girth of the thoracic region behind the pectoral limbs 3°5
Girth of the abdominal region in front of the pelvis 5
Head: length from the muzzle to the apparent ee é 1,
Tail in length 0 3:2
Pectoral limb: length from fie shouldesione to he farthest extre-
mity of the manus (the cartilaginous tip of the great pollicial
GUE) rey Gus, es) <0 piece ee oh theca ss podeo
Pelvic limb: length from the bony prominence of the ilium to the
most distant portion of the free flippers (the tip of the digital
Gariilapeomthehgilgnye ts Nee tesurs fas Ae 6) 3 oy lm eae
When the body is stripped of the subcutaneous fat and fibrous tissue, its curious
proportions come out more in relief than when the animal is alive or when still clothed
with its fatty envelopment. Thus disrobed, the thorax and the abdomen present a long
laterally flattened aspect, with a considerable vertical depth; the pectoral region seems
proportionally very large; and the hinder extremities assume more of a Seal-like cha-
racter than is exhibited under other conditions. ‘The tail then appears much longer
than it does during life. The great paddle-like fore extremities acquire prominence ;
and the vast pollex, with its extraordinarily lengthened distal cartilage, seems specially
formed for the purpose of propulsion in a watery element, where it might enter after
the manner of a wedge, to be deflected backwards broadside. The enormous thickness
of the muscular neck, and the massive development of the region of the shoulders, are
very conspicuous. The head, again, loses much of its rotundity or plumpness, the
peculiar, somewhat parallelopiped contour of the skull becoming more noticeable.
3. Anterior Extremities.—In the Sea-lion both the pectoral and the pelvic extremities
are indeed most extraordinarily modified axial appendages. The greatest absolute length
of the pectoral limb, if taken in a straight line from the shoulder-joint to the most
extreme point, as already mentioned, is 2 feet 5 inches; but the free portion of the
limb, or what includes the lower part of the forearm and the manus, is little over half
that. The skin &c. uniting the limb to the thorax is very flexible; and so loose and
freely moveable is it in the axillary region, that according as the creature swims, raises
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION. 531
his body while supporting it in walking, or simply lies at rest, does the free portion of
the limb apparently vary in its extent.
The girth of the pectoral limb, close to the body, is 1 foot 5 inches. Above this
point it lies flatly adpressed against the walls of the thorax. As it becomes free it
assumes a definitely, peculiarly broad and flat appearance; and the thickness decreases
by degrees until, at the distal end of the manus, it has diminished to a few lines. That
portion of the limb which is more or less free is of an elongated, flat, pyramidal shape,
the apex being represented by the flap of membrane and cartilage of the enormous
pollex.
The length of the anterior border of this portion of the fore flipper, following the
curve, is 2 feet, whereas the posterior margin, measured in the same way (that is, from
its basal attachment to its free extremity), is 18 inches. ‘The portion (or the serrated
margin) corresponding to the extremities of the digits in other animals is 103 inches
broad from its one end to the other.
The diameter of this flipper-like extremity, at 13 inches from its free furthermost
point, where it is widest, is 8 inches. At a distance of 7 inches from the tip the
diameter is but 54 inches, and near the tip itself it is reduced to only 2 inches; from
this it tapers and terminates in a slightly rounded extremity.
At the wrist-joint the thickness of the member is 2 inches; from this the manus thins
very gradually until, as already said, at the free phalangeal extremity it does not surpass
1 or 2 lines in thickness. The anterior and also lower margin is thicker than the hinder
one. From its thoracic attachment to the tip it has a long and low-arched curve, which
is tolerably smooth at the edge.
The posterior and upper margin, or what is included between the axilla and the fifth
digit, is no more than 7 inches long, and is much more elastic than the anterior margin
already spoken of. This hinder, inner, or axillary margin possesses a small fold of
nearly loose skin; the anterior or shoulder margin, on the contrary, is firm and tense,
or with more of the Porpoise-fin-like rigidity.
There are eight rounded projections, and seven hollow interspaces, at the posterior
free extremity on that margin, ending in the phalangeal cartilages. ‘The outermost of
the emarginations is the widest.
The upper surface of the manus is covered with hair; but on the fore margin there is
a broad strip devoid of it; and the latter widens, stopping short of the pollicial, but
almost reaching the other nails. There are few creases, except slightly between the
moveable portions of the digits. The palmar surface is nearly flat, almost entirely
hairless, and minutely striated by cuticular elevations. These run in sinuous but
parallel lines, longitudinally or with a moderate curvature, following the contour of the
palm. Here and there the ridges interdigitate at acute angles. ‘The length of this
bare palm, taken in a straight line towards the fore border, is 15 inches, but no more
than 4 inches on the opposite (hind or radial) side.
532 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
The proximal half of the manus has a tolerably smooth superior or dorsal surface ;
the distal half has feebly marked phalangeal ridges. ‘The free ends of the phalangeal
cartilages decrease slightly in breadth from without inwards—the outermost, or pollex,
at the broadest portion, measuring 2 inches.
There are indications of five nails, each represented by a small hollow or pit. ‘The
outermost cr pollicial nail is placed 5 inches from the tip of the terminal cartilage of
the digit; the next, or second digital nail, 2$ inches from the free end; the third digit
has it 1} inch, and the fourth and fifth digits 14 inch distant from their tips.
When the skin and subcutaneous tissues have been removed, and the deeper parts to
some extent dissected, that portion of the free pectoral extremity between the elbow-
and the wrist-joints presents a tolerably flattened and broad aspect.
The manus, under the same dissected condition, has a very broad palmated appear-
ance, the pollex being of very great proportions.
Each digit diminishes in size from the pollex to the fifth, as the undermentioned
respective lengths show. ‘These measurements are taken from the roots to the tips or
free extremities, thus including the long spatulous-shaped terminal cartilages.
Pollex or first digit _=14 inches. Fourth digit =5+ inches.
Index or second digit =103 ,, Fifth digit =48 5
Middle or third digit = 73 ,,
The direction of the pollex is continuous with the long axis of the forearm. The
second metacarpal bone inclines slightly towards that of the first digit; but its distal
phalanges form by degrees a curve, which at length veers away from those of the
pollex. ‘The third has a similar curve. The fourth metacarpal bone has a more back-
ward angle; but this and the phalanges have altogether a straighter course. The fifth
metacarpal and digit is like the hallux in the manner in which it is set and articulated
with the carpal bones. ‘This digit is more obliquely directed, or more nearly at a right
angle, than are the others. The terminal cartilage of the fifth digit has a slight curve
or bend forwards—indeed, just as much divarication or spreading out as the pollicial
cartilage has backwards.
In the semidissected condition in question the carpal, metacarpal, and phalangeal
bones are all more or less freely moveable, the one upon the other.
4, Posterior Extremities—When the skin and subcutaneous tissues are removed
from the groins, perineum, and ischio-rectal region, the peculiar position and general
relation of the hind limbs to each other and to the above regions are best shown (see
Pls. LXVIII. & LXXIII.). The two thighs are then seen to be placed at nearly right
angles to the long axis of the body, whereas the tibia and fibula return to the axial line
of the body, rather, however, bent inwards towards the ankle-joint. Asa consequence,
the position and attachment of the various muscles in the regions above alluded to
are so altered as scarcely to be recognized. What ordinarily in Mammals are superticial
or
ee)
oo
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
longitudinal muscular layers, here assume oblique or transverse directions; and as
“the muscles of the posterior limb in the Seal,” as Haughton’ has remarked, “ differ
from those of other Carnivores principally in the shifting of their insertion to lower
points of the leg,” so likewise in the Sea-lion this distal transference of insertion
materially masks the usual relation of parts.
Of the hind limb the free part, taken in a straight line, measures one foot and a half,
the girth at the proximal end of this being 11 inches. When extended to the fullest,
the greatest breadth of the foot is 10 inches; and as the phalanges are freely flexible
laterally, and can override each other (vide Pl. LXVII. fig. 3), corresponding reduction
of breadth consequently ensues according to the amount of overlap.
The free part of the posterior extremity comprises little more than the foot and the
turn of the ankle, the remainder of the limb being, so to speak, bound up with the
pelvic region of the body, and moving synchronous with it; the very peculiar hobbling
gait of the rump and its members is caused thereby. The hind differs very sensibly
from the fore foot in figure; for whilst the hallux is absolutely large and long, it still
is relatively shorter, narrower, and less developed than the pollex. The great toe has
certainly the advantage of length; the others are subequal, or with slight diminution
from the second to the fifth; and this applies to the phalangeal interspaces, or rather
vacuities, betwixt the dermally covered, spatulate, terminal cartilages.
Besides shape, the hind foot is very distinct from the fore one in the separate, raised
character of the phalanges dorsally, these being firmly encased and comparatively
undefined in the manus. ‘The pes is thus a far more moveable instrument, so far as
its component parts are concerned; and though the leg is limited in action by being
fastened as low as the heel, yet the hind flipper and its claws subserve all the ordinary
purposes of the carnivore’s paw in scratching the body &c. In two of the figures
(woodcuts, nos. 3 & 4) the attitudes assumed, and manner of use just spoken of, are
shown as sketched from the living animal.
On its upper surface the hind flipper is covered with short, here and there rough,
adpressed hairs, which run down the back of each digit to within 15 inch of the nails;
but the interspaces or intervening web, and the whole of the free edges of the digits,
are more or less bare for 24 inches above the point mentioned. The skin of the dorsum
is longitudinally wrinkled, and in certain positions has a tendency to become diamond-
outlined. Of the five nails or claws, the three middle ones are large (13 inch long by
33; inch broad) as compared with those on the hallux and little toe, which are mere
rudimentary structures. The whole of the nails are situate not terminally, but at the
proximal ends of the digital cartilages, and almost in a line transverse to each other.
The sole, like the broad flat palm, is devoid of hair from the heel forwards, and, like
it also, is covered with hard, callous, black epiderm. This likewise is thrown into fine
2 Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. May 1864; but consult also Duvernoy, “ Sur les organes du mouvement du Phoque
commun,” Mém, du Mus. d’Hist. Nat. vol. ix.
5354 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
wrinkles or ridges, which, however, traverse the sole in wavy parallel lines directed
from behind forwards (Pl. LX VIII. figs. 4 & 5). At the caleaneum, where they are
most pronounced, they assume a radiate direction, and between the phalanges inter-
digitate frequently. In this aspect of the foot the length along the outer border is
17 inches, the inner border being about 15 inches.
Unlike Phoca and other Earless Seals, Ofaria has a well-marked scrotum (s, figs. 5 & 6),
which changes very materially in appearance according to the position of the pelvic
extremities; but further remarks thereon I reserve till speaking of the generative
organs.
5. Weight of the Body.—Regarding the age, weight, and the growth of our specimen
of Otaria jubata, M. Lecomte mentioned to me that when he first obtained it he
believed it was about four feet long, and three or four years old. At the time of its
death he thought it would be about eight years of age. ‘Two years previously he said
it had been weighed and was then 80 lbs. in weight.
The exact weight of the dead carcass I ascertained to be :—
A UTES ST) oh i iets oul Sot Gocomtien as ow an owe AS} Wie
Fat on the surface of the body . . ... . 28,,
Body deprived of the fatandskin . . . . SS,
Giving an aggregate total weight of. . . . . 159,,
6. The Skin and Hair—Upon the chest and between the two pectoral extremities
the skin is thrown into a remarkable series of plaits or foldings (Pl. LXIX. fig. 7).
‘The appearance of these longitudinal folds is not unlike those present in the throat of
some Cetaceans, e.g. the Balwnopterw. ‘They evidently subserve the same purpose,
inasmuch as they permit of great distention of the parts. This pliability would seem
to be necessary; for, did not great elasticity of the skin and subcutaneous tissue exist,
the varied movements of the fore limbs of this extraordinary creature would be limited
to a considerable extent.
To proceed with a description of the skin of the thorax—in the middle line there is
one central deep sulcus, having on either side of it four or five shallower ones, and
between these as many elevations of the skin. The length of the middle depression is
somewhere about ten inches; greater precision as regards length is difficult, from the
terminal points being indefinite. ‘Those on each side of this median one diminish in
length towards the axille. The breadth of the raised folds or wrinkles varies from a
quarter of an inch to one inch.
The direction assumed by the lines is in accordance with the curves of the body,
thus being bent upwards at their anterior and posterior ends. Right under each axilla
there are, moreover, from six to ten additional narrower furrows, which sweep round
from the side of the chest towards the shoulder-joint. ‘The breadth of these last varies
according to the position of the flippers.
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION. 535
The hair is more or less of a uniform length over the whole of the body, but it is
rather shorter on the limbs. Underneath the lower jaw the hair is rougher and
shaggier in appearance, and, on account of its being also somewhat longer, produces
a beard-like aspect. Individual hairs plucked from this part measured seven tenths
and nine tenths of an inch respectively. Upon the back of the head the length of the
hairs averages from five to eight tenths of an inch; and on the outer side of the pectoral
limbs they are almost as long. One patch near the axilla had a very marked shaggy
look, as if longer in the pile than the surrounding portions; but on accurate examination
this did not turn out to be the case. On the loins this hairy coat is more uniform as
regards length ; it is here shortest—namely, about half an inch.
Beside the ordinary hairs of the pelage, there is a distinct crop of underwool, as in
the Fur-Seals. This undercoat is not thickly set, but distributed in delicate, short
and fine hairs placed at the base of the other longer ones. It appeared to exist upon
the greater part of the body, excepting, it may be, on the loins, where traces were not
distinctly recognized.
7. Mamme.—tIn the Otaria under description there are four teats in all, and these
are distributed in pairs. The hinder pair are six inches in advance of the penis, and
the anterior pair are again nine inches anterior to these hinder ones. The two anterior
ones are each about four inches distant from the median line of the abdomen, and three
inches posterior to the hinder part of the sternum. The posterior ones differ, inasmuch
as they are each but two inches distant from the median line. Expressed in other
words, the front pair of teats are eight inches apart, the hinder ones but four inches.
The teats in this male animal are very slightly raised above the surface of the skin;
but each of them possesses a long and capacious duct, which passes through the super-
ficial and deep dermal tissues, and can also readily be traced for some distance among
the fat.
8. Eye.—The appearances of the eye and surrounding structures after death are as
undernoted. ‘The fissura palpebrarum then possessed a wide elliptical form (Pl. LXTX.
fig. 9), the anterior canthus being rather the lower of the two. The aperture from
the anterior (a.c) to the posterior canthus measured an inch in a direct line, and the
diameter in the middle 0-Ginch. ‘The margin of each eyelid is of a black colour and
carunculated; and the narrow palpebre are bare of hair for not more than 0-1 of an
inch. ‘The nictitating membrane in its contracted state (7) occupies only a small portion
of the anterior inferior corner of the orbit.
There is no trace of eyelashes.
On the right side one solitary hair (¢) alone represents the eyebrow; but on the left
side two hairs are found. The one hair on the right supraorbital region is situated at
the distance of 0-8 of an inch from the anterior angle of the eye, and almost perpen-
dicular to it. The two hairs on the left side, with a nearly similar position, are
separated from one another by an interval of 0-2 of an inch. The length of these
VOL. VII.—PART Vil. January, 1872. 4u
536 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
three superciliary hairs, or rudimentary eyebrows, varies from half to one inch long;
and they are light-coloured and bristle-like in texture.
The ball of the eye is full; the pupil perpendicular, ovoid, and about 0:3 inch in
length. This is the case under ordinary conditions; but the pupil alters in a most
extraordinary manner. At times it opens full and round, even larger than the dimen-
sion just mentioned, or about equal to the circle I have shown in the diagram, no. 3,
fig. 10; again, as it decreases, it assumes the vertical oval figure (no. 2), and as it
contracts still more, almost to a pinhead’s diameter, the shape becomes nearly triangular
(vide no. 1). Imade careful observations of this remarkable pupillar dilatation and con-
traction. I found that in the day-time, and especially with clear bright sunshiny weather,
the maximum of contraction took place; when, however, the day was gloomy and dark,
a more opened condition obtained; moreover, during the afternoon and as twilight
crept on, so did the pupil slowly increase in magnitude, and had expanded ere
nightfall to its fullest extent. Accompanying these changes, as marked a phenomenon
of colour ensued. When contracted, the pupil glistened as a bluish iridescent point;
dilating gradually, it assumed an opalescent hue, and at length looked as if a filmy
curtain had passed across the ball of the eye. My attention was called to these diurnal
and nocturnal changes from doubts as to whether the animal suffered from cataract. I
believe them, however, to be the ordinary natural phenomena incident to the vision of
this creature, although it is possible they were more apparent in this instance than
usually may be the case. Doubtless physiologically some purpose is subserved, such as
night-fishing, which, according to Lecomte, is the habit of the animal; but at all events
this peculiarity of colour presents contrast to the full, soft expression of eye belonging
to most of the Earless Seals.
9. Har.—The division of the Seals into two groups, the Eared and Earless, seems a
natural one. The very diminutive-sized ears, even if only viewed as a minor character
in the total outward aspect, are so obviously distinctive and peculiar-looking in the
living animal as to attract immediate attention.
In Otaria jubata the external organ of hearing is situated about the end of the
middle third of the head, taking the latter in its longitudinal axis. ‘The eye is placed,
in relation to the ear, at the anterior end of the same middle third. A line carried
through these organs would reach the upper part of the muzzle in front and the lower
portion of the occiput behind. ‘The absolute distance between the posterior canthus of
the eye and the anterior portion of the root of the ear is 5 inches.
The pinna, or auricle, in its ordinary contracted condition, is a small conical and
backwardly projecting body, an inch in length, and half an inch in breadth at its base
(fig. 11). Behind it there is a slight indentation or shallow grooved depression in the
skin, in which the ear, when thrown backwards, is partially embedded.
The auricle is externally clothed with short, close-set, light golden-coloured, shining
hairs; and the hair in the shallow fossa already spoken of is of a similar colour. The
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION. 537
tip of the pinna is naked. If hairs had once been there in the specimen under consi-
deration, these must have been very effectually abraded ; for both ears showed the same
absence of them.
Rolled together scrollwise, as the ear usually appears, the concavity of the auricle or
concha is barely, if at all, shown. When, however, its anterior and posterior borders,
or what represents the helix (/, fig. 13), are drawn apart, the concha (c) is disclosed ;
and this has a deep narrow median sulcus running through it. The helical surface is
bare, and has a minutely punctated or glandular appearance. The surface of the concha
is also hairless. Antihelix, tragus, antitragus, and lobule may be said to be wanting;
or at least no clear division or prominence in the parts indicates their presence.
The external auditory canal is narrow, and only admitted a fine probe, which passed
up or inwards 0-4 of an inch from the conchal opening.
10. Muzzle, Nostrils, and Whiskers—When the Otaria takes a long and deep
inspiration the nostrils widely dilate, by the superior, but more particularly by their
inferior lips being dragged downwards and backwards. This movement is produced
through the contraction of the powerful naso-facial muscles described hereafter, p. 542.
At such moments of distention the anterior nares present an egg-shape, taken from
before backwards; but it is noticeable that they are more narrowed at the outer opening
than within. ‘This unequal distensibility of the parts is in some measure owing to the
formation of the nasal cartilages.
When the nostrils are contracted and closed, the external apertures form a kind of
V-shaped figure, each line or limb, however, having a trend or curve inwards, while the
angle does not approach perfectly close. The apparent continuation of the lines of
the nasal apertures below into what is really the median sulcus of the upper lip, has
a resemblance to an inverted broad arrow. ‘This cleft of the muzzle, however, is only
produced by the prominence of the anterior portion of the facial muscles, and is not a
perfect separation into a right and a left half.
The nose, so to speak, is somewhat pyriform when viewed in front, bare of hair,
roughish, and of a very dark brown colour—indeed, almost shaded into a black. The
anterior free margin of the septum narium has a median sulcus, which is 1-8 inch long.
On a transverse and perpendicular section of the nasal region being made, somewhere
about an inch or so from the front, the skin and superficial tissues having meantime been
removed, the following appearance is presented (Pl. LXX. fig. 18), The cartilage of
the septum (se), a longish, strong, narrow rod, is thicker below than above. The upper
lateral cartilages (w./.c) expand in an arched form outwards, leaving beneath them two
transversely flask-shaped openings, the inner ends of which are below narrowed by an
upward projecting nipple, the inward fold of the circumambient cartilaginous arch.
The flask-shaped openings already mentioned are continued down on either side of
the septum, widening below. In the middle they are nearly obliterated by the close
approximation of the cartilaginous edges.
4uy 2
538 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
The muzzle, as a whole, is slightly truncated. When at rest the long, strong, arched
vibrissee or whiskers do not project beyond the muzzle, but lie backwards and downwards,
the course of their sweeping curves giving them an inclination beneath the lower jaw.
These vibrissee commence at an inch distant from the anterior nasal sulcus, and at their
roots or origins extend backwards fully an inch and a half. They are small and short
anteriorly and above, and increase in length and in thickness posteriorly. They range
in length from half an inch to about eight inches. Their disposition is in parallel
rows, whereof there are six such rows from above downwards, and seven from before
backwards. The greater number of these vibrisse are of a pale colour; but several
are barred with black.
During life this creature had the power of freely moving about its whiskers. I have
never seen it twist them round towards the forehead, although this was easily done in
the dead condition. In this last state the vibrisse freely rotated as much as three
quarters of a circle; but I doubt if their mobility permitted such during the living
condition ; at least such a movement has not come under my observation.
As regards the lower lip and the opening of the mouth, the former is placed rather
behind the upper lip—the muzzle, as it were, projecting slightly in advance of the
mandible (Pl. LXIX. fig. 8). The shape of the closed mouth, as seen in the above
figure, is a wide deep arch, the chord of which from its summit to the angle of the lip
is rather more than three inches.
I may here insert some admeasurements of the head as a clue to the relation of parts
treated of in the last three sections,
inches, | inches.
ene ye Depth at lin. behind muzzle . 53
Girth-at occiput ° .° 4.” ) 2a Depth at extremity of upper lip. 3
Gimthvatseatss «9 5.) ea) ewe: Depth at do., including mandible 5
GCN At CYS kw os, on ae, Distance from snout to mid-eye . 5
Girth at posterior end of bristles 164 Breadth of snout oa
Girth at muzzle, front of lower Breadth between eyes, following
pe eeuens eee ene Moe nee CUTIVE, sor cu ee ace ate ee
Depi-atieats gs % «9 os Breadth between ears . . . . 10
Depihvaveyess i ee a kell Breadth between the bristle-roots 4
11. Subcutaneous Deposit of Fat.—On the removal of the skin from the Sea-lion the
entire body and the extremities are seen to be enveloped in a more or less dense layer
of soft oily fat. This fatty substance resembles that met with in the Common Seals.
It possesses appearance and properties intermediate between those belonging to the
adipose tissue found on the bodies of some Carnivora and the adipose tissue of
Cetacea.
This extensive sheet of adipose material is deposited in greatest quantity upon the
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION, 539
breast and between the flippers, where it is as much as 2 inches in depth. Upon the
outer side of the chest it is not much over half an inch in thickness, and it thins
considerably as it reaches the middle line of the back. The shoulders, the neck, and
the head are clad by a continuation of the same material, which varies in thickness
from a quarter of an inch to half an inch. Towards the median line of the abdominal
region there is a layer of considerable depth; this is coextensive with the sterno-
pectoral mass, but does not retain the thickness of the latter as it proceeds backwards.
The continuation of the fatty investment upon the loins, buttocks, and hind limbs is
much thinner than on the pectoro-abdominal parts, and assumes a thickness corre-
sponding to the deposit on the cervical and dorsal regions. As it descends on the
limbs the fat thins very considerably, and ere reaching the flippers almost entirely dis-
appears—glistening areolar tissue taking its place, while the skin adheres closely and
firmly to the tendinous ligamentary structures beneath.
Fig. 2.
Manner in which the Otary usually swallows its
food. Sketched from the Society’s animal.
<=
III. THe Muscunar System.
It may seem unusual that, in the account of the organs of locomotion, precedence
should be given in the present instance to the muscular system instead of to the more
solid bony axis. Such a course, I am aware, might either be defended or opposed on
philosophical grounds. De Blainville’ remarks, “la multiplicité et la mobilité des
piéces osseuses, coincidant avec la complication des parties musculaires, l’étude de ces
derniers organes, qui dans la hiérarchie de l’importance relative des parties, occupent
un rang supérieur aux os, inférieur au derme, est subordonnée a celle du squelette, de
la forme duquel elle peut en général étre déduite.”
For my own part I have been induced to deviate from the more common custom for
several reasons,—among others, because the skeleton of Otaria is already known to
some extent, and has been figured by Cuvier, De Blainville, &c., also because of the
yery remarkable attitudes assumed both by the Otariide and Trichechide being in
1 Cours de la Facult. des Sci. vol. ii., quotod in Meckel’s Anat. Comp. vol. vi. Append. p. 495.
540 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
some measure due to the singularity of their muscular development and attachments,
and, furthermore, because it has been found convenient to pursue the dissection in the
course here followed.
The flesh exhibits the same dark red tint of fibre which has been remarked by many
observers’, and is characteristic, or at most is found of usual occurrence among the
Seals proper. A certain disagreeable fishy odour exhaled from the body. The dark-
ness of coloration of the muscular tissue is somewhat remarkable.
1. Cutaneous layer of Muscle. (Plate LXIX.)
Panniculus carnosus.—Probably no single set of muscular fibres more conduce to the
peculiarity of movement and strangeness of position which the Sea-lion at times
assumes, than does the enormously developed panniculus carnosus. In this respect
there is some analogy between it and the Hedgehog, the 'Three-banded Armadillo,
Porcupine, and Ornithorhynchus, in all of which, as well as in some other forms of
the vertebrates, the cutaneous muscles are greatly developed, and powerfully assist the
body in certain peculiar movements and postures. The entire muscle in question is
part and parcel of the extensive sheet of cutaneous muscular fibres covering the whole
of the trunk, neck, and head. But what most strictly answers to the panniculus is
that portion which reaches from the tail to the shoulders. This is of moderate thick-
ness, evenly distributed over the surface of the back and sides of the body, and
composed of highly coloured muscular fibres spread out in coarse bundles.
Its attachments are as follows:—Posteriorly, the root of the tail, where, slightly
aponeurotic, the fibres commence in a pointed manner and are fixed to the spines of the
caudal and posterior sacral vertebre. From this forwards along the spine to as far
as the shoulder may be said to be the long dorsal basal line of the origin of the
muscle. From the hindermost peak at the root of the tail the muscular fibres trend
forwards and outwards (fig. 14, P.c*) in the direction of the knee-joint, and, passing over
and onwards from this, reach the inguinal region, where they terminate in a contracted
manner, or merge into the fibrous fascia covering the inside of the leg. From the
groin they stretch still forwards, but now a little upwards, and, following the curvature
of the parts of the groin, pass on to the abdomen (P.c’) in the middle line, until they
reach the outer margin of the pectoralis major, to which they are intimately united.
The fibres derived from the remainder of the spine in the lumbar and dorsal regions
(P.c') have a direction forwards and downwards, the posterior slanting direction be-
coming more perpendicular from behind forwards towards the scapula. The broad
layer above described, proceeding from the several origins, covers the whole of the side
of the body; and the fibres, converging, proceed to the axilla (P.c*), and are inserted
into the humerus.
Continuous with the dorsal portion of the panniculus the short fleshy fibres stretch
’ Steller, ‘ Ursus marinus,’ p. 341; Owen, “Phoca vitulina,” P. Z. 8. 1830-31, p. 151.
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION. 541
at the shoulder from the spine transversely and outwards towards and partly over the
scapula (P.c’), there overlying the trapezius and first portion of the deltoid. The fibres
of this part of the panniculus blend strong fascia and fat into the delto-trapezoid layer
beneath.
A similar layer of cross cutaneous fibres (P.c') runs forward on the back of the neck
as far as the occiput, and even very faintly over the epicranial region, where they are
lost in the rudimentary occipito-frontalis. These are of considerable thickness in the
neck, and there form a strong arched enyelope.
At the posterior end and side of the neck there is a short, broad layer of cutaneous
muscular fibres (P.c*) ; these proceed from the front of the shoulder-joint, and terminate
in fascia about the middle of the neck.
Partly continuous with these, being chiefly connected by fascia, is another series
of muscular fibres (P.c’) rather more transverse in direction than the last. These
cover the lower surface of the neck from below its middle to near the angle of
the mandible.
On the side of the neck, above the last group of fibres, but joined to them by fascia,
is still another set of fibres, which commence almost as far back as the previous ones,
but are distinguished from them by running in a different plane, namely from above
downwards and forwards (P.c’). These, slightly altering their direction upwards, sweep
anteriorly on to the cheek and face, round beneath the eye, becoming faint and inde-
finite in the nasal region.
Use. In the movements of walking and in climbing (for the Sea-lion, however
awkward and unwieldy-looking as respects progression on land, is notwithstanding
fully capable of the latter act) the whole posterior lateral mass of the panniculus as it
contracts knits the skin together and drags the hind quarters forwards towards the
chest or fixed point in the axillary region. An additional fulcrum is obtained in the
partial adhesion to the knee and the femoral region above. The above motions
markedly bring into play the hinder extremities, curving the caudo-lumbar regions
and shortening the abdomen, thus causing a kind of crouching attitude behind. It may
with propriety be compared to the rolling-up of the hinder segment in the genera
Erinaceus and Tolypeutes; only, in Otaria, the large pectoral limbs and head are not
tucked in abdominally. In swimming, the same expanse of the fleshy panniculus acts
contrariwise. The pelvic limbs are stretched backwards, and, forming in part the point
dapput, make tense the lateral and abdominal fibres, which, in unison with those of
the enormous latissimus dorsi and great pectoralis, act on the humerus. Their com-
bined force plays a most important part in the great oar-like sweeps which drive the
body through the water at an almost incredible velocity. The panniculus of the Sea-
lion during rotation acts like that of burrowing animals, and hence in its conformation
resembles in some respects its homologue in the Mole and Wombat.
The nuchal portion of the panniculus may xender the skin of the back of the neck
542 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
tense, and slightly lend aid when the head is bent backwards. ‘The superficial muscular
fibres on the ventral aspect of the neck and cheeks are apparently too sparse and weak
to assist much in flexion of the head; their office seems rather to be corrugators of the
skin and subcutaneous tissues.
2. The Cranial Muscles. (Plate LXX.)
An occipito-frontalis (P1. LXIX. fig. 14, o,f) does exist, but it cannot be said to be fully
developed; it is so mingled with the carneous fibres of the platysma, and particularly
with the nuchal portion of the very extensive fleshy panniculus behind, that its limits
are with difficulty defined. There is, however, a tolerably thickish muscular part upon
the forehead and between the orbits. This merges into aponeurotic fascia as it passes
on towards the nasal region.
Of facial layers the orbicularis palpebrarum presents a considerable broad and thick
circuit of muscular fibres round the orbit (fig. 15, 0.p), and is inserted into the tendo
oculi and superior maxillary bone.
The nasal region is covered superficially by a thick fleshy expanse, which is fixed to
the upper portions of the maxillary and premaxillary bones, and sweeps forwards the
entire length of the fleshy muzzle. This massive layer constitutes the levator labii
superioris aleque nasi (L.1.s.a.n, figs. 15 & 16).
Beneath the last is a second muscular sheet, equivalent to the levator labii superioris
proprius (L.s.p). It springs from the upper maxillary limb and fore part of the orbital
circuit, and is inserted along the anterior part of the maxillary and premaxillary bone,
a little way above the alveolus, from opposite the premolars to the incisors.
A third, more deeply situated muscle I take to be the levator anguli oris (L.a.o). It
is much smaller than the two preceding, and, unlike them, is broadest above and tendi-
nous below. Origin, from the upper apex of the premaxilla and from the adjoining
maxilla, resting mainly on the latter bone; insertion, the canine fossa, being overlain
by the infraorbital nerves and depressor nasi muscle.
Almost continuous with the fore part of the levator, fleshy fibres cover the nasal
cartilages, and, whilst meeting their fellows of the opposite side above, run down laterally
and partly mingle with those of the levator superioris proprius and depressor ale nasi,
besides being in part fixed to the premaxilla. Situation and function show the muscle
in question (C.n) to be homologous with the compressor naris of Man.
The dilatator naris (D.n), or what in human anatomy goes also by the name of the
levator proprius ale nasi posterior, is in Otaria an immensely developed and elongate
muscle. Besides partially springing by fibre attached to the inferior lateral aspect of
the premaxilla and nasal cartilage in front of the levator anguli oris, the dilatator arises
in common with the depressor, presently to be spoken of, from the maxillary, anterior
to the infraorbital foramen. Diverging therefrom, the dilatator passes upwards and
forwards, crossing the great mass of the infraorbital nerves and vessels (Zn), and, super-
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION. 543
ficial to and mingling with the compressor, fastens itself to the alar and other cartilages
at the side and fore part of the nostrils.
I regard as the depressor ale nasi (D.a.n, D.a.n*) a powerful muscular band which
springs from the bone in front and beneath the infraorbital foramen. Running along
the superior labial margin in company with and overlapping the orbicularis oris, it
proceeds to the front of the muzzle, and is inserted by tendon into the premaxillary
bone, whilst fleshy bundles grasp the alar fibro-cartilage and intertwine, as aforesaid,
with the dilatator naris.
The orbicularis oris (0.0) is of fair volume, and, as usual, surrounds the mouth ; its
fibres are somewhat thicker at their fore part, and, doubtless, include the homologues of
the inferior labial group.
Action. ‘There is a certain amount of consentaneous contractility among the whole
of the Sea-lion’s facial muscles, the cross direction of the superincumbent planes pro-
ducing a diagonal of force. Nevertheless, though this is the case, yet each set, as the
names imply, perform a separate office. The levator labii superioris aleque nasi,
levator anguli oris, and zygomatici, together, chiefly drag back the upper lip in snarling,
an expressive action added to by the retraction of the inferior labial group. ‘Tension
of the compressor naris most effectually closes each orifice and retains it so, possibly
aided by the counteracting efforts of the depressor ale nasi. The wide, patulous con-
dition which the nostrils at times assume, of some moment and interest as far as
characteristic feature is concerned, is indubitably produced through the long leverage
of the dilatator. The mass of flesh, the numerous vibrissee, and the skin composing
the muzzle and snout are plentifully supplied with nerves (Jon) and vessels, which
come in a great bundle from the infraorbital foramen, and pursue a course straight
forwards and underneath the dilatator. /
As in Carnivora generally, the buccinator (figs. 15 & 16, Bu) is fleshy, and has attach-
ments upon the upper and lower jaws, close to the alveoli. Behind, it comes from the
pterygo-maxillary ligament; and in front the fibres reach forwards as far as the anterior
premolars.
Temporal Muscle.—This is of large size, and consists of a partial double layer, the
upper one mingling with a deep layer of the double masseter.
The main portion of the temporal muscle (Ze', Ze", figs. 15 & 16) lies on the tem-
poral and parietal bones, filling with fan-shaped fleshy fibres in great part the temporal
fossa as high as the temporal ridge. This so-called first portion of the muscle is inserted
into the coronoid process of the mandible.
The second and superficial portion of the muscle (7e’) is semilunar in outline, its
concavity being directed backwards, and one (the anterior) horn reaching above but
behind the orbit. This second portion arises upon the surface of the first and deeper
portion, the fibres of the former freely intermingling with the latter. It also has origin
from the inner surface of the zygomatic arch, at the posterior part of which it is par-
VOL. VII.—PART vill. January, 1872. 41
544 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
tially united with the small deep portion of the masseter muscle. Its insertion is into
the outer surface of the ascending process of the mandible for a great part of the con-
cavity of that portion of the lower jaw.
Masseter—Compared with the Hyznide and Felidee, the fleshy fibres composing the
masseter are but moderately strong in the Sea-lion. In Man the mass of flesh and
tendinous fibres denominated masseter is arranged in such a manner as to form two
bundles of different dimensions, and disagreeing somewhat in direction. This partial
division of the muscle also obtains in Otaria, but is not limited to the genus.
Its superficial and first layer (fig. 15, Ma‘) (using the term for perspicuity and accu-
racy of description) arises along the whole length of the zygomatic arch, and is some-
what quadrangular. With fibres directed in a backward and downward direction, it is
inserted into the outer surface of the mandible, from the root of the ascending ramus to
the angle. The latter portion passes well behind the articulation of the jaws.
The second or deep layer (fig. 16, 1/a*) appears as if a continuation of the fibres of
the second or superficial portion of the temporal; but, although intimately united with
this said portion, it is distinguished from it by arising in a tendinous manner from the
posterior corner of the zygomatic arch, and is inserted upon the anterior surface of the
ascending condyle and part of the outer surface of the ascending ramus.
Digastric.—Immediately below and parallel with the lower border of the superficial
layer of the masseter there is an uncommonly large, strong and digastric muscle, which
is fleshy and without median tendon (J, fig. 15, and Di, Di*, fig. 24, Pl. LXXIT.). It
arises from the inferior margin of the paramastoid. Continuing thence over the lower
surface of the condyle and outside the descending angular process, it proceeds forwards,
exterior to the inferior and narrow edge of the horizontal ramus, to within an inch of
the symphysis menti.
3. Muscular Layers of the Back and Neck. (Plates LXX., LXXI., LXXIL.)
Trapezius.—W hile somewhat continuous as a whole, it is nevertheless clearly divisible
into two portions. I shall describe them as such.
The first and hindermost portion is very elongated in form (fig. 15, Zz‘). It is thin,
muscular, and of moderate breadth. Posteriorly its fibres reach the fourth (last) rib ; and
here they are narrow. ‘They become wider by degrees as they reach forwards towards
the scapula, but contract again in a wedge-shape previous to their insertion into the
upper portion of the scapular spine.
The second and anterior part is, like the last, thin. In front it reaches the last
cervical vertebra, and behind extends backwards to about the third or fourth dorsal
spine. Its fibres converge, to be inserted into the anterior surface of the spine of the
scapula for its whole length; and their direction is from behind forwards and from
within outwards, much according to the position of the limb (Zz’). The second portion
of the trapezius partially overlaps the anterior border of the first or hinder portion, and
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION. 045
it again is itself overlapped at its front border by a portion of the immense cephalo-
humeral muscle. The second trapezial segment, at its scapular attachment, has its
fibres running on and interweaving with those of a portion of the deltoid.
The rhomboideus capitis (fig. 20, Rh.c)is a very large, expanded muscle in the Sea-lion.
Its fibres reach well up towards the occiput in the nuchal region ; and its posterior fibres
extend behind to as far as the fourth dorsal spine. It is attached in the median line to
its fellow of the opposite side. Those muscular fibres posteriorly placed are directed
partly outwards, downwards, and backwards, following in this way the curves of the
back and shoulder; they are inserted into the posterior half of the vertebral edge of
the scapula, and into the scapular spine for half its length. A small portion of the
posterior angle of this muscle is covered by a fold of the serratus magnus.
The rhomboideus major and minor in this species of Otaria are represented by a
single muscle; and this, from the attachments, is more likely to be the rhomboideus
minor. It is a broadish thin slip of muscle (see fig. 20, Rh.m/) arising fleshy from
the fourth, fifth, and sixth dorsal spines. Its insertion is into the deep side of the
superficial part of the fold of the serratus magnus, 1} inch behind the scapula, but
having no insertion into the latter bone itself.
The spinalis dorsi (fig. 21, Sp.d), emerging from the composite erector spin in the
lumbar region, goes on as far as the first dorsal spine and then tapers to a point. This
muscle is almost equal in bulk to the other long dorsal muscles.
Two other sets of vertebral muscles may be here mentioned, the semispinalis ($Sp)
and rotatores (Ro, fig. 22). Both are fully developed, and strong in their individual
component parts in the dorsal region. They are each composed of broad fieshy fasci-
olar bundles; the former start from the roots of the transverse processes, and lie
athwart the spines; the latter proceed from the tips of the transverse processes, and
pass forwards to the lamina of the vertebra in advance.
The sacro-lumbalis muscle (S./), as might be expected, is of considerable size, and in
this case equals the longissimus dorsi. It has the usual origin from the lumbar region,
and as it proceeds forwards it sends superficially outwards very broad, flat, strong
tendons to all but the last two ribs, while deeper and on its inner side small delicate
tendons are sent to all but the two anterior ribs, or rather to the articulating processes.
The longissimus dorsi (Lo.d), after its continuation forwards from the common mass of
the erector spine, sends out tendons in a similar manner as the sacro-lumbalis, which
are inserted into the eight anterior dorsal apophyses. There are, moreover, fleshy slips
and tendons combined, which proceed to the metapophyses of the sixth, fifth, fourth, and
third cervical vertebre. This portion it is which represents the transversalis cervicis
muscle (7c).
Splenius capitis and colli.—These muscles reverse the condition which obtains in Man,
inasmuch as they are single in insertion and double in origin. The former (fig. 21, Sp.c)
arises narrowly by muscular fibre in the region of the shoulder and the neck, from oppo-
412
546 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
site the third dorsal vertebra forwards to near the occiput, being broadly inserted into
the occipital bone. The latter (Sp.co) arises by a single slip from the sides of the fourth
and fifth dorsal vertebral spines, and besides by origin from the zygapophyses of the two
anterior and the last three cervical vertebrae. The muscle increases very considerably in
breadth as it proceeds forwards; but its belly continues in a straighter line than the
splenius capitis. It ultimately joins the last-mentioned muscle; and the two form a
common mass at their insertion, which, as it expands, stretches from the occipital pro-
tuberance to the paramastoid process.
The compleaus, along with the biventer cervicis muscle, covers nearly entirely the
layer of the neck. Strictly speaking, these ought to be considered one muscle; but it
is more convenient, and may be clearer, to describe them as separate heads.
First, the complexus (complexus major) (fig. 22, Co), considerably the larger portion
ot the two, arises by digital fleshy slips from the metapophyses of the third, fourth,
fifth, sixth, and seventh cervical vertebre ; and these, uniting, pursue a course inwards,
upwards, and forwards. The single fleshy belly is inserted into the occiput outside the
fossa which lies close to the median occipital crest. This broad insertion is slightly
tendinous superficially.
Second, the biventer cervicis (complexus minor) (/7.c) is a much longer but narrower
slip, and forms the spinal border of the complexus. It arises by slips from the fifth,
second, and first dorsal spines, and is inserted along with the fibres of the complexus into
the occiput ; but those of the biventer cervicis are attached not outside, but within the
fossa itself, at the side of the median occipital crest.
Rectus capitis posticus major (fig. 23, R.p.ma) has a considerable volume of fleshy
fibres, and, from the form of the occipito-nuchal region, a somewhat elongated thick
fusiform shape. Its points of attachment, however, do not vary from what is usually
found in other Carnivora. Behind, its origin from the axis is narrow and muscular; and
it rests here upon the lamine close to the spine. Anteriorly, its occipital insertion is
likewise tolerably muscular, or there are but very short tendinous aponeurotic fibres.
The rectus capitis posticus minor, lymg beneath the last and partially hidden by it
(£.p.mi), is relatively smaller, but, notwithstanding, is tolerably fleshy. It stretches, as
ordinarily, betwixt the atlas and the occiput.
The rectus lateralis (R.l), by some anatomists regarded in Man as one of the inter-
transversales, is here a short, broad, and distinct muscle. Its cervical attachment or
origin is the inferior or anterior surface of the transverse process of the atlas; and it is
inserted into the occiput, behind the paramastoid process, just posterior to the hinder
end of the digastric muscle.
The obliquus capitis superior (O.s) extends from the transverse process of the atlas
to the occiput. Like the other short deep muscles of the neck in this animal, it is
strong and fleshy.
Of nearly equal size to the last is the obliguus capitis inferior (0.7), which is placed as
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION, 547
usual, between the axis and the atlas, coming from the spine of the former and inserted
into the entire length of the transverse process of the atlas.
Besides the foregoing set of deep muscles, there is another which ought to come
under the description of this group. In size and direction it is nearly equal to, and runs
parallel with the obliquus inferior (vide fig. 25,*). It arises from the articulating pro-
cesses of the second and third cervical vertebrae, and, proceeding forwards and outwards,
is inserted into the posterior surface of the tip of the transverse process of the atlas.
The intertransversalis and the interspinalis (Isp) muscles are each remarkably well
developed. They are especially very fleshy and large in the posterior cervical and
dorsal regions.
Although there is great mobility and power of neck in Otaria, there is no ligamentum
nuche present.
Levatores costarum.—These in Otaria are fifteen in number, and thus correspond
with the number of the ribs present. ‘They have attachments similar to what is found
in the human being—namely, from the transverse processes of the dorsal vertebrae to the
ribs. As in Man, also, the first of these muscles comes from the last cervical vertebra
(fig. 22, L.ct). The hindermost do not, however, present insertions into two ribs, as is
often the casein Man. Each muscle, or muscular slip, considering the whole as one
series, is narrow and superficially tendinous at its origin, widening gradually and
becoming fleshy as it proceeds backwards and downwards to be inserted broadly into
the anterior marginal costa. Those in the dorsal region are remarkably large and
muscular. The action of the levators of the ribs in the Sea-lion is somewhat of a limited
rotary one. Lyery individual slip is of a nearly equal-sided triangular form; and the
plane or direction of force is from the anterior angle to the base or posterior side of
the triangle. During contraction therefore the fibres, while drawing the rib directly
forwards, also tilt its anterior edge outwards and forwards.
Cephalo-humeral.—This muscle, usually well developed in the Carnivora, is in the
Sea-lion of most remarkable size, and, as might be expected from its attachments,
powerfully affects the movements of the fore limb. Its most anterior point of origin is
from the occiput; and from this the fibres extend backwards along the spinal line of
the neck to opposite the vertebral border of the scapula, where the posterior fibres
slightly overlap those of the anterior border of the second portion of the trapezius.
The muscular fibres of the cephalo-humeral are remarkably strong, and coarse in
texture. They continue from the above extensive origin as a broad sheet, and cover
almost the entire side of the neck and the front of the shoulder (fig. 15, Ch). The
fibres more or less converge as they proceed downwards and backwards; and winding
round the front of the shoulder, part of them are inserted into the musculo-cellular
tissue, representing the absent clavicle; the remainder, the wider and stronger portion,
go down to the deltoid ridge, and are even continued on to the superior portion of the
second head of the brachialis anticus. (Vide insertion, C.h, fig. 27.)
548 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
The levator anguli scapule (L.a.s, fig. 20) much resembles the cervical slips of the
serratus magnus, but isa much broader and larger muscle, and partly hides the above
towards the atlas. It has origin by a short, flat tendon, coming from the transverse
process of the atlas; and the muscular slip continued therefrom proceeds to the spine
of the scapula, where it is inserted into the lower third, or that portion unoccupied by
the rhomboideus capitis muscle.
The sterno-mastoid (St.m, fig. 15) is apparently a single muscle, although there does
exist a sulcus, or line of division, in the fibres composing it, but which does not continue
the whole length of the muscular belly. Its origin or cephalic attachment is from the
exoccipital bone to the paramastoid process; and the sternal insertion is into the upper
and outer surface of the manubrium.
Sterno-hyoid and sterno-thyroid.—These have a common origin. Unitedly they form
a very strong slip or fleshy band, an inch and a half broad, which proceeds forwards
on the neck (St.h & ¢, fig. 33), lies in close contact with, and is attached by cellular
membrane to, the trachea. ‘Two inches behind the posterior border of the cricoid
cartilage the superficial muscular fibres separate, and pursue a course inwards and
forwards, narrowing as they pass over the thyroid cartilage; this the free portion of
the sterno-hyoid muscle is inserted into a thin transverse fibrous septum, placed over
the basihyal, and dividing the muscular fibres of the root of the tongue from those of
the neck proper.
Equal in volume to the foregoing, the sterno-thyroid on its divergence from the mus-
cular head common to it and the last mentioned has its fibres directed slightly outwards
and forwards, being only partially covered by the sterno-hyoid, but nearly hidden by
the equally broad omo-hyoid. ‘The insertion of the sterno-hyoid is the posterior and
inner margin of the curved line of the thyroid cartilage, beside its lower angular border.
The origin of the thyro-hyoid intervenes between the attachment of the sterno-hyoid
and the inferior constrictor, its thyro-pharyngeal portion. The outer border of the
sterno-thyroid, for a short distance, touches the cesophagus, and covers almost entirely
the small-sized thyroid gland. Anterior to this last it lies upon the crico-thyroid
muscle, being attached to the thyroid cartilage outside the superficial anterior fibres
of the crico-thyroid muscle.
The internal jugular vein, common carotid artery, and large pneumogastric nerve lie
outside the sterno-thyroid muscle.
The longus colli, as in Man, consists of two portions; these differ slightly, however,
in their attachments. ‘Together they form a very powerful fleshy muscle, so much so
that the tendons of attachment are almost entirely hidden by the muscular fibres.
The first anterior or superior oblique portion (fig. 24, Z.c') has a narrow origin from
the body of the atlas, at its posterior portion, and from the ventral surface of the body
of the third cervical vertebra. his belly, as it extends backwards, has tendinous slips
of insertion into the transverse processes of the third, fourth, and fifth cervicals. The
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION. 549
second (Lc) (posterior or vertical portion of human anatomy) is much larger and fleshy.
It arises from the ventral surface of the bodies of the second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth,
and seventh cervical vertebre, and from the third and fourth transverse processes,
clasping the rectus anticus major within the fork. Entering the chest, the longus colli
continues backwards to the seventh dorsal vertebra.
The somewhat large and fleshy rectus anticus major (R.a.ma) arises from the under
surfaces of the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth cervical vertebrae, and, continuing onwards,
terminates by a narrow, but strong, insertion on the basilar portion of the occipital bone.
The two rectus anticus minor muscles are each rather narrow and placed wide apart.
their fibres not touching at any portion of their course (#.a.mi). Origin, the ventral
surface of the atlas at the root of the transverse process. Insertion, the basioccipital
bone, behjnd and beneath the basilar plate.
4. Muscles of the Abdomen and Chest. (Plates LXX. to LXXIIL.)
External oblique—Correspondent in length with the elongated costo-abdominal
region, this extensive and fleshy sheet (figs. 15 & 33, E.0) arises forwards, on the side
of the thorax, by digitations from the fifth to the fifteenth ribs. The hindermost seven
of these interdigitate with those of the latissimus dorsi. The muscle of either side
forms the median abdominal line backwards from the ensiform cartilage, which is
about opposite the cartilage of the eighteenth rib. The other attachments are, as
usual, the lumbar fascia and crest of the ilium. The insertion, which is into the
symphysis pubis, extends as far back as the pubic arch, but outside the rectus. ‘The
external abdominal ring is barely visible, and little over half an inch in length. It is
narrow, and oval in-shape.
Internal oblique—This muscle (J.0, fig. 33), which is of moderate thickness, has the
following attachments,—the crest of the ilium, the lumbar fascia, and the tips of the
cartilages of the three hindermost ribs. The fibres have the usual downward and for-
ward direction; they may be said, however, not to pass the outer edge of the rectus; at
this place they interblend with the transversalis muscle by fibrous tissue. From the
crest of the ilium backwards the fibres of the internal oblique are nearly transverse in
direction, and they reach almost to the pubis. They do not take any share in Poupart’s
ligament, which is formed solely by the external oblique.
Cremaster.—This muscle is present although diminutive. It is, as usual, formed by
the terminal fibres of the internal oblique.
The transversalis is attached forwards to the six hindermost rib-cartilages; but its
fibres do not quite reach those of the diaphragm. The muscular bundles of fibrill are,
as usual, transverse in direction, and quite reach the middle line of the abdomen. Its
further attachments are the lumbar fascia, and that derived from the transverse pro-
cesses of the vertebre between the ilium and the ribs. The posterior border of the
muscle reaches no further back than about opposite the iliac crest (fig. 33, 77).
550 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION,
Rectus abdominis.—This altogether is a rather broad strip of muscle. Its narrower
end (£.ad, fig. 33), that of origin, is from the os pubis, nearly its whole length, and
in the median line. Proceeding forwards, and with its inner margin touching that of its
fellow of the opposite side in the abdomen, it diverges slightly as it comes opposite the
ensiform cartilage, and, then passing over the hinder free and sternal cartilages, has a
fleshy insertion into the cartilage of the sixth rib. The external oblique and a few of
the fibres of the internal oblique lie in front of or superficial to the rectus for about a
distance of three or four inches from the pubis. ‘The remainder of the muscle, between
the point spoken of and the thoracic cartilages, has the strong, fleshy transversalis and
aponeurotic tendon of the internal oblique behind or placed deeply to it; but the external
oblique remains superficial or covers it. It cannot be said that there is any distinct or
strong fibrous tissue (the so-called sheath of the rectus) binding the muscles together.
The latissimus dorsi (La.d, fig. 15) is a very broad, extensive, and powerful muscle.
It arises from the middle line of the back, and also has digital slips of origin from the
last seven ribs. There is little fascia in the spinal region; but what exceedingly thin
muscular fibres there are, lie closely adherent to the serratus magnus and the long
dorsal muscles. The fibres of the latissimus, as they proceed forwards on the chest,
dip downwards and pass into the axilla behind, being inserted finally on the inner
bicipital ridge.
Serratus magnus (figs. 20, 21, S.mg).—On the thorax this muscle has attachments
by serrations and slips to the anterior ten ribs; besides the form of the body, this
circumstance gives the muscle an unusually elongated appearance. ‘The elongation
of the muscle is increased as it runs up the neck as far as to the atlas, being inserted
by muscular slips into each transverse process of the cervical vertebre ; the cervical
muscular slips, however, are tolerably fused together, so that they form but one con-
tinuous broad sheet.
The serratus, as in Mammalia generally, has an insertion along the whole vertebral
border of the scapula. There are two upper nuchal slips, however, which have an
insertion quite on the dorsal surface and superficial to the remaining scapular insertion.
These two slips just spoken of cover in part the supraspinatus muscle. The line of
attachment of the serratus magnus to the side of the body and neck is a peculiar one ;
and hence this muscle has by anatomists had its fibres divided into three or more sets,
Commencing at the tenth rib, and continuing forwards, the fibres reach the atlas very
little above the level of the posterior horizontal plane.
Scaleni.—There are two scaleni muscles in the Sea-lion. That which answers to the
scalenus posticus (fig. 21, Sea”) arises from the transverse process of the seventh cervical
vertebra, and partly by a few fibres from the sixth, and, passing backwards, is inserted
into the first rib.
The scalenus anticus (Sca') has an origin almost identical with the above—namely,
fibres from opposite the transverse processes of the sixth and seventh cervicals. This
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION. 551
muscle, as it diverges from the previous one, proceeds to be inserted into the third rib
and the interspace before it, just where the rib becomes cartilaginous. Both the
scalenus anticus and posticus are of moderate size.
Supracostal.—tn the species of Otaria under consideration, as well as in the Common
and Ringed Seals (Phoca vitulina and P. fwtida), 1 have found a broad, flat, but strong
layer of muscle representing the above (Sct, figs. 21 & 33). In the Sea-lion it lies to
the sternal side of the scalenus anticus, a small portion of its origin being covered by
that muscle. This well-marked supracostal arises from the middle third of the first
rib, broad, and partly tendinous. The fibres are directed in a slanting manner towards
the sternum, downwards and backwards, and are inserted into the cartilage of the third
rib and upon the costal interspace behind.
Intercostal Muscles.—Vhese (It) are remarkably broad and fleshy planes of fibres,
and almost devoid of the tendinous intersections commonly found in them. The layer
termed the intercostales externi reaches from the head of the rib to about the middle
of the sternal cartilages. The sternal ends, which slant very much, are inserted in such
a manner that the portion which is attached to the rib itself is prolonged beyond the
other.
Triangularis sterni (fig. 25, T.s).—In accordance with the length of the thorax, this
muscle is long; and relatively to its transverse diameter it is broad. It is composed of
five pyramidal or triangular-shaped flat and strong slips. The base and origin of each
of these is the sternum, upon its pleural surface, but not quite reaching the median line.
Their fibres are directed upwards and outwards; and the five slips are inserted into the
seventh, sixth, fifth, fourth, and third rib-cartilages respectively. Towards the sternal
ends the inner surface is glistening and tendinous, but at the rib-cartilages strongly
muscular. ach slip crosses one portion of rib-cartilage behind it before reaching its
own insertion.
Diaphragm.—This extensive plane of inspiratory muscular and tendinous fibres, as
might be expected, is well developed. Its substance is not so thick as obtains in some
Carnivorous animals, ¢. g. the Lion; but the fleshy fibres are equally and evenly dis-
tributed throughout the whole of the organ. It is further overlain and entirely covered
both on its thoracic and abdominal surfaces by a thick layer of strong white glistening
aponeurotic fibres, which nevertheless permits of the fleshy fibres beneath being traced.
The distribution of the thicker tendinous portions of the diaphragm (the so-called
central or cordiform tendo diaphragmatis), the direction of the ensheathed muscular
fibres, and the openings are best observed upon the thoracic surface; I shall conse-
quently describe them from that point of view. Figure 19, Pl. LXX., shows in a
partially diagrammatic manner the diaphragm as seen from the thorax.
The central tendon of human anatomy (c) is represented by a fibrous interspace, free
from muscle, of a spearheaded shape, and about a couple of inches long by fully an
inch broad, The two fibrous alar tendons (r and 7) are given off from the neck of this
VOL. VII.—PART Vill. January, 1872. 4x
552 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
central tendon. They are each at first of considerable thickness, but not very broad,
and, as they describe a semicircle backwards, narrow still further, and terminate almost
linearly near the ligamenta arcuata. The central tendon with its divisions is compared
in the human being to a trefoil leaf; here in the Sea-lion it assumes a form which
might be likened rather to a pair of callipers. ‘The muscular fibres outside the tri-
partite tendon have a radiate direction, those towards the sternum being directed
forwards, those to the ribs and rib-cartilages forwards, outwards, or backwards,
according as they are anteriorly, laterally, or posteriorly situated. 'The muscle inside
the aforesaid tripartite tendon differs in the direction of its fibres. It forms two semi-
lunes, whose concavities face each other and powerfully enclose the cesophagus: in a
line behind this the pericardial fold is attached. ‘The left fleshy crus (/.c) is far more
fully developed than is the right one. ‘There is no very clear definition of ligamentum
arcuatum internum and externum, as in human anatomy, the loin-muscles entering the
chest but meagrely. Instead, an arched or funnel-like fascia enclasps the aorta, fastens
down the musculo-tendinous parts, and joins the fleshy constricted portion of the
diaphragm, which ends in a tendon fastened to the bodies of the third and fourth
lumbar vertebre (vide D, fig. 836, Pl. LX-XIII.). The opening for the vena cava (v.c) is
situate between the central tendon and the right alar tendon.
5. Muscles of the Loins and Tail. (Plate LX-XIII.)
Psoas.—Al\though the Otary seems to have great power and mobility in the lumbar
region, so far as wriggling movement is concerned, yet there is a certain weakness in
the loins; for the flexibility of movement is in great part due to the great thickness of
the intervertebral cartilages, and not to immense power in the psoas muscles, which
latter, comparatively speaking, are weak and long.
If insertion is taken as indicative of a certain muscle rather than the origin of the
muscular belly, then the psoas magnus is not present in the Sea-lion; or at least what
would correspond with the psoas magnus is so incorporated with what may represent
the psoas minor (described below) that no separate description is needed. On the other
hand, if origin and general appearance have most weight, the psoas parvus must be
absent, and that here named the psoas parvus be the psoas magnus.
It would appear contrary, then, to the general development of these psoas muscles,
that in this case the psoas parvus is much the greater in bulk (fig. 36, Ps, Ps*). If
such it is, the belly is long, and its terminal tendon rather short than otherwise. It
arises by four long delicate tendons from the ventral surfaces and posterior ends of the
first, second, third, and fourth lumbar vertebrae. ‘These origins are covered by the
belly of the muscle, which extends outwards to the tips of the second, third, and fourth
lumbar vertebree ; and the muscle, narrowing as it runs backwards, is inserted bya short,
strong tendon into the prominence representing the ilio-pectineal eminence.
The éliacus (11) is only of moderate bulk. It arises from the sides of the bodies of
oo
or
or
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
the penultimate last lumbar and first sacral vertebra, and from the transverse processes
of the former with fibres also from the ilium. The belly of the muscle is slightly
suleated or divided into three slips, the external cutaneous nerve passing between the
middle and outer slip. The iliacus is inserted by a small, short and strong tendon into
the inner trochanter.
Quadratus lumborum.—As in some of the Carnivora, as well as in the Lemuroidea,
this muscle is composed of many fleshy and tendinous slips. ‘There are six or seven of
these muscular slips (@./), arising from the bodies of the last three dorsal, and more or
less from the whole of the lumbar vertebra. ‘These slips give off five long tendons, four
of which are inserted into the tips of the transverse processes of the lumbar vertebree,
and a posterior one into the rim of the ilium. In the thorax the first two bellies unite
and form one tendon, which goes to the first lumbar transverse process, ‘The next two
slips give off atendon apiece. The fifth and sixth bellies together supply another tendon,
while the last broad part is single.
The conjoined pubo- and ilio-coccyyeus (P.&Ic, tig. 36) cover, as a thin musculo-
tendinous elongated fan-shaped layer, the inner surface of the pelvis, from the ischial
end of the obturatory foramen to a short distance behind its opposite extremity. The
muscle thus lies compressed between the internal obturator muscle and the great
ischiatic ligament on the one (outer) side and the sacro-coccygeus and caudal vertebrie
on the other (inner) side. The musculo-tendinous belly continues thickish as it passes
backwards, and is attached to the transverse processes of the last two sacral elements
and as many caudal vertebre. A fleshy part of the muscle, ending in a strong flattened
tendon, moreover slants inwards and across the sacro-coccygeal tendons, to be inserted on
the inferior surface and median line of the body of the caudal vertebra.
Sacro-coccygeus.—N otwithstanding the shortness of the tail, this muscle and its
tendons are well developed. A long compressed muscular bundle, with a considerable
amount of strong glistening aponeurosis outside it, stretches upon the sides and fronts
of the sacral and caudal vertebrae from the sacro-iliac synchondrosis to opposite the
tuberosity of the ischium, where the outer sheath appears to separate into a number
of tendons, sent on to the tail. Four of these tendons, the uppermost broadest and
strongest, the others decreasing in size, go to be implanted on the sides of the caudal
vertebre. Four more, finer tendons come off from the inner and fleshy side of the
muscle, and are inserted on the middle and under surface of the terminal vertebre
behind the transyerse levator ani, the fleshy fibres of these running lower and lower
from without inwards, the hindermost springing from the caudal elements opposite
the levator caude. The whole of the tendons spoken of penetrate the pubo-coccygeus,
or, rather, pass under the lower median tendon of insertion.
The infracoccygeus, both in muscle (belly) and tendon, is with difficulty separated
from the sacro-coccygeus, the whole being more or less invested with dense fascia,
which, especially towards the extremity of the tail, enwraps and binds firmly together
4x2
554 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
their caudal tendons, the sparse fibres of the intertransversalis mingling with the
proper aponeurotic fascia of the caudal vertebrae. What may be regarded as the
infracoccygeus, is therefore but the small inner portion of the sacro-coccygeus, the
fibres of the former hardly running so high as the latter. It terminates in a strongish
aponeurotic tendon inserted on the under surfaces of the caudal vertebra, underneath
the levator ani.
Levator caude eaternus.—This has an elongated fusiform belly fitting on to the
outer surface of the levator caude internus, both being firmly encased by a dense
aponeurosis, and this again overlain by the gluteus medius, maximus, and biceps
muscles. The former muscle, that in question (L.c.e, figs. 34, 35), arises by aponeu-
rosis from the superior posterior spinous process of the ilium, and from the outer edge
and partly superior surface of the transverse processes of the sacrum; thence becoming
very strongly tendinous, it may be said to be inserted into the first and second caudal
transverse processes, though still continuing by fascia on the tail.
This muscle from before backwards lies upon the gluteus minimus, pyriformis, gemelli,
and obturator internus, and has the long deep sacro-peronus muscle springing from its
outer side. Its name expresses its function.
The levator caude internus (L.c.i, L.c.i*) lies wpon the dorsal surfaces of the transverse
process of the sacrum and caudal vertebrae, between the levator caude externus and the
prolonged insertion of the erector spine. Its origin, much covered by the erector spine,
is by a short tendon from the articulating process of the last lumbar vertebra; then,
becoming fleshy, it is attached to the upper surfaces of the sacral transverse processes.
At the commencement of the caudal vertebree it becomes highly tendinous, and can
be resolved into separate tendons, which are inserted, four into the lateral and four into
the dorsal prominences of the caudal vertebrae. ‘The tendons decrease in thickness
from before backwards.
6. Muscles of the Anterior Extremity. (Plates LXX. & LXXII.)
Pectoral Muscles—The normal division into pectoralis major and pectoralis minor is
in the Sea-lion somewhat obscure ; for while there are at least three layers of muscular
fibres in the position of the pectoral muscles, differing entirely in direction, two of
these may, notwithstanding, only be different portions of the pectoralis major, and not
the pectoralis minor ; or these muscles are so conjoined in one of the layers as not to be
separable. The third and smallest division, again, is not the representative of the
pectoralis minor, but may either be an altered subclayius, or the costo-coracoid of some
writers.
The first, anterior and most superficial division (Pl. LX-XIII. fig. 383, P.ma') has its
fibres pursuing a course nearly transverse to the long axis of the thorax. This broad
and strong portion has an origin which extends from the manubrium backwards as far
as the cartilage of the fifth rib.. The muscular layer stretches outwards into the axillary
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEHA-LION. 555
region, where the anterior border is in a line with the shoulder-joint, and the posterior
border covers the axilla proper. This humero-axillary end terminates by a somewhat
semilunar-shaped fascia, the anterior part of which is firmly inserted into the humerus
from the head of the bone to below its middle; the posterior or axillary part joins the
fascia of the forearm on the inner side.
The second division is the largest and most elongated (P.ma*). It arises upon
the thorax opposite the first and second ribs, and reaches backwards in the median
sternal line to the ensiform cartilage. The intersecting fibres are directed forwards
and outwards, and proceed to the axilla, where they end abruptly in a semilunar form,
much in the same manner as does the superior layer already described. Their insertion
is also partly by a fascia which joins the aponeurotic fascia of the forearm; but this
layer is attached by delicate fibres more over the humerus and upon the biceps muscle
than is the superficial layer. A strong aponeurotic tendon, however, goes to be inserted
along with the portion of the first division already spoken of.
The third and smallest division is a narrow strip, quite separate from the others,
which arises from the manubrium and passes in a straight line outwards towards the
head of the humerus, near which its fibres join those of the superficial layer (or first
portion), but rather below it. Though including the above third muscle among the
peciorales, I have no hesitation in classing it as the sterno-scapular (St.s).
Remarks concerning the Pectorals.—With such a modified pectoral extremity as is
possessed by the Sea-lion, and one so well fitted in many respects for sweeping forcibly
through a watery element, it would be strange if we did not meet with some muscular
coadaptations in the member. While the digits are in a- great measure held in
abeyance as grasping or burrowing implements, the whole palm (and, indeed, forearm)
is called into active unison during the propulsive strokes of swimming. As we have
seen, the upper arm is lashed forwards chiefly by the great cephalo-humeral, partially
rotated by the deltoid, and powerfully dragged backwards by the relatively enormous
latissimus dorsi, great pectoral, and extensive panniculus carnosus. But combination
of force applied ever so much to the humeral end of the limb would not of itself effect
the power and steadiness of the sweep which the forearm and flipper are capable of,
unless the latter were duly strengthened and rendered somewhat rigid. ‘This to some
extent is provided for in the dense skin and firm superficial aponeurotic sheath which
encase the muscular apparatus. More, however, seems to be required to transmit the
power from the proximal to the distal end of the limb, and, it may be, to regulate the
tension of the parts. Whatever is the precise mechanical explanation, or the necessity
for extra superficial muscular development, we have at least a well-marked example of it
in the inner radio-ulnar region of the animal under consideration. It has been shown
that the axillary portions of the panniculus carnosus and latissimus dorsi stretch across
the inner aspect of the cubital region from the one border almost to the other; and in
so doing they limit to some extent the muscular arc, whereof the base is the body
5d6 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
itself. But it may be said that continuity of fleshy fibre, altered, however, in direction,
carries their stages of contraction and relaxation onwards to the palm, through the
subcutaneous musculo-tendinous sheet of the pectoralis major, which clothes in great
part the inner surface of the forearm.
Group representing the Sea-lion (Otaria jubata) in a variety of positions on land and in the water. Each of the
figures is from an original drawing, taken whilst the specimen was exhibited in the Society’s gardens.
A deeper layer of voluminous muscle and wonderfully strong carpal tendon is another
potent agent which partially fulfils similar functions. This is accomplished, however,
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SBA-LION. D907
through the medium of the scapula as a fixed point, the triceps, dorsi epitrochlear, and
flexor ulnaris muscle as combined levers, with the enlarged olecranon as a fulcrum.
The fibres at the bend of the elbow (or here broad cubital region) form a well-marked
arch, traversing crosswise from the anterior condyloid edge to the posterior olecranon
border. From this downwards to the wrist there is a continuation of aponeurotic
tissue which covers almost wholly the inner surface of the forearm. This fascia at the
anterior or outer radial border forms a thick ligamentous-like band, which proceeds
onwards to the carpus, joming the tendon of the extensor ossis metacarpi and pollicial
moiety of the deep palmar fascia—ultimately being inserted, beneath the tendon of the
ulnaris, into the proximal and plantar surface of the first metacarpal bone. On the
ulnar side the fascia is weaker, adherent to and conterminous with that of the palmaris
secundus.
Deltoid.—This muscle is composed of two layers, the superficial one of which is by
far the larger of the two. The first portion (Pl. LXX. fig. 15, D') arises from the
whole length of the spine of the scapula, its posterior border covering the infra-
spinatus muscle as its fibres proceed downwards. With somewhat of a flattened-arch
contour in front, and a straight edge behind, this first part of the deltoid, becoming
pointed below, proceeds to be inserted into the deltoid ridge. A narrow roundish slip,
almost like a separate muscle, is moreover continued (fig. 27) down the front and out-
side of the forearm, and ultimately joins the tendon of the supinator longus.
The deeper second and smaller layer or portion of the deltoid is only perceptible as
a broadish, but very thin and sparse, band of muscular fibres arising from the shoulder-
joint, and inserted on the outer but deep side of the deltoid prominence (fig. 27, D*).
On the opposite (right) side of the same animal no distinct slip of fibres constituting
the above second part could be detected. It may have been incorporated with the
cephalo-humeral; but no definite line of demarcation existed.
Action. The powerful deltoid, with extensive origin and slanting direction of fibres
attached low on the humeral shaft, drags backwards the limb whilst rotating it outwards.
The supraspinatus (S.sp, figs. 20, 26) is, in relation to the infraspinatus, the broader
muscle of the two. It has the usual origin from the supraspinous fossa, and insertion
by a very strong broad tendon into the outer humeral tuberosity. What may be
described as a second portion of this muscle, is the part which more directly arises
from the superior and anterior edge of the bone. This portion, although barely
divisible in the fleshy part (or so-called belly) of the muscle, has nevertheless a more
or less separate insertion of a muscular kind into the inner border of the radial
tuberosity.
This latter-mentioned division has, moreover, a still further separation, and into
what, with more propriety, might be considered an individual muscle episubscapularis
(figs. 26, 27, Ep.s). The origin of this portion or muscle is in close union with that
portion described above as the second part of the supraspinatus. It arises, therefore,
558 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
from the superior rim of the scapula, from the angle half the length of the border, as
far as the prominent part. In its course it overlaps and partly covers the subscapularis,
and it is inserted into the capsular ligament ; but, besides, by a strong flattened tendon
it is continued into the inner tuberosity, and there covers the insertion of the sub-
scapularis muscle. This division of the supraspinatus is of great strength, and may
be said regularly to roll round the (upper) anterior border of the scapula. It is
apparently the same, I have found, in the Giraffe &c., and not identical with Mivart’s
epicoraco-humeral in the Echidna.
Action. ‘The supraspinatus proper with its double point of insertion acts as a direct
extensor of the extremity on the scapula; but, furthermore, the additional longer inser-
tion into the front of the great tuberosity, rolling round that humeral prominence,
must add to the movement inwards of the arm—in fact, supplant the ordinary clavicular
attachment of the deltoid, here wanting. The latter action is still further increased by
the equally massive and more rounded direction of the fibres of the episubscapularis,
the double insertion of which produces a longer lever.
The infraspinatus (figs. 20, 27, J.sp), of an elongate wedge-shape, is, comparatively
speaking, narrow. It barely covers the infraspinatus fossa, and is not very thick in
fibre. As it passes downwards it has a partial attachment to, and, indeed, penetrates
the capsular ligament, strengthening it, and resting on the shoulder-joint; but it is
finally inserted by its broad, long, and strong tendon into the pit on the outside of
the head of the humerus.
Compared with the supraspinatus, the flexing power of the infraspinatus is greatly
reduced ; its strong tendon entering the joint lends support to this otherwise weak and
lax union.
Subscapularis—This muscle is broad, corresponding in this respect with the propor-
tionally wide and somewhat Cetacean-like character which the scapula itself possesses.
The subscapularis muscle (5) overlaps both the superior and the inferior borders of the
bone, and reaches the spinal border, except the posterior corner; it is inserted by a
short but powerful tendon into the inner or lesser tuberosity of the head of the
humerus. The exact point of its attachment is rather towards the upper part of the
tuberosity. The double insertion of the episubscapularis covers that of the subsca-
pularis on its axillary and anterior sides. ‘The thick flat fibres do not all run parallel
with each other, but form two or more groups converging to a central line, or slight
groove, wherein the vessels chiefly lie.
Action. Tensor and fixer of the inner head of the humerus. The penniform
arrangement of the fibres may alter the power either to the upper or lower border of
the scapula, and in this way create a point d’appui for the powerful cephalo-humeral—
latissimus dorsi and triceps, &c. Of course the power alters in the forward and back
stroke ; subscapularis, therefore, is a kind of gearing to the bone, which does not receive
support from its diminutive acromion and rudimentary coracoid processes.
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION. 559
The teres major (fig. 26, T.ma) is of considerable size, and consequently must occa-
sionally powerfully flex the upper portion of the limb. It arises below the subsca-
pularis, at the posterior inferior angle of the scapula, upon the inner surface of that
bone. It continues tolerably equal in breadth and of considerable thickness towards
the humerus, and is inserted from the middle of the shaft upwards to the internal
condyloid ridge, in close adhesion with the dorsi epitrochlear and first head of triceps.
The teres minor (T.mi), in close union with the teres major, occupies the lower margin
of the scapula, from where the fibres of the teres major tend towards the humerus, to the
glenoid cavity itself. Near the latter-mentioned part the fibres of the teres minor are
sparse ; and there appears to be no distinct point of insertion—the muscle being lost as
it were upon the second or scapular head of the triceps, at its inner side or border.
Triceps.—In the case of Otaria the name of this compound muscle is unfortunate, as
it is composed of four portions and as many heads. Taken as a whole it has a nearly
equal-sided triangular shape, and is of most extraordinary strength. It is tolerably
thick and somewhat flattened, in this latter respect adapting itself to the mould of the
body.
The posterior division, head, or belly, in reality the dorsi epitrochlearis (figs. 15, 20, 26,
D.ep), is of a wedge-shape, the broad end upwards, very flat, narrow, and long. This first
portion arises from the outer and inferior angle of the scapula, and is inserted, almost
quite separate from its fellow portions, into the tip of the immense and projecting
olecranon process. The muscular fibres, however, run onwards, and proceed until they
reach the forearm, covering its posterior border or edge.
The true first division of the triceps (Z") has also a scapular head of origin; and it is
this portion which corresponds with the long head of the triceps in human anatomy.
Somewhat shorter than the dorsi epitrochlearis, it nevertheless is very massive. It arises
by muscular fibres, having a breadth of 2 inches, from that portion of the posterior
margin of the scapula between the glenoid cavity and the first head ; continuing down-
wards, it joins the common cubital insertion of the triceps.
The second division of the muscle (7) is quite as strong and muscular as the last
described. This portion, which represents the external head in Man, arises from the
back of the shaft of the humerus, from the head of the bone to the middle of the
shaft. Above, it embraces the head on both sides of the bone, and partly covers the
brachialis anticus muscle. Below, it joins the other tricipital divisions as they go
towards the elbow-joint. It has also a partial origin from the neck of the scapula
and the capsular ligament of the joint. These origins are sparse ligamentous bands,
and have two openings, through which vessels &c. pass.
The fourth, smallest and shortest division of the triceps arises from the posterior
surface of the shaft of the humerus, and covers the intercondyloid fossa. It unites with
the second and third divisions, and all three are together inserted in a fleshy bundle
into the upper part of the olecranon process.
VOL. VIL—PART VI. January, 1872. 41
560 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
The third division of the triceps may, indeed, be that representing the short head of
Man. It lies immediately beneath the second head, and is so very intimately united
with it that the two appear almost as one. The second division, however, has a more
aponeurotic origin, and can be distinctly dissected from the third. The latter it is which
is closely applied to the bone from the neck of the humerus to the intercondyloid fossa.
It is in close apposition with, but does not overlap the long brachialis anticus, the
fibres covering the whole of the flat back of the shaft of the humerus. It is inserted by
short roundish tendon into the upper surface of the olecranon, the tendon, however,
being much fused with the other insertions of the triceps and anconei.
Anconeus internus.—This is a transverse slip of muscle, of considerable thickness (A.?,
fig. 26), attached both to the third head of the triceps and to the origins of the three
long palmar muscles. It arises from the inner condyle, along with the latter muscles,
and is inserted into the olecranon beneath the upper ridge and between the head of
triceps and third long palmar head. Action—a short flexor of the upper ulna.
The anconeus externus (A.e) is slightly broader and more fan-shaped than is the internal
muscle. It arises from the outside of the external humeral condyle, and also to its inner
or olecranon side, filling in part the said fossa and also lower half of humerus; it passes
backwards transversely, to be inserted into the upper and outer edge of the olecranon.
The second head of the triceps overlies and partially hides this muscle.
Biceps—While the triceps muscle is of vast bulk and with an additional head of divi-
sion, the biceps, on the contrary, is only of moderate dimensions and single-headed (B).
Its origin is by the usual long tendon from the upper edge of the glenoid cavity of the
scapula; and, as inferred above, with but a moderate development of muscular belly, it
terminates below in a tendon inserted into the bicipital tuberosity of the radius. The
flexing power of this muscle is very limited; but its rather strong tendon above steadies
the head of the humerus.
There is no coraco-brachialis muscle ; but a part or continuation of the tendon of the
extra supraspinatus appears to take the place of it.
The brachialis anticus has two very distinct heads of origin. ‘The first head, which
is large and fleshy, comes from the deltoid prominence, and, going downwards to the
forearm, is inserted directly by tendon into the ulna opposite the biceps tendon. This
so-called first portion of the muscle (B.a’, fig. 27) has a strong muscular belly; and its
fibres above seem almost to be continuous with and derived from the extensive muscle
of the shoulder, viz. the superficial layer of the deltoid. The second head of the
brachialis anticus (4.a”) arises from the outer side of the neck of the humerus. It
winds below this partially round the bone, and joins the first head on the outer side of
the elbow-joint. This second portion in some respects represents the ordinary brachialis
anticus. At its lower end and outer side it has intimate union by muscular fibres with
the supinator longus, while it is also partly covered by that muscle and by the second
abnormal head of the supinator longus arising from the deltoid ridge.
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION. 561
The supinator longus is double-headed (S./', 8.2’). One belly has a broad fleshy origin
from the middle and outer side of the humerus at the upper end of the external con-
dyloid ridge; it ends in a strong tendon, which is inserted broadly upon the outer
side of the styloid process of the radius. About the middle of the forearm, and at the
commencement of its tendon, the supinator longus is joined by a strong muscular slip,
the second head. This additional belly of the supinator arises from the deltoid ridge,
and, in fact, appears a continuation of the scapular portion of the deltoid, with a mode-
rately thick belly, but rather smaller than the first head; it goes halfway down the
radius, ultimately merging with the aforesaid belly at the commencement of the tendon
of the proper supinator longus.
The supinator brevis is likewise strong and broad, but almost entirely fleshy (S.2). Its
broadest, short, aponeurotic origin is from the outer condyle, this origin being crossed
by the external lateral ligament of the elbow-joint. Another point of origin is from the
head of the radius; and a third, very small, flat, tendinous slip also comes from the ulna,
below the coronoid process. The muscular fibres of the supinator brevis cover the side
and front edge of the radius as far as the prominence at the middle of the bone.
The eatensor carpi radialis longior (fig. 15, E.c.r.1) arises, in a common fleshy mass,
along with the extensor carpi radialis brevior (E.c.7.b), from the outer condyloid ridge.
While their heads of origin therefore form almost a single, elongate, flattened, muscular
triangle, their tendons are distinctly separate, of equal magnitude, and run side by side to
the wrist-joint. The tendon of the longior is inserted rather broadly, in an aponeurotic
manner, into the proximal end of the metacarpal bone of the pollex. The tendon of the
brevior is inserted in a similar manner into the indicial metacarpal, but rather towards
the radial side of its dorsal surface—the two, however, together forming a broad aponeu-
rotic bridge between the roots of the first and second metacarpal bones; the latter is
overlain by the great pollicial tendon of the muscle.
Extensor pollicis et indicis—The very powerful muscle which I shall describe under
the above denomination, may, in fact, represent the extensor primi internodii pollicis,
and not be, as I have named it, the extensor pollicis et indicis. The name proprius
pollicis is appropriate functionally ; for through the enormous tendon is extension and
power in the pollex chiefly derived. By whatever name the muscle is noticed, it is
distinguished by its possessing an unusually broad, pyramidal, fleshy belly, which arises
from the hinder end and outer projecting grooved side of the olecranon process, and
from the upper and posterior half of the ulna. Its extraordinarily broad and powerful
tendon commences just about the distal end of the ulna, and, crossing the dorsum of
the manus, is inserted into the proximal end of the proximal phalanx of the pollex.
At this part it widens out and intermingles with the sheath of fibrous tissue here form-
ing the periosteal covering of the bone.
Extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis.—This muscle is broad, flat, fleshy, and strong. The
origin is from the outer surface of the olecranon, and from the ulna to as far as about
42
062 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
the middle of the latter. As usual, its direction is slanting, or crossing that of the
forearm, and it winds round the styloid process of the radius. Its tendon lies in a radial
malleolar groove and passes underneath the binding ligament, being at length inserted
by a remarkably powerful broad tendon into the proximal and anterior or outer corner
of the metacarpal bone of the pollex.
The extensor primi and extensor secundi internodii pollicis are wanting.
Common Extensors.—There appears to be a double set of long deep extensor muscles
of the forearm in the pectoral extremity of the Sea-lion. If these represent different
muscles, they nevertheless arise by fleshy fibres in one common mass from the outer
condyle, and proceed together downwards in a united condition for three-quarters the
length of the forearm.
1. The anterior portion of the above muscular belly may more truly be regarded as
representing the extensor communis digitorum. Its origin is as above stated. From
below the middle of the forearm downwards it is superficially covered with tendinous
aponeurotic fibres. Opposite the lower end of the radius it divides into three broadish
tendons, which supply respectively the index, middle and fourth digits (see .c.d).
The first two, or inner tendons, separate below the wrist-joint; the third, or outer one,
divaricates higher up than these two. At the proximal ends of the first phalanges
each tendon spreads out, so that at the distal end of the phalanx it covers, as by an
aponeurosis, the whole breadth of the bone, and is finally inserted into the proximal
end of the second phalanx. It may furthermore be remarked that its fibres interblend
with others on either side of the digit, which go on as far as the proximal end of the
last digit.
2. The middle portion of the common muscular origin, while intimately united above,
becomes by degrees definite and distinct as it proceeds downwards. Dissection shows
such an intervention of cellular tissue between the muscular fibres as to constitute a
muscular belly, extensor medii digiti (Z.me.d). This muscular belly is much smaller
and less broad than the first portion, already described. It divides at the level of the
divarication of the outermost tendon of the former part into two tendons, the largest
of which is inserted into the fifth digit, and ends in a similar manner as the three
already spoken of in describing the first portion of the muscle. The smaller inner
tendon lies deeper than the outer one, and proceeds below the fourth digital tendon to
the outer side of the third digit, mingling at last with the common fibrous tendinous
expansion of the digit.
3. The third or outermost portion of the common extensor muscle may be said to
represent the extensor minimi digiti (Z.m.d). This appears as a narrow muscular belly
lying alongside the middle extensor belly already spoken of. It likewise ends, as the
middle portion does, in two tendons, but differs in these tendons being more nearly
equal in size. The outermost tendon is inserted into the distal end of the outside of
the fifth metatarsal bone. The innermost tendon proceeds as far as the divergence of
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION. 563
the fourth and fifth digits, where it expands, and is partly attached by fascia to the
proximal end of the fifth metacarpal; but the tendon proper runs along the outer side
of the fourth digit in manner similar to the inner tendon of the second or middle
portion of the common muscle; namely, it is inserted into the proximal and outer end
of the second phalanx.
A muscle which seldom alters or varies in its attachments, the extensor carpi ulnaris
(£.c.u), is here also, speaking in a general way, normal. It arises as a broad muscular
layer from the olecranon process, above the last-mentioned two muscles, and ends in
a long narrow tendon inserted into the outer edge and near the middle of the fifth
metatarsal bone.
Long Superficial Palmar Muscles.—If my interpretation be correct, the palmaris
longus in this species of Ofaria is represented by three unequal-sized and differently
shaped muscles, which I shall describe as follows :—
a. Palmaris longus primus (P./'). What may be considered the proper and usual
long palmar muscle, inasmuch as it lies immediately to the ulnar side of the flexor
carpi radialis, is of moderate size in belly and narrow and diminutive in tendon. It
arises, partly muscular and partly tendinous, from the inner condyle of the humerus,
from the surface of the internal anconeus, and with interlacing musculo-fleshy fibres
from the radial side of the second long palmar muscle. With a somewhat fusiform
belly it proceeds about halfway down the forearm, where it forms a narrow tendon,
which is at last implanted and lost on the under surface of the great oblique palmar
tendon mentioned further on.
6. Palmaris longus secundus. This portion is thin and much broader than the pre-
ceding. It has origin along with it from the internal condyle, but also as an extensive
sheet from the surface of the palmaris next to be described, and partly from the edge
of the dorsi epitrochlearis and the ulnar side of the terminal muscular arch of the pec-
toralis major. The muscular fibres stretch ulnarwise for nearly half the breadth and
length of the forearm, mingle with the superficial aponeurosis of the forearm, coex-
tensive with the pectoralis major, and go to be inserted on the superficies of the ulnar
side of the palm; a special broad and strong slip, moreover, passes to the distal end of
the fifth metacarpal.
c. Palmaris longus tertius. I venture to designate by this name a muscle which,
as far as origin, size, and fleshy union are concerned, might with equal grounds be con-
sidered an upper layer of the flexor carpi ulnaris. But as its insertion is so widely
different from that of the ulnaris, and moreover its terminal ligamentous expansion so
resembles in function that of the usual palmar fascia, I think it ought to be classed
under the occasionally multiple long palmar muscles, with the additional affix tertius.
This muscle is remarkable alike for its strength, anomalous position, and for the
influential purpose it subserves in nearly all the movements of the manus. It arises by
a moderate amount of fibre from the internal condyloid prominence, and by a broad,
564 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
thick, muscular mass from the whole inner surface of the enlarged and flattened
olecranon. The muscle below the olecranon process is intimately fused with the true
flexor carpi ulnaris, the broad, flat, powerful bellies of the two forming a protuberant
mass on the ulnar side of the limb. The direction of the palmaris Jongus tertius is
oblique, the fleshy fibres stopping short about the middle of the arm, where a thickish,
flat, ligamentous tendon, 13 inch broad, commences, and is continued downwards and
across the wrist to the radial side of the pollicial metacarpal. The latter insertion
extends from the carpus above the extensor ossis metacarpi tendon forwards to the
distal extremity of the first phalanx, and, indeed, by continuity of fascia to the terminal
phalangeal cartilage itself. At the wrist the deep flexor tendons pass beneath the
oblique ligament.
Flexor carpi ulnaris.—This is closely interwoven with the fleshy origin of the so-called
palmaris longus tertius, and hardly to be separated from it above, but it is much more
distinct and differently inserted below. It springs, along with the aforesaid muscle,
from the olecranon, but chiefly from the sharp edge below the protuberance, and
extends thence down the entire shaft of the bone; it forms, as it were, a septum between
the anterior and posterior muscles of the forearm (/.c.w), which on the ulnar side con-
siderably overlap the bone. In this way, having the great pollicial extensor closely
applied to it on the one side and the great pollicial flexor on the other, the belly of the
flexor ulnaris being wrapped between them as would the leaves of a book, the flexor
carpi ulnaris is attached muscularly to the summit of the outstanding fusiform bone ;
but a second strong tendon of insertion goes on to the deep palmar fascia at the root of
the fifth metacarpal.
The pronator radii teres (P.r.t) is short, broad, and well developed. It arises, in close
adherence with and partially covered by the flexor carpi radialis, from the inner condyle
and advances halfway down the radius. At the same time it occupies about half the
breadth of that bone, which is unusually flattened to adapt itself to the peculiar com-
pressed paddle-like extremity.
The flexor carpi radialis, compared with some other muscles of the pectoral extremity
of this creature, is of small bulk, although absolutely of fair size. Its origin, as usual,
is the inner condyle, and in conjunction with the pronator radii teres. The muscular
belly, which is fusiform, reaches halfway down the forearm; and the terminal long
strong tendon dips beneath the deep palmar fascia and ligament, passing over the
surface of the scaphoid and trapezium to be inserted into the proximal end of the
first metacarpal (figs. 15, 26, 31, F.c.r).
Flexor sublimis digitorum (F.s.d).—This muscle has two heads of origin, of about
equal size, but neither are large. The one arises from the inner condyle, the capsular
ligament of the elbow-joint, and from the inner head of the ulna. The other, second,
shorter head arises from the ulna, its inner surface, below the olecranon, to as far as
the middle of the shaft of that bone. At the latter place the two heads join, and, while
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION. 565
narrowing as they proceed downwards, still remain fleshy to the distal end of the ulna,
where they lie directly on that bone, and at this place form a short, broadish tendon,
widening distally, and which ultimately splits into four main divisions.
The tendon given off the highest goes to the last phalanx of little, fifth, or outer
digit, being joined by a small slip from the tendon of the fourth digit. A little below
this first division the main tendon of the sublimis splits into three, which respectively
supply the fourth, third, and second digits; but it is noteworthy that each of these
three tendons is composed of two separate tendons, which, however, lie so close together
as to have only the appearance of a single one. The tendon which goes to the index is
partly fused with the tendon of the profundus muscle.
The flexor profundus digitorum (F.p.d) is broad, flat, and so attached to the inter-
osseous membrane and sides of the ulna and radius that its fleshy belly seems also to
include the flexor longus pollicis muscle.
At the carpal bones of the wrist-joint a strong, broad, flat tendon comes off super-
ficially, and proceeds outwards and downwards, supplying the distal phalanx of the
enormous thumb. This tendon it may be which represents the flexor longus pollicis.
Below where the above pollicial tendon is given off from the main tendon of this
compound muscle there occurs an aponeurotic expansion. This fascia is fully half an
inch broad, and on its inner side joins the index tendon of the sublimis. To the inner
side, and passing over the tendon spoken of, is a small tendon which goes to the third
digit, joining at the distal end of the metacarpal with the tendon of the flexor sublimis.
Another tendon is given off distally to this; and this one appears pierced by that of
the flexor sublimis going to the index. This broad tendon goes to the proximal end of
the proximal phalanx of the index.
A third tendon is derived from the aforesaid fascial expansion, which also supplies
the index, proceeding, however, to the furthermost distal phalanx. This tendon is
joined by the flexor sublimis; and although it has the general aspect of a single broad
tendon, in reality it represents the perforatus and perforans, the sublimis being more
clearly divergent at the proximal end of the distal phalanx.
Besides this junction with the sublimis, this profundus tendon has a part of the fascial
tendon crossing and forming a binding slip; this portion joins the deep, broad, first-
mentioned tendon of the index. Still another tendon is sent to the pollex ; and this one
is inserted into the inner side of the proximal end of the first phalanx.
Action of the deep Flexors.—tThe intercrossing of the tendons, and more or less union
by fascial expansion of the sublimis and the profundus, and the intimate muscular and
partly tendinous conjunction of the latter with the longus pollicis, produces a certain
simultaneous movement of the whole palmar surface of the manus when the muscular
bellies are contracted. This, added to the interdigital fibrous bridges and the extra-
ordinary development of the superficial and deep palmar fascia, gives to this modified
fore foot, under certain conditions, that powerful, flat, oar-like movement so capable of
566 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
impelling the body forwards in a watery medium. It also causes the encased flippers,
along with their tendino-fascial expansions, to strike the ground in a clumping manner
during progression on land. But the deep and superficial flexor tendons of the manus,
here in one plane and not superimposed on one another, have, besides their synchronous
action, powers more or less independent of each other; that is to say, the tendinous
distribution does not influence each digit alike. First, then, the main tendon of the
pollex is considerably stronger than the others, though not equal in size to its opposed
enormous extensor on the dorsal surface. Flexion of the phalanges of the thumb on
the metacarpal bone is supplemented by the broad and strong. tendinous ligament con-
tinued on from the deep palmar fascia to the proximal end of the distal phalanx. The
extra inner pollicial tendon, which is inserted into the root of the first phalanx, more-
over helps to flex the enlarged thumb; and the action of the tendons, besides their
bending movement, has somewhat of a pronating character. This latter oblique change
of force appears to render assistance to the extensive ligamentous sheet of the palmaris
secundus muscle inserted all along the margin of the first metacarpal and phalangeal
bone; thus the combined action of the tendons of the flexor longus pollicis with it,
doubtless produce that tilting inclination and consequent curvilinear angle or feathering
of the flipper when swimming. Secondly, the tendinous slips of the flexor profundus
are the chief flexors of the second and third digits, the pollicial division to the second
digit in part representing the perforatus. Lastly, the multiple divisions of the sublimis
are benders of the fourth and fifth digits, and partially so of the third. The high
branching and tangential direction of the tendon to the fifth digit, besides flexion, gives
it a slight divaricating power, which may be useful in walking on all fours or for
natatory purposes.
No development of a pronator quadratus is appreciable, the narrow, but immensely
strong, interosseous ligament taking its place as a binding hinge of the radius upon
the ulna.
There is a well-developed flexor brevis minimi digiti (fig. 23, F.b.m.d). Its origin is
from the outermost ulnar border of the ligamentous palmar fascia, from the tendon of
the flexor carpi ulnaris, and from the pisiform bone; it is inserted by a broad tendon
into the distal end and ulnar side of the fifth metacarpal.
Abductor minimi digiti—What appears to represent this muscle is a short, strongish,
broad band of fibres arising from between the fourth and fifth digits and from the deep
palmar ligamentous fascia (A4d.m.d). It is inserted into the radial side of the fifth digit
at the metacarpo-phalangeal articulation.
Lumbricales with muscular bellies are absent; but it is possible that the extra dimi-
nutive slips of tendon which are given off from the flexor profundus may be lumbrical
remnants.
Interossei—In the manus of the Sea-lion these muscles are well defined, full-bellied,
and fleshy. As in some groups of a higher order (the Lemuride for example), besides
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION, 567
the ordinary double interosseous muscles to each metacarpal bone, there are two extra
superficial ones, which, along with the abductor minimi digiti, may be said to form an
upper series of short metacarpal flexors.
Superficial Layer of Interossei. What I shall describe as the first of these is a
moderate-sized fusiform muscle (fig. 28, S.'). This arises by tendinous fascia, as
much as by a defined tendon, from the broad carpo-metacarpal palmar ligament to the
ulnar side of the third digit; passing forwards and towards the radial side of the third
metatarsal bone, it is inserted by tendon. The second superficial interosseous muscle is
of about equal size with the last. It also (S.J) is fusiform, and arises by tendon from
the same deep palmar fascia or ligament. It, however, crosses the tendon of the first-
mentioned muscle ; and its direction is the reverse, viz. from the radial towards the ulnar
side, being inserted by tendon to the radial side of the fourth.
Deep Layer, or Interossei proper. Ist. The pollex has a single, large and powerful
interosseus muscle (1), which lies to the outer (radial) side of the metacarpal bone. It
has origin, along with the outermost indicial interossei, from the deep fascia and palmar
carpo-metacarpal ligament, and is inserted by a longish strong tendon into the sesamoid
cartilage on the radial side of the pollex, at the proximal end of the first phalanx.
2nd. The index has a pair of interosseous muscles (2) of smaller size than the pollicial
one. The ulnar one of these two arises along with that described as going to the
pollex, and is inserted into the ulnar side of the second digit. The radial one arises,
partly tendinous and partly fleshy, from the deep palmar carpo-metacarpal ligament to
the radial side of the second digit. It is inserted, by a short but strong tendon, into
the radial side of the same digit. 3rd. The third digit is in like manner supplied by a
double interosseus muscle (3), one belly to the radial and the other to the ulnar side.
4th. The fourth digit is also provided with a pair of these muscles (4), which, while
palmar, are divisible into a radial and ulnar one. They, however, while still fleshy, are
shorter than those already described; in this respect they agree with the retrogressive
shortening of the metacarpal bones from the first to the fifth digit. 65th. The pair of
interossei of the fifth digit (5) are more closely united than the others. They are
altogether smaller, and lie more upon the middle and plantar surface of the metacarpal
bone. ‘They are both inserted upon the outer side.
7. Muscles of the Posterior Extremity. (Plates LXX. & LXXTIL.)
In none of the larger Mammalia, not even in the Earless Seals, are the muscles con-
stituting the buttocks so altered in their relations and general appearance, and yet
withal so well developed as in the Otaria and Trichechus. This arises mainly from the
curious position which the femur has assumed, and by that banding together, as it were,
of the lower legs—the natural position of the hinder extremities, when the animal is
walking, reminding one of the position of the frog’s legs when flexed preparatory to
the act of striking outwards and backwards in swimming.
VOL. VII.—PART VI. January, 1872. 4M
568 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
Gluteus maximus.—This double muscle is insignificant in proportion to the gluteus
minimus, which latter not only exceeds it in dimensions, but also occupies the anterior
gluteal region, while the biceps covers the gluteus maximus posteriorly (vide respec-
tively figs. 15, 34, & 35).
The first part of the gluteus maximus ((.mz") arises spinally opposite the head of the
femur, but with no direct origin from the ilium, the fibres rather coming from the
third dorsal spinous processes or median line of the sacrum. Here the muscle has a
breadth of fully two and a half inches, and lies on the surface of the muscular portion
of the levator caude muscles posterior to the gluteus medius; outwardly it covers the
pyriformis &c. Narrowing in the manner of an inverted pyramid, the fibres terminate
narrowly in a tendon which is inserted into the peroneal or great trochanter.
The second portion of the gluteus maximus ((.mz’) (for as such I take the moderate-
sized fleshy strip or band which takes origin on the same level, namely above the levatores
caude and immediately behind the gluteus maximus primus) passes over the gemellus
inferior and the insertion of the long, oblique sacro-peroneus and quadratus femoris.
It winds round beneath the great trochanter, and is inserted on the outside of the shaft
of the femur for more than its upper half, where it mingles superficially with the
adductor longus primus, and is in close conjunction with the border of the vastus
externus. It is covered entirely by the first portion of the biceps.
Action. The transverse direction of the moderate-sized upper segment of the gluteus
maximus rotates the femur inwards and slightly backwards; whilst the attachments of
the deeper second portion causes it to be a flexor and rotator outwards of the femur.
The gluteus medius (G.md), as already mentioned, partly lies superficially and in
advance of the gluteus maximus. The muscle is, as usual, fan-shaped, thinnish spinally,
but thick and fleshy at its outer border. It has origin from the anterior crest of the
ilium, the surface posterior to the lengthened erector spine—from the sacral vertebre
for a breadth of over one and a half inch—from the surface of the levator caudz muscles,
in front of the gluteus maximus, where these join the ilium at the posterior lumbar
region—and, lastly, from the outer edge of the ilium, wrapping round and ensheathing,
as it were, the gluteus minimus. The convergent muscular fibres from these origins
are inserted outside the great (or peroneal) trochanter on a level with, but anterior to,
those of the gluteus maximus.
This muscle drags forward the trochanter, and helps the gluteus maximus to drag the
thigh (femur) outwards.
The gluteus minimus (G.mi, fig. 35) is short, thick, and very fleshy. It arises from
the whole of the outer surface of the ilium, except the ventral margin occupied by the
gluteus medius, and is inserted into the upper and anterior part of the great trochanter,
being surrounded on three sides by the gluteus medius. Its median border lies in close
proximity to the origin of the levatores caude superiores.
Use. It acts along with the gluteus medius in protracting the trochanter.
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION. 569
Biceps femoris.—Here enlarged to a remarkable degree, this muscle plays an important
part in the peculiar movements of the hind legs. It may, indeed, be said to form
the hinder half of the buttocks, which seem as if extended even backwards to the
extremity of the lower leg. It is this curious shifting downwards of the insertions of
muscles which gives the awkward gait to the hind limbs in land progression, while it
adds power, and may be said to produce the long-lever screw-like movement of the
after parts in natation.
The biceps more or less continuous as a great dorsal sacro-tibial sheet of coarse
muscular fibres, nevertheless indicates consistency of two portions—more, however,
from the direction and overlapping of the fibres and points of insertion than in perfect
separation into two elements. The united origin is over the caudal muscles and
investing fascia of the dorsal region. A strong aponeurosis reaches from the third
sacral spinous process to about the fifth caudal one; and from this the coarse fleshy
fasciculi trend outwards, and terminate in a strong fascia, which reaches from the knee-
joint to the ankle. ‘The thicker fibres of the anterior and somewhat smaller half (B,f",
figs. 15 & 34) have a slight curve forwards and outwards, and are inserted by a strong,
short tendon into the tuberosity of the outer condyle, close to the lower end of the shaft,
and upwards from this along the outer line of the bone to near the great trochanter.
Below the condyle the muscle is firmly fixed over the outer aspect of the knee-joint
and tibio-fibular region downwards for its upper third.
The so-named second, slightly larger portion of the biceps (Bi,f*) stretches over five
caudal vertebre or thereabouts, the anterior border (median border) partially over-
lapping the first portion of the biceps, the posterior border again overlapping the
levator ani. As it comes towards the latter the caudal origin changes from the dorsal
to the lateral surface of the vertebrae, continuous fascia, however, still overlapping the
levatores caudz tendons. The attachment and insertion by aponeurotic fascia is along
the lower and outer two thirds of the tibia, the fascia slanting below and being fixed
into the fibular malleolus, where it joins the levator ani.
Relations and Action. Both portions of the biceps partly cover the superior caudal
muscles and tendons. The anterior half lies next the gluteus maximus, and overlies
what appears to be the second portion of it. It is also superficial to the quadratus
femoris, ischiatic nerves and vessels, and another abnormal deep obliquely set leg-muscle,
the sacro-peroneus. It crosses the outer head of the gastrocnemius, peronsi, and is in
close relation with the vastus externus. The hinder half covers the remainder of the
sacro-peroneus and those of the calf; it is also in relation with the semimembranosus,
a muscle here also peculiar in its relations. Functionally it is an adductor of the lower
leg, flexor of the knee, and rotator outwards of the limb.
The remarkable muscle which I term sacro-peronwus (Sp, figs. 34 & 35), is a thickish,
flat, nearly uniformly broad band of fleshy fibres, which arises from the outside of the
caudal muscles at the hinder end of the sacrum, occupying the surface of the superior
4m 2
570 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
and inferior layers and transverse process for about a couple of inches, and also in part
springing from the sacro-ischiatic ligament. Folding outwards from its origin, it covers
the ischiatic vessels and nerves, and glides over the hinder upper edge of the ischial
tuberosity and origin of adductor magnus. Proceeding thence outwards and down-
wards, under cover of the biceps and levator ani, and itself lying upon the gastro-
cnemius, it is inserted by a short broad tendon into the deep fascia above and inwards to
the fibular malleolus. This fascia is common with that of the biceps and levator ani.
Action. A powerful flexor of the leg to the tail; and it may be a rotator outwards.
Levator ani.—Behind the preceding is another broad muscular band reaching from
the tail to the lower leg, and in close relation with it above the ankle-joint. This
muscle appears to be homologous with the levator ani, although its insertion differs
widely from that of the higher Mammalia. The two muscles of opposite sides are
intimately blended together mesially, and are muscularly fixed to the inferior aspect
of the tail for the breadth of an inch or more opposite or underneath the fourth or fifth
caudal vertebra. ‘They run outwards and backwards, and are each inserted firmly by a
very short tendon into the outer fibular malleolus.
Relation. Mesially the tail, infracaudal muscles and tendons; the anus; the
testicles, when these are thrown down into the ischio-rectal fossa; the sacro-peroneus
muscle as already mentioned. ‘The biceps, the posterior border portion, partly over-
rides its anterior border. It binds inwards the peronei above the ankle.
Action. Adductor of lower leg, and rotator outwards of the limb. Besides restrain-
ing the lower limbs towards each other, the muscles of opposite moieties drag the tail
from side to side.
Transversus perinwi.—A sparse layer of fibres is situate in the perineum (7.p), and,
lying in front of the anus, crosses from the ischio-rectal fossa on the one side to that on
the other. It helps to render the said fascia tense, and may also assist in pressure
against the rectum during expulsion of the fieces &c.
The somewhat triangular-shaped and flat pyriformis (Py, fig. 35) muscle has an origin
between the ilium and the sacral vertebre in front of the acetabulum for an inch or more ;
passing outwards and slightly backwards, it is inserted fleshy in the upper and outer side
of the great trochanter behind the gluteus minimus. It rotates the head of the femur
forwards and inwards.
Gemellus superior.—This is not quite so broad as the pyriformis ; it also is pyramidal,
its broader end arising from the deep surface of the median sacral vertebra, opposite
the hip-joint. It runs nearly directly outwards (G@.s), and is inserted by a short, strong
tendon into the summit of the great trochanter. ‘This and the gemellus inferior so
closely fuse themselves with the tendon of the obturator internus that force has to be
used in defining the limits of each.
The gemellus inferior (G.2) is rather the broader of the two; it arises from the edge of
the ischium, behind the lesser ischiatic notch and for a breadth of above an inch. Directed
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION. 571
forwards in company with the obturator internus, the two are inserted together between
the greater and lesser trochanters. The surface of this muscle is superficially tendinous
at its origin.
Obturator externus.—This covers the obturator membrane exteriorly, a few fibres
overlapping it anteriorly. It is rather a thick fleshy muscle (0.¢), its tendon passing
upwards and forwards to be inserted into the crown of the lesser trochanter. It drags
the head of the femur backwards, and steadies that bone in walking-movements.
The obturator internus (0.1) deeply covers entirely the obturator membrane ; and
partly muscular and partly tendinous,-but greatly flattened, it passes round the ischiatic
notch and mingles with the gemelli; although intermingled closely with these, it has a
strong tendon, which is inserted as aforesaid.
The three above-mentioned muscles act more or less together, and drag the upper
end of the femur through the great trochanter upwards and inwards, thus serving as
outward rotators of the upper leg.
Quadratus femoris —Elongated and narrow. It has a fleshy origin from the ischium,
just behind the gemellus inferior and to the outer side of the bone. It slants for-
wards and downwards (Q.f), crossing the anterior portion of the obturator externus,
and is inserted by a short but strong tendon on the outer side of the lesser trochanter,
beneath the aforesaid muscle.
Action. A rotator outwards and backwards of the femur.
The tibialis anticus (fig. 15, T.a) arises from the front and upper half of the tibia.
It forms a considerable-sized muscular belly as large as that of the extensor communis
digitorum. Its tendon commences above the binding ligament, then runs underneath
it, and below divides into two, whereof one tendon (7.a'), is inserted into the ento-
cuneiform bone, widening into an aponeurosis; the other (7.a’) goes on to the dorsal
surface of the proximal end of the metatarsal bone of the hallux.
The extensor proprius hallucis (E.p.h)is a muscle of more than usual volume. It arises
from the upper two thirds of the fibula and the interosseous membrane. Its rather
strong distal tendon passes to the proximal end of the proximal phalanx of the hallux,
there spreading out in fascia.
Extensor longus digitorum.—This muscle arises from the external condyle and the
outer surface of the fibula, and continues muscular (£./.d) to the ankle. It here forms
a broad, flat, and strong tendon (#./.d*), which rather increases in breadth to below
the tarsal bones, where it divides into four tendons, which supply the four outer digits.
That to the second digit is given off highest; the three others divaricate about one level.
The four tendons are inserted, like those of the manus, into the proximal end of the
second phalanges, where they each broaden out and form a strong aponeurotic sheath.
The extensor brevis digitorum is composed of two widely separated lips. ‘The first or
innermost portion has origin from the dorsal surface of the astragalus and cuboid bones,
and forms a long delicate tendon at the proximal end of the metatarsus; this goes to be
572 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
inserted on the outer side of the proximal end of the distal phalanx of the second or
inner digit. The second or outermost slip of the extensor brevis of the foot (£.0.d’) has
a double head of origin; the longer one arises from the outer surface of the astragalus,
and afterwards joins the second head of origin, which comes from the cuboid. The two
heads form one belly, which gives off a single tendon, ultimately inserted into the
outer side of the third digit.
The peroneus longus (P.l, fig. 15) is of good size. It arises by a short, broad tendon
from the external condyle of the femur, and then forms a considerable belly, which
reaches downwards for about two thirds of the length of the limb. Its inferior long
and strong tendon passes behind the outer malleolus in a separate groove, and beneath
the posterior and outer border of the biceps, and, as it goes behind the outer prominence
of the cuboid, proceeds to the plantar surface, to the head of the metatarsal of the
hallux, but joins by fascia to that of the fourth.
The peroneus brevis (P.b) and the peroneal muscle next to be described arise together,
the whole length of the fibula, upon the outer and posterior surface; the tendon of the
former is inserted into the proximal end of the fifth metacarpal bone.
Peroneus quinti digiti—As already mentioned, this muscle arises in very close union
with the peronzus brevis; but it lies above and higher than it, having an origin from the
upper third of the fibula. The tendon of the peronzus quinti digiti lies the more super-
ficial of the two, and on the outer side of the dorsum of the foot. It continues strong
to its insertion (P.5.d), which is on the outer side of the proximal end of the proximal
phalanx of the outer or fifth digit, where it finally becomes very wide.
Both the peroneus tertii and the peroneus quarti digiti ave absent.
Pectineus.—A short, moderate-sized muscle, nearly transverse to the long axis of the
body (Pe, figs. 33, 36), and cutting the angle formed by the femur and lower leg. It
arises by a broad, short, strong tendon from the brim of the pelvis, immediately behind
the prominence where the psoas is inserted, and, passing outwards and forwards, is fixed
into the upper part of the tuberosity of the internal condyle of the femur.
Use. This muscle, with others, restrains the movements of the leg by its remarkably
low attachment to the femur. It acts also as an inward flexor—for instance, when the
knees approach.
The rectus femoris (Rf) is shorter and only a little thicker than the combined tensor
vaginee femoris and sartorius; it is in great part covered by the latter muscle. It
possesses only one head of origin; this is fleshy, and arises from the lower half of the
hollow between the acetabulum and the spinous process of the ilium. The muscular
belly broadens considerably, and is inserted into the upper part of the patella. It isa
flexor of the thigh.
The vastus internus (V.i)is small. It arises the whole length of the inner side of the
shaft of the short femur, and is inserted into the inner side of the patella and partly
into the capsule of the knee-joint.
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION. 573
The vastus externus (V.e, fig. 34) is a powerful and strong, though necessarily short
muscle. It covers the vastus internus in part, and is attached to the whole anterior
surface of the femur, from the neck of the bone and the great trochanter to the liga-
ment of the knee-joint, being inserted as usual into the upper portion of the patella.
If a crureus is present, it is so intimately united with the vastus externus as to be
inseparable.
Gracilis—This is represented by a very broad, somewhat triangular-shaped, and but
moderately thick plane of fleshy fibres. This, from low insertion and peculiar shape,
can scarcely be recognized as the homologue of the gracilis of human anatomy, which
nevertheless it undoubtedly is. The origin, which is the narrower end, has a double
layer of fibres. The most superficial of these arises along the whole line of the
symphysis pubis. A few of the fibres overlapping those of the external oblique, the
deeper layer runs partly along the brim of the pelvis, and appears as rather dipping
beneath the obliquus externus. ‘The fibres from both these layers of origin take nearly
a similar direction (namely, outwards and backwards), and, as they fuse together, form
a broad sheet, which is inserted into the inner margin of the lower three fourths of the
tibia. At the lower extremity it joins the semimembranosus, the two (but chiefly the
gracilis) forming a strong aponeurosis, which is inserted into the plantar fascia, much as
does the palmar fascia in the manus.
Action. It restrains the lower leg towards the pelvis, and in walking rotates the
tibia inwards.
The Femoral Adductores—According to my dissection there are altogether six of
these. Of the adductor magnus primus there can hardly be doubts regarding its inter-
pretation, although the origin and insertion are slightly altered from their ordinary
condition. The passage of the femoral vessels and nerves determines its homology,
which the increased numbers of the adductores might otherwise render uncertain. The
muscle (Ad.m', fig. 33) is of large size, and almost entirely fleshy. As seen when the
thigh-parts are in position, it is partly hidden by the origin of the broad and unusually
placed gracilis, and the insertion is in part overlain by that of the adductor magnus
secundus. It arises from the outside of the ischium, posterior to the obturator foramen.
Directed upwards and outwards, with fibres of a prismatic form, the muscle is inserted
broadly upon the inner side of the lower half of the shaft of the femur, upon the
internal condyle and upon the upper front of the tibia for a couple of inches. The
vessels of the thigh pierce the flesh at its upper border, a pencil of fibres dividing and
allowing passage to the vessels.
Adductor magnus secundus. This (Ad.m’) is smaller than the preceding, and, except
in degree, has quite the same action as the foregoing. As already mentioned, it partly
covers it. It arises from the outside of the pubes, anterior and superficial to the last.
Insertion the outer condyle, fibres covering or running into the ligament of the knee-
joint.
574 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
Adductor longus primus. If this is really a separate muscle from what is termed the
adductor longus secundus, it is only divisible on account of the rather different place
of insertion from the latter. It arises by a broad, short, thin, flattened tendon from
the outer side of the brim of the pelvis, close to the crest and spinous process (Ad./’,
figs. 36 & 35). Proceeding outwards and upwards, the muscle is inserted into the
middle of the shaft of the femur for the breadth of an inch along the linea aspera.
The deep vessels of the thigh wind round the lower bodies of the insertion as they
dip between the fibres of the adductor magnus.
Adductor longus secundus. A larger muscle (Ad./*), lying on the same plane as the
preceding, the fibres being deeply compressed as they cross from the pelvis to the thigh.
They arise from around the obturator foramem and on the bone between that and the
symphysial crest, deeper, however, than the last muscle. The muscular insertion
extends from the great trochanter to the middle of the femur, covering all the bone
behind. The adductor longus secundus is in relation with the small adductores, the
great adductores, deeply with the obturator externus, quadratus femoris, and the extra
slip of the gluteus maximus.
Action. The two magni bring the femur and tibia towards the pelvis. The adductor
longus primus is an adductor and rotator inwards of the thigh. The adductor longus
secundus is an adductor and rotator outwards, the latter because the insertion is far
behind.
Adductor brevis primus. A short, fleshy muscle arising from the outer side of the
pectineal eminence, anterior to but beneath the pectineus muscle (Ad.b'). The adductor
brevis primus rolls fleshy round the hip-joint, and is inserted into the femur, below
the neck and trochanteric fossa.
Adductor brevis secundus (Ad.0’). Arises posterior to the pectineal eminence and
muscle, and closely adjoining the obturator externus. The direction of the fibres is at
a slight angle to those of the primus; and they are inserted fleshy into the back of the
femur, between the linea aspera and the trochanter.
Use. These two adductors of the thigh rotate outwards the head of the femur.
Semitendinosus—A muscle which I take to be the semitendinosus, because of its
insertion corresponding to what is ordinarily regarded as such, arises as a broad strip
from the outer border of the ischium, and, passing almost straight across to the tibia as
a muscular band, is inserted by membrane into the middle of that bone (S¢, fig. 33).
The relations of the semitendinosus are :—at its origin, the adductor magnus primus;
behind or deeply, the ischiatic nerves and arteries and enlarged lymphatic gland; the
gastrocnemius and popliteus; whilst it lies across the sacro-peronewus muscle, which is
posterior to it, but in close relation at its insertion, Lastly, the great broad gracilis lies
over and hides the semitendinosus when the parts are undisturbed. This is an adductor
of the lower leg towards the pelvis, and consequently rotator inwards.
Semimembranosus.—It is a great, flat, thinnish, fleshy expanse (Sm, figs. 33, 34, & 36),
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION. 575
which, like the semitendinosus, crosses the abnormally placed groins to the lower leg.
It arises by a short broad aponeurotic origin from below the transverse processes of
the first four caudal vertebra; and the muscular expanse, directed transversely and
slightly backwards, is attached by membrane to the inner edge of the tibia from its
middle (posterior to the semitendinosus) to the malleolus, where its tendon mingles with
that of the gracilis, the two proceeding to the sole of the foot. This muscle is somewhat
narrowed at its middle, and is much broader at its insertion than at its origin.
Relations &c. ‘The sacro- and ilio-coccygeus lie beneath it, at the tail; and con-
tinued behind is the (transverse) levator ani. It partly hides the lymphatic gland and
the deep ischiatic vessels, &c. It crosses the gastrocnemius and long flexors of the foot
above the ankle, and itself is covered by the gracilis. The broad biceps, and additional
belly of the same, are situated behind or dorsally. Adductor and rotator inwards of the
lower leg; or, when the leg is fixed, it drags the tail to the side.
Additional attitudes at times assumed by the Sea-lion. From life.
There is only a single broad inner head to the gastrocnemius muscle (figs. 34, 36, &
37, Ga). Its attachment is the inner condyle of the femur, its lower border, by a broad
flat semitendinous origin, also the inner side of the head of the tibia and over the internal
lateral ligament of the knee-joint. The muscular belly is broad, and only moderately
thick, and, as it pursues its course downwards, lies obliquely upon the inside of the
leg, instead of posteriorly, as is usual when it is double-headed. It is fleshy to within a
couple of inches from the heel, and ends in a strong flattish tendon inserted inte the
os calcis, running partly over it, and apparently continuing or giving rise to the extensor
brevis digitorum.
VOL. VU.—PaRT vil. January, 1872. 4N
576 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
Action. The broad single femoral origin of this muscle and its comparative
obliquity of belly have a remarkable influence on its use. Thus it drags the os calcis
inwards, and in so doing prepares the foot (semitwisted) to be thrown forwards, the
inner margin being partly raised, so that the long hallux does not catch the ground
until the after part of the foot has first touched it. While this takes place, the long
extensor muscles are tense.
Popliteus.—Proportionally this is a very large muscle. It arises from the outer
condyle of the femur, but chiefly from the capsular ligament of the knee-joint by a
short aponeurotic tendon. Becoming fleshy and of considerable breadth, it rolls round
behind the head of the tibia, and is inserted into the inner edge of the upper half of
that bone. The popliteus passes above the head of the fibula, and not crossing over it.
Its fibres reach no further than the internal lateral ligament of the knee-joint (Po,
fig. 37), which latter passes downwards and over it about the central line of the tibia.
Action. A powerful rotator of the tibia inwards. The tendon of origin of the
popliteus greatly strengthens the posterior ligament of the knee-joint, which is weak
outside,
The soleus (So) is represented by a large, fleshy, broad, thick, longitudinally trian-
gular and flattened muscle. It is attached the whole length of the fibula and into the
os calcis, which is drawn towards the fibula. ‘The upper half of the soleus arises from
the fibula by a very strong aponeurotic fascia, which becomes fleshy and gradually
thickens towards the free edge of the muscle, the fibres being directed downwards and
backwards. At the lower end the muscle is wonderfully enlarged and leaves no space
between the fibula and the os calcis. The tendinous superficies of the insertion of the
soleus is outwards, the inner fleshy insertion reaching well round the inner side of the
os calcis. A bursa exists at the extremity of the os calcis. A slip of this muscle takes
origin from the outer condyle of the femur along with the popliteus muscle,
Action. The soleus must exert considerable influence on the rotation of the foot
inwards, as from its high origin outwardly and muscular belly rolling round inwardly,
attached to the entire end of the os calcis, a lever of great power is obtained.
The tibialis posticus (T.p, figs. 36 & 38) is of moderate size. It arises fleshy from the
upper half of the interosseous interspace and membrane, and from the neighbouring
parts of the tibia and lower three fourths of the fibula, and it partly passes between the
bones in front and to the outer side of the tibia. Passing obliquely inwards and down-
wards, it becomes tendinous only at the inner malleolus, where it glides through the
innermost groove behind the malleolus; the tendon continues on the inner edge of the
sole, to be inserted into the scaphoid bone. A powerful abductor inwards of the foot.
The plantaris (Pla) is of considerable dimensions. Its fleshy origin is the outer
condyle of the femur, along with the popliteus. It forms a muscular belly fully half as
large as that of the gastrocnemius, and equally thick. This lies upon the soleus, and
is partially covered by the belly of the gastrocnemius, its position being towards the
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION. 577
inner and posterior aspect of the limb. About an inch above the ankle-joint a strong
tendon is given off; this passes in a groove on the inner side of the os calcis, and as it
reaches the sole of the foot it is covered and intimately united with the superficial
plantar fascia.
At the distal end of the caleaneum the tendon enlarges and thickens, and muscular
fibres are found on its deep surface; these may represent the flexor brevis digitorum
(F.2.d, fig. 36). From these muscular fibres four tendons are derived. The first, highest
and innermost tendon goes to the second digit, forming the perforated tendon of that
digit; the second proceeds to the third digit, the third to the fourth digit, and the
fourth to the fifth digit. The insertions of these perforated tendons are the distal ends
of the second phalanges; they do not split, as is commonly the case, to permit the
perforans to go onwards, but they form a strong tunnel or tube of fascia for about an
inch and a half, in which the perforans is enclosed,
The plantaris, through the elongation of the flexor brevis digitorum, is a direct
flexor of the four outer digits; and it appears to be this muscle which bends the digits
when the animal scratches its body, shown in woodcut No. 3, upper middle figure, and
in woodcut No. 4. It also draws the toes together, when overlapping takes place (see
Pl. LXVII. fig. 3).
Lumbricales——These are very large and numerous. They arise altogether broadly
from the plantar surface of the united plantar fascial expansion of the long flexors
(fig. 37, L* to L*). Separate, long fusiform muscular bellies, ending in tendons, are
given off to each of the digits; but there is an additional muscle to the little toe; hence
there are six lumbricales altogether.
The first is given off highest, from between the long flexor tendons of the hallux and
second digit; it is inserted into the peroneal side of the first phalanx of the great toe.
The second arises between the long flexor tendons of the second and third digits; this
one ends in the perforated tendon of the second digit derived from the plantaris. The
third and fourth arise together, very fleshy, superficial to the third and fourth long
flexor tendons; and their fleshy bellies seem to run into or join the (tunnel-like) per-
forated tendons of the third and fourth digits supplied by the plantaris. The fifth
lumbricalis springs from the peroneal side of the fourth lumbricalis, and is inserted
into the tibial side of the proximal end of the first phalanx of the fifth digit. The sixth
lumbrical muscle is derived from the outermost tendon of the flexor longus digitorum.
It is inserted along with the fifth lumbricalis.
Flexor longus digitorum.—The fleshy belly of this muscle is of moderate thickness,
and about equal in bulk to that of the flexor longus hallucis, this last partially covering
it (figs. 36, 37, F/.d). It lies in the deepish hollow between the tibia and fibula, and
arises from the lower two thirds of the shaft of the fibula and the lowermost third of
the tibia and the intervening interosseous membrane. From the muscular belly a
strong flattish tendon is derived just at the ankle-joint; this runs in the groove between
4n2
578 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION,
the os calcis and the scaphoid, and continues to the distal border of the tarsus, where it
forms a broad, strong ligamentous union with the flexor longus hallucis. From the
superficial surface of this broad aponeurotic fascia the lumbricales are given off. The
flexor longus digitorum appears to give tendons to the four outermost digits; of these
that to the second, third, and fourth digits is strengthened by tendinous fibres from
the flexor longus hallucis; together they form the perforans.
The flexor longus hallucis (F.1.h) arises from the head and upper fourth of the shaft of
the fibula. Its fleshy belly, as already said, crosses the flexor longus digitorum, and is
itself partly covered above by the single gastrocnemius. Its tendon, which commences
above the malleolus, runs in the outermost groove of the two, behind the tibial malleolus,
and, on the plantar surface of the pes, joins, as aforesaid, the flexor longus digitorum. A
strong tendon pursues its course to the hallux, being inserted into the distal phalanx by
an expanse of aponeurotic fascia. But besides this the flexor longus hallucis, as already
mentioned, sends tendinous slips, which unite with those of the flexor longus digitorum,
supplying the second, third, and fourth digits.
Interossei of Hind Foot.—These exist only on the plantar surface of the pes, and are
true flexores breves; they are but partially seen on the dorsal surface, and even there
only when the strong fascia between the metacarpal bones has been removed. There is
a superficial and a deep layer, perfectly distinct from each other as in the manus.
Superficial Layer. This, one continuous broad flat expanse of fleshy fibres, some-
what semilunar or crescentic in shape, stretches from the hallux to the fifth digit.
It arises from the deep plantar fascia at the proximal ends of the metacarpals; and
its semilunar anterior free border reaches to about the middle of the metacarpal bones
of the second, third, and fourth digits (see fig. 38, dotted line).
One horn of the crescent, the larger and thicker of the two, proceeds to the hallux,
partly joining, or lying on the outer side of, the interosseus muscle of the hallux, and,
running on with it in the form of a tendon, inserted into the distal end of first meta-
carpal (S.z'). The second, outer horn or belly (Sc*) goes to the inner side of the fifth
digit, and terminates fleshy at the distal extremity of the fifth metacarpal; but strong
interarticular fascia is continued over the joint to the proximal end of the first phalanx.
Use. ‘These approximate the metacarpal bones, and are also short flexors.
Deep Layer. ‘This consists of one single and four double muscles. Ist. ‘The single
interosseus muscle (1) supplying the hallux has the largest belly and is the longest of <
the deep interossei. It arises by tendon from the internal cuneiform bone, and is
inserted into the fascia covering the metacarpo-phalangeal joint of the hallux. 2nd.
The second, deep and double, interosseus muscle (2) arises from the proximal ends of
the first and second metacarpals. The smaller moiety of this muscle, that next the
hallux, has also a partial origin or attachment to the superficial layer of interosseous
fibres and hallucial metacarpal. Insertion by tendon and fascia into the sesamoid
cartilage at the metatarso-phalangeal joint. 3rd, 4th, and 5th. Double interossei
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION. 579
(3, 4, 5) arise from the proximal ends of their respective metatarsals, and are inserted
into the distal ends and sesamoid cartilages. Although each is double, the muscular
fibres run well together.
These altogether act as short flexors and also as abductors of the metatarsals, because
each muscle in part has origin from the metatarsal outside of it.
Two anomalous small deep plantar muscles exist; these may, indeed, represent the
adductor and flexor brevis hallucis muscles of the great toe, which otherwise are absent.
The first and more superficial of the two (Ad.h, fig. 39) has origin from the plantar
surface and fibular side of the scaphoid and from the strong fascia covering that bone.
Its tendon of origin, which is flat and broad, extends to near the middle of the internal
cuneiform, where it becomes fleshy, but quickly becomes tendinous again, and is
inserted into the outer border of the proximal end of the first metatarsal bone.
The second of the muscles in question (J.).4) is shorter, lies deeper and to the
fibular side of the first mentioned. It is chiefly composed of fleshy fibres, which arise
from the scaphoid bone and from the ligamentous union between the external cunei-
form and the scaphoid bones. The flat muscular belly derived therefrom lies upon and
is inserted into the hollow on the peroneal border of the internal cuneiform.
The two muscles just spoken of are not visible until the deep plantar fascia and the
superficial crescentic lumbrical muscular expansion have been removed. In their action
both are flexors :—the second, deeper one, of the internal cuneiform upon the scaphoid ;
and the first or superficial one a flexor and adductor of the first metatarsal bone.
The flewor brevis minimi digiti—As stated below, this muscle lies partly between
the distal separate portions of the abductor minimi digiti, and is superficial to the
inner one of these. Its condition is different from that of the abductor, inasmuch as it
arises by a double tendon and is inserted by a single one. The inner origin (fig. 38,
F.b.m.d') is a strongish tendon derived from the deep plantar fascia and sheath of the
peroneus longus; the outer origin (same fig. and letters, line marked 2) is by a long
narrow tendon, which comes from the middle of the fleshy substance of the abductor
muscle; but the tendinous fibre can be traced backwards almost to the oscalcis. ‘These
outer and inner tendons embrace the inner portion of the abductor minimi digiti, and,
joining upon its surface, give rise to a moderate-sized long fusiform belly, which is
inserted by a short, strong tendon, in conjunction with the second portion of the
abductor minimi digiti, into the metacarpo-phalangeal fascia at the distal end of the
fifth metacarpal; this fascia contains two small sesamoid cartilages, and is continued
to the proximal end of the first phalanx of the fifth digit.
Abductor minimi digiti—This is by far the largest muscle in the sole of the foot,
and functionally is equally important, especially when regarded in connexion with the
remarkable and very ungainly movements of the pes.
The muscle in question (4d.m.d) arises fleshy and also superficially by aponeurosis
from the plantar surface of the os calcis, its origin almost seeming a continuation of
580 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
the tendon of the gastrocnemius. Its thick fusiform belly fills the interval between the
os calcis and the fifth metacarpal, ending, however, in a double belly and insertion.
One of these, the shortest and thickest, ends in the proximal end of the fifth metacarpal
bone; the outer and longer belly continues to the distal end of the same metacarpal,
and to the proximal extremity of the first phalanx of the fifth digit, being inserted there
by tendon along with the flexor brevis digitorum. Between the two bellies and points
of insertion of the abductor minimi digiti the flexor brevis digitorum lies.
The shortest of these muscles or bellies may represent Huxley's abductor ossis
metacarpt quinti (Ab.o.m.5) %
TY. Ligamenrous System.
1. Spino-cranial Connexions.
The articulations of the head and trunk manifest considerable likeness to those of
other Carnivores, their chief difference being laxity and fulness. This, of course,
admits of great mobility of the parts; and hence in those wonderful movements and
attitudes the bones glide one on the other in a manner not even equalled in the mani-
fold contortions of the human acrobat. The peculiar softness and thickness of the
intervertebral cartilages moreover conduce to spinal flexions of an unrivalled character,
so varied and so graceful are they. ‘The head sits upon the atlas very loosely indeed;
and therefore twisting of the head in almost every direction occurs with ease. In the
diagram (fig. 42, Pl. LX XIII.) I have shown in profile the posterior occipito-atlantal
ligament (p.0.a@), which has a moderate development in thickness. It and the anterior
occipito-atlantal ligament are considerably strengthened, however, by a triangular,
oblique, and strong accessory band (ac), which stretches from the vertebral lamina to
the basioccipital bone.
2. Articulations of the Fore Limb. (Plate LXXII.)
Shoulder-joint.—The capsular ligament of the shoulder-joint is of moderate strength,
and has the usual mammalian attachments—namely, between the scapula and humerus.
The coraco-humeral ligament is barely distinguishable from the capsular, excepting in
a slight increase of thickness in the ligamentous substance of that part.
Scapular Ligaments.—The ordinary coraco-acromial ligament of the scapula is absent.
The acromio-glenoid ligament is short and narrow but strong. It passes between the
diminutive coracoid process and the outer side and middle of the neck of the scapula.
It forms a small foramen.
Elvowjoint.—The flattening which the limb undergoes, the radius being placed com-
pletely in advance of the ulna, does not in the main greatly affect the distribution,
number, or position of the cubital ligaments and those of the wrist-joint, as might at
first be supposed from the altered relation of the parts. The change of position, how-
ever, has a marked influence on the movements of the bones the one upon the other.
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION. 581
The anterior ligament (fig. 29, @) has considerable thickness of fibrous tissue. It
descends from the lower portion of the shaft of the humerus just immediately above
the joint, and passes to the neck of the radius, but not to the ulna, which in Ofaria lies
behind, and not, as usual, side by side with that bone. The anterior has, however, the
ordinary union with the lateral ligaments, notwithstanding the aforesaid displacement
of the bones.
The posterior ligament (p, figs. 29 & 30) comes rather broadly from the back of the
distal end of the humerus, and goes to the base of the olecranon, at which part it is
contracted and narrow.
The external lateral ligament is of considerable strength (e./, fig. 29). It passes from
the external condyle to the outside of the neck of the radius. Although narrow, it is
nevertheless, as said, a very strong tendinous band.
The internal lateral ligament (7./, fig. 30) is much broader than the external lateral
ligament, and is also very strong. It passes between the internal condyle and the
inner, anterior, border of the ulna. It is also partly derived from the olecranon process,
while below its fibres reach almost as far as the middle of the shaft of the ulna.
Radio-ulnar ligaments.—The orbicular (orb, fig. 29) is very strong indeed where it
joins the external lateral ligament. At this part it has the form of a broad band of
glistening fibres. Its attachments are the lesser sigmoid cavity and the anterior neck
of the ulna generally.
The interosseous ligamentous union is not a wide, thin, aponeurotic membrane, as
more ordinarily it is found to be, but here in the Sea-lion it is represented only by a
narrow, nearly transverse, band of uncommonly strong and thick tendinous fibres.
This band (7, figs. 29 & 30) passes between the shafts of the radius and the ulna about
their middle, hinging, as it were, the one bone upon the other.
Movements. ‘The position of the bones of the elbow-joint are such that the articu-
lating surface of the humerus rests entirely upon the radius and very little on the ulna.
The inner capitulum of the radius, furthermore, is flatly rounded, and so fits into the
concave trochlea of the humerus that the two have very perfect freedom of rotation,
the head of the radius thus being permitted to twist almost completely round its long
axis. To this freedom of motion the force of stroke and feathering action of the fore-
arm are mostly due. The ligamentous surface of the olecranon supports the humerus
behind; and this surface presents a very shallow sigmoid notch, so that much side play
to the ulna accrues. The coronoid process is unusually and relatively very small. It is
so grooved outside that great freedom of motion is given to the head of the radius. The
position of the ulna to the radius, and the looseness of the ligamentous articulation and _,
ginglymoid nature of the interosseous band, allow the radius to be either alongside the
ulna or quite anterior to it. The muscles, by thus being swerved round in conjunction
with the altered positions of the bone, acquire additional force and power by their
extra pulley.
582 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION,
Deep Palmar Fascia.—Beneath the long flexor tendons of the palm a broad expanse
of strong ligamentous fascia exists, which affords a powerful support to and renders
tense the otherwise loosely connected and mobile carpal and metacarpal bones. This
remarkably firm aponeurosis, though more or less interlaced into a single broad sheet,
may nevertheless, for convenience’ sake and mode of action, be described as two planes
of fibro-ligamentous tissue. 1. The longest and thickest band (D.p.f’, fig. 51) appears
as a continuation of the flexor carpi radialis, and arises as a semilune from the lower
end of the ulna. Widening the breadth of the first and second metacarpal bones, it
runs onwards and lengthwise to their distal extremities, where, inserted into the two
sesamoid bones of the respective digits, it merges into the palmar and lateral ligaments
which brace together the distal articular end of the metacarpal and proximal end of
the first phalangeal bone. 2. The shorter and thinner aponeurotic ligament (D.p.f’)
is partly continuous with the first, but placed rather underneath. Besides attachment
and continuity with the wrist-joint, it likewise arises by a firm attachment from the
carpal bones, and, spreading more transversely than the first band, is fixed to the surface
of the ligaments of the carpus—processes, however, diverging to the second, third,
fourth, and particularly and strongly to the proximal end of the fifth metacarpal bone.
Use. As mentioned, the entire ligament is a steadier and bracer of the carpus. It
likewise furnishes origin to the interossei, thus in some respects acting as a flexing
agent. The longer pollicial moiety may be considered a powerful agent in flexion
through the direct continuity and long leverage of the flexor carpi radialis &e.
Wristjoint and Carpo-metacarpal Ligaments.—Of the former of these articulations,
on the dorsal surface of the wrist the ligamentous substance is considerably interwoven
together, and constitutes a wide sheet of glistening fibre of fair thickness, rather than
separate well-defined bundles. What properly represents the posterior ligament (po,
fig. 29) is a broad oblique plane fixed to the end of the radius and scaphoid, and from
this stretches across the carpus towards the metacarpal bone of the fifth digit. Another,
deeper carpo-metacarpal plane of fibres strikes more directly forwards than the last from
the carpal to the metacarpal bones. With a trifid division, but imtimately connected
the one with the other, it passes to the three middle carpo-metacarpal joints. There
is, besides, an oblique segment of this carpo-metacarpal sheet (c.m), which runs out-
wards to the root of the pollicial metacarpal bone. ‘The internal lateral ligament of the
wrist (7./*) is almost entirely dorsal, bridges the joint betwixt the ulna and posterior
ligament, sending fibres to the cuneiform, but hardly any to the pisiform bone. The
external lateral ligament (¢./*) lies partly upon the outer edge of the inferior end of the
radius, but is chiefly palmar in situation; it is broader and stronger than its fellow
internal ligament. The anterior ligament of the wrist (an, fig. 30) is stout and
triangular-shaped. The narrow end springs firmly from the radius, above its epiphysis,
and with a somewhat oblique direction; the fibres spread fan-shape, sending semide-
tached portions to the roots of the four inner metacarpals. A similarly shaped deeper
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION. 583
plane of ligament, which from attachments may be termed ulno-carpal (w.c), rises higher
up and from the radial border of the ulna, and, with a fastening to the pisiform, forms
a deep sheet attached to the several carpal bones, and intermingles with the so-called
anterior carpal ligament. A transverse ligament (f), of considerable importance and
strength, connects the proximal ends of the metacarpals, a broad band or fork running
upwards to the trapezium and binding down the tendon of the flexor carpi radialis.
Fasciculi pass between the individual carpal bones and betwixt these and the ulna and
radius, severally enclosing synovial sacs, partially intercommunicating, loose and easy-
fitting. ‘The ligamentary union of the metacarpals and phalanges presents no feature
of importance.
Motions. From the flexibility of the wrist, carpus, and metacarpus, an unusually
great freedom of motion ensues, partially restrained, however, by the powerful deep
palmar fascia as above described. ‘The posterior ligament mainly influences the exterior
margin of the manus, particularly lashing the fifth metacarpal, needful in the forward
swing of the member. The anterior ligament similarly acts on this digit, but equally
has a firm hold on the fourth, third, and second, so as to cause unison of movement in
the acts of pronation, supination, and circumduction. The ulno-carpal plane being set
almost crosswise to the last, causes the diagonal of force to run in a line swerving only
slightly from the long diameter of the limb, while at the same time the double
obliquity of the two ligaments enables a kind of hinge-movement to be performed as
the radius and ulna twist upon themselves, which they do to a remarkable extent.
The external lateral ligament has a kind of pulley-action as it swerves round the
extremity of the radius. Laxity of the component parts of the whole joint is predomi-
nant, a condition necessary to the varied movement the manus is capable of.
3. Articulations of the Pelvis and Hind Limb. (Plate LX XIII.)
Pelvic Articulations.—The pelvis is firmly and closely united with the sacrum by the
sacro-iliac synchondrosis.
Posteriorly a short but strong continuous ligament binds the ilium to the first and
second sacral vertebre. ‘The fibres of this band (p.s.7, fig. 43) are placed obliquely for-
wards and outwards, and pass from the transverse processes to the posterior inferior
(superior in this case) spinous process of the ilium.
The opposite moieties of the symphysis pubis are held loosely together by a thick
and yery strong fibro-cartilage, which extends a short distance upon the brim of the
pubis.
There appears to be but one sacro-ischiatic ligament, which is more or less continuous
with the deep pelvic fascia, and stretches from the ischium upwards and forwards to
the side of the sacrum (s./).
Between the transverse and spinous processes of several of the anterior caudal and
last two sacral vertebre, there are strong ligamentous slips binding the one to the
VOL. VII.—PART vil. January, 1872. 40
584 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
other. Fibres less distinctly pronounced also pass from the articulating processes to
the sides of the spines.
Hip-joint.—The head of the femur is set almost horizontally at a right angle to the
acetabulum, whereas the axis of the shaft of the bone assumes a perpendicular right
angle to that of the pelvis; hence it follows that while the femur has considerable
power of rotation, its chief movement is somewhat after the manner of a pendulum on
the side of the pelvis. An extra ligament, presently to be spoken of, restrains the
motion forwards, while the peculiar attachment of the muscles also limits free action
in other respects.
The capsular ligament (¢) is of considerable strength all round, but more lax infe-
riorly. Upon the upper or dorsal surface it is very much strengthened by a thick,
aponeurotic, triangular-shaped portion, which arises broadly from the dorsal curved
margin of the cotyloid cavity, and, running directly outwards, narrows as it is inserted
into the anterior inner and upper surface of the great trochanter. Partly united with
the above, but yet to some extent sufficiently distinct, is an elongated slip with a
posterior concave border, which comes from the ischium just behind the other, and
slants forwards and outwards upon the posterior surface of the great trochanter. This
latter band (is.f.) is evidently the homologue of Macalister’s ischio-femoral accessory
ligament, described by him as of occasional occurrence in Man’.
These accessory ligaments form, so to speak, a firm unyielding roof to the head of
the femur, so that all chance of dislocation upwards is prevented. The hinder one,
when on the stretch, checks or counteracts the force of the multiple short adductors.
There is no distinct ilio-femoral ligament, the capsular fibres being of nearly uniform
thickness where the ilio-femoral accessory band ought to be found. ‘The short adductor
muscles may supply this want.
No ligamentum teres exists—the head of the bone being covered by a moderately
thick, smooth layer of cartilage. A considerable-sized synovial sac fills the triangular-
shaped depression at the bottom of the acetabulum, and passes underneath the trans-
verse ligament; this sac supplies the lubricating media of the joint.
The fibro-cartilage constituting the cotyloid ligament is thickest at the upper or
dorsal margin of the acetabulum. That portion of it termed the transverse ligament is
a strong, narrow, tendinous-like band bridging the oval notch.
Knee-joint.—The so-called ligamentum patelle (/.p, fig. 35), or union between the
lower border of the patella and the tibia, is very strong. Within the joint there is a
fatty cushion adherent to it, which acts as a soft elastic buffer or pads the roomy joint.
The internal lateral ligament (¢./, fig. 37) and external lateral are fully developed.
The semilunar fibro-cartilages correspond in contour to the shape of the articulating
surface of the tibia. They resemble those of Man inasmuch as the outer is more
' «Notes of Two Undeseribed Ligaments of the Human Body,” Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. (read 25rd April,
1866), vol. ix. pl. iv. fig. 2.
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION, 585
circular than the inner one, the latter being more elongated from before backwards.
They are only moderately thick at the edges, and, as a whole, are comparatively flat
and discoid. ‘The popliteus muscle is firmly adherent by tendon to the posterior border
of the outer one.
Peroneo-tibial articulations.—TVhere is very little interosseous membrane or ligament
present. A thin band, less than an inch broad, is found near the middle of the shafts
of the tibia and fibula (7’, fig. 40); and a narrower, but thicker and stronger, fasciculus
exists fully an inch below this (7°). Both are oblique in direction, the tibial end being
highest. ‘The paucity of interosseous ligamentous substance of the lower leg admits of
moderately easy movements of the bones towards each other, though this is less than
in the forearm.
A strong set of aponeurotic fibres firmly unites the inferior extremities of the tibia
and fibula together; these are oblique in direction above, and transverse below, and
doubtless represent the anterior inferior, the posterior inferior, and the transverse
ligaments of the tibio-peroneal articulations (7.t.p, figs. 40 & 41). These allow of a
very limited gliding movement between the lower articular surfaces of the tibia and
fibula.
Anklejoint.—The most remarkable feature in this joint, as will further be referred
to, is the oblique position and manner of flexion of the articulating bones. Notwith-
standing their anomalous position and movement, the ligaments binding the bones are
normal in number and attachments, although their precise relative dispositions to each
other are somewhat changed.
The anterior ligament (a, fig. 40) is of moderate thickness. It extends across from
the tibial to the fibular malleolus, and stretches from this downwards to the astragalus,
in front of its articulating surface. The anterior ligament is considerably strengthened
by a strong accessory ligamentous tendon (acc), which crosses obliquely in front of the
ankle from within outwards, and, as it passes round the outer articular prominence of
the astragalus, spreads out, and is inserted partly into the anterior portions of the
astragalus and os calcis.
Internal lateral ligament (i.1, figs. 39 & 41).—This is a very strong, thick band of
tendon, which is attached superiorly to the tip of the internal malleolus, and from this
stretches backwards and downwards to the inner surface of the hinder prominence of
the astragalus, but not reaching the os calcis or the scaphoid. It is not of a deltoid
form as in Man and the Higher Primates, but is a straight, uniformly powerful band
half an inch broad.
Action. When the foot is thrown forwards and inwards, as occurs in this animal’s
mode of walking, at such times the internal ligament is tense. Again, when the foot is
thrust backwards and pronated, as in swimming, the ligament is still kept moderately
on the stretch. In all other movements it is in a state of relaxation.
External lateral ligament.—The three fasciculi or slips of which this ligament is
402
586 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
usually composed are present. 1. The anterior fasciculus or band is short and strong
(e./’, fig. 40). It passes from the fibular malleolus downwards and forwards to the
astragalus, crossing the upper end of the middle fasciculus. 2. The middle fasciculus
(e./, figs. 40 & 41) is much stronger and longer than the first fasciculus. It arises
from the extremity of the fibular malleolus, and passes downwards and backwards to
the outer side of the calcaneum, being inserted between the hinder margin of the
articulating surface of the joint and the posterior end of the os calcis. 3. The
posterior fasciculus of the lateral ligament is intermediate in length between the
anterior and middle slips; but it is as strong as the outer middle fasciculus. Its
attachments are from the inner border of the fibular malleolus to the inferior hinder
edge of the astragalus, being oblique in direction as in the Primates (e./°, fig. 41).
There is an additional well-marked and separate accessory slip of the posterior
fasciculus of the external lateral (p, fig. 41). Besides the ordinary thin fascia covering
the synovial membrane of the joint posteriorly, the above strong fasciculus may be
regarded as a posterior ligament of the ankle. Its fibular attachment is close to the
posterior inferior ligament connecting the tibia and fibula together; and, with a direc-
tion similar and nearly parallel to that of the third fasciculus of the external lateral, it
is inserted into the posterior pit of the astragalus. Its function is like that of the third
external lateral fasciculus—namely, an oblique check on the astragalus, preventing its
shifting its position inwards, or proceeding too far backwards.
Action. The anterior ligament, while admitting of the ginglymoid or hinge-joint
movement of the ankle-joint, is sufficiently lax to allow of the semirotary action
which happens when the foot is placed forwards and inwards, or backwards and out-
wards. The anterior and posterior fasciculi of the external lateral ligament are
respectively fixed joints from which the astragalus rotates obliquely upon the tibio-
fibular extremities. The middle fasciculus binds the fibula and caleaneum together.
Along with the anterior fasciculus the two limit the motion of the astragalus and os
calcis upon each other. When the foot is advanced forwards and inwards, the middle
band of the lateral ligament checks the progress of the foot, the caleaneum acting as
a lever upon the astragalus or fulcrum, being stopped by its becoming tense. In all
other movements of the foot its tendinous fibres are relaxed.
Astragalo-calcaneal ligaments.—A\l four separate portions of ligament connecting
the astragalus with the caleaneum may be noted for their strength.
1. The external of these is broad, and passes between the advanced protuberances
or heads of the astragalus and calcaneum. ‘This fasciculus is strengthened by super-
ficial fibres. 2. The anterior internal fasciculus is uncommonly broad and strong,
and is partly covered by the deep plantar fascia (a.c’, fig. 39). The fibres have an
oblique direction downwards and backwards, uniting the heads of the astragalus and
caleaneum. 3. The posterior internal fasciculus (a.c’, figs. 39 & 41) is rather narrower
than the last, but equally short and strong. It fills the groove between the posterior
xt
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION. 587
extremity of the astragalus and the inner surface of the backwardly projecting os calcis.
4. The middle and deep internal fasciculus of the astragalo-calcaneal articulations lies
in front of that designated as no. 3. It differs in direction from the other two internal
ligaments, inasmuch as it passes deeply inwards, downwards, and forwards. The
attachments are the inner anterior surface of the posterior calcaneal protuberance and
the upper surface of the neck of the astragalus (vide a.c‘, fig. 39).
Action. These four astragalo-calcaneal ligaments, together with the middle fasci-
culus of the external lateral ligament of the ankle-joint, harmoniously restrain the
gliding movement of the os calcis upon the calcaneum to that of an out and inward
oscillation, but somewhat of an excentric kind.
Calcaneo-scaphoid ligaments.—As in Man, two ligaments connect the caleaneum and
the scaphoid, although the bones themselves do not come into contact.
1. The dorsal one (fig. 40, ¢.s') is broad and aponeurotic, passing from the upper
surface of the head of the calcaneum inwards and forwards to the posterior border of
the os scaphoides, but with an attachment also to the head of the caleaneum. This
ligament is in connexion with the astragalo-scaphoid, and partly covers the accessory
portion of the anterior ligament. 2. The plantar ligament (fig. 39, ¢.s*) is uncommonly
strong, indeed, and of great breadth. Posteriorly it is attached to the anterior and
inner border of the calcaneum (the sustentaculum tali of writers on human anatomy);
broadening as it proceeds forwards and inwards, it is inserted into the entire hinder edge
of the scaphoid.
Action. The two ligaments just described, the plantar one of which is continued, as
it were, on to the two small muscles situated on the internal cuneiform bone, would
seem to carry, through the intervention of the scaphoid, a powerful influence on the
steadiness and strength of the foot. It is the case of a long lever, the scaphoid acting
as a fulcrum to transmit to the hallux that power of flexion and adduction which is
seen every time the foot is thrown forwards in walking, as also in some of the feathering
movements of swimming.
The astragalo-scaphoid ligament is bound up with the dorsal calcaneo-scaphoid
ligament, as has been mentioned.
Calcaneo-cuboid ligaments——Three short, but nevertheless strong, bands attach the
calcaneum and cuboid in ligamentous union.
1. The superior ligament (figs. 39, 40, ¢.c’), which is placed partially on the dorsum
and partly on the plantar surface of the foot, passes from the anterior outer process of
the os calcis to the outer and upper surface of the cuboid. 2. The superficial fasciculus
of the plantar ligament (which in Man receives the name of the long plantar ligament)
is here only of moderate length, and less than half an inch in breadth (c.c’, fig. 39).
Arising from the anterior inferior surface of the calcaneum, the ligament continues
forwards and slightly outwards, being inserted into the tuberosity of the cuboid bone.
3. The deep plantar calcaneo-cuboid ligament (c.c’) is quite as strong as the preceding,
588 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
and runs almost parallel with it. Its attachments are:—posteriorly, the front and
deep surface of the caleaneum; anteriorly, the hinder surface and inner side of the
cuboid bone.
Scapho-cuboid ligaments—TLwo in number, an internal dorsal (fig. 40, s.cb') and a
narrower plantar one. These simply connect the said bones in the manner of a hinge-
joint; but the two short deep plantar muscles already spoken of, lying on the peroneal
side of the plantar ligament, also flex the cuboid upon the scaphoid.
Deep Plantar Fascia.—Covering or superficial to those ligaments on the sole of the
foot above described, is a thick, uncommonly stout layer of plantar fascia (D.p.f, fig. 38).
It reaches from the heel forwards to opposite the proximal ends of the metatarsals, and
there, binding down the tendon of the peroneus longus, fastens itself partly to the bones
and deep interossei, and a portion is continuous with the semilunar musculo-tendinous
sheet of the superficial interosseous layer.
Use. This fascia, whilst admitting of some amount of yielding by the posterior seg-
ment of the sole, also performs the office of a rigid plane to the foot, similar to what is
supplied by the deep palmar fascia. There is this difference, however—that its extension
forwards to the great toe is less marked than what obtains in the pollex. Hence there
is less firmness in the foot’s step, especially comparative diminution in rigidity of the
two inner toes; and as the interdigital membrane also is looser, the entire pes is far
more flexible than is the manus.
DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.
PLATE LXVIL.
Fig. 1. Upper surface, right fore extremity (manus). Reduced 3 from nature. The
numerals correspond to the digits.
Fig. 2. Dorsum of hind flipper (pes) with its digits expanded.
Fig. 3, The same in its contracted condition. Both 3 nat. size.
PLATE LXVIII.
Fig. 4. Palmar aspect of the fore flipper. 3 nat. size.
Fig. 5. Portion of hinder end of the body and the entire left posterior limb seen ven-
trally: P, penis, protruding from sheath; s, scrotum, partly hiding 4, the
anus; 7’, tail.
Fig. 6. Reduced sketch of the scrotal sac (s) as it bulges when the two limbs are closely
approximated.
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION. 589
PLATE LXIX.
Fig. 7. A portion of the body, displaying the pectoral skin-ridges. The chest is seen
sideways, right side uppermost: C, central sulcus; Ax, the shorter axillary
plaits and furrows; #, right upper, and Z, left lower surface of the flippers
as they lie on the sides of the thorax; 7h, segment of throat.
Fig. 8. Throat and muzzle, seen from below.
Fig. 9. Right eye and surrounding skin, about nat. size: a@.c, anterior canthus; 7,
Fig. 10.
Fig. 11.
Fig. 12.
Fig. 13.
Fig. 14.
nictitating membrane; ¢, single hair representing the eyebrow.
Diagrams illustrating the varying shape and diameters of the pupil: 1, vertical
triangular form when contracted to the utmost; 2, oval, when moderately
distended ; 3, circular, when fully expanded. All about nat. size.
Right ear, when contracted: ad nat.
Outer surface of the same in repose or relaxed.
Conchal aspect of the same: pinna, with helical lips (4), forcibly everted to
show the shallow fossa of the concha (c) and its glandular pitting.
Semidiagrammatic view of the Otary in natural attitude of walking, but with
entire skin and subdermal tissues removed to expose cutaneous muscular
layer: Pc! to Pc®, portions of panniculus and platysma, and 0,f, occipito-
frontalis, as described in text; 7, triceps; D' & Tz, conjoined deltoid
(primus) and trapezius (secundus); P.ma, pectoralis major; Bi.f, biceps
femoris.
PLATE LXX.
Fig. 15. Myology of the entire body of O. jubata, the panniculus carnosus having been
removed.
Head and Neck.
O.p. Orbicularis palpebrarum. | Di. Digastric.
L.l.s.a.n. Levator lab. sup. aleq. nasi &e. | My.h. Mylo-hyoid.
Z. Zygomaticus. _ Sét.h. Sterno-hyoid.
0.0. Orbicularis oris, St.m. Sterno-mastoid.
Bu. Buccinator. | Ch. Cephalo-humeral.
Ma’. Masseter (superficial portion). Sp.cp. Splenius capitis.
fs S.gl. Submaxillary gland.
is } Temporalis (two layers). Giihanety sat aq oie
Te’.
Trunk.
Tz, Tz. Trapezius, first and second P.ma*. Pectoralis major, second division.
portion. E.o. External oblique.
La.d. Latissimus dorsi. P.c§. Portion of panniculus.
590 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
Pectoral Limb.
D', Deltoid (first portion).
D.ep. Dorsi epitrochlearis.
1
ms Triceps (two bellies).
A.e. External anconeus.
S./. Supinator longus.
S.b. Supinator brevis.
E.cri.&b. Separated tendons of the
united-bellied extensor carpi radialis
longior and brevior.
FE.c.d. Extensor communis digitorum
(three tendons).
E.me.d. Extensor medii digiti (two
tendons).
E.m.d, Extensor minimi digiti (trifid
tendon).
E.p.&i. Extensor pollicis et indicis.
£.0.m.p. Extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis.
E.c.u. Extensor carpi ulnaris.
I’, I’, I’, I*. Interossei, seen dorsally.
P./'. Palmaris longus primus.
P.?, Palmaris longus secundus.
P.P. Portion of great deep belly of
palmaris longus tertius.
Pa. Its continuation into palmar fascia.
Prt. Pronator radii teres.
F.c.r. Flexor carpi radialis.
F.s.d, F.s.d*. Flexor sublimis digitorum.
F.pé&l.p. )\ Flexor profundus and longus
Fp&l.p*. pollicis.
F.c.u. Flexor carpi ulnaris.
T, I, Il, IV, V. Digits respectively.
Muscles of the Pelvie Limb.
T.vf. Tensor vagine femoris.
Rf. Rectus femoris.
V.e. Vastus externus.
G.mx. Gluteus maximus.
G.nd. Gluteus medius.
Bif'**. Biceps femoris (1st and 2nd
portions).
T.a. Tibialis anticus; and
T.a., T.a?. Subdivision of tendon.
E.p.h. Extensor proprius hallucis.
E.l.d, E.l.d*. Belly and tendon of the
extensor longus digitorum just above
where it subdivides.
P.1. Peronzus longus.
P.b. Peronzus brevis (its tendon).
P.5.d. Peroneeus quinti digiti.
£.).d‘. Extensor brevis digitorum, first
division.
£.b.d’. Extensor brevis digitorum, second
division.
A.j.m.d. Abductor brevis minimi digiti.
A.o.m.’ Abductor ossis metacarpi quinti.
La. Levator ani.
Pla. Plantaris.
T.p. Tibialis posticus.
Fh. Flexor longus hallucis.
F.j.d. Flexor longus digitorum.
I, U7, 111, IV, V. The digits.
Fig. 16. The right side of the head in profile, exposing the middle layer of muscles.
The contents of the orbit have been removed: 0.0, orbicularis oris, mandi-
bular fibres, strongest anteriorly ; Bu, buccinator; Ja’, masseter (2nd layer) ;
Te', temporal (1st portion); Ze’, temporal (2nd portion); L.sp, levator
superioris, reflected; L.a.o, levator anguli oris; C.n, compressor naris; D.n,
depressor nasi; D.a.n, depressor ale nasi; a.c, auditory canal; Jo.n, infra-
orbital nerves.
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION. 591
Fig. 17. Anterior segment of the same side of the skull, displaying the deepest naso-
facial muscles. The dotted line in front marks the limits forwards of the
nasal cartilages, which were removed along with the skin; n, openings of
nares. Letters of cut muscles apply as in preceding fig. 16.
Fig. 18. Transverse and vertical section of the narial cartilages one inch behind the
muzzle: w./.c, upper lateral cartilage; », patent narial orifice of left side,
remainder closed by spring of lower lateral cartilage; a, alar cartilage ;
sé, septal cartilage.
Fig. 19. Reduced view of the thoracic surface of the diaphragm after removal from the
body: ¢, central tendon; 7, right alar tendon; J, left alar tendon; v.¢c,
opening of vena cava ascendens; , esophagus; J.c, left crus; p/, pericardial
attachment, cut through; ao, aorta; ¢, dotted line indicating the diaphrag-
matic tendon, which arises from the bodies of the lumbar vertebre (in the
present case it is represented as if turned upwards or forwards).
PLATE LXXI.
Superficial and deep muscular layers of the spine and shoulder.
Fig. 20. Partially dissected segment of body between the cranium and dorsal region.
La.d. Latissimus dorsi (cut across).
Simg. Serratus magnus.
I.sp. Infraspinatus.
D.ep. Dorsi epitrochlearis.
T’. Triceps (first head),
Rh.mi. Rhomboideus minor.
h.c. Rhomboideus capitis.
Las. Levator anguli scapule.
O.h. Omo-hyoid.
Co, Portion of complexus.
Sp.c. Splenius capitis.
Te’. Temporalis (first part).
Di. Digastric.
Ac. Auditory canal.
Fig. 21. Same segment, but with the scapular and superficial muscles removed, and
showing the next, deeper or third layer of thoracico-spinal muscles: Sp.d,
spinalis dorsi; Lo.d, longissimus dorsi; S.J, sacro-lumbalis, its tendon reach-
ing as far as the first rib; 7Z.c, transversalis cervicis tendons; C.a, cervicalis
ascendens; img, serratus magnus, cut short, but exhibiting its costal and
cervical attachments; Sct, supracostal muscle; Sca', Sca?, scaleni; Jt,
intercostals; Sp.co, splenius colli; Sp.c, splenius capitis; St.m, sterno-
mastoid.
Fig. 22. Fourth layer of spinal muscles: Co, complexus; Bi.c, biventer cervicis; F./,
rectus lateralis; *, trachelo-mastoid? F.a.ma, recticus anticus major; J¢r,
intertransversalis; Ro,rotatores; 3sp,semispinalis; L.ct, levatores costarum ;
Isp, interspinalis.
Fig. 23. View of the skull from behind, with three whole and part of the fourth
cervical vertebra zn situ, to show attachments of deep, short neck-muscles :
L.p.ma, rectus capitis posticus major; R.p.mi, rectus capitis posticus minor,
VOL. VII.—PART VIII. January, 1872. 22
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
of both sides; 0.s, obliquus superior; 0.i, obliquus inferior; *, extra short
muscle; £#./, rectus lateralis; 1, 2,3, 4, consecutive cervical vertebre.
PLATE LXXII.
Muscles of the deep ventral aspect of the neck, of the inside of the sternum, of the fore
limb, and the interossei. Ligaments of the elbow, wrist-joint, and palmar fascia.
Hard palate.
ig. 24. Deep head, neck, and part of the thorax: R.a.ma, rectus capitis anticus major
of the right side (it has been removed on the left); R.a.mi, rectus capitis
anticus minor ; £./, rectus lateralis; Z.c', Z.c’, longus colli, its two portions ;
Sca', Sca*, scalenus anticus; S.ct, supracostal; 7¢, intercostal; Di, Di*, di-
gastric muscle, portion of its belly has been removed on the left side;
Ma, masseter; Pt.i, pterygoideus internus; 2, the axis.
‘ig. 25. Sternum and sternal cartilages, seen from within: 1, presternal segment or
manubrium; 8, xipho-sternum; 9, ninth costal cartilage; Jt, portions of
intercostalis ; 7.s, triangularis sterni.
g. 26. Dissection of left pectoral limb, bringing into view the inner scapular and
deep flexor muscles of the manus :—S, subscapularis; C.h, cephalo-humeral ;
S.sp, supraspinatus; Z’.ma, teres major; T.mi, teres minor; P.7.t, Pronator
radii teres; S.mg, serratus magnus; La.d and P.ma, humeral insertions of
lat. dorsi and pect. major; 7", 7°, 7°, triceps, three heads; D.ep, dorsi epitro-
chlearis; 4.7, anconeus internus; B, biceps, tendon of insertion indicated by
line, that of the brachialis anticus by dots; F.c.7, flexor carpi radialis, close
to which is unhooked tendon (£.0.m.p) of the extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis ;
Pl’, separated belly and tendon of palmaris longus primus; P./., palmaris
longus secundus belly; P./*, deep palmaris longus tertius, which continues
into the superficial palmar fascia (Pa,f, Pa.f*), which is divided and reflected
outwards; F.s.d, flexor sublimis digitorum; /.p.d, flexor profundus digi-
torum; J and V, thumb and little finger.
Fig. 27. Diagrammatic sketch of front humero-radial borders, showing relative positions
of muscular insertions. The lettering corresponds with fig. 26 ; but besides
note :—/Jf, tendon of infraspinatus; B.a', B.a", origin and insertion of bra-
chialis anticus primus; B.a?, brachialis anticus secundus (belly); S./', S./?,
double-headed supinator longus; §.d, supinator brevis; E.c.7./ & 6, extensor
carpi radialis longior and brevior, single-headed, split below; D', deltoid
(insertion).
Vig. 28. Interosseous and small flexor muscles on the palmar surface of the manus:
I to V, digits, cut short just beyond the metacarpo-phalangeal joints; S./'**
first and second superficial interosseous muscles; 1, interosseous muscle of
Fig.
Fig.
ig. 29.
. 30.
Baile
33.
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION. 593
the pollex; 2, pair of interossei to the index, the radial and ulnar bellies
being quite separate; 3, the double and deep interossei of the third digit,
crossed in part by the so-called first superficial interosseous muscle; 4, the
fourth digital pair of deep interossei (the ulnar one is hidden for half of its
course by the so-called second superficial muscle); 5, double interossei of the
fifth digit; F.t.m.d, flexor brevis minimi digiti; Ab.m.d, abductor minimi
digiti.
Partial outer view of bones of left fore limb, showing their ligamentous union :
a, anterior; ¢./, external lateral; 0d, oblique, and p, posterior ligaments of
elbow; @, interosseous ligament; 7./* and e./*, internal and external lateral
ligaments of wrist-joint; po, posterior carpo-metacarpal ligamentous sheet ;
c.m, ditto to pollex ; /, lateral pollicial metacarpo-phalangeal band ; s, synovial
ligament fibres of the same joint of second digit; U, ulna; R, radius.
The same bones on their inner aspect: p, posterior, and 7.7, internal lateral
ligament of elbow-joint; 7, interosseous ligamentous band; ¢./*, external
lateral ligament of wrist; an, anterior common ligament of ditto; u.c, strong
ulno-carpal plane, deeper than the last; ¢, transverse ligament; F'c.r, tendon
of insertion of flexor carpi radialis.
D.pf' and D.p,f?, the double deep palmar fascia, with Fc.r, flexor carpi radi-
alis tendon, piercing it.
. Reduced view of the Otary’s palate: a.p, anterior palatine foramina.
PLATE LXXIII.
Belly view of the body and hind limbs of the Sea-lion, from the neck to the
ankles, and the pectoral limbs to the elbow-joint. On the left moiety of the
animal the structures immediately beneath the panniculus carnosus are defined
in natural position. On the right side a partially deeper dissection is shown,
several muscles being reflected, others cut away, or their origins and insertions
only left.
LETTERS APPLICABLE TO THE ANTERIOR SEGMENT.
St.h.&t. Sterno-hyoid and thyroid muscles, La.d, Latissimus dorsi.
Ch. Cephalo-humeral. Sca‘. Scalenus anticus.
St.m. Sterno-mastoid. Sct. Supracostal.
P.ma', P.ma®. Pectoralis major, first and It, It. Tntercostals.
second divisions. R.ab. Rectus abdominis, anterior digita-
St.s. Sterno-scapular. tions.
S. Subscapularis.
tr, trachea; ca, common carotid artery of right side ; pn, pneumogastric nerye ; 7.0,
jugular vein; ae, axillary plexus of nerves and vessels.
4p2
594 DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
LETTERS APPLICABLE TO THE POSTERIOR SEGMENT.
E.0, E.o*, External oblique.
f.o. Portion of internal oblique.
Tr. Partial view of transversalis.
f.ab. Rectus abdominis, hind portion
(outline continued by dotted line).
Sa.¢R.f. Sartorius and rectus femoris.
Pe. Pectineus.
Zi. Tliacus.
Ad.l. Adductor longus.
Ad.m', Ad.m?.
and second divisions.
Gr. Gracilis.
Sm. Semimembranosus.
St. Semitendinosus.
Ia. Levator ani.
Adductor magnus, first
T.p. Transversus perinei.
B.c. Bulbus cavernosus.
é.c, external cutaneous nerve ; é.p, external popliteal, and 7.p, internal popliteal nerve ;
¢, spermatic cord ; ¢e, testicle; is.f, ischio-rectal fossa; *, ischio-rectal fascia; @, anus ;
Pp; penis, cut across; p.t, posterior tibial artery and nerve ; g/, lymphatic gland.
Fig. 34. Dissection of the rump, it being looked at from above downwards. The
superficial muscles of the gluteal region and lower leg as far as the ankle
are preserved in place on the right side; a deeper series and tail-muscles are
displayed on the left.
Rieur Sire.
Sa. Sartorius.
Rf. Rectus femoris.
V.e. Vastus externus.
G.md. Gluteus medius.
G.ma'. Gluteus maximus (free portion).
Bf’. Biceps femoris.
Bf?. Biceps femoris (second part).
Ga. and So. Gastrocnemius and soleus.
Ab.o.m’. Abductor ossis metacarpi quinti.
Ab.m.d. Abductor minimi digiti.
Lert Srvz.
Spd. Termination spinalis dorsi.
Lic.e. Levator caude externus.
L.ci. Levator caude internus, its tendons
dragged out (L.c.7*).
S.p. Sacro-peroneus.
G.max*. Gluteus maximus (second layer),
and G.mz'. Insertion of first portion.
So.So*. Soleus.
Sm. Semimembranosus.
LI.a. “evator ani.
Ga. Gastrocnemius.
Fig. 85. Sketch of side view of pelvis and leg to below knee-joint, exposing deepest
fleshy area, and also relative attachments of portions of superficial muscles.
E.sp. Erector spine indicated.
L.ci. Levator caude internus.
Sa. Sartorius (its origin).
Rf. Rectus femoris (its origin).
Gi. Gluteus minimus (entire).
Py. Pyriformis (entire).
G.s. Gemellus superior.
G.i. Gemellus inferior.
0.7. Obturator internus (in part, insertion).
O.e. Obturator externus (origin).
Q.f. Quadratus femoris.
G.ma' and G.ma’. Origins of glutei maximi.
Sp. Sacro-peronieus.
Sm. Semimembranosus (origin).
Za. Levator ani (origin).
Ad.m. Adductor magnus (origin).
Ad.l' and Ad./’. Adductores longi (origin).
Ad.b, Adductores breves (bellies, &c.).
Gr. Gyracilis (cut short).
t. Trochanter, P, patella, and /.p, liga-
mentum patelle.
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION. 595
Fig. 36. A hind segment of the body and posterior limbs, the right only as far as the
ankle. The superficial layer of the loin-muscles and outline of those of the
groin &c. shown on the right; and on the left a deeper dissection of the
lumbar region, adductors of thigh, leg, and plantar muscles and tendons are
demonstrated. The right moiety of the pelvis is dragged out to show the
infracaudal muscles. Lettering applies as in figs. 33, 34, and 35; but in
addition there are:—JD, diaphragm, its spinal attachment, and the dotted
line indicates its costal circuit; Q./, quadratus lumborum; Ps, Ps*, psoas;
Ji, iliacus; P. & Ic, Pubo- and ilio-coccygeus; S.c, sacro-coccygeus, tendons
separated ; V.7, vastus internus ; Ad.b' & Ad.b*, adductor brevis (first and second
portions); Ad./’ & Ad.l*, adductor longus (its two parts); T.p, tibialis pos-
ticus; M.1.A, F.1.h*, Flexor longus hallucis; F./.d, Flexor longus digitorum ;
Pla, plantaris; Ab.m.d, abductor minimi digiti; 2.4.m.d, flexor brevis
minimi digiti; /’.d.d, flexor brevis digitorum; s, left symphysis pubis, in
situ; e.gl, coccygeal gland?; e.c, external cutaneous nerve.
Fig. 37. Deep muscles, lower and inner side, of left leg and sole. There remains only
the bones from condyle of femur to the tarsus, the latter twisted to a line
with the 7./ (internal lateral ligament of knee-joint): 0.¢, os calcis; LZ vo L*,
first to sixth lumbricales, as described; JZ to V respectively indicate the
digits; other letters as in preceding figures.
Fig. 58. Plantar surface of sole of left hind foot, to just beyond the distal ends of the
metacarpals: ¢, tibial malleolus; 0.¢, os calcis; a, astragalus; D.p.f, deep
plantar fascia; Ad.o.m.5, abductor ossis metacarpi quinti; Ad.m.d, abductor
minimi digiti; /.4.m.d, flexor brevis minimi digiti, 1 & 2, its tendons of origin ;
Si‘ and S.i*, fleshy horns or bellies of the superficial interosseous muscular
layer: the crescentic dotted line gives its real limits; it is thinnest in the
middle, and here partially removed, to display the deep interossei; 1, single
hallucial deep interosseous muscle; 2, 3, 4, 5, pairs of interossei of corre-
sponding digits; Ga and So, Insertions of gastrocnemius and soleus.
Fig. 39. A different and deeper view of plantar surface and ligaments of sole of left
hind foot. The lower extremities of the fibula (/’) and tibia (7) are set at
about a right angle to the foot, and seen somewhat from behind and within.
z./, internal lateral ligament; ¢.s*, inferior calcaneo-scaphoid or deep plantar
ligament; @.c’, a.c*, a.c*, respective divisions of the astragalo-calcaneal liga-
ments; c¢.c', c.c, ¢.c*, caleaneo-cuboid ligamentous slips; ¢, transverse inter-
metatarsal ligaments; Z'p, tibialis posticus muscle ; Ad.h, adductor hallucis?
Fb.h, flexor brevis hallucis?; P./, tendon of peronxus longus; J to J, digits.
Fig. 40. Ligaments of the left ankle-joint and foot, outside and on the dorsal aspect :
7‘, superior, and 2”, inferior interosseous band between the tibia (Z’) and
fibula (F’); 7.t.p, inferior tibio-peroneal ; e./' and ¢./’, first and second divisions
596
Fi
ge
DR. J. MURIE ON THE ANATOMY OF THE SEA-LION.
of the external lateral ligament of the ankle-joint; a, anterior ligament ;
acc, accessory portion, of same; c.c', calcaneo-cuboid, first portion; c.s', cal-
caneo-scaphoid ; ¢.c.t, external calcaneo-talar ligament; s.cb', superior sca-
phoido-cuboid ligament; sc?**, scaphoido-cuneiform and intercuneiform liga-
ments; ¢.m‘ and c.m*, cubo-metatarsal; and ¢.m**, cuneo-metatarsal liga-
ments.
. 41. The lower tibio-fibular articulation and ankle-joint, from behind; the tibialis
posticus (Zp) insertion remains: 7, tibia, and F, portion of the fibula;
i.t.p, inferior tibio-peroneal ligament; 7.7, internal lateral ligament of the
ankle-joint ; ¢./° and e./*, second and third portions of the external lateral ;
p, extra or posterior ligament; @.c*, astragalo-calcaneal ligament, third part ;
0.¢, os Calcis.
Fig. 42. Occipito-atlantal ligaments, in side view, the outline indicating the hinder end
of skull with attached first cervical vertebra: p.o.a, posterior occipito-atlantal
ligament; ac, accessory band of the anterior occipito-atlantal ligament; ms,
mastoidal region of skull; 1, atlas; ¢, its transverse process.
Fig. 45. Ligaments, pelvis, and hip-joint, seen from above, or dorsally; the left femur
and adjoining side of the pelvis and sacrum are sketched in outline: ¢, cap-
sular ligament of hip-joint; 7s.f, accessory portion or ischio-femoral liga-
ment; .s.2, posterior sacro-iliac ligament; s?, sacro-ischiatic ligament; fe
femur; ¢, trochanter; sa, sacrum; 7, ilium; és, ischium; pw, pubis,
3S
PP 0
[ep ne
U.Berjeau
tL
PERINA
Hanhat mp
SKIN MUSCLE
ZLE &
imi
AR M
OLDS EYE EF
OLDS
IT F
o
CHE
C Berjeau,del
oY
Vif Puff DL 1 hf 4A) 77 /
Lynd L00b O06 YOL 2 Y
dom >
Ab md.
Ebd 2 SS =
MAN Hanharl imp
J Marie die
MAN Hanharl soe
MUSGLES HEAD, BODY, LIMBS and DIAPHRAGM
Tram, 2o0t
J Mune dr
aN:
CBerjeau.del et hth MA&NHanhart imp
SUPERFICIAL & DEEP SPINAL MUSCLES
J Murie dir
DEEP FLEXORS & LIGAMENTS FORELIMB &c
M&NHanhart inp
C Berjeau. del et Jith
86’
Ps UL)
LT
45
PJ
yx
SLNANVOTT SATOSAW
S
re
‘
4 Upr
Up
JA'T UNIH
AUD @rCnyy
es
‘dvd
ALG
I
ONINO CY
7
UL ey
F
71 oy
UNL [9p 09 (9g
)
597
LIST OF THE PAPERS CONTAINED IN VOL. VII.
P.
Cunnineuam, Rosert O., M.D., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S.
On some Points in the Anatomy of the
Steamer Duck (Aficropterus cinereus) .. 493 |
Frinscu, Orro, Pa.D., C.M.Z.S.
On a collection of Birds from North-eastern
Abyssinia and the Bogos Country. By
Otto Finsch, Ph.D., C.M.Z.8. With Notes
by the Collector, William Jesse, C.M.Z.S.,
Zoologist to the Abyssinian Expedition .
Frower, Witttam Henry, F.R.S.,F.R.CS., F.Z.8.
Description of the Skeleton of the Chinese
White Dolphin (Delphinus sinensis, Os-
HEUER pass2b oo Ob on gobs Ole ee eee
Horng, Cuantes, B.C.S., F.Z.S.
Notes on the Habits of some Hymenopte-
rous Insects from the North-west Pro-
vinces of India. By Charles Horne.
With an Appendix containing Descrip-
tions of some new Species of Apide
and Vespide collected hy Mr. Horne:
by Frederick Smith, of the British
Museum. Illustrated by Plates from
Drawings by the Author of the Notes. .
Jesse, Winuram, C.M.Z.S.
On a collection of Birds from North-eastern
Abyssinia and the Bogos Country. By
Otto Finsch, Ph.D., C.M.Z.S. With Notes
by the Collector, William Jesse, C.M.Z.S.,
Zoologist to the Abyssinian Expedition .
Mrvarz, Sr. Grorer, F.L.S., F.Z.S., and Murm,
James, M.D., F.L.S., F.G.S.
On the Anatomy of the Lemuroidea
Morte, James, M.D., F.L.S., F.G.S., &e.
Researches upon the Anatomy of the Pinni-
pedia. Part I. On the Walrus (Zvi-
chechus rosmarus, Linn.) ............
On the Dermal and Visceral Structures of
the Kagu, Sun-bittern, and Boatbill
On the Female Generative Organs, Viscera,
and Fleshy Parts of Hyena brunnea,
PNM OLE Water reria cs vaianiec = sie c ethers
Researches upon the Anatomy of the Pinni-
pedia. Part II. Descriptive Anatomy
of the Sea-lion (Otaria jubata) ......
Murr, James, M.D., F.L.S., F.G.S., and Mivarz,
Sr. Groner, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
On the Anatomy of the Lemuroidea
age
197 |
161
. 465
503
| Owen, Professor, F.R.S., F.Z.8., &c.
On Dinornis (Part XIII.); containing a
description of the Sternum in Dinornis
elephantopus and D. rheides, with notes
on that bone in D. crassus and D. casuc-
NURUS®. Habs eis, znte ts sists ea sete Soho leo ae
On Dinornis (Part XIV.); containing Con-
tributions to the Craniology of the
Genus, with a description of the Fossil
Cranium ef Dasornis londinensis, Ow.,
from the London Clay of Sheppey
On Dinornis (Part XV.); containing a
description of the Skull, Femur, Tibia,
Fibula, and Metatarsus of